{"1": {"fulltext": "i} 2CU\\nt M\\nit\\nHwyjl t\\nj M\\nt 4 4 f\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0yyyyy\\ny y y\\ni.\\ni I\\ni\\nf i\\n1 V t\\n1\\n4 J j it 4 -1\\nt vI i-\\nV M\\\\*\\nv.\\ni f v t 1 i\\nI I\\nI\\nV..\\nv j\\nV r. V\\n1\\ni", "height": "4110", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3973", "width": "2548", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "THE\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK\\nON\\nEMBALMING\\nA COMPREHENSIVE TREATISE ON THE SCIENCE AND ART OF\\nEMBALMING, GIVING THE LATEST AND MOST SUCCESS\u00c2\u00ac\\nFUL METHODS OF TREATMENT, INCLUDING\\nDESCRIPTIVE AND MORBID ANATOMY,\\nPHYSIOLOGY, SANITATION,\\nDISINFECTION, ETC.\\nBY EUAB MYERS, M.D.,\\nLECTURER AND DEMONSTRATOR IN THE MYERS (FORMERLY CHAMPION)\\nCOLLEGE OF EMBALMING\\nFOURTH EDITION\\nGREATLY ENLARGED AND ALMOST ENTIRELY REWRITTEN\\nPROFUSELY ILLUSTRATED\\nBY OVER ONE HUNDRED ENGRAVINGS, HALF-TONES, AND COLORED PLATES\\nSPRINGFIELD, OHIO:\\nThe Champion Chemical Company\\n1900", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "(i 7771\\nI-\u00e2\u0080\u0094\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n|L f oi%4j f Mt Junure\u00c2\u00abM\\nj Wi I. jmt Ktcti \u00c2\u00a30\\nOCT 29 1900\\nCtjagUmtj\\n/VI lAoi\\n*A- V\\nSECim copy.\\nfr^i w d V*\\nOftOtH DWiStOK,\\nOCT 30 1900\\nCopyright, 1897 and 1900\\nBY THE\\nCHAMPION CHEMICAL CO.\\nAll Rights Reserved.", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "PREFACE TO THE FOURTH EDITION.\\nThe unprecedented exhaustion of three large editions in so short a time\\nhas practically demonstrated the esteem in which the Champion Text=Book\\nhas been held by the profession.\\nThe period of nearly four years, which has elapsed since the first edition\\nappeared, at the present rate of progress in all the departments of em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalming, makes thorough revision and numerous additions necessary to\\nkeep up with the times.\\nIn the second and third editions, issued three and two years ago respec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntively, inadvertencies and errors were corrected, though no attempt was\\nmade at general revision.\\nThe work has now been thoroughly revised and almost wholly rewritten,\\nwith much new matter added and many new features introduced. The\\nvolume is materially increased in size, the type new, the letters and num\u00c2\u00ac\\nbers on the plates designating the important parts are enlarged, with a\\nnumber of new plates added, which is a very necessary and valuable\\nfeature. The paper is equal to or even better than that of the former\\neditions.\\nThe thoroughly practical character of the work has been maintained, as\\nfar as possible, throughout, as a guide in the operations necessary for the\\nembalming of all kinds of bodies for preservation and disinfection.\\nIn the new matter will be found a Compendium of Practical Questions\\nand Answers, covering all the more important subjects, which will mate\u00c2\u00ac\\nrially aid the student in his comprehension of the same.\\nThe Practical Dictionary will prove convenient and useful in giving\\ndefinitions of words of an unusual or technical character.\\nThe following books have been especially helpful in the work of\\nrevision, in addition to those for which acknowledgment has been made\\nheretofore \u00e2\u0080\u009cBacteria and Their Products,\u00e2\u0080\u009d Woodhead; \u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Principles\\nof Bacteriology,\u00e2\u0080\u009d Hueppe; The Story of the Bacteria,\u00e2\u0080\u009d Prudden; Phys\u00c2\u00ac\\niological Chemistry,\u00e2\u0080\u009d Novy; Standard Dictionary; Gould\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Medical Dic\u00c2\u00ac\\ntionary, etc.\\nThanks are due to my associates in business and their suggestions\\nand hearty cooperation, for the beautiful volume we are now able to\\noffer.\\nTo Mr. Leroy Edgar Miller for aid in rearranging and revising; also tor\\nseeing the work through the press.\\niii", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "IV\\nPREFACE TO THE FOURTH EDITION\\nTo Dr. H. W. Morey, F. D., for the chapter on Hints on Funeral\\nDirecting.\\nAnd last, but not least, since their very liberal encouragement has\\nmade the revision possible, I thank the undertakers and embalmers,\\nespecially of the United States and Canada, for their kind and generous\\nreception of the former editions.\\nEliab Myers\\nSpringfield, Ohio, October 1, 1900.", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION.\\nThe embalmers and funeral directors of this country have made fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquent complaints that they were unable to find, in books on embalming\\nheretofore published, such information as they desire on numerous topics\\nof professional inquiry, especially those which have been the subject of\\nrecent investigation or introduction.\\nTo meet this confessed demand for a work of more modern character\\nalong this line, the preparation of the Champion TexTBook on Embalming\\nwas undertaken.\\nThe purpose of the author has been to supply, within the compass of a\\nsingle volume of moderate size, the information necessary to a full un\u00c2\u00ac\\nderstanding of the subjects belonging properly to the science and art of\\nembalming.\\nThis work is intended both as a text=book for the student and a com\u00c2\u00ac\\nplete reference book for the embalmer. To meet these ends, we have\\nendeavored to furnish that information which our teaching and long ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nperience in the practice of embalming have suggested to us to be the most\\nneedful to the student and practitioner. We have treated of anatomy and\\nphysiology to the extent necessary to give a good understanding of the\\nstructure and functions of the body, thus laying a sure foundation for the\\nsuccessful study and practice of embalming. After tracing the history of\\nthis art from ancient times down through the intervening ages, the most\\nmodern, simplest, and best methods have been clearly set forth. Morbid\\nanatomy and the treatment of special diseases, including those which give\\nthe embalmer the most trouble, are much more fully considered than in\\nany similar work, thus adding largely to the value of the Text=Book. The\\nbest and latest information concerning sanitation, disinfection, infection,\\nand bacteriology, is also set forth in a terse and practical form, while much\\nuseful information is given on other subjects.\\nThe very comprehensive Glossary, at the conclusion of the work, cannot\\nbut prove helpful to both student and practitioner while, within the com\u00c2\u00ac\\npass of the General Index, has been included every term and subject on\\nwhich information is likely to be sought.\\nWe have appropriated to our use many important facts found in the\\nworks constituting the physician\u00e2\u0080\u0099s library, that have a direct bearing upon\\nthe subjects of which we treat; but, nevertheless, we have relied chiefly\\nupon our own observations and experiences, especially in the operations\\nand methods of treatment given.\\nV", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "VI\\nFEEFACE TO FIRST EDITION\\nWe have made it a rule to write pointedly and briefly, without unnec\u00c2\u00ac\\nessary verbiage, or circumlocution, on all subjects treated; and, where it\\ncould be done without sacrificing clearness or accuracy, have practiced\\ncareful abridgement of the text. As far as possible technical terms have\\nbeen eliminated. Where it has been necessary to introduce them, they\\nhave been placed in the Glossary, with a clear, concise definition.\\nOur illustrations are of a preeminent character, much superior to any\\nhitherto published in a similar work, and will add greatly to an elucidation\\nof the text and a proper understanding of the methods taught.\\nWe are especially indebted to the works of the following authors in the\\npreparation of this book\\nAnatomy:\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Gray Potter.\\nPhysiology:\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Flint; Steele; Baldwin; Huxley.\\nMorbid Anatomy and Pathology: Flint; Osler Stille Bristows: Aitken\\nQuatn Green Peper\u00e2\u0080\u0099s System.\\nBacteriology and Sanitation:\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Sternberg Abbott Sykes.\\nThe Author.\\nSpringfield, Ohio, Jan. 1, 1897.", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS.\\n-A Autii\\nPortrait of Author. Frontispiece\\nPreface to Fourth Revised Edition. iii\\nPreface to First Edition. v\\nTable of Contents. vii\\nList of Illustrations.xxv\\nPART FIRST.\\nANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. 1\\nIntroduction to Part First. 3\\nChapter I.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Osteology. 4\\nGeneral Description of the Bones. 4\\nNumber of Bones. 4\\nThe Distribution of the Bones. 4\\nClassification of Bones. 5\\nThe Long Bones. 5\\nThe Short Bones. 5\\nThe Flat Bones. 5\\nThe Irregular Bones. 6\\nThe Composition of Bones. 6\\nThe Structure of Bones. 6\\nFresh or Living Bone. 6\\nThe Lacunae. 7\\nDevelopment of Bone. 7\\nInjury and Repair of Bones. 7\\nBones of the Head.*. 8\\nThe Bones of the Skull and Face. 8\\nThe Skull Bones. 8\\nThe Cranial Cavity. 8\\nBones of the Trunk. 8\\nThe Trunk. 8\\nThe Spinal Column. 8\\nA. The Bones Anatomical Plates 9-24\\nThe Ribs. 25\\nThe Innominata. 25\\nThe Extremities. 25\\nBones of the Upper Extremity. 26\\nThe Shoulder. 26\\nThe Scapula. 26\\nThe Shoulder=Joint. 26\\nThe Elbow. 26\\nThe Carpus. 26\\nThe Hand. 26\\nBones of the Lower Extremity. 26\\nThe Femur. 26\\nThe Knee;Joint. 26\\nThe Fibia. 26\\nvii", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "Vlll\\nCHAMPION TEXT--BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nChapter I.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Osteology Continued. page.\\nBones of the Lower Extremity\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nThe Foot. 27\\nSesamoid Bones. 27\\nWormian Bones. 27\\nThe Joints. 27\\nArticulations. 27\\nThe Structures. 27\\nArticular Lamella. 27\\nCartilage.. 28\\nFibro^cartilage 28\\nSynovial Membrane. 28\\nThe Ligaments.. 28\\nPoupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Ligament. 28\\nB. The Ligaments Anatomical Plates 29-36\\nChapter II.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Muscles.,... 37\\nComposition of Muscles. 37\\nContractility. 38\\nKinds of Muscles. 38\\nArrangement of Muscles. 38\\nModification of Muscles. 39\\nAttachment of Muscles. 39\\nClassification. 39\\nThe Tendons. 39\\nAponeurosis. 40\\nFasciae.\u00e2\u0080\u0098. 40\\nSuperficial Fascia.... 40\\nC. The Muscles.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anatomical Plates i.. 41-56\\nDeep Fascia. 57\\nWonders of the Muscles. 57\\nMuscular Sense. 57\\nDevelopment of the Muscles. 57\\nNumber of Muscles. 58\\nThe Sternocleidomastoid. 58\\nThe Biceps. 58\\nThe Sartorius. 59\\nThe Adductor Longus. 59\\nThe Diaphragm. 59\\nScarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Triangle. 60\\nThe Popliteal Space. 60\\nAxillary Space. 60\\nChapter III.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Absorbents.*, 61\\nThe Skin. 61\\nStructure of the Skin. 61\\nCuticle, Epidermis, Scarfiskin. 61\\nCorium, Derma, Cutis Vera. 62\\nRete Mucosum... 63\\nUses of the Skin. 63\\nThe Mucous Membrane. 64\\nSubcutaneous Tissues. 64\\nThe Hair. 65\\nThe Nails. 66\\nThe Lymphatic System. 67\\nThe Lymphatics. 67\\nThe Lacteals. 68", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS j x\\nChapter III.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Absorbents\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued. page.\\nThe Lymphatic Glands\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cohtinued.\\nThe Villi. 68\\nThe Lymphatic Glands. 69\\nThe Thoracic Duct. 69\\nThe Lymphatic Duct. 69\\nThe Lymph. 69\\nVISCERAL ANATOMY. 70\\nChapter IV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Nervous System. 71\\nGeneral Description. 71\\nNervous Tissue. 71\\nThe Nerves. 71\\nNerve^Current. 72\\nNerveiSensations. 72\\nThe Sympathetic System. 73\\nThe Cerebrospinal System. 73\\nThe Cranial Cavity.!.L.. 73\\nThe Brain. 73\\nThe Cerebrum. 75\\nThe Cerebellum. 75\\nThe Medulla Oblongata. 76\\nThe Spinal Cord 76\\nD. The Heart.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anatomical Plates 77-80\\nThe Cranial Nerves. 81\\nChapter V.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Organs of Respiration. 82\\nMouth and Nose. 82\\nThe Pharynx or Throat. 83\\nThe Larynx. 83\\nGlottis and Epiglottis. 84\\nVocal Cords. 84\\nThe Thoracic Cavity. 84\\nThe Thorax or Chest. v 84\\nThe Trachea or Windpipe. 84\\nThe Bronchi. 86\\nThe Lungs. 86\\nStructure of the Lungs. 87\\nThe Pleurae.. 88\\nThe Mediastinum. 88\\nChapter VI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Digestive Organs.. 89\\nThe Alimentary Canal. 89\\nThe Mouth. 89\\nThe Salivary Glands. 89\\nThe Tongue. 91\\nThe Teeth. 91\\nThe Jaws. 91\\nThe Pharynx.!. 92\\nThe Esophagus. 92\\nThe Abdominal Cavity. 92\\nThe Abdomen or Belly. 92\\nE. Thoracic and Abdominal Viscera with their Blood-Vessels\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ana\u00c2\u00ac\\ntomical Color Plates 93-108\\nAbdominal Openings. 169\\nAbdominal Viscera. 169\\nRegions of the Abdomen. 109\\nThe Regional Contents. 109", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "X\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ny\\nChapter VI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Digestive Organs\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued. page.\\nThe Abdominal Cavity\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nRight Hypochondriac. 109\\nEpigastric. HO\\nLeft Hypochondriac. HO\\nRight Lumbar. HO\\nUmbilical. HO\\nLeft Lumbar. Ill\\nRight Inguinal. HI\\nHypogastric. Ill\\nLeft Inguinal. Ill\\nThe Stomach. Ill\\nThe Fuudus. 112\\nThe Pylorus. 112\\nThe Peptic or Gastric Glands. 113\\nThe Small Intestine.. v 113\\nThe Duodenum. 113\\nThe Jejunum. 314\\nThe Ileum. 114\\nThe Large Intestine. 114\\nThe Cecum. 114\\nThe Appendix Vermiformis. 115\\nThe Colon. 115\\nThe Sigmoid Flexure. 115\\nThe Rectum. 115\\nThe Liver. 115\\nHepatic Lobules. 117\\nThe Bile. 117\\nThe Biliary Ducts. 117\\nThe Hepatic Duct. 117\\nThe Cystic Duct. 117\\nThe Ductus Communis Choledoclms. 118\\nThe GalhBladder.. 118\\nThe Pancreas,. 118\\nThe Pancreatic Duct. 118\\nDuctless Glands. 118\\nThe Spleen. 118\\nThe Thyroid Gland or Body. 119\\nThe Thymus Gland. 119\\nThe Suprarenal Capsules. 119\\nThe Kidneys. 119\\nThe L T reters. 120\\nThe Peritoneum. 120\\nPeritoneal Sacs. 121\\nThe Omenta. 121\\nThe Mesenteries. 121\\nThe Pelvic Cavity. 121\\nThe Bladder. 122\\nTHE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 123\\nOrgans of Circulation. 123\\nCirculatory Systems. 123\\nChapter VII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Heart and Blood. 124\\nThe Heart. 124\\nThe Pericardium. 125\\nThe Endocardium. 125", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "XI\\nTABLE OF CONTENTS\\nChapter VII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Heart and Blood\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ^Continued. page.\\nThe Heart\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nHeart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Weight and Size. 125\\nIts Cavities. 125\\nThe Right Auricle 126\\nThe Right Ventricle. 126\\nThe Left Auricle. 127\\nThe Left Ventricle. 127\\nValves of the Heart.5.1...... 127\\nIts Movements and Sounds. 128\\nIts Capacity. 129\\nThe Blood 129\\nComposition of Blood. 129\\nThe Circulation of the Blood. 130\\nChapter VIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Blood=Vessels. 132\\nThe Arteries. 132\\nThe Large Trunks. 132\\nThe Main Artery. 132\\nArterial Anastomosis. 133\\nAccompanying Vessels. 133\\nVasa Vasoium........,. 133\\nTheir Coats. 4 133\\nThe Veins. 134\\nVenous Anastomosis v 135\\nVenous Coats. 135\\nVenous Valves. 135\\nKinds of Veins. 136\\nDeep Veins. 136\\nSuperficial or Peripheral Veins.-. 136\\nThe Sinuses. 136\\nThe Capillaries. 137\\nWhere Found. 137\\nTheir Walls. ...._?. 137\\nChapter IX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries of the Systemic Circulation. 138\\nThe Aorta. 138\\nThe Branches of the Aorta.. j..^. 138\\nThe Coronary Arteries. 138\\nThe Innominate.J. 139\\nThe Common Carotid. 139\\nThe External Carotid. 140\\nThe Superior Thyroid. 140\\nTheLinguinal 140\\nThe Facial. 140\\nThe Occipital. 140\\nThe Posterior Auricular. 140\\nThe Ascending Pharyngeal. 140\\nThe Temporal. 140\\nThe Internal Maxillary. 140\\nThe Internal Carotid. 140\\nF. Blood Vessels of the Head, Neck, etc.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anatomical Col emulates...141-156\\nThe Tympanic.. 157\\nThe Arterise Receptaculi. 157\\nThe Anterior Meningeal. 157\\nThe Ophthalmic. 157\\nThe Posterior Communicating. 157", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "Xll\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nChapter IX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries of the Systemic Circulation\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nThe Internal Carotid\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued. page.\\nThe Anterior Choroid. 157\\nThe Anterior Cerebral. 157\\nThe Middle Cerebral. 157\\nThe Subclavian......:. 157\\nThe Vertebral. 157\\nThe Basilar. 157\\nThe Circle of Willis. 158\\nThe Thyroid Axis. 158\\nThe Inferior Thyroid. 158\\nThe Transversalis Colli. 158\\nThe Suprascapular. 158\\nThe Internal Mammary. 158\\nThe Superior Intercostal. 158\\nThe Axillary. 158\\nThe Brachial. 159\\n^The Radial. 159\\nThe Ulnar. 159\\nThe Superficial Palmar Arch. 159\\nThe Deep Palmar Arch... 159\\nThe Thoracic Aorta. 160\\nThe Pericardiac. 160\\nThe Bronchial 160\\nThe Esophageal. 160\\nThe Posterior Mediastinals. 160\\nThe Intercostals. 160\\nThe Abdominal Aorta*.... 160\\nThe Phrenic.. 160\\nThe Celiac Axis. 160\\nThe Gastric. 160\\nThe Hepatic. 160\\nThe Splenic. 160\\nThe Superior Mesenteric. 162\\nThe Inferior Mesenteric. 162\\nThe Suprarenal. 162\\nThe Renal 162\\nThe Spermatics. 162\\nThe Ovarian. 162\\nThe Lumbar. 162\\nThe Middle Sacral. 162\\nThe Common Iliacs. 162\\nThe Internal Iliac. 162\\nThe Anterior Trunk (of Internal Iliac). 162\\nThe Superior Vesical 162\\nThe Middle Vesical... 163\\nThe Inferior Vesical. 163\\nThe Middle Hemorrhoidal. 163\\nThe Uterine. 163\\nThe Vaginal 163\\nThe Obturator 163\\nThe Internal Pudic. 163\\nThe Sciatic. 163\\nThe Posterior Trunk (of Internal Iliac). 163\\nThe Iliolumbar. 163", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS x iii\\nChapter IX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries of the Systemic Circulation\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nThe Posterior Trunk (of Internal Iliac). page.\\nThe Lateral Sacral. 163\\nThe Gluteal... 163\\nThe External Iliac. 163\\nThe Deep Epigastric 164\\nThe Deep Circumflex Iliac. 164\\nThe Femoral. 164\\nThe Superficial Epigastric. 164\\nThe Superficial Circumflex Iliac. 164\\nG. Blood Vessels of Peroneal Regions and Lower Extremities Ana\u00c2\u00ac\\ntomical Color Plates 165-172\\nThe Superficial External Pudic. 173\\nThe Deep External Pudic. 173\\nThe Profunda Femoris. 173\\nThe External Circumflex.. 173\\nThe Internal Circumflex. 173\\nThe Perforating. 173\\nThe Muscular Branches.... 173\\nThe Anastomica Magna. 173\\nThe Popliteal. 173\\nThe Anterior Tibial. 174\\nThe Dorsal Pedis. 174\\nThe Posterior Tibial. 174\\nThe Internal Plantar. 174\\nThe External Plantar. 174\\nChapter X.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Veins of the Systemic Circulation. 175\\nVeins of the Head and Neck. 175\\nThe External Veins of the Head. 175\\nThe Facial... 175\\nThe Temporal. 175\\nThe Internal Maxillary. 175\\nThe Temporomaxillary. 175\\nThe Posterior Auricular. 176\\nThe Occipital. 176\\nThe Veins of the Diploe. 176\\nThe Cerebral Veins. 176\\nThe Superficial Cerebral. 176\\nThe Deep Cerebral. 176\\nThe Cerebellar. 176\\nThe Sinuses of the Dura Mater. 176\\nThe Superior Longitudinal. 176\\nThe Inferior Longitudinal. 177\\nThe Strait. 177\\nThe Lateral. 177\\nThe Occipital. 177\\nThe Sinuses of the Base of the Skull. 177\\nThe Cavernous. 117\\nThe Circular.. 177\\nThe Transverse. 177\\nThe Inferior Petrosal. 177\\nThe Superior Petrosal. 178\\nThe Veins of the Neck.*.... 178\\nThe External Jugular. 178\\nThe Posterior External Jugular. 178", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nxiv\\nChapter X.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Veins of the Systemic Circueation\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nPAGE.\\nThe Anterior Jugular. E9\\nThe Internal Jugular. 119\\nThe Vertebral. 119\\nThe Veins of the Upper Extremities. 179\\nThe Superficial Veins. 119\\nThe Anterior Ulnar.\u00e2\u0080\u00a2* 179\\nThe Posterior Ulnar. 179\\nThe Common Ulnar. 179\\nThe Radial. 180\\nThe Median... 180\\nThe Median Cephalic. ISO\\nThe Median Basilic. 180\\nThe Basilic. 180\\nThe Cephalic. ISO\\n-The Deep Veins of the Upper Extremities. 180\\nTwo Digital Veins. ISO\\nThe Deep Palmar Veins. 181\\nThe Axillary. 181\\nThe Subclavian. 181\\nThe Innominates. 181\\nThe Superior Vena Cava. 181\\nThe Principal Veins of the Thorax. 182\\nThe Azygos Veins. 182\\nThe Right Azygos. r.. 182\\nThe Left Lower Azygos.:.... 182\\nThe Left Upper Azygos. 182\\nThe Spinal Veins. 182\\nThe Veins of the Lower Extremities. 182\\nThe Principal Superficial Veins. 182\\nThe Internal Saphenous. 183\\nThe External Saphenous. 183\\nThe Deep Veins of the Lower Extremities.184\\nThe External and Internal Plantars. 184\\nThe Anterior Tibials. 184\\nThe Popliteal. 184\\nThe Femoral. 184\\nThe External Iliac.. 184\\nThe Internal Iliac. 184\\nThe Common Uiacs. 184\\nThe Inferior Vena Cava. 185\\nThe Cardiac Veins.. A 185\\nChapter XI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Other Circulatory Systems 186\\nThe Lesser or Pulmonary Circulation. 186\\nThe Pulmonary Artery..\u00e2\u0080\u00a2^. 186\\nThe Pulmonary Veins. 186\\nThe Pulmonary Capillaries. K 187\\nThe Portal System of Veins.*.188\\nThe Portal Vein. 188\\nThe Inferior Mesenteric. 188\\nII. Portal and Fetal Systems.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anatomical Color Plates 189-192\\nThe Superior Mesenteric. 193\\nThe Splenic. 193\\nThe Gastrics. 193", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS xv\\nChapter XI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Other Circulatory Systems\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued, page.\\nThe Fetal Circulation. 193:\\nThe Placenta. 194\\nThe Foramen Ovale. 195\\nThe Eustachian Valve. 195\\nThe Umbilical or Hypogastric Arteries. 195\\nThe Umbilical Vein. 196\\nThe Ductus Arteriosus. 196\\nThe Ductus Venosus. 196\\nThe Umbilical Cord. 196\\nPlacental Circulation. 196\\nChapter XII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Organs of Special Senses. 198\\nThe Eye. 198\\nThe Eyeball. 198\\nThe Tunics... 199\\nThe Sclerotic... 199\\nThe Cornea. 199\\nThe Choroid. 199\\nThe Iris. 199\\nThe Retina. 200\\nChambers of the Eye. 200\\nThe Aqueous Humor. 200\\nThe Vitreous Humor. 200\\nThe Crystalline Lens. 201\\nThe Lachrymal Apparatus. 201\\nAppendages of the Eye. 201\\nThe Ear. 202\\nThe External Ear. 202\\nThe Middle Ear. 203\\nThe Internal Ear. 203\\nThe Nose. 204\\nOrgans of Taste and Touch. 204\\nThe Tongue. 204\\nThe Skin. 205\\nChapter XIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Body Its Composition and Chemistry.... 206\\nWeight of the Different Parts...... 206\\nThe Chemical Constituents. 206\\nChief Chemical Compounds of the Body. 207\\nFats.\u00e2\u0096\u00a0. 207\\nCarbohydrates. 208\\nProteins.\u00e2\u0080\u0098.. 209\\nSaliva. 210\\nGastric Juice. 211\\nPancreatic Juice. 212\\nBile. 213\\nBlood. 213\\nMilk. 215\\nUrea. 215\\nPART SECOND.\\nANCIENT AND MODERN EMBALMING. 217\\nIntroduction to Part Second. 218\\nChapter XIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ancient Embalming. 220\\nEgyptian Methods. 221\\nReasons for Embalming. 222.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "XVI\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nChapter XIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ancient Embalming\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nEmbalmers of the Medical Fraternity.\\nSelecting the Pattern.\\nRemoving the Brain..\\nIncising the Body.\\nTreatment of the Viscera.\\nIngredients Used.\\nThe Mummy Wrappings.\\nThe Cartounage...\\nTreatment of the Intestines.\\nClasses of Embalming.\\nAn Intermediate Mode.\\nWhen Embalming Ceased.\\nJewish Methods.\\nLike Those of Egypt.\\nEmbalming the Poor.\\nIn the Time of Christ.\\nMethods of Romans and Other Nations.\\nAmong the Romans.\\nThe Babylonians.\\nThe Scythians.\\nThe Ethiopians..\\nAmong Persians, Assyrians, etc.\\nThe Greeks.\\nThe Guanclies..\\nOn the Western Hemisphere.\\nAmong Early Peruvians.\\nThe Aztecs..\\nNorth American Indians.\\nAmong Early Christians.\\nChapter XV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Modern Embalming.\\nDr. Frederick Ruysch.\\nDr. William Hunter.\\nJohn Hunter.\\nThe Hunterian Method.\\nM. Boudet\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Process..\\nM. Franchiui\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Process.\\nJean Nicholas Gannal.\\nDr. Gannal.:_\\nM. Sucquet.\\nM. Falcony..\\nDr. Cliaussier\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Method.\\nFranciolla\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Method.\\nBrunetti\\nA Method in Vogue in Belgium.\\nDr. Tscheirnoff\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Method.\\nThe Florentine Process.\\nA German Process.\\nEmbalming but Little Practised in England.\\nNo Good Embalming Done Abroad.\\nChapter XVI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Up=to=Date Embalming.\\nThe Methods of To=day.\\nPreservation as a Reason.\\nSanitation as a Reason.\\nNecessity for a Thorough Embalmment.\\npage,\\n223\\n223\\n224\\n225\\n226\\n226\\n227\\n227\\n229\\n230\\n230\\n231\\n231\\n232\\n233\\n233\\n234\\n234\\n234\\n234\\n234\\n234\\n234\\n234\\n235\\n235\\n235\\n235\\n236\\n237\\n237\\n238\\n239\\n239\\n240\\n240\\n241\\n241\\n242\\n242\\n243\\n243\\n244\\n244\\n245\\n246\\n246\\n247\\n248\\n250\\n250\\n251\\n252\\n253", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\\nXVII\\nChapter XVI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Up=to-Date Embarming\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued. page.\\nThe Condition, Appearance* and Disease. 25\\nAppearance After Thorough Embalmment. 255\\nChapter XVII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Death: Its Modes, Signs, and Changes. 256\\nModes of Death. 256\\nSyncope. 257\\nApnea, Asphyxia. 257\\nComa. 260\\nSigns of Death. 261\\nCessation of the Heart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Action. 261\\nCessation of Respiration. 262\\nLoss of Vitality. 263\\nChanges of Death. 264\\nCooling of the Body. 264\\nHypostasis, or Post-Mortem Discoloration. 264\\nPost-Mortem Staining. 265\\nRigor Mortis 265\\nSummary of the Signs of Death. 267\\nChapter XVIII. Putrefaction Its Modifications and\\nPeculiarities. 269\\nAdipocere. 272\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cSkin-slip\u00e2\u0080\u009d Its Causes and Prevention. 273\\nIts Causes. 273\\nIts Prevention.. 274\\nChapter XIX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Blood: Its Characteristics and Changes 275\\nComposition of Blood. 275\\nCirculation of Blood. 276\\nCoagulation of the Blood. 276\\nCauses of Arteries Being Empty After Death. 279\\nCirculation of Fluid. 279\\nChapter XX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arterial Embalming. 281\\nRaising and Injecting Arteries. 281\\nSelection of the Artery. 281\\nTo Distinguish the Artery. 282\\nRaising and Incising the Artery. 283\\nThe Injection of Fluid. 284\\nA Second Injection. 285\\nThe Brachial Artery and Basilic Vein... 287\\nLocation. 287\\nThe Linear Guide. 287\\nThe Anatomical Guide. 287\\nTo Raise the Artery. 287\\nTo Raise the Basilic Vein. 288\\nThe Femoral Artery and Vein. 288\\nLocation. 288\\nThe Linear Guide. 289\\nThe Anatomical Guide. 289\\nTo Raise the Artery. 289\\nTo Raise the Vein. 290\\nThe Common Carotid Artery and Internal Jugular Vein. 290\\nLocation. 291\\nThe Linear Guide. 291\\nThe Anatomical Guide. 291\\nTo Raise the Artery. 291\\nTo Raise the Jugular Vein. 292\\nB", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nxviii\\nChapter XX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arterial Embalming\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued. page.\\nThe Radial Artery. 292\\nLocation. 292\\nThe Anatomical Guide. 292\\nTo Raise the Artery. 294\\nThe Posterior and Anterior Tibial Artery. 294\\nLocation. 294\\nThe Guide to the Posterior Tibia. 294\\nTo Raise the Artery. 294\\nThe Guide to the Anterior Tibia. 295\\nTo Raise the Artery. 295\\nChapter XXI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Cavity Embalming. 296\\nNecessity for Cavity Embalming. 296\\nSterilizing Effete Matter 296\\nThe Thoracic Cavity. 298\\nIts Location and Contents. 298\\nTo Inject the Pleural Sacs. 300\\nTo Inject Fluid into the Lung Cavities. 302\\nGases in the Pleurse and Pericardium. 303\\nThe Abdominal Cavity. 303\\nIts Regions. 303\\nPosition of Its Contents. 305\\nOrgans Requiring Special Treatment. 306\\nThe Stomach. 308\\nIts Dilatation. 308\\nIts Contraction. 309\\nChapter XXII. Cranial Embalming So-called Needle\\nProcesses. 310\\nThe Eye Process. 310\\nThe Operation. 310\\nThe Barnes Process. 311\\nThe Operation. 311\\nThe Nasal Process... 312\\nThe Operation. 312\\nEmbalming Through Soft Tissues on Outside of Skeleton. 313\\nThe Operation.313\\nChapter XXIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Removal of the Blood. 315\\nReasons for its Removal. 315\\nThe Methods. 315\\nFrom the Heart Direct. 315\\nAnother Method. 319\\nThrough the Basilic Vein. 320\\nThrough the Femoral Vein. 320\\nThrough the Jugular Vein. 321\\nCirculation Not Destroyed by Tapping the Heart. 322\\nChapter XXIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Discolorations and Their Removal. 323\\nTo Remove Venous Congestion. 323\\nFlushing of the Face. 325\\nPost-Mortem Discoloration, or Hypostasis. 325\\nPost-Mortem Staining. 326\\nBrownish or Greenish Spots. 326\\nBruises and Ecchymoses. 326\\nDiscoloration Caused by Biliverdin. 327\\nBleachers and Fluids Not Effective. 327\\nThe Ice Mixture. m m 328", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS x j x\\nPAGE.\\nChapter XXV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Gases Their Production and Elimination 329\\nWhat They Are. 329\\nWhere Found. 329\\nHow Eliminated. 330\\nPurging and Its Treatment. 331\\nPurging from the Stomach. 331\\nTreatment. 332\\nPurging from the Lungs 332\\nTreatment. 333\\nPART THIRD,\\nMORBID ANATOMY AND TREATMENT OF SPECIAL DIS\u00c2\u00ac\\nEASES. 335\\nIntroduction to Part Third. 336\\nChapter XXVI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Diseases Affecting the Vascular System 337\\nDiseases of the Arteries, Weakening the Walls and Causing\\nAneurisms. 337\\nTreatment. 340\\nDiseases of the Heart and Blood-Vessels Affecting the Circu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlation. 340\\nTreatment. 342\\nValvular Diseases of the Heart. 343\\nTreatment. 344\\nChapter XXVII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Infectious and Contagious Diseases. 345\\nScarlatina Scarlet Fever. 345\\nTreatment. 347\\nDiphtheria. 348\\nTreatment. 350\\nTyphoid Fever. 351\\nTreatment. 353\\nTyphus Fever. 355\\nHospital, Jail, Camp, and Ship Fever. 355\\nTreatment. 356\\nMeasles. 357\\nTreatment. 357\\nTuberculosis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Consumption. 358\\nTreatment. 359\\nTubercular Meningitis. 360\\nTreatment. 362\\nScrofula. 362\\nTuberculosis of the Lymphatic Glands. 362\\nTreatment..... 363\\nCerebrospinal Meningitis\u00e2\u0080\u0094Spotted Fever. 363\\nTreatment. 365\\nChapter XXVIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Infectious and Contagious Diseases\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nContinued. 366\\nSmallpox. 366\\nTreatment. 367\\nCholera, Asiatic. 368\\nTreatment. 371\\nYellow Fever. 371\\nTreatment. 373\\nBubonic Plague. 373\\nTreatment.\u00c2\u00ab... 374", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "XX\\nCHAMPION TEXTBOOK ON EMBALMING\\nChapter XXVIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Infectious and Contagious Diseases.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nContinued. PAG _ E\\nTetanus\u00e2\u0080\u0094Lockjaw. 375\\nTetanus Neonatorum. 375\\nTreatment. a. 376\\nAnthrax\u00e2\u0080\u0094Splenic Fever. 376\\nWool-Sorters\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Disease\u00e2\u0080\u0094Rag-Pickers\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Disease. 376\\nTreatment. 378\\nSyphilis. 379\\nTreatment. 379\\nSyphilitic Disease of the Lungs. 380\\nTreatment 381\\nChapter XXIX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Diseases Affecting the Blood. 383\\nSepticemia\u00e2\u0080\u0094Blood Poison. 383\\nTreatment. 384\\nPyemia. 385\\nTreatment. 386\\nErysipelas. 387\\nTreatment. 388\\nPurpura. 389\\nTreatment. 391\\nLeukemia. 391\\nTreatment. 393\\nPuerperal or Childbed Fever. 394\\nTreatment. 395\\nPeritonitis. 396\\nTreatment. 397\\nChapter XXX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Diseases of the Air-Passages and Chest... 398\\nPneumonia\u00e2\u0080\u0094Lung Fever. 398\\nAcute or Croupous Pneumonia\u00e2\u0080\u0094Pneumonitis. 398\\nTreatment. 400\\nGangrene of the Lungs. 401\\nTreatment. 401\\nPleurisy\u00e2\u0080\u0094Pleuritis. 402\\nInflammation of the Pleura. 402\\nTreatment. 404\\nPericarditis 404\\nInflammation of the Pericardium. 404\\nTreatment. 406\\nHypostatic Congestion of the Lungs. 407\\nHypostatic Pneumonia\u00e2\u0080\u0094Splenization. 407\\nTreatment. 407\\nAnemia of the Lungs. 408\\nTreatment. 410\\nOther Diseases of the Air-Passages and Chest. 410\\nLaryngitis, Bronchitis, etc. 410\\nCpiapter XXXI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Diseases of the Digestive System. 411\\nAppendicitis. 411\\nInflammation of the Appendix Vermiformis... 411\\nTreatment. 412\\nObstinate Constipation. 413\\nTreatment. 414\\nDysentery\u00e2\u0080\u0094Flux. 414\\nTreatment,.. .415", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\\nXXI\\nChapter XXXI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Diseases of the Digestive System\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinued. PAGE.\\nCholera Infantum.... 416\\nTreatment. 416\\nHernia or Rupture. 416\\nTreatment. 416\\nJaundice.. 416\\nTreatment. 417\\nIntestinal Catarrh. 418\\nTreatment.;. 419\\nSporadic Cholera\u00e2\u0080\u0094Cholera Morbus. 420\\nTreatment. 420\\nOther Diseases of the Alimentary Canal. 421\\nGastritis, Enteritis, Colitis, and Eutercolitis. 421\\nTreatment. 421\\nChapter XXXII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Diseases of the Kidneys and Bladder 422\\nBright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Disease.\\nAcute Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Disease.\\nWaxy Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Disease.;.\\nCirrhotic Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Disease.\\nTreatment.\\nNephritis.\\nInflammation of the Kidney.\\nDiabetes.\\nSugar in the Urine.\\nTreatment.\\nDiseases of the Bladder..\\nTreatment\\nChapter XXXIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Diseases of the Nerves\\nParalysis..\\nTreatment.\\nApoplexy\u00e2\u0080\u0094Cerebral Hemorrhage.\\nTreatment..\\n422\\n422\\n422\\n423\\n424\\n425\\n425\\n425\\n425\\n426\\n426\\n426\\n427\\n427\\n428\\n429\\n431\\nChapter XXXIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cancerous and Constitutional Diseases. 432\\nMalignant Tumors.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Cancer. 432\\nTreatment. 432\\nCancer of the Stomach. 432\\nTreatment. 434\\nCancer of the Liver. 434\\nTreatment. 435\\nBenign Tumors. 436\\nTreatment. 436\\nDropsy. 437\\nTreatment. 438\\nRheumatism. 440\\nTreatment. 441\\nChapter XXXV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Death from Accidental Causes 442\\nPost-Mortem Cases. 442\\nTreatment. 442\\nDrowned Cases. 445\\nTreatment. 445\\nA \u00e2\u0080\u009cFloater\u00e2\u0080\u009d. 446\\nTreatment. 446\\nLightning or Electricity. 447\\nTreatment. 447", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nxxii\\nChapter XXXV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Death from Accidental, Causes.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nPAGE.\\nCases of Mutilation. 448\\nRailroad and Other Accidents. 448\\nTreatment. 448\\nGunshot Wounds. 450\\nTreatment. 450\\nAsphyxia. 451\\nTreatment. 452\\nDeath from Freezing. 452\\nTreatment. 453\\nChapter XXXVI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Death from Poison. 454\\nCorrosive Poisons. 455\\nIrritant Poisons. 456\\nNarcotic Poisons. 457\\nTreatment. 458\\nOpium or Morphin Poisoning. 458\\nTreatment. 458\\nPoisoning by Arsenic... 460\\nTreatment. 461\\nPoisoning by Mercury. 461\\nAcute Mercurial Poisoning. 461\\nTreatment. 462\\nChronic ^Mercurial Poisoning\u00e2\u0080\u0094Mercurialism. 463\\nTreatment. 463\\nPoisoning by Carbonic Acid. 464\\nTreatment. 464\\nPoisoning by Carbonic Oxid. 465\\nTreatment. 465\\nPoisoning by Coal Gas. 466\\nTreatment. 467\\nChapter XXXVII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Miscellaneous Diseases. 468\\nChronic Alcoholism. 468\\nTreatment. 469\\nAcute Alcoholism. 469\\nTreatment. 470\\nDelirium Tremens. 470\\nTreatment. 470\\nJaundice of the News Born. 471\\nTreatment. 472\\nDeath of Mother and Fetus in Utero... 473\\nTreatment. 473\\nSenility or Old Age. 474\\nTreatment. 475\\nGangrene\u00e2\u0080\u0094Mortification. 476\\nSenile Gangrene. 476\\ntreatment.,. 477\\nSunstroke. 477\\nTreatment. 478\\nPART FOURTH.\\nBACTERIOLOGY, SANITATION, AND DISINFECTION. 479\\nIntroduction to Part Fourth. 480\\nChapter XXXVIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacteriology. 481\\nHistory of Bacteriology...... 481", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\\nxxiii\\nChapter XXXVIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacteriology\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued. page.\\nBacteria: Their Forms and Growth. 486\\nBacteria in Air, Water, and Earth. 492\\nChapter XXXIX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Infection and Contagion. 495\\nChannels of Infection. 496\\nSusceptibility and Immunity. 497\\nChapter XL.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Disinfection and Its Effects. 499\\nDeodorants\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deodorizers 505\\nChapter XLI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Antiseptics and Disinfectants. 507\\nAntiseptics. 507\\nDisinfectants. 508\\nChapter XLII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Disinfection of Rooms and Their Contents.* 513\\nSulphur Fumes Sulphur Dioxid). 516\\nFormaldehyde Gas. 518\\nTo Disinfect with Schering\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Pastilles. 521\\nFormalin Distillation. 522\\nNovy\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Formaldehyde Gas Generator. 523\\nChapter XLIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Transportation of Bodies. 526\\nThe Shipping Rules. 527\\nComments Upon the Rules. 530\\nPART FIFTH.\\nGENERAL MISCELLANY. 539\\nIntroduction to Part Fifth. 540\\nChapter XLIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Hints on Funeral Directing 541\\nChapter XLV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Resuscitation 545\\nHoward\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Method of Artificial Respiration. 545\\nAction of Operator. 546\\nRules of the Royal Humane Society. 546\\nRule I.\u00e2\u0080\u0094If from Drowning or Other Suffocation or Nar\u00c2\u00ac\\ncotic Poisoning. 546\\nTreatment to Restore Natural Breathing. 546\\nFirst.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Maintain a Free Entrance of Air into the Wind\u00c2\u00ac\\npipe.\\n546\\nSecond.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Adjust the Patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Position. 547\\nThird.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Imitate the Movements of Breathing. 547\\nFourth.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Excite Inspiration... 547\\nTreatment After the Natural Breathing Has Been Restored... 548\\nFifth.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Induce Circulation and Warmth. 548\\nRule II.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 If from Intense Cold. 548\\nRule III.\u00e2\u0080\u0094If from Intoxication. 548\\nRule IV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 If from Apoplexy or Sunstroke. 548\\nSyncope and Asphyxia. 548\\nSyncope. 549\\nTreatment. 549\\nAsphyxia from Breathing Noxious Gases. 549\\nAsphyxia from Mechanical Obstruction of the Air?Passages 549\\nAsphyxia from Advancing Coma or from Narcotics and\\nAnesthetics. 549\\nAsphyxia from Drowning. 550\\n1. Position of Patient. 550\\n2. Position and Action of Operator. 550\\n3. Suspended Animation from Lightning Stroke or\\nElectricity. 550", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "xxiv\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nPAGE.\\nChapter XLVI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Post-Mortem Wounds. 552\\nChapter XLVII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Instruments Their Selection and Care.. 555\\nSterilizing Instruments. 556\\nSelecting Instruments. 557\\nCOMPENDIUM OF PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS.. 559\\nIntroduction. 560\\nI. Anatomy and Physiology. 561\\nBones, Muscles, etc. 561\\nVisceral Anatomy. 564\\nNervous System. 566\\nRespiratory Organs. 569\\nOrgans of Digestion. 571\\nThe Circulatory System. 574\\nArteries. 579\\nVeins. 583\\nII. Embalming.. 585\\nIII. Sanitation and Disinfection. 601\\nA PRACTICAL DICTIONARY OF SCIENTIFIC AND MEDICAL\\nTERMS. 607\\nIntroduction. 608\\nA, 609; B, 612; C, 613; D, 617; E, 619; F, 621; G, 622; H, 623;\\nI, 624; J, 626; K, 626; L, 627; M, 628; N, 630- O, 631; P, 632;\\nQ, 636; R, 636; S, 637; T, 641; U, 642; V, 643; W, 644;\\nX, 644; Y, 644; Z, 644.\\nGENERAL INDEX. 645\\n1", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.\\nPortrait of Author,\\nFrontispiece\\nANATOMICAL HALF TONES AND COLOR PLATES.\\nPLATE.\\nPAGE.\\nA. The Bones\u00e2\u0080\u0094Seven Plates 9 24\\nI. BONES OF THE SKELETON.. 10\\nH. BONES OF THE HEAD. 12\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Front View of Cranium. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Side View of Cranium.\\nFigs. 3 and 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094Vertical Section of Facial Bones. Fig. 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nEthmoid Bone\u00e2\u0080\u0094Upper Surface. Fig. 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ethmoid Bone\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nNasal Surface. Fig. 7\u00e2\u0080\u0094Palate Bone\u00e2\u0080\u0094Nasal Surface. Fig.\\n8\u00e2\u0080\u0094Hyoid Bone\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Aspect.\\nIII. BONES OF THE HEAD\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued. 14\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Base of Skull\u00e2\u0080\u0094Inner Surface. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Inferior Surface\\nof Cranium\u00e2\u0080\u0094Base of Skull. Figs. 3 and 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094Temporal Bone\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094External Surface (3); Inner Surface (4). Figs. 5 and 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nSphenoid Bone\u00e2\u0080\u0094Inner Surface (5); Anterior Surface (6).\\nFigs. 7 and 8\u00e2\u0080\u0094Inferior Maxillary\u00e2\u0080\u0094Outer Surface (7); Inner\\nSurface (8).\\nIV. BONES OF TRUNK. 16\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Spine (vertebrae), Thorax, Clavicle, and Portion of Scap\u00c2\u00ac\\nula. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Pelvis. Fig. 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094True or Sternal Ribs. Fig. 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nSternum\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface. Fig. 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094Os Innominatum of\\nRight Side\u00e2\u0080\u0094Inner Surface. Fig. 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094Os Innominatum of\\nLeft Side\u00e2\u0080\u0094Outer Surface. Figs. 7 and 8\u00e2\u0080\u0094Os Coccygis\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nPosterior Surface (7); Anterior and Upper Surfaces (8).\\nV. BONES OF TRUNK\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued. 18\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior View of Trunk. Figs. 2 and 3 \u00e2\u0080\u0094Atlas and Axis\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface (2); Posterior Surface (3). Figs. 4 and 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nAtlas\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superior Surface (4); Inferior Surface (5). Fig. 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nAxis\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface. Fig. 7\u00e2\u0080\u0094Cervical Vertebra\u00e2\u0080\u0094Su\u00c2\u00ac\\nperior Surface. Figs. 8 and 9\u00e2\u0080\u0094A Dorsal (8) and a Lumbar\\nVertebra (9)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superior Surfaces.\\nVI. BONES OF UPPER EXTREMITIES. 2a\\nFigs. 1 and 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Clavicle (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superior Surface (1); Inferior Sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface (2). Fig. 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094Scapula\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior and Outer Surface.\\nFig. 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Scapula\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal or Concave Surface. Fig. 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nScapula\u00e2\u0080\u0094Front View of Anterior Margin. Fig. 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094Humerus\\n(left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior View. Fig. 7\u00e2\u0080\u0094Humerus (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior\\nView. Figs. 8 and 9\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ulna\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior View (8); Anterior\\nView (9). Figs. 10 and 11\u00e2\u0080\u0094Radius\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior View (10);\\nXXV", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "XXVI\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nPAGE.\\nPLATE.\\nVI. BONES OF UPPER EXTREMITIES Continued.\\nPosterior View (11). Fig. 12\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bones of Right Hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094Pos\u00c2\u00ac\\nterior Surface. Figs. 13 and 14\u00e2\u0080\u0094Carpus, Metacarpus, and\\nPhalanges of.Thumb (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior Surface (13); Anterior\\nSurface (14). Fig. 15 and 17\u00e2\u0080\u0094Carpal Bones (left), First Row\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superior Articular Surface (15); Inferior Surface (17).\\nFig. 16 and 18\u00e2\u0080\u0094Carpal Bones (left), Second Row\u00e2\u0080\u0094Intercar-\\npal Articular Surface (16); Digital Surface (18).\\nVII. BONES OF LOWER EXTREMITIES. 22\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Femur (left) \u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface. Fig. 2-Femur (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nPosterior Surface. Figs. 3 and 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094Left Patella (Kneecap)\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nAnterior Surface (3); Posterior Surface (4). Figs. 5 and 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nTibia (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior and Inner Surfaces (5); Posterior Sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface (6). Figs. 7 and 8\u00e2\u0080\u0094Fibula (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface (7);\\nPosterior Surface (8). Figs. 9 and 10\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bones of Foot (right)\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Upper or Dorsal Surface (9); Inferior or Plantar Surface\\n(10). Figs. 11 and 12\u00e2\u0080\u0094Tarsal and Metatarsal Bones (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nUpper or Dorsal Surface (11); under or Plantar Surface (12).\\nB. The Ligaments \u00e2\u0080\u0094Three Plates 29-36\\nVIII. LIGAMENTS OF HEAD, TRUNK, AND UPPER EXTREM\u00c2\u00ac\\nITIES. 30\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of the Vertebrae, Sternal End of Ribs, Pelvis,\\nand Iliofemoral Articulation\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface. Figs. 2\\nand 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Right Temporomaxillary Articulation\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094External Surface (2); Internal Surface (3). Figs. 4 and 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nInternal Ligaments Connecting Occipital Bone with Axis\\nand of the Articulation Between Atlas and Axis\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior\\nView. Figs. 6 and 7\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Sternoclavicular and\\nSternocostal Articulation with Anterior Intercostal Liga\u00c2\u00ac\\nments \u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface (6); Posterior Surface (7). Figs. 8\\nand 9\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Shoulder-Joint and Scapuloclavicular\\nArticulation. Figs. 10 and 11\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Elbow*\\nJoint\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface (10); Posterior Surface (11). Fig.\\n12\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Wrist=Joint and Hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior\\nSurface. Fig. 13\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Wrist* Joint and Hand\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface.\\nIX. LIGAMENTS OF PELVIS AND ADJOINING ARTICULA\u00c2\u00ac\\nTIONS. 32\\nLigaments of Lower Part of Spine, Pelvis, and Iliofemoral\\nArticulations.\\nX. LIGAMENTS OF SPINE, PELVIS, AND JOINTS OF LOWER\\nEXTREMITIES. 34\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Cervical and Dorsal Vertebrae. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDorsal Ligaments of Spinal Column, Pelvis, and Iliofemoral\\nArticulation. Fig. 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Knee-Joint. Figs.\\n4 and 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Knee*Joint\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal Anterior\\nView (4); Posterior View (5). Fig. 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Sole of\\nLeft Foot. Fig. 7\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Foot\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal Sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface. Fig. 8\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Foot\u00e2\u0080\u0094External and Dorsal\\nSurfaces.\\nC. The Muscles\u00e2\u0080\u0094Seven Plates\\n4-1-56", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS\\nxxvii\\nPLATE. PAGE.\\nXI. MUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK. 42\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Face and Neck\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surfaces. Fig.\\n2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Neck\u00e2\u0080\u0094Right Side. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of\\nNeck\u00e2\u0080\u0094Front View. Fig. 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Muscles of Right Side\\nof Neck.\\nXII. MUSCLES OF POSTERIOR PART OF NECK, TRUNK,\\nPHARYNX, PALATE, LOWER JAW, AND TONGUE.. 44\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Back of Pharynx and Lower Jaw. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nMuscles of Palate and Throat\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior View. Fig. 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nMuscles of Tongue\u00e2\u0080\u0094Lateral View of Right Side. Fig. 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nInternal Muscles of Lower Jaw. Fig. 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Soft\\nPalate. Fig. 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Posterior Surface of Neck and\\nUpper Part of Thorax. Fig. 7\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Muscles of Neck\\nand Back.\\nXIII. MUSCLES OF THE TRUNK, ARMS, AND FEET. 46\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Face, Trunk, Arms, and Upper Part of\\nThighs\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior View. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Plantar Fascia or Apo\u00c2\u00ac\\nneurosis of Right Foot. Fig. 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094Plantar Muscles, First\\nLayer\u00e2\u0080\u0094Inferior Surface, Right Foot. Fig. 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094Second\\nLayer of Plantar Muscles of Right Foot. Fig. 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094Thii d\\nLayer of Plantar Muscles of Right Foot. Fig. 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094Fourth\\nLayer of Dorsal Muscles of Right Foot.\\nXIV. MUSCLES OF TRUNK, NECK, AND ARMS (Posterior View,\\nwith some of Anterior Surface). 48\\nFig 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Trunk, Upper Part of Thighs, and Arms.\\nFig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Muscles of Neck\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior View. Fig. 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDeep Muscles of Back of Neck. Fig. 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094Tendons and Ten\u00c2\u00ac\\ndinous Sheaths on Posterior Surface of Carpus. Fig. 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nTendons and Tendinous Aponeuroses of Right Wrist and\\nHand.\\nXV. DEEP MUSCLES OF ABDOMEN, DIAPHRAGM, AND\\nPELVIS. 50\\nXVI. MUSCLES OF THE ANTERIOR AND EXTERNAL SUR\u00c2\u00ac\\nFACES OF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES. 52\\nFig. 1 \u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Anterior Surface of Lower Extremities.\\nFig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of External Surface of Right Side of Pel\u00c2\u00ac\\nvis and Lower Extremity.\\nXVII. MUSCLES OF THE POSTERIOR AND INNER SURFACES\\nOF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES. 54\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Posterior Surface of Pelvis and Lower Ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremities. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Inner surface of Pelvis,\\nThigh, Leg, and Foot.\\nD. The Heart\u00e2\u0080\u0094Two Plates 77-80\\nXVIII. THE HEART, ITS CAVITIES AND VALVES. 78\\nAnterior Surface, with Pericardial Covering.\\nXIX. THE HEART, ITS CAVITIES AND VALVES\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued. 79\\nInternal Cavities of Ventricles\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior View.\\nE. Thoracic and Abdominal Viscera with their Blood-Vessels \u00e2\u0080\u0094Ten\\nPlates 93-108", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "xxviii\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nPLATE.\\nPAGE.\\nXX. VISCERA OF THORAX, ABDOMEN, AND PELVIS (AN\u00c2\u00ac\\nTERIOR VIEW). 94\\nThoracic Parietes with Viscera Enclosed (Abdomen and\\nAbdominal Viscera in Natural Position).\\nXXI. VISCERA OF THORAX, ABDOMEN, AND PELVIS\\n(ANTERIOR VIEW)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued... 96\\nLungs, in Position, and Deeper Abdominal Viscera\\n(Small Intestine Being Removed).\\nXXII. PRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEP-\\nERBLOOD-VESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA. 98\\nSmall Intestine (Jejunum and Ilium), Mesenteries, and\\nMesenteric Vessels.\\nXXIII. PRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEP\u00c2\u00ac\\nER BLOOD-VESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.. 99\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal Arrangement of Hepatic Blood-vessels\\n(Liver Divided Transversely). Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal Struc\u00c2\u00ac\\nture of Kidney, with Blood-Vessels and Ducts.\\nXXIV. PRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEP\u00c2\u00ac\\nER BLOOD-VESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued. 100\\nLarge Intestine, with Principal Blood-Vessels.\\nXXV. PRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEP\u00c2\u00ac\\nER BLOOD-VESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued. 101\\nView of Posterior Surface of the Deep Viscera of Abdo\u00c2\u00ac\\nmen and Pelvis, with Principal Blood-Vessels.\\nXXVI. PRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEP\u00c2\u00ac\\nER BlOOD-VESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.. 102\\nView of Posterior Surface of the Superficial Viscera of\\nAbdomen and Blood-Vessels.\\nXXVII. THORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH\\nPRINCIPAL VESSELS, NERVES, AND LYM\u00c2\u00ac\\nPHATICS... 103\\nPosterior View of Solar Plexus and Minor Plexuses, with\\nsome of the Deep Blood-Vessels.\\nXXVIII. THORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH\\nPRINCIPAL VESSELS, NERVES, AND LYM\u00c2\u00ac\\nPHATICS\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued 104\\nAnterior View of the Trunk.\\nXXIX. THORACIC AND ABDOMINAL YISCERA, WITH\\nPRINCIPAL VESSELS, NERVES, AND LYM\u00c2\u00ac\\nPHATICS\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued. 106\\nPosterior View of the Trunk.\\nI. Blood Vessels of Head, Neck etc.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Twelve Plates 141-156\\nXXX. BASE AND INTERIOR OF BRAIN, WITH ORIGINS\\nOF NERVES AND BLOOD-VESSELS. 142\\nBase of Brain, Showing Origin of Nerves and Arteries.", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS\\nxxix\\nPLATE. PAGE.\\nXXXI. BASE AND INTERIOR OF BRAIN, WITH ORIGINS\\nOF NERVES AND BLOOD-VESSELS\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued... 143\\nVertical Longitudinal Section of Brain, Cerebrum, and\\nCrebellum, through Center.\\nXXXII. BLOOD-VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK. 144\\nArteries of Anterior Surface of Head and Neck.\\nXXXIII. BLOOD VESSELS OF LATERAL SURFACE OF\\nHEAD, FACE, AND NECK. 145\\nXXXIV. ARTERIES OF RIGHT SIDE OF NECK. 146\\nXXXV. BLOOD VESSELS OF (RIGHT) SIDE OF NECK. 147\\nXXXVI. BLOOD VESSELS OF NECK, TRUNK, AND UPPER\\nEXTREMITIES. 148\\nPrincipal Arteries and Veins of Neck, Thorax, and Arms,\\nwith Deep Blood-Vessels of Abdominal Cavity.\\nXXXVII. BLOOD-VESSELS OF (LEFT) SIDE OF HEAD AND\\nFACE. 150\\nLXXVIII. POSTERIOR SURFACE OF LUNGS AND TRACHEA,\\nWITH THEIR PRINCIPAL ARTERIES, VEINS,\\nAND NERVES. 151\\nXXXIX. ARTERIES OF ANTERIOR SURFACE OF ARM,\\nFOREARM, AND HAND. 152\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superficial Arteries on Internal and Anterior Sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface of Arm, Forearm, and Hand. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Ar\u00c2\u00ac\\nteries of Arm, Forearm, and Hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface.\\nXL. THORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH\\nPRINCIPAL VESSELS. 154\\nPrincipal Chylopoietic Viscera, Blood-Vessels, and Ducts.\\nXLI. CELIAC AXIS AND ITS BRANCHES. 155\\nO. Blood Vessels of Perinecd Regions and Lower Extremities Four\\nPlates 165-172\\nXLII. BLOOD-VESSELS OF PERINEAL REGIONS. 166\\nArteries of Pelvis and Internal Genital Organs in Female\\nSubject.\\nXLIII. BLOOD-VESSELS OF PERINEAL REGIONS\u00e2\u0080\u0094Con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinued.. 167\\nArteries of Pelvis in Male Subject.\\nXLIV. ARTERIES OF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES 168\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries on Internal Surface of Pelvis, Thigh, and\\nKnee of the Right Extremity. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries on\\nDorsal Surface of Right Foot. Fig. 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094Plantar Arch\\nof Arteries in Sole of Right Foot.\\nXLV. ARTERIES OF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued. 170\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries on Anterior Surface of Right Leg and\\nFoot. Fig. 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries on Posterior Surface of Right\\nLeg. Fig. 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Arteries in Sole of Right Foot.\\nH. Portal and Fetal Systems.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Two Plates\\n189-192", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nxxx\\nPLATE.\\nXLVI. PORTAL SYSTEM OF VEINS. 190\\nPortal Vein and Its Branches, Liver, Stomach, Pancreas,\\nSpleen, Portion of Large and Small Intestines in Posi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion (Transverse Colon Removed.)\\nXLVII. FETAL CIRCULATION, WITH PLACENTA AND UM\u00c2\u00ac\\nBILICAL CORD. 191\\nENGRAVINGS AND HALF-TONES.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Lacunae and Haversian Canals. 7\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094A Muscle. 37\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Diaphragm, showing Under Surface, with Openings, etc... 59\\nFig. 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Section of Skin Magnified. 62\\nFig. 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Section of Mesentery. 67\\nFig. 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Mucous Membrane of Ilium, showing Villi (highly magnified) 68\\nFig. 7.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Cerebrospinal System. 72\\nFig. 8.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Brain and Spinal Cord. 74\\nFig. 9.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Upper Air-Passages. 82\\nFig. 10.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Thoracic Viscera. 85\\nFig. 11.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi. 86\\nFig. 12.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Alimentary Canal, a Portion of Esophagus Being Re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoved 90\\nFig. 13.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Jaws and Teeth. 91\\nFig. 14.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Regions of the Abdomen and their Contents. 110\\nFig. 15.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Stomach. ]11\\nFig. 16.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Beginning of Large Intestine. 114\\nFig. 17.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Under Surface of Liver, showing Lobes, Fissures, Vessels, etc. 116\\nFig. 18.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Peritoneum. 120\\nFig. 19.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Kidneys, Bladder, etc. 122\\nFig, 20.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Heart and Vessels. 124\\nFig. 21.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Valves of the Heart. 126\\nFig. 22.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Blood Corpuscles. 129\\nFig. 23.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Blood-Crystals. 130\\nFig. 24.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Circulation of Blood.. 130\\nFig. 25.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Venous Valves. 135\\nFig. 26.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Capillaries. t 137\\nFig. 27.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Plan of Branches of Aortic Arch. 138\\nFig. 28.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arch of Aorta and its Branches. 139\\nFig. 29.\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Abdominal Aorta and its Branches. 161\\nFig. 30.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Sinuses at Base of Brain.. 178\\nFig. 31.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Venae Cavae, Venae Azygos, etc. 183\\nFig. 32.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Transverse Section of Thorax, showing Pulmonary Vessels,\\nHeart, Lungs, etc. 187\\nFig. 33.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Vertical Section of Eye, showing Chambers, Tunics, Muscles, etc 198\\nFig. 34.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Sectional View of the Ear... 203\\nFig. 35.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Sectional View of Right Nasal Cavity. 204\\nFig. 36.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Mummy, Mummy-Cases, and Sarcophagus... 224\\nFig. 37.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Inner and Outer Mummy-Cases.. 228\\nFig. 38.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Chambers and Valves of the Heart and the Larger Blood-Ves\u00c2\u00ac\\nsels, showing the Course of Circulation. 277\\nFig. 39.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Raising the Brachial Artery. 286\\nFig. 40.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Injecting the Arterial System through the Radial Artery.! 293\\nFig. 41.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Thoracic and Abdominal Cavities, showing Relative Position\\nof Internal Organs.. 298", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS xxx j\\nPAGE.\\nFig. 42.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Beginning a Dissection. 301\\nFig. 43.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Dissecting tiie Thoracic and Abdominal Cavities. 304\\nFig. 44.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Section of Nose. 312\\nFig. 45.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Aspirating 1 Blood from the Heart. 316\\nFig. 46.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Front View of the Thorax. 317\\nFig. 47.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Diphtheriae. 348\\nFig. 48.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Section through Wall of Intestine, showing Invasion of Ty\u00c2\u00ac\\nphoid Bacilli. 351\\nFig. 49.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Typlii Abdominalis. 352\\nFig. 50.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Tuberculosis in Giant Cell. 358\\nFig. 51.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Spirillum Cliolerae Asiatics... 368\\nFig. 52.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Cadaveris. 372\\nFig. 53.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Tetani. 375\\nFig. 54.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Authracis. 377\\nFig. 55.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Section from Margin of an Erysipelatous Inflammation, show\u00c2\u00ac\\ning Streptococci in Lymph Spaces. 387\\nFig. 56.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Micrococcus Pneumoniae Crou posse. 398\\nFig. 57.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Single Colony of Micrococcus Pneumoniae Crouposae. 399\\nFig. 58.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Colonies of Bacteria. 486\\nFig. 59.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Pus containing Streptococci. 487\\nFig. 60.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Forms of Bacteria. 489\\nFig. 61.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Cadaveris. 491\\nFig. 62.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Tuberculosis. 492\\nFig. 63.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Novy\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Formaldehyde Generator. 523", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "PART FIRST.\\nANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTION TO PART FIRST.\\nAnatomy is the science of organization. The word \u00e2\u0080\u009canatomy v properly\\nsignifies dissection, but it has been appropriated to the study and knowl\u00c2\u00ac\\nedge of the apparent properties of organized bodies.\\nIn Part First we treat of the anatomy of the human body, not in its\\nminutia, but, we might say, superficially. We have endeavored to give it\\nin sufficient detail, however, that the student of embalming may under\u00c2\u00ac\\nstand the matter that follows. He should be familiar with the divisions\\nof the body, its various organs and parts the location and contents of the\\ncavities the consistency and composition of the various structures the\\ndifferent circulations the structure and position of the arteries and veins,\\nand their relation to each other, and to other parts, for the purpose of\\nraising them when necessary, and also to avoid rupturing or mutilating\\nthem while performing operations upon the body.\\nWe also treat of physiology, so that the functions of the different organs\\nand fluids of the body may be understood.\\nStill, many students of embalming will, no doubt, skim very lightly over\\nthis part and even skip some chapters entirely yet, the real student, who\\ndesires to lay deep the foundation for future success, should study every\\npage, for the more he knows about the construction of the body, the better\\nable he will be to care for it, when the last spark of life is finally extinct.\\nThe very excellent anatomical plates, which appear in this part of the\\nwork, cannot but be a great aid to the student in the study of anatomy.\\nMany of these are in colors, showing the arteries and veins in contrast,\\nwhich makes it easy to follow their course, and comprehend their relation.\\nThe substitution of large=sized letters and figures, for the smaller and more\\nindistinct ones used in previous editions, to indicate the principal parts,\\ngreatly enhances the value of these plates. A careful study of them, in\\nconnection with the text, is advised.\\n3", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER I.\\nOSTEOLOGY.\\nOsteology is that part of anatomical science that treats of\\nthe structure, articulation, development, and use of the bones\\nof the skeleton.\\nGENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE BONES.\\nNumber of Bones. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The classified bones of the skeleton in\\nthe adult are two hundred in number. The six small bones of\\nthe ear; the small sesamoid bones, varying from five to eight,\\nfound at the first joint of the thumb and toe and the Wormian\\nbones, sometimes found in the cranial sutures; are not classified,\\nand are, therefore, not included in the number. The patella\\n(knee-cap) is a typical sesamoid bone, but, being large, and\\nhaving such an important place in the anatomy of the body, is\\nusually classified among the irregular bones. The teeth are never\\nenumerated among the bones.\\nThe number of bones in youth is greater. The sacrum and\\ncoccyx, each a single bone in the adult, are in youth made up\\nrespectively of five and four false vertebrae in youth the\\nsternum consists of eight pieces, becoming three in the adult;\\nand the innominate, which in youth is composed of three sepa\u00c2\u00ac\\nrate parts, ossifies into a single bone in the adult.\\nThe Distribution of the Bones in the body is as follows:\\ncranium and face, 22 spine, including sacrum and coccyx, 26\\nribs, sternum, and os hyoides, 26 upper extremities, 64 lower\\nextremities, 62 total, 200.\\nThe bones are placed in such a position as to bestow T individ\u00c2\u00ac\\nual character upon the body, afford points of connection to the", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "OSTEOLOGY\\nnumerous muscles, and give firmness and strength to the entire\\nfabric. In the extremities they are hollow cylinders, and, by\\ntheir conformation and structure, are admirably calculated to\\nsupport weight and resist violence. In the head and trunk the\\nbones are flattened and arched for the purpose of protecting\\ncavities and providing an extensive surface for attachment. In\\nsome situations they present projections, which serve as levers\\nin others, smooth grooves, which act as pulleys for the passage of\\ntendons. By their numerous divisions and mutual apposition,\\nthe bones are equally adapted to fulfill every movement of the\\nbody which may tend to its preservation, or be conducive to its\\nwelfare.\\nClassification of Bones. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The bones are divided into four\\nclasses long, short, flat, and irregular.\\nThe Long Bones are found in the extremities, and consist of\\na shaft and two extremities. The shaft is cylindrical in form,\\nand the structure is dense and hard, being hollowed out in the\\ninterior to form the medullary canal. The extremities are broad\\nand expanded, for the purpose of articulation and for muscular\\nattachment. The texture at the extremities is spongy, with only\\na thin coating of compact tissue. The long bones are the\\nclavicle, humerus, radius, ulna, femur, tibia, fibula, metacarpal,\\nmetatarsal, and phalanges.\\nThe Short Bones. Where strength and compactness are\\nrequired, and motion is slight and limited, the part is composed\\nof a number of short bones bound together by ligaments. Their\\ntexture is spongy with a thin crust of compact tissue such are\\nthe bones of the carpus and tarsus.\\nThe Flat Bones are adapted to enclose cavities, and afford\\nbroad surfaces for the attachment of muscles. The} 7 are com\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed of two thin layers of compact tissue, with an intermediate\\nquantity of cancellous tissue. In the bones of the cranium, the\\ntwo layers of compact tissue are known as the tables of the skull,\\nand the intermediate cancellous tissue, as diploe. The flat bones", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "6\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.B O OK ON EMBALMING\\nare the occipital, frontal, parietal, nasal, lachrymal, vomer, scap\u00c2\u00ac\\nula, innominate, sternum, and ribs.\\nThe Ir regular Bones include all the remaining bones. In\\nform they are irregular\u00e2\u0080\u0094in some parts short and thick, in others\\nflat. Their structure is similar to that of other bones, having a-\\ndense exterior and a spongy, cancellous interior. They are the\\nvertebra, sacrum, coccyx, temporal, sphenoid, ethmoid, malar, supe\u00c2\u00ac\\nrior and inferior maxillary, palate, turbinate, hyoid, and patella.\\nThe Composition of Bones at maturity is about one part\\nanimal or organic matter, consisting of gelatin, vessels, and fat,\\nand about two parts mineral or inorganic matter, consisting of\\nphosphate and carbonate of lime (62J per cent.), with fluorid\\nof lime, phosphate of magnesium, sodium, and chlorid of sodium\\n(4J per cent.). The proportion varies with age. In youth it is\\nnearly half-and-half, while in old age the mineral is greatly in\\nexcess. Heat will remove the animal matter and leave the\\nmineral; dilute muriatic or nitric acid will remove the mineral\\nmatter and leave the animal.\\nPut a bone for a few minutes into a hot fire, and, when carefully\\nremoved, it will have the same shape as before, but be much\\nlighter, perfectly white, very brittle, and will easily crumble.\\nThe animal or organic part has been burnt out, leaving only the\\nearthy or inorganic. Immerse a long, slender bone for some time\\nin dilute muriatic acid. The bone will retain its original shape,\\nbut be lighter in weight, soft, and pliable, so that it can be\\ntwisted or tied into a knot. The acid has eaten out the earthy\\npart, but left unaffected the animal.\\nThe Structure of Bones. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Bone is composed of an outer,\\ncompact layer, and an inner, cellular or spongy structure. The\\nspongy structure increases in quantify and becomes more porous\\nat the ends of a long bone, while the compact portion increases\\nnear the middle, where strength is needed.\\nFresh or Living Bone is moist, pinkish in color, and covered\\nwith a tough membrane, called the periosteum (peri, around", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "OSTEOLOGY\\n7\\nFig. 1. Lacunae and Haversian Canals,\\nwitb tiny tubes or canaliculi radiating from\\ntbe former, as shown in a thin slice of bone,\\nhighly magnified. One Haversian canal is\\nseen lengthwise and three crosswise.\\nosteon a bone), filled with marrow, and lined with a similar\\nmembrane, the endosteum (en, in osteon a bone).\\nThe Lacunae. \u00e2\u0080\u0094If a thin, transverse section of bone be placed\\nunder the microscope, black spots,\\nwith lines running in all direc\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions, are seen. These are cavities,\\ncalled lacunae, from which radiate\\nsmall tubes. The lacunae are ar\u00c2\u00ac\\nranged in circles around large\\ntubes, called Haversian canals,\\nwhich serve as passages for the\\nblood-vessels. By means of these\\ncanals the blood circulates through\\nthe bone-tissue, nourishing it.\\nDevelopment of Bone. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The\\nbone-structure, does not reach its\\nfull development until about the twenty-fifth year. The skeleton\\nof the body in infancy is composed largely of cartilage, which\\nis a white, glistening substance, commonly known as gristle.\\nAs age advances, earthy matter is deposited in the cartilage, the\\nbone gradually becoming harder and growing proportionately\\nto other parts of the body. The bones in childhood being tough\\nare not easily fractured, and when broken readily heal again,\\nwhile those of elderly people are brittle and liable to fracture,\\nand do not easily reunite.\\nInjury and Repair of Bones. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The proper growth and de\u00c2\u00ac\\nvelopment of the bones is often hindered by disease or injury.\\nLack of a proper amount of earthy matter makes the bones soft\\nand allows them to be easily bent out of.shape, causing de\u00c2\u00ac\\nformity. The breaking of a bone is by no means an infrequent\\noccurrence. When broken the blood oozes out of the fractured\\nends. This soon becomes a watery fluid, which, in the course of\\na couple of weeks, thickens to a gristly substance, forming a\\ncement which holds the fractured ends in place. In five or six", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "8\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nweeks the broken parts will have reunited, bone matter having\\nbeen gradually deposited about the Iracture. ibis new loima-\\ntion is larger than the adjacent bone, but the extra matter is\\ngradually absorbed, and often no trace ol the injury remains.\\nBONES OF THE HEAD.\\nThe Bones of the. Skull and the Face form a cavity for the\\nprotection of the brain. They are immovable, except the lower\\njaw which is hinged at the back, so as to allow the opening and\\nshutting of the mouth.\\nThe Skull Bones are composed, in general, of two compact\\nplates, with a spongy layer (diploe) between. The outer plates\\nare joined together by notched edges, or sutures, similar to what\\nthe carpenter terms dovetailing.\\nThe Cranial Cavity thus formed affords a perfect shelter\\nfor the brain. It is oval in shape and adapted to resist pressure.\\nIt communicates at the base, through the foramen magnum, with\\nthe spinal canal. The cranial cavity and spinal canal together\\nare called the cerebrospinal canal.\\nBONES OF THE TRUNK.\\nThe Trunk contains the two largest cavities, the chest, or\\nthorax, and abdomen. The principal bones are those of the\\nspine, the ribs, the breast-bone, and the pelvis or hips.\\nThe Spinal Column consists of twenty-four bones, called\\nvertebrse verto to turn), one placed upon another, between\\nwhich are placed pads of cartilage. A canal is hollowed out\\nof the column for the protection of the spinal cord. There are\\nprojections (processes) at the back and sides, which serve as\\nlevers for the attachment of muscles and ligaments. The skull\\narticulates with the spine in a peculiar manner. On the top\\nof the upper vertebra (atlas) are two little hollows (facets), lined\\nwith a synovial membrane, which receive the projections on\\nthe lower part of the skull, one on either side of the foramen", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "A\\nTHE BONES\\nSEVEN PLATES\u00e2\u0080\u0094I.-VII\\n2\\n9", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "PLATE I.\\nBONES OF THE SKELETON.\\nSkull\\nPatella\\nTibia\\nFibula\\nBones of\\nAnklet\\nand Foot\\nSpinal Column\\nRadius\\nUlna\\nPelvis\\nSacrum\\nEnd of Spine\\nCarpal Bones\\nMetacarpal\\nPhalanges\\nFemur\\nCollar-bone\\nShoulder-blade\\nBreast-bone\\nTrue Ribs\\nHumerus\\nFalse Ribs\\n10", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "ANALYSIS OF THE HUMAN SKELETON.\\nThe Head\\n(22 bones).\\nThe Trunk\\n(o4 bones).\\nThe\\nExtremities\\n(124 bones).\\n1. Cranium\\n(8 bones).\\n2. Face\\n(14 bones).\\nFrontal (forehead).\\nTwo Parietal (sides).\\nTwo Temporal (temple) bones.\\nSphenoid base of skull).\\nEthmoid (sieve=like bone at root of nose).\\nOccipital (back and base of skull).\\nTwo Superior Maxillary upper jaw).\\nInferior Maxillary (lower jaw\\nTwo Malar (cheek\\nTwo Lachrymal (in orbit of eye).\\nTwo Turbinated (scroll=like).\\nTwo Nasal (bridge of nose).\\nVomer (bone between the nostrils).\\nTwo Palate.\\n1. Spinal Column\\n(24 bones).\\nSeven Cervical Vertebrae.\\nTwelve Dorsal Vertebrae.\\nFive Lumbar Vertebra?.\\n2. Ribs\\n(24 bones).\\nf Twenty True Ribs,\\nj Four False Ribs.\\n3. Sternum (breast=bone).\\n4. Hyoides (bone at root of tongue).\\n5. Pelvis.\\n(4 bones).\\nTwo Innominates.\\nSacrum.\\nCoccyx.\\n1. Upper\\n(04 bones).\\n2. Lower\\n(00 bones).\\nShoulder.\\nArm.\\nForearm.\\nHand\\nThigh_\\nKnee.\\nLeg.\\nFoot.\\nScapula.\\nClavicle.\\nHumerus.\\nf Ulna.\\n^Radius.\\nI Eight Carpal Bones.\\nFive Metacarpal Bones.\\nPhalanges (14 bones).\\nFemur.\\n-J Patella.\\nj Tibia.\\nFibula.\\nf Seven Tarsal Bones.\\n1 Five Metatarsal Bones.\\n(Phalanges (14 bones).\\n11", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "Q:\\nh it; I\\n12", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "PLATE\\nBONES OF HEAD.\\nFig 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Front View of Cranium.\\nA. Frontal bone.\\nB. Farietal bone.\\nC. Great wing of sphenoid bone.\\nD. Temporal i, temple) bone.\\n1. Frontal suture.\\n2. Mastoid process.\\nE. Malar (cheek) bone.\\nE. Superior maxillary (upper jaw\\nG. Nasal bone.\\nH. Inferior maxillary (lower jaw).\\n3. Infraorbital foramen.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Side View of Cranium.\\nA. Frontal bone.\\nB. Parietal bone.\\nC. Great wing of sphenoid bone.\\nD. Temporal (temple) bone.\\n1. Frontal eminence.\\nE. Malar (cheek) bone.\\nF. Superior maxillary (upper jaw).\\nG. Nasal bone.\\nH. Inferior maxillary (lower jaw).\\n2. Mastoid process.\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Vertical Section of Facial Bones.\\nShowing inner surface of orbit, antrum highmorianum, and lateral\\nsurface of superior maxillary, with portions of sphenoid,\\ntemporal, and palate bones posteriorly.\\nFrontal bone.\\nNasal bone.\\nSuperior maxillary,\\nPalate bone.\\nE. Ethmoid bone.\\nF. Lachrymal bone,\\nG. Sphenoid bone.\\nFig. 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Vertical Section of Facial Bones.\\nShowing interior and outer Avail of nasal cavity, with portions ol\\nfrontal, ethmoidal, and sphenoidal sinuses.\\nFrontal bone.\\nSphenoid bone.\\nPterygoid process.\\nVertical plate of palate.\\nHorizontal plate of palate.\\nF. Hard palate.\\nG. inferior spongy bone.\\nH. Nasal plate of ethmoid bone,\\nif. Nasal bone.\\nFig. 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ethmoid Bone \u00e2\u0080\u0094Upper Surface.\\nFig. 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ethmoid Bone \u00e2\u0080\u0094Nasal Surface.\\nFig. 7.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Palate Bone \u00e2\u0080\u0094Nasal Surface.\\nFig. 8.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Hyoid Bone \u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Aspect.\\n13", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "14", "height": "3986", "width": "2589", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "PLATE III.\\nBONES OF THE HEAD\u00e2\u0080\u0094(Continued).\\nA.\\nB.\\na.\\nD.\\nE.\\nA.\\na\\nD.\\nE.\\nE.\\nG.\\nH.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Base of Skull \u00e2\u0080\u0094Inner Surface.\\nFrontal bone.\\nLesser wing of sphenoid bone.\\nGreater wing of sphenoid bone.\\nSquamous plate of temporal bone.\\nPetrous portion of temporal bone.\\nFig. 2.-Inferior Surface\\nBony or bard palate.\\nSuperior maxillary.\\nHorizontal plate of palate bone.\\nPterygoid process of sphenoid bone\\nGreater wing of sphenoid.\\nVomer.\\nSquamous plate of temporal bone.\\nF. Mastoid portion of temporal bone.\\nG. Occipital bone.\\nH. Basilar process of occipital bone.\\nI. Ethmoid bone.\\nZ. Foramen magnum.\\nof Cranium\u00e2\u0080\u0094Base of Skull.\\nI. Mastoid process.\\nK. Petrous portion of temporal bone.\\nL. Basilar process.\\nM. Occipital.\\nO. Zygomatic arch.\\nZ. Foramen magnum.\\nFigs. 3 and 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Temporal Bone \u00e2\u0080\u0094External Surface (3); Inner Surface (4)\\nA. Squamous plate.\\nB. Mastoid portion.\\nC. Petrous portion.\\nFigs. 5 and 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Sphenoid Bone\u00e2\u0080\u0094Inner Surface (5); Anterior Surface (6;.\\nA. Body. C. Greater wings.\\nB. Lesser wings. D. Pterygoid process (6).\\nFigs. 7 and 8.-Inferior Maxillary\u00e2\u0080\u0094Outer Surface (7); Inner Surface (8).\\nA. Body. I B. Ascending ramus.\\n15", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "Fip. t\\nFig 1.\\nFix.\\n16", "height": "4000", "width": "2534", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "brjtehU\\nPLATE !V.\\nBONES OF TRUNK.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Spine (Vertebrae), Thorax\\nA. Atlas, first veretebra.\\nB. Axis, second vertebra.\\nC. Last cervical vertebra.\\nF. First dorsal vertebra.\\nG. Last dorsal vertebra.\\nH. First lumbar vertebra.\\nI. Last lumbar verteora.\\nK. First rib.\\nFig. 2.\\nSacrum.\\nI nnominatum.\\nIlium.\\nIschium.\\nClavicle, and portion of Scapula.\\nM. First false or asternal rib.\\nIV. Last floating rib.\\nO. Body of sternum.\\nP. Manubrium or first bone of sternum,\\nQ. Fusiform or xiphoid cartilage.\\nP. Clavicle.\\niS. Scapula.\\nT. Glenoid cavity.\\nPelvis.\\nE. Pubes.\\nN. Acetabulum.\\nB. Spine of pubes.\\nU. Symphysis pubis\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094True or Sternal Ribs.\\nFig. 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Sternum-Anterior Surface.\\nA. Manubrium, or first bone.\\nB. Body or middle portion.\\nC. Fusiform or xiphoid process\\nFig. 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Os Innominatum of Right Side-Inner Surface.\\nA. Ilium.\\nB. Ischium.\\nC. Pubes.\\nI D. Obturator foramen.\\nFig. 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Os Innominatum of Left Side \u00e2\u0080\u0094Outer Surface\\nA. Ilium.\\nB. Ischium.\\nCl Pubes.\\nE. Acetabulum.\\nFigs. 7 and 8.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Os Coccygis \u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior Surface (7); Anterior and Upper Surfaces (8).", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "ms\\n18", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "PLATE V.\\nBONES OF TRUNK\u00e2\u0080\u0094(Continued)\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior View of Trunk.\\nA. Atlas. (See Figs. 2, 3, 4, and 5.)\\nB. Axis.\\nC. Last cervical vertebra.\\nD. First dorsal vertebra.\\nE. Last dorsal vertebra.\\nF. First lumbar vertebra.\\nG. Last lumbar vertebra.\\nI. Transverse processes.\\nL. First rib.\\nM. Last rib.\\nN. Clavicle.\\ni O. Scapula. (See Table VI., Figs 3,4,and5.)\\nP. Sacrum.\\nQ. Coccyx.\\nB. Ilia.\\n8. Ischium.\\nT Pubes.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Atlas and Axis Anterior Surface.\\nA. Atlas. B. Axis.\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Atlas and Axis \u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior Surface.\\nA. Atlas.\\nB. Axis.\\nC Odontoid process.\\nD. Articular surface of atlas for occipital\\ncondyle.\\nFigs. 4 and 5.-Atlas\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superior Surface (4); Inferior Surface (5).\\nA. Body.\\nB. Odontoid process.\\nFig. 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Axis\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface.\\nH. Transverse processes.\\nFig. 7.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Cervical Vertebra\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superior Surface.\\nFigs. 8 and 9.\u00e2\u0080\u0094A Dorsal (8); and a Lumbar Vertebra (9)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superior Surfaces.\\n19", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "20", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "PLATE VI.\\nBONES OF UPPER EXTREMITIES.\\na.\\nb.\\nFigs. 1 and 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Clavicle\\nBody.\\nSternal end.\\n(Left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superior Surface (1); Inferior Surface (2).\\nc. Acromial end.\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Scapula-Posterior and Outer Surface.\\na. Supraspinatus fossa.\\nb. Infraspinatus fossa.\\nc. Spine.\\nd. Acromion process.\\ne. Art icular surface for clavicle.\\nCoracoid process.\\no. Neck.\\np. Glenoid cavity.\\nFig- 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Scapula\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal or Concave Surface.\\na. Subscapular fossa.\\nb. Anterior angle or condyle.\\nc. Glenoid cavity.\\nd. Margin or brim of glenoid cavity.\\ne. Acromion process.\\nJi. Suprascapular notch.\\no. Tubercle for origin of triceps muscle.\\nFig. 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Scapula\u00e2\u0080\u0094Front View of Anterior Margin.\\na. Glenoid cavity. d. Inferior angle.\\nb. Brim of cavity. e. Spine.\\nc. Anterior margin.\\nFig. 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Humerus (Left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior View.\\na. Head of humerus.\\nb. Greater Tuberosity.\\nc. Neck (anatomical).\\nd. Body.\\ne. External ridge.\\nInternal ridge.\\nq. Internal condyle.\\nh. External condyle.\\ni. Trochlea.\\nFig. 7.-Humerus (Left)-Anterior View.\\na.\\nb.\\nFigs. 8 and 9.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ulna\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior View (3); Anterior View (9).\\nOlecranon process.\\nCoronoid process.\\nc. Greater sigmoid notch.\\nFigs. 10 and 11.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Radius\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior View (10); Posterior View (11).\\nFig. 12.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bones of Right Hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior Surface.\\nA. Carpus.\\nB. Metacarpus.\\na. Navicular.\\nb. Lunar.\\nc. Cuneiform.\\nd. Trapezium.\\ne. Trapezoid.\\nMagnum.\\nC. Phalanges.\\ng. Unciform.\\nh-m. Metacarpal bones.\\nn. Bases of metacarpal bones\\no. Heads of metacarpal bones.\\np-t. Phalanges.\\nFigs. 13 and 14.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Carpus, Metacarpus, and Phalanges of Thumb (Left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior\\nSurface (13;; Anterior Surface (14).\\nFigs. 15 and 17.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Carpal Bones (Left), First Row \u00e2\u0080\u0094Superior Articular Surface (15);\\nInferior Surface (17).\\na. Navicular. I c. Cuneiform.\\nb. Lunar. d. Pisiform.\\nFigs. 16 and 18.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Carpal Bones (Left), Second Row\u00e2\u0080\u0094Intercarpal Articular Surface\\n(16); Digital Surface (18).\\na. Trapezium.\\nb. Trapezoid.\\nc. Magnum.\\nd. Unciform.\\ne. Hamular process of unciform bone.\\n21", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "PLATE VII.\\nBONES OF LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1.-Femur (Left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface.\\na. Head.\\nb. Fossa for ligamentum teres.\\nc. Neck.\\nd. Trochanter major.\\ne. Trochanter minor.\\nAnterior Intertrochanterian line.\\ng. Body.\\nh. External condyle.\\ni. Internal condyle.\\nk. Articular surface for patella.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Femur (Left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior Surface.\\na-e. As in Fig. 1.\\nPosterior intertrochanterian line.\\ng. Superior oblique lines of lineaaspera.\\nh. Lineaaspera.\\ni. Interior oblique line of linea aspera.\\nk. Body.\\nl. Popliteal fossa.\\nin. External condyle.\\nn. Internal condyle.\\no. Intercondyloid fossa.\\nFigs. 3 and 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Left Patella (Knee=Cap)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface (3); Posterior Surface (4).\\nFigs. 5 and 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Tibia (Left) Anterior and Inner Surfaces (5); Posterior Surface (6).\\na. Internal condyle.\\nb. External condyle.\\nc. Internal articular surface.\\nd. External articular surface.\\ne. Intercondyloid eminence.\\nArticular surface for head of fibula.\\n1. Articular surface for astragalus.\\nin. {5). i. (6). Internal malleolus.\\nFigs. 7 and 8.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Fibula (Left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface (7); Posterior Surface (8).\\na. Head.\\nb. Superior articular surface.\\nc. Body\\nd. External malleolus.\\ne. Tibial surface.\\nArticular surface of astragalus.\\nFigs 9 and 10.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bones of Foot (Right)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Upper or Dorsal Surface (9); Inferior or\\nPlantar Surface (10).\\na. Astragalus.\\nb. Os calcis.\\nc. Navicular.\\nd. e,f. Cuneiform bones.\\ng. Cuboid.\\nhj i. Metatarsal bones.\\nk, m. First phalanges.\\nl, n. Second phalanges.\\no. Third or ungual phalanges.\\nFigs. 11 and 12.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Tarsal and Metatarsal Bones (Left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Upper or Dorsal Surface (11);\\nUnder or Plantar Suface (12).\\nI. Astragalus.\\nII. Os calcis.\\nIII. Navicular.\\nIV. Internal cuneiform bone\\nV. Middle cuneiform bone.\\nVI. External cuneiform bone.\\nVII. Cuboid.\\nn. Metatarsal bones.\\no. Bases.\\np. Heads.\\nq. Tuberosity of fifth metatarsal bone.\\nr. Sesamoid bones of great toe.\\n23", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "OSTEOLOGY\\n25\\nmagnum, allowing the head to rock to and fro. The second\\nvertebra (axis) has a peg (odontoid process), which projects\\nthrough a hole in the atlas, so that when we move the head\\nsidewise, the atlas turns around the peg of the axis. The\\nspinal column serves as a support for the whole body.\\nThe vertebrae are named from the region in which they are\\nlocated, seven being in the cervical region, twelve in the dorsal,\\nand five in the lumbar. The sacrum and coccyx, which form\\nthe terminal bones of the spinal column in the adult, in the\\nchild consisted of five arid four vertebrae respectively.\\nThe Ribs are twentyTour in number, and are arranged in\\npairs on each side of the chest. They are also attached to the\\nspine at the back. The upper seven pairs are attached by\\ncartilages to the sternum (breastbone) the next three pairs\\nare fastened to each other and to the cartilage above; and\\nthe last two pairs, the floating ribs, are loose. The long,\\nslender, and arched ribs give lightness and strength, and the\\ncartilages give elasticity to the chest\u00e2\u0080\u0094properties essential to\\nthe protection of the organs within, and to freedom of motion in\\nrespiration.\\nThe Innominata (nameless), pr hip-bones, at the front and\\nthe sides, with the sacrum and coccyx at the back, form the\\npelvic cavity. The hip-bones constitute the pubic arch, being\\njoined by a seam, termed the symphysis pubis. The hip-bone\\nin the young consists of three parts on each side, which unite in\\nadult life to form a single one but the different parts retain\\ntheir several names viz., ilium, ischium, and pubes.\\nThe Extremities are connected to the trunk, and are four in\\nnumber two upper, joined to the thorax through the inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nvention of the shoulder; and two lower, connected with the\\npelvis. The upper pair, comprising the shoulders, arms, fore\u00c2\u00ac\\narms, and hands, are subservient to tact and prehension the\\nlower pair, comprising the thighs, legs, and feet, to support\\nand locomotion.\\n8", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "26\\nCHAMPION TEXT IBOOK ON EMBALMING\\nBONES OF THE UPPER EXTREMITY.\\nThe Shoulder. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The bones of the shoulder are the clavicle\\n(collar-bone) and the scapula (shoulder-blade). The clavicle is\\na long bone shaped like the italic It articulates at one end\\nwith the sternum and at the other with the scapula.\\nThe Scapula is a thin, Hat, triangular bone, situated on the\\ntop and back of the chest, forming the back part of the shoulder.\\nThe Shoulder Joint. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The h umerus, or arm-bone, articulates\\nwith the shoulder-blade by a ball-and-socket joint. This consists\\nof a cup-like cavity, the glenoid, in the scapula, and a rounded\\nhead of the humerus to fit it, thus affording a free, rotary motion.\\nThe Elbow is formed by the humerus and ulna articulation.\\nThe ulna is small at the lower end, while the radius, or large\\nbone of the forearm, on the contrary, is small at its upper end,\\nand large at its lower end, where it forms the wrist-joint.\\nThe Carpus, or wrist, consists of two rows of short bones,\\none row of which articulates with the radius, forming the wrist-\\njoint, and the other with the metacarpal bones.\\nThe Hand. The metacarpal bones, or bones of the palm, sup-,\\nport the fingers and thumb. Each finger has three bones, while\\nthe thumb has two. The first is articulated with the metacarpal\\nbone, the second with the first, and the third with the second.\\nThe bones of the fingers and thumb are called the phalanges.\\nBONES OF THE LOWER EXTREMITY.\\nThe Femur, or thigh-bone, is the longest, largest, and strongest,\\nbone in the skeleton. It articulates with the hip-bone by a\\nball-and-socket joint. The acetabulum, a cup-shaped depression,\\nreceives the head of the femur, forming a very strong joint.\\nThe Knee s Joint is strengthened and protected by the patella,\\nor knee-cap, the largest sesamoid bone, which is firmly fastened\\nover the joint in the tendon of the quadriceps muscle.\\nThe Tibia, or shin-bone, the largest bone of the leg, articulates\\nwith the femur, forming the knee-joint; with the foot, forming the\\nankle-joint; and with the fibula, the small outside bone of the leg.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "OSTEOLOGY\\n27\\nThe Foot, in general arrangement, is very similar to that\\nof the hand. The several parts of the foot are the tarsus, the\\nmetatarsus, and the phalanges. The numerous bones are joined\\ntogether with cartilages, giving elasticity to the foot in walking.\\nA study of Plates I to VII will give a very good idea of the\\nappearance and relative size of the bones.\\nSesamoid Bones are small osseous masses, developed in\\ntendons, which exert a degree of force upon the parts over\\nwhich they glide. They are enveloped entirely by the fibrous;\\ntissue of the tendon in which they exist, except on the side that\\narticulates with the part over which they glide.\\nWormian Bones are sometimes found in the cranial sutures,\\nbut are not constant in number or size.\\nThe Joints are movable or immovable. The movable joints\\nare covered with a soft, smooth cartilage, which fits so perfectly\\nas to be air tight. It is lined witli a thin (synovial) membrane,,\\nwhich secretes a viscid fluid not unlike the white of an egg.\\nTh is fluid lubricates the joints and prevents friction. The body\\nis the onlv selboiling machine in existence. The immovable\\nJ ~D\\njoints have no synovial membrane. The bones which form the\\njoint are bound together firmly with strong ligaments (from ligo\\nI join), so as to keep them always in apposition.\\nArticulations are divided into three classes (1) synarthrosis,,\\nimmovable; (2) amphiarthrosis, synchondrosis, or symphysis,\\nhaving limited motion; (3) diarthrosis, having free motion.\\nThe latter is divided into gliding joints, balbaiuTsocket joints,\\nand hinge^joints. The varieties of motion in joints are flexion,\\nextension, adduction, abduction, rotation, circumduction, and\\ngliding.\\nThe Structures that enter the formation of joints are\\narticular lamella, cartilage, fibro^cartilage, synovial membrane,\\nand ligaments.\\nArticular Lamella is a layer of compact bone which forms\\nthe articular surface, and to which the cartilage is attached it is.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "28\\nCHAMPION I EXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nwhite and dense, contains no Haversian canals or canaliculi, and\\nlias large lacunae.\\nCartilage is either temporary or permanent. The first forms\\nthe original framework of the skeleton, and becomes ossified.\\nPermanent cartilage is not prone to ossification, and is divided into\\nthree varieties (1) articular, covering the ends of bones in joints\\n(2) costal, forming part of the skeleton; (3) reticular, arranged\\nin lamellae, or plates, to maintain the shape of certain parts.\\nFibro Cartilage consists of a mixture of white fibrous and\\ncartilaginous tissues, and is flexible, tough, and clastic. It is\\ndivided into four groups (1) interarticular, separating the bones\\nof a joint; (2) connecting, binding bones together (3) circum\u00c2\u00ac\\nferential, deepening cavities (4) stratiform, lining grooves.\\nSynovial Membrane is a thin, delicate membrane, resem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbling serous membrane in structure, forming a short, wide tube,\\nor capsule, and lining the joints and articular surfaces. It\\nsecretes a thick, viscid, glairy fluid, called synovia, which acts as\\na lubricator, preventing friction. Synovial, membranes are\\nclassified as (1) articular, lubricating joints (2) bursal, forming\\nclosed sacks (3) vaginal, ensheathing tendons.\\nThe Ligaments, which bind the bones together at the joints,\\nare strong bands of a smooth, silvery-white, fibrous tissue. It is\\nsolid and inelastic, softer than cartilage, but harder than mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane. The bond formed is so strong that the bones are some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes broken without injury to the fastenings. There are a vast\\nnumber of ligaments in the human body, various in form and\\noffice, and each with its own special name.\\nPouparfs Ligament is the only ligament which calls for a\\nspecial description. It is attached to the anterior superior spinous\\nprocess (upper front part of the os innominatum, or hip-bone,) and\\nto the center of the pubic arch, forming the upper boundary of\\nScarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle, and the division between the abdomen and thigh.\\nFor shape, size, position, and names of ligaments, see Plates\\nVIII to X.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "B\\nTHE LIGAMENTS\\nthree PLATES-Vlll.-X\\n29", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "-rW id 1^.\\nPLATE VIII.\\nLIGAMENTS OF HEAD, TRUNK, AND UPPER EXTREMITIES\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of the Vertebrae, Sternal End of Ribs, Pelvis, and Iliofemoral\\nArticulation\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface.\\n1. Anterior vertebral ligament.\\n2. Anterior occipito=atlantoid ligament.\\n3. Intervertebral fibro cartilage.\\n4. Intertransverse ligaments.\\n5. Posterior costovertebral ligaments.\\n6. Internal costotransverse ligaments.\\n7. External costotransverse ligaments.\\n8. Posterior intercostal ligaments.\\n9. Lumbocostal ligaments.\\nFigs. 2 and 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Right Temporomaxillary Articulation-External Sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface (2); Internal Surface (3).\\n1. Capsular ligament.\\nFigs. 4 and 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal Ligaments Connecting Occipital Bone with Axis and of the\\nArticulation between Atlas and Axis\u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior View, the Posterior\\nHalf Arches of these Bones having been removed.\\nFigs. 6 and 7.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Sternoclavicular and Sternocostal Articulations with\\nAnterior Intercostal Ligaments Anterior Surface (6); Posterior Surface (7).\\n1. Interclavicular ligament.\\n2. Internal capsular ligament of sterno\u00c2\u00ac\\nclavicular articulation.\\n3. Rhomboid ligament.\\n4. 4. Ligamenta coruscantia.\\n5. Anterior proper sternal ligament.\\n6. Posterior proper sternal ligament.\\nFigs. 8 and 9.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Shoulder=Joint and Scapuloclavicular Articulation.\\n1. Claviculo=acrominal ligament.\\n2. External capsular ligament of clavicle.\\n3. Trapezoid ligament.\\n4. Conoid ligament.\\n5. Coraco=acrominal ligament.\\n6. Transverse ligament of scapula.\\n7. Capsular ligament of shoulder=joint.\\n8. Tendon of long head of biceps.\\n9. Glenoid ligament.\\nFigs. 10 and 11. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Elbow=Joint Anterior Left Surface (10):\\nPosterior Surface (11).\\n1. Capsular ligament. I 5. Oblique ligament of radioulnar articu-\\n2. External lateral ligament. lation.\\n3. Internal lateral ligament. 6. Interosseous ligament.\\n4. Orbicular ligament of radius.\\nFig. 12.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Wri3t=Joint and Hand.\\n1. Interosseous ligament.\\n2. External lateral ligament.\\n3. Internal lateral ligament.\\n4. Posterior radiocarpal ligament.\\n5. Posterior superficial carpal ligaments.\\n8. Posterior deep carpal ligaments.\\n7. Internal lateral ligament of carpus.\\n8. Proper ligaments of carpus.\\n9. Dorsal carpometacarpal ligaments.\\n10, 10. Dorsal ligaments of metacarpal\\nbases.\\n11, 11. External lateral ligaments of fin\u00c2\u00ac\\ngers.\\n12, Internal lateral ligaments of fingers.\\nFig. 13.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Wrist=Joint and Hand-Anterior Surface.\\n1. Interosseous ligaments.\\n3. Anterior radiocarpal ligaments\\nLateral radial ligaments.\\nLateral ulnar ligament.\\nTriangular cartilage.\\n7. Anterior proper carpal ligaments.\\n8,8. Anterior carpometacarpal liga\u00c2\u00ac\\nments.\\n9, 9. Anterior intermetacarpal ligaments.\\n10, 11,12. Ligaments of metacarpo=pha-\\nlangeal articulation.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "PLATE IX.\\nLIGAMENTS OF PELVIS AND ADJOINING ARTICULATIONS.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Lower Part of Spine, Pelvis, and Iliofemoral Articulation\\nm. Last lumbar vertebra.\\nn. Sacrum.\\no. Coccyx.\\np. Ilium.\\nq. Crest of ilium.\\nr. Anterior superior spine of ilium.\\ns. Anterior inferior spine of ilium.\\nt. Horizontal ramus of pubes.\\nu. Descending ramus of pubes.\\nv. Symphysis pubis.\\nw. Ascending ramus of ischium.\\nx. Tuber of ischium.\\ny. Descending ramus of ischium.\\n(For Bones of Pelvis see Plate IV.)\\n10. Superior iliolumbar ligaments.\\n11. Inferior iliolumbar ligaments.\\n12. Anterior iliosacral ligaments.\\n18. Lesser sciatic ligaments.\\n14. Anterior sacrococcygeal ligament.\\n15. Obturator ligaments.\\n16, 17. Capsular ligaments of hip.\\n18. Accessory ligaments of hip.\\nIS). Bursa of internal iliac muscle.\\n20. Subpubic ligament.\\n21. Jnterpubic ligament.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "PLATE X.\\nLIGAMENTS OF SPINE, PELVIS, AND JOINTS OF LOWER\\nEXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Cervical and Dorsal Vertebrae.\\nL. Superior attachment of posterior liga\u00c2\u00ac\\nment.\\n2. Apparatus ligamentosus colli (neck\\n3. Capsular ligament.\\n5. Posterior costotransverse ligament.\\nG. Ligaments of necks of ribs.\\nFig. 2 \u00e2\u0080\u0094Dorsal Ligaments of Spinal Column, Pelvis, and Iliofemoral Articulations.\\n(For bones of pelvis see Plate IV.)\\n1. Interspinous ligaments.\\n2. Posterior intercostal ligaments.\\n3. Lumbocostal ligaments.\\n4. 5. Transverse ligaments.\\nG, 7. Iliolumbar ligaments.\\n8, 9, 10. Iliosacral ligaments.\\n11. Posterior irregular ligaments.\\n12. Posterior sacrococcygeal ligaments,\\n13. 14. Sacrosciatic ligaments.\\n15. Obturator ligament.\\n16. Subpubic ligament.\\n17. 18, 19. Capsular ligaments.\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Knee=Joint.\\n1. Ligament of patella.\\n3. Internal lateral ligament.\\n4. Capsular ligament.\\nFigs. 4 and 5. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Ligaments of Left Knee=Joint\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal Anterior View (4); Posterior\\nView (5).\\n1,2. Semilunar cartilages.\\n3, 4. Crucial ligaments.\\nFig. 6.-Ligaments\\n1. Astragalo=calcanean ligaments.\\n2. Oalcaneo=cuboid ligament.\\n3. Calcaneo=navicular ligament.\\n4. Cuboideo=navicular ligament.\\n5. 6, 7. Cuneiform ligaments.\\n8, 11. Cuboideo=metatarsul ligaments.\\nG. Capsular ligament of head of fibula.\\n7. Interosseous membrane of leg.\\nof Sole of Left Foot.\\n9, 10, 12. Metatarsal ligaments.\\n13. Fibrocartilaginous sheaths for flexor\\ntendons.\\n14, 15. Lateral ligaments of phalanges.\\n1G. Crucial ligaments.\\n17. Intersesainoid ligaments.\\nFig. 7.-Ligaments of Left Foot-Internal Surface.\\n1. Internal lateral or deltoid ligament.\\n2. Posterior ligament of ankle.\\n3 Posterior astragalo=calcanean liga\u00c2\u00ac\\nment.\\n4. Plantar calcaneo=cuboid ligament.\\n5, 6. Navicular ligaments.\\n7, 8, 0. Naviculo=cuneiform ligaments.\\n10. Dorsal intercuneiform ligament.\\n11. Dorsal ligament of base of first meta\u00c2\u00ac\\ntarsal bone.\\n12. Plantar ligament.\\n13. Internal lateral ligaments of toes.\\nFig 8.-Ligaments of Left Foot -External and Dorsal Surfaces.\\n1. Interosseous membrane of leg.\\n2. Posterior tibiofibular ligaments.\\n3. 4. Anterior tibiofibular ligaments.\\n5, G, 7. Lateral ligaments of ankle.\\n8. Tarsal apparatus ligamentosus.\\n9, 10. Calcaneo=cuboid ligaments.\\n11, 12, 13. Dorsal navicular ligaments.\\n14, 15. Dorsal naviculo=cuneiform liga\u00c2\u00ac\\nments.\\n16. Dorsal intercuneiform ligaments.\\n17, 18, 19. Dorsal ligaments of tarsus and\\nmetatarsus.\\n20. External lateral ligaments of toes.\\n35", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER II.\\nTHE MUSCLES.\\nThe 3Iuscles are the moving organs of the animal frame.\\nThey constitute by their size and number the great bulk of the\\nouter solt tissues of the body, upon which they bestow form and\\nsymmetry. In the extremities they are situated around the\\nbones, which they invest and defend, while they form to some\\nof the joints their principal protection. In the trunk they are\\nspread out to enclose the cavities and constitute a defensive wall,\\ncapable of yielding to internal pressure, and again returning to its\\noriginal position. Their color presents the deep-red that is char\u00c2\u00ac\\nacteristic of flesh, and their form is variously modified to execute\\nthe varied range of movements which they are required to effect.\\nComposition of 3Iuscles. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscle is composed of a number\\nof parallel fibers, placed side by side, supported and held together\\nby a delicate web of areolar or cellular tissue, so that, if it were\\npossible to remove the muscular substance, we should have\\nremaining a beautiful, reticular framework, possessing the exact\\nform and size of the muscle without its\\ncolor and solidity. The fibers are sep\u00c2\u00ac\\narated by a very elastic, delicate mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane, the sarcolemma, but are bound\\ntogether into bundles, or fasciculi, by\\nan areolar membrane, or sheath, the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal perimysium. The aggregation\\nof fasciculi constituting a muscle, is in turn bound together by\\nthe external perimysium.\\nThe microscope shows that these fibers are made up of minute\\nfilaments (fibrils), and that each fibril is composed of cells\\nFig. 2. A Muscle.\\nMicroscopic view, showing the fibrils\\nat one end and the disk or cells of the\\nfiber at the other.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "38\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\narranged like a string of beads. This gives the muscle its striped\\nor striated appearance. The cells are filled with a fluid or\\nsemi-fluid mass of living (protoplasmic) matter, which, when\\nseparated, appears of a yellowish, sirupy consistence, and is\\nknown as the muscle plasma.\\nContractility is a peculiar and wonderful property possessed\\nby muscles, resulting from the elastic nature of the muscular\\ntissue. Contraction is effected by an effort of the will, by cold,\\nby certain kinds of irritation, by a sharp blow, etc. When a\\nmuscle contracts it becomes shorter and thicker, drawing the\\nends nearer together. Bending the elbow nicely illustrates this\\naction. The biceps muscle on the front of the arm can be\\nseen and felt to become shorter and thicker as it contracts.\\nContractility does not always cease at death, as a contraction\\nof the muscles is frequently noticed in certain cold-blooded\\nanimals long after the head has been severed from the body.\\nKinds of Muscles. \u00e2\u0080\u0094There are two classes of muscles, volun\u00c2\u00ac\\ntary and involuntary. The voluntary muscles are those capable\\nof being put in motion by the will, and are composed of reddish\\nfibers. Each one is intended to aid in some movement of the\\nbody. All muscles lying on the outside of the skeleton are\\nvoluntary. Involuntary muscles, on the other hand, are not\\ncapable of being put into action by the will, and are composed\\nof paler fibers, which differ also in shape. Involuntary mus\u00c2\u00ac\\ncular tissue enters into the formation of the internal organs, as\\nthe stomach, intestines, etc. The heart is an involuntary mus\u00c2\u00ac\\ncle, but its fiber is similar in appearance and structure to those\\nof the voluntary t} r pe. The muscles which move the arms, legs,\\nand head are under the control of the will, while the heart beats\\non day and night. The eyelid combines both classes of muscles,\\nso that we wink constantly, yet we.may restrain or accelerate\\nthat motion.\\nArrangement ot Muscles. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The muscles are generally\\narranged in pairs, one expanding as the other contracts, giving", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "THE MUSCLES\\n39\\nthe bone to which they are attached its backward and forward,\\nor other movements.\\nGrasp the arm tightly above the elbow and bend the forearm\\nthe muscle on the inside (biceps) can be felt as it swells and\\nbecomes hard and prominent, while the outside muscle (triceps)\\nrelaxes. Straighten the arm, and the conditions are reversed.\\n\\\\Y hen the muscles of one side of the face become palsied, those\\non the opposite side draw the mouth that way.\\nModification of Muscles. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles present various modifica\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions in the arrangement of their fibers in relation to their ten\u00c2\u00ac\\ndinous structure. Sometimes they are completely longitudinal,\\nand terminate at each extremity in tendon, the entire muscle\\nbeing fusiform in its shape in other situations they are dis\u00c2\u00ac\\npersed like the rays of a fan, converging to a tendinous point, as\\nthe temporal, pectoral, gluteal, etc., and constitute a radial muscle.\\nAgain they are penniform, converging like the plumes of a pen\\nto one side of the tendon, which runs the whole length of a muscle,\\nas in the peroneal; or bipenniform, converging to both sides of the\\ntendon. In other muscles the fibers pass obliquely from the\\nsurface spread out on one side (of a tendinous expansion), to\\nthat of another extended on the opposite side, as in the semi-\\nmembranous or they are composed of penniform and bipenniform\\nfasciculi, as in the deltoid, and constitute a compound muscle.\\nAttachment of Muscles. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles are attached to the peri\u00c2\u00ac\\nosteum and perichondrium of bone and cartilage, to the subcu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntaneous, areolar tissue, and to ligaments. The more fixed ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremity of a muscle is called the origin, and the more movable,\\nthe insertion.\\nClassification. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The muscles may be arranged in conformity\\nwith the general divisions of the body, into those of the head\\nand face, of the neck, of the trunk, of the upper extremities, and\\nof the lower extremities.\\nThe Tendons are white, glistening, fibrous cords, or bands.\\nThey vary in length and thickness, are strong and only slightly", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "40\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nelastic, have few blood-vessels and nerves, and serve to connect\\nthe muscles with the structure on which they act. This union\\nis so firm that, under extreme violence, the bone itself rather\\nbreaks than permits of the separation of the tendon from its\\nattachment. The muscular fibers spring from the sides of the\\ntendon, allowing more of them to act upon the bone than if\\ndirectly attached. This mode of attachment gives strength and\\nelegance.\\nAponeuroses are glistening, pearly-white, fibrous membranes,\\nsimilar in structure and use to the tendons, from which they\\ndiffer, principally in having a flat form. They are destitute of\\nnerves and blood-vessels, except the thicker ones, which are\\nsparingly supplied with the latter. They are classed as (a)\\naponeuroses of insertion, when at the extremities of muscles,\\nattaching them to the bone; (b) aponeuroses of intersection,\\nwhen they interrupt the continuity of muscle, being continuous\\non both sides with muscular fibers (c) aponeuroses of invest\u00c2\u00ac\\nment, when they ensheath the entire limb, or the individual\\nmuscle, preventing its displacement. Many aponeuroses serve\\nboth for investment and insertion.\\nFasci8e fascia a bandage) are fibro-areolar or aponeurotic\\nlaminse of variable thickness and strength, found in all regions\\nof the body, investing the soft and more delicate structures.\\nThey surround and bind together the muscles of the extremities.\\nFasciae are divided into superficial, or fibro-areolar, and deep, or\\naponeurotic.\\nSuperficial Fascia is composed of fibro-areolar tissue and is\\nfound immediately beneath the skin over nearly the entire body,\\nvarying in thickness in the different parts, being very thick in\\nthe groin and very thin on the palms of the hand and soles\\nof the feet. It is composed of two or more layers, between\\nwhich are found the superficial vessels, nerves, and lymphatics;\\nconnects the skin to the sub-jacent parts facilitates the move\u00c2\u00ac\\nments of the skin serves as a soft and safe repository for the", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "c\\nTHE MUSCLES\\nSEVEN PLATES \u00e2\u0080\u0094XI.-XVII", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "42", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "PLATE XI\\nHUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK.\\nFig. 1 -Muscles of Face and. Neck\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surfaces,\\n1. Occipito=frontalis.\\n2. Tenuon of occipito=frontalis.\\n4. Orbicularis palpebrarum.\\n7. Levator labii superioris alseque nasi.\\n8. Levator labii superioris proprius.\\n11. Levator anguli oris.\\n13. Buccinator.\\n14. Orbicularis oris.\\n1(5. Quudratus menti.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles\\nD. Mastoid process.\\nE. Occipital bone.\\nF. Clavicle.\\n6r. Scapula.\\n1. Manubrium.\\n14. Sternohyoid.\\n15. Sternothyroid.\\nIf), 17. Omohyoid.\\n20. Rectus capitis anticus major.\\n17. Levator menti.\\n18. Masseter.\\n19. Temporal.\\n20. 21, 22. Sternocleidomastoid.\\n28. Sternohyoid.\\n25. Anterior margin of trapezius.\\n27. Levator anguli scapulae.\\n28. Scalenus anticus,\\n29. Scalenus medius.\\nNeck-Right Side.\\nII. Acromion.\\nI. Coracoid process.\\nK. First rib.\\n22. Scalenus medius.\\n28. Levator anguli scapulae,\\n24. Splenius capitis.\\n25. Sternocleidomastoid.\\n29. Deltoid.\\nFig. 3. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Neck-Front View.\\nA. Inferior maxillary.\\nB. Os hyoides.\\nD. Thyroid gland.\\nE. Trachea.\\nF. Mastoid process.\\n(A Clavicle.\\nH. Manubrium sterni.\\n1, 2. Digastric.\\n10. Thyrohyoid.\\n13. Sternohyoid.\\n15. Omohyoid.\\n18. Sternothyroid.\\n19. Scalenus anticus.\\n20. Scalenus posticus.\\nFig 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Muscles of Right Side and Neck.\\nA. Mastoid process.\\nB. Zygomatic arch.\\nC. Meatus auditorius externus.\\n6r. Superior maxillary.\\n1,1. Orbicularis oris.\\n2. Buccinator.\\n3. Superior constrictor of pharynx.\\n6. Middle constrictor of pharynx.\\n8. Mylohyoid.\\n9. Thyrohyoid.\\n10. Inferior constrictor of pharynx.\\nK. Trachea.\\nN. Acromion.\\nO. Coracoid process.\\n13. Rectus capitis anticus major.\\n14, 15, 16. Scaleni.\\n17. Levator anguli scapulse.\\n18. Splenius capitis.\\n20. Superior rhomboid.\\n22. Supraspinatus.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "44", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "PLATE Xil\\nMUSCLES OF POSTERIOR PART OF NECK, TRUNK, PHARYNX,\\nPALATE, LOWER JAW, AND TONGUE.\\nFig- 1-\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Back of Pharynx and Lower Jaw.\\nA. Basilar process. i Q. Esophagus.\\nB. Petros bone.\\n1, 2, 3. Constrictors of pharynx. I 7. Internal pterygoid.\\n6. Mylohyoid. 8. Masse ter.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Palate and Throat-Posterior View.\\nA. Basilar process.\\nB. Petrous bone.\\nC. Ramus of lower jaw.\\nE. Posterior nares.\\nF. Condyle of lower jaw.\\n1, 2, 3. Constrictors of pharynx.\\n5. Levator palati mollis.\\nG. Base of tongue.\\nH. Epiglottis.\\nI. Cricoid cartilage.\\nK. Esophagus.\\nL. Trachea.\\n6. Circumflexus palati mollis.\\n7. Crico=arytenoideus posticus\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Tongue\u00e2\u0080\u0094Lateral View of Right Side.\\nA. Body of lower jaw.\\nB. Ramus of lower jaw.\\nD. Hyoid bone.\\n1. Lingualis.\\n2. Genioglossus.\\n3. Hyoglossus.\\nF. Larynx.\\nF. Tongue.\\n6. Geniohyoid.\\n8. Thyrohyoid membrane.\\nFig. 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal\\nA. Body of sphenoid bone.\\nB. Petrous bone.\\nC. D, E. Lower jaw.\\n1. Pterygoideus internus.\\n2. Pterygoideus externus.\\n3. Masseter.\\nMuscles of the Lower Jaw.\\nF. Hard palate.\\nH. Posterior nares.\\n4. Mylohyoideus (divided).\\n5. Genioglossus (divided).\\nA.\\nB.\\nc.\\n2\\n3.\\nA.\\nB.\\n1\\n2\\nA.\\nB.\\n1\\n2\\n3.\\n4.\\n5.\\n6\\n7.\\nFig. 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Soft Palate.\\nSphenoid bone.\\nPetros bone.\\nCondyle of inferior maxillary.\\nLevator palati mollis.\\nCircumflexus palati mollis.\\nD. Ramus of inferior maxillary.\\nE. Hard palate.\\nH. Posterior nares.\\n5. Palatipharyngeus.\\nFig. 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Posterior\\nOccipital bone.\\nSuperior semilunar line.\\nSplenius capitis.\\nSplenius colli.\\nSurface of Neck and Upper Part of Thorax\\nC. Mastoid process.\\n3. Serratus posticus superior.\\n7. Longissimus dorsi.\\nFig. 7.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Muscles of Neck and Back.\\nOccipital bone.\\nMastoid process.\\nBiventer cervieis.\\nCom plexus cervieis.\\nTrachelomastoideus.\\nTransversalis cervieis.\\nCervicalis ascendens.\\nLumbocostal is.\\nLongissimus dorsi.\\nF. Ilium.\\n8. Sacrolumbal is.\\n9. Spinalis dorsi.\\n10. Spinalis cervieis.\\n11. Semispinalis dorsi.\\n12. Levatores costarum.\\n13. Intercostals.\\n45", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "46", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "PLATE XIII.\\nMUSCLES OF THE TRUNK, ARMS, AND FEET.\\nFig- 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Face, Trunk, Arms, and Upper Part of Thighs Anterior View\\nA. Occipitofrontalis tendon.\\nB. Malar bone.\\nC. Inferior maxillary.\\nD. Thyroid gland.\\nE. Trachea.\\nV. Clavicle.\\n(I. Manubrium of sternum.\\nII. Body of sternum.\\nI. Coracoid process.\\n1. Frontalis.\\n2. Pyramidalis nasi.\\n3. Attollens auris.\\n4. Attrahens auris.\\n5. Orbicularis palpebrarum.\\n0. Levator labii superioris alseque nasi\\nwith compressor nasi.\\n7. Levator labii superioris proprius.\\n8. Zygomaticus minor.\\n9. Zygomaticus major.\\n11. Masseter.\\n12. Buccinator.\\n13. Triangularis menti.\\n13. Orbicularis oris.\\n17. Platysma=myoides.\\n18. Sternocleidomastoid.\\n19. Sternohyoid.\\n20. Scaleni.\\n21. Pectoralis major.\\n22. Pectoralis minor.\\n1-3. Subclavian.\\n24. Seratus magnus anticus.\\n25. External oblique (abdominis).\\n23. Linea alba.\\n27. Rectus abdominis.\\n28. Transverse aponeuroses of rectus\\nabdominis.\\n29. Pyramidalis abdominis.\\nJC Acromion.\\nL. First rib.\\nM. second rib.\\nN. Third rib.\\nO. Fourth rib.\\nP. Symphysis pubis.\\nQ. Anterior superior spine of ilium.\\nIt. Humerus.\\nB. Interclavicular ligament.\\n30. Obliquis internus.\\n31. Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\n34, 35. Abdominal rings.\\n37. Deltoid.\\n38. Coraeobrachialis.\\n39. Short head of biceps.\\n40. Long head of biceps.\\n41. Biceps.\\n42. Subscapular.\\n43. Brachialis.\\n44. Internal head of biceps.\\n45. Pronator teres.\\n46. Supinator longus.\\n47. Flexor carpi radialis.\\n48. Palmaris longus.\\n49. Flexor carpi ulnaris.\\n52. Anterior annular ligament of carpus\\n53. Abductor of thumb.\\n54. Palmaris brevis.\\n55. Adductor of thumb.\\n63. Adductor indicis.\\n64. Lumbricales.\\n66. Fascia lata femoris.\\n68. Falciform process of fascia lata.\\n69. Adductor longus.\\n70. External femoral ring.\\n70-. Sartorius.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Plantar Fascia or Aponeurosis of Right Foot.\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Plantar Muscles, First Layer \u00e2\u0080\u0094Inferior Surface, Right Foot.\\nFig. 4. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Second Layer of Plantar Muscles of Right Foot.\\nFig. 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Third Layer of Plantar Muscles of Right Foot.\\nFig. 6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Fourth Layer of Dorsal Muscles of Right Foot.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "PLATE XIV\\nMUSCLES OF TRUNK, NECK, AND ARMS.\\n(Posterior View, with some of Anterior Surface.)\\nFig 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Trunk, Upper Part of Thighs, and Arms.\\nA. Occipitofrontalis tendon.\\nB. Superior semicircular line of occiput.\\n1. Frontalis.\\n3. Attoilens auris.\\n4. Retrahentes auris.\\n5. Attrahens auris.\\n6. Masseter.\\n7. Occipitalis.\\n8. 8, 8. Sternocleidomastoid.\\n10. Splenius colli.\\n11. Complexus cervicis.\\n12. Levator auguli scapulae.\\n13. Trapezius.\\n14. Rhomboideus minor.\\n15. Rhomboideus major.\\n16. Latissimus dorsi.\\n17. Serratus posticus inferior.\\n22. Obliquus abdominis internus.\\n23. Gluteus maxim us (divided\\n24. Gluteus medius.\\n25. Pyriform is.\\n26. Gemellus superior.\\nH. Crest of ilium.\\n28. Gemellus inferior.\\n29. Quadratus femoris.\\n30. Obturator externus.\\n31. Vastus externus.\\n32. Semimembranosus.\\n33. Adductor magnus.\\n35. Infraspinatus.\\n36. Teres minor.\\n37. Teres major.\\n38. Deltoid.\\n39. Triceps brachialis.\\n40. Long head of triceps.\\n41. External head of triceps.\\n42. Internal head of triceps.\\n43. Anconeus.\\n45. Supinator longus.\\n46. Extensor digitorum communis,\\n47. Extensor carpi ulnaris.\\n50. Abductor pollicis longus.\\n52. Flexor digitorum communis.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Muscles of Neck\u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior View.\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Muscles of Back of Neck.\\nFig. 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Tendons and Tendinous Sheaths on Posterior Surface of Carpus.\\nFig. 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Tendons and Tendinous Aponeuroses of Right Wrist and Hand.\\n49", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "is\u00c2\u00ae A\\npstes:\\nIk\\nB \u00e2\u0080\u0099A---4: -;v\\n;giUi^ p ^pWl v ^l\\n$kj\u00c2\u00bb\\n.V\u00c2\u00ae ds\\niW\\njps SM\\n(lilted", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "PLATE XV.\\nDEEP MUSCLES OF ABDOMEN, DIAPHRAGM, AND PELVIS.\\na. Inferior border of thorax.\\nb. Xiphoid process.\\nc. Cut edges of oblique and transversal is\\nmuscles.\\nd. Symphysis pubis.\\n1. Costal portion of diaphragm.\\n2. Tendon of diaphragm.\\n3. Internal crus of diaphragm.\\n4. Middle crus of diaphragm.\\n5. External crus of diaphragm.\\n6. Opening of vena cava.\\n7. Esophageal opening.\\n8. Aortic opening.\\n9. Psoas major.\\n10. Psoas minor.\\n11. Q,uadratus lumborum.\\ne. Horizontal ramus of pubes.\\nLumbar vertebrae.\\ng. Sacrum.\\nh. Coccyx.\\ni. Crest of ilium.\\n12. Transversalis and fascia transversal is.\\n13. Iliacus in tern us.\\n14. Pyriformis.\\n15. Levator ani.\\n16. Sartorius.\\n17. Rectus femoris.\\n18. Pectineus.\\n19. Adductor longus.\\n20. Tensor fasciae latse.\\n2L Gluteus medius.\\n51", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "PLATE XVI.\\nMUSCLES OF THE ANTERIOR AND EXTERNAL SURFACES\\nOF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Anterior Surface of Lower Extremities.\\nB. Anterior superiour spinous process.\\nD. Symphysis pubis.\\nF. Patella.\\nCrest of ilium.\\nc. Trochanter major.\\ne. Trochanter minor.\\nh. Tibia.\\ni. Malleolus internus.\\nk. Malleolus extern us.\\nm. Fibula.\\nn. Linea alba.\\nl. Obliquis abdominis extern us.\\n2. Transversalis abdominis.\\n3 Tensor fasciae latse.\\n4. Gluteus medius.\\n5. Iliacus internus.\\nPsoas major.\\n7. Pectineus.\\n8. Sartorius.\\n9. Adductor longus.\\n10 Rectus femoris.\\n11 Tendon of biceps femoris.\\n12 Ligament of patella.\\n13 Vastus internus.\\n6r. Tuberosity of tibia.\\nL. Anterior annular ligament of ankle=\\njoint.\\no. Pou part\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\np. Internal pillar of external abdominal\\nring.\\nq. External pillar of external abdominal\\nring.\\nr. External abdominal ring.\\nft. Internal abdominal ring.\\nt. Posterior boundary of inguinal canal.\\n14. Vastus extern us.\\n15. Gracilis.\\n16. Adductor magnus.\\n17. Tibialis anticus.\\n18. Extensor longus pollicis pedis.\\n19. Extensor digitorum communis\\nlongus.\\n20. Peroneus tertius.\\n21. Peroneus longus et brevis.\\n22. Gastrocnemius.\\n25. Extensor digitorum communis\\nbrevis.\\n28. Soleus.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of External Surface of Right Side of Pelvis and Lower Extremity.\\nA. Crest of ilium.\\nB. Anterior superior spine of ilium.\\nc. External condyles of knee=joint.\\nd. Tibia.\\nAnterior annular ligament of ankle.\\n1. Tensor fasciae latoe.\\n2. Fascia lata.\\n3. Gluteus medius.\\n4. Gluteus maximus.\\n5. Sartorius.\\n6. Rectus femoris.\\n7. Vastus externus.\\n8. Biceps femoris caput longum\\n9. Caput breve bicipitis femoris.\\n10 Tibialis anticus.\\n11 Extensor digitorum communis longus.\\nE. Patella,\\ng. External portion of annular liga\u00c2\u00ac\\nment.\\nh. Tuberosity of fifth metatarsal bone.\\n12. Tendon of Achilles.\\n13. Peroneus tertius.\\n14. Peroneus longus.\\n16. Sheaths of long and short peroneal\\ntendons.\\n17. Soleus.\\n18. Gastrocnemius.\\n20. Extensor digitorum communis\\nbrevis.\\n21. Adductor digiti minimi.\\n53", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "PLATE XVII.\\nMUSCLES OF THE POSTERIOR AND INNER SURFACES OF PELVIS\\nAND LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nG.\\nH.\\n1\\na.\\nb.\\nc.\\nd.\\ne.\\ni.\\n1\\n2\\n3.\\n4.\\n5.\\n6\\n7.\\n8\\n9.\\n10\\n11\\n12\\n13.\\n14.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Posterior Surface of Pelvis and Lower Extremities.\\nTrochanter major.\\nSacrum.\\nExternal malleolus.\\nQ. Internal malleolus.\\nIt. Tendon of Achilles.\\nCrest of ilium.\\nIlium.\\nCoccyx.\\nTuber of ischium.\\nAscending ramus of ischium.\\nDescending ramus of pubes.\\nLesser sacrosciatic ligament.\\nk. Greater sacrosciatic ligament.\\nl. Lineaaspera.\\nm. Femur.\\nn. Popliteal fossa.\\no. Fibula.\\ns. Oblique line of tibia.\\nGluteus maximus.\\nGluteus medius.\\nPyriform is.\\nGemellus superior.\\nObturator interims.\\nGemellus inferior.\\nQ,uadratus femoris.\\nObturator externus.\\nLong head of biceps femoris.\\nShort head of biceps femoris.\\nTendon of biceps femoris.\\nSemitendinosus.\\nSemimembranosus.\\nAdductor magnus.\\n15. Inferior opening of Hunter\u00e2\u0080\u0099s canal.\\n16. Gracilis.\\n17. Sartorius.\\n18. Vastus externus.\\n19. Popliteus.\\n20. Gastrocnemius.\\n21. External head of gastrocnemius.\\n22. Internal head of gastrocnemius.\\n23. Plantaris.\\n25. Tendon of Achilles.\\n26. Soleus.\\n27. Peroneus longus.\\n28. Peroneus brevis.\\n29. Flexor pollicis pedis longus.\\nFig 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Muscles of Inner Surface of Pelvis, Thigh, Leg, and Foot.\\nA. Crest of ilium.\\nB. Sacrum.\\nE. Symphysis pubis.\\nc. Coccyx.\\nd. Linea innominata interna.\\nm. Ascending ramus of ischium.\\nn. Anterior sacral foramen.\\n1. Psoas major.\\n2. Iliacus interims.\\n3. Obturator In tern us.\\n4. Pyriformis.\\n5. Sartorius.\\n6. Adductor longus.\\n7. Gracilis.\\n8. Vastus internus.\\n9. Rectus femoris.\\n10. Adductor magnus.\\n11. Semimembranosus.\\n12. Semitendinosus.\\nQ. Patella.\\nB. Internal surface of tibia.\\no. Tuber of ischium.\\np. Internal condyles of knee=joint.\\ns. Internal malleolus.\\n13. Gastrocnemius (internal head).\\n14. Soleus.\\n15. Tendon of Achilles.\\n16. Flexor digitorum communis longus\\nperforans.\\n17. Flexor pollicis pedis longus.\\n18. Tibialis posticus.\\n19. Tendo tibialis antici.\\n20. Tendo extensoris pollicis pedis longi.\\n21. Adductor pollicis pedis.\\n22. Gluteus maximus.\\n55", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "THE MUSCLES\\n57\\npassage of the cutaneous vessels and nerves; and retains the\\nwarmth of the body.\\nDeep Fascia is a dense, inelastic, unyielding, fibrous mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane, forming sheaths for the muscles, affording them broad\\nsurfaces for attachment and binding down the whole in a\\nshapely mass. It consists of shining, parallel, tendinous fibers,\\nconnected together by other fibers disposed in a reticular man\u00c2\u00ac\\nner. The deep fascia is usually exposed on removal of the\\nsuperficial, forming a strong investment, which not only binds\\ndown the muscles of each region collectively, but gives a\\nseparate sheath to each, as well as to the vessels and nerves.\\nWonders of the Muscles. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The action of many muscles is\\nrequired to keep the human body in an upright position. The\\ncenter of gravity is so high up, and the joints work so easily,\\nthat were it not for the muscular action the skeleton would\\nconstantly topple over. But for the steadying effect of the\\nmuscles of the neck the head would be forced to respond to its\\ntendency to fall forward. The strong muscles of the back\\nrestrain the hips\u00e2\u0080\u0099 natural forward incline, while the muscles\\nof the calf counteract the pulling forward of the great muscles\\nof the thigh, acting over the knee-cap. So it is with other\\nsets of muscles, all acting so perfectly that they are unthought\\nof until science calls attention to them.\\nMuscular Sense is useful in many ways. The sensation\\nof weight is felt in lifting an object. Cultivation of this sense\\nenables one to form a very precise estimate of the weight of a\\nbody by simply lifting it. Walking is a perilous performance\\nwhich constant practice alone has made safe. Some authorities\\ndefine walking as perpetual falling with constant self-recovery.\\nIn running we simply incline our bodies more and fall faster.\\nDevelopment of the Muscles. Proper exercise develops\\nand improves the muscles, while violent, unguarded exercise is\\ninjurious. A muscle remaining entirely idle loses the power to\\ntake up the nourishment provided, becomes soft and weak, grow-", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "58 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ning constantly smaller, and finally the muscular tissue almost\\nwholly disappears. Exercise increases the flow of blood to the\\nmuscles, promoting their nourishment and stimulating their\\ngrowth. The large, hard, and strong muscles of men engaged\\nin manual labor, contrasted with the thin and flabby muscles of\\nprofessional men, who are unaccustomed to exercise, clearly show\\nthe effects of exercise. Exercise is essential to the health of the-\\nwhole body, increasing the circulation and power of breathing,\\nand stimulating every part of the body to a healthy growth.\\nTo obtain the best advantage exercise should be regular and\\nsystematic, and taken in proper amounts.\\nNumber of Muscles. \u00e2\u0080\u0094There are about five hundred muscles\\nin the human body, each having a special use, and all working\\ntogether harmoniously and perfectly. Many of the external\\nmuscles can be seen and traced on Plates XI to XVII, but be\u00c2\u00ac\\nneath these are still larger numbers, many being quite tiny and\\ndelicate, too small to be seen with the unaided e} T e. It is not\\nnecessary in a work of this kind to describe all of the muscles\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nonly a few that serve as guides to the arteries and veins which\\nare usually employed in embalming. A brief description is also\\ngiven of the diaphragm, and of several locations, a knowledge\\nof which is deemed of importance to the embalmer.\\nThe Sternocleidomastoid arises by two heads from the\\nsternum and the inner third of the clavicle, and passes upward\\nand backward to be inserted into the mastoid process of the\\ntemporal bone and the superior curved line of the occipital bone,\\nbehind the ear. The anterior border serves as a guide to the\\ncommon carotid artery and internal jugular vein.\\nThe Biceps arises by two heads, the long head from the\\nupper margin of the glenoid cavity, the short head from the\\napex of the coracoid process of the scapula, and is inserted into\\nthe back of the tuberosity of the radius and the fascia of the\\nforearm. The inner border serves as a guide to the brachial\\nartery and basilic vein. 1", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "THE MUSCLES\\n59\\nThe Sartorius arises from the anterior superior spinous\\nprocess of the ilium (front part of the hip-bone) and half of the\\nnotch below-it, and passes obliquely downward and inward, to be\\ninserted into the upper internal surface of the tibia. It is the\\nlongest muscle of the body. The inner border serves as a guide\\nto the femoral artery and vein.\\nThe Adductor Longus has its origin in the front surface of\\nthe pubic bone, and is inserted in the inner border of the middle\\nthird of the femur. It forms the inner boundary of Scarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\ntriangle. Its action is to draw the lower extremities together.\\nFig. 3- The Diaphragm, Showing Under Surface, with Openings, etc.\\nThe Diaphragm (a partition wall) is a thin musculo-fibrous\\nseptum, placed obliquely across the trunk, separating the thorax", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "60 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nfrom the abdomen, and forming the floor of the former cavity\\nand the roof of the latter. It is the great muscle of respiration.\\nIt has three openings, the aortic, esophageal, and that of the\\nvena cava, but is impervious to liquids contained in, or injected\\ninto, either cavity.\\nScarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Triangle is situated in the upper front part of the\\nthigh, with the base upward, which is bounded by Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nligament; the outer border is bounded by the sartorius muscle,\\nand the inner bv the adductor lomms muscle. The femoral\\nartery passes out from* the abdomen at the center of the base\\nof the triangle (Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament), and extends downward\\nthrough the center of the triangle to the apex.\\nThe Popliteal Space, commonly called the hollow of the\\nknee, occupies the space behind the knee, including the lower\\nthird of the thigh and upper fifth of the leg.\\nAxillary Space. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The axilla (armpit) is a pyramidal space,\\nsituated between the upper and lateral part of the chest and the\\ninner side of the arm. It extends from the interval between the\\ntwo scalene muscles on the first rib to the humerus at the point\\nwhere the pectoral muscles are inserted.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER III.\\nTHE ABSORBENTS.\\nTHE SKIN.\\nThe Skin or Integument intego to cover) is the first\\ntissue that is incised in cutting into the body. It is a tough,\\nthin, elastic investment, with which the entire surface of the\\nbody is covered. Its perfect elasticity adapts it to every motion\\nof the body. The skin surface of an adult of average size is\\nabout sixteen square feet. It is not a mere covering, but is an\\nactive and important excretory and absorbent organ. Like the\\njoints, it is selfioiling, but for a different reason, namely, to\\npreserve its smoothness and delicacy. It also replaces itself as\\nfast as worn out. The skin varies in thickness in different parts\\nof the body, being quite thick where exposed to friction and\\npressure, as on the soles of the feet and palms of the hands. At\\nthe openings of the body, as the mouth, it becomes merged into\\nthe mucous membrane.\\nStructure of the Skin. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The skin consists of two distinct\\nlayers, outer and inner, and also a thin middle layer, which is\\nattached to the under surface of the outer layer.\\nCuticle, Epidermis, Scarf-skin. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The outer layer is vari\u00c2\u00ac\\nously called the cuticle cuticula little skin), epidermis epi,\\nupon; derma, skin), and scarf-skin, and is what is commonly\\nstyled the skin. It forms a defensive covering to the surface of\\nthe true skin limits the evaporation of watery vapor from the\\nfree surface is the part raised by a blister, and that is detached\\nand slips in a case of so-called \u00e2\u0080\u009cskin-slip.\u00e2\u0080\u009d If the soft or middle\\nlayer is removed from the under surface the cuticle is perfectly\\ntransparent. It neither bleeds nor suffers from heat or cold\\n61", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "62\\nCHAMPION TEXPBOOK ON EMBALMING\\nneither does it possess blood-vessels. It can be torn or cut with\u00c2\u00ac\\nout producing hemorrhage or pain.\\nThe cuticle is composed entirely of small, flat cells or scales,\\nwhich are constantly being shed from the surface in the form\\nof scurf or dandruff, but are constantly being renewed from the\\ncutis or inner layer of the skin. In the usual discolorations the\\nouter layer is not affected, there being no blood-vessels to fill\\nwith blood neither is it stained by any coloring matter.\\nCoriura, Derma, Cutis Vera\u00e2\u0080\u0094The inner layer is called\\ncorium, derma, and cutis vera (true skin), all meaning the same\\nthing. The term \u00e2\u0080\u009ccorium,\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nthough used to designate the\\nentire layer, is more properly\\napplied to the deeper and prin\u00c2\u00ac\\nciple portion of this layer. It\\nconsists of strong, interlacing,\\nfibro-areolar tissue, and merges\\ninto the fattv tissue beneath, in\\nwhich is found an abundance\\nof blood-vessels, nerves, lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatics, and glands. The su\u00c2\u00ac\\nperficial or papillary portion of\\nthe layer consists of numerous\\nsmall, highly sensitive, and vascular elevations, the papillae,\\nwhich rise perpendicularly from its surface into the rete mucosum.\\nThe papillae form the essential element of the organ of touch\\nare conical in shape average about one hundredth of an inch in\\nlength are few, short, and minute on the general surface of the\\nbody, where there is slight sensibility, and long, large, and closely\\naggregated on other parts, where there is great sensitiveness, as\\nin the palmar surface of the hands, the bottom of the feet, etc.\\nThe derma is filled with blood-vessels, the smallest subdivisions\\nof arteries and veins, and with the network of capillaries between\\nthem. These capillaries are so small, and lie so closely together,\\nEpidermis\\nDerma\\nHair\\nfollicle\\nColoring\\nmatter\\nNerve ter\\nmi nation\\nSweat\\ngland\\nFig. 4. Section of Skin Magnified.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "THE ABSORBENTS\\n63\\nthat in puncturing the inner layer with a fine needle, many of\\nthem will be ruptured, and, in the living body, blood will ooze\\nfrom the wound. It is these vessels, with the addition of those\\nin the subcutaneous tissues, that fill with blood, producing the\\nred or dark-bluish discolorations.\\nRete Mucosum. The middle layer is commoi\\nsoft or pigment layer. The technical name is the rete mucosum.\\nThis layer is made up of small grains, forming a pigment, which\\ngives to the skin its color and complexion. This matter varies\\nin color in the different races. In the negro it is almost entirely\\nblack in the European, various shades, from the most pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nnounced brunette to the lightest blond in the Malayan, it is\\nof a brownish in the Mongolian, of a yellowish and in the\\nAmerican Indian, of a reddish or copper color. In the purest\\ncomplexion there is some of the pigment. Exposure to the sun\\nreadily tans, while the African, living for a time in the secluded\\nforest, or away from the sun, loses much of his normal color.\\nThe rete mucosum softens quickly after death by decomposi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, allowing the cuticle to become detached, which will slip if\\nanything comes in contact with it. This is called \u00e2\u0080\u009cskin-slip.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nIt will also become detached in cases of dropsy where the water\\naccumulates, as the cuticle, being extremely compact, will not\\nallow the water to pass through it rapidly.\\nUses of the Skin. \u00e2\u0080\u0094As an excretory organ, the skin removes\\ncertain waste material from the body. This process of elimina\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion is produced by the perspiration, or sweat. This office of the\\nskin is a very important one. If the skin were to be covered\\nwith a coat of varnish, or other impervious covering, thus pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nventing sweating, death would soon result. The amount of\\nsweat secreted in a day averages about two pints, varying\\naccording to weather, amount of exercise,* etc. The sudoriferous\\nor sweat-glands are small tubes, opening in the outside ol the\\nskin and coiled up just below the true skin. They cover every\\nportion of the skin, being numerous and important in their\\ndy called the", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "64\\nCHAMPION TEXT* B O OK ON EMBALMING\\noffice, secreting the perspiration. The skin serves also as an\\norgan of sensation, the nerves conveying the sense of touch, pain,\\nand temperature being situated in it. It assists in the respira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntory process, slightly absorbing oxygen, and giving off carbonic\\nacid gas. The skin has, likewise, an absorptive power by which\\ncertain substances are carried into the system during life. This\\npower of absorption ceases with death.\\nThe Mucous Membrane is continuous with the skin, begin\u00c2\u00ac\\nning where the skin seems to stop, at the external openings of\\nthe body, as the mouth, nose, etc., and lines the alimentary canal\\nfrom the lips to the anus, as well as all the other cavities and\\ncanals that have external openings. It is analogous to the skin\\nin structure, consisting of two layers, a deep, fibrous layer, con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntaining blood-vessels, and a superficial, bloodless one, the epithe\u00c2\u00ac\\nlium. It is, however, much redder than the skin, as is seen in\\nthe lips more sensitive; more liable to bleed and secretes a\\ntenacious, viscid fluid, the mucus, with which it keeps itself con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinually moistened. The epithelium is composed of one or more\\nlayers of flattened cells, called epithelial cells. The endothelium\\nof the blood-vessels is analogous.\\nSubcutaneous Tissues. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Immediately underneath the skin,\\ninto which it merges, lies the fibro=areolar, cellular or connective\\ntissue, which connects the skin to the subjacent parts. The term\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cconnective\u00e2\u0080\u009d is peculiarly applicable to this tissue, as it is the\\ngreat connective medium by which the different parts of the body\\nare held together, and is consequently found throughout the\\nbody. The terms \u00e2\u0080\u009ccellular\u00e2\u0080\u009d and \u00e2\u0080\u009careolar,\u00e2\u0080\u009d on the other hand,\\nare given because its meshes are easily distended and separated\\ninto spaces, or areolae, which open freely into each other and\\nare easily blown up with air or gas, or permeated by fluid. It\\nthus affords a ready exit for inflammatory or other effused fluids,\\nand for gases. This tissue also enters into the structure of the\\nderma, mucous membrane, tendons, ligaments, etc.\\nUnder the subcutaneous layer of the connective tissue, coex-", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "THE ABSORBENTS\\n65\\ntensive with the skin, is the inelastic, superficial fascia, covering\\nand binding together the muscles. Beneath this, and still more\\nclosely investing the muscles and vessels, is the deep fascia.\\nWithin the meshes of the areolar, connective tissue is to be\\nfound adipose (fatty) tissue, variable in quantity in different\\nparts of the body and very variable in different persons. The\\nfat is contained in tiny cells, of which there is said to be sixty=\\nfive millions in a cubic inch of fat. In a fleshy person the\\nadipose tissue is very abundant. Owing to the presence of this\\nfatty tissue in the subcutaneous layer, this layer is sometimes\\nstyled the fatty layer.\\nAn understanding of these subcutaneous tissues is of the ut\u00c2\u00ac\\nmost importance to the embalmer. The skin being made up of\\ncompact tissues, liquids and gases will transude through it very\\nslowly, while they pass through the underlying tissues very\\nfreely. Gases and fluids are liable, therefore, to accumulate\\nunderneath the skin after death, causing trouble for the em-\\nbalmer, unless treated properly. Transudation of blood into\\nthese tissues frequently causes discoloration. On the other hand,\\non account of the loose, open character of these subcutaneous\\ntissues, a channel is furnished for the injection of fluid to all\\nparts of the body, chiefly by gravitation, by introducing the\\nneedle under the skin.\\nIn general dropsy the water accumulates in the cellular tissue\\nin all cases, to a greater or less extent; in some, only in sufficient\\nquantities to distend the skin enough to remove wrinkles, while\\nin others it will stretch the skin to its fullest extent, enormously\\nincreasing the size and weight of the body.\\nIn putrefaction, the accumulation of gas in the areolar tissue\\nbeneath the skin causes the extensive bloating that is seen in\\nsome cases.\\nThe Hair is but a modified form of the cuticle, and exists on\\nnearly the whole surface of the body, varying in length and size.\\nIt forms a protection from heat and cold, and shields the head", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n66\\nfrom blows. The roots of the hairs are imbedded in small\\nopenings in the skin, called hair*follicles, which are from one*\\ntwelfth to one*fourth of an inch in depth. The outside of a\\nhair is compact and hard, consisting of a layer of colorless scales,\\nwhich overlie one another like shingles on a roof. The interior\\nis porous and conveys the liquids by which the hair is nourished.\\nIt also contains pigmentary matter, upon which the color of the\\nhair depends. The hair and scalp are kept soft and pliable by\\nthe oily secretion of the small glands which open into the hair\\nfollicles, called sebaceous glands. That portion of a hair outside\\nthe skin is called the shaft. Each hair grows from a tiny bulb\\n(papilla), which is an elevation of the cutis at the bottom of a\\nlittle hollow of the skin. (See Fig. 4.) The hair is produced\\nfrom the surface of the bulb, like the cuticle, by the constant\\nformation of new cells at the bottom. When the hair is pulled\\nout, this bulb, if uninjured, will produce a new hair, but once\\ndestroyed it will never grow again. Hair grows at the rate of\\nfive to seven inches a year.\\nThe popular idea that hair grows after death is due to the\\nshrinking of the skin, allowing the portion of the hair below the\\nsurface to project. This is especially noticeable in the beard.\\nIt is true that we often hear of hair having grown quite exten\u00c2\u00ac\\nsively on the head and face of bodies that have been disinterred.\\nIf such is the case, scientifically we can not account for it.\\nThere is certainly not enough nutrition left in the parts to pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduce the growth. The hair, next to the teeth and bones, is the\\nleast destructible part of the body, and its color is often preserved\\nafter other portions of the body have decayed.\\nThe Nails begin near the tips of the fingers and toes, and\\nconsist of two parts, a root and a body. The latter is the part\\nexposed to view, being about four times the length of the root.\\nThey protect the tender fingers and toes, and give the power to\\ngrasp firmly, and pick up easily, any desired object. The nail is\\nfirmly set in a groove (matrix) in the cuticle, from which it grows", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "THE ABSORBENTS\\n67\\nat the root in length and from beneath in thickness. So long as\\nthe matrix at the root is uninjured, the nail will be reproduced\\nafter an accident.\\nLike the hair the nail is a mere modified form of the epi\u00c2\u00ac\\ndermis, its horny appearance and feeling being due to the fact\\nthat the scales, or plates, of which it is composed are much\\nharder and more closely packed. It is thrown into ridges which\\nrun parallel to each other except at the back part, where they\\nradiate from the center of the root. The whitish, semicircular\\nportion near the root, called the lunula lunula little moon),\\nowes its different color to the fact that its ridges contain fewer\\nblood-vessels and therefore less blood. The thumb nail will\\ngrow from the root to its free end in about five months, and the\\nnail of the great toe in twenty months.\\nTHE LYMPHATIC SYSTEM.\\nThe Lymphatics are very delicate, transparent, nerveless\\nvessels which exist beneath the skin and in all the mucous\\nFig. 5. Section of Mesentery,\\nShowing Lacteals, Lymphatics, and Thoracic Duct.\\nmembranes. Thus they permeate nearly every portion of the\\nbody, being closely interlocked with the blood\u00c2\u00bbcapillaries. The\\nparts of the body free from them are the brain, spinal cord, eye\u00c2\u00ac\\nball, cartilage, tendons, membranes of the ovum, placenta,", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "68\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\numbilical cord, nails, cuticle, hair, and bone. They are formed,,\\nlike arteries and veins, of three coats, and are nourished by\\nnutrient vessels. Like the veins, the lymphatics are provided\\nwith valves which permit the matter they convey to flow only\\none way. Their economy in the human system seems to be\\nto gather up portions of waste matter capable of further use,\\nemptying it, now known as lymph, into the veins, whence it is\\nconveyed to the heart.\\nThe Lacteals, or chyliferous vessels, are small lymphatics,\\nwhich have their origin in the mucous membrane lining the\\nsmall intestine. Through them the greater part of the digested\\nfood is absorbed from the small intestine and transferred to the\\ncirculatory system.\\nThe Villi are delicate, hair-like projections from the lining\\nmembrane of the small intestine in which the lacteals have their\\norigin. They are about one-third of an inch in length and vast\\nFig. 6. Mucous Membrane of Ilium, Showing Villi (highly magnified).\\n1, cellular structure of epithelium, 2, a vein; 3, fibrous layer; 4, villi covered\\nwith epithelium; 5, a villus in section; 6, a villus partially uncovered; 7, a villus\\ntripped of epithelium; 9, openings of glands; 10, 11, 12, glands; 13, capillaries.\\nin number, covering the entire surface of the intestine. Each\\nvillus, in addition to its lacteal, possesses an artery and accom-\\npanying vein, with their network of capillaries. The villi,", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "THE A B SORB ENTS\\n69\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0dipping into the digested, liquefied food-substance in the intestine,\\nappropriates a liberal portion, which is taken up in the lacteals,\\nwhere it becomes a milky=white fluid, called chyle. The blood=\\nvessels in the villi also absorb a part of the liquid food.\\nThe Lymphatic Glands are small, hard, pinkish bodies,\\nvarying in size from a pinhead to an almond, placed along the\\ncourse of these absorbent vessels. They are found principally\\nin the mesentery, along the great blood-vessels, in the popliteal\\nspace, groin, mediastinum, neck, axilla, and front of the elbow.\\nThe lymphatic vessels pass through these glands. They receive\\ntheir names from the region in which they are situated, as the\\nmediastinal, axillary, etc. In these glands are formed corpuscles,\\nresembling the white corpuscles of the blood, which are taken\\nup by the stream of lymph as it flows past.\\nThe Thoracic Duct is a tube or canal which commences in\\nthe receptaculum chyli, in front of the second lumbar vertebra,\\npasses through the aortic opening in the diaphragm, ascending\\nto the left subclavian vein at its junction with the internal\\njugular, into which it empties. It is the channel for the lymph\\nand chyle from the whole body, except the right side of the body\\nabove and including the convex surface of the liver. Its average\\nlength in adults is from fifteen to eighteen inches, and its\\ndiameter is about that of a goose-quill, except along the middle\\npart, where it is considerably less. It has three coats and is\\nprovided with valves.\\nThe Lymphatic Duct is about an inch in length, terminates\\nin the right subclavian vein at its junction with the internal\\njugular, and drains the lymphatics of those parts not connected\\nwith the thoracic duct.\\nThe Lymph is an alkaline fluid of a thin, colorless, or yel\u00c2\u00ac\\nlowish appearance. It closely resembles in appearance and\\ncomposition blood deprived of its red corpuscles and diluted\\nwith water. This is the fluid which flows through the lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatic system.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "VISCERAL ANATOMY.\\nTHE THREE GREAT CAVITIES\\nOf the body are the cranial, in the head, and the thoracic and\\nabdominal, in the trunk.\\nVisceral anatomy treats of the organs contained in these cav\u00c2\u00ac\\nities, with their appendages and coverings.\\nThese organs and appendages are called the viscera, or visceral\\norgans; and those of any cavity are called the viscera of that\\ncavity.\\nThe chapters immediately following are devoted, in the main,\\nto the consideration of visceral anatomy.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IV.\\nTHE NERVOUS SYSTEM.\\nGENERAL DESCRIPTION.\\nThe Nervous System includes the brain, the spinal chord,\\nand the nerves. It is also divided into the cerebrospinal and\\nsympathetic systems. Although distinct from all other systems\\nof the body, the nervous system unites the various parts and\\norgans into one complete, organic whole. It is the medium\\nthrough which all impressions upon the mind are received and\\nacted upon. The movements of the body and all the processes\\nof life are regulated by it.\\nNervous Tissue is composed of two kinds of matter, white\\nand gray, and consists of two different structures, nerve-cells and\\nnerve=fibers. The nerve^cell is the part that is capable of\\ncreating nerveTorce, while the nerve-fiber acts as conductor\\nof this force. The nerve-cells form the gray matter of the\\nnervous tissue, and are of a pulpdike substance of about the\\nconsistency of blanc-mange. The nerve^fibers consist of minute,\\nwhite, glistening fibers, sometimes as small as one twenty-five-\\nthousandth part of an inch. Every nerve-fiber is connected\\nwith a nerve-cell.\\nThe NerVes are white, glistening cords, made up of bundles\\nof nerve^fibers, and penetrate every part of the body. These\\nbundles divide and subdivide as they proceed. They also gather\\ninto little masses or nerve^centers, called ganglions ganglion a\\nknot). These nerve^centers answer to the offices along a tele\u00c2\u00ac\\ngraph line where messages are sent and received, while the\\nnerves correspond to the wires that carry the messages. Nerves\\ncontain two kinds of nerve-fibers, one of which conducts from", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "72\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthe nerve^centers to the muscles or organs, and the other from\\nthe latter to the nerve=centers. The first are called motor nerves\\nand the latter sensory nerves.\\nIf you place a finger on a\\nhot stove the sensation of pain\\ntravels to the nerve-center\\nthrough the sensory nerves.\\nA peculiar force is generated\\nin the nerve-center which is\\nconducted through the motor\\nnerves to the muscle which\\ncontrols the finger, causing it\\nto contract and thus be re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoved from contact with the\\nhot surface of the stove.\\nN e r v e C u r r e n t. \u00e2\u0080\u0094This\\npassing of the sensation\\nto the nerve-center, and\\nof force back to the mus\u00c2\u00ac\\ncle, constitutes what is\\ncalled the nerve-current.\\nThis current travels at about\\nthe rate of one hundred and\\nten feet a second, being much\\nslower than an electric-cur\u00c2\u00ac\\nrent. About one-twentietli of\\na second is required for a sen\u00c2\u00ac\\nsation to pass from the foot to\\nthe brain, and an equal time\\nis required for the force gen\u00c2\u00ac\\nerated to travel back.\\nNerve-Sensations. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Hear\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, feeling, tasting, seeing,\\nFig 7 The cerebrospinal System. and smelling are all different", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "THE NERVOUS SYSTEM\\n73\\nkinds ot sensations, each with its special nerve-centers which\\npreside over it. There are also several varieties of motor nerves,\\nsome coming from centers which preside over the heart and\\nstomach, others over muscles, etc. Certain motor nerves, called\\nvasomotor nerves, are distributed to the walls of the blood-vessels\\nand control the circulation by regulating the size of the blood\u00c2\u00ac\\nvessels, causing them to dilate or contract according to the\\namount of blood needed.\\nThe Sympathetic System consists of nerves and nerve-\\ncenters, or ganglions. There are two chains of ganglions, one\\non each side of the spinal column, within the body, running the\\nwhole length and extending into the chest and abdomen. There\\nare thirty pairs of these ganglions. The sympathetic system of\\nnerves supplies the involuntary muscular tissue, governs all acts\\nof secretion, equalizes the circulation, and controls the nutrition\\nof the body. Nerves from the ganglions are distributed to the\\nmucous membrane and the organs concerned in nutrition-\u00e2\u0080\u0094the\\nstomach, liver, intestines, etc. The vasomotor nerves belong to\\nthis system. Thus all the organs of the body are bound together\\nwith cords of sympathy, so that if one suffers all suffer with it.\\nThe Cerebrospinal System consists of the brain and spinal\\ncord, and the nerves coming from them. This system supplies\\nthe greater part of the body with nerves. It presides over\\nsensation, special senses, voluntary motion, intellect, and all\\nmovements which characterize different individuals.\\nTHE CRANIAL CAVITY.\\nThe cranial cavity is the smallest of the three large cavities of\\nthe body, and contains the brain and its coverings, or meninges\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094the arachnoid, pi a mater, and dura mater.\\nTHE BRAIN.\\nThe Brain is the seat of the mind, and it is the functions\\nwhich the brain performs that distinguishes man from other\\nanimals. Man becomes a conscious, intelligent, responsible being", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "74\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nCere\u00c2\u00ac\\nbellum?\\nSpinal\\ncord.\\nSpinal\\ncord.\\n_ Cere\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrum\\nthrough the action of the brain. The average brain weighs\\nabout forty-nine and a half ounces in the adult male and forty-\\nfour ounces in the female. It is egg-shaped, soft, and yielding,\\nclosely filling the skull cavity. It is surrounded by a delicate\\ndouble membrane, called the arach\u00c2\u00ac\\nnoid, forming a closed sac, and filled,\\nas are also the brain spaces, with a\\nwatery liquid. Within the mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane, still more closely investing the\\nbrain, is a fine vascular membrane,\\ncalled the pia mater, which dips\\ndown between the convolutions and\\nlaminae and is prolonged into the\\ninterior, forming the velum inter-\\npositum and choroid plexuses of the\\nfourth ventricle. This tissue re\u00c2\u00ac\\nceives its blood supply from the internal carotid\\nand vertebral arteries, and so copiously does it\\nbathe the adjacent parts that it is said to use\\none=fifth of the entire circulation of the body.\\nIt is plentifully supplied with lymphatics and\\nnerves. The outermost envelope of the brain\\nis the dura mater, a dense, tough, glistening,\\nfibrous membrane, which lines the interior of\\nthe cranium and the spinal column. It sepa\u00c2\u00ac\\nrates the various parts of the organs by strong\\npartitions.\\nThe brain is composed of a number of nerve-\\ncenters, or ganglions, which are connected with\\none another and with the motor and sensory\\nnerves of the system. The brain consists of\\nboth white and gray matter, and is divided\\ninto three portions, cerebrum, cerebellum, and\\nFig. 8. Tlie Brain and\\nSpinal Cord.\\nmedulla oblongata.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "THE NERVOUS SYSTEM\\n75\\nThe Cerebrum (the brain) occupies the front and upper\\npart of the cavity of the cranium, and comprises about Severn\\neighths of the entire weight of the brain. It is divided into two\\nlateral halves, or hemispheres, right and left, by the great longi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntudinal fissure, which extends throughout the entire length of the\\ncerebrum, reaching to the base in front and behind, but in the\\nmiddle it is interrupted by a transverse commissure of white\\nmatter, the corpus callosum, which connects the two hemis\u00c2\u00ac\\npheres. In this fissure lodges the falx cerebri. Each hem\u00c2\u00ac\\nisphere is divided, by fissures on the under surface of the\\nbrain, into three lobes, anterior, middle, and posterior. Thus,\\nwe are provided with two brains, as well as hands, feet, eyes, and\\nears and one hemisphere has been known to be destroyed in\\nlarge part without particular injury to the mental powers.\\nThe cerebrum is the center of intelligence and of thought, and\\nis a mass of white fibers, with cells of gray matter on the outside,\\nor lodged here and there in ganglions. The surface is not\\nsmooth, except in infancy, but is arranged in large convolutions\\nand sulci, which arrangement very largely increases the surface\\nfor the gray matter. This surface has been estimated in some\\ncases to measure as much as six hundred and seventy square\\ninches. Depth and intricacy of these convolutions are character\u00c2\u00ac\\nistic of high mental power. Persons of weak mind are often\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes said to be lacking in gray matter, while brainy persons are\\nsaid to possess it in large quantities. When the cerebrum\\nbecomes seriously injured or diseased the person is often unable\\nto converse intelligently from an inability to remember words\\nand lack of force to articulate them.\\nThe Cerebellum (a small brain) is situated beneath the\\nposterior lobes of the cerebrum in the inferior occipital fossae.\\nIt is connected by the crura (connecting bands) to the rest of the\\nbrain, two to the cerebrum, two to the medulla oblongata, and\\ntwo blending together in front, forming the pons Varolii. It is\\nabout the size of a small fist and weighs about five ounces. In", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "7 G\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nstructure it is similar to the cerebrum, being divided into hemis\u00c2\u00ac\\npheres, but unlike that portion has parallel ridges, which, letting\\nthe gray matter down deep into the white matter within, give it\\na peculiar appearance, called the arbor-vitae, or tree of life.\\nThis part of the brain is the center for the control of the volun\u00c2\u00ac\\ntary muscles, particularly those of locomotion. If it is injured\\nor diseased the power of locomotion is greatly hindered, the\\nmuscles not acting together as they should. The falx cerebelli\\nprojects between the lateral lobes of the cerebellum.\\nThe Medulla Oblongata medulla marrow oblongus, rather\\nlong) is the upper, enlarged part of the spinal cord, extending\\nfrom the upper border of the atlas to the pons Varolii, and con\u00c2\u00ac\\nnecting the spinal cord with the various ganglions of the brain.\\nIts anterior surface rests on the basilar groove of the occipital\\nbone, while its posterior surface forms the floor of the fourth\\nventricle. It is about an inch and a quarter in length and an\\ninch wide, and is composed of a mass of white matter, within\\nwhich is imbedded a collection of gray matter, or nerve-cells.\\nBy connecting the spinal chord with the brain, it serves to con\u00c2\u00ac\\nduct the sensation and motor stimulus to and from the brain.\\nProbably its most important function is its entire control over\\nthe acts of respiration, and if it is injured or destroyed, breathing\\nceases and death results. Within the medulla oblongata is also\\nsupposed to lie the centers of the vasomotor and cardiac nerves,\\nand nerves of phonation, deglutition, mastication, and expres\u00c2\u00ac\\nsion.\\nThe Spinal Cord is the cylindrical elongated part of the\\ncerebrospinal axis, which is contained in the spinal canal. Its\\nlength is usually about sixteen or seventeen inches. It com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmences at the upper border of the axis and terminates at the\\nlower border of the first lumbar vertebra in the cauda equina.\\nIt has two enlargements, one in the cervical region, and one in\\nthe lumbar. It is composed of gray matter internally and white\\nmatter externally. It gives out thirty-one pairs of nerves\u00e2\u0080\u0094eight", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "D\\nTHE HEART\\nTWO PLATES XVII).-XIX", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "c-a\\nPLATE XVIII.\\nTHE HEART, ITS CAVITIES AND VALVES.\\nAnterior Surface with Pericardial Covering.\\nA. Left ventricle.\\nB. Right ventricle.\\nC. Apex of pericardium.\\nAppendix of right auricle.\\nAppendix of left auricle.\\ne. Transverse or auriculo=ventricular\\ngroove.\\n1. Pulmonary artery.\\n3. Right coronary artery.\\n4. Front branch of left coronary artery.\\nD. Left auricle.\\nE. Ascending aorta.\\nF. Apex of heart.\\nAnterior longitudinal sulcus.\\nh, h, h. Pericardium divided and throwu\\nback.\\n5. Commencement of great coronary\\nvein.\\nTS", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "PLATE XIX.\\nTHE HEART, ITS CAVITIES AND VALVES_Continued.\\ninternal Cavities of Ventricles Anterior View.\\nA. Pulmonary artery.\\nB. Aorta.\\nC. Superior vena cava.\\nD. Inferior vena cava.\\nE. Right ventricle.\\nb. Appendix of right auricle.\\nAppendix of left auricle.\\ng. Pulmonary veins.\\nm. Apex of heart.\\n7i. Wall of the ventricles.\\no. Opening of pulmonary artery.\\nOpening of aorta.\\nF. Left ventricle.\\nG. Pulmonary opening.\\nII. Left auricle.\\nI. Right auricle.\\nq. Tricuspid or right auriculo=ventricu-\\nlar valve.\\nr. Bicuspid or left auriculo=ventricuiar\\nvalve.\\ns. Tendinous cords.\\nu Fleshy surface of cut edge of right\\nventricle.\\n7!)", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "THE NERVOUS SYSTEM\\n81\\ncervical, twelve dorsal, five lumbar, five sacral, and one coccygeal\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094which divide and subdivide, going to all parts of the trunk\\nand extremities. Each nerve arises by two roots, the anterior\\nbeing the motory, and the posterior, the sensory root. These\\nroots soon unite into one sheath, though they preserve their\\nspecial functions.\\nThe Cranial Nerves, consisting of twelve pairs, arise from\\nthe lower part of the brain and medulla oblongata. They are\\nas follows\\n1. Olfactory, nerves of smell.\\n2. Optic, nerves of vision.\\n3. Motor oculi,\\n4. Pathetic\\n6. Abducens,\\n5. Trigeminus (trifacial), nerves of the face, which divide\\ninto three branches, going respectively to the upper part of the\\nface, eyes, and nose; to the upper jaw and teeth and to the\\nlower jaw and mouth, the latter branch becoming the nerve of\\ntaste.\\n7. Facial, nerves of expression.\\n8. Auditory, nerves of hearing.\\n9. Glossopharyngeal, nerves of the pharynx, tonsils, etc.\\n10. Pneumogastric, nerves of the larynx, lungs, liver, stom\u00c2\u00ac\\nach, and heart (in part).\\n11. Accessory, nerves regulating the vocal movements of tne\\nlarynx.\\n12. Hypoglossal, nerves giving motion to the tongue.\\n10", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER V.\\nTHE ORGANS OF RESPIRATION.\\nNose\\nBack of\\nnasal passage\\nBack of mouth j\\nTonsil\\nPharynx\\nMouth\\nTongue\\nEpiglottis\\nCartilage\\nof Larynx 1\\nEsophagu\\nTrachea\\nThe Respiratory Organs comprise the respiratory tract, or\\nair-passages, the lungs, and certain muscles which assist in the\\nact of breathing. The respiratory tract consists of the passages\\nof the nose and mouth,\\nthe pharynx, larynx, and\\ntrachea, or windpipe. All\\nthese organs are located\\nabove the diaphragm\u00e2\u0080\u0094the\\ngreat muscle of respiration\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094chiefly in the neck and\\nthorax.\\nMouth and Nose. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The\\nair-passages begin with the\\nmouth and nose. The\\nproper passages for the air\\nto enter in the act of\\nbreathing are those of the\\nnose. These passages are\\nlined with a smooth, soft,\\nmucous membrane, the sur-\\nface of which is greatly\\nincreased by the projection\\ninto the nasal cavity of\\npeculiarly shaped bones. This mucous membrane is constantly\\nkept moist, thus catching particles of dust from the air as it\\npasses through the nose, and serving to a certain extent in ren\u00c2\u00ac\\ndering the air moist. The air is slightly warmed, likewise, in\\n82\\nOs Hvoides\\nLarynx\\nCartilages\\nFig. 9. The Upper Air=Passages.\\nSectional view, showing relative positions,\\nconnections, and openings.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF RESPIRATION\\n83\\npassing through these passages. Minute filaments, or cilia,\\nalong the air=passages, besides assisting the inward and out\u00c2\u00ac\\nward movement of the air, are useful in catching dust and\\nfine particles swept inward with the breath. Although it is\\npossible to breathe through the mouth, it is always better to\\nuse the nose for this purpose, as the mouth cannot properly\\nperform this office.\\nThe Pharynx, or Throat, is a musculomembranous sac,\\nconical in form, four and a half inches long, with the base\\nupward and the apex downward, extending from the basilar\\nprocess of the occipital bone to the lower border of the cricoid\\ncartilage in front, and the bottom of the fifth cervical vertebra\\nbehind. It lies behind the nose, mouth, and larynx; that\\nportion behind the nose is known as the nasopharynx, and\\nthat behind the mouth, as the oropharynx. It serves as an\\nair^passage to the larynx as well as a food=passage to the\\nesophagus, which is a continuation of the pharynx. (See\\nFig. 9.) It has seven openings communicating with it\u00e2\u0080\u0094the\\ntwo posterior nares, from the nose the two Eustachian tubes,\\nfrom the middle ears one from the mouth one to the larynx\\nand the terminal opening into the esophagus. The arteries that\\nsupply the pharynx are the superior thyroid, ascending pharyn\u00c2\u00ac\\ngeal, pterygopalatine, and descending palatine.\\nThe Larynx is a musculomembranous, cartilaginous, trian-\\ngular=shapecl box, situated between the root of the tongue and\\nthe trachea, into which it merges. It is composed of nine\\ncartilages, which are connected together by ligaments and\\nmoved by numerous muscles. There are three single cartilages\\nthe thyroid, cricoid, and epiglottis and three pairs the aryte\u00c2\u00ac\\nnoid, cornicula laryngis, and cuneiform. The thyroid is the\\nlargest cartilage, and consists of two lateral lamellae, which,\\nunite at an acute angle in front, forming the prominent pro\u00c2\u00ac\\njection seen in the front of the neck, called the pomum Adami,\\nor Adam\u00e2\u0080\u0099s apple.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "84\\nCHAMPION TEXT.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nGlottis and Epiglottis. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The opening into the larynx from\\nthe throat is called the glottis. Just above this opening is a\\nleafdike portion of fibrocartilage, called the epiglottis (epi,\\nupon glottis tongue), which, during the act of breathing, lies\\nin such a position as to leave the larynx unobstructed. When\\nfood or drink is being swallowed, the larynx is drawn up\\nbeneath the tongue, and the epiglottis shuts down, closing the\\nglottis and preventing the entrance into the windpipe of any\\nforeign substance. However, should anything enter the larynx\\nby any means, a fit of coughing will result until such substance\\nis dislodged.\\nVocal Cords. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The larynx is also called the special organ\\nof the voice, as there are stretched across its upper part, at\\neither side of the glottis, folds of elastic mucous membrane,\\ncalled the vocal cords, which, by their vibration, due to the\\npassage of air from the lungs, produce sound, or voice. When\\nnot in use the vocal cords spread apart, leaving a V-shaped\\norifice for the passage of the air. On being tightened for use,\\nthe edges sometimes approach to within a hundredth part of\\nan inch of each other. The lips, tongue, palate, and teeth .assist\\nin the modulation of speech.\\nTHE THORACIC CAVITY.\\nThe Thorax, or Chest, is the smaller and upper of the\\ntwo main cavities of the trunk. It extends from the neck to\\nthe diaphragm is conical in shape, with the apex above and\\nthe base below T is bounded at the back by the spinal column,\\nin front by the sternum, at the side by the ribs, and below by\\nthe diaphragm. It contains the lungs, pleurae, heart, peri\u00c2\u00ac\\ncardium, aorta, venae cavae, trachea, esophagus, and numerous\\nother organs.\\nThe Trachea, or Windpipe, is a cylindrical, membrano*\\ncartilaginous tube about four and a half inches in length and one\\ninch in diameter. It begins at the lower border of the larynx,", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF RESPIRATION\\n85\\nopposite the fifth cervical vertebra, and ends opposite the third\\ndorsal, where it divides into the two bronchi, one for each lung.\\nIt is composed of a fibro=elastic membrane, containing from six\u00c2\u00ac\\nteen to twenty Oshaped, stiff, cartilaginous rings, connected by\\nmuscular fibers, which keep the walls rigid and prevent their\\nFig. 10. The Thoracic Viscera.\\nShowing location and relative position of the heart, lungs, trachea, aortic\\narch, venae cavae, pulmonary vessels, etc.\\ncollapse during the act of breathing. The openings of the car\u00c2\u00ac\\ntilages are behind, where they are attached to the esophagus.\\nThe thyroid gland lies at the side and in front of the upper\\nportion of the trachea.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "86\\nCHAMPION TEXPBOOK ON EMBALMING\\n0\\nThe Bronchi are the right and left divisions of the trachea,\\nwhich enter the lungs, dividing and subdividing into many\\nbronchial tubes, ramifying all parts of the lungs. The last and\\nmost minute subdivisions are called bronchioles. A smooth\\nmucous membrane, which is constantly kept moist by a secre\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of mucus, lines the trachea and bronchial tubes through\u00c2\u00ac\\nout, extending with the vessels\\ninto all parts of the lungs. The\\nstiff cartilaginous rings, so no\u00c2\u00ac\\nticeable in the rough surface of\\nthe trachea and bronchi, disap\u00c2\u00ac\\npear in the smaller bronchial\\ntubes, so that, while the former\\nare kept constantly open for the\\nfree admission of air, the latter\\nare provided with elastic fibers,\\nby which they may be almost\\nclosed. The right bronchus is\\nwider, shorter, and more hori\u00c2\u00ac\\nzontal than the left, is only\\nabout one inch in length, and\\nenters the right lung opposite\\nthe fourth dorsal vertebra. The\\nleft is smaller, more oblique,\\ntwo inches long, and enters the\\nleft lung opposite the fifth dor\u00c2\u00ac\\nsal vertebra, about one inch\\nlower than the right. The arteries are the tracheal branches of\\nthe inferior thyroid and the bronchial branches of the thoracic\\naorta. The veins open into the thyroid plexus and the bron\u00c2\u00ac\\nchial veins.\\nThe Lungs are the essential organs of respiration are two\\nin number, one on each side weigh together about forty4wo\\nounces; and fill the greater part of the thorax. Like manv\\nFig. 11. Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi.\\nA, trachea; B, right lung; C, left lung;\\nD, larynx.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF RESPIRATION\\n87\\nthe organs, they are heavier in the male than in the female.\\nThey are separated from each other by the heart and other con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntents of the mediastinum. Each lung is conical in shape, with\\nthe apex extending into the root of the neck about one inch above\\nthe first rib, and with the base, which is broad and concave,\\nresting on the diaphragm. A long, deep fissure, penetrating\\nnearly to the root, divides each lung into two lobes, and a lesser\\nfissure subdivides the upper lobe of the right lung. The right\\nlung is larger, heavier (by about an ounce), broader, and shorter\\nthan the left. The root of the lung is where the bronchial ves\u00c2\u00ac\\nsels and nerves, bound together by areolar tissue, enter the lung.\\nThe color of the lungs at birth is pinkish-white, which, as age\\nadvances, becomes mottled with slate-colored patches, from the\\ndeposits of carbonaceous granules in the areolar tissue of the\\norgan.\\nStructure of the Lungs. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The lungs are composed of an\\nexternal serous coat (the pleurae), covering the entire surface\\nas far as the root; a subserous, elastic, areolar tissue, investing\\nthe entire organ and extending inward between the lobules;\\n_\\nand the parenchyma, or true lung tissue. The parenchyma is\\ncomposed of lobules, which, although closely connected together\\nby interlobular, areolar tissue, are quite distinct from each other.\\nThe lobules vary in size, those on the surface being large, while\\nthose in the interior are smaller. Each lobule consists of several\\nair-cells, arranged around the termination of a bronchiole, and\\nsurrounded by plexuses of pulmonary and bronchial arteries and\\nveins, lymphatics, and nerves. The lungs are nourished by the\\nbronchial arteries, and supplied with blood for oxygenation by\\nthe pulmonary arteries. The bronchial arteries are derived from\\nthe thoracic aorta, and the pulmonary artery, from the right\\nventricle of the heart. The bronchial veins open into the vena\\nazygos on the right side and superior intercostal on the left.\\nThe pulmonary veins, which carry the oxygenated blood from\\nthe lungs to the heart, open by four orifices into the left auricle.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "88\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe Pleurae are two delicate, serous, shut sacs, one surround\u00c2\u00ac\\ning each lung, and deflected or turned back upon itself, so as to\\nline the chest walls. The pleurae meet for a short space behind\\nthe middle of the sternum, at the approximation of the anterior\\nborders of the lungs. The visceral layer invests the lungs as far\\nas the root, while the parietal layer lines the inner surface of the\\nwalls of the chest, the diaphragm, and the pericardium. This\\nmembrane secretes a thin fluid, which acts as a lubricator, pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nventing friction between the surface of the lungs and the chest\\nwalls during the act of breathing. The space between the two\\nlayers is called the cavity of the pleura.\\nThe Mediastinum is the space between the two pleurae in\\nthe median line of the thorax, extending from the sternum\\nto the vertebral column, and containing all the viscera of the\\nchest, except the lungs, including the heart and pericardium,\\nthe large blood-vessels, esophagus, etc. It is divided into the\\nsuperior mediastinum (upper portion), and the anterior, middle,\\nand posterior mediastinum (lower portion).", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VI.\\nTHE DIGESTIVE ORGANS.\\nThe Organs of Digestion consist of the alimentary canal\\nand accessory organs. All food, before it is in a condition to\\nafford nourishment to the tissues, must undergo a certain process,\\ncalled digestion. It is while passing through these organs that\\ndigestion takes place.\\nThe Alimentary Canal, the chief organ of digestion, is a\\nmusculomembranous tube, about twenty five or thirty feet in\\nlength, extending from the mouth to the anus, and lined through\u00c2\u00ac\\nout with mucous membrane. It is divided into different parts,\\neach with its distinctive name and duties. These are the mouth,\\npharynx, esophagus, stomach, small intestine, and large intestine.\\nThe first three lie above the diaphragm, and the others below it.\\nThe accessory organs are the tongue, teeth, salivary glands, liver,\\npancreas, etc.\\nThe Mouth, placed at the commencement of the alimentary\\ncanal, is an ovabshaped cavity, formed by the lips, cheeks, jaws,\\npalate, and tongue, in which the mastication of the food takes\\nplace. It opens posteriorly into the pharynx by the fauces, and\\ncontains the tongue, teeth, hard palate, soft palate, uvula, anterior\\nand posterior pillars of the fauces, tonsils, and the openings of\\nStenson\u00e2\u0080\u0099s and Wharton\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ducts and of the ducts of Rivinus.\\nThe Salivary Glands are the parotid, lying below and in\\nfront of the external ear, and the submaxillary and sublingual,\\nlying in the corresponding fossae on the inner surface of the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nferior maxillary bone. All of these glands open into the mouth\\nby ducts, and are stimulated to action by the presence of food in\\nthe mouth, and by the operation of chewing. The fluid secreted\\n11 89", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "90\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK OX EMBALMING\\nby these glands is called the saliva. It is mixed with the lood\\nduring the act of mastication and keeps the interior ol the mouth\\nmoistened. The saliva is of the greatest importance in the\\n1. Mouth.\\n2. Hard palate.\\n3. Lower jaw.\\n4. Teeth.\\n5. 5, 6, (3. Mucous membrane.\\n7. Roof of mouth.\\n8. 8. Soft palate.\\n9. 9. Pharynx.\\n10. Uvula.\\n11. 11. Tongue.\\n12. Floor of mouth.\\n13. Trachea.\\n14. 14, 15. Esophagus.\\n16. Stomach.\\n17. Cardiac end.\\n18. Pyloric end.\\n19. Lesser curvature.\\n20. Greater curvature.\\n21. Cardiac orifice.\\n22. Pyloric valve.\\n23. Beginning of duodenum.\\n24. Descending duodenum.\\n25. Ending of duodenum.\\n26. Transverse duodenum.\\n27. Gall bladder.\\n28. Cystic duct.\\n29. 30. Hepatic duct.\\n31. Choledoch duct.\\n32. Pancreatic opening.\\n33. Pancreatic duct.\\n34. Choledoch opening.\\n35. Jejunum.\\n36. 36, 36. Ilium.\\n37. 38. Ending of ilium.\\n39. Ilioceeal valve.\\n40. 41. Cecum.\\n42. Vermiform appendix.\\n43, 43, 44. Ascending colon.\\n45. Transverse colon.\\n46,47,47. Descending colon.\\n48, 49. Sigmoid flexure.\\n50. Rectum.\\n51. Sphincter muscle.\\n52. Anus.\\nFig. 12. The Alimentary Canal, a Portion of Esophagus Being Removed.\\nproper digestion of the food, moistening and softening the food,\\nso that when it enters the stomach the digestive juices there can\\nreadily act upon it.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE OH GASS\\n91\\nThe Tongue is the organ of the special sense of taste. It is\\nsituated in the floor of the mouth, in the interval between the\\ntwo lateral portions of the body of the lower jaw. Its base, or\\nroot, is directed backward, and is connected with the hyoid bone\\nby numerous muscles with the epiglottis by three folds of mucous\\nmembrane, which form the glossoepiglottic ligaments and with\\nthe soft palate and pharynx, by means of the anterior and\\nposterior pillars of the fauces. Its mucous membrane is reflected\\nover the floor of the mouth to the inner surface of the gums,\\nforming in front a fold, the frenum of the tongue. Papillae\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0cover nearly the entire surface of the dorsum of the tongue,\\ngiving it its characteristic roughness. The arteries are the\\nlingual, submental, and ascending pharyngeal.\\nThe Teeth are a very important factor in the scheme of\\ndigestion. Their office is to reduce\\nthe food to a proper condition as to\\nfineness, so that it can pass through\\nthe pharynx and esophagus into\\nthe stomach, and there be easily\\nacted upon. This process is called\\nmastication. The teeth, of which\\nthere are thirty-two in the com\u00c2\u00ac\\nplete adult set, sixteen in each\\njaw, consist of crown, neck, and\\nroot. The crown is the part above\\nthe gums, and is covered with a\\nwhite, glistening substance, called\\nenamel, which is the hardest sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance in the human body. The\\npermanent teeth in each jaw are\\nas follows: four incisor, two canine, four bicuspid, and six\\nmolar.\\nThe J aws possess the mechanism for grinding the food. The\\nlower jaw being movable, its muscles bring it against the upper\\nOpening for nerves and blood-vessels.\\nFig. 13. Tlie Jaws and Teeth.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "92\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\njaw, giving it also a sidewise motion. The tongue, lips, and\\ncheeks assist in mastication by keeping the food mass between\\nthe teeth.\\nThe Pharynx, which is fully described in the preceding\\nchapter, forms that part of the alimentary canal which lies\\nback of the nose, mouth, and larynx. It has two openings in\\nits lower part, one to the esophagus, into which it emerges, and\\nthe other to the larynx. It thus forms an important link in\\nthe alimentary canal as well as the respiratory tract.\\nThe Esophagus (gullet) is a musculomembranous canal,\\nabout nine inches long, extending from the pharynx, at the\\nlower border of the cricoid cartilage of the larynx, and the fifth\\ncervical vertebra, along the front of the spine, through the\\nposterior mediastinum, passing through the esophageal opening\\ninto the abdomen, to the cardiac orifice of the stomach, opposite\\nthe ninth dorsal vertebra, where it terminates. It is located in\\nthe neck, between the trachea and the vertebral column. Its\\ngeneral direction is vertical. It is the narrowest part of the\\nalimentary canal. The esophageal arteries are chiefly brandies\\nfrom the thoracic aorta. The veins empty into the vena azygos\\nminor.\\nTHE ABDOMINAL CAVITY.\\nThe Abdomen, or Belly, is the largest cavity of the body,\\nextending from the diaphragm to the floor of the pelvis.\\nThough the pelvic cavity is really a part of the general abdom\u00c2\u00ac\\ninal cavity, it is here considered as a separate cavity. Thus\\nrestricted, the abdominal cavity is bounded above by the\\ndiaphragm, below by the brim of the pelvis, at the back by\\nthe vertebral column and the psoas and quadratus muscles, and\\nin front and at the sides by the transversalis fascia, the lower\\nribs, and the iliac venter. The muscles forming the boundaries\\nof the cavity are lined upon their inner surface by a layer of\\nfascia, differently arranged, according to the part to which it is\\nattached.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "E\\nTHORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA\\nWITH THEIR BLOOD-VESSELS\\nTEN PLATES XX.-XXIX\\n12\\n93", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "94", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "PLATE XX\\nVISCERA OF THORAX, ABDOMEN AND PELVIS\\nANTERIOR VIEW).\\nThoracic Parietes with Viscera Enclosed (Abdomen and Abdominal\\nViscera in Natural Position).\\nI. Costal pleura.\\nII. Left lung.\\nIII. Anterior mediastinum.\\nIV. Phrenic pleura.\\nV. Diaphragm.\\nVI. Peritoneum.\\nVII. External inguinal fossa.\\nVIII. Peritoneal coat of bladder.\\nIX. Urinary bladder.\\nX. Suspensory ligament of liver.\\nXI. Umbilicus.\\nXII. Round ligament of liver (obliter\u00c2\u00ac\\nated umbilical vein).\\nXIII. Lateral ligaments of bladder (ob\u00c2\u00ac\\nliterated umbilical arteries).\\na. Clavicle.\\nb. Sternum.\\nc. First rib.\\nd. Tenth rib.\\nXIV. Middle ligament of bladder (ob\u00c2\u00ac\\nliterated urachus).\\nXV. Stomach.\\nXVI. Right lobe of liver (with gall=\\nbladder).\\nXVII. Left lobe of liver (with gall=\\nbladder).\\nXVIII. Transverse colon.\\nXIX. Cecum.\\nXX. Jejunum and ilium.\\nXXI. Descending colon.\\nXXII. Sigmoid flexure.\\nXXIII. Rectum.\\ne. Costal cartilages.\\nIlium\\ng. Os pubis.\\nMuscles.\\nh. Pectoralis minor.\\ni. Internal intercostal.\\nk. Triangular of sternum.\\nl. Subscapular.\\nm. Latissimus dorsi.\\nn. Abdominal (oblique external and in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal, and transversalis).\\no. Sartorius.\\np. Rectus femoris.\\nq. Tensor fasciae latse.\\nr. Adductor femoris longus.\\n.v. Pectineus.\\nt. Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\nw. Spermatic cord.\\nx. Divided margin of obliquus externus.\\ni/. Fascia transversalis.\\n2 Inferior pillar of external abdominal\\nring (annulus abdominalis).\\nBlood=Vessels and Nerves.\\n1. Axillary artery.\\n2. Axillary vein.\\n3 Internal mammary artery and vein.\\n4 Superior anterior intercostal arteries.\\n5. Inferior anterior intercostal arteries.\\n0. Sternal branches of internal mam\u00c2\u00ac\\nmary artery.\\n7. Brachial plexus.\\n8. Transverse artery and vein of the\\nscapula, with suprascapular nerve.\\n9. Posterior intercostal arteries.\\n10. Intercostal nerves.\\n11. Crural artery.\\n12. Crural vein.\\n13. Epigastric artery and veins.\\n14. Great saphenous vein.\\n15. Circumflex artery and veins of ilium\\n16. Crural nerve.\\n17. Anterior branch of the obturator\\nnerve.\\n18. Anterior external cutaneal nerve of\\nthe thigh.\\n19. Cutaneal branch of the iliohypogas\\ntrie nerve.\\n20. Lumboinguinal nerve\\n95", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "96", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXI.\\nVISCERA OF THORAX, ABDOITEN AND PELVIS\\n(ANTERIOR VIEW)\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.\\nLungs, in Position, and Deeper Abdominal Viscera (Small Intestine\\nBeing Removed).\\nI. Superior lobe of right lung.\\nII. Middle lobe of right lung.\\nIII. Inferior lobe of right lung.\\nIV. Superior lobe of left lung.\\nV. Inferior lobe of left lung.\\nVI. Pleura.\\nVII. Anterior mediastinal space.\\nVIII. Diaphragm.\\nIX. Esophagus.\\nX. Stomach.\\nXI. Spleen.\\nXII. Left lobe of liver (a portion of\\nleft extremity being removed\\nXIII. Right lobe of liver.\\nXIV. Gall=bladder.\\na. Clavicle.\\nb. First rib.\\nXV.\\nSuspensory ligament of liver.\\nXVI.\\nDuodenum.\\nXVII.\\nJejunum.\\nXVIII.\\nMesentery.\\nXIX.\\nCecum.\\nXX.\\nVermiform appendix.\\nXXI.\\nAscending colon.\\nXXII.\\nRight flexure of colon.\\nXXIII\\nTransverse colon.\\nXXIV.\\nLeft flexure of colon.\\nXXV.\\nDescending colon.\\nXXVI.\\nSigmoid flexure of colon.\\nXXVII.\\nRectum.\\nXXVIII.\\nPeritoneum.\\nXXIX.\\nIlium (divided).\\nc. Eleventh rib.\\nd. Crest of ilium.\\nMuscles.\\ne. Psoas major.\\nInternal iliac.\\ng. Rectus fern oris.\\nh. Gluteus medius.\\ni. Vastus externus.\\nk. External obturator.\\nl. Obturator ligament.\\nm. Adductor magnus.\\nn. Adductor brevis.\\no. Adductor longus.\\np. Gracilis.\\nq. Pectineus.\\nr. Tensor fasciae latae.\\ns. Sartorius.\\nt. Crural.\\nu. Neck of femur.\\nv. Trochanter major.\\nArteries and Veins.\\n1. Crural artery.\\n2. Crural vein.\\n3. Superficial epigastric artery and\\nvein.\\n4. Deep artei\u00e2\u0080\u0099y and vein of thigh.\\n5. External circumflex artery and vein\\nof thigh.\\n6. Obturator nerve.\\n97\\nW", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXII.\\nPRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER BLOOD=\\nVESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA.\\nSmall Intestine (Jejunum and Ilium), Mesenteries, and Mesenteric Vessels.\\nA. Superior mesenteric vein.\\nB. Superior mesenteric artery.\\nC. Ascending colon.\\nor. Omentum (raised and thrown back).\\nb. Cecum.\\nd. Transverse colon.\\ne. Commencement of jejunum.\\n5. Ileocolic arteries and veins.\\nD. Ileac arteries and veins.\\nF. Ilium.\\nF. Jejunal arteries and veins.\\nJejunum.\\nh. Mesenteries.\\n1. Right mesocolon.\\n6. Right colic arteries and veins\\nJ\\n98", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXIII.\\nPRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER BLOOD-\\nVESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal Arrangement of Hepatic Blood= Vessels, (Liver\\nDivided Transversely).\\nA. Gallbladder.\\nII Right lobe.\\nC. Left lobe.\\nI). Inferior vena cava.\\nE. Portal vein.\\nE. Lobus quadratus.\\nIV. Lobus Spigelii.\\nV Porta hepatis.\\na. Anterior margin.\\nb. Posterior margin.\\nc. Suspensory ligament of liver.\\ncl. Round ligament of liver (in fossa\\numbilicalis).\\nh. Hepatic artery.\\ni. Choledoch duct.\\nk. Cystic duct.\\nl. Hepatic duct.\\nm. Ductus venosus.\\nn. Cystic artery.\\no. Fundus of gall=bl adder\\np. Neck of gall=bladder.\\nq. Hepatic veins.\\nFig. 2.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal Structure of Kidney,\\nwith Blood=Vessels and Ducts.\\na. Cortical.\\nb. Pyramid.\\nc. Mammillary process.\\nd. Calyx renalis.\\ne. Pelvis renalis.\\nf. Ureter.\\ng. Renal artery,\\nh. Renal vein.\\n99\\nlife", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXIV.\\nPRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER BLOOD\\nVESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.\\nLarge Intestine, with Principal Blood=Vessels.\\nA. Ascending colon.\\nB. Transverse colon.\\nC. Descending colon.\\nD. Sigmoid flexure.\\na. Divided end of jejunum.\\nb. Divided end of ilium.\\ni. Commencement of rectum.\\n1. Superior mesenteric artery.\\n3. Middle colic artery and vein.\\n4. Right colic artery and vein.\\nE. Cecum.\\nF. Superior mesenteric vein.\\nGr. Mesentery.\\nk. Transverse colon.\\nl. Right mesocolon.\\n5. Ileocecal artery and vein.\\n6. Inferior mesenteric artery.\\n100", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXV.\\nPRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER BLOOD\\nVESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.\\nView of Posterior Surface of Deep Viscera of Abdomen and Pelvis, with\\nPrincipal Blood=Vessels.\\na. Tenth dorsal vertebra.\\nb. Last rib.\\nc. Ilium.\\nd. Diaphragm.\\ne. Suprarenal gland.\\n1. Descending abdominal aorta\\n2. Inferior vena cava.\\n3. Renal artery and vein.\\n4. Common iliac artery.\\nRight kidney.\\ng. Left kidney.\\nh. Sigmoid flexure of colon.\\ni. Ascending colon and cecum,\\nk. Rectum.\\n5. Common iliac vein.\\n6. Internal iliac artery.\\n7. Internal iliac vein.\\n8. External iliac vein.\\n101", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXVI.\\nPRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER BLOOD\\nVESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.\\n.r.\\n;\u00c2\u00a34\u00c2\u00ab r U\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0yV i%4\\nj,..\\n,y-Ac\\nView of Posterior Surface of Superficial Viscera of Abdomen\\nand Blood=Vessels.\\na. Inferior vena cava.\\nb. Li ver.\\nc. Spleen.\\nd. Pancreas.\\ne. f. Pancreas.\\ng. Duodenum.\\n1. Celiac artery.\\n2. Splenic artery.\\n3. Hepatic artery.\\n4. Superior mesenteric artery.\\n5. Inferior mesenteric artery.\\n6. Internal hemorrhoidal artery and\\nvein.\\nh. Ileum.\\ni. Cecum.\\nk. Ascending colon.\\nl. Descending colon.\\nm. Sigmoid flexure of colon,\\nn. Rectum.\\n7. Left colic artery.\\n8. Left colic vein.\\n9. Minor mesenteric veim\\n10. Splenic vein.\\n11. Great mesenteric vein.\\n12. Iliocolic artery and vein.\\n13. Right colic artery and vein,\\n102", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXVII.\\nTHORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH PRINCIPAL\\nVESSELS, NERVES, AND LYMPHATICS.\\nw\\nPosterior View of Solar Plexus and Minor Plexuses, with Some of the\\nDeep Blood=Vessels.\\nA. Diaphragm.\\nB, b. Inferior vena cava (with hepatic\\nveins).\\nc. Esophagus.\\nd. Stomach divided (with branches of\\npar vagum).\\nHead of pancreas.\\n2. Right coronary artery.\\n3. Splenic artery.\\n4. Hepatic artery (with hepatic plexus).\\n5. Renal artery and vein.\\nC. Spleen.\\nD. Right kidney.\\nE. Left kidney.\\ng. Tail of pancreas.\\ni. Suprarenal gland.\\nk. Ureters.\\n6. Internal spermatic artery and vein\\n(with internal spermatic plexus).\\n7. Superior mesenteric artery.\\n9. Solar (celiac) plexus.\\n13. Superior aortic (abdominal) plexus.\\n103", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "104", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXVIII.\\nTHORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH PRINCIPAL\\nVESSELS, NERVES, AND LYMPH ATICS\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.\\na.\\nb.\\nc.\\nd.\\ne.\\n1\\n4.\\n5.\\n6\\n17.\\n18.\\n19.\\n20\\n21\\nAnterior View of the Trunk.\\nRight subclavian artery.\\nLeft subclavian artery.\\nRight subclavian vein.\\nLeft innominate vein.\\nLeft internal jugular.\\nRight internal jugular.\\nRight innominate vein.\\nRight lobe of liver.\\nLeft lobe of liver.\\nRight lung.\\nK. Right axillary artery.\\nL. Diaphragm.\\nM. Left subclavian vein.\\nN. Mesenteries.\\nO. Superior mesenteric artery.\\nP. Superior mesenteric vein.\\nQ. Right axillary vein.\\nR. Abdominal aorta.\\n8. Azygos vein.\\nT. Left common carotid artery.\\nClavicle.\\nFirst rib.\\nThyroid gland.\\nTrachea.\\nRight bronchus.\\nLeft bronchus.\\ng. Dorsal vertebrae.\\ni. Posterior mediastinum.\\nk. Edge of diaphragm,\\nm. Spleen.\\np. Ascending colon.\\nr. Jejunum and ilium.\\nArteries and Veins.\\nArch of aorta.\\nRight common carotid artery.\\nInnominate artery.\\nIntercostal arteries and veins.\\n7. Superior vena cava.\\n13. Left lower azygos vein.\\n15. Great mesenteric vein.\\n16. Jejunal and ileac arteries and veins.\\nThoracic duct.\\nRight (minor) duct.\\nBronchial glands.\\nPulmonic glands.\\nDeep jugular glands.\\nDucts and Glands.\\n22. Axillary glands.\\n23. Intercostal glands.\\n24. Mesentery plexus with mesenterie\\nglands.\\n105", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "106", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXIX.\\nTHORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH PRINCIPAL\\nVESSELS, NERVES, AND LYMPHATICS\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.\\nPosterior View of the Trunk.\\nA. Right kidney.\\nB. Left kidney.\\nC. Diaphragm.\\nD. Heart.\\nE. Aorta.\\n6r. Left common iliac artery.\\nb. Spinous process of first dorsal ver\u00c2\u00ac\\ntebra.\\nc. First rib.\\ncl. Scapula.\\ne. Spinal cord.\\nEsophagus.\\nTrachea.\\ni. Parietal layer of pleura.\\nm. Left bronchus,\\no. Pelvis of the kidney.\\n7. Sacral median artery and vein.\\n8. Innominate artery.\\n9. Subclavian artery.\\n10. Common carotid artery.\\n12. Intercostal arteries, veins, and\\nnerves.\\n18. Ischiadic artery and vein.\\n19. Superior gluteal artery and vein.\\n20. Subclavian vein.\\n21. Superior vena cava.\\n23. Left lower azygos.\\n24. Lumbar veins.\\nH. Ascending vena cava.\\nHz. Left renal artery.\\nK. Left common iliac vein.\\nL. Apex of right lung.\\nM. Azygos vein.\\np. Ureter.\\nq. Suprarenal gland.\\nr. Peritoneum.\\ns. Rectum.\\nt. External sphincter ani muscle.\\nu. Levator ani muscle.\\nv. Great sacrosciatic ligament.\\nx. Ilium.\\ny. Psoas major muscle.\\nz. Gluteus muscle.\\n30. Intercostal glands.\\n32. Intercostal nerves.\\n33. Thoracic ganglions.\\n37. Thoracic part of sympathetic nerve\\nwith thoracic ganglion\\n41. Anterior external cutaneous nerve\\nof thigh.\\n42. Crural nerve.\\n44. Lumbar ganglion of sympathetic\\nnerve.\\n45. Ischiadic plexus.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS\\n109\\nAbdominal Openings. The openings in the diaphragm are\\nthree in number the aortic, for the passage of the aorta, vena\\nazygos, and thoracic duct; caval, for the inferior vena cava and\\nesophageal, for the esophagus and pneumogastric nerves. The\\nother openings in the abdominal walls are the umbilicus, for\\nthe transmission (in the fetus) of the umbilical vessels; two\\nfemoral openings, or crural rings, for the passage of the femoral\\nvessels and an opening on either side, for the spermatic cord in\\nthe male, and the round ligament in the female.\\nAbdominal Viscera. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The abdomen contains the greater\\npart of the alimentary canal, some of the accessory organs of\\ndigestion, etc. Most of these, as well as the walls of the cavity,\\nare covered by a serous membrane, the peritoneum. The prin\u00c2\u00ac\\ncipal contents of the abdomen are as follows\\nStomach. Gall=Badder. Uterus (during pregnancy).\\nLarge Intestine. Spleen. Abdominal Aorta.\\nSmall Intestine. Pancreas. Inferior Vena Cava.\\nAppendix Vermiformis. Kidneys. Receptaculum Chyli.\\nOmenta. Ureters. Thoracic Duct.\\nMesentaries. Suprarenal Capsules. Spermatic Vessels.\\nLiver. Bladder (when distended). Solar Plexus, Etc.\\nRegions of the Abdomen. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The abdomen, for convenience\\nof description of its viscera, as well as of reference to the\\nmorbid condition of the contained parts, is artificially divided\\ninto nine regions, by two horizontal lines, one between the\\ncartilages of the ninth ribs and the other between the crests of\\nthe ilia, and two vertical lines from the cartilages of the eighth\\nrib on each side to the center of Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament. The nine\\nregions thus formed are named as follows\\nO\\nRight Side: Center: Leftside:\\nRight Hypochondriac. Epigastric. Left Hypochondriac.\\nRight Lumbar. Umbilical. Left Lumbar.\\nInguinal, or Iliac. Hypogastric. Left Inguinal, or Iliac.\\nThe Regional Contents are respectively as follows\\nRight Hypochondriac\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Right lobe of liver, gallbladder,\\nduodenum, pancreas, hepatic flexure of colon, upper part of\\nright kidney, and right suprarenal capsule,\\nis", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "110\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nEpigastric. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Right twothirds of stomach, left lobe and lobus\\nSpigelii of liver, hepatic vessels, celiac axis, solar plexus, pan\u00c2\u00ac\\ncreas, and parts of aorta, inferior vena cava, azygos veins, and\\nthoracic duct.\\nNo. 14. Regions of the Abdomen and Their Contents.\\nThe dotted outline shows the edge of the costal cartilages.\\nLeft Hypochondriac. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Splenic end of stomach, spleen, tail\\nof pancreas, splenic flexure of colon, upper half of left kidney,,\\nand left suprarenal capsule.\\nRight Lumbar. Ascending colon, lower half of right kid\u00c2\u00ac\\nney, and part of small intestine.\\nUmbilical. Transverse colon, transverse duodenum, part of\\nthe great omentum and mesentary, part of jejunum and ileum\u00e2\u0080\u009e\\nand receptaculum chyli.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS\\n111\\nLeft Lumbar. Descending colon, part of omentum, lower\\nhalf of left kidney, and part of small intestine.\\nRight Inguinal. Right ureter, cecum, appendix vermifor-\\nmis, and spermatic vessels of that side.\\nHypogastric. Part of small intestine, bladder in children\\nand when distended in adults, and uterus during pregnancy.\\nLeft Inguinal. Left ureter, spermatic vessels, and sigmoid\\nflexure of colon.\\nThe Stomach, the principal organ of digestion, is pyriform\\nin shape, of musculomembranous structure. It is about twelve\\ninches in length by four inches in average diameter, and, when\\nmoderately full, will contain on an average from three to\\nfive pints of fluid. It is held in position by the lesser omentum,\\nand is situated diagonally across the upper part of the abdomen,\\nin the epigastric and right and left hypochondriac regions, above\\nE\\nD\\nFig. 15. The Stomach.\\nA, fundus; B, pylorus; C, lesser curvature; D, greater\\ncurvature; E, esophageal opening; F, duodenum.\\nthe transverse colon, and below the liver and diaphragm. The\\nmuscular fibers composing the walls of the stomach are arranged\\nin three layers, the first running lengthwise of, the second", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "112\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\naround, and the other obliquely across, the stomach. When\\nfood enters the stomach, the lining membrane, which in rest is\\nof a pinkish color, becomes bright-red from the increased flow\\nof blood to its blood-vessels, and the secretion of gastric juice,\\nthe digestive fluid of the stomach, begins. The muscular fibers\\nof the walls are stimulated to action by the presence of food in\\nthe stomach, and, by alternate contractions and expansions, give\\nit a sort of motion which causes the contents to roll about in its\\ninterior, thoroughly mixing them with the gastric juice. The\\ndigested portion of the food is taken up into the circulation,\\nand the remainder passes through the pyloric orifice into the\\nsmall intestine, where digestion is completed. Stomach digestion\\nrequires from one to four hours, according to the condition of\\nthe food when received.\\nThe Fundus, or cardiac end, is the left extremity of the\\nstomach. It lies beneath the ribs, in contact with the spleen, to\\nwhich it is connected by the gastrosplenic omentum.\\nThe Pylorus, or lesser end, lies in contact with the anterior\\nwall of the abdomen, near the end of the cartilage of the right\\neighth rib. The lesser curvature of the stomach is concave, ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntends from the esophageal to the pyloric orifice, along the upper\\nborder of the organ, and is connected to the liver by the gastro-\\nhepatic omentum, and to the diaphragm by the gastrophrenic\\nligament. The greater curvature is convex, and extends between\\nthe same orifices, along the lower border, and gives attachment\\nto the great omentum. The esophageal orifice is situated between\\nthe fundus and the lesser curvature. It is the highest part of\\nthe organ, and somewhat funnel-shaped. The pyloric orifice\\nopens into the duodenum, the aperture being guarded by a kind\\nof valve, the pyloric.\\nThe arteries of the stomach are the gastric, arising from the\\nceliac axis, the pyloric and right gastroepiploic branches of the\\nhepatic, and the left gastroepiploic and vasa branches of the\\nsplenic artery. Veins terminate in the splenic and portal veins.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS\\n113\\nThe Peptic or Gastric Glands, which secrete the gastric\\njuice, are located in the coating of the stomach, with the mouths\\nopening inward. They are not always simple tubes, being fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently branched but whether simple or complex, their action\\nis the same. Small rounded cells are formed at the beginning\\nof the tubes and gradually work their way outward to the mouth,\\nwhere they burst, liberating the gastric juice, a clear, straw-\\ncolored liquid, containing pepsin and hydrochloric acid. In the\\nhealthy adult about fourteen pints is secreted daily.\\nThe Small Intestine is a convoluted tube, about twenty feet\\nin length, and is the organ in which chylification takes place.\\nWhen the food enters the small intestine it is a grayish, semb\\nliquid mass, called chyme. Here it is mixed with pancreatic\\njuice, bile, and intestinal juice, all digestive fluids. The interior\\nmembrane is lined with hairdike projections, called villi, which\\nabsorb the digested food into the circulatory system. The small\\nintestine has three coats a muscular, a cellular or submucous,\\nand a mucous. iThe mucuous coat contains the crypts of Lie-\\nberkuhn, or simple follicles Brunners or duodenal glands and\\nthe solitary glands, situated throughout the intestine, though\\nmost numerous at the lower portion of the ileum. They are\\nagminated into twenty to thirty oval patches, named Peyer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\npatches, situated opposite the mesenteric attachments,* some of\\nwhich are as much as four inches in length. They are most\\nnumerous and largest in the ileum. The small intestine is\\ndivided into three parts duodenum, jejunum, and ileum.\\nThe Duodenum is so called from being equal in length to the\\nbreadth of twelve fingers (about ten inches). It is the shortest,\\nthe widest, and the most fixed part of the small intestine. It is\\nonly partially covered by the peritoneum, and has no mesentery.\\nFrom the pylorus, it ascends obliquely upward and backward\\ntwo and a half inches to the under surface of the liver, then\\ndescends three and a half inches in front of the kidney, and\\npasses four inches transversly across the spine to the left side of", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "114\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthe second lumbar vertebra, terminating in the jejunum, where\\nthe mesenteric artery crosses the intestine. The ductus communis\\ncholedoclius and the pancreatic duct open into the descending\\nportion.\\nThe Jejunum jejunus empty) is so named from being usually\\nfound empty, and includes about twoffifths of the remainder\\nof the intestine, its coils lying around the umbilical region.\\nThe Ileum is so named from its twisted course, and comprises\\nthe remainder of the small intestine. It lies below the umbilicus,\\nand terminates in the right iliac fossa, at the ileocecal valve.\\nThe Large Intestine extends\\nfrom the termination of the ileum\\nto the anus, and its chief office\\nis the expulsion from the body of\\nthe undigested portion of the food.\\nIt is about five feet in length,\\nmuch larger than the small in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntestine, more fixed in position, and\\nis sacculated. In its course it de\u00c2\u00ac\\nscribes an arch, which surrounds\\nthe convolutions of the small in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntestine. It has the same coats as\\nthe small intestine, and is divided\\ninto the cecum, colon, and rectum.\\nThe Cecum csecns, blind) is\\na blind pouch below the entrance\\nto the small intestine, lying in\\nthe right iliac fossa. It is the\\nbeginning of the large intestine,\\nof which it is the most dilated\\npart, measuring two and oneffialf\\ninches in diameter. It is two=thirds covered by peritoneum. The\\nileocecal valve guards the entrance of the small intestine, and\\nwhen the cecum is distended prevents any reflex into the ileum.\\nFig. 16. Beginning of Large Intestine,\\nShowing cecum, colon, appendix, ileoceal\\nvalve, etc.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS\\n115\\nThe Appendix Vermiformis is a narrow, worm-like tube,\\nsupposed to be the rudiment of the lengthened cecum found in\\nall mammalia, except the orang-outang and wombat. It is about\\nthe size of a goose-quill, and is three to six inches long. It\\nis directed backward and upward from the lower part of the\\ncecum, being retained by a fold of the peritoneum.\\nThe Colon extends from the ileum to the rectum, and is divided\\ninto the ascending, transverse, and descending colon, and the\\nsigmoid flexure. The ascending colon extends upward to the\\nunder surface ol the liver, where it forms the hepatic flexure of\\nthe colon. The transverse colon crosses the abdomen just below\\nthe liver, stomach, and spleen, to the left hypochondrium,\\nwhere it terminates in the splenic flexure of the colon. The\\ndescending colon descends in front of the left kidney to the left\\niliac fossa.\\nThe Sigmoid Flexure is the narrowest part of the colon, and\\nis curved like the letter S, first upward, then downward, extending\\nfrom the crest of the left ileum to the sacroiliac synchondrosis.\\nThe Rectum rectus straight) is the lower portion of the large\\nintestine, extending from the sigmoid flexure to the anus. It is\\nsix or eight inches in length. The lower inch, or inch and a\\nhalf, has no peritoneal investment. The sphincter ani closes the\\nanus. The glands are the same as in the small intestine, except\\nfor the absence of Brunner\u00e2\u0080\u0099s glands.\\nThe Liver is the largest glandular organ in the body, weigli-\\ningTrom three to four pounds, and measuring transversely about\\ntwelve inches, in its anteroposterior diameter about six or seven\\ninches, and in its greatest thickness about three inches. It is\\nintended mainly for the secretion of bile, but effects also impor\u00c2\u00ac\\ntant changes in certain constituents of the blood in its passage\\nthrough the gland. It is situated in the right hypochondrium,\\nand extends across the epigastrium into the left hypochondrium.\\nIts upper surface is convex and its under surface concave. The\\nright extremity of the liver is thick and rounded, while the left", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "116\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nside is thin and flattened. Five fissures on the under surface\\ndivide it into five lobes right lobe, left lobe, lobus quadratus,\\nlobus Spigelii, and lobus caudatus. The right and left lobes\\nFig. 17. Under Surface of the Liver, Showing Lobes, Fissures, Vessels, Etc.\\nform the bulk of the liver, the right being about six times the\\nsize of the left. Of the three small lobes, the lobus quadratus\\nis the largest, and the lobus caudatus the smallest.\\nThe liver is surrounded by a serous or peritoneal covering,\\nfolds of which form four ligaments, which attach it to the\\ndiaphragm. A fifth ligament, the ligamentum teres, resulting\\nfrom the obliteration of the umbilical vein, likewise assists in\\nkeeping it in position. An inner, fibrous coat .also lines the\\nentire organ. The hepatic artery carries nutrition to the liver\\nand its ramifying vessels. The portal vein conveys venous\\nblood, collected from the digesting viscera, to the liver, wdiere it\\nundergoes certain changes, and this superfluous blood is again\\ncaught up by the branches of the hepatic veins and discharged\\ninto the vena cava.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS\\n117\\nHepatic Lobules. The mass of the liver is composed of\\nsmall, granular bodies, or lobules, about the size of a millet\\nseed, held together by an extremely fine, areolar tissue, in which\\nare the ramifications of the portal vein, hepatic duct, artery,\\nveins, their branches and capillaries, the lymphatics, and the\\nnerves. Each lobule is composed of a mass of very small\\nspheroidal cells, known as hepatic cells, and plexuses of biliary\\nducts and other vessels. These cells are the chief agents in the\\nsecretion of the bile.\\nThe Bile is a bitter, viscid, golden-brown, or greenislnyellow,\\nliquid, secreted by the liver, and discharged into the duodenum,\\nwhere it mixes with the chyme, aiding in digestion, chiefly act\u00c2\u00ac\\ning on the fats. It is the only secretion of the body taken from\\nthe venous blood but it must be remembered that the blood\\ncollected by the portal system differs from ordinary venous blood,\\nas it contains, with the waste materials of the body, portions of\\npartially digested food gathered from the digestive organs.\\nAbout three pounds of bile is secreted daily when digestion is\\nnot going on, and the opening of the duct into the duodenum is\\nclosed, the bile is stored in the gall-bladder, to be discharged\\nwhen the operation of digestion is again resumed. If a diseased\\ncondition of the liver shuts off the supply of bile through the\\nregular channel, the constituents enter the blood direct, causing\\nthe disease known as jaundice.\\nThe Biliary Ducts convey the bile to the intestine they are\\nthe hepatic, the cystic, and the ductus communis choledochus.\\nThe small branches of the hepatic duct, which have their origin\\nin the substance of the liver, and by their union form this duct,\\nare also called biliary ducts.\\nThe Hepatic Duct, leaves the liver in two branches, which\\nunite to form a vessel the size of a quill and one and a half\\ninches long.\\nThe Cystic Duct is the smallest of the three, being one inch\\nlong, and conveys the bile to and from the gallbladder.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "118\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe Ductus Communis Choledochus is the largest of the\\nthree, is about three inches long, of the size of a goose-quill, and\\nformed by a union of the hepatic and cystic ducts. It enters the\\nduodenum by a common opening with the pancreatic duct.\\nThe GalDBladder, the reservoir for the bile, is a conical,\\npear-shaped sac, three or four inches long, an inch in diameter,\\nholds from an ounce to an ounce and a half, and lies on the\\nunder surface of the liver.\\nThe Pancreas (the sweetbread) is a racemose gland, similar\\nin structure to the salivary glands, is about seven inches in\\nlength, of a grayish-white color, and situated behind the stomach.\\nIt secretes another digestive fluid, called the pancreatic juice.\\nWhile the bile acts particularly on the fats, the pancreatic juice\\nacts directly on the sugars and starches still undigested. The\\nhead of the pancreas extends to the right, occupying a part of\\nthe epigastric region the tail lies above the left kidney, in\\ncontact with the lower end of the spleen, and in the left hypo\u00c2\u00ac\\nchondriac region and the body lies behind the stomach and\\ntransverse colon and in front of the aorta, portal vein, inferior\\nvena cava, splenic vein, and the crura of the diaphragm. The\\narteries are the great pancreatic and small pancreatics, from the\\nsplenic the superior pancreaticoduodenal, from the hepatic;\\nand the inferior pancreaticoduodenal, from the superior mesen\u00c2\u00ac\\nteric. The veins open into the splenic and mesenteric veins.\\nThe Pancreatic Duct extends the whole length of the pan\u00c2\u00ac\\ncreas. It collects the pancreatic juice and carries it to the\\nduodenum, which it enters about three inches below the pylorus,\\nby an opening common to it and the ductus communis chole\u00c2\u00ac\\ndochus.\\nDuctless Glands. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The spleen, thyroid and thymus glands,\\nand suprarenal capsules, constitute the ductless or blood glands.\\nThe Spleen possesses no excretory duct, is oblong, flattened,\\nsoft, very brittle, highly vascular, of a dark-bluish-red color, and\\nis situated in the left hypochondriac region, embracing the car-", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS\\n119\\ndiac end of the stomach. It is about five inches long, three\\ninches wide, and two inches thick. The vessels are the splenic\\nartery, which is large and tortuous, and the splenic vein, which\\nempties into the portal vein.\\nThe Thyroid Gland or Body is a ductless organ, consisting\\nof two lateral, conical lobes, connected across the upper part of\\nthe trachea by a narrow transverse portion, called the isthmus.\\nIt weighs from one to two ounces and is larger in females than\\nmales. Occasionally it becomes enormously enlarged, constitut\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the disease called bronchocele or goitre. The tissue of this\\ngland is soft, spongy, and of a brownish-red color. Its functions\\nare unknown.\\nThe Thymus Gland is a temporary organ, attaining its\\nfull size at the end of the second year, gradually dwindling\\nthereafter, almost disappearing at puberty. It is situated below\\nthe thyroid in the neck, being composed of two unequally sized\\nlobes, which occasionally emerge into one mass. It is a pinkish*\\ngray color, soft and lobulated on the surface, and contains in\\na central cavity (the reservoir of the thymus) a milky fluid.\\nThe Suprarenal Capsules are two small, crescentic -shaped\\nbodies, situated one on each kidney. They are quite large in\\nfetal life, but diminish in adult age. The vessels are the supra\u00c2\u00ac\\nrenal branches of the aorta, renal, and inferior phrenic arteries,\\nand the suprarenal vein, which on the right side of the body\\nempties into the inferior vena cava, and on the left, into the\\nleft renal vein.\\nThe Kidneys, the largest tubular glands of the body, are\\nlocated in the lumbar region, behind the peritoneum, one on\\neither side of the vertebral column, and secrete the urine. They\\nare oblong and flattened, about four inches in length, two inches\\nin breadth and an inch in thickness, the left being a little larger,\\nthinner, and higher up than the right. Beds of surrounding\\nfat, the blood-vessels, and the peritoneum cover them and hold\\nthem in position. The outer border is convex, and the inner,", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "120\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nfacing the spinal column, concave. Each kidney in the male\\nadult weighs from four and one^half to six ounces, and in the\\nfemale onedialf ounce less. The substance is darkled in color,\\ndense in texture, hut\\neasily lacerable. The\\nvessels are the renal\\nartery and vein. A\\ndeep fissure, the hil-\\num, in the concave\\nborder, gives ingress\\nand egress to these\\nvessels, the nerves, the\\nlymphatics, and the\\nureter.\\nThe Ureters, one\\non each side, are cylin\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrical, membraneous\\ntubes, about sixteen or\\neighteen inches long,\\nwhich convey the urine\\nfrom the kidneys to\\nthe bladder.\\nThe Peritoneum\\n(to extend around) is\\na serous membrane,\\nand, like all mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbranes of this class,\\nis a shut serous sac.\\nIts visceral laver is\\nreflected more or less\\ncompletely over all the\\naeses f/uoru\\nr Fo rumen\\nofWUn loT\\nJZesser\\nOnienlui\\nFig. 18. The Peritoneum.\\nVertical section of abdomen, showing its reflections.\\nabdominal and pelvic viscera. Its free surface is smooth, moist,\\nand shining. Its attached surface is connected to the viscera\\nand the parietes of the abdomen by the subperitoneal, areolar", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS\\n121\\ntissue. In tlie female it is not completely closed, the Fallopian\\ntubes communicating with it by their free extremities, and thus\\nit is continuous with their mucous membrane.\\nPeritoneal Sacs. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The peritoneum is divided into two sacs,\\nthe greater and the lesser. The greater sac extends over the\\nanterior twodhirds of the liver, behind and above the stomach,\\nbelow, behind, and in front of the great omentum, and below\\nthe mesocolon. The lesser sac, or cavity of the great omentum,\\nextends behind and below the liver and stomach, above the\\nmesocolon, and within the great omentum.\\nThe Omenta. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The great (or gastrocolic) omentum consists\\nof four layers of peritoneum, the most anterior and posterior of\\nwhich belong to the greater sac and internal to the lesser sac.\\nThe two anterior layers descend from the stomach and the\\nspleen, over the small intestine, and then ascend as the posterior\\nlayers, to enclose the transverse colon.\\nThe lesser (or gastrohepatic) omentum consists of two layers of\\nperitoneum, the upper belonging to the greater sac, the lower to\\nthe lesser sac. It extends from the transverse fissure of the liver\\nto the lesser curvature of the stomach, and contains in its free\\nmargin the\\nHepatic Artery. Ductus Communis Choledochus.\\nPortal Vein. First Part of the Duodenum.\\nLymphatics. Hepatic Plexus of Nerves.\\nThe gastrosplenic omentum connects the stomach with the\\nspleen, and contains the splenic vessels and the vasa brevia.\\nThe Mesenteries are folds of the peritoneum connecting the\\nvarious parts of the intestinal canal (except the duodenum) to\\nthe abdominal walls. They are the mesentery proper; the\\nmesocecum the ascending, transverse, descending, and sigmoid\\nmesocolon and the mesorectum.\\nTHE PELVIC CAVITY.\\nThe Cavity of the Pelvis is a basindike hollow contained\\nbetween the pelvic hones, and forms the lower part and outlet oi", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "122\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nvxr\\nthe general abdominal cavity. It contains the bladder, the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal organs of generation in both sexes, and the rectum. The\\nuterus, or womb, in the female, lies in front of the rectum, and\\nbehind the bladder. During pregnancy it\\nenlarges until at the latter end of the term,\\nit nearly fills the abdominal cavity.\\nThe Bladder, the urinary reservoir, is a\\nmusculomembranous sac, located in the\\npelvic cavity. Its shape, position, and rela\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions are greatly influenced by age, sex, and\\nthe degree of distension of the organ. Dur\u00c2\u00ac\\ning infancy, it is conical in shape, and pro\u00c2\u00ac\\njects into the hypogastric region. In the\\nadult, when quite empty, it is a small, trian\u00c2\u00ac\\ngular sac, and, when fully distended, ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntends into the abdomen, nearly as high\\nas the umbilicus. It is larger in the\\nfemale than in the male, and, when full,\\nordinarily contains about a pint. It has\\nfour coats and three openings, two for the\\nureters at the base, and that of the urethra,\\nthe channel of discharge, at the neck.\\nFig. 19. Kidneys, Bladder, Etc\\nK, K, kidneys; B, bladder;\\nU, U, ureters; A, aorta; V C I,\\ninferior vena cava; 1, 1, open\\ning of ureters; 2, opening oj\\nurethra.\\nNumerous ligaments hold the bladder in position. The vessels\\nare branches of the vesical arteries and the iliac veins.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.\\nAN IMPORTANT SYSTEM.\\nThe constant wearing away of the organs and tissues of the body is as\\nunceasingly* being repaired by means of the nutriment furnished by the\\nblood. This is carried and distributed by the circulatory system, which\\nis necessarily one of importance.\\nORGANS OF CIRCULATION.\\nThe movement of the blood through and to every part of the body is\\ncalled circulation, and the organs which produce and carry it on are called\\nthe organs of circulation. These are the heart and blood-vessels; and the\\nlatter are divided, according to the kind of work done, into three classes:\\narteries, veins, and capillaries.\\nCIRCULATORY SYSTEMS.\\nThe aorta with its branches, the inter-connecting capillaries, and the\\nreturning veins, constitute the greater or systemic circulation. The arteries\\nwhich convey the blood to the lungs, with the veins that return the blood\\nto the heart, and the capillaries between, form the lesser or pulmonary\\ncirculation. The portal system of veins is an adjunct of the systemic\\nsystem. The fetal circulation is that of the unborn child.\\nIn a work on embalming, a careful and thorough study of this won\u00c2\u00ac\\nderful system, which permeates every portion, and almost every tissue, of\\nthe body, is most necessary, and its treatment in this work, therefore, is.\\nvery full.\\n123", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VII.\\nTHE HEART AND BLOOD.\\nTHE HEART.\\nThe Heart is a hollow, muscular organ, conical in shape,\\nplaced between the lungs in the\\nmediastinal space, and is sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nrounded by the pericardium. It\\nis placed obliquely in the chest,\\nthe base being directed upward\\nand backward to the right, and\\nthe apex to the front and left,\\ncorresponding to the interspace\\nbetween the cartilages of the fifth\\nand sixth ribs, one \u00e2\u0080\u0098inch to the\\ninner side and two inches below\\nthe left nipple. It is placed be\u00c2\u00ac\\nhind the lower two-thirds of the\\nsternum, and projects farther into\\nthe left than into the right side\\nof the chest, extending from the\\nmedian line about three inches\\ninto the left and only one and a\\nhalf inches into the right side.\\nIts anterior surface is round and\\nconvex and formed chiefly by the\\nright ventricle and part of the\\nleft. Its posterior surface is flattened and rests upon the dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nphragm, and is formed chiefly by the left ventricle.\\nFig. 20. The Heart and Vessels.\\nA, right ventricle; B, left ventricle; (J,\\nright auricle; D, left auricle; E, arch of\\naorta; F, pulmonary artery; G, innominate\\nartery; H. common carotids; I, I, subcla-\\nvians; K, superior vena cava; L, pulmo\u00c2\u00ac\\nnary veins.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "THE HEART AND BLOOD\\n125\\nThe Pericardium (peri, around kardia, heart) is a conical,\\nmembranous, closed sac, containing the heart and the roots of\\nthe great vessels. It lies behind the sternum and between the\\npleurae, its apex upward, its base below, attached to the tendon\\nof the diaphragm. It is a fibroserous membrane, composed of\\ntwo coats, an inner or serous, and an outer or fibrous, the inner\\ncoat being reflected over the heart and vessels. Between the\\npericardium and the heart there is a small quantit} r of clear\\nfluid, which acts as a lubricator, allowing the heart to move\\nfreely without producing friction.\\nThe Endocardium endon within kardia, heart) is a serous\\nmembrane which lines the cavities of the heart, being continuous\\nwith the lining membrane of the great blood-vessels. It also\\nassists by its reduplications in forming the valves. It is smooth\\nand transparent, giving to the inner surface of the heart its\\nglistening appearance.\\nHeart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Weight and Size. In the adult the heart is about\\nfive inches in length, three and a half in breadth, and two and a\\nhalf in thickness, being about the size of one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s fist. It weighs\\nfrom ten to eleven ounces in the male, and from eight to nine in\\nthe female. The heart increases in size and weight as age ad\u00c2\u00ac\\nvances, but the increase is less marked in women than in men.\\nIts Cavities. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The interior of the heart is divided by a longi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntudinal, muscular septum into two lateral halves, which, from\\ntheir position, are named the right and left sides. A transverse\\nconstriction divides each half into two cavities the upper cavity\\non each side is called the auricle, and the lower cavity, the ven\u00c2\u00ac\\ntricle. There are, therefore, a right and left auricle, and a right\\nand left ventricle. The walls of the ventricles are thick and\\nstrong, while those of the auricles are rather thin and less strong.\\nThe muscular septum of the heart is complete, no communi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncation existing, after fetal life, between the right and left sides.\\nThe right is the venous side of the heart, and receives the venous\\nblood from every portion of the body, through the inferior and", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "126\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.B O OK ON EMBALMING\\nsuperior vense cavse and the coronary sinus, into the right auricle.\\nThe blood then passes from the right auricle into the right ven\u00c2\u00ac\\ntricle, and from the right ventricle through the pulmonary artery\\nto the lungs for arteri-\\nalization. It is returned\\nas arterial blood through\\nthe pulmonary veins to the\\nleft auricle from the left\\nauricle it passes into the\\nleft ventricle, and from the\\nleft ventricle it is carried\\nthrough the aorta and its\\ndivisions to all parts of the\\nbody.\\nThe Right Auricle is\\nlarger than the left, and\\nwhen full holds about two\\nfluid ounces. Its walls are\\nabout a line (one-twelfth of an inch) in thickness, and are com\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed of two layers of muscular fibers, which are involuntary in\\ntheir action. The right auricle consists of a principal cavity\\nand the appendix auriculse. Two large veins, the superior and\\ninferior vense cavse, and the coronary sinus open into the right\\nauricle. The latter is guarded by a valve, while the vense cavse\\nare not. The Eustachian valve, which is large in the fetus, and\\nserves to direct the blood through the foramen ovale, is rudi\u00c2\u00ac\\nmentary in the adult, and is sometimes altogether wanting it\\ndoes not prevent the blood from flowing either way through\\nthe opening of the inferior vena cava. The auriculo-ventricular\\nopening, communicating with the right ventricle, is oval, about\\nan inch broad, surrounded by a fibrous ring, and is guarded by\\nthe tricuspid valve.\\nThe Right Ventricle is conical in form and has a capacity\\nof about two fluid ounces. The walls are three or four lines\\nFig. 21. Valves of the Heart,\\nShowing fibrous structure, and shape of valves:\\nA, tricuspid; B, bicuspid; C, aortic; D, pulmonary.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "THE HEART AND BLOOD\\n127\\nin thickness, being much stronger than those of the right\\nauricle. The tricuspid valve consists of three triangular seg\u00c2\u00ac\\nments, connected at their bases with the auriculo-ventricular\\norifice and by their sides with each other. The opening of the\\npulmonary artery is at the superior and internal angle of the\\nventricle, is circular in form, surrounded by a fibrous ring,\\nand is guarded by the semilunar valve, which consists of\\nthree halfimoonlike segments.\\nThe Left Auricle is smaller than the right, its walls being\\na line and a half in thickness, and it receives the arterialized\\nblood from the lungs. The openings of the pulmonary veins\\nare generally four in number, sometimes only three, as the two\\nveins from the left lung frequently end in a common opening.\\nThese openings are not guarded by valves. The left auriculo*\\nventricular opening is smaller than the right, and is guarded\\nby the mitral valve.\\nThe Left Ventricle is longer, thicker, and more conical\\nthan the right, projecting toward the posterior aspect. The\\nwalls are about twice as thick as those of the right ventricle.\\nThe aortic opening is small and circular, placed in front, and\\nto the right, of the auriculo=ventricular opening, from which\\nit is separated by one of the segments of the mitral valve. It\\nis surrounded by a fibrous ring and is guarded by the semilunar\\nvalve.\\nValves of the Heart. The flow of the blood in only one\\ndirection through the heart is effected by a system of valves\\nplaced at the openings. Between the auricles and ventricles\\nare the auriculo-ventricular valves. The one on the right side\\nis called the tricuspid valve, because it consists of three folds or\\nflaps of membrane that on the left side the biscupid, because\\nmade up of two flaps. The latter is also called the mitral valve\\nfrom a fancied resemblance to a bishop\u00e2\u0080\u0099s miter. These valves\\nallow the blood to flow from the auricles to the ventricles, but\\nare so arranged that it cannot flow in the opposite direction.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "123\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nAt the opening of the pulmonary artery from the right ventricle\\nis the pulmonary valve, and at the opening of the aorta from the\\nleft ventricle is the aortic valve. These two sets of valves, on\\naccount of the halfnnoon shape of their segments (three each),\\nare called semilunar valves. They control the How ol the blood\\ninto the arteries, and entirely prevent its regurgitation. Valves\\nare not found at the openings of the venae cavae into the right\\nauricle, nor of the pulmonary veins into the left auricle, being\\nunnecessary, as the auricles do not contract with much force.\\nIndeed, the blood would naturally run down into the ventricles\\nwhenever the valves between the cavities were opened. Not so\\nthe ventricles. It is necessary for them to expel their contents\\nwith great force. Especially is this true of the left one, which\\nmust send the blood to the extremities, for which duty its strong\\nwalls well fit it. The aortic valve prevents the reflow of the\\nblood from the arteries during the expansion or relaxation of\\nthe ventricle, and the mitral valve prevents the blood from\\nbeing forced back into the auricle during the contraction of\\nthe ventricle.\\nIts Movements and Sounds. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The movements of the heart\\nare two, contraction and relaxation. When the heart contracts,\\nits chambers become smaller and the blood is forced from them\\ninto the blood-vessels when it relaxes, or regains its proper\\nsize, the chambers are again filled with blood, ready to be sent\\nout into the arteries by the next contraction. The first move\u00c2\u00ac\\nment is called systole, and the latter, diastole. The alternation\\nof these movements constitutes the beating of the heart, which is\\nheard so clearly between the fifth and sixth ribs, and can be felt\\nso distinctly at the wrist, where it is known as the pulse.\\nThere are two different sounds occurring alternately with.each\\nmovement of the heart. The first sound, or that which occurs\\nwhen the heart contracts, is caused principally by the closing of\\nthe valves between the auricles and ventricles. The second\\nsound, or that which occurs when the heart begins to relax, is", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "THE HEART AND BLOOD\\n129\\ncaused by the closing of the valves at the pulmonary and aortic\\nopenings. These sounds have certain characteristics by which it\\nis possible to determine the condition of the valves of the heart,\\nand to tell whether one or more of them is diseased.\\nThe average frequency of the pulse=beat, or heart=contraction,\\nis seventy-two to seventy=six times per minute. It varies, how\u00c2\u00ac\\never, in different persons, and in the same person under different\\nconditions. Sudden emotions or sickness cause increase in fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquency it is also more frequent while a person is working than\\nwhen resting.\\nIts Capacity. \u00e2\u0080\u0094At each contraction of the heart each ven\u00c2\u00ac\\ntricle forces into the vessels from two to two and one-half\\nounces of blood. The average amount of blood in the body\\nof the average weight of one hundred and fifty pounds, the\\nconditions being normal, is about fifteen to sixteen pounds.\\nHence, it will be seen that all the blood in the body passes\\nthrough the heart in less than two minutes. As the heart is\\nunceasing in its work day and night, the aggregate force exerted\\nby it in twenty-four hours is something stupendous.\\nTHE BLOOD.\\nThe Blood is the liquid by means of which the circulation\\nis effected. It permeates every part of the body except the\\ncuticle, nails, hair, teeth, etc,, its office being\\nto carry nutrition to the different tissues of\\nthe body. It is the most abundant fluid in\\nthe body, comprising about one* tenth of the\\nbody\u00e2\u0080\u0099s entire weight.\\nComposition of Blood.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The blood is com\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed of a thin, colorless liquid, the plasma, or\\nliquor sanguinis, filled with red disks, or cells.\\nThese cells are so minute that it takes about Fi 22 Biood=corpusies.\\nthirty-two hundred laid side by side to measure an inch, and\\nabout sixteen thousand if laid flatwise. A microscope shows", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "130\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthem to be rounded at the edges with concave sides. There\\nis also a white, globular cell to about every six hundred and\\nsixty=six red ones. The plasma also\\ncontains fibrin, albumen, and such\\nmineral substances as iron, lime,\\nmagnesia, phosphorus, potash, etc.\\nThe blood contains the material\\nfor building up every organ. The\\nplasma is rich in mineral matter\\nfor the bones, and albumen for the\\nmuscles. The red corpuscles con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntain oxygen, which is so essential to\\nevery operation of life. It stimu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlates to action and tears down all\\nthat is worn out. In the latter process it unites with, and burns\\nout, parts of muscles and other tissues, much as wood is burned.\\nThe unburned portion is caught up in the circulation, carried\\nback to the lungs, where it undergoes puri\u00c2\u00ac\\nfication, only to be again sent forth on its\\nmission.\\nThe Circulation of flic Blood is an in\u00c2\u00ac\\nteresting study. The blood goes from the\\nheart and then returns again to the heart.\\nStarting with the left ventricle the blood is\\nforced through the aorta and its branches\\nto all parts of the body. From the arteries\\nit passes through the capillaries. The sec\u00c2\u00ac\\nond set of capillaries then takes it up and\\npasses it into the veins, and they in turn\\ninto either the superior or inferior vena\\ncava, from which it is emptied into the\\nright auricle of the heart. It then passes\\ninto the right ventricle, from whence it is sent through the\\npulmonary artery to the lungs, to be returned through the\\nFig. 24. Circulation of Blood.\\nSectional view of heart and\\nvessels, showing the course of\\nblood through same.\\nFig. 23. Blood-Crystals.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "THE HEART AND BLOOD\\n131\\npulmonary veins to the left auricle, and then to the left\\nventricle, from which place it started. Blood, when it leaves\\nthe left ventricle, and while it is in the arteries, is red in color\\nwhen returning through the veins, it is bluish. Arterial blood\\nis pure and contains much oxygen venous blood is impure,\\ncontaining much carbonic acid and other waste matter. The\\nblue, impure blood, while passing through the lungs, loses its\\ncarbonic acid gas and takes up oxygen, becoming again bright-\\nred in color.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VIII.\\nTHE BLOOD VESSELS.\\nTHE ARTERIES.\\nThe Arteries are the vessels or canals which convey the\\nblood from the heart to the different parts of the body. They\\nhave dense, strong, and very elastic walls. Though generally\\nfound empty after death, they still retain their cylindrical\\nshape. Unlike the veins, no valves are found in the course\\nof the arteries, though powerful valves are located at the pul\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonary opening in the right ventricle and the aortic opening\\nin the left ventricle. It is on account of the absence of valves,\\nand because found empty after death, that the arteries are\\nchosen by the embalmer for the purpose of injecting the\\ndead body.\\nThe Large Trunks are located generally as far as possible\\nout of harm\u00e2\u0080\u0099s way and are commonly found close to the bones,\\nor running through safe passages provided for them. They are\\nusually very straight and take the shortest route to the part of\\nthe body to be supplied b\\\\ T them with blood. Some arteries,\\nhowever, are very tortuous in their course, as the facial and\\nother arteries of the head, to accommodate themselves to the\\nmovements of the parts. In their ultimate, minute branchings\\nthe arteries connect with the veins through the capillaries.\\nThe Main Artery of the body is the aorta, which starts at\\nthe left ventricle of the heart and divides and subdivides into\\ninnumerable branches. With each division, these branches\\nbecome smaller, finally terminating in a network of capillaries.\\nWhile each branch is smaller than the trunk from which it is\\nderived, the combined area of the branches of an artery is", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "THE BLOOD-VESSELS\\n133\\ngreater than the area of the trank, and the aggregate area\\nof all the branches far exceeds that of the parent trunk, the\\naorta.\\nThe arteries are usually named, (a) from the part in the body\\nwhere they are found, as the brachial, popliteal, iliac, etc.;\\n(6) from the organ which they supply, as the hepatic, esopha-\\ngeal, mammary, etc.\\nArterial Anastomosis. The arteries communicate freely\\nwith each other by anastomosis, or inosculation. This intercom\u00c2\u00ac\\nmunication is very free among the larger branches, but increases\\nin frequency as the size decreases, being so numerous between\\nthe very smallest branches as to form a close network that per\u00c2\u00ac\\nvades nearly every tissue of the body. In the extremities, the.\\nanastomoses are most frequent and of the largest size around\\nthe joints. By anastomoses between arteries, or arterial branches,,\\nin the same part of the body, collateral circulation is established\\nin the case of a ligature, or the destruction of a principal artery.\\nAccompanying Vessels. The arteries are accompanied by\\nveins, with which they are enclosed generally in a thin, fibro-\\nareolar investment, or sheath. Frequently, an accompanying\\nnerve is enclosed also with the artery. This sheath is formed,\\nusually, by a prolongation of the deep fascia of the part. The\\nincluded vessels are loosely connected with their sheath by a\\ndelicate areolar tissue. Some arteries, as those in the cranium,\\nare not included in sheaths.\\nVasa Vasorum. The walls of all the larger arteries are\\nsupplied with blood-vessels, called vasa vasorum (vessels of\\nvessels), which carry nourishment to the external and middle\\ncoats, and, according to some authorities, to the inner coat as\\nwell. These arise from a branch of the artery, or from a\\nneighboring vessel. Minute veins return the blood from these\\narterial coats, emptying finally into the vense cavse.\\nTheir Coats. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The walls are composed of three coats in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal, or endothelial; middle, or muscular and elastic external*", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "134\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nor cellular and connective. These coats are made up in turn of\\ndifferent layers. The internal coat consists of the endothelium, a\\nlayer of flat cells, and the tunica intima, composed of elastic\\ntissue in longitudinal arrangement.\\nThe middle coat is by far the thickest of the three coats, being\\nformed of three fibrous layers, in circular, triangular, and longi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntudinal arrangement. In the largest arteries this coat is very\\nthick, of a yellowish color, and highly elastic. It diminishes in\\nthickness and elasticity as the arteries become smaller, while the\\nproportion of muscular fiber increases.\\nThe external coat consists mainly of longitudinal, fibrillated,\\nconnective tissue, and contains elastic fibers in all but the\\nsmallest arteries. In the largest vessels it is thin, but increases\\nin relative thickness, as the size decreases. In mediurmsized\\narteries and larger there are two layers.\\nThe two inner coats are very easilv separated from the external\\nby a ligature. If a fine string or thread be tied tightly around\\nthe artery and then removed, the external coat will be undivided,\\nwhile the two interior coats will be found separated in the track\\nof the ligature, and can be easily dissected from the outer coat.\\nTHE VEINS.\\nThe Y eins are tubelike vessels that return the blood from the\\ncapillaries in the different parts of the body to the heart. They\\nall carry carbonized or venous blood to the right side of the\\nheart, except the pulmonary veins, which convey oxygenated\\nblood to the left side. The portal vein, with the series of veins\\nuniting to form it, is an appendage of the systemic system, and\\nconveys the blood from the viscera of the digestive organs to the\\nliver, from whence it is carried, through the hepatic vein to the\\ninferior vena cava.\\nThe veins, like the arteries, are found in nearly every tissue\\nof the body. They have their origin in minute plexuses which\\ncommunicate with the capillaries. At first exceedingly small,", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0174.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "THE BL O OD VESSELS\\n135\\nthey increase in size and decrease in number as they gradually\\nunite and flow into one another joining finally to form two\\nlarge veins, the ascending and descending venae cavse, which\\nempty into the right auricle. The veins, like the arteries, are\\nsupplied with nutrient vessels, the vasa vasorum.\\nThe veins are larger and more numerous than the arteries\\nconsequently, the capacity of the venous system is much greater\\nthan that of the arterial. This is not true, however, of the\\npulmonary veins.\\nVenous Anastomosis. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Veins anastomose with each other\\nmuch more freely than do the arteries, especially in certain\\nregions, as in the cranium, neck, along the spinal column, etc.\\nThis communication exists between the larger trunks as well as\\nbetween the smaller branches.\\nVenous Coats. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The venous walls are composed of three\\ncoats inner, or serous middle, or muscular and fibrous and\\nouter, or connective and areolar. These coats are, with some\\nmodifications, analogous to those of the arteries. As they do\\nnot receive the direct impulse of the heart, their\\nwalls are much thinner and less elastic than those\\nof the arteries especially is this true of the middle\\ncoat. Unlike the arteries, when the veins are empty\\ntheir walls collapse. Usually the blood remains in\\nthe veins for several days after death.\\nVenous Valves. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the veins, at convenient in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntervals, are placed strong and perfect valves, which\\nallow the blood to flow T through them only in the\\ndirection of the heart. Commonly, two valves are\\nfound opposite each other, especially in the smaller\\nveins, and in the larger veins at points where other\\nveins join them.\\nThe valves are very numerous in the veins of\\nthe extremities, and much more so in the lower, where the\\nblood is conducted against the force of gravity, than in the\\nFig. 25.\\nVenous\\nValves.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0175.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "136\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nupper. Too much standing, or too tight elastics, often cause\\nthe veins in the leg to swell, so that the valves cannot work\\nthe veins then become permanently enlarged, or varicosed,\\nand il they burst the bleeding may be profuse and even\\ndangerous.\\nA number of veins, however, are without valves. These are\\nthe venae cavae, hepatic, portal, renal, uterine, ovarian, cerebral,\\nspinal, pulmonary, umbilical, and the small veins generally.\\nThere are rudimentary valves in the neck through which the\\nblood will pass either way.\\nKinds of Veins. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Veins are divided, from their location and\\nstructure, into three classes deep veins, superficial veins, and\\nsinuses.\\nDeep Veins accompany the arteries, in the same sheath,\\nand are given usually the same names. The secondary arteries,\\nas the radial, ulnar, brachial, etc., have each two veins, one lying\\non each side of the artery, called venae comites. The larger\\nveins, as the axillary, subclavian, femoral, etc., have usually\\nonly one accompanying vein. The deep veins in the skull and\\nspinal column, the hepatic and some others, do not accompany\\narteries.\\nSuperficial or Peripheral Veins are sometimes called\\ncutaneous veins, from the fact that they are found immediately\\nbeneath the skin, between layers of superficial fascia. They\\ndrain the venous blood from the structures in the outer por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions of the body, emptying into deep veins at convenient\\npoints.\\nThe Sinuses are venous channels, differing from veins in\\nstructure and distribution, but serving the same purpose. The\\nsinuses of the cranium are formed by the separation of the\\nlayers of tlio dura mater and lie in deep grooves. Sinuses\\nare also found along the spinal column and on the outer\\nsurface of the heart.", "height": "3986", "width": "2589", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0176.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "THE BLOOD-VESSELS\\nFig. 26. Capillaries,\\nWith a terminating artery\\nand a commencing vein.\\n1 0*7\\nlo i\\nTHE CAPILLARIES.\\nThe Capillaries c pillus a hairj are tlie minute network\\nof vessels formed throughout the tissues of the body between\\nthe terminating arteries and the commencing veins. They so\\nblend, however, with the extremities of these\\ntwo classes ol vessels, that it is not an easy\\nmatter to tell just where an artery ends and\\na vein begins. Their diameter is from one\\ntliree=thousandth to one sixdhousandth of\\nan inch. The smallest are those of the\\nbrain and mucous membrane of the intes\u00c2\u00ac\\ntines the largest, those of the derma and\\nmarrowbones.\\nWhere Found. \u00e2\u0080\u0094They exist in nearly every\\npart of every tissue of the body, and are so\\nclosely packed together, that it is impossible to prick the skin\\nwith the- point of a needle without injuring many of them.\\nThey are altogether wanting in the epidermis, and its modified\\nforms, the epithelium and endothelium, in the nails, hair, and\\nteeth, and to a certain extent, in the cartilage. The number of\\ncapillaries, and the size of the interspaces, or meshes, determine\\nthe degree of vascularity of a part.\\nBy union with each other, the capillaries form a true plexus\\nof vessels of nearly uniform diameter, branching and inoscu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlating in every direction, distributing blood to all parts as neces\u00c2\u00ac\\nsity demands. They receive the blood from the smallest sub\u00c2\u00ac\\ndivisions of the arteries, and carry on the work of nourishing and\\nrebuilding the body. They also begin the process of removing\\nthe waste matter from the wornout portions of the tissues.\\nTheir Walls, which consist of a transparent, homogeneous\\nmembrane, continuous with the innermost haver of the arterial\\nand venous walls, are so thin that their fluid contents readily\\nexude through the delicate membrane, irrigating and nourishing\\nthe tissues in which they lie.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0177.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER- IX.\\nARTERIES OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION.\\nThe Aorta, or great artery, is the main trunk of the sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntemic circulation. It commences at the aortic opening of the left\\nventricle of the heart, arching backward over\\nthe root of the left lung into the posterior\\npart of the thorax, where it descends on the\\nleft side of the spinal column, through the\\naortic opening of the diaphragm, to the fourth\\nlumbar vertebra, where it divides into the\\nright and left common iliac arteries. The\\naorta is divided into the arch, the thoracic\\naorta, and the abdominal aorta. The arch\\nis divided into the ascending, transverse, and\\ndescending portions. The upper border of\\ntlie arch is located in the thorax, about an\\ninch below the upper margin of the sternum the arch ends at\\nthe lower border of the fourth dorsal vertebra.\\nThe Branches of the Aorta are as follows\\nR* Coronary\\nFig. 27. Plan of Branches\\nof Aortic Arch.\\nFrom the Arch:\\nTwo Coronary.\\nInnominate.\\nLeft Common Carotid.\\nLeft Subclavian.\\nFrom the Thoracic Aorta:\\nPericardiacs.\\nBronchiaes.\\nEsopiiageals.\\nTwenty Intercostals.\\nPosterior Mediastinals.\\nThe Coronary Arteries arise\\nt/\\nsemilunar valves, and run in the\\nto supply the tissues of the heart.\\nFrom the Abdominal Aorta:\\nTwo Phrenic.\\nGastric.\\nHepatic.\\nSplenic.\\nSuperior Mesenteric.\\nInferior Mesenteric.\\nTwo Suprarenal.\\nTwo Renal.\\nTwo Spermatic (or Ovarian).\\nEight Lumbar.\\nMiddle Sacral.\\nfrom the aorta behind the\\nvertical grooves of the heart,", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0178.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "ARTERIES OF T1JE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION\\n139\\nTKgrold Gla* d\\nRtVayus\\nfueurnnt Laryngeal\\nLeft Fayut\\nLeft Phrenic\\nThoracic!) uct\\nThe Innominate arises from the summit of the arch of the\\naorta, is one and a half inches in length, and divides at the\\nright sternoclavicu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlar articulation into\\nthe right common\\ncarotid and right\\nsubclavian. On the\\nleft side these arise\\ndirectly from the\\narch of the aorta.\\nThe Common\\nCarotid arises on\\nthe left side from\\nthe aorta, and on\\nthe right from the\\ninnominate, the left\\nbeing longer and\\ndeeper than the\\niv4 right. Their course\\nis indicated by a\\nline drawn from a\\npoint midway be\u00c2\u00ac\\ntween the angle of\\nthe lower jaw and\\nthe mastoid process\\nto the sternoclavi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncular articulations.\\nAt the lower part\\nFig. 28. Arch of Aorta and Its Branches. ol the neck they\\nare separated only by the width ot the trachea, and they aie each\\ncontained in a sheath of the deep cervical fascia with the inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nnal jugular vein externally and the pneumogastric nerve between\\nthe artery and vein. They divide at the level of the upper border\\nof the thyroid cartilage into the external and internal carotids.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0179.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "140\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe External Carotid ascends from its origin to the space\\nbetween the neck of the ramus of the lower jaw and the ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal auditory, canal, where it divides into the temporal and\\ninternal maxillary. It diminishes in- size rapidly on account of\\nthe number and size of the branches given off. The branches,\\nwhich supply the tissues of the neck, face, and head, and anas\u00c2\u00ac\\ntomose freely with those of the opposite side, are as follows\\n(1) The Superior Thyroid, the first branch, takes a downward\\ncourse, and supplies the thyroid gland and muscle, larynx, etc.\\n(2) The Lingual supplies the under surface of the tongue.\\n(3) The Facial, the largest branch, ascends obliquely and\\ntortuously forward and upward, and gives off four cervical and\\nsix facial branches.\\n(4) The Occipital arises opposite the facial, and courses\\nupward, and its branches anastomose freely with those of the\\nvertebral and deep cervical.\\n(5) The Posterior Auricular supplies the external and in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal ear.\\n(6) The Ascending Pharyngeal, the smallest branch,\\nreaches certain muscles and nerves, the pharynx, and dura mater.\\n(7) The Temporal, the smallest of the two terminal branches,\\nis in direction a continuation of the external carotid, and divides\\ninto the anterior and posterior temporal, which ramify over the\\nsurface of the-skull, freely anastomosing with the branches from\\nthe opposite side.\\n(8) The Internal Maxillary, the other terminal, passes\\ninward at right angles to the vessel, to supply the deep structures\\nof the face.\\nThe Internal Carotid ascends in front of the transverse\\nprocesses of the three upper cervical vertebrae, and close to the\\ntonsil, traverses the carotid canal in the temporal bone, and,\\nafter passing the anterior clinoid process, and piercing the dura\\nmater, divides into its terminal branches, the anterior and middle\\ncerebral. Its branches are", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0180.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "F\\nBLOOD-VESSELS OF HEAD,\\nNECK, ETC.\\nTWELVE PLATES\u00e2\u0080\u0094XXX.-XLI", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0181.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXX.\\nBASE AND INTERIOR OF BRAIN, WITH ORIGINS OF NERVES\\nAND BLOODVESSELS.\\nA.\\nB.\\nC.\\na.\\nb.\\nc.\\nd.\\ne.\\n1\\n2\\n3\\n4\\n5\\n6\\n12\\n13\\n14\\n15\\n16\\n17\\n18\\nSection at Base of Brain, Showing Origins of Nerves and Arteries.\\nAnterior lobe of cerebrum.\\nMiddle lobe of cerebrum.\\nPosterior lobe of cerebrum.\\nFissure of Sylvius.\\nLongitudinal fissure of cerebrum.\\nCommissure of optic nerves.\\nTuber cinereum.\\nCorpora mammillaria v. candicantia.\\nD.\\nE.\\nf.\\nti\u00c2\u00ac\\nll.\\ni.\\nk.\\nOlfactory (first pair).\\nOptic (second pair).\\nMotor oculi (third pair).\\nPathetic (fourth pair).\\nTrigeminus (fifth pair).\\nAbducens (sixth pair).\\nVertebral.\\nBasilar.\\nAnterior spinal.\\nPosterior inferior cerebellar.\\nAnterior inferior cerebellar.\\nSuperior cerebellar.\\nDeep cerebral.\\nNerves.\\n7\\n8\\n9\\n10\\n11\\nArteries.\\n19\\n20\\n21\\n22\\n23\\nCerebellum (arbor vitae).\\nMedulla oblongata.\\nOptic tract.\\nPons Vai\u00e2\u0080\u0099olii.\\nCrus cerebeili ad pontein.\\nPyramidal body.\\nOlivary body.\\nFacial, portio dura of seventh pair.\\nAuditory, portio mollis of seventh\\npair.\\nGlossopharyngeal of eighth pair.\\nPneumogastric of eighth pair.\\nLingual or hypoglossal (ninth pair\\nCommunicating branches (forming\\nwith anterior cerebral, internal\\ncarotid, and posterior or deep cere\\nbral arteries, the circle of Willis).\\nInternal carotid.\\nFossae of Sylvius.\\nChoroid.\\nCorporis callosi.\\n142", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0182.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXI.\\nBASE AND INTERIOR OF BRAIN, WITH ORIGINS OF NERVES\\nAND BLOOD=VESSELS\u00e2\u0080\u0094(Continued).\\nVertical Longitudinal Section of Brain, Cerebrum, and Cerebellum,\\nthrough Center.\\nI Frontal bone and frontal sinus.\\nII. Crista galli.\\nIII. Perpendicular lamina of ethmoid\\nbone.\\nIV. Body of sphenoid.\\nV. Posterior clinoid process.\\nVI. Sella turcica.\\nA. Anterior lobe of cerebri.\\nJJ. Middle lobe of cerebri.\\nC. Posterior lobe of cerebri.\\na. Convolutions of cerebrum.\\nb. Sulci.\\nc. Corpus callosum.\\nd. Genu corporis callosi.\\ne. Splenium corporis callosi.\\nSeptum lucidum.\\ng. Fornix.\\nh. Anterior crus.\\ni. Foramen of Monro.\\nk. Thalamus of optic nerve.\\nl. Anterior commissure.\\nm. Soft commissure.\\nn. Posterior commissure.\\no. Pineal gland.\\nVII. Sphenoidal sinus.\\nVIII. Basilar part of occipital bone.\\nIX. Occipital part of occipital bone.\\nX. Vomer.\\nXT. Roof of pharynx.\\nXII. Tentorium cerebelli enclosing\\nstraight sinus.\\nD. Cerebellum (arbor vitae).\\nE. Medulla oblongata.\\np. Peduncle or crus of pineal gland.\\nq. Corpora quadrigemina.\\nr. Pons Varolii.\\ns. Aqueduct of Sylvius.\\nt. Tuber cinereum.\\nu. Infundibulum.\\nv. Pituitary gland.\\nw. Commissure of optic nerves.\\nx. Optic nerve.\\ny. Fourth ventricle.\\nz. Corpus mammillare v. candicans\\na. Anterior valve of cerebellum.\\n/3. Artery corporis callosi.\\n143", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0183.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXII.\\nBLOOD-VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK.\\n7\\nO.\\nb.\\ne.\\nd.\\ne.\\nf.\\nh.\\ni.\\nk.\\nl\\n1\\n5.\\n2\\na!\\n4.\\n6\\n9.\\n10\\n11\\n12\\n13\\nArteries of Anterior Surface of Head and Neck.\\nZygomaticus major muscle.\\nSternocleidomastoid muscle.\\nOrbicularis palpebarum muscle.\\nCorrugator supercilii muscle.\\nLevator labii superioris alseque nasi.\\nLevator labii superioris proprius.\\nZygomaticus minor muscle.\\nMasseter muscle.\\nBuccinator muscle.\\nOrbicularis oris muscle.\\nTriangularis menti muscle.\\nSubclavian artery.\\nAscending cervical.\\nInternal mammary artery.\\nTransverse scapular artery.\\nTransverse artery of neck.\\nInferior thyroid artery.\\nExternal maxillary artery.\\nCoronary artery of lower lip.\\nCoronary artery of upper lip.\\nAngular artery.\\nDorsals of nose.\\nP. Sternohyoid muscle.\\nli. Trachea.\\nm. Quadratus menti muscle.\\nn. Levator anguli oris muscle.\\nt. Trapezius muscle.\\nu. Omohyoid muscle.\\nv. Scalenus anticus muscle.\\nw. Scalenus medius muscle.\\nx. Clavicle.\\nq. Thyroid gland.\\ns. Larynx.\\n7. Common carotid artery.\\n8. Superior thyroid artery.\\n14. Alaries of nose.\\n15. Opthalmic artery.\\n16. Frontal artery.\\n17. Supraorbital artery.\\n18. Infraorbital artery.\\n19. Deep temporal artery (from internal\\nmaxillary).\\n20. Temporal (superficialis) artery.\\n21. Frontal branch of temporal artery.\\n144", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0184.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXIII.\\nBLOOD-VESSELS OF LATERAL SURFACE OF HEAD,\\nFACE, AND NECK.\\nA. Platysma=myoides muscle.\\nD. Sternocleidomastoid.\\nb. Trapezius muscle.\\nc. Deltoid muscle.\\ne. Splenius capitis muscle.\\nSplenius colli muscle.\\nh. Retrahens auris muscle.\\ni. Attolens auris muscle.\\nk. Masseter muscle.\\nn. Zygomaticus minor muscle.\\no. Orbicularis oris muscle.\\np. Triangularis menti muscle.\\nl. External jugular vein.\\n2. Occipital vein.\\n4. Internal jugular vein.\\n5. Anterior facial vein.\\n10. Frontal vein.\\nq. Quadratus menti muscle.\\nr. Orbicularis palpebarum muscle.\\ns. Frontal muscle.\\nt. Levator labii superioris alseque nasi.\\nu. Lower jaw.\\nv. Digastricus maxillae inferioris.\\niv. Mylohyoid muscle.\\nx. Sternohyoid muscle.\\ny. Omohyoid muscle.\\n11. External carotid artery.\\n12. Posterior auricular artery.\\n13. Temporal (superficial) artery.\\n18. Frontal artery.\\n3. Common branch, between external\\nand internal jugular.\\n6. Labial vein.\\n8. Temporal vein.\\n9. Cerebral opthalmic vein.\\n15. External maxillary artery.\\n16. Submental artery.\\n17. Angular artery.\\n145", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0185.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXIV.\\nARTERIES OF (RIGHT) SIDE OF NECK.\\nA. Inferior maxillary.\\nB. Os hyoides.\\nF. Trachea.\\nP. Sternocleidomastoid muscle.\\nR. Scalenus anticus muscle.\\nc. Clavicle.\\nd. Larynx.\\ne. Thyroid gland.\\ng. Acromion process.\\nh. Mastoid process.\\ni. Styloid pi ocess.\\nk. Processus transversus atlantis.\\nl. Digastric muscle (anterior belly).\\nin. Mylohyoid muscle.\\nn. Hyoglossus.\\no. Styloglossus muscle.\\nq. Levator anguli scapulae muscle.\\ns. Medius scalenus muscle.\\nt. Omohyoid muscle.\\nu. Sternohyoid muscle.\\nv. Thyrohyoid muscle.\\nw. Pharynx.\\nx. Esophagus.\\ny. Subclavius muscle.\\nz. Major Pectoralis muscle.\\n1,2. Right common carotid artery.\\n3. External carotid artery.\\n4. Internal carotid artery.\\n8. Hyoid branch of lingual artery.\\n9. External maxillary, or facial.\\n12. Occipital artery.\\n13. Posterior auricular artery.\\n14. Temporal (superficial) artery.\\n15. Right subclavian artery.\\n20. Transversalis colli artery.\\n22. External thoracic artery.\\n27. Axillary artery.\\n5. Superior thyroid artery.\\n6. Superior laryngeal artery.\\n7. Lingual artery.\\n10. Ascending palatine artery.\\n11. Submental artery.\\n16. Trunk of thyrocervical artery.\\n17. Inferior thyroid artery.\\n18. Ascending cervical artery.\\n19. Transversalis humeri artery.\\n146", "height": "3986", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0186.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXV.\\nBLOOD-VESSELS OF (RIGHT) SIDE OF NECK.\\na. Inferior maxillary (lower jaw).\\nb. Os hyoides.\\nc. Clavicle.\\nd. Larynx.\\ne. Thyroid gland.\\nTrachea.\\ng. Acromion process.\\nh. Mastoid process.\\nk. Processus transversus atlantis.\\nl. Digastric anterior belly).\\nm. Mylohyoid muscle.\\nn. Hyoglossus muscle.\\n1. Superior vena cava.\\n2. Left innominate vein.\\n3. Right innominate vein.\\n4. Right subclavian vein.\\n5. Axillary vein.\\n6. External jugular.\\n7. Internal jugular.\\n8. Facial vein.\\n16. External carotid artery.\\n17. Internal carotid artery.\\n18. Superior thyroid artery.\\n19. Lingual artery.\\n21. Temporal artery.\\n22. Posterior aricular artery.\\no. Styloglossus muscle.\\np. Sternocleidomastoid.\\nq. Levator anguli scapulae.\\nr. Scalenus anticus.\\ns. Scalenus medius.\\nt. Omohyoid muscle.\\nu. Sternohyoid muscle.\\nv. Thyrohyoid muscle.\\nw. Pharynx.\\nx. Esophagus.\\ny. Subclavian muscle.\\nz. Pectoralis major muscle.\\n9. Internal maxillary vein.\\n10. Anterior jugular.\\n11. Arch of aorta.\\n12. Innominate artery.\\n13. Right common carotid artery.\\n14. Right subclavian artery.\\n15. Axillary artery.\\nI 20. External, maxillary, or facial artery.\\n23 Occipital artery.\\n24. Inferior thyroid artery.\\n25. Transversalis humeri.\\n26. Transversalis colli.\\n27 External thoracis.\\n147", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0187.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0188.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXVI\\nBLOOD-VESSELS OF NECK, TRUNK, AND UPPER\\nEXTREMITIES.\\nPrincipal Arteries and Veins of Neck, Thorax, and Arms, with Deep\\nBlood=Vessels of Abdominal Cavity.\\nD. Sartorius muscle.\\nE. Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\nI. Lungs.\\n(4. Clavicle.\\nH. Heart.\\nM. Right auricle.\\na. Lower jaw.\\nb. Os hyoid.\\nc. Larynx.\\nd. Thyroid gland.\\ne. Trachea.\\nEsophagus.\\nh. First rib.\\na. Transverse abdominal.\\n0. Internal iliac.\\ny. Spermatic cord.\\nk. Tendon of biceps of elbow.\\nBrachialis anticus.\\nArteries\\n2. Ascending aorta.\\n3. Pulmonary artery.\\n4 Arch of aorta.\\n6. Common carotid artery.\\n7. Right subclavian artery.\\n9. Left subclavian artery.\\n10. Left innominate vein.\\n11. Right innominate vein.\\n12. Internal jugular vein.\\n12 8 Subcutaneous vein of neck.\\n14. Subclavian.\\n26. Abdominal aorta.\\n34. Common iliac artery.\\n35. Internal iliac artery.\\n1. Superior vena cava.\\n5. Innominate artery.\\n8. Left common carotid artery.\\n15. Superior thyroid vein.\\n17. Inferior thyroid vein.\\n18. Labial vein.\\n19. Posterior cephalic vein.\\n20. Facial (or labial) artery.\\n21. Anterior facial vein.\\n23. Pulmonary vein.\\n24. Anterior branch of left coronary\\nvein of heart.\\n25. Right coronary artery and vein of\\nheart.\\n27. Inferior phrenic artery.\\nN. Left auricle.\\nO. Right ventricle.\\nP. Left ventricle.\\n8, 8. Kidneys.\\nU. Diaphragm.\\nV. Bladder.\\n1. Pericardium,\\nr. Esophagus.\\nt. Suprarenal capsules.\\nu. Ureter.\\nw. Rectum.\\ny. Quadratus lumborum.\\n2 Psoas muscle.\\nv. Supinator longus.\\nFlexor carpi ulnaris.\\n7 r. Flexor pollicis longus.\\np. Flexor digitorium communis pro\\nfundus.\\nand Vein.\\n36. External iliac artery.\\n39. Inferior vena cava.\\n40. Renal vein.\\n41. Hepatic vein.\\n43. Common iliac vein.\\n44. Internal iliac vein.\\n49. Axillary artery.\\n50. Axillary vein.\\n52. Basilic vein.\\n54. Brachial artery.\\n56. Radial artery.\\n57. Ulnar artery.\\n62. Deep palmar arch.\\n28. Celiac axis artery.\\n29. Superior mesenteric artery.\\n30. Inferior spermatic artery.\\n31. Inferior mesenteric artery.\\n33. Renal artery and vein.\\n37. Circumflex iliac artery and vein.\\n38. Iliolumbar artery and vein.\\n42. Internal spermatic vein.\\n45. External ilac vein.\\n46. Middle sacral artery and vein.\\n51. Cephalic vein.\\n53. Median vein.\\n60. Recurrent radial artery.\\n61. Recurrent ulnar artery.\\n63. Superficial branch of radial.\\n149", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0189.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXVII.\\nBLOOD-VESSELS OF (LEFT) SIDE OF HEAD AND FACE\\nGr. Body of maxillary.\\na. Frontal bone.\\nb. Great wing of sphenoid bone.\\nc. Superior maxillary.\\nd. Inner wall of orbit.\\ne. Malar bone.\\n1. Deep temporal artery and vein.\\n2. Internal jugular vein.\\n3. Anterior facial arteries and veins.\\n4. Infraorbital artery and vein.\\n1. Left common carotid artery.\\n3. External jugular vein.\\n7. Occipital artery.\\n8. Posterior auricular artery and vein.\\n9. Temporal (superficial) artery.\\n10. Internal maxillary artery.\\n13. Posterior alveolar artery and vein.\\nInferior maxillary.\\nh. External pterygoid muscle.\\n1. Orbicularis oris muscle.\\nm. Buccinator muscle.\\n5. Posterior facial arteries and veins.\\n16. Superior labial artery.\\n17. Occipital vein.\\nII. External maxillary artery.\\n15. Coronaria labii inferioris artery.\\n16. Coronaria labii superioris artery.\\n17. Dorsal artery of nose.\\n18. Angular artery.\\n19. Cerebral opthalmic artery and vein.\\n20. Frontal artery and vein.\\n150", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0190.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXVIII.\\nPOSTERIOR SURFACE OF LUNGS AND TRACHEA, WITH THEIR\\nPRINCIPAL ARTERIES, VEINS, AND NERVES.\\nLarynx.\\ng. Middle lobe of right lung.\\n1.1. Common carotid arteries.\\n2.2. Internal jugular veins.\\n3. Trachea.\\n4. Glottis.\\n5. Bronchi.\\nLeft pulmonary artery.\\n7. Pulmonary veins.\\n2. Great vein of heart.\\n6. Innominate artery.\\n10. Superior vena cava.\\n11. Pneumogastric (vagus) nerve.\\n12. Recurrent laryngeal branch of pneu\u00c2\u00ac\\nmogastric nerve.\\nk. Right ventricle.\\n8. Left ventricle.\\n9. Right auricle.\\n10. Apex of lungs.\\n11. Lower lobe of lungs.\\n12,12. Subclavian arteries.\\n14. Pulmonary artery.\\n15. Aorta.\\n13. Recurrent branches of tracheal\\nnerve.\\n14. Recurrent branches of cardiac nerve.\\n15. Superior laryngeal nerve.\\n16. Cardiac branch of sympathetic nerve.\\n17. Cardiac plexus.\\n151", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0191.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "Mtmn", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0192.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXIX.\\nARTERIES OF ANTERIOR SURFACE OF ARM, FOREARM,\\nAND HAND.\\na.\\nb.\\nc.\\ne.\\n9-\\nh.\\ni.\\nk.\\nl.\\nn.\\n1\\n2\\n3.\\n4.\\n10\\n11\\n12\\n17.\\na.\\nb.\\ncl.\\n9-\\nh.\\ni.\\nk.\\nl.\\nm.\\n1\\n2\\n3.\\n8\\n9\\n12\\n13\\n14.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Superficial Arteries on Internal and Anterior Surface of\\nArm, Forearm, and Hand.\\nDeltoid muscle.\\nPectoralis major muscle.\\nLatissimus major muscle.\\nSemilunar fascia of biceps.\\nCo raco= brachial is muscle.\\nLong head of triceps.\\nShort head of triceps.\\nBrachialis anticus muscle.\\nInternal intermuscular ligament.\\nInternal condyle of humerus.\\nPronator teres muscle.\\nBiceps muscle.\\nBrachial artery.\\nRadial artery.\\nSupinator longus muscle.\\nVolar branch of radial artery.\\nMuscular branch to ball of thumb.\\n13, 14. Branches from princeps pollicis.\\nCommon volar digital artery.\\nq. Flexor carpi ulnaris.\\nr. Extensor carpi radialis longus.\\ns. Flexor pollicis longus muscle.\\nt. Flexor digitorum communis sublimis,\\nu. Abductor pollicis longus muscle.\\nv. Extensor pollicis brevis muscle.\\niv. Anterior annular ligament of wrist.\\nx. Ball of thumb, abductor and flexor\\nbrevis pollicis.\\ny. Tendon of flexor longus pollicis.\\nz. Abductor pollicis muscle.\\n5. Flexor carpi ulnaris muscle.\\n6. Palmaris longus muscle.\\n8. Superficial palmar arch.\\n9. Interosseous arteries.\\n18. Volar ulnar artery.\\n19. Digitalis dorsalis artery.\\n20. Deep or communicating branch.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Arteries of Arm, Forearm, and Hand \u00e2\u0080\u0094Anterior Surface.\\nCoraco=brachial muscle.\\nLatissimus dorsi muscle.\\nShort head of triceps.\\nBrachialis anticus.\\nSupinator brevis.\\nInternal intermuscular ligament.\\nInternal condyle of humerus.\\nTendon of biceps (divided).\\nExtensor carpi radialis longus.\\nExtensor carpi radialis brevis.\\nTendon of long supinator (divided).\\nBiceps muscle.\\nUlnar artery.\\nInterosseous artery.\\nAnterior recurrent ulnar.\\nPosterior recurrent ulnar.\\nDorsal branch of radial.\\nSuperficialis volte.\\nDorsal branch of ulnar.\\nn. Radial insertion of pronator teres.\\np. Interosseous membrane.\\nq. Flexor pollicis longus muscle.\\nr. Flexor muscle (divided).\\ns. Pronator quadratus muscle.\\nt. Tendon of flexor carpi ulnaris\\n(divided).\\nu. Anterior annular ligament (divided).\\nv. Abductor digiti minimi muscle.\\nw. Opponens digiti minimi muscle.\\nx. Interosseous muscle.\\n4. Radial artery.\\n5. Deep palmar arch.\\n6. Triceps muscle.\\n17. Deep branch of ulnar.\\n18. Princpes pollicis.\\n19. Indicis radialis.\\n20. Digitalis communis (divided).\\n21. Interossse palmares.\\n153", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0193.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "PLATE XL\\nA.\\nn.\\nc.\\nD.\\nE.\\na-\\ni.\\n2\\n3.\\n4.\\n1\\n2\\n6\\nTHORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH PRINCIPAL\\nVESSELS.\\nPrincipal Chylopoietic Viscera, Blood=Vessels, and Ducts.\\nLeft lobe of liver (under surface).\\nRight lobe of liver.\\nLobus quadratics of liver.\\nLobus Spigelii of liver.\\nGall=bladder.\\nF. Cystic duct.\\nG. Lower margin of left lobe of liver.\\nIT. Ductus communis choledochus.\\nR. Left kidney.\\nHepatic duct.\\nDescending part of duodenum, with\\nplace of entrance of choledoch duct.\\nk. Pancreatic duct.\\nm. Pancreas,\\no. Part of duodenum.\\nSplenic artery.\\nGastric artery.\\nHepatic artery.\\nAbdominal aorta.\\nCeliac axis artery.\\nGastroduodenal arteries.\\n5. Pancreas.\\n6. Spleen.\\n8. Stomach.\\n7. Renal artery and vein.\\n8. Superior mesenteric artery and vein.\\n9. Portal vein.\\n154", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0194.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "PLATE XLI.\\nCELIAC AXIS AND ITS BRANCHES.\\nPancreas, Spleen, and Duodenum in Position, the Stomach Having Been\\nRaised and the Transverse Mesocolon Removed.\\n155", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0195.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0196.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "ARTERIES OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION 157\\n(1) The Tympanic, supplying the tympanum.\\n(2) The Arterim Receptaculi, supplying the walls of the\\nsinuses, the Gasserian ganglion, and the pituitary body.\\n(3) The Anterior Meningeal, supplying the dura mater/\\n(4) The Ophthalmic, supplying the eye and its appendages.\\n(5) The Posterior Communicating anastomoses with the\\nposterior cerebral, a branch of the basilar.\\n(6) The Anterior Choroid, supplying the choroid plexus,\\ncorpus fimbriatum, etc.\\n(7) The Anterior Cerebral is joined to its fellow by the an\u00c2\u00ac\\nterior communicating branch, which is about two lines long.\\n(8) The Middle Cerebral, the largest branch, passes ob\u00c2\u00ac\\nliquely outward through the fissure of Sylvius, within which\\nit divides into three branches: anterior, median, and poste\u00c2\u00ac\\nrior.\\nThe Subclavian arises on the left side from the arch of the\\naorta, and is divided into three portions by the scalenus anticus\\nmuscle, the parts being external, posterior, and internal to that,\\nmuscle. At the outer border of the first rib it becomes the\\naxillary artery. Its branches are about all given off from its\\nfirst portion. They are the vertebral, thyroid axis, internal\\nmammary, and superior intercostal.\\nThe Vertebral, the first and largest branch, passes up the\\nneck, through the foramina in the transverse processes of six\\ncervical vertebrae, and enters the skull through the foramen\\nmagnum. It then passes in front of the medulla oblongata and\\njoins its fellow to form the basilar artery. It gives off two\\nbranches in the neck, the lateral spinal and muscular, supplying\\nthe spinal column and neck, and four within the cranium, the\\nposterior meningeal, anterior and posterior spinal, and posterior\\ninferior cerebellar, supplying the upper part of the spinal column\\nand back part of the brain.\\nThe Basilar, so named from its position at the base of the\\nskull, is a single trunk formed by the junction of the two.\\n16", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0197.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "158\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nvertebral arteries, and ascends from the posterior to the anterior\\nborder of the pons Varolii, where it divides into two large\\nbranches, the right and left posterior cerebral. The latter ar\u00c2\u00ac\\nteries and their branches supply adjacent parts of the brain.\\nThe Circle of Willis is an anastomosis at the base of the\\nbrain, between the branches of the internal carotid and vertebral\\narteries, to equalize the cerebral circulation. The two vertebral\\narteries join to form the basilar, which ends in the two posterior\\ncerebral. These are connected with the internal carotid by the\\ntwo posterior communicating. The circle is completed by the\\nconnection of the two anterior cerebral branches of the internal\\ncarotid through the short anterior communicating artery.\\nThe Thyroid Axis is a short, thick trunk, dividing almost\\nimmediately into three branches\\n(1) The Inferior Thyroid, anastomosing with the superior\\nthyroid, and giving of branches the laryngeal, tracheal, eso\u00c2\u00ac\\nphageal, muscular, and ascending cervical, which supply those\\nparts respectively.\\n(2) The Transversalis Colli, dividing into two branches,\\nsuperficial cervical and posterior scapular.\\n(3) The Suprascapular, supplying the superficial tissue of\\nthe neck, back of the scapula, and the shoulderqoint.\\nThe Internal Mammary descends along the costal cartilages\\nto the sixth interspace, where it divides into the. musculophrenic\\nand superior epigastric, the latter anastomosing with the deep\\nepigastric branch of the external iliac. It gives off branches\\nto the diaphragm, mediastinum, pericardium, sternum, inter\u00c2\u00ac\\ncostal spaces, etc.\\nThe Superior Intercostal gives of branches to the inter\u00c2\u00ac\\ncostal spaces, to the posterior spinal muscles, and to the spinal\\ncord.\\nThe Axillary is the continuation of the subclavian, extend\u00c2\u00ac\\ning from the outer border of the first rib to the lower margin\\nof the axillary space (armpit), where it becomes the brachial.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0198.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "ARTERIES OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION 159\\nIt is deep seated at the beginning, but becomes superficial at its\\ntermination. Its seven branches supply the tissues of the\\nthorax, shoulder, and mammary gland.\\nThe Brachial is the continuation of the axillary from the\\nlower border of the armpit to where it divides into the radial\\nand ulnar, which is usually about onedialf inch below the bend\\nof the elbow. It is superficial throughout its entire extent, being\\ncovered by the integument and deep and superficial fascise. Its\\nbranches are the superior profunda, nutrient, inferior profunda,\\nanastomotica magna, and muscular, which supply the tissues\\nof the arm. The lower branches, particularly the anastomotica\\nmagna, anastomose freely with branches from the radial and\\nulnar around the elbow both front and back. This anastomosis\\nis of importance to the embalmer when the brachial artery is\\nraised, as that portion of the member below the point of injection\\nis thereby supplied by collateral circulation.\\nThe Radial is one of the divisions of the brachial, extending\\non the radial side of the forearm, from the bifurcation to the deep\\npalmar arch, and terminates by anastomosing with the super\u00c2\u00ac\\nficial palmar arch. Its branches supply the tissues of the radial\\nside of the forearm, wrist, and hand, and inosculate with the\\nbranches from the brachial and ulnar arteries.\\nThe Ulnar is the other division of the brachial, along the\\nulnar side of the forearm. Its branches supply the tissues on\\nthe ulnar side of the forearm, wrist, and hand, and anastomose\\nfreely with branches of the radial and brachial arteries.\\nThe Superficial Palmar Arch is that part of the ulnar\\nlying in the palm of the hand, and anastomoses with the super-\\nficialis volse from the radial and a branch from the radialis\\nindicis at the root of the thumb. It gives off four digital\\nbranches to the sides of the fingers, except the inside of the\\nindex finger, which is supplied by the radialis indicis.\\nThe Deep Palmar Arch is formed by the palmar portion of\\nthe radial artery anastomosing with the deep or communicating", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0199.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "160\\nCHAMPION TEXTBOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbranch of the ulna. It gives off the radialis indicis, palmar\\ninterosseous, perforating, and recurrent branches.\\nThe Thoracic Aorta begins at the lower border of the fifth\\ndorsal vertebra, and descends along the left side of the spine\\nto the aortic opening in the diaphragm, where it ends directly\\nin front of the last dorsal vertebra. Its branches are\\n(1) The Pericardiac, which vary in number and origin,\\nsupplying the pericardium.\\n(2) The Bronchial, supplying all the tissues of the lungs.\\nThey vary in number and origin, being usually one on the\\nright side and two on the left.\\n(3) The Esophageal, usually four or five in number, supply\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the esophagus.\\n(4) The Posterior Mediastinals, supplying the mediastinum.\\n(5) The Intercostals, usually ten in number on each side,\\ndividing into the anterior and posterior branches, and supplying\\nthe upper spaces and the spinal cord and tissues of the back.\\nThe Abdominal Aorta descends along the spinal column\\nfrom the diaphragm to the fourth lumbar vertebra, where it\\ndivides into the right and left common iliacs. It diminishes in\\nsize rapidly on account of the many large branches given off\\nin its course. Its branches are\\n(1) The Phrenic, supplying the under surface of the dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nphragm.\\n(2) The Celiac Axis, arising near the diaphragm, running\\nforward for half an inch and dividing into the gastric, hepatic,\\nand splenic arteries. (See Plate XLI.)\\n(a) The Gastric, supplying the cardiac end and lesser curva\u00c2\u00ac\\nture of the stomach, and the lesser omentum.\\n(b) The Hepatic, supplying the liver, gall-bladder, pyloric\\nend and greater curvature of the stomach, duodenum, and\\npancreas.\\n(c) The Splenic, supplying the spleen, pancreas, and cardiac\\nend and greater curvature of the stomach. The latter is sup-", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0200.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "ARTERIES OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION\\n161\\nplied by the left gastroepiploic, a principal branch, which, after\\ncircling half way around the outer circumference of the stomach,\\nFig. 29. The Abdominal Aorta and Its Branches.\\nmeets and anastomoses with the right gastroepiploic, Ironi the\\nhepatic artery.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0201.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "162\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n(3) The Superior Mesenteric, supplying the small intestine,\\ncecum, and ascending and transverse colon. It arises about\\none-fourth of an inch below the celiac axis, arching forward\\nand downward to the left, and gives off these branches inferior\\npancreatico-duodenal, vasa intestini tenuis, ileocolic, and right\\nand middle colic.\\n(4) The Inferior Mesenteric, supplying the descending colon,\\nsigmoid flexure, and most of the rectum, giving off the follow\u00c2\u00ac\\ning branches left colic, sigmoid, and superior hemorrhoidal.\\n(5) The Suprarenal, supplying the suprarenal capsules.\\n(6) The Renal, one on each side, supplying the kidneys.\\n(7) The Spermatics (in the male), supplying the testes.\\n(7a) The Ovarian (in the female), supplying the ovaries,\\nuterus, Fallopian tube, and skin of the labia and groin.\\n(8) The Lumbar, usually four on each side, supplying the\\nlumbar vertebrae.\\n(9) The Middle Sacral, arising at the division of the aorta\\nand supplying the sacrum and coccyx.\\nThe Common Iliacs extend from the division of the aorta, at\\nthe fourth lumbar vertebra, to the margin of the pelvis, where\\nthey each divide into the external and internal iliacs. They\\nare each about two inches long, the right being somewhat larger\\nthan the left. They give off a number of small branches to the\\nperitoneum, psoas muscles, ureters, and surrounding cellular tissue.\\nThe Internal Iliac is a short, thick vessel, about one and a\\nhalf inches long, extending downward to the upper margin\\nof the sacrosciatic foramen, where it divides into an anterior and\\nposterior branch.\\nThe Anterior Trunk gives off the following branches\\n(1) The Superior Vesical, distributing branches to the apex\\nand body of the bladder, vas deferens, and ureter. This is that\\npart of the fetal hypogastric artery which remains pervious after\\nbirth. The remaining portion dwindles after birth to a fibrous\\ncord, in which condition it continues through life.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0202.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "ARTERIES OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION 163\\n(2) The Middle Vesical (usually a branch of the above),\\nsupplying the base of the bladder and under surface of the\\nseminal vesicles.\\n(3) The Inferior Vesical (in the male), distributing to the\\nbladder, prostate gland, and seminal vesicles.\\n(4) The Middle Hemorrhoidal usually arising with above),\\nsupplying the rectum.\\n(5) The Uterine (in the female), supplying the uterus and\\nbroad ligament.\\n(6) The Vaginal in the female, same as 3), supplying the\\nmucous membrane of the vagina and contiguous part of rectum.\\n(7) The Obturator (sometimes arising from the posterior\\ntrunk and sometimes from the epigastric artery), the largest\\nbranch, giving off a number of branches within the pelvis and\\nextending through the obturator foramen, dividing into the\\ninternal and external branches, which supply the muscles and\\ntissues of the hip.\\n(8) The Internal Pudic, the smallest of the two terminal\\nbranches, supplying the external organs of generation.\\n(9) The Sciatic, the other terminal branch, distributing to\\nthe muscles of the back part of the pelvis and hip.\\nThe Posterior Trunk (of the internal iliac) gives off three\\nbranches\\n(1) The Iliolumbar, distributing to muscles in the lower\\nlumbar and iliac regions.\\n(2) The Lateral Sacral, supplying the sacral region.\\n(3) The Gluteal, the largest branch of the internal iliac, and\\nthe apparent continuation of the posterior trunk, supplying the\\ngluteus muscles.\\nThe External Iliac is larger in the adult than the internal\\niliac, and extends in an obliquely downward course, along the\\ninner border of the psoas muscle, from the bifurcation of the\\ncommon iliac to Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament, where it enters the thigh\\nand becomes the femoral artery. Besides a number of small", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0203.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "164\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbranches to the psoas muscle and neighboring glands, it gives\\noff two branches of considerable size\\n(1) The Deep Epigastric, which arises usually a few lines\\nabove Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament, passes between the peritoneum and\\nthe transversalis fascia, to the sheath of the rectus muscle which\\nit perforates, and ascends behind that muscle, to anastomose by\\nnumerous branches with the terminal branches of the internal\\nmammary and inferior intercostal.\\n(2) The Deep Circumflex Iliac, which arises opposite the\\nabove and ascends obliquely behind Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament to the\\nanterior superior spinus process of the ilium, continuing thence\\nalong the crest of the ilium. It supplies the internal oblique\\nand transversalis muscles, and other parts, and anastomoses with\\nthe iliolumbar, gluteal, lumbar, and deep epigastric.\\nThe Femoral is the continuation of the external iliac. It\\narises immediately behind Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament, passes down the\\nforepart and inner side of the thigh, and terminates at* the open\u00c2\u00ac\\ning in the adductor magnus muscle, where it becomes the\\npopliteal. Its course corresponds to a line drawn from the\\ncenter of Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament to the inner side of the inner\\ncondyle of the femur. It is very superficial in the upper third\\not the thigh, where it lies in Scarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle in a strong,\\nfibrous sheath, with the femoral vein on the inside and the\\nanterior crural nerve on the outside. In the middle third it\\nis more deeply seated, being covered by the sartorius muscle\\nin addition to the integument and superficial and deep faciae,\\nand contained in an aponeurotic canal, called Hunter\u00e2\u0080\u0099s canal.\\nThe vein now lies on the outer side in close apposition with the\\nartery, with the internal saphenous nerve still more external.\\nThe femoral artery gives off seven branches, as follows\\n(1) The Superficial Epigastric, to the inguinal glands,\\nsuperficial fascia of the abdomen, and the integument.\\n(2) The Superficial Circumflex Iliac, to the skin over the\\niliac crest.", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0204.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "G\\nBLOOD-VESSELS OF PERINEAL\\nREGIONS AND LOWER\\nEXTREMITIES\\nFOUR PLATES \u00e2\u0080\u0094XLIl.-XLV", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0205.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "PLATE XLII\\nBLOOD=VESSELS OF PERINEAL REGIONS.\\nArteries of Pelvis and Internal Genital Organs in Female Subject.\\na. Sacrum.\\nb. Crest of ilium.\\nc. Spina ilii anterior superior.\\n1. Abdominal aorta.\\n2. Common iliac artery.\\n3. External iliac artery.\\n4. Internal iliac artery.\\n5. Uterine arteries.\\n6. Internal spermatic arteries.\\n7. Fimbriated end of Fallopian tube.\\ng. Uterus.\\nk. Fallopian tubes.\\nl. Lateral ligament of uterus.\\n8. Vessels of the lateral ligament.\\n9. Ovum, with ovarian ligament.\\n10. Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\n11. Internal iliac muscle.\\n12. Psoas magnus muscle.\\n13. Circumflex iliac artery.\\n15. Rectum.\\nlfili", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0206.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "PLATE XLIII.\\nBLOOD=VESSELS OF PERINEAL REGIONS-Continued.\\nArteries of Pelvis in Male Subject.\\na. Last lumbar vertebra.\\nb. Sacrum.\\nc. Crest of ilium.\\ne. Internal ilac muscle.\\n1. Abdominal aorta.\\n2. Inferior mesenteric artery.\\n3. Bladder.\\n4 Common iliac artery.\\n5. Ureters.\\n6,6. Psoas magnus muscles.\\n7. Inferior epigastric arteries.\\nTransverse abdominal muscle.\\ng. Rectus abdominis muscle.\\nk. Rectum.\\nl. Yas deferens.\\n8. Rectus abdominus muscle.\\n9. Anterior superior spinous proces\\n10 Internal iliac muscle.\\n11. Inferior epigastric artery.\\n12. Middle sacral artery.\\n13. Internal spermatic artery.\\n167", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0207.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "Fig. 2,\\nFig 1.\\nms", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0208.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "PLATE XLIV\\nARTERIES OF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries on Internal Surface of Pelvis, Thigh, and Knee of\\nthe Right Extremity.\\nA. Abdominal aorta.\\nB. External iliac artery.\\nC. Internal iliac artery.\\nD. Femoral artery.\\nc. Spinal canal.\\nd. Sacrum.\\ng. Symphysis pubis.\\nh. Crest of ilium.\\ni. Anterior superior spine of ilium.\\nk. Lesser sacrosciatic ligament.\\nl. Rectum.\\nm. Internal iliac muscle.\\nn. Psoas major muscle.\\no. Pyriform muscle.\\n1. Fourth lumbar vertebra.\\n2. Fifth lumbar vertebra.\\n4. Iliolumbar artery.\\n5. Obturator artery.\\n10. Middle hemorrhoidal artery.\\n11. Vesical artery.\\n12. Circumflex iliac artery.\\nE. Profunda femoris.\\nF. Popliteal artery.\\nGr. Common iliac artery.\\np. Internal obturator muscle.\\nr. Sartorius muscle.\\ns. Vastus interims muscle.\\nt. Rectus femoris muscle.\\nu. Adductor magnus muscle.\\nv. Semimembranous muscle.\\nx. Tendo gracilis.\\ny. Gastrocnemius (interims) muscle.\\nz. Solens muscle.\\n15. Circumflexa femoris interna.\\n16. Perforating profunda femoral (11.\\n17. Perforating profunda femoral (2).\\n18. Perforating profunda femoral (8).\\n19. Femoral in Hunter\u00e2\u0080\u0099s canal.\\n20. Anastomotica magna artery.\\n22. Inferior internal articular of knee.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries on Dorsal Surface of Right Foot.\\nA.\\nInterosseous arteries.\\nC.\\nOs calcis.\\nB.\\nDorsal pedis artery.\\nD.\\nAstragalus.\\nc.\\nNavicular bone.\\nd.\\nTuber ossis metatarsi (5.)\\n2.\\nExternal tarsal artery.\\n8.\\nCommunicating branch to deep\\n3.\\n6.\\nInternal tarsal artery.\\nDigital arteries.\\npalmar arch.\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Plantar Arch of Arteries in Sole of Right Foot.\\na. Os calcis.\\nb. Tuberosities of metatarsal bones.\\nc. Head of metatarsal bones.\\nd. Short flexor of foot and toes.\\ne. Abductor of great toe.\\nShort flexor of great toe.\\n1. Posterior tibial artery.\\n2. External plantar artery.\\n3. Branches of internal plantar.\\n4. Digital arteries.\\ng. Long flexor of great toe.\\nh. Long flexor of toes.\\ni. Accessory muscle.\\nk. Abductor of the toes (5).\\nl. Short flexor of toes (5).\\nm. Transverse of foot.\\n5. Communicating branch of deep\\nplantar arch.\\n6. Plantaris pollicis pedis.\\n7. Interosseus plantar artery.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0209.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "Fig. 2.\\nFig.\\n1\\n170", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0210.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "PLATE XLV.\\nARTERIES OF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.\\nA.\\nB.\\nf.\\na-\\ni.\\nk.\\n0-\\n14.\\n15.\\n1 1\\n17.\\nA.\\nB.\\nC.\\nk.\\nl.\\nm.\\n0\\nV-\\ns.\\ne.\\ni-\\n10\\n11\\n12\\nA.\\nB.\\na.\\n1\\n3.\\n4.\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries on Anterior Surface of Right Leg and Foot.\\nAnterior tibia! artery.\\nPoint where anterior tibial is usually\\nraised.\\nPatella.\\nTuberosity of the tibia.\\nInternal malleolus.\\nExternal malleolus.\\nExtensor digitorum communis\\nlong us.\\nPeroneous tertius muscle.\\nRecurrent tibial artery.\\nDorsal artery of foot.\\nExternal malleolaris artery.\\nInternal malleolaris artery.\\nC. Digital arteries.\\nq. Tendo communis extensoris.\\nx. Ligament of patella.\\ny. Tibialis anticus muscle.\\nz. Extensor pollicis pedis longus.\\ny. Soleus muscle.\\n6. Gastrocnemius muscle.\\n18. External tarsal artery.\\n19. Internal tarsal artery.\\n20. Interossse metatarsi dorsalis.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Arteries on Posterior Surface of Right Leg.\\nPopliteal artery.\\nPosterior tibial artery.\\nAnterior tibial artery.\\nPopliteal space.\\nHead of fibula.\\nFibula.\\nPopliteus.\\nHeads of gastrocnemius muscle.\\nPerineus longus muscle.\\nPerineus brevis muscle.\\nFlexor longus pollicis pedis.\\nInternal superior articular of knee.\\nExternal superior articular of knee.\\nInternal inferior articular of knee.\\nD. Posterior tibial at point where usually\\nraised.\\nJEJ. Femoral artery.\\nn. External malleolus.\\no. Internal malleolus.\\ny. Short head of biceps femoris.\\nrj. Tibialis posticus muscle.\\nFlexor digitorum longus muscle,\\ni. Tendon of Achilles.\\nk. Soleus muscle.\\n13. External inferior articular of knee.\\n15. Peroneal of fibula.\\n17. External posterior malleolar.\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Deep Arteries in Sole of Right Foot.\\nExternal plantar artery.\\nPlantar arch.\\nTuber os calcis.\\nPosterior tibial artery.\\nInternal plantar artery.\\nTibialis plantaris pollicis pedis.\\nC. Digitalis pedis plantar.\\nd. Short flexor of toes.\\n5. Perforating branches.\\n7. Interosseous plantar.\\n9. External plantar of toe.\\n171", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0211.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3986", "width": "2644", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0212.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "I\\nARTERIES OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION 173\\n(3) The Superficial External Pudic, to the integument of\\nthe lower abdomen, penis and scrotum in the male, and labium\\nin the female.\\n(4) The Deep External Pudic, to the skin of the scrotum\\nand perineum in the male and labium in the female.\\n(5) The Profunda Femoris, called also the deep femoral, is\\nthe largest branch. It arises from the back part of the femoral,\\none to two inches below r Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament, descends beneath the\\nadductor longus muscle and terminates at the lower third of the\\nback part of the thigh. It gives off the following branches:\\n(a) The External Circumflex, supplying the muscles at the\\nfront of the thigh.\\n(b) The Internal Circumflex, supplying the muscles at the\\nback part of the thigh.\\n(c) The Perforating, usually three in number, piercing the\\nadductor brevis and adductor magnus muscles, which they sup\u00c2\u00ac\\nply. The terminal branch of the profunda perforates the ad\u00c2\u00ac\\nductor magnus muscle and is, hence, sometimes called the fourth\\nperforating artery.\\n(6) The Muscular Branches, varying from two to seven,\\nand supplying chiefly the sartorius and vastus internus muscles.\\n(7) The Anastomotica Magna, arising in Hunter\u00e2\u0080\u0099s canal,\\nand dividing into a superficial and deep branch, the latter\\nanastomosing around the knee-joint with the superior internal\\narticular and recurrent tibial.\\nThe Popliteal is a continuation of the femoral, and extends\\ndownward through the popliteal space behind the knee to the\\nlower border of the popliteal muscle, where it divides into the\\nanterior and posterior tibial. It gives off the following branches\\nmuscular (superior and inferior), cutaneous, superior external and\\ninternal articular, azygos articular, and inferior articular (ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal and internal). These supply the knee-joint and tissues\\naround the knee, and anastomose freely with each other and\\nwith other branches above and below the knee.\\n18", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0213.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "174\\nCHAMPION TEXT *BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe Anterior Tibial extends from the division of the pop\u00c2\u00ac\\nliteal to the front of the ankle=joint, where it becomes the\\ndorsalis pedis. It is superficial in its lower third, lying on\\nthe anterior surface of the tibia. Its branches supply the tissues\\nin its course and it gives off the internal and external malleolar\\nat its lower part.\\nThe Dorsalis Pedis extends from the front of the ankle to\\nthe first interosseous space, where it terminates in the dorsalis\\nliallucis and communicating. It gives off branches to the outer\\nand front part of the foot and toes.\\nThe Posterior Tibial extends from the division of the pop\u00c2\u00ac\\nliteal along the back of the tibia to the fossa below the internal\\nmalleolus, where it divides into the internal and external\\nplantar. Its branches supply the tissues of the leg, heel, and\\nsole of the foot.\\nThe Internal Plantar passes along the inner side of the\\nfoot and great toe.\\nThe External Plantar passes along outward and forward,\\nand at the base of the metatarsal bones it inosculates with the\\ncommunicating branches from the dorsalis pedis, forming the\\nplantar arch. Its branches supply the muscles on the outer\\npart of the foot, interosseous tissues, the three outer toes, and\\nthe outer side of the second toe.", "height": "3973", "width": "2589", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0214.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER X.\\nVEINS OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION.\\nThe Systemic Veins may be classified as (1) those of the\\nhead and neck, upper extremities, and thorax, terminating in\\nthe superior vena cava (2) those of the lower extremities, pelvis,\\nand abdomen, emptying into the inferior vena cava; (3) the\\ncardiac veins, opening directly into the right auricle of the heart.\\nThe Veins of the Head and Neck may be subdivided into\\nfour groups (1) veins of the exterior of the head (2) veins of\\nthe diploe and cranium (3) sinuses of the dura mater (4) veins\\nof the neck. (See Plates XXX.-XXXVIII.)\\nThe External Veins of the Head freely anastomose with\\ntheir fellows of the opposite side and with adjacent branches.\\nThe principal ones are\\n(1) The Facial, draining the forehead and front of the face,\\nand emptying into the internal jugular.\\n(2) The Temporal, a large vein, commencing by a minute\\nplexus on the side and vertex of the skull, draining the side\\nof the head, and uniting with the internal maxillary to form\\nthe temporomaxillary.\\n(3) The Internal Maxillary, receiving branches correspond\u00c2\u00ac\\ning to those of the internal maxillary artery.\\n(4) The Temporomaxillary, formed by a union of the last\\ntwo, descending through the parotid gland between the sterno-\\nmastoid muscle and the ramus of the jaw, and dividing into\\ntwo branches, one of which passes inward to join the facial and\\nenters the internal jugular, while the other is joined by the\\nposterior auricular and becomes the external jugular.\\n175", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0215.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "176\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n(5) The Posterior Auricular, descending behind the ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal ear and receiving the stylomastoid and some tributaries\\nfrom back of the ear.\\n(6) The Occipital, gathering the blood from the back part\\nof the head.\\nThe Veins of the Diploe are large and capacious, their walls\\nbeing thin and formed only of epithelium, resting upon a layer\\nof elastic tissue, and presenting at irregular intervals poucli-\\nlike dilatations, or culs=de-sac, which serve as reservoirs of the\\nblood.\\nThe Cerebral Veins are remarkable for the extreme thin\u00c2\u00ac\\nness of their coats, in consequence of the muscular tissue being\\nwanting, and the absence of valves. They are divided into\\nsuperficial and deep.\\nThe Superficial Cerebral ramify upon the surface of the\\nbrain, being lodged in the sulci between the convolutions. They\\nreceive branches from the substance of the brain and terminate\\nin the sinuses.\\nThe Deep Cerebral, or ventricular, two in number, run\\nbackward and parallel between the layers of the velum inter-\\npositum, pass out of the brain at the great transverse fissure,\\nand unite into one before entering the straight sinus.\\nThe Cerebellar occupy the surface of the cerebellum and\\nare disposed into three sets superior, terminating in the straight\\nsinus; inferior, terminating in the lateral sinuses and lateral\\nanterior, terminating in the superior petrosal sinuses.\\nThe Sinuses of the Dura Mater are venous channels analo\u00c2\u00ac\\ngous to the veins, their outer coat being formed by the dura\\nmater and the inner by a continuation of the lining membrane of\\nthe veins. They are divided into (1) those at the upper and back\\npart of skull; (2) those at the base of skull. The former are\\n(1) The Superior Longitudinal occupies the attached mar\u00c2\u00ac\\ngin of the falx cerebri, commencing at the foramen cecum,\\nincreasing in size as it runs backward, and opening into the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0216.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "VEINS OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION\\n177\\ntorcular Heropliili. It receives the superior cerebral veins, and\\nnumerous veins from the diploe and dura mater.\\n(2) The Inferior Longitudinal (or inferior longitudinal\\nvein) is contained in the posterior part of the free margin of\\nthe falx cerebri, and terminates in the straight sinus.\\n(3) The Straight is situated at the junction of the falx\\ncerebri with the tentorium, is triangular in form, and increases\\nin size as it runs obliquely downward and backward from the\\ntermination of the inferior longitudinal to the lateral sinus.\\n(4) The Lateral, right and left, are of large size, situated in\\nthe attached margin of the tentorium cerebelli, increase in size\\nas they proceed from behind forward, and empty into the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal jugular veins.\\n(5) The Occipital, generally single, sometimes two, is the\\nsmallest of the cranial sinuses. It is situated in the attached\\nmargin of the falx cerebelli, and terminates in the torcular\\nHeropliili.\\nThe Sinuses of the Base of the Skull, with the lateral\\nsinuses, form a complete circuit. (See Fig. 30.) They are:\\n(1) The Cavernous are vessels of reticular structure, large\\nin size, situated on either side of the sella turcica, extending\\nfrom the sphenoidal fissure to the apex of the petrous portion\\nof the temporal bone. They receive some cerebral veins and\\nthe ophthalmic, a large vein receiving tributaries corresponding\\nto the branches given off by the ophthalmic artery.\\n(2) The Circular is formed by two transverse vessels, con\u00c2\u00ac\\nnecting the two cavernous sinuses, forming with these a circle\\naround the pituitary body.\\n(3) The Transverse (or basilar) connects the two inferior\\npetrosal and cavernous sinuses, at their junction.\\n(4) The Inferior Petrosal commences in front at the termi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnation of the cavernous-sinus and behind joins the lateral sinus,\\nexternal to the jugular foramen, forming with the lateral sinus\\nthe internal jugular vein.\\n12", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0217.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "178\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n(5) The Superior Petrosal is situated along the superior\\nborder of the petrous portion of the temporal bone in the front\\npart of the attached margin of the tentorium, and connects the\\ncavernous and lateral sinuses on each side.\\nThe V eins of the Neck, which drain the above, are the four\\njugulars\u00e2\u0080\u0094external, posterior\\nexternal, anterior, and inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nnal\u00e2\u0080\u0094and the vertebral.\\nThe External Jugular\\nreceives the great part of the\\nblood from the exterior of the\\ncranium and deep parts of\\nthe face, being formed by a\\njuncture of the posterior di\u00c2\u00ac\\nvision of the temporomaxil-\\nlary and posterior auricular.\\nIt commences in the substance\\nof the parotid gland, on a level\\nwith the angle of the jaw,\\nruns perpendicularly down the\\nneck, crossing the sternocleido\u00c2\u00ac\\nmastoid muscle, and termi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnates in the subclavian, on\\nthe outer side, or in front, of\\nthe scalenus anticus muscle.\\nIt has two pairs of valves, one\\nat its entrance into the subclavian and the other just above the\\nclavicle, which, however, do not prevent the regurgitation of\\nblood or upward flow of fluid. It receives the posterior external\\njugular, suprascapular, and transverse cervical veins, and some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes the occipital.\\nThe Posterior External Jugular runs down the back of\\nthe neck, opening into the external jugular, just below the\\nmiddle of its course.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0218.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "VEINS OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION\\n179\\nThe Anterior Jugular commences near the hyoid bone and\\ndrains the trout part of the neck, running downward and enter\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the subclavian near the external jugular.\\nThe Internal Jugular collects the blood from the interior\\not the cranium, from the superficial parts of the face, and from\\nthe neck. It is formed by the junction of the lateral and\\ninferior petrosal sinuses, descends vertically and unites with the\\nsubclavian vein at the root of the neck, to form the innominate.\\nIn its course down the side of the neck it lies at first on the\\noutside of the internal carotid and then of the common carotid\\nartery. It receives in its course the facial, lingual, pharyngeal,\\nsuperior and middle thyroid, and the occipital.\\nThe Vertebral commences in the occipital region by numer\u00c2\u00ac\\nous small veins from the deep muscles of the upper and back\\npart of the neck, descends by the side of the vertebral artery,\\nand empties into the innominate.\\nThe Veins of the Upper Extremities are superficial and\\ndeep. Both sets are supplied with valves, which are more\\nnumerous in the deep than in the superficial.\\nThe Superficial Veins lie in the superficial fascia, begin\u00c2\u00ac\\nning at the back part of the hand, where they form a more or\\nless complete arch. They are the anterior, posterior, and com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmon ulnar, radial, median, median basilic, median cephalic,\\nbasilic, and cephalic. They anastomose freely with each other\\nand with the deep veins.\\nThe Anterior Ulnar commences on the anterior surface on\\nthe ulnar side of the hand and wrist and ascends along the\\ninner side of the forearm to the bend of the elbow, where it\\njoins the posterior ulnar to form the common ulnar.\\nThe Posterior Ulnar runs along the posterior surface of the\\nforearm to its juncture w T ith the anterior ulnar.\\nThe Common Ulnar is a short trunk, formed by the\\nunion of the two former, and joins with the median basilic to\\nform the basilic. It is sometimes wanting, in which case the", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0219.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "180\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nanterior and posterior ulnars open separately into the median\\nbasilic.\\nThe Radial commences at the hack of the thumb and radial\\nside of the hand, communicates with the deep veins of the palm,,\\ncourses along the side of the forearm, and unites at the bend of\\nthe elbow with the median cephalic to form the cephalic.\\nThe Median collects the blood from the superficial structures\\non the palmar surface of the hand and along the middle line of\\nthe forearm. Just below the elbow it receives a branch from\\nthe venae comites of the brachial artery, and immediately divides\\ninto the median cephalic and median basilic.\\nThe Median Cephalic is a short vessel which passes outward,\\njoining the radial to form the cephalic.\\nThe Median Basilic is also short, but larger than the above,,\\nand passes obliquely inward, joining the common ulnar to form\\nthe basilic.\\nThe Basilic is a vein of considerable size, passes upward\\nalong the inner side of the biceps muscle, pierces the deep fascia\\na little below the middle of the arm, ascends in the course of\\nthe brachial artery, and joins the venae comites of that vessel\\nto form the axillary.\\nThe Cephalic ascends on the outer border of the biceps\\nmuscle, and terminates in the axillary vein just below the\\nclavicle.\\nThe Deep Veins of the Upper Extremities accompany\\nthe arteries, usually as venae comites, one on either side, and are\\nconnected at intervals by short transverse branches. The deep\\nveins inosculate freely with each other and with the superficial\\nbranches.\\nTwo Digital Veins accompany each artery along the side\\nof the fingers, uniting at their base and passing along the inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nosseous spaces in the palm, terminating in the venae comites of\\nthe superficial palmer arch. Branches from these vessels on the\\nulnar side terminate in the deep ulnar veins. The latter, as,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0220.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "VEINS OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION\\n181\\nthey pass in front of the wrist, communicate with the inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nosseous and superficial veins and at the elbow unite with the\\ndeep radial to form the vena; comites of the brachial artery.\\nThe interosseous veins accompany the interosseous arteries, com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmencing in front of the wrist and terminating in the vena\\ncomites of the ulnar artery.\\nThe Deep Palmar Veins accompany the deep palmar arch,\\nreceive numerous tributaries, communicate with the deep ulnar\\nat the side of the hand, and terminate on the outer side in the\\nvena comites of the radial artery. The latter continue as the\\nvena comites of the brachial artery.\\nThe Axillary is of large size, formed by the union of the\\nbasilic vein and the vena comites of the brachial artery, at\\nthe lower part of the axillary space, and terminates beneath\\nthe clavicle, where it becomes the subclavian. It receives a\\nnumber of tributaries, the largest being the cephalic, received\\nnear its termination. Valves are found in the axillary opposite\\nthe lower border of the subscapular muscle and at the termina\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the cephalic and subscapular veins.\\nThe Subclavian is the continuation of the axillary, from the\\nouter margin of the first rib to the sternoclavicular articulation,\\nwhere it unites with the internal jugular to form the innominate.\\nAt the angle of this junction the thoracic duct enters on the left\\nside, and the lymphatic duct on the right. It receives the external,\\nanterior, and internal jugulars, and a branch from the cephalic.\\nThe Innominates are two large trunks, one on each side of\\nthe root of the neck, formed by juncture of the subclavian and\\nthe internal jugular. The right is about one and a half and the\\nleft three inches long. They unite below the first rib to form\\nthe superior vena cava, and receive the vertebral, internal mam\u00c2\u00ac\\nmary, inferior thyroid, and superior intercostal; sometimes the\\nleft also receives some thymic and pericardiac veins.\\nThe Superior Vena Cava is about three inches long,\\nreceives all the blood from the upper half of the body, and", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0221.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "182\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nterminates in the right auricle of the heart. It is partly covered\\nwith the pericardium, and receives the right superior phrenic,\\nvena azygos major, and small pericardiac and mediastinal veins.\\nThe Pincipal Veins of the Thorax are the\\nInternal Mammary. Bronchial. Right Azygos (Major).\\nInferior Thyroid. Mediastinal. Left Lower Azygos (Minor).\\nSuperior Intercostals. Pericardiac. Left Upper Azygos Minimus).\\nThe Azygos Veins (see Fig. 31) are the only veins of\\nthis region needing particular description. They unite the\\nsuperior and inferior vense cavse, supplying their place in the\\nregion behind the heart, where these trunks are wanting.\\nThe Right Azygos begins by a branch from the right\\nlumbar veins, passes through the aortic opening in the dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nphragm, and ends in the superior vena cava, having drained\\nnine or ten of the right lower intercostals, the vena azygos minor,\\nthe right bronchial, esophageal, mediastinal, and vertebral veins.\\nThe Left Lower Azygos begins by a branch from the left\\nlumbar or renal, passes into the thorax through the left crus of\\nthe diaphragm, crosses the vertebral column and ends in the\\nright azygos, having drained four or five lower intercostals.\\nThe Left Upper Azygos, sometimes very small or altogether\\nwanting, receives veins from the intercostal spaces above the left\\nlower azygos sometimes also the left bronchial.\\nThe Spinal Veins are divided into: (1) those placed on the\\nexterior of the spinal column (2) those situated on the interior\\nof the spinal column (3) those of the bodies of the vertebrse\\n(4) those of the spinal cord. They have no valves and empty\\ninto the vertebral and other veins.\\nThe Veins of the Lower Extremities, like those of the\\nupper, are superficial and deep. Valves are more numerous\\nin the veins of the lower than of the upper extremities, and, as\\nin the upper, more numerous in the deep than in the superficial.\\nThe Principal Superficial Veins are the internal or lo?^g\\nsaphenous and the external or short saphenous.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0222.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "VEINS OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION\\n183\\nFig. 31. Vense Cavse, Vense Azygos, Etc.\\nThe Internal Saphenous\\ncommences at the inner side of\\nthe arch on the dorsum of the\\nfoot, ascends in front of the inner\\nmalleolus and along the inner\\nside of the leg and thigh, and\\nenters the femoral at the saphe\u00c2\u00ac\\nnous opening, one and one-half\\ninches below Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s liga\u00c2\u00ac\\nment. It receives the blood\\nfrom the superficial branches\\nof the leg and thigh and, at the\\nsaphenous opening, the super\u00c2\u00ac\\nficial epigastric, superficial cir\u00c2\u00ac\\ncumflex iliac, and external\\npudic veins. It also communi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncates with numerous deep veins.\\nThe valves vary in number\\nfrom two to six.\\nThe External Saphenous\\nis formed by the branches from\\n%J\\nthe dorsum and outer side of\\nthe foot, and ascends behind\\nthe outer malleolus up the\\nmiddle of the back of the leg,\\nand empties into the popliteal\\nvein. It receives a number of\\nlarge tributaries from the back\\npart of the leg and communi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncates at the foot and ankle\\nwith the deep veins. It has\\nfrom three to nine valves, one\\nof which is always near its\\ntermination.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0223.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "184\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe Deep Veins of the Lower Extremities, like those of\\nthe upper, accompany the arteries and their branches as vense\\ncomites.\\nThe External and Internal Plantars unite to form the\\nposterior tibial, which accompany the artery, and are joined\\nby the peroneal veins.\\nThe Anterior Tibials are formed by a continuation upward\\nof the venae comites of the dorsalis pedis artery, which form, by\\ntheir junction with the posterior tibial, the popliteal.\\nThe Popliteal ascends through the popliteal space to the\\ntendinous aperture in the adductor magnus muscle, where it\\nbecomes the femoral. It receives the sural, articular, and ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal saphenous veins, and has usually tour valves.\\nThe Femoral accompanies the femoral artery through the\\nupper two-thirds of the thigh. In the lower part of its course\\nit lies external to the artery higher up it lies behind it; and\\nbeneath Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament it lies to the inner side on the same\\nplane. It lias four or five valves, and receives numerous muscu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlar tributaries, the profunda femoris, and internal saphenous.\\nThe External Iliac commences at the termination of the\\nfemoral beneath the crural arch, and passing upward along\\nthe brim of the pelvis, terminates opposite the sacroiliac sym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphysis, by uniting with the internal iliac to form the common\\niliac. It receives the epigastric, circumflex iliac, and a small pu\u00c2\u00ac\\nbic vein. It frequently contains one, and sometimes two, valves.\\nThe Internal Iliac is formed by the venae comites of the\\nbranches of the internal iliac artery (except the umbilical). It\\nreceives the blood from the exterior of the pelvis, through the\\ngluteal, sciatic, internal pudic, and obturator veins, and from\\nthe organs of the pelvis through the hemorrhoidal and vesico-\\nprostatic plexuses in the male and the uterine and vaginal\\nplexuses in the female.\\nThe Common Iliacs are formed by the junction of the ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal and internal iliacs, and pass obliquely upward and inward,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0224.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "VEINS OF THE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION\\n185\\nuniting between the fourth and fifth lumbar vertebrae to form\\nthe inferior vena cava. The left is the longer, and receives, in\\naddition to the iliolumbar and lateral sacral received by both,\\nthe middle sacral vein.\\nThe Inferior Vena Cava returns the blood to the heart from\\nall parts of the body below the diaphragm. It extends from the\\njuncture of the common iliacs along the front of the spine, on\\nthe right side of the aorta, through the tendinous center of the\\ndiaphragm, and terminates in the lower and back part of the\\nauricle. At its termination is a valve, the Eustachian, which\\nis large in fetal life, but usually small or altogether wanting in\\nthe adult. It receives the\\nRight and Left Lumbar. Right Suprarenal.\\nRight Spermatic. Right Phrenic.\\nRight and Left Renal. Right and Left Hepatic.\\nThe left spermatic, suprarenal, and phrenic usually enter the\\nleft renal. The above veins drain the blood from the organs\\nand parts respectively named.\\nThe Cardiac Veins return the blood from the tissues of the\\nheart into the right auricle. They are the great, middle, pos\u00c2\u00ac\\nterior, anterior, and right cardiac veins, venae Tliebesii, and the\\ncoronary sinus. The latter is a dilated portion of the great\\ncardiac (coronary) vein, about an inch in length, and enters\\nthe auricle between the inferior vena cava and the auriculo-\\nventricular aperture, its orifice being guarded by the coronary\\nvalve.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0225.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XI.\\nTHE OTHER CIRCULATORY SYSTEMS.\\nTHE LESSER OR PULMONARY CIRCULATION.\\nThe Pulmonary System consists of the pulmonary artery,,\\nwhich conveys the carbonated or impure blood from the heart\\nto the lungs, where it undergoes oxygenation the pulmonary\\nveins, which return the arterial blood to the heart; and the\\ncapillaries between.\\nThe Pulmonary Artery, which is the only artery which car\u00c2\u00ac\\nries venous blood (except in fetal life), is a short, wide vessel,,\\nabout two inches long. It arises from the left side of the base of\\nthe right ventricle in front of the aorta, passes upward and back\u00c2\u00ac\\nward to the under surface of the aortic arch, to which it is\\nattached by a fibrous cord, the remains of the ductus arteriosus\\nof fetal life. At this point it divides into two branches, the right\\nand left pulmonary arteries, which, passing to their respective\\nlungs, again divide, sending a branch to each lobe. Within the\\nlobes these branches divide and subdivide, to ramify throughout\\nthe lung tissue and end in the dense network of capillaries. In\\nthe lungs the branches of the pulmonary artery are usually\\nabove, and in front of, a bronchial tube, with the venous branch\\nbelow. At the root of the lung the artery is in the middle, with\\nthe vein in front and the bronchus behind.\\nThe Pulmonary Veins are the only veins (except the umbil\u00c2\u00ac\\nical vein in fetal life) that carry arterial blood. Unlike the\\nveins of the systemic system generally, they are devoid of valves,,\\nare only slightly larger than the arteries they attend, and accom\u00c2\u00ac\\npany those vessels singly. They originate in the network of\\ncapillaries upon the walls of the air-cells, where they are con-\\n186", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0226.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "THE OTHER CIRCULATORY SYSTEMS\\n187\\ntinuous with the ramifications of the smallest branches of the\\npulmonary artery, and unite to form a single trunk from each\\nlobe. The vein from the middle lobe of the right lung usually\\nTRIANGULARIS STERNI\\nFig. 32. Transverse Section of Thorax, Showing Pulmonary Vessels, Heart, Lungs, Etc.\\nunites with that from the upper lobe, thus giving two veins\\nfrom each side occasionally, the two from the left side enter\\nthe auricle by a common opening.\\nThe Pulmonary Capillaries form plexuses which lie imme\u00c2\u00ac\\ndiately beneath the mucous membrane, in the walls and septa of\\nthe air-cells and of the intercellular passages. They form a\\nvery minute network, the meshes being smaller than the vessels.\\nThe walls are very thin, allowing the air to come in contact with\\nthe blood within the vessels. The vessels of neighboring lobes\\nare distinct from each other, and do not anastomose.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0227.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "188\\nCHAMPION TENTHOOK ON EMBALMING\\nTHE PORTAL SYSTEM OF VEINS.\\nThe Portal System is an appendix of the systemic. It is\\ncomposed of four large veins, the inferior and superior mesen\u00c2\u00ac\\nteric, splenic, and gastric, which carry the blood, together with\\nportions of the digested food, from the digestive viscera. These\\nunite to form a large trunk, the portal vein (vena portae), ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntending from the pancreas to the liver, which it enters and\\nramifies, distributing its blood to every part. The venous blood,\\nafter undergoing certain changes in the liver, is again collected\\nby the hepatic veins and emptied into the vena cava.\\nThe Portal Vein is about four inches long, being formed by\\nthe junction of the superior mesenteric and splenic, their union\\ntaking place in front of the vena cava and behind the upper\\nborder of the great end of the pancreas. Passing upward\\nthrough the right border of the lesser omentum to the under\\nsurface of the liver, it enters the transverse fissure, where it is\\nsomewhat enlarged, forming the sinus of the portal vein it\\nthen divides into two branches, the right being the larger but\\nshorter. These branches divide and subdivide into still smaller\\nbranches which accompany the ramifications of the hepatic\\nartery and hepatic duct throughout the substance of the liver.\\nThe portal vein lies behind and between the hepatic duct and\\nartery, the former being to the right and the latter to the left.\\nFilaments ol the hepatic plexus of nerves and numerous lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatics, surrounded by a quantity of loose areolar tissue, ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncompany these structures.\\nThe Inferior Mesenteric returns the blood from the rectum,\\nsigmoid flexure, and descending colon. It ascends beneath the\\nperitoneum in the lumbar region, passes behind the transverse\\nportion ol the duodenum, and the pancreas, and terminates in\\nthe splenic vein. Its hemorrhoidal branches inosculate with\\nthose ol the internal iliac, thus establishing a communication\\nbetween the portal and general venous systems. Other anasto\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoses with veins of the systemic system also take place.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0228.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "H\\nPORTAL AND FETAL SYSTEMS\\nTWO PLATES\u00e2\u0080\u0094 XLVl.-XLVIl\\nnl\u00e2\u0080\u0098Y)\\n19", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0229.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "PLATE XLVI.\\nPORTAL SYSTEM OF VEINS.\\niMtt\\nfiwi\\nSSSkShk\\nill\\nrit\\nmm\\nPortal Vein and Its Branches, Liver, Stomach, Pancreas, Spleen, Portion of\\nLarge and Small Intestines in Position (Transverse Colon Removed).\\n11)0", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0230.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "PLATE XLVII.\\nFETAL CIRCULATION WITH PLACENTA AND UMBILICAL CORD.\\na. Right ventricle of heart.\\nb. Left ventricle of heart.\\nc. Left auricle of heart.\\nd. Origin of aorta.\\ne. Arch of aorta.\\nPulmonary artery.\\ng. Loft branch (divided).\\nh. Left pulmonary veins.\\ni. Ductus arteriosus.\\nJc. Descending aorta.\\n1. Superior vena cava.\\nm. Left innominate vein.\\nn. Common iliac artery.\\no. External iliac artery.\\np. Internal iliac artery.\\nq. Umbilical artery.\\nr. Umbilicus.\\ns. Umbilical vein.\\nt. Fundus of bladder.\\nu. Urachus.\\nv. Placenta.\\nw. Amnion.\\nx. Chorion.\\ny. Spongy portion of placenta\\nz. Left lobe of liver.\\na.\\n0.\\ny-\\ns.\\ne.\\nV-\\nL.\\n/X.\\ny.\\nRight lobe of liver.\\nGall=bladder.\\nUmbilical vein.\\nPortal vein, anastomosing\\nwith umbilical vein.\\nDuctus venosus.\\nHepatic vein.\\nInferior vena cava.\\nLobus Spigelii.\\nKidney.\\nSuprarenal capsule.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0231.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0232.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "THE OTHER CIRCULATORY SYSTEMS\\n193\\nThe Superior Mesenteric returns the blood from the small\\nintestine, cecum, and ascending and transverse colon. The\\nlaige tiunk, tormed by the union of its numerous branches,\\nascends along the right side and in front of the corresponding\\nartery, passes in front of the transverse portion of the duodenum,\\nand unites, behind the upper border ot the pancreas, with the\\nsplenic vein to form the portal vein. Usually the right gastro=\\nepiploic vein empties into the superior mesenteric close to the\\ntermination, but in Plate XLV. it opens into the splenic vein.\\nThe Splenic commences by five branches, which return the\\nblood from the substance of the spleen. These form a single\\nvessel which passes from left to right behind the upper border\\nof the pancreas below the artery and terminates at its greater\\nend by uniting at a right angle with the superior mesenteric to\\nform the vena portae. It is of large size, is not tortuous like the\\nartery, and receives the following additional branches: vasa\\nbrevia, left gastroepiploic, pancreatic branches, pancreatico\\nduodenal, and inferior mesenteric.\\nThe Gastrics are two in number. The smaller (the pyloric)\\nruns along the lesser curvature of the stomach toward the\\npyloric end, receives branches from the pylorus and duodenum,\\nand terminates in the vena portse the larger (the coronary)\\nbegins near the pylorus, runs along the lesser curvature of the\\nstomach toward the esophageal opening, and curves down\u00c2\u00ac\\nward and backward between the folds of the lesser omentum\\nto end in the vena portse.\\nTHE FETAL CIRCULATION.\\nThe Circulation in the Unborn Child is quite different\\nfrom that in the child after birth. The nutrition of the embryo,\\nthough the whole unfolding is extremely complex, is at first of\\nthe simplest form, gradually developing by about the fifteenth\\nday into the vitelline circulation, the first stage of the blood=vas-\\ncular system. Even during this stage the form of circulation is\\n20", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0233.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "194\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nquite simple, being carried on partly within the embryo and\\npartly external to it, in the vascular area of the umbilical vesicle,\\nby means of a tubular heart, from which and to which the blood\\nis carried by two arteries and two veins.\\nAbout the fifth week the vitelline circulation develops into the\\nplacental circulation, the second stage of the blood-vascular\\nsystem, and the one with which we have to deal especially\\nunder this head. The placental circulation continues until\\nbirth, being gradually transformed into the after-birth circula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntory system, the third stage. In order to understand better the\\nplan by which the placental circulation is carried on, we will\\nfirst explain some organs and modifications of organs peculiar\\nto the circulation in fetal life. (See Plate XLVI.)\\nThe Placenta is the organ by which the connection between\\nthe fetus and mother is maintained, serving the purposes both of\\ncirculation and respiration. It is a soft, spongy, vascular body,\\nadherent to the uterus, and surrounding the fetus, with which it\\nis connected by the umbilical cord. There are, therefore, two\\nparts, the maternal or uterine portion, and the fetal or inner\\nportion. The former is developed from the decidua vera, while\\nthe latter is formed out of the villi of the chorion. The maternal\\nportion consists of a number of sinuses formed by an enlarge\u00c2\u00ac\\nment of the vessels of the uterine wall. These bring the uterine\\nblood into close proximity with the villi of the fetal placenta,\\nwhich dip into the sinuses. The interchange of fluids necessary\\nfor the growth of the fetus and for the depuration of the blood\\ntakes place through the walls of the villi, though there is no\\ndirect continuity between the maternal and fetal vessels. The\\nfetal vessels form tufts of capillaries, the blood from which is\\nreturned by small veins which end in tributaries of the umbilical\\nvein. The maternal arteries open into spaces communicating\\nwith a plexus of veins which anastomose freely with each other,\\nand give rise, at the edge of the placenta, to a venous channel,\\nthe placental sinus, which runs around its whole circumference.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0234.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "THE OTHER CIRCULATORY SYSTEMS\\n195\\nThe placenta is detached from the uterus at birth, forming the\\nchief part of the afterbirth.\\nThe Foramen Ovale. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the fetus there is a communicating\\nopening in the septum between the two auricles, called the\\nforamen ovale, which allows the blood to pass from one to the\\nother. It is at first a free, oval opening, but about the middle\\nperiod of fetal life a fold grows up from the posterior wall of the\\nauricle to form a sort of valve. After birth, as respiration is\\nestablished, and there remains no longer any need for this short-\\ncut in the circulation, the foramen ovale gradually closes. By\\nabout the tenth day the closure is complete and all communica\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion between the two sides of the heart henceforth ceases.\\nThe Eustachian Valve is formed by a semilunar duplicature\\nof the lining membrane of the right auricle, its convex margin\\nbeing attached to the wall of the inferior vena cava, at its\\nentrance into the auricle. It is large in fetal life and serves\\nto direct the blood from the vena cava on through the foramen\\novale into the left auricle. It also prevents the flow of the blood\\nin the opposite direction. The valve dwindles after birth, being\\ncommonly small, and sometimes altogether wanting, in the adult,\\nthough occasionally it persists in adult life.\\nThe Umbilical or Hypogastric Arteries arise from the\\ninternal iliacs, a short distance from their points of origin,\\nascend along either side of the bladder, pass out of the um\u00c2\u00ac\\nbilicus as a part of the umbilical cord, and continue to the\\nplacenta, being coiled around the umbilical vein. The name\\nhypogastric is applied usually to the portion within the fetus\\nand umbilical to the portion without. They return the vitiated\\nblood from the fetus to the placenta. At birth the portions\\nextending from the summit of the bladder to the umbilicus\\ncontract and ultimately dwindle to solid, fibrous cords, thus\\ncontinuing through life, while the portions between the bladder\\nand their origin in the internal iliacs, though reduced in size,\\ncontinue as the superior vesical arteries.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0235.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "196\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe Umbilical Vein is a large vessel, having its origin in\\nthe placenta. It extends along the umbilical cord, enters the\\nabdomen at the umbilicus, and passes upward along the free\\nmargin of the suspensory ligament of the liver to its under\\nsurface, where it gives off branches to the left lobe and lobi\\nquadratus and Spigelii. At the transverse fissure it divides into\\ntwo main branches, the larger, after being joined by the portal\\nvein, entering tlie right lobe, while the smaller, now called the\\nductus venosus, continues onward and joins the left hepatic\\nvein, as it enters the inferior vena cava. The umbilical vein\\nbecomes completely obliterated shortly after birth and con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinues in adult life as the round ligament of the liver.\\nThe Ductus Arteriosus is a short tube, about half an inch\\nlong at birth and the size of a goose=quill. It forms the con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinuation of the pulmonary artery, and serves to conduct the\\nchief part of the blood from the right ventricle into the de\u00c2\u00ac\\nscending aorta. The ductus arteriosus begins to contract imme\u00c2\u00ac\\ndiately after respiration is established, becoming completely closed\\nby the tenth day after birth, and remains in adult life as an im\u00c2\u00ac\\npervious cord, connecting the pulmonary artery to the aortic arch.\\nThe Ductus Venosus is a short vein, being really a con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinuation of the umbilical vein from the liver along the longi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntudinal fissure to the inferior vena cava, which it enters with\\nthe left hepatic vein. It continues in adult life as a fibrous cord.\\nThe Umbilical Cord appears about the end of the fifth week\\nafter pregnancy. It consists of the coils of the two umbilical\\narteries and the umbilical vein, united by a gelatinous tissue.\\nPlacental Circulation. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The origin of the blood destined for\\nthe nourishment of the fetus, as already explained, is the\\nplacenta. From the placenta it is carried to the fetus by the\\numbilical vein, which enters the fetus at the umbilicus, and\\npasses upward to the under surface of the liver. Here a portion\\nof the blood is supplied to the left, quadratus, and Spigelian\\nlobes. At the transverse fissure the largest portion enters the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0236.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "THE OTHER CIRCULATORY SYSTEMS\\n197\\nright lobe, being joined by the portal venous blood. The\\nremainder passes onward through the ductus venosus and enters\\nthe inferior vena cava jointly with the blood from the liver\\ndelivered by the left hepatic vein. The blood from the umbilical\\nvein, therefore, enters the vena cava in three different ways a\\nportion enters through the liver and the hepatic veins a greater\\nquantity passes through the same organs in connection with the\\nportal venous blood and the smallest part enters direct through\\nthe ductus venosus.\\nIn the inferior vena cava this diversified blood is mixed with\\nthat being returned from the lower extremities and the abdom\u00c2\u00ac\\ninal viscera. This blood enters the right auricle, and, guided\\nby the Eustachian valve, passes through the foramen ovale into\\nthe left auricle, where it becomes mixed with the small quantity\\nof blood returned by the pulmonary veins. Thence it passes\\ninto the left ventricle, and then into the aorta, whence it is dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntributed almost entirely to the head and upper extremities, a\\nsmall portion only reaching the descending aorta.\\nFrom the head and upper extremities the blood is returned\\nthrough the superior vena cava to the right auricle. From there\\nit passes into the right ventricle, but little of this current passing\\nthrough the foramen ovale into the left auricle. From the right\\nventricle the blood enters the pulmonary artery, but the lungs\\nbeing solid only a small quantity is distributed to them, the\\ngreater part passing through the ductus arteriosus directly into\\nthe descending aorta at its commencement. The portion dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntributed to the lungs is returned by the pulmonary veins to the\\nleft auricle, thence to the left ventricle, from which it also passes\\ninto the aorta.\\nThe mixed blood in the descending aorta passes downward to\\nsupply the lower extremities, the viscera of the abdomen, and\\nthe pelvis. The principal portion, however, is conveyed by the\\numbilical arteries to the placenta, where it undergoes purifica\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, and is fitted for return to, and support of, the fetus.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0237.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXL\\nTHE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSES.\\nThe organs of the special senses are five in number\u00e2\u0080\u0094-those\\nof sight, of hearing, of smell, of taste, and of touch \u00e2\u0080\u0094,namely,\\nthe eye, the ear, the nose, the tongue, and the skin.\\nTHE EYE.\\nThe Organ of Sight is the eye, which is situated in a bony\\ncavity of the skull (the orbit) protected by the overhanging\\nFig. 33. Vertical Section of Eye, Showing Chambers,\\nTunics, Muscles, Etc.\\n1. Cornea.\\n2. Aqueous humor.\\n3. Pupil.\\n4. Iris.\\n5. Crystalline lens.\\n6. Ciliary processes.\\n7. Canal around lens.\\n8. Sclerotic coat.\\n9. Choroid coat.\\n10. Retina.\\n11. Vitreous humor.\\n12. Optic nerve.\\n13. Superior rectus.\\n14. Inferior rectus.\\n15. Superior oblique.\\nbrow. The position of the eye is such as to insure the most\\nextensive range of vision, and, by the action upon it by numer\u00c2\u00ac\\nous muscles, it is capable of being directed to any point.\\nThe Eyeball, the globe of the eye, is spherical in shape and\\nabout one inch in diameter. It is imbedded in the fat of the\\norbit, but is surrounded by a thin, membranous sac which\\n19S", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0238.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSES\\n199\\nisolates it, so as to allow free movement. The eyeball is com\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed of several investing tunics, or membranes, and of fluid\\nand solid refracting media, called humors.\\nThe Tunics, or membranes, are three in number: (1) scle\u00c2\u00ac\\nrotic and cornea (2) choroid and iris (3) retina.\\nThe Sclerotic or outer membrane, (called sclera or sclerotica),\\nis white, tough, dense, and hard, giving form and shape to the\\neye, and constituting what is known as the white of the eye. It\\ncompletely surrounds the eyeball, being much thicker behind\\nthan in front.\\nThe Cornea is the projecting, transparent portion of the\\nexternal coat, and forms the front sixth of the globe. Its struc\u00c2\u00ac\\nture is quite complicated, being made up of four distinct layers.\\nThe Choroid is a thin, highly vascular membrane, of a dark*\\nbrown or chocolate color, lying immediately within the sclera. It\\nis pierced behind by the optic nerve and extends as far front as\\nthe ciliary ligament. In addition to containing numerous blood\u00c2\u00ac\\nvessels, it absorbs the superfluous light which enters the eye.\\nThe ciliary processes, varying in number from sixty to eighty,\\nare formed by the plaiting and folding inward of the various\\nlayers of the choroid at its front margin.\\nThe Iris (rainbow) is so called from its varied colors in\\ndifferent persons, which determines the color of the eye. It is a\\nthin colored curtain stretched vertically across the front of the\\neye, and having a contractile aperture in the center, called the\\npupil. It is provided with circular and radiating, unstriped\\nmuscular fibers, by the action of which the central aperture may\\nbe enlarged or diminished. This is an important use of the iris,\\nfor by its contraction and expansion the amount of light admitted\\ninto the eye is regulated, as all the light reaching the eye enters\\nthrough the pupil. Too much light irritates the retina. To\\nprevent this the iris contracts, and the pupil becomes smaller.\\nIf too little light is received, more light is allowed to enter, by\\nthe iris relaxing, and thus allowing the pupil to become larger.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0239.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "200\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe contraction of these fibers, unlike the action of unstriped\\nmuscular fibers generally, on account of their peculiar arrange\u00c2\u00ac\\nment, is very rapid. The admission of the rays of light through\\nthe pupil, which is immediately in front of the crystalline lens,\\nprevents the image which falls upon the retina from being\\nblurred, as would otherwise be the case.\\nThe Retina, the inner and last membrane, is of a delicate\\nstructure, and contains a complicated arrangement of nervous\\ntissue, given off from the optic nerve. It is the retina which\\ngives rise to the sensation of sight. The retina never exceeds\\none-eightieth of an inch in thickness. A lining membrane\\ncovers the inner surface. About one-fourth of the outer thick\u00c2\u00ac\\nness of the retina is composed of a multitude of colorless, trans\u00c2\u00ac\\nparent rods, packed side by side, like the seeds in the disk of a\\nsunflower. These rods are interspersed with cones. From the\\nends of the rods and cones delicate nerve-fibers arise, expanding\\ninto glandular bodies. A layer of fine nerve=fibers and gray\\nganglions, much like the gray matter of the brain, constitutes\\nthe interior portion of the retina. From these ganglions emanate\\nfilaments which unite with the fibers of the optic nerve. The\\nrods and cones are to the eye what the bristles, otoliths, and\\nCortian fibers are to the ear.\\nChambers of the Eye. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The interior of the eye is divided\\ninto three chambers, each filled with a characteristic watery or\\nsemifluid substance, termed the humors. These are (1) the\\naqueous; (2) the vitreous; (3) the crystalline.\\nThe Aqueous Humor is a clear, limpid, alkalin fluid, en\u00c2\u00ac\\nclosed in a delicate membrane that fills the anterior chamber of\\nthe eye between the cornea and crystalline lens. It is hardly\\nmore than water, holding a few organic and saline substances in\\nsolution. The iris divides it into two parts, a small portion lying\\nbehind that membrane.\\nThe Vitreous Humor, or body, forms about four-fifths of the\\nentire globe, completely filling the cavity of the retina back of", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0240.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSES\\n201\\nthe lens. It is a perfectly transparent, albuminous substance,\\nof a jelly-like consistency, enclosed in a structureless, transparent\\nmembrane, the hyaloid, which merges at the edge of the crystal\u00c2\u00ac\\nline lens into the suspensatory ligament, by which it is attached\\nto the lens.\\nThe Crystalline Lens, or humor, is a transparent, elastic,\\ndoubly-convex body, which separates the aqueous and vitreous\\nhumors. It is denser, and capable of refracting light more\\nstrongly, than either of these. It is more convex behind than\\nin front and is kept in place by the suspensory ligament, which,\\nattaches it to the ciliary processes. This ligament being kept,\\ntense under ordinary conditions, the front surface of the lens is\\nconsequently flattened. The crystalline lens converges the rays\\nof light which enter the eye and brings them to a focus on the\\nretina. When in healthy condition the lens has the power of\\nchanging its capacity so as to adapt itself to near and to distant\\nobjects.\\nThe Lachrymal Apparatus consists of the lachrymal gland\\nand its excretory ducts. The lachrymal gland is situated in a\\ndepression of the bony wall of the orbit, at its outer angle. It\\nis oval in form, about the size of an almond, and its office is to\\nsecrete the tears, which flow through small ducts and are spread\\nout upon the eyeball. This secretion is constantly being formed,\\nkeeping the eyeball moist, and further assisting in preventing\\nfriction between the ball and lids, and also in washing out dust\\nand other foreign matter which find their way into the eye. At\\nthe inner angle of the eye is a small basin, called the lachrymal\\nreservoir, which receives the overflow. At either side ol this\\nbasin are two small canals through which the overplus passes\\ninto the nasal duct, which empties into the nose.\\nAppendages of the Eyes\u00e2\u0080\u0094The eyelids are folds of skin,\\nwhich may be drawn over the eyeball, serving as a screen to\\nprotect it. They are lined on the inner surface with a very\\nsensitive mucous membrane, which aids in preventing injury to", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0241.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "202\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthe eye from any irritating substances. The eyelashes, which\\nfringe the eyelids on their free edges, serve as a kind of sieve to\\nexclude dust and other foreign bodies, and also shield the eye\\nfrom too strong light. An oily substance is secreted by a series of\\nsmall glands, called the Meibomian glands, located on the inner\\nsurface of the eyelids, which act as a lubricator. This substance,\\ncovering the edge of the lids, prevents the lids from adhering to\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2each other, and also intercepts the overflow of tears upon the\\n-cheek. The conjunctiva is the mucous membrane of the eye.\\nIt lines the inner surface of the eyelids and is reflected over the\\nforepart of the sclera and cornea. The inner canthus of the\\neye is the point for the introduction of the needle in the eye\\nneedle process. Six muscles give the eyeball its various mo\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions four straight, the recti, and two oblique, the obliqui.\\nTHE EAR.\\nThe Organ of Hearing, the ear, is a very complicated and\\nimportant portion of the human anatomy. It consists of three\\nparts (1) the external ear (2) the middle ear (3) the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal ear.\\nThe External Ear is too conspicuous and well-known to\\nneed much description. It is composed of a curiously folded\\nsheet of cartilage, covered with skin, arranged to catch sound.\\nAttached to it are three small muscles, scarcely more than\\nrudimentary in man, but fully developed in many animals, so\\nthat the ear can be freely moved. From the outer ear a tube,\\nor canal, called the auditory canal, or external auditory meatus,\\nextends inward about an inch or an inch and a quarter. A\\nthin membrane, called the drum, or membrane of the tym\u00c2\u00ac\\npanum, is stretched across the inner end. This membrane is\\nkept soft and elastic by the secretion of a waxy substance, called\\nthe ear-wax, or cerumen. Short, stiff hairs spring from the\\nwalls of the canal, preventing the entrance of insects and for\u00c2\u00ac\\neign bodies.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0242.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSES\\n203\\nThe Middle Ear is located just within the drum of the ear,\\nand is a small, irregularly-shaped chamber, or cavity, called\\nthe tympanum. Across this chamber hangs a chain of three\\ntiny bones, the auditory ossicles, named respectively (1) stapes\\n(stirrup); (2) malleus (hammer); (3) incus (anvil). These\\nbones are so very small that they weigh together but a few\\ngrains, yet they are covered with periosteum, are supplied with\\nblood-vessels, and articulate\\nwith each other by perfect\\njoints, and the joints, in turn,\\nhave svnovial membranes,\\ncartilages, ligaments, and\\nmuscles. The malleus is at\u00c2\u00ac\\ntached to the drum of the\\near, and the stapes to a mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane of the internal ear,\\nwhile the incus lies between\\nthe other two. A thin, deli\u00c2\u00ac\\ncate membrane separates the\\nmiddle from the internal ear.\\nOpening into the middle ear\\nFig. 34. Sectional View of the Ear. 1 1\\nis a small canal, called tne\\n1, Eustachian tube; n, auditory canal; o, drum;\\nicSeT ,T vMmi ilfoula^anali; Y uSai Eustachian tube, which leads\\nto upper part of throat.\\np\\ncochlea\\nauditory meatus,\\nThe Internal Ear is a cavity, very irregular in shape and\\ncomplicated in structure, hollowed out of the solid bone. From\\nits complex character it is sometimes called the labyrinth. It is\\nmade up, in large part, of spiral tubes, which open in front into\\na sort of court or antechamber, about the size ol a giain of wheat,\\ncalled the vestibule. These spiral tubes consist of three semi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncircular canals and the winding stair ol the cochlea, 01 snail-\\nshell, which coils around two and a half times. In the walls of\\nthe internal ear are expanded the delicate fibrils of the auditoiy\\niiervs. The labyrinth is filled with watery fluid, in which floats", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0243.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "204\\nCHAMPION TEXTBOOK ON EMBALMING\\na little bag containing hairdike bristles, fine sand, and two\\near^stones, called otoliths. Within the cochlea are minute ten\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrils, termed the fibers of Corti, which are regularly arranged,\\nthe longest at the bottom and the shortest at the top.\\nTHE NOSE.\\nThe Sense of Smell is seated in the nose, the external por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of which constitutes the most prominent feature of the face.\\nIt is composed of cartilage covered\\nwith muscles and* skin, and joined to\\nthe skull by small bones. The nasal\\npassages, or chambers, are situated im\u00c2\u00ac\\nmediately back, and open at the rear\\ninto the pharynx, being lined by a\\ncontinuation of the mucous membrane\\nof the throat. This membranous lining\\nis supplied with filaments or branches\\nof the olfactory nerve, the nerve of\\nsmell, as shown in the accompanying\\ncut. These filaments enter the nasal\\npassages through the cribriform plate\\nof the ethmoid (sieve) bone in the roof. It is through this sieve-\\nbone that the needle is introduced in the nasal needle process.\\nBy means of the peculiar property of the olfactory nerves it\\nprotects the lungs from the inhalation of deleterious gases and\\nassists the organ of taste in discriminating the properties of\\nfood. To properly enjoy this sense the lining membrane of the\\nnose must always be kept in a healthy condition.\\nFig. 35. Sectional View of Right\\nNasal Cavity.\\nORGANS OF TASTE AND TOUCH.\\nThe Tongue, the organ of taste, has already been quite fully\\ndescribed in the chapter on \u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Digestive Organs\u00e2\u0080\u009d (see p. 91).\\nThe sense of taste is located in the papillae upon the tongue and\\nin the upper part of the palate. A substance, to have taste,\\nmust be soluble, as it can only come in contact with the nerve", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0244.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSES\\n205\\nof taste by being absorbed. Taste enables us to distinguish\\nbetween wholesome and unwholesome foods and drinks. It is\\nin close sympathy with the stomach and often indicates that the\\nstomach will rebel against certain articles of food. By taste,\\nflavors are appreciated, and these, when pleasant, stimulate the\\nflow of the saliva and gastric juice, and thus aid in the digestion\\nof the various foods.\\nThe Skin is the seat of the sense of touch, and because its\\nnerves are spread over the whole body, this is sometimes called\\nthe common sense. This sense enables us \u00c2\u00a3o appreciate pain,\\nheat, cold, roughness, hardness, and numerous other qualities.\\nThe sense of touch is very acute in the tip of the tongue and\\nthe tips of the fingers.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0245.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIII.\\nTHE BODY: ITS COMPOSITION AND CHEMISTRY.\\nWEIGHT OF THE DIFFERENT PARTS.\\nThe weight of the different parts of the human body of aver\u00c2\u00ac\\nage size (150 pounds) is about as follows\\nLb. Oz.\\nThe skeleton. 21 8\\nMuscles and tendons. 77 8\\nSkin and subcutaneous fat. 16 5\\nBrain. 3 2%\\nEyes. 34\\nSpinal cord. 134\\nTongue and hyoid bone. 3\\nEsophagus. 134\\nStomach. 7\\nSmall intestine. 1 11)4\\nLarge intestine. 1 1)4\\nSalivary glands. 234\\nLb. Oz.\\nLiver. 4 134\\nPancreas. 3\\nSpleen. 834\\nThyroid gland and thymus.\\nBlood (about one-eighth of body) 17\\nHeart. 10%\\nKidneys.\\\\. 10%\\nLarynx, trachea, and bronchi. 2%\\nLungs. 2 1034\\nUn weighed parts. 1 12\\nTotal.;. 150 00\\nAnother classification is as follows muscles and their appur\u00c2\u00ac\\ntenances, 66J pounds skeleton, 23 pounds skin, 10 pounds fat,\\n27 pounds; brain, 3 pounds thoracic viscera, 34 pounds ab\u00c2\u00ac\\ndominal viscera, 10 pounds blood (estimated amount drained\\nfrom body), 7 pounds total 150 pounds. Of the total amount\\nabout 86 pounds is water and 64 pounds is solid matter.\\nTHE CHEMICAL CONSTIUENTS\\nThe chief inorganic, proximate constituent of the human body\\nis w T ater, which, as will be seen from the above classification,\\namounts to about 57 per cent, of the entire weight of the body.\\nSome authorities make this proportion considerably larger. Next\\nin quantity are calcium phosphates and carbonates; sodium and\\npotassium chlorids; phosphates, sulphates, and carbonates of\\nsoda and potash; phosphates and carbonates of magnesium\\n206", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0246.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "THE BODY: ITS COMPOSITION AND CHEMISTRY 207\\nfluoric! of calcium; and certain compounds containing iron,\\nsilica, and manganese, besides traces of accidental substances,\\nsuch as copper, lead, and aluminum. To these must be added\\nammonium, which exists in combination with the urine, and car\u00c2\u00ac\\nbonic acid, oxygen, and hydrogen gases.\\nThe percentage of the ultimate elements is as follows\\nOxygen.\\nHydrogen...\\nNitrogen.\\nChlorin.\\nFluorin.\\nCarbon.\\nPhosphorus,\\nCalcium.\\n72.\\n9.1\\n2.5\\n.085\\n.08\\n13.5\\n1.15\\n1.3\\nSulphur.1476\\nSodium.-.1\\nPotassium.026\\nIron.01\\nMagnesium.0012\\nSilica.0002\\nManganese trace.0000\\nTotal. m0000\\nThe entire body, with its natural moisture, is composed, there\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore, of about 84 parts of gaseous elements (the first five named\\nabove) to about 16 parts of solid elements. The greater part of\\nthe oxygen and hydrogen exists in the state of water, but the\\ndrier residue still contains some of the gaseous as well as the solid\\nelements. The solids would consist of the following elements\\noxygen, hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulphur, silica,,\\nchlorin, fluorin, potassium, sodium, calcium, lithium, magnesium,\\nand iron (manganese, copper, lead), and may be arranged under\\nthe heads: proteids, carbohydrates (or amyloids), fats, and min\u00c2\u00ac\\nerals. Such a body would lose in 24 hours (in grains) water,\\n40,000 (nearly 6 lbs.); other matters, 14,500. In the latter\\nwould be included: carbon, 4,000; nitrogen, 300; mineral\\nmatters, 400.\\nCHIEF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OF THE BODY.\\nThe chief chemical compounds of the body, many of them\\nvery complex indeed, are described in the following pages,\\ntogether with the processes they undergo, either in building up\\nand sustaining life, or in eliminating the waste.\\nFeats are widely distributed in the human body indeed, pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ntoplasm always contains some fat, and every cell, therefore, has\\nmore or less of these compounds. The fat is stored up, usually,.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0247.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "208 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\niii the subcutaneous areolar tissues and about the abdominal vis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncera. Fats are neutral compounds, resulting from the union of\\nglycerin, a triatomic alcohol, with a monobasic fatty acid. If the\\nfatty acid is stearic acid, the resulting fat is trbstearin or stearin.\\nSimilarly, with palmitic and oleic acids, the corresponding fats,\\npalmitin and olein, result. Ordinary fats are really mixtures, in\\nvariable amounts, of several fats stearin, palmatin, and olein.\\nWhen pure, fats are colorless, tasteless, and odorless, and are\\ninsoluble in, and lighter than, water. They are soluble in boiling\\nabsolute alcohol, ether, chloroform, and benzol, and are neutral\\nin reaction. As the result of exposure to physical, chemical, or\\nliving agents, they are readily divided into their constituent parts,\\nglycerin and fatty acid. Fat taken in as food is not absorbed into\\nthe system until it reaches the small intestine, where the pan\u00c2\u00ac\\ncreatic juice acts upon it. The fatty acid, thus separated, com\u00c2\u00ac\\nbines with the sodium carbonate present and forms a sodium\\nsoap. A small amount of this soap emulsifies a large amount of\\nfat, thus dividing it into very minute globules, in which form it\\nbecomes absorbed. Many bacteria exercise a similar fatesplitting\\naction, and, by their activity, fatty acids are formed in the intes\u00c2\u00ac\\ntines. The bile secretion also aids in the absorption of fat. A\\npart of the fat deposited in the body is derived directly from the\\nfat in the food, and part is formed in the body out of proteins\\nand carbohydrates. The fat deposited in the tissues serves as a\\nreserve to generate heat and energy. The large amount of carbon\\nand hydrogen contained in the fat explains the great quantity\\nof heat generated when fat is oxidized, and the need of an\\nabundance of fat as food in a cold climate.\\nCarbohydrates comprise those substances which usually con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntain hydrogen and oxygen in the same proportion as does water\\n(H 2 O) and six carbon atoms or a multiple of six. Recent\\ninvestigations, however, have shown that there may be carbohy\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrates containing from four to nine or more carbon atoms. Car\u00c2\u00ac\\nbohydrates are present in comparatively small amounts in the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0248.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "THE BODY: ITS COMPOSITION AND CHEMISTRY 209\\nanimal body, either free or as constituents of certain complex\\nproteids. They constitute, however, the greater part of the solids\\nof plants, just as proteids make up the greater part of the solids\\nof animal bodies. They are aldehyde or ketone derivatives of\\ncertain alcohols. Carbohydrates are classified as (a) mono-sac-\\ncliarides or glycoses, including pentoses, hexoses, (dextrose,\\nlaevulose), and rhamnose (6) di-saccharides or saccharoses, as\\ncane-sugar, milk-sugar, maltose, and iso-maltose (c) poly-sac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncharides (d) mannite (e) inosite. Dextrose or glucose (grape or\\nstarch-sugar) is formed during digestion. It is present in small\\nquantity in the blood, and in lesser amount in normal urine.\\nLactose, (milk-sugar) occurs in the milk of all animals, the\\namount varying from 3 to 6 per cent. Maltose, another sugar, is\\nformed by the ferments of the saliva, pancreas, and liver. The\\nformation of dextrose precedes that of maltose. Starch, or\\namylum, is a highly complex carbohydrate, and is converted into\\nand deposited as fat. It is insoluble in cold water. In the\\npresence of clilorid of zinc, and other salts, it swells up and dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsolves. On heating with water to 60\u00c2\u00b0 to 70\u00c2\u00b0, it swells to a paste,\\nbut does not .form a true solution. At a higher temperature, it\\ndoes dissolve, forming soluble starch. Dextrin is the name of a\\nnumber of compounds that are the first hydration products of\\nstarch. Glycogen is found in the liver, and in greater or less\\namounts in all the animal tissues. It is a noil-crystallized, white,\\ntasteless powder, present in small amounts in normal blood.\\nProteins. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Representatives of this group are found in every\\nliving organism. They are present within the cell as an integral\\npart of protoplasm, and are always present in the fluids without\\nthe cell. They contain, in addition to carbon, hydrogen, and\\noxygen, nitrogen and sulphur, and some have phosphorus and\\niron. The animal organism cannot make protoplasm, hence lives\\nand grows on inorganic nitrogen, sulphur, and phosphorus. These\\nelements are supplied only through the proteins existing ready\\nmade in our food. However, not all the members of this group\\n21", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0249.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "210\\nCHAMPION TEXTBOOK ON EMBALMING\\nare capable of sustaining life this is notably true of the albu\u00c2\u00ac\\nminoids. Those members are of utility as real food, which, when\\nacted upon by the digestive fluids, yield peptons, which in turn\\ncan be reconstructed into serum, albumin, and globulin. The\\nmembers of this group constitute by far the most complex bodies\\nknown to the chemist. Proteins may be classified as (a) albu\u00c2\u00ac\\nminous bodies, as albumins, globulins, peptons, etc.; b proteids,\\nor complex albuminous bodies, which on cleavage yield members\\nof the preceding group, as hemoglobins, caseins, nucleins, etc.;\\n(c) albuminoids, or albumimlike bodies, as keratins, elastins, etc.\\nAlbumin coagulates in a slightly acid or neutral solution, espe\u00c2\u00ac\\ncially in the presence of a neutral salt, as clilorid of sodium.\\nGlobulin requires a neutral salt to keep it in solution. Hemo\u00c2\u00ac\\nglobin, on heating, decomposes into liematin and globulin. The\\nalbumoses are precipitated by clilorid of sodium, and the precipi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntate, unlike albumin and globulin, dissolves on heating. Peptons\\nare not coagulated by heat.\\nSaliva is a mixture of the secretions of the parotid, submax\u00c2\u00ac\\nillary, and sublingual glands. The reaction of mixed saliva is\\nusually alkaline, but, on fasting, during the latter part of the\\nnight, two or three hours after meals, and after much talking,\\nmay become acid it also becomes acid on standing a few hours.\\nSaliva is more or less viscid and foams readily. Its character\\nvaries according to the gland from which mostly derived the\\nparotid gland yields a fluid secretion, while slimy secretions are\\ngiven out by the others. In fevers, the diminution or even sup\u00c2\u00ac\\npression of the saliva results, causing dryness of the mouth and\\nthroat and altered taste a decrease is also noticed in diabetes,\\nsevere diarrhea, and cholera. Potassium iodid, or mercury, pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduces an abnormally increased flow, known as salivation. An\\nincreased flow is also caused by irritant poisons, such as acids\\nand alkalis by certain foods, as lemons, etc.; by some diseases,\\nespecially in inflammatory conditions of the mouth, tonsils, and\\npalate. Salivary calculi, consisting chiefly of calcium carbonate", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0250.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "THE BODY: ITS COMPOSITION AND CHEMISTRY 211\\nand phosphate, cemented with organic matter, are occasionally\\ndeposited in the salivary ducts. The tartar deposited on the\\nteeth has essentially the same composition. These calcium\\nsalts are held in solution in the saliva by carbonic acid. On\\nexposure to the air this passes off and the salts are deposited.\\nThe amount of saliva secreted in twenty-four hours is 1400\\nto 1500 c. c. (21} to 23 grs.). The flow is increased after meals\\nand by pilocarpin. The ferment or enzyme present is known as\\nptyalin, and possesses a diastatic action, converting starch into\\ndextrin, then into iso-maltose and maltose. Eventually glucose\\nforms, probably the result of the action of an inverting ferment.\\nA microscopic examination will show epithelial cells from the\\nmouth and tongue, as well as salivary and mucous corpuscles.\\nBacteria are always present.\\nGastric Juice is the combined product of the cardiac and py\u00c2\u00ac\\nloric glands of the stomach, and normally possesses an intense\\nacid reaction, due to the presence of free hydrochloric acid. It is\\na watery fluid which filters easily and is not slimy. The contents\\nof the stomach may include (a) microscopical constituents, as re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmains of food, squamous epithelial cells, blood-cells, various\\nmicro-organisms, sarcins, yeasts, etc.; b soluble chemical con-\\nstiuents, as proteolytic enzyme, pepsin, rennin, hydrochloric acid,\\norganic acids, acid phosphates, peptones, etc. The secretion from\\nthe pyloric end of the stomach is said to be alkalin and to con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntain only pepsin, while that from the cardiac end is intensely acid.\\nThe hydrochloric acid is derived from the sodium chlorid in the\\nblood, being freed by action of the carbon dioxid, also found in\\nthe blood. Hydrochloric acid is an effective germicide, but does\\nnot affect the spores. It also stops the diastatic action of ptyalin\\non starch. Salivary digestion of starch does not necessarily cease\\nwhen the food reaches the stomach nor does it follow that all\\nbacteria are destroyed in the stomach. Indeed, the starch con\u00c2\u00ac\\nversion will continue until free hydrochloric acid has permeated\\nthe entire food-mass in the stomach. If the mass of food is large,", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0251.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "212\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nor the amount of hydrochloric acid secreted small, this diastatic\\naction may continue for a considerable time after the food reaches\\nthe stomach. With the decrease in the quantity of free acid, its\\ninhibiting effect on bacteria is diminished, and, in consequence,\\nthe bacterial growth in the stomach may become enormously de\u00c2\u00ac\\nveloped, resulting in various fermentations. The longer food re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmains in the stomach because of sluggish action, the more marked\\nwill such decomposition be. If a sufficient interval is allowed\\nbetween meals the stomach will undoubtedly disinfect itself.\\nPancreatic Juice is a clear, thick, alkaline fluid, rich in\\nsolids, and possesses very active ferment properties. It contains\\nat least three distinct ferments, besides albumin, leucin, fats, soap,\\nand salts. These solid constituents make up about 10 per cent,\\nof the secretion. Ingestion of food stimulates the flow during\\nstarvation there is no secretion. Steapsin, one of the ferments,\\nacts upon the neutral fat taken into the body with the food, and\\nsplits it up, by hydration or saponification, into free fatty acids\\nand glycerin. However, only a small portion of the fat under\u00c2\u00ac\\ngoes the change. The free acids combine with sodium carbonate\\nto form soaps, and the resulting soap solution readily emulsifies\\nthe remaining neutral fat, bringing it into a finely divided con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndition, suitable for absorption. A considerable portion may at\\ntimes be decomposed into free fatty acids, through the activity\\nof bacteria. The free fatty acids are not absorbed, as such, but\\nappear to be regenerated in the intestinal walls by synthesis, into\\nneutral fat. The cleavage of fats by the pancreatic ferment, and\\nthe subsequent emulsification, is necessary to the proper absorp\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of fat. The second ferment, amylopsin, resembling that of\\nptyalin of the saliva, acts on starches, splitting up the bodies\\ninto dextrin and isounaltose. The third ferment, trypsin, is pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nteolytic in its action. This ferment does not exist as such in the\\nsubstance of the gland, but is represented by a parent=substance,\\ntrypsinogen, which is most abundant in form fourteen to eigh\u00c2\u00ac\\nteen hours after a meal. This zymogen, during the process of", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0252.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "THE BODY: ITS COMPOSITION AND CHEMISTRY 213\\nsecretion, is converted into trypsin. Trypsin, in its purest con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndition, gives proteid reactions, is soluble in water, and insoluble\\nin alcohol and glycerin.\\nBile is a mixture of the secretion of liver cells and of mucin\\nderived from the cells lining the galhbladder and duct. It is a\\nthick, tenacious fluid, is yellowish, sometimes greenish is alka-\\nlin in reaction is of a bitter taste and does not coagulate on\\nheating. In health, about one pint is secreted every twenty-four\\nhours. The secretion is continuous, but variable. A slight ob\u00c2\u00ac\\nstruction of the bile-duct may lead to retention of the bile as a\\nresult, the bile=constituents are absorbed, and may appear in the\\nurine. Bile contains, as characteristic constituents, certain salts\\nof bile-acids, bile-pigments, and small quantities of lecithin,\\ncliolesterin, soap, neutral fat, urea, and salts of calcium, mag\u00c2\u00ac\\nnesium, iron, and copper. The bile-acids are usually present as\\nsodium salts. A number of bile^pigments are known, but, usually,\\nin normal bile, there are but two, bilirubin and biliverdin. The\\nformer is of a reddish^yellow color; the latter greenish. The\\ncolor of bile is due to the predominance of one or the other.\\nThe bile-pigments are soluble in alkalis, insoluble in acids, and\\nyield insoluble compounds with calcium and other metals.\\nBilirubin is slightly soluble in acohol and in ether, and readily\\nsoluble in chloroform. Biliverdin is insoluble in chloroform.\\nBilirubin, in addition to being in the bile, is met with in bile=\\nstones as a calcium compound, in old blood extravasations (hema-\\ntoidin), and in urine and tissues during jaundice.\\nBlood is usually a dark-red, thick, opaque fluid. It consists of\\nred and white corpuscles and plates or crystals suspended in the\\nliquid portion, the plasma. The solid portion may constitute\\nnearly one-half the weight of the blood. The blood of the adult\\nman contains in each milimeter about 5,000,000 red and 7,500\\nwhite blood corpuscles, and 250,000 blood plates. That of woman\\ncontains about 500,000 red corpuscles less. The blood possesses\\na distinct alkaline reaction, due, chiefly, to sodium carbonate.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0253.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "214\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThis alkalinity is decreased considerably in febrile conditions,\\ndiabetic coma, cancer, and after excessive muscular exercise, due\\nto the increased production of acids, which result in the increased\\ndisintegration of protein tissues. The average diameter of the\\nred corpuscles in the blood of man is about 32 V 0 of an inch. The\\nopacity of the blood is due to the suspended blood*corpuscles.\\nThe white corpuscles, or leucocytes, differ considerably in form and\\nsize, being larger and lighter than the red cells, and contain from\\none to four nuclei each. They show ameboid movement. The\\nleucocytes consist largely of the complex proteid, neucleodiiston.\\nThe blood plates are supposed by some to be derived from nuclei,\\nand hence consist chiefly of nuclein. The plasma contains about\\n8.2 per cent, of solids of this amount, 6.9 per cent, is due to pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nteins and 0.87 per cent, to inorganic constituents, such as chlorids,\\nphosphates, and carbonates. There are three albuminous sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstances contained in the plasma fibrinogen, serum globulin, and\\nserum albumin. Fibrinogen resembles the globulins, but is dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinguished from serum globulin, especially, by its behavior with\\nsodium chlorin, which precipitates it on sembsaturation. Fibrin\u00c2\u00ac\\nogen solutions coagulate when heated to 56\u00c2\u00b0 or less. The globu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlins, fibrinogen, and serum globulin make up most of the proteids\\nof the blood. Serum albumin, which is present in plasma, and\\npossibly other proteins of the blood, is made by the epithelial cells\\nof the intestine out of the pepton prepared by the digestive fluids.\\nThe pepton made in the stomach and intestine is not absorbed\\nand carried through the body as such, but is regenerated, syn\u00c2\u00ac\\nthesized, to serum albumin by the cells of the intestinal wall.\\nThe blood coming from the intestines does not contain pepton\\nor albumose in solution. Coagulation of the blood takes place\\nin a few minutes after blood is removed from the body, when\\nit clots, forming a solid jelly, consisting of a network of fibrin\\nthreads, containing in its meshes the blood ^corpuscles and the\\nfluid part of the blood. Finally the clot shrinks, and a light*\\nyellow fluid, called blood=serum, is squeezed out. If the blood,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0254.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "THE BODY: ITS COMPOSITION AND CHEMISTRY 215\\nas soon as drawn from the body, is rapidly stirred with the\\nhand, or whipped with a bundle of sticks, glass rods, or wire,\\nthe solid clot will not form, but, instead, the hand or stirring\\nrods will be covered with shreds of fibrin or blood-fiber. The\\nresulting fluid is called defibrinated blood it is blood-serum\\ncontaining in suspension blood-corpuscles. The fibrin shreds,\\nwhen washed, are pure white, and resemble, in many respects,\\nthe white of an egg. Coagulation, therefore, implies the forma\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of fibrin. This change is brought about by the action of\\nthe fibrin ferment derived from leucocytes, on serum globulin\\nand fibrinogen. The fibrin ferment is apparently a globulin, not\\na nuclein. It is not present in fresh arterial blood, nor is it\\npresent in pepton or histon plasma.\\nMilk is a secretion of the mammary gland, and is composed of\\nwater, casein, globulin, albumin, fats, milk-sugar, and inorganic\\nsalts. Its color is due, in part, to suspended fat globules, and in\\npart to the casein held in solution by calcium phosphate. The\\nreaction of milk is usually alkaline or amphoteric, but may be\\nacid. Casein is a complex proteid belonging to the nucleo-albu-\\nmins. It is insoluble in water, but is dissolved readily in the\\npresence of alkalis. Casein is derived, apparently, from a nucleo-\\nproteid contained in the protoplasm of the cells of the gland. The\\nglobulin of milk, or lacto-globulin, is probably identical with\\nserum globulin. The fat is present as an emulsion of fat globules.\\nThe sugar present in milk, lactose, is a specific product of the\\ngland-cells and is not directly derived from the blood.\\nUrea, the chief solid constituent of urine, is the principal\\nform in which waste nitrogen leaves the body. The nitrogen\\npresent in the complex proteins, derived from the food and\\npresent in the fluids and cells of the body, when disintegration\\nresults, passes through a series of successive cleavage products,\\nand eventually appears in the urine as urea, or as other waste\\nnitrogenous substances. The original source of urea is the pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ntein matter of the foods and tissues. The total nitrogen in the", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0255.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "216\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nfood is eliminated by the kidneys within twenty=four hours as\\nwaste nitrogen. Some of this waste nitrogen naturally results\\nfrom the destruction of the tissues of the body, and of hemo\u00c2\u00ac\\nglobin. The remainder probably results from the direct break\u00c2\u00ac\\ning down of circulating proteins. The urea, which is made in\\nthe liver, is carried by the blood to the kidneys, and there ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ncreted. Since the kidney is the organ eliminating urea, it follows\\nthat in structural disease of the kidneys such elimination will be\\ndecreased or even suppressed. In that case, urea accumulates in\\nthe blood and tissues, and is partially excreted by the sweat,\\nvomit, and intestinal discharges. Poisoning will follow either\\nnomeli urination of urea and other waste products, or nomforma-\\ntion of urea. Ammonia is always found in normal urine, not\\nfree, but combined as a salt,\u00e2\u0080\u0094chlorid, sulphate, or phosphate.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0256.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "PART SECOND.\\nANCIENT AND MODERN EMBALMING.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0257.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTION TO PART SECOND.\\nEmbalming was made use of by the ancients in compliance with the\\nreligious superstitions that prevailed in the early centuries of the world\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nhistory. Modern embalming was first practiced as a novelty, but later to\\npreserve bodies for the purpose of scientific investigation by the students\\nof anatomy. A few bodies are on exhibition in some of the museums of\\nthe world, which prove that the methods followed by the modern surgeons\\nfrom time to time were successful.\\nJust when the present methods were introduced we cannot be certain,\\nbut they received their greatest impulse during the Civil War in this coun\u00c2\u00ac\\ntry (1861-65), when bodies at the front were embalmed successfully and\\nshipped many hundreds of miles, requiring a number of days before inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nment could take place. Since that time great improvement has been made\\nin the methods of embalming and in the instruments and fluids used for\\nthe purpose.\\nBodies were formerly embalmed for preservation only, and the operations\\nwere merely mechanical; but to-day they are embalmed as a sanitary\\nmeasure as well, which requires a knowledge of sanitation.\\nEmbalming is the filling of the body with a fluid for its preservation\\nand disinfection.\\nIt is not necessary to disinfect all bodies, especially those dying of non*\\nInfectious diseases, but all those dying of infectious diseases should be\\nembalmed, so as to render the body nondnfectious. This can be done only\\nwith a disinfectant fluid, while preservation may be accomplished by the\\nuse of a fluid that is only an antiseptic. A disinfectant fluid will preserve\\nas well as disinfect; therefore, no harm will result from the disinfection of\\nall bodies.\\nThe amount of fluid that is injected into a body, by most embalmers, is\\nnot sufficient to fill it. Usually, about four quarts of fluid only are used\\nfor embalming all kinds and sizes of bodies, whether they are of a hundred\\nor of two hundred pounds weight; whether dying of ordinary disease or\\nof some special disease; whether the temperature is high or low, humid\\nor dry.\\nAll tissues, except osseous, whether solid, semisolid, or liquid, furnish a\\nsoil for the growth of bacteria, and should be filled with fluid to prevent\\ntheir growth or to destroy them. Only such parts of the body as are filled\\nwith fluid will be preserved and disinfected. If too small a quantity is\\ninjected to fill the body, then the embalmment will not be complete.\\n218", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0258.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTION TO PART SECOND\\n219\\nIn a great majority of cases, however, nature assists in preserving the\\nbody for \u00e2\u0080\u009cthe usual length of time\u00e2\u0080\u009d thus, the presence of rigor mortis, or\\na high, dry, or cold temperature, will retard putrefaction, especially in the\\nmore solid of the soft tissues. When such is the case all that is necessary\\nfor the preservation of the body is to fill the cavities and inject a small\\nquantity into the arteries but to disinfect a body, it should be filled thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly with fluid.\\nThe amount of fluid should vary according to the size and condition\\nof the body, surrounding temperature, etc. While but a gallon will be\\nrequired to fill some cases, two or three gallons will be necessary to fill\\nothers.\\nIt is not necessary to withdraw blood to make it possible to preserve the\\nbody, as the filling with a sufficient quantity of fluid will sterilize all\\nliquids, of whatever character, as well as the solids and semisolids. But,\\nif only a sufficient quantity of fluid is used to aid nature the usual length\\nof time,\u00e2\u0080\u009d then blood should be withdrawn in order to lessen the danger of\\nputrefaction and to remove the source of subsequent discolorations.\\nThe usual methods by which embalming is accomplished are arterial,\\ncavity, and subcutaneous, which will be treated of separately in the follow\u00c2\u00ac\\ning chapters.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0259.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIV.\\nANCIENT EMBALMING.\\nWe are so accustomed to plume ourselves upon the achieve\u00c2\u00ac\\nments of this (nineteenth) century, its discoveries and inventions,\\nand its progress in the arts and sciences, that we are often prone\\nto forget its indebtedness to all preceding ages and generations.\\nSt. Paul, the great and learned apostle, declared that he was\\ndebtor both to the Greeks and to the Barbarians both to the\\nwise, and to the unwise.\u00e2\u0080\u009d So, likewise, are we of to-day\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cWe the heirs of all the ages, in the foremost files of time.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nFor every age is the inheritor of the wisdom conveyed through\\nthe successes and failures of all its predecessors, and is enabled,\\nby the proper application of such wisdom, to further its own\\nadvancement. Forward is the watchword of Time. The earth\\ndoes not\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cStand at gaze like Joshua\u00e2\u0080\u0099s moon in Ajalon.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nNevertheless, its inhabitants, in their accomplishments, crept\\nbefore they walked, and walked before they began their grand\\ntriumphal march toward great material and intellectual vic\u00c2\u00ac\\ntories\u00e2\u0080\u0094Tor which march, in these latter days, the music of the\\nspheres themselves seem furnishing the lively quickstep.\\nIn the pride that swells our hearts at the knowledge that we\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009clive and move and have our being,\u00e2\u0080\u009d in this age par excellence\\nof all the eons yet emanated from the Deity, this reflection may\\nbeget within us a seemly humility. The present age\u00e2\u0080\u0094that con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntributes to the world such triumphs of the electrician, bacteri\u00c2\u00ac\\nologist, and general scientist, to say nothing of corresponding\\nconquests in numberless other fields and pursuits that, having", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0260.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING\\n221\\nfound the X=ray, proposes to subjugate, therewith, the microbe\\nthat sets no limit to its ambition, and whose bright lexicon con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntains no such word as \u00e2\u0080\u009cimpossible\u00e2\u0080\u009d\u00e2\u0080\u0094has accomplished only that\\nwhich its forerunners have rendered feasible, when it ceases to\\nspeak of \u00e2\u0080\u009cfirst principles\u00e2\u0080\u009d and presses on to perfection.\\nIn nothing is this tendency to press on toward perfection more\\nclearly demonstrated than in the progress which has been made\\nin the art of embalming. What was, in ancient times, a labor\\nattended with much ceremony, delay, and many drawbacks,\\nbecomes, to the thoroughly -equipped scientific operator of to-day,\\na simple task, accomplished in a brief space of time, by the use\\nof a comparatively small quantity of preservative fluid.\\nThe embalmer does not enter our houses heavily laden with\\nhundred^pound weights of myrrh, aloes, saffron, and cassia. He\\nis not burdened with opobalsam the resinous exudation called\\nbalm of Gilead, yielded by terebinthine evergreens of Asia and\\nAfrica\u00e2\u0080\u0094; his assistants are not loaded down with gypsum, or\\nbitumen.\\nAmong the distinctive characteristics of the work of our times\\nare skilled scientific methods and simplicity of detail, which\\nenable us effectually to discard a majority of the cumbersome\\nrequisites indispensable to the laborers of bygone ages.\\nStill, to the forerunner in any field of meritorious performance,\\nis due, of right, that acknowledgment belonging to the pioneer,\\nhowever convincingly he who comes afterward may be able to\\nsay, \u00e2\u0080\u009cAnd yet show I unto you a more excellent way.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nEGYPTIAN METHODS.\\nIt seems peculiarly appropriate that Egypt\u00e2\u0080\u0094that land of\\nmystery\u00e2\u0080\u0094should have been the first, so far as we have knowl\u00c2\u00ac\\nedge, to embalm the human body after death. Egypt, with its\\nhieroglyphed, cartouched monoliths, mighty pyramidal stair\u00c2\u00ac\\nways ascending toward the sky, and grove-shaded temples ap\u00c2\u00ac\\nproached through massive gateways and avenues of sphinxes!", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0261.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "222\\nCHAMPION TEXT, BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nEgypt, the land of beauty, bearing olives, dates, and citron trees\\nglowing pomegranates and ruddydiued guavas; perennially\\ngreen acacias, papyrus reeds that fringe the stream, and gardens\\nsweet with rose and heliotrope\\nReasons for Embalming. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The men who reared Luxor\\nand graved pictorial history on Karnac\u00e2\u0080\u0099s walls and lofty pillars,\\nwith so lasting, yet so delicate a stroke, must have been beings\\ndeeply imbued with sentiments and sympathies of a religious\\nnature. To these feelings, doubtless, may be ascribed their\\nreason for making such an elaborate disposition of the remains\\nof their departed friends. Other assumptions as to the causes\\nfrom which this custom took its rise have been made, but their\\ncredibility fades into insignificance when compared with this.\\nOne of these other assumptions is based on the assertion that\\nsanitary expediency was the prompting motive another, that\\nthe periodical overflow of the Nile furnished hindrances to the\\nordinary form of interment. Still, w T e cannot but be firmly per\u00c2\u00ac\\nsuaded that a deeply^rooted religious belief or superstition pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoted this endeavor, their aim being to make the best possible\\nprovision lying in their power to secure a happy future for those\\nwhom they loved.\\nHerodotus, the Greek historian, tells us the Egyptians were\\nthe first people to believe that the soul is immortal. In addition\\nto this faith they held that this immortal tenant of the human\\nframe would never fully abandon its place of habitation so long\\nas the body withstood the ravages of corruption. Embalming\\nbut emphasized their idea that if the body be kept free from\\nputrefaction, its immaterial tenant would revisit it from time to\\ntime, and return to take up its abode once more at the expira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of a certain period. It was a tenet of their faith, that, after\\ndeath, the soul was compelled to make the circuit of all forms of\\nanimal life\u00e2\u0080\u0094bird, beast, and reptile\u00e2\u0080\u0094, until it had dwelt for a\\ntime in each of them. It then passed through earth, air, and\\nwater, and after the \u00e2\u0080\u009ccircle of necessity\u00e2\u0080\u009d had been completed,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0262.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING\\n223\\nreturned to its long^empty tenement and entered in. This\\njourney could not be traveled under 3,000 years, and the\\nembalmer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s aim was so to preserve the body, that, when such a\\nperiod should have elapsed, the home-coming soul would find all\\nthings in readiness for its reception.\\nThe lengthy and painstaking preparation bestowed upon the\\nbody in the embalming of that day speaks well for the estimate\\nof worth the Egyptians placed on the immortal part of man.\\nEmbalmers of the Medical Fraternity. It is probable\\nthat the embalmers of that period belonged to the medical\\nfraternity, as we read in the fiftieth chapter of Genesis that\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cthe physicians embalmed Israel,\u00e2\u0080\u009d the father of Joseph, who died\\nin Egypt. Some writers have objected to this statement on the\\nground that embalmers were, according to Herodotus, simply\\npersons appointed by law to exercise this art as their peculiar\\nbusiness.\u00e2\u0080\u009d Also, it is so claimed, for the reason that such persons\\nwere drawn from the ranks of the priesthood. It is easy to recon\u00c2\u00ac\\ncile these objections with the Bible statement when it is remem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbered that Egyptian physicians were a body of specialists. \u00e2\u0080\u009cSo\\nwisely,\u00e2\u0080\u009d says Herodotus, \u00e2\u0080\u009cwas medicine managed by them, that\\nno doctor was permitted to practice any but his own peculiar\\nbranch.\u00e2\u0080\u009d The embalmer, even though from priestly ranks,\\noriginally must have been compelled to acquire some knowledge\\nof the action of drugs and essences employed in the embalming of\\nthe body, upon its organs and tissues. Knowledge of this char\u00c2\u00ac\\nacter may have given him a right to the title of \u00e2\u0080\u009cphysician,\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nand license to practice in \u00e2\u0080\u009chis own peculiar branch,\u00e2\u0080\u009d as an\\nembalmer.\\nSelecting the Pattern. Immediately after death the body\\nof the deceased was brought to the embalmers by his friends.\\nTo these friends were displayed wooden models and painted rep\u00c2\u00ac\\nresentations of different forms in which mummies were, so to\\nspeak, \u00e2\u0080\u009cdone up.\u00e2\u0080\u009d A favorite style was that of likeness to the god\\nOsiris, who, in addition to other peculiarities, had the beard cut", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0263.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "224\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nand arranged in a form belonging exclusively to the gods. All\\nwho had lived virtuous lives and were accounted worthy of being\\nfinally reunited after death with the god earcophagus 2\\nfrom whom they emanated, were entitled to ut f n r n u \u00c2\u00a3^Cwith\\nt ii i\u00e2\u0080\u0099i cover elevated, show-\\nhave their bodies preserved m this likeness ing mummy,\\nand to be called by this holy name.\\nRemoving the Brain. When the pat\u00c2\u00ac\\ntern was finally agreed upon, and the price 3\\nto be paid for the service about to be rendered\\nSJ.TO\\ndetermined, the friends withdrew, leaving Fig.36. Mummy, Mummy=cases,\\nthe subject in the embalmers\u00e2\u0080\u0099 hands. Her- and Sarc \u00c2\u00b0P lia us\\nodotus says the work was begun by removing the brain, through\\nthe nostrils, with a curved iron hook or probe, and that the\\ncavity from which the brain was extracted was then cleansed\\nby an injection of certain astringent drugs with which the skull\\nwas filled.\\nDiodorus does not mention, in his account of the process, the\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2extraction of the brain in this manner and this statement has\\nmet with dissent, on the ground that extraction of the brain\\nthrough the nostrils would be an exceedingly difficult, if not\\nabsolutely impossible, undertaking. That even if it could have\\nbeen done, the nose must by this means necessarily have been\\nmutilated and the likeness destroyed whereas we are informed\\nthat \u00e2\u0080\u009cso perfectly were all the members preserved, that even the\\nhairs of the eyelids and eyebrows remained undisturbed, and\\nthe whole appearance of the person was so unaltered that every\\nfeature might be recognized. Gryphius suggests that the brain\\nmight have been extracted through a foramen, or orifice, in the\\nback part of the head, near the upper vertebra of the neck.\\nBut, as heads indicating this disposition of the brain have not\\ngenerally been found in mummies, it gives room for still an\u00c2\u00ac\\nother theory\u00e2\u0080\u0094that of the injection of cedar oil, or some similar\\ntissue=destroying substance, through the nostrils or ear^passages,\\nby way of an artificial canal prepared for it, and the subsequent", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0264.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING\\n225\\ncoming away of the brain in a state of dissolution. The in\u00c2\u00ac\\njection of spirituous or aromatic wines could then have acted\\nas cleansing agents, followed by the final injection of melted\\nbitumen, or sweet balsam, which becomes a solid mass, filling\\nthe skull, when cold. Many mummy skulls have been found\\nto be full of earthy matter, in place of either of the above, and\\nsome to have been prepared with wax and tannin.\\nWhile the care of the head was in process in the hands of one\\nembalmer, other necessary features of the work were assigned to\\nhis assistants.\\nIncising the Body. Diodorus says: \u00e2\u0080\u009cFirst, one, who is\\ndenominated the scribe, marks upon the left side of the body, as\\nit lies upon the ground, the extent of the incision which is to be\\nmade then another, who is called parascliistes (the dissector),\\ncuts open as much of the flesh as the law permits, with an\\nEthiopian stone, and immediately runs away, pursued by those\\nwho are present, throwing stones at him, amid bitter execrations,\\nas if to cast upon him all the odium of this necessary act.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThe stone thus made use of was undoubtedly in the form of a\\nflint knife. It may have been called Ethiopian on account of\\nits black color. Stones used in Egypt for the purpose of cutting\\nwere invariably of flint, and were commonly employed by the\\npeople. The stone knives found in excavations and tombs, at\\nThebes and elsewhere, and exhibited in museums of Europe, are\\nof two kinds. One is broad and flat, usually set into some kind\\nof a handle the other, which is without doubt the knife of the\\nembalmer, is short, pointed, and of razor=like sharpness.\\nThe pursuit of the parascliistes already mentioned was prob\u00c2\u00ac\\nably a religious formality, the people having no real desire to\\nharm him, and he entertaining no actual fear. It indicates,\\nhowever, that the delicate sentiment which leads modern em-\\nbalmers to practice their art without spectators, was utterly\\nlacking among these ancient practitioners.\\nIn contradistinction to the odium cast upon this knifemser,\\n22", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0265.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "226\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nwas the high esteem in which the embalmers themselves were\\nheld. They were associates of the priests, and were permitted\\nfree access to the temple, as sacred persons.\\nTreatment of the Viscera. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Through the hole cut in the\\nside of the dead, the lungs, liver, stomach, spleen, and all the\\norgans, except the heart and the kidneys, were removed from\\nthe body. The heart may have been left as the principal organ\\nand source of vital heat, but it is a matter of uncertainty why\\nthe kidneys were not removed. Perhaps some religious super\u00c2\u00ac\\nstition determined their being left. The body was likewise\\ndivested of the entrails. These, and the cavity from which the\\norgans had been removed, were then washed with Phoenician\\nor palm wine and other binding drugs. The entrails were after\u00c2\u00ac\\nward returned to the body, if not otherwise disposed of, which\\nwas sometimes the case, through the sacred eye of Osiris, which\\nwas placed above the incision.\\nIngredients Used. This being done, the body was repeat\u00c2\u00ac\\nedly anointed with oil of cedar. Myrrh, cassia, aloes, and\\nsaffron\u00e2\u0080\u0094all fragrant gums and odoriferous spices, with the\\nexception of frankincense, which was consecrated to the worship\\nof their gods\u00e2\u0080\u0094were introduced into the cavity, and the body\\nwas sewn up.\\nAfter a certain time, the body was swathed in lawn fillets,,\\nwhich were glued together with a kind of very thin gum, and\\nthen crusted over with the most exquisite perfumes.\\nSome historians make no reference to any further preservative\\nprocess between the use of the aromatics and the binding up of\\nthe body in anointed and perfumed linen but, from others we\\nlearn that after the application of the drugs and spices and the\\nsewing up of the ventral incision, came the salting of the body.\\nIt was kept in natron or anatron, known to chemistry as potas\u00c2\u00ac\\nsium nitrate, or salt of niter, and to people in general as salt\u00c2\u00ac\\npeter, an antiseptic used in the curing of meat, for seventy or\\nseventyTwo days. This was an arbitrary period to which \u00e2\u0080\u0098the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0266.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING\\n227\\nembalmers were strictly confined. Upon the expiration of these\\ndays, the body was washed and wrapped in linen bandages\\ndipped in oil of myrrh.\\nDiodorus, who speaks of the actual face of the body being left\\nexposed after restoration, in cartonnage and case, to relatives\\nand friends, is contradicted by Herodotus, who says the features\\nand the whole body were enveloped in wrappings and entirely\\nconcealed.\\nThe head was swathed in cloths made fast with flaxen fila\u00c2\u00ac\\nments, sometimes of a delicate color. If the body were that of\\na Pharaoh, or other sacred person, under these filaments were\\nsometimes pushed the stems of lotus buds. The lotus, a name\\napplying to several kinds of water lilies, was a favorite and a\\nsacred flower in Egypt, and was used in religious ceremonies.\\nIt appears in hieroglyphics on Egyptian monuments, and en\u00c2\u00ac\\ntered into their works of art.\\nHonorable women of high rank were kept for three or four\\ndays after death before being delivered to the embalmers.\\nThe Mummy Wrappings. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In passing, it may be interesting\\nto some to learn the exact nature of the mummy wrappings.\\nThe words byssus and linon used in describing them, indicate\\nthat they were linen, not cotton, although cotton cloth was\\nmanufactured in Egypt, and dresses of that material were com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonly worn. Sometimes, however, these cerecloths were of\\nfinely^wrought silk, and have been known to be over one thou\u00c2\u00ac\\nsand yards in length.\\nThe above was one of the most magnificent styles of embalm\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, and was used for persons of quality. Its expense amounted\\nto \u00c2\u00a3250, or over $1,200 in American money.\\nThe Cartonnage. \u00e2\u0080\u0094When the usual routine work of embalm\u00c2\u00ac\\ning had been finished, the mummy was enclosed in a first case,\\ncalled a cartonnage, or mummy-case. It consisted of many\\nlayers of linen, hardened together by a kind of glue, and coated\\noutside with stucco. It was cut according to exact measurements", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0267.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "228\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nof the mummied body, and made to conform exactly to its shape,\\nby being fitted upon it when damp, and retaining the bent lines\\nimparted in this way, while in the process of drying. It was\\nFig. 37. Inner and Outer Mummy=Cases.\\nrichly ornamented with a network of bugles, beads, etc., and the\\npictured face directly over the mummy\u00e2\u0080\u0099s face was sometimes\\noverlaid with gold leaf. Three or four other cases, likewise orna-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0268.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING\\n229\\nmented and gilded, were superimposed upon this cartonnage,\\nand the whole was then inclosed in a sarcophagus of wood or\\nstone, embellished with painting or sculpture. These sarcophagi\\nwere otten ot cedar or a robproof wood called gimmis wood.\\nThey were of many different shapes, and the shapes of those\\nfashioned in wood differed from those of stone.\\nTreatment of the Intestines. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The intestines of all persons\\nembalmed by the most expensive process\u00e2\u0080\u0094for none of the first\\nquality were embalmed without the removal of the intestines\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nwere deposited in four vases of alabaster, hard stone, glass, porce\u00c2\u00ac\\nlain, or bronze, and these were placed with them in the sarco\u00c2\u00ac\\nphagus or tomb. These vases were variously ornamented,\\nusually with the heads of the genii of Amenti. Herodotus does\\nnot inform us with reference to what became of the intestines of\\npersons not embalmed as above mentioned. Porphyry says they\\nwere thrown into the river. Plutarch gives a similar account\\nand explains the reason for such disposal. He speaks of them\\nas being the cause of all the faults committed by man. The\\nintestines were embalmed in spices, and a separate portion\\nallotted to each of the four vases. In one was contained the\\nlarge intestine in company with the stomach. In another the\\nsmall intestine was placed. The lungs and heart, and the galb\\nbladder and liver, were among the contents of the remaining two.\\nThe most costly of these vases were of oriental alabaster, from\\nten to twenty inches high, and about onedliird of the height in\\ndiameter. Each bore* an inscription embracing the name of the\\ngod the likeness of whose head it bore.\\nIn those instances where the intestines were returned to the\\nbody, images in wax of these four genii of Amenti were put into\\nthe cavity with them, as guardians of those parts subject to their\\ninfluence. Sometimes, instead, a metal plate, usually of lead,\\nbearing their images, was substituted. The sacred eye of Osiris\\nwas placed over the incision, whether the entrails were returned\\nto the body or placed in the vases.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0269.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "230\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nSometimes in the higher grade of embalming, the skin of the\\nface itself, as well as, or instead of, the semblance on the carton-\\nnage, was covered with a mask ot gold leal. In other instances,\\nthe entire body was so overlaid sometimes merely the eyelids\\nor the finger nails alone.\\nClasses of Embalming \u00e2\u0080\u0094Egyptian embalming may be\\nclassified under two general heads: those bodies embalmed with\\nthe ventral incision and those without. Under those embalmed\\nwith the incision, are classed bodies prepared with balsamic\\nmatter and those preserved by natron only. Balsamic embalm\u00c2\u00ac\\ning was performed with a mixture of resin and aromatics, or\\nasphaltum and pure bitumen. The first named of these bodies\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094those filled with resinous matter\u00e2\u0080\u0094became of an olive color,\\nthe skin dry and flexible, as if tanned, and adhering to the\\nbones. The features remained as in life. The features of those\\npreserved in natron\u00e2\u0080\u0094simply salted and dried were completely\\ndestroyed, and they became unrecognizable. The hair also fell\\nout and the head became bald. But little care was exercised in\\nthe bandaging, which scarcely separated the bodies from the\\nearth in which they were interred.\\nAn Intermediate Grade of embalming, between the most\\ncostly and the revolting form above indicated, was the injecting\\nof cedar oil into the abdomen, through the fundament, by means\\nof a syringe. This was done without making a ventral incision,\\nor removing the bowels.\\nCedar oil, which possesses heating and drying qualities, also\\ncorroded and consumed the substance of the bowels on which\\nit acted. It consumed as well the surplus humidity of the body\\nwhich brings about putrefaction. Care was taken to prevent\\nthis oil\u00e2\u0080\u0099s escape while the body was kept in natron during the\\nappointed time. It was then drawn off, bringing with it the\\nbowels upon which it had acted destructively, in a state of disso\u00c2\u00ac\\nlution. The natron dissolved the flesh and caused the skin to\\ncling to the bones. The body was then restored to the friends", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0270.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING\\n231\\nwithout further attention. This manner of preserving the dead\\ncost about \u00c2\u00a360, or $300.\\nWhen the dead left no estate and the friends were very poor,\\nthe body was simply cleansed with an injection of syrmsea and\\nafterward kept salted in the customary manner for the usual\\nseventy days.\\nII a stranger were found dead in Egypt, the law required that\\nhe should be mummified in the most magnificent and expensive\\nmanner.\\nWhen Embalming Ceased. \u00e2\u0080\u0094It is not positively known when\\nthe custom of embalming ceased in Egypt. It has been sug\u00c2\u00ac\\ngested that it may have been when that land became a Roman\\nprovince. It is probable that after this time embalming became\\nless universal and gradually fell into disuse, rather than that it\\nwas suddenly abandoned. After the sixth century, interest in\\nthis disposition of human bodies declined so sensibly that onlv a\\nfew of the more studious and scholarly were informed of the real\\nsecret of the art.\\nA description of Egyptian tombs, with their artistic adorn\u00c2\u00ac\\nments, the mummy pits with which Egypt is honeycombed, and\\nthe funeral customs there observed, would be of interest to the\\ncurious inquirer concerning Egyptian antiquities, but such\\ndescription would form a lengthy article of itself, and does not,\\nstrictly speaking, come within the province of this article.\\nJEWISH METHODS.\\nThe Jews adopted the custom of embalming to some extent,\\nthe \u00e2\u0080\u009cmanner of the Jews\u00e2\u0080\u009d being to employ \u00e2\u0080\u009clinen clothes with the\\nspices\u00e2\u0080\u009d in winding the body. When Lazarus was resurrected by\\nthe Savior\u00e2\u0080\u0099s command, \u00e2\u0080\u009cCome forth,\u00e2\u0080\u009d he appeared at the aperture\\nof the tomb, \u00e2\u0080\u009cbound hand and foot with grave clothes, and his\\nface was bound about with a napkin.\u00e2\u0080\u009d But by whatever process\\nhis body may have been prepared for the sepulture, it is evident\\nthat his sister Martha did not believe it sufficient to preserve it", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0271.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "232\\nCHAMPION TEXT. BO OK ON EMBALMING\\neffectually and with thoroughness for, when Jesus had said to\\nthe bystanders, \u00e2\u0080\u009cTake ye away the stone\u00e2\u0080\u0099\u00e2\u0080\u0099 that obstructed the\\nmouth of the cave, she had protested, declaring, \u00e2\u0080\u009cLord, by this\\ntime lie stinketh, for he hath been dead four days.\u00e2\u0080\u009d So ham\u00c2\u00ac\\npered was Lazarus by the wrappings in which he was swathed,\\nthat, though life had returned to him, he was unable to make use\\nof his renewed vitality until the authoritative mandate, \u00e2\u0080\u009cLoose\\nhim, and let him go,\u00e2\u0080\u009d had been obeyed.\\nLike those of Egypt. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Jacob, who died in Egypt, was prob\u00c2\u00ac\\nably embalmed after the Egyptians\u00e2\u0080\u0099 most expensive and elaborate\\nmanner, for Joseph, who \u00e2\u0080\u009ccommanded the physicians to embalm\\nhis father,\u00e2\u0080\u009d was high in the royal favor\u00e2\u0080\u0094\u00e2\u0080\u009cthe man whom the\\nking delighted to honor.\u00e2\u0080\u009d When Joseph went up to the land of\\nCanaan to bury his father, \u00e2\u0080\u009cwith him went up all the servants\\nof Pharaoh, the elders of his house, and all the elders of the land\\nof Egypt.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nProbably this same form of embalming was used with Joseph,\\nwhen \u00e2\u0080\u009che died being an hundred and ten years old and they\\nembalmed him and he was put in a coffin in Egypt.\u00e2\u0080\u009d Before\\ndying, he \u00e2\u0080\u009ctook an oath of the children of Israel saying, God\\nwill surely visit you, and ye shall carry up my bones from\\nhence.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nWherever the body of Joseph was kept, whether in an apart\u00c2\u00ac\\nment of a house, according to the usage of some of the Egyptians,\\nor in a tomb prepared for it, this oath was strictly fulfilled by the\\ndescendants of those who made it, nearly two centuries afterward,\\nwhen the Israelites returned to their own land.\\nThis custom, here referred to, of keeping the mummied body,\\nfor a long time, in a place set apart for it in the former home of\\nthe person deceased, was sometimes permitted but some specious\\nreason was usually assigned in excuse for it, as it was considered\\na very grave thing to deprive one entitled to it of the right of\\nburial. No grief and shame could be more terrible to surviving\\nfriends than to have departed dear ones, by a verdict rendered", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0272.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING\\nafter post-mortem judgment, which was common in Egypt, ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncounted unworthy of burial.\\nEmbalming the Poor. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The poor among the Jews, those\\nknown as the \u00e2\u0080\u009ccommon people, were embalmed with bitumen,\\nwhich was a cheap material, easily procured. It was a mineral\\npitch, found in large quantities on the shores of the Dead Sea,\\nwhich for this reason was also called the Asphaltic Lake. This\\nlake was located in Palestine, about one hundred miles from\\nDamiata in Egypt, and the bitumen used by the Egyptians\\ncame from this place. The body and its envelopes were smeared\\nwith this substance \u00e2\u0080\u009cwith more or less care and diligence.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThis bitumen, however, must have possessed considerable pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nservative power, as sepulchres have been opened in which thou\u00c2\u00ac\\nsands of bodies deposited in rows, one above another, without\\ncoffins, have been kept from decay for centuries, by its use. Coal\\ntar, petroleum, and naphtha are of the same derivation. Mum\u00c2\u00ac\\nmies prepared by this substance are, of course, black, hard, and\\nshining. The skin appears as if varnished. They a^e dry,\\nheavy, and without odor.\\nBut the more usual form of embalming among the Jews,\\nappears to have been made use of more to perfume the body and\\nkeep at a distance, as long as possible, the disagreeable odor\\nwhich belongs to death, than with the expectation that it would,\\nfor any great length of time, ward off putrefaction. It -was\\nsimply the binding of spices upon the limbs and body with the\\nusual linen bandages.\\nIn the Time of Christ In this manner, at the near\\napproach of the Jewish Sabbath, which must not be defiled\\nby the presence of the unburied victims of the law, Jesus, when\\ntaken down from the cross, where he had suffered for the sins of\\nthe whole world, was ministered unto by Joseph of Arimathea, a\\nsecret disciple, and Nicodemus, who \u00e2\u0080\u009cbrought a mixture of myrrh\\nand aloes, about an hundred-pound weight.\u00e2\u0080\u009d When the Sabbath\\nwas over, very early on the first day of the week, came the faithful", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0273.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "234\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nwomen who had loved and followed him, with spices and oint\u00c2\u00ac\\nment they had prepared wherewith to anoint him, not knowing\\nthat, already, this loving service had been performed by the hand\\nof pious affection.\\nBut even in this simple style, embalming was not, it appears,\\na prevalent mode of disposing of the dead, among the Jews.\\nMETHODS OF THE ROMANS AND OTHER NATIONS.\\nAmong the Romans. The funeral rites of the Romans and\\nmany other nations embraced embalming in some form. The\\ndeceased, after being washed in hot water, sometimes varied with\\noil, every day for seven days, to revive him in case he was\\nsimply in a condition of suspended animation, was \u00e2\u0080\u009cdressed and\\nembalmed with the performance of a variety of singular cere\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonies.\u00e2\u0080\u009d After this his body was placed on a funeral pile and\\nburnt. The ashes were then gathered in a vase or urn, and\\ndeposited in the tomb.\\nThe Babylonians made use of honey in anointing their dead,\\nor immersed them in this viscid fluid.\\nThe Scythians immured the body in a coating of wax.\\nThe Ethiopians washed it over with a sort of plastering\\ncalled parget.\\nAmong Persians, Assyrians, Etc. Embalming was prac\u00c2\u00ac\\nticed also among the Persians, Assyrians, and many other\\nancient nations.\\nThe Greeks acquired the art through their conquests/\\nThe Guanchos, the original inhabitants of the Canary Islands,\\nprobably obtained the custom of embalming their dead from the\\nAtlanteans who inhabited the famous \u00e2\u0080\u009clost Atlantis,\u00e2\u0080\u009d an ante\u00c2\u00ac\\ndiluvian island or continent, which, the ancients asserted, was\\noverwhelmed and swallowed by the \u00e2\u0080\u009cgreat deep.\u00e2\u0080\u009d These\\nislanders coated the body with a liquid composed of a solution\\nof resinous matter in an oil or volatile liquid\u00e2\u0080\u0094a sort of varnish\\nafter which they wrapped it in goat skin and placed it in a\\nwooden case.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0274.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "A NCIENT EMBALMING\\n235\\nON THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE.\\nAmong Early Peruvians. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Without doubt, the aborigines\\nof the Western Continent were familiar with the practice of this\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2art. The early Peruvians, we learn from accounts contained in\\nPrescott\u00e2\u0080\u0099s \u00e2\u0080\u009cConquest of Peru,\u00e2\u0080\u009d preserved the dead body of the\\nroyal Incas by some marvelous process which did not give\\nevidence of foreign applications, and secreted them under\\nmounds of earth and in the interiors of their temples. He\\npresents an ancient picture of these embalmed Peruvian mon-\\narchs sitting natural as life, in the chairs of gold,\u00e2\u0080\u009d in the\\ntemples of the sun, at Cuzco. They were clothed in their accus\u00c2\u00ac\\ntomed princely attire. The raven-black or silver=gray of the\\nhair on their bowed heads was still unchanged, and their hands\\nwere crossed upon their bosoms in the grim dignity of death.\\nThe Aztecs, a highly civilized race, and one of the most\\ninteresting and powerful of the indigenous tribes of America,\\ninhabiting the plateau of Anahuac, later known as Mexico, who\\nwere conquered by Cortez in 1519, and whose history has been\\ntraced back to the twelfth century, made careful preservation of\\nthe bodies of their dead, especially those who could claim royal\\ndescent. Aztec legends relate how, after the deluge, seven per\u00c2\u00ac\\nsons issued from the tomb to which their mummied bodies had\\nbeen committed, and, in renewed existence, repeopled the earth.\\nNorth American Indians. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The art was not unknown\\namong the early North American Indians. Mummies remark\u00c2\u00ac\\nably well preserved have been found among the Flatheads,\\nDakotas, and Chinooks and the Florida and Virginia Indians\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2so preserved the bodies of their kings. Quite a number of good\\nmummies have been found in Kentucky caves.\\nIn 1899, the well-preserved mummy of a woman and child\\nwas found in a cave in the Yosemite Valley, which, on account\\n-of its almost giant size (6 feet, 8 inches), and other character\u00c2\u00ac\\nistics, some authorities believe to be a relic of the lost tribe of the\\nstone age, possibly antedating the Christian era 3,000 years.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0275.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT.BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nAMONG EARLY CHRISTIANS.\\nThe Early Christians, for a time, embalmed their dead,\\naccording to those forms with which they were familiar in\\nPalestine. No special reason, so far as we have been able\\nto determine, has been given for their abandonment of this\\nceremony. It may be inferred that they feared, by its continu\u00c2\u00ac\\nance, to cast discredit upon the power of God to call together\\nthe scattered dust of the body which had returned to its native\\nelement, and present it like unto Christ\u00e2\u0080\u0099s \u00e2\u0080\u009cown glorious body\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\non the morning of the resurrection. But, if so, in this they\\nerred. When the Creator stated to Adam, \u00e2\u0080\u009cFor dust thou art,\\nand unto dust slialt thou return,\u00e2\u0080\u009d he put forth a simple statement\\nof fact; it was not the issuance of a command.\\nNo word was ever spoken by Jesus indicating his disapproval\\nof attempts, with which, as a Jew, he was fully familiar, to pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nserve the body from decay after death. St. Paul, the greatest\\nof the Christian apostles, inquired of the Corinthians: What f\\nknow ye not that your body is a temple of the Holy Ghost\\nwhich is in you, which we have of God and ye are not your\\nown Men preserve with care, in original grandeur and\\ndignity, the palace where an earthly king has dwelt, and the inn\\nwhere some mighty man has tarried for a night. Shall they let\\nthis temple of the \u00e2\u0080\u009cKing of Kings\u00e2\u0080\u009d become dishonored so long\\nas preservation is a possibility Shall they willingly give it\\nover to decay and corruption?\\nNo let us care for the body, made in God\u00e2\u0080\u0099s own image, while\\nwe live and let our friends, in recognition of the temple it has\\nbeen\u00e2\u0080\u0094of the soul and its Creator\u00e2\u0080\u0094give to it all the deference\\nthey can offer, when we shall have passed on to dwell in it\\nno more,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cUntil the morning\u00e2\u0080\u0099s happier light\\nIts glory shall restore,\\nAnd eyelids that are sealed in death\\nShall wake to close no more.\u00e2\u0080\u009d", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0276.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XV.\\nMODERN EMBALMING.\\nGreat progress has been made in embalming, especially\\nduring the present (nineteenth) century,and earlier methods have\\ngiven way to more modern and enlightened ones. The begin\u00c2\u00ac\\nning of these modernized methods was made as early as the\\n-seventeenth century, as the following account will show. Which\\none of the early modern embalmers justly merits the title of\\nfather of the present system matters but little, for like every\\nform of advancement it has had growth and development, and\\nthe methods of none of these forerunners have survived, at least\\nin this country only their investigations led into new channels,\\nresulting ultimately in the prevailing methods.\\nThe processes explained in this chapter are exclusively\\nEuropean.\\nDr. Frederic Ruyscli, who occupied the chair of anatomy at\\nAmsterdam, Holland, during the closing third of the seventeenth,\\nand early years Qf the eighteenth, century (1665-1717), was\\nprobably the first to practice a successful system of arterial in\u00c2\u00ac\\njection, whicji, however, he used only in preparing specimens\\nfor his anatomical work. He did not stop with a simple injection\\nof the arteries, but, after permitting the body to remain for some\\nhours to allow a diffusion of the fluid through the structures, lie\\nproceeded to lay open the body as in making a post-mortem\\nexamination. The viscera of the chest and abdomen were\\nremoved, and the fluid in them sponged out. The organs were\\nthen steeped in spirits of wine, replaced, and covered with a\\npreservative solution. He brought his method of preserving-\\ndead bodies to such extreme perfection that his specimens were", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0277.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "238\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthe wonder of his generation, and indeed of later ones. Peter\\nthe Great, who was among the distinguished personages to in\u00c2\u00ac\\nspect his work, possibly paid the highest compliment to his art\\nby kissing the lifelike lips of a child preserved by the great\\nanatomist, without at first discovering the fact that the lips were\\nthose of the dead. Dr. Ruysch\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method is said to have pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nserved the natural color of the bodv, as well as the form and\\nsuppleness of the limbs. He left behind him at his death a\\nlarge assortment of injected portions of the human body, but no\\nspecimen of the body entire. Peter the Great secured a large\\nnumber of these specimens, which he carried to St. Petersburg.\\nWhether or not the Ruyscliian method was as perfect as claimed\\nfor it, or whether some of the statements concerning it should\\nbe largely discounted, the brilliant anatomist was the first known\\narterial injector, as well as one of the most skilful of any age.\\nHowever, he neglected to take the world, or other scientists, into\\nhis confidence; hence, but little, if anything, is now known as\\nto the chemicals used by him, or the manner of their injection.\\nHis discoveries were, consequently, lost to science. For this\\nreason, others, whose methods were published to the world, have\\nbeen considered by many as better entitled to the honor natu\u00c2\u00ac\\nrally accruing from a great discovery.\\nDr. William Hunter, an eminent Scottish physician, anato\u00c2\u00ac\\nmist, and physiologist of the eighteenth century (1718-1783), is-\\ngiven the credit by many of being the original inventor of the\\ninjection method. Unlike Dr. Ruysch he published his plan of\\ninjection in minute detail. The artery usually selected by him\\nwas the femoral. His solution was composed of oil of turpen\u00c2\u00ac\\ntine, five pints; Venice turpentine, one pint; oil of lavender,\\ntwo fluid ounces oil of rosemary, two fluid ounces and Ver\u00c2\u00ac\\nmillion. This was forced into the vessel until it reached over\\nthe whole body, giving the skin a general reddish appearance.\\nAs in Dr. Ruysch\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method, complete diffusion of the fluid,,\\nthrough the minute vessels of the body, was secured by leaving", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0278.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING\\n239\\nthe body untouched for a time. The body was then opened, the\\nthoracic and abdominal organs were removed, emptied, and\\ncleaned, their vessels injected with the fluid, and the organs\\nsteeped in camphorated spirits of wine. The cavities were\\nwashed with the camphorated spirits, the viscera were replaced,\\nand the intervening spaces were filled with a powder composed\\nof camphor, rosin, and niter. This powder was also placed in\\nthe mouth, nostrils, and other external cavities, and the body\\nwas rubbed over with essential oils of rosemary and lavender.\\nThe final operation consisted in placing the body thus prepared\\nin a coffin upon a bed of dry plaster of Paris, put there to extract\\nall moisture from the body. The coffin was then closed for four\\nyears, when it was opened. In case desiccation had not been\\ncomplete by this time, another bed of the plaster was added.\\nJohn Hunter (1728-1793), a younger brother of William,\\nwas but little less renowned along the same lines, and also\\nhelped greatly to advance the science of embalming, devoting\\nmuch attention to experiments witli various preparations.\\nSome of the most perfect specimens of modern embalming to\\nbe seen to-day are Hunterian, and are found in the museum\\nof the Royal College of Surgeons, London. One is the body of\\nthe wife of the eccentric Martin A r an Butchell, preserved, some\\nauthorities say, by Dr. John Hunter, by the injection of cam\u00c2\u00ac\\nphorated spirits of wine, etc., into the arteries and veins. Other,\\nand probably more creditable, authorities ascribe the work of\\npreservation to the older brother, and declare that the method\\nused was the same as the one so fully outlined above. Another\\nbody preserved in this museum was that of a young woman,\\nwho died about 1780, in the Lock Hospital, of consumption.\\nThe Hunterian Method was practiced with or without modi\u00c2\u00ac\\nfication by many succeeding British anatomists. Dr. Matthew\\nBaillic, instead of removing the intestines or other viscera, in\u00c2\u00ac\\njected the preserving fluid into the stomach, lungs, and rectum,\\nafter having made a complete injection of the arterial system.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0279.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "240\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nDr. Sheldon used as liis preservative fluid camphor dissolved in\\nspirits, in the proportion of one ounce of camphor to six of\\nspirits. He removed the viscera, and coated them and the vis\u00c2\u00ac\\nceral cavities with tar, enveloping the body with a tarred sheet.\\nHis method is said to have been successful. Joshua Brooks, the\\nlast of the great English anatomists having a distinctive school\\nof anatomy of his own, practiced the Hunterian method with\\nbut slight if any alteration.\\nM. Bomlet\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Process was a modification of the Egyptian, he\\nbeing one of the last to follow ancient methods, as well as the\\nfirst to use corrosive sublimate as a preservative. He embalmed\\nwith tan, salt, asphalt, Peruvian bark, camphor, cinnamon, and\\nother aromatics, and corrosive sublimate. Pie also completely\\nenveloped the body in bandages, varnish being coated over the\\nbody and cavities and outer bandage.\\nM. Franchini\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Process consisted of injecting the arteries\\nthrough the common carotid artery with a solution consisting\\nof eight decigrams of arsenious acid, combined with a small\\nquantity of cinnabar, dissolved in nine kilograms of spirits of\\nwine. By this method bodies could be kept odorless and natural\\nin color for sixty days, after which they began to desiccate, and\\nwould mummify so as to last for all time. He had previously\\nused a substance which had to be reduced to a fluid by heat\\nand which became hard when cooled. This was given up for\\nthe simpler method outlined above.\\nJean Nicholas Gannel (1791-1852), a shrewd and pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ngressive French chemist, introduced a new system of merit in\\nthe 30\u00e2\u0080\u0099s of this (nineteenth) century. Indeed several methods\\nbear his name, for he used different preparations at different\\ntimes. He claimed to be able to preserve a body for five or six\\nmonths by using acetate of alumina, which he obtained by\\ndecomposing sulphate of alumina and potash by the. action of\\nacetate of lead, using five or six liters of this acetate of alumina\\nof a density of 18\u00c2\u00b0 (Beaumi\u00e2\u0080\u0099s areometer) to a body. He was also", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0280.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING\\n241\\nable to preserve a body thirty to sixty days by using a solution of\\none kilogram of sulphate of alumina to five liters of water. In\\ninjecting the body he used one of the carotids, injecting down\u00c2\u00ac\\nward. Later he found it necessary to open the abdomen in\\norder to relieve the stomach and bowels of gas. M. Gannal\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nsecret formula, which he claimed contained no arsenic, on being\\nanalyzed by a governmental commission, was found to contain\\nthat substance. Embalming with arsenious solutions having\\nbecome common in France in Louis Philippe\u00e2\u0080\u0099s time, the govern\u00c2\u00ac\\nment interfered and prohibited the sale of arsenic, and all com\u00c2\u00ac\\npositions containing it, for embalming bodies, as well as for\\nseveral other uses. The further use of M. Gannal\u00e2\u0080\u0099s solution was\\ntherefore stopped. This prohibited solution was formed by\\nsaturating forty liters of water with five hundred grains of\\narsenious acid, and dissolving therein by heat equal parts of\\nsulphate and acetate of alumina, until the liquid attained a\\ndensity of 20\u00c2\u00b0 (Beaumi\u00e2\u0080\u0099s areometer).\\nDr. Gannal, of Paris, son of the above, and himself a chemist\\nof no mean note, recently communicated the following concern\u00c2\u00ac\\ning his father\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method, which is presumedly the system still\\nadhered to by himself:\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cMy father found in 1836 that chlorid of aluminum injected\\ninto the carotid artery had a remarkably preservative effect.\\nMy father\u00e2\u0080\u0099s system, which lias not been changed, con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsists in injecting a quantity of the liquid, which marks 32\u00c2\u00b0 of\\ndensity, estimated at ten per cent, of the weight of the body.\\nAbout half an hour suffices for the injections, and for the rest\\nof the process an hour and a half. After the liquid has been\\ninjected into the arteries the body is wrapped in bands of flannel,\\ncovered with a sheet and then laid in a leaden coffin. 1 hen\\nfour or five liters of various essences are poured over the body,\\nand the coffin is finally soldered up. In this way the remains\\nare absolutely preserved indefinitely.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nDr. Gannal disapproves of the use of a glass plate in the\\ncoffin or casket, as he says air will inevitably find its way in,\\nwhich is not desirable though he admits that the only result\\n2-3", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0281.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "242\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK OX EMBALMING\\nof this exposure to the air is that the body becomes a dry, hard,\\nparchmentslike mass. He concludes with a list of distinguished\\nFrenchmen embalmed by his father and himself.\\nM. Sucquet, in a contest before a board of prominent French\\nphysicians, in which MM. Gannal, Dupre, and others partici\u00c2\u00ac\\npated, won a signal victory for his method, using a nomarsenic\\npreparation. His solution was composed chiefly of chlorid of\\nzinc, which he injected arterially. M. Dupre made use of car\u00c2\u00ac\\nbonic and sulphurous gasses, and M. Gannal injected a solution\\ncomposed of equal parts of the sulphate and the chlorid of\\nalumina, at a density of 34\u00c2\u00b0. Bodies prepared according to\\nthese processes in the presence of the board of physicians men\u00c2\u00ac\\ntioned, were buried for fourteen months, when they were disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nterred in the presence of the same commission. M. Gannal\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nsubject was found to have undergone putrefaction, while the one\\nprepared by M. Sucquet was in an excellent state of preserva\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. The latter body, on exposure to the air, without showing\\nany signs of putrefaction, dried to a state of hardness little\\nshort of that of wood or stone. In consequence of the remark\u00c2\u00ac\\nable success of M. Sucquet\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method, it came into extensive use\\non the continent of Europe and to a considerable extent in this\\ncountry.\\nM. Falcony had a desiccatory process which mummified the\\nbody, giving it a yellow appearance, but preserving it well, by\\nsimply placing the body, without any mutilation or injection, in\\na bed of dry sawdust to which powdered zinc sulphate had been\\nadded. In a paper read before the French academy, he said\\nhe found, after careful tests with different salts, zinc sulphate\\nof different degrees of strength, according to the condition of\\nthe body, weather, etc., to be the best preservative material; that\\na gallon would perfectly preserve a body. Bodies so preserved\\nremained flexible for about forty days, after which they began\\nto dry up, though still retaining their natural color. Others\\npracticed this system with remarkable success.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0282.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING\\n243\\nDr. Chaussier\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Method, as given in Tlienard\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Chemistry,\\nwas, in brief, as follows The body, completely emptied and\\nthoroughly washed, was kept constantly saturated with corrosive\\nsublimate the salt gradually combined with the flesh, giving it\\nfirmness and rendering it imputrescible and incapable of being\\ninjured by insects or worms. The author states that he has seen\\na head prepared in this manner, which had been exposed for\\nseveral years to the alternation of sun and rain without suffering\\nchange, and was easily recognized, though the flesh had become\\nhard as wood.\\nFranciolla\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Method was not greatly different from some of\\nthe others given. The formula used by him was as follows:\\narsenious acid, four ounces carbonate of potash, two ounces;\\npowdered alum, eight ounces. The acid and potash were dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsolved by boiling in three quarts of water, the alum added, and\\nthe whole diluted by the addition of water until it made one\\ngallon of the preparation. He opened the abdomen, emptied\\nthe stomach and other organs, washed, dried, and injected them\\nthen injected the bronchial tubes by puncturing the trachea.\\nFor arterial injection the right common carotid artery was\\nselected, the blood being removed from the veins by puncturing\\nthe inferior vena cava, a little below the renal vein, and the\\njugular vein. The blood was let out of the vena cava before\\nthe abdomen was cleansed, and was removed by a sponge or\\npump. After injecting the head and neck, Franciolla turned\\nthe injector downward and continued the injection until com\u00c2\u00ac\\npleted. Later in his practice he selected the splenic artery for\\ninjecting. He poured a solution over the bowels before replac\u00c2\u00ac\\ning them a strong solution of bichromate of potash being\\nsometimes used, though not with the best of satisfaction. He\\nalso advocated filling the abdominal and thoracic cavities with\\na liquid preparation of corn-starch, water, alcohol, and corrosive\\nsublimate, which, after hardening, would prevent the sinking of\\nthe parts.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0283.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "244\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nBrunetti, another Italian, used a method, which, it is claimed,\\nreserved bodies so that they resisted decay for hundreds of\\nyears, but they became hard as stone and were of course\\nuseless for anatomical study. They, however, retained their\\nform and size in a remarkable degree. By this process the\\ncirculatory system was thoroughly cleansed by washing for Irom\\ntwo to five hours with cold water, until it issued from the\\nbody looking clear. Alcohol was then injected to remove the\\nwater, and sulphuric ether to carry out of the system all fatty\\nand greasy substances, these operations occupying five to ten\\nhours. Equal time was spent in injecting a strong solution\\nof tannin, after which the body was dried by means of a current\\nof warm air which had been passed over heated chlorid of\\ncalcium.\\nA Method in Vogue in Belgium lias proven quite successful,\\nthough the process is tedious and requires considerable time for\\nthe preparation of the body. The preserving fluid is composed\\nof the following ingredients onedialf pound each of alumina\\nand sulphate of alumina, and one ounce of corrosive sublimate,\\ndissolved in one gallon of water. The bod}^ is first thoroughly\\nwashed with soap and tepid water to remove every particle\\nwhich might obstruct the pores of the skin, for the process\\ndepends largely upon absorption of the solution through the\\npores. After the body has been thoroughly dried by the vigor\u00c2\u00ac\\nous use of clean towels, the solution is applied externally, keeping\\nthe body moist. The application must be renewed from time to\\ntime as absorption and evaporation lessen the supply. The\\ntheory of this part of the process is to keep the body as nearly\\nas possible completely immersed. The stomach and intestines\\nare removed through an incision in the abdomen and thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly cleaned. Blood is withdrawn from the system by open\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the inferior vena cava, and the arteries are injected through\\nthe abdominal cavity. The diaphragm is punctured and the\\npleural cavities are filled with a solution of arsenite of soda.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0284.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING\\n245\\nDr. TscheirnofTs Method was as interesting as it was thor\u00c2\u00ac\\nough, but its necessaiy expensiveness was fatal to its general\\nuse. The mutilation of the body, incident to this method, also\\ndetracted from its popularity. He first opened the abdomen by\\nmaking an incision extending from the sternum to the umbilical\\nregion, with a short cross incision about midway. This gave a\\ndiamond Shaped opening exposing the abdominal viscera. En\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrance to the thoracic cavity was gained by carefully cutting the\\nribs loose from the sternum and turning the latter back over\\nthe face. This exposed to view the heart, lungs, and aortal\\narch. The next step was to displace the bowels and sponge out\\nall fluid or serum found around the intestines. The intestines\\nand other internal organs, whose contents were liable to putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction, were emptied, the bladder being vacated through the\\nurinary canal by means of a catheter, after which they were\\ninjected with fluid. He then injected the arteries through\\nthe descending aorta, which was exposed by moving the small\\nintestine to the right, to be replaced on completion of the\\noperation.\\nThis did not complete the surgical part of the process, for the\\nback of the skull was trepanned, making a twofinch circular\\nhole, through which the brain, or as much of it as could be\\nreached, was removed by means of a long=handled, slender,\\nspecially made spoon. This cavity was filled with a thin paste\\nmade by fully saturating a halfigallon of water with alum, and\\nthickening to the proper consistency by the addition of plaster\\nof Paris. The wound was then carefully closed and sewed up.\\nThe thoracic and abdominal cavities and their contents were\\nwashed and dried and the viscera surrounded with tannic acid.\\nThe sternum was then replaced and the wound temporarily\\nclosed, and the body completely enveloped in a sheet saturated\\nwith fluid, in which-condition it was left for twelve hours. The\\nenvelop was then removed, the cavities of the thorax and abdo\u00c2\u00ac\\nmen reopened, and the plaster of Paris and alum paste, men-", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0285.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "246\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ntioned above, was poured over and around the viscera, filling all\\nthe space to the level of the ribs. After the paste set tannic\\nacid was sprinkled over the top, the sternum was replaced and\\nthe wound carefully and permanently sewed up. The inside\\nof the mouth was filled with cotton saturated with embalming\\nfluid, in order that the face should retain its fulness the nose-\\ncavity was also filled with paste. The entire body w T as coated\\nfinally with a preparation of Canada balsam and turpentine,\\nwhich is transparent and excludes the air.\\nThe Florentine Process of embalming, used chiefly for the\\npreservation of subjects for the dissecting table, as described by\\nDr. Venali, an Italian authority on the subject, was somewhat\\nlike Dr. TscheirnofFs. The abdomen was opened by a trans\u00c2\u00ac\\nverse incision across the body, the stomach and intestines emptied\\nof any gaseous, liquid, or solid contents, and then injected the\\ncavity cleaned, sponged, and sprinkled with tannic acid. The\\nthoracic cavity was entered from the abdomen, through the dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nphragm, and similarly treated. Arterial injection was made\\nthrough the femoral artery, the opening being m ade about eight\\ninches below Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\nA German Process of preservation is given, which, when\\nproperly followed, has kept bodies so perfectly that they retained\\ntheir form, color, and flexibility, so that, after a period of several\\nyears even, they made good subjects for purposes of dissection,\\nand were free from offensive smells. The formula for this pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nserving fluid is as follows in 3,000 grams of boiling water,\\ndissolve alum, 100 grams sodium chlorid, 25 grams potash, 60\\ngrams arsenic acid, 10 grams. This solution is then cooled\\nand filtered to 10 liters, when four liters of glycerine and one\\nliter of mythylic alcohol is added. Bodies are injected arterially\\nand saturated with the liquid, 8 or 10 liters being used to a\\nbody, according to the size and condition.\\nDr. Efisio Marini, a surgeon of Naples, has been attracting\\nno little attention in recent years by his much^vaunted preserva-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0286.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING\\n247\\ntive scheme, claimed to rival the best methods of embalming the\\nworld has ever seen. According to reports he does not incise,\\nnor does he inject; he simply submits his subject to a series\\nof baths in a liquid, the composition of which he, perhaps\\nwisely, keeps to himself. If these reports are to be believed,\\ndecomposition is prevented to the end of time there is nothing\\nleathery about the appearance of the body when desired for\\nanatomical purposes, the subject may be made, to regain all its\\nprimitive freshness carry the treatment to a further stage, and\\nthe subject attains the density, as well as the consistency, of\\nmarble, giving the true metallic ring when tapped with a key a\\nfinal process will restore the softness, the flexibility, and even\\nthe complexion it possessed when alive. As Dr. Marini\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method\\nis used almost exclusively for preserving bodies for anatomical\\npurposes, naturally none of his subjects have been reported as\\nreaching: this countrv, so verification of these remarkable claims\\nis not possible.\\nEmbalming but Little Practiced in England. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Singularly\\nenough, while the English, in the latter portion of the eighteenth,\\nand first part of the nineteenth, century, made such wonderful\\nprogress in embalming, the art is but little practiced to-day in\\nthat country and then generally for others than natives of\\nGreat Britain\u00e2\u0080\u0094especially for Americans. The late Dr. Benjamin\\nWard Richardson, F. R. C. S., in his work on \u00e2\u0080\u009cThe Art of Em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalming,\u00e2\u0080\u009d published a few years ago, said\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cEmbalming at the present day is, in England, an exceptional\\nprocess, and when we are called upon to perform it here, it is, in\\nninety mine cases out of the hundred, for some one foreign to\\nour country. I have embalmed fifty bodies, but only in two\\nor three instances the bodies of English people, and in these\\nexceptional instances the deceased, although they were born and\\ndied in England, had lived the greater part of their lives abroad,\\nand were embalmed in order to be conveyed to friends at a\\ndistance, who wished to bury them.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThe Sunnyside, of New York, in a recent issue, published the", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0287.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "248\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nfollowing concerning the condition of bodies embalmed abroad\\nand shipped to this country:\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cNo Good Embalming Done Abroad.- \u00e2\u0080\u0094As an evidence of\\nhow limited is the knowledge of embalming in Europe it is\\nstated as a fact, by the New T York supply bouses, that, with but\\nvery few exceptions, all bodies received from Europe are in a\\nrevolting condition, unfit to be seen by any of the friends or\\nrelatives. The exceptional few cases were those received from\\nH. L. Mills, a London undertaker who graduated from the U. S.\\nSchool of Embalming, and Beiliold Wiesel, Frankfort, Germany,\\nwho, by the way, has long been a regular reader of The Sunny-\\nside and a student of the \u00e2\u0080\u0098Champion Text Book on Embalming/\\nMr. Wiesel, like Mr. Mills, does modern arterial work.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cBodies have been received in New York for the embalming\\nof which French \u00e2\u0080\u0098embalmers\u00e2\u0080\u0099 charged from $100 to $500 and\\nnot a single one lias ever been presentable. Most of them were\\nin the worst stages of decomposition rendering an immediate\\nresealing of the casket imperative.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cA few bodies have been received from Egypt and Japan, well\\npreserved, but in a mummified condition. The embalming\\nprocess had evidently been akin to the ancient Egyptian mode.\\nThat is, all the viscera, etc., had been removed and herbs, spices,\\nointments, and bandages, had been freely used. No bodies\\nembalmed by Dr. Marini\u00e2\u0080\u0099s much-vaunted process have reached\\nthis country, hence the expert embalmers of New York have\\nhad no opportunity of judging his skill. From the foregoing\\nthe conclusion is reached that what the foreign world most\\nsadly needs are embalmers using modern, up-to-date American\\nmethods. In view of this it is remarkable that there are no\\nforeign undertakers, especially European, progressive enough\\nto study the art and science of American embalmers.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThe editor of the above-mentioned journal, in response to an\\ninquiry as to the reliability of this information, emphasizes it as\\nfollows\\nWe consider the information in No Good Embalming Done\\nAbroad\u00e2\u0080\u0099 reliable to this extent, that in New York, at which\\npoint nine-tenths of the bodies received from Europe arrive,\\nseldom does the body arrive in a condition that will permit of\\nthe casket being open for even an hour. My information was", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0288.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING\\n249\\nreceived from several supply house embalmers, wlio have to\\nhandle bodies received from foreign countries. Again, on the\\narrival of the body of every prominent person, I have asked\\nif the casket had been opened, and about the embalming, and in\\nninety-nine cases out of one hundred, have been informed that\\nthe body had gone to pieces.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nHowever, within the last few years some interest has been\\ndeveloped among British undertakers on the subject of embalm\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, brought about largely through the introduction of the earlier\\neditions of this work into that country, and the agressive policy\\nof its publishers.\\nTwo of the papers published in that country in the interest\\nof the undertakers, have more or less vigorously advocated em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalming, and whereas one undertaker, a few years ago, claimed\\nto be the only person holding a diploma from an American\\nschool of embalming, and was thus supposed to be able to em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalm, now quite a number of undertakers advertise to do\\nembalming.\\nWhat has been said about the British undertakers does not\\napply, however, to the profession in its advanced Australian\\npossessions, where embalming is said to be practiced quite\\nextensively.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0289.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVI.\\nUP-TO-DATE EMBALMING.\\nEuropean methods and processes were treated of wholly in\\nthe last chapter; in this and succeeding chapters the latest and\\nmost improved processes in vogue in this country will be taken up.\\nThe Methods of To-day, especially as practiced in America,\\nare far in advance of those of three thousand years ago, or\\nindeed of any processes that have been practiced in the distant\\nor more recent past. We do not eviscerate, or make any inde\u00c2\u00ac\\ncent exposure of the remains and we accomplish in a few hours\\nwhat our old friends, the Egyptians, required days and weeks to\\nperform. Our modern methods, simplified by our modern in\u00c2\u00ac\\nstruments and appliances, place us in a position where compari\u00c2\u00ac\\nson with the crude work of the Egyptians would be odious.\\nProf. Charles W. McCurdy, ScJ)., Ph.D., in his recently pub\u00c2\u00ac\\nlished thesis on Embalming and Embalming Fluids,\u00e2\u0080\u009d has well\\nsaid\\nIn fact, the methods of embalming as taught and practiced\\nin the present, demand a higher order of intelligence, a more\\nthorough knowledge of the anatomy of the body, a steadier judg\u00c2\u00ac\\nment, and a more skilful hand, than was at any time required of\\nor presented by the ancients, who relied largely upon atmos\u00c2\u00ac\\npheric influences for the preservation of their dead.\\nWere modern embalmers so disposed, I have no doubt they\\ncould attain the preservative excellence of their ancient brethren,\\nindeed far surpass them, and prepare our dead for the judgment\\nday but, embalming, except for temporary convenience, as a\\nrule, is not deemed desirable here or in Europe and as it forms\\nno part of the theological system of Christian nations, we have\\nno ambition to rival them in mummification.\\n250", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0290.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "UP-TO-DATE EMBALMING\\n251\\nThe late Dr. Thomas Holmes, of Brooklyn, N. Y., whose death\\ntook place January 9, 1900, at the age of 83, without doubt, is\\nentitled justly to the honor of being called the \u00e2\u0080\u009cfather of em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalming\u00e2\u0080\u009d in this country. During the War of the Rebellion, Dr.\\nHolmes embalmed many bodies for shipment to their friends, to\\nbe buried in the cemeteries near their old homes, instead of being-\\nleft to moulder in the clay of alien soil.\\nEmbalming is practiced to-day chiefly for two reasons, viz\\nthat of preservation and that of sanitation. Other minor reasons\\nmay be advanced, but these are the principal ones.\\nPRESERVATION AS A REASON.\\nIn performing the \u00e2\u0080\u009clast sad rites\u00e2\u0080\u009d over the dead, the period of\\nmourning prior to interment usually lasts from two to four days,\\nand in case of shipment the time intervening between the death\\nand burial sometimes is prolonged for months.\\nPrevious to the introduction of embalming as practiced to-day\\nin this country, the undertaker, or whoever took charge of the\\nfuneral, usually had to handle a putrefying mass of animal tis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsue, sometimes in a horribly corrupt state, and always with more\\nor less putrid odor. Indeed, at the time of the funeral, in such\\ncases, the casket frequently had to be closed and allowed to re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmain outside of the church or home while the funeral was being-\\nheld, on account of the putrescent odor. Of course, ice, where\\nused, would, in some cases, modify these .results to a certain extent.\\nSometimes rigor mortis, when well marked, would last lor the\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cusual period of time,\u00e2\u0080\u009d preventing putrefaction. But still, in\\nextremely hot weather, this was not sufficient to prevent the com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmencement of putrefaction.\\nWith the increased demand for more expensive funerals came\\nthe demand for better means of preserving the body until the\\ninterment could take place. To put a mass ol putrefying animal\\nmatter into a fine plush casket, or an elegantly finished metallic\\ncasket, lined with the finest of fabrics, could not be thought ol", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0291.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "252\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ntherefore, it was necessary to preserve the body until the inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nment could be made.\\nMoreover the population of this country is migratory. Fami\u00c2\u00ac\\nlies separate more widely than they do in the older countries.\\nOne member of a family leaves and goes into a new part of the\\ncountry, or one may be on a visit to friends in a distant part, and\\nsicken and die or death may be caused by an accident. In\\nsuch instances it becomes necessary to ship the remains to friends,\\nmaybe a thousand miles distant, taking a period of a week or ten\\ndays from the time of death until the interment can take place.\\nIn all such cases, it is necessary to prevent putrefaction, and this\\ncan be done only by the application of preservatives.\\nSANITATION AS A REASON.\\nSanitation as a reason for embalming is one of very great im\u00c2\u00ac\\nportance. All bodies dying from infectious diseases should be\\nthoroughly sterilized, or incinerated at once, for the purpose of\\ndestroying the germs of contagion and infection. If the body is\\nto be interred, then embalming will be the only safe means by\\nwhich these micro-organisms can be destroyed.\\nBy the action of the National Baggage Agents\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Association,\\nwith the aid of enactments of legislatures and boards of health,\\nin many States, it is made incumbent upon every person who\\nships bodies dying from infectious diseases or who holds public\\nfunerals, to embalm them thoroughly, and prepare.them in a\\nmanner that will prevent dissemination of disease. Health\\nboards in every State, county, city, and town, where such laws are\\nnot already in force, should require this. It would lessen the\\ndanger in our own, and be a safeguard to future generations, if\\nall bodies, whether to be shipped or not, were disinfected thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly.\\nIf interred without disinfection, the spores of the bacteria are\\nnot destroyed, and, as they will retain their vitality for a long\\ntime in either earth or water, they remain a constant source of", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0292.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "UP- TO DA TE EMBALMING\\n253\\ndanger. Our water supplies may become contaminated by\\nstreams running through or near cemeteries, which receive the\\ndrainage therefrom, and take up the spores and convey them to\\nany distance, thus spreading the disease. The occasional chang\u00c2\u00ac\\ning of cemeteries, and the frequent disinterment and removal of\\nbodies from one burial place to another, are the means often of\\nspreading disease, where disinfection was not effected at the time\\nof burial. Therefore, the thorough embalmment, and consequent\\ndisinfection, of all bodies is the only safeguard and should be\\nrigorously enforced.\\nNECESSITY FOR THOROUGH EMBALMMENT.\\nEmbalming, as practiced by the majority of undertakers, will\\nnot thoroughly sterilize the body, for the reason that the fluid\\ninjected does not reach all the tissues, nor does it extend to the\\nabnormal and fecal matter contained in the viscera and within\\nthe cavities of the body. Too many employ only the cavity\\nmethod of treating the body, which, in many cases, with the aid\\nof rigor mortis and an average temperature, will be sufficient to\\npreserve the body for the usual length of time,\u00e2\u0080\u009d but it will not\\ndisinfect it.\\nAgain, the artery may be raised at some point and fluid\\ninjected, in addition to the operations upon the cavities, and still\\nthe body will not be sterilized, because enough fluid has not\\nbeen used. To thoroughly disinfect a body, a strong disinfectant\\nfluid should be used and in sufficient quantity to fill the capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries of the entire system also to fill the lungs, alimentary\\ncanal, and pleural and peritoneal sacs.\\nIt will take more fluid for this purpose than is usually injected.\\nTwo or three quarts injected into the arteries, and a like amount\\ninjected into the cavities, of a body weighing 175 to 200 pounds,\\nis not sufficient. It cannot be stated exactly how much fluid\\nshould be injected into a body, but a rule we have followed more\\nrecently has been to inject into the arteries a quantity equal to", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0293.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "254\\nCHAMPION TEXT, BO OK OX EMBALMING\\nabout one-twentieth of the weight of a body of average size.\\nIn a smaller body, a little larger \u00e2\u0080\u0098proportion might be injected,\\nand in a larger body a little less. This amount will be sufficient\\nto fill the capillaries, and, when the body is in a perfectly relaxed\\nstate, can be easily injected. If a body is in a rigid condition,,\\nor the walls of the arteries are contracted, it will be impossible\\nto inject this amount, but a much greater amount can be injected\\nin some bodies. Frequently, from two to three gallons can be\\nintroduced into the arteries of an average=sized body this quan\u00c2\u00ac\\ntity will do no harm, unless the fluid is composed of chemicals\\nthat will affect the tissues, by causing discoloration.\\nThe Condition, Appearance, and Disease, of the body to\\nbe embalmed should be taken into consideration before com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmencing the operation. If post-mortem contraction of the\\narteries has taken place and passed off, and the blood lias settled\\ninto the dependent parts, and no discoloration appears upon the\\nsurface, the artery can be raised and the injection of fluid follow\\nat once but, if the face be discolored, the body should be placed\\non an incline and blood should be withdrawn from the heart\\nand vessels. This can best be accomplished by alternately with\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrawing the blood and injecting fluid. The morbid condition\\nresulting from the disease should be understood, and the parts\\ninvolved should be injected thoroughly. If gases are present\\nin the cavities they should be removed through the hollow-\\nneedle and fluid injected before the removal of the needle, for\\nthe reason that the fluid should be mixed with the material\\nfrom which the gas is produced, in order to thoroughly ster\u00c2\u00ac\\nilize it.\\nSometimes the fluid cannot be injected through the arteries on\\naccount of their obstruction by clots, disease of their walls, or\\nextensive mutilation. When this is the case, fluid may be in\u00c2\u00ac\\njected hypodermically through the cellular or fatty tissues im-\\ndiately beneath the skin, over the upper portion of the body. A\\nlarge amount of fluid can be injected in this manner, which.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0294.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "UP-TO-DATE EMBALMING\\n255\\nsettles downward, gravitating through the tissues, perfectly ster\u00c2\u00ac\\nilizing them.\\nAppearance after Thorough Embalmment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Changes in\\nthe appearance of the surface, owing to the chemicals contained\\nin the fluid that has been injected into the body, will manifest\\nthemselves, very likely, within a few hours after death. A lifelike\\nappearance will follow the introduction of some fluids, while a\\nmarbledike whiteness, or a brownish or leaden tinge succeeds the\\nuse of others. In some bodies none of the above changes occur.\\nThese changes will indicate that the fluid is having an effect\\nupon the rete mucosum and dermis only, and not, as some\\nwould have you believe, that the body will keep forever. Neither\\ndoes it indicate, in those bodies where the changes do not take\\nplace, that a second injection should be resorted to to keep them\\nthe \u00e2\u0080\u009cusual length of time.\u00e2\u0080\u009d The rule is that ordinary cases do\\nnot require a second injection, but occasionally an exception will\\noccur. Very frequently special cases, such as septicemia, con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsumption, typhoid fever, peritonitis, morphine cases, etc., require\\na second or even a third injection. Cases to be preserved indefi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnitely, such as those to be shipped, those to be kept for identifi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncation, those to be placed in family vaults, etc., may require a\\nnumber of injections.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0295.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVII.\\nDEATH: ITS MODES, SIGNS, AND CHANGES.\\nMODES OF DEATH.\\nA little experience in the sick chamber will suffice to teach\\nus that, although all men must die, all do not die in the same\\nmanner. In one instance, the thread of existence is suddenly\\nsnapped the passing from life, and apparent health, perhaps, to\\ndeath, is made in a moment. In another, the process of disso\u00c2\u00ac\\nlution is slow and tedious, and we hardly know the instant at\\nwhich this change is completed. One man may retain possession\\nof his intellectual faculties up to his last breath another may\\nlie unconscious and insensible to all outward impressions for\\nmany hours or days before the solemn change is completed.\\nIn our inquiry and investigation, we seek to ascertain the\\nmechanism and the laws governing these mysterious changes.\\nIn this investigation, we need not go into any deep physiological\\nquestions respecting conditions that are essential to life. It is\\nsufficient for our purpose to remark that life is inseparably con\u00c2\u00ac\\nnected with continued circulation of the blood. As long as the\\ncirculation continues, life, or organic life at least, remains. When\\nthe blood ceases to circulate, death will soon follow. Our in\u00c2\u00ac\\nquiry into the different modes of death, therefore, resolves itself\\ninto an investigation of the different ways in which the circula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the blood may finally cease.\\nThere is ample provision made in the construction of the body\\nfor maintaining and carrying on the circulation. First, a great\\nhydraulic apparatus is distributed throughout the body, consist\u00c2\u00ac\\ning of the heart, arteries, veins, and capillaries. Next, there is\\na large pneumatic apparatus within the body, consisting of the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0296.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "DEA TH: ITS MODES SIGNS\\\\ AND CHANGES\\n257\\nlungs and respiratory tract. These are worked and regulated by\\nthe power which is vested in the nervous system. If either of\\nthese systems fails to continue in action the circulation will\\nstop, and life will cease. The functions that these machines\\nrespectively perform are called vital functions consequently, the\\nheart, the lungs, and the brain are called vital organs. If the\\nfunctions of one of these organs cease, those of the other two\\nwill be arrested speedily.\\nT1 le phenomena of death vary remarkably, according as the\\ninterruption begins in the one or in the other of these organs.\\nBichat describes death as beginning at the head, beginning at\\nthe heart, and beginning at the lungs.\\nSyncope. \u00e2\u0080\u0094For the heart to continue to propel the current of\\nblood, two things are necessary first, the power or faculty of\\ncontracting second, a sufficient quantity of blood in its chambers\\nto be moved, and also to stimulate them to contraction. If this\\nproper stimulus is withheld, or is largely deficient, the heart\\nwill soon cease to beat. This would -indicate, therefore, that there\\nare two ways in which death may be said to begin at the heart:\\nthat of death by anemia and that of death by asthenia. Death\\nby anemia is caused by want of due supply of blood to the heart;\\nin death by asthenia there is a total failure of contractile power\\nin that organ. The state of suspended animation common to\\nboth of these forms of dying is expressed by the term syncope.\\nApnea, Asphyxia. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Death beginning at the lungs is caused\\nby the want of due arterialization of the blood. There are two\\nperfectly distinct modes in which this cause of death may pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nceed. although the ultimate results are identical: first, when ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncess of air to the lungs is suddenly prevented by the closure of\\nthe respiratory tract; second, when the muscles of respiration\\ncease to act as a result of some disease or injury of the brain.\\nThe first form results in death by asphyxia the second form, in\\ndeath by coma.\\nThe term \u00e2\u0080\u009casphyxia\u00e2\u0080\u009d properly signifies pulselessness, or want of\\n24", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0297.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "258\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\npulse but, from long continued use ol its current signification,\\nit cannot be restored to its proper meaning without much con\u00c2\u00ac\\nfusion, although the term \u00e2\u0080\u009capnea\u00e2\u0080\u009d (privation of breath) would be\\na much better term to express this mode of death, to which the\\nword asphyxia is so commonly applied.\\nAir may be prevented from entering the lungs in various\\nways by closure of the mouth and nostrils by submersion of\\nthe same openings in some liquid, or in gases, which, though not\\nin themselves poisonous, contain no oxygen by mechanical ob\u00c2\u00ac\\nstruction of the larynx or trachea, from within by morsels ol\\nfood, or from without by hanging by pressure upon the chest\\nand abdomen, which prevents the movements of the chest, ribs,\\nand diaphragm by paralysis of the muscles, as from injury or\\ndisease of the spinal cord, above the origin of the nerves which\\nsupply the muscles of respiration, including the diaphragm or\\nfrom a section of the phrenic or intercostal nerves or by wounds\\nextending through the walls of the thorax, which admit the air\\nfreely to the surface of the lungs. It may occur also when botli\\npleurae become filled with liquid, as in dropsy or large effusions.\\nIf the prevention of air entering the lungs is sudden and com\u00c2\u00ac\\nplete, certain external phenomena will present themselves:\\nstrong contractions of all the muscles concerned in breathing\\noccur; struggling efforts at respiration are made, prompted by\\nthe uneasy sensations which every one who has tried how long\\nhe can hold his breath has experienced, and which, when un\u00c2\u00ac\\nrelieved, soon rises to agony. This extreme distress is transient\\nonly, being succeeded by sensations of vertigo, then loss of con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsciousness and convulsions. In a short time all these phenomena\\ncease, except a few irregular twitches or tremors of the extremities;\\nthe muscles relax, but the movements of the heart, and even the\\npulse at the wrist, still continue for a short time after all other\\nsigns of life cease. During this process, which is only of two or\\nthree minutes duration, the face becomes flushed and turgid, and\\nthen livid and purplish. Even before life is extinct the veins of", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0298.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "DEATH: ITS MODES SIGNS\\\\ AND CHANGES 259\\nthe head and neck swell and the eyeballs seem to protrude from\\ntheir sockets.\\nThe internal changes which cause these outward symptoms\\nproceed from the preventing of the chemical alteration, naturally\\nproduced in the blood within the capillaries of the pulmonary\\ncirculation. The blood, continuing venous, passes at first in\\nconsiderable quantities into the pulmonary veins, and thence to\\nthe left side of the heart and, in turn, to all parts of the body.\\nThis venous blood, loaded with carbonic acid, is inadequate to\\nsustain or to excite the functions of the parts it thus reaches.\\nIn the brain, the effect of the unnatural circulation is felt at\\nonce and is shown by the convulsions that ensue. The motion\\nof the blood in the pulmonary capillaries is impeded from the\\nfirst, and its current is retarded gradually until it stagnates\\naltogether. The right cavities of the heart are distended, while\\nthe venous congestion becomes general. The blood that passes\\nthrough the left side of the heart still retains the carbonic acid,\\nand, in a very short time, all the blood in the body is charged\\nwith this gas, which results in the enfeeblement of the contractile\\npower of the heart and arteries, and gives the surface of the\\nbody that dark-bluish color seen in asphyxiated cases. In this\\nstate, even after the heart has ceased to beat, if the cause which\\nexcluded the air be removed, and fresh air he readmitted, as by\\nartificial respiration, the venous blood in the pulmonary capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries undergoes the required change\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, becomes arterial-\\nized\u00e2\u0080\u0094,and begins to pass onward, and, by degrees, the circulation\\nis restored.\\nWhen death has occurred from asphyxia, the left side of the\\nheart is found to contain a small quantity of dark blood, while\\nits right chambers are greatly distended, and the lungs, the vense\\ncavee, and the whole venous system, are gorged with venous\\nblood.\\nAfter sudden death, however caused, the blood seldom coagu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlates and the venous congestion, consequent upon rapid apnea,", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0299.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "260\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nalthough great at first, will subside in due time, by descending\\ninto the dependent portions of the body.\\nDeath by asphyxia is extremely common. It may be pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced by anything that will close the glottis, such as edema of\\nthe subunucous tissues of the larynx, or inflammation or tume\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction of its lining membrane, or the presence in the windpipe\\nand bronchi of what are called false membranes, such as are\\nformed in croup, diphtheria, etc. It may be the result of disease\\nin the substance of the lungs themselves, preventing them from\\nreceiving the required amount of air, as in pneumonia and in\\npulmonary apoplexy or it may proceed from disorders of the\\nbronchial mucous membrane, the air=passages becoming closed\\nby excessive secretions, as in bronchitis; or from disease of the\\npleurae, in which there are extensive effusions, causing pressure\\nupon the lungs or from diseases of any kind which extend into\\nthe thoracic cavity, with like effect.\\nComa. Death beginning at the head ends by paralyzing the\\nrespiration and circulation. The nerve^centers situated above\\nthe medulla oblongata and pons Varolii are not essential to life,\\nexcept in so far as animal life, and the possibility of adaptation\\nto surroundings, are concerned. Diseases of the brain, however,\\nare liable to prove fatal by indirect action on the medulla and\\npons through pressure, extension of inflammation, and the like.\\nCertain poisons, also, whether introduced from without such\\nas opium and narcotics generally\u00e2\u0080\u0094,or arising within, owing to\\nthe elimination of waste products, as in uremia, effect the nerve\\ncenters, both cerebral and spinal, and not only produce uncon\u00c2\u00ac\\nsciousness, or coma, but also paralyze the respiratory and cardiac\\ncenters.\\nIn death produced in this manner, the individual lies uncon\u00c2\u00ac\\nscious, reflex action is abolished, the breathing becomes ster\u00c2\u00ac\\ntorous, the chest ceases to expand, the blood is no longer aerated,\\nand thenceforward precisely the same internal changes occur as\\nin death by asphyxia.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0300.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "DEATH: ITS MODES,\\\\ SIGNS AND CHANGES\\n261\\nThe differences between the two forms of dying amount to\\nthis in death by asphyxia, the chemical changes of the blood\\nwhich take place in the lungs cease first,,and then the circulation\\nof venous blood through the arteries suspends the sensibility in\\ndeath by coma, the sensibility ceases first, and, in consequence\\nof this, the movements of the thorax and the chemical changes\\nof the blood which take place in the lungs, cease also. There\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore the circulation of venous blood through the arteries is in\\none case the cause, and in the other the effect, of the cessation\\nof animal life. In one case, the circulation ceases because the\\nactions of respiration cease while, in the other, the failure of\\nthe acts of respiration arises from a suspension of the nervous\\npowers.\\nSIGNS OF DEATH.\\nIt is not always easy to determine when life is extinct. There\\nis no early, single, positive sign to determine whether the solemn\\nchange has taken place or not. It requires the combination of a\\nnumber of signs to determine when the spark of life has become\\nfinally extinguished. In apparent death, the functions of the\\nvital organs are reduced to such an extent that life seems to be\\ndestroved. The conditions which most resemble actual death\\nare syncope, asphyxia, and trance\u00e2\u0080\u0094particularly the last\u00e2\u0080\u0094 also,\\nto some degree, hibernation, hypnotism, and catalepsy.\\nCessation of the Heart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Action. The most reliable evi\u00c2\u00ac\\ndence of death is proof of the cessation of the heart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s action.\\nTiffs proof is very hard to obtain. If it .were possible to cut\\ndown to and examine the heart ocularly, the proof would be\\npositive but, to depend upon external tests and signs, the heart\\nand large vessels being located so deeply, makes it uncertain.\\nMere pulselessness is no proof, for the heart may still be beating,\\nand the blood may be passing through in such a manner that no\\ncontraction of the smaller branches of the arteries will be percept\u00c2\u00ac\\nible to the touch. The ear, placed against the surface of the chest\\nover the heart to gather sounds, cannot be relied upon. The use", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0301.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "262\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nof the stethoscope, in the hands of a physician or any other expert,\\nand continued for some length of time, may determine whether\\nthe heart has ceased to act or not. When the body is in a condi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of suspended animation, the heart beats very slowly and\\nfeebly the number of beats may be reduced even to ten or twelve\\nper minute, and the heart action be so feeble that it will require a\\npositive expert to determine that there is any sound whatever.\\nThe application of a tight ligature around a finger or toe has\\nbeen recommended by Magnus when the string has been so\\napplied, if life is extinct and the circulation has ceased entirely,\\nthere will be no change in color in the surface of the distal end\\nof the digit, but, if the circulation still continues, it matters not\\nhow feebly, the surface of the extremity will sooner or later as\u00c2\u00ac\\nsume a bluish tint from strangulation of the venous flow.\\nIf the arm is brought out from the body and placed in a de\u00c2\u00ac\\npendent position and an artery raised and opened and found\\nempty, it indicates that the heart has ceased to act; if the artery\\nis not empty, whether blood spurts from the wound or not, it\\nwould not be proof that either life or death is present.\\nIf cessation of the heart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s action is absolutely established, we\\nknow positively death is present and no other signs need be con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsidered.\\nCessation of Respiration. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Respiration may appear to be\\nsuspended, but still may be going on. We may observe the\\nchest very closely and not be able to see the least movement; by\\nplacing the hands over the chest the movement may not be felt.\\nThe motion of the abdominal wall, that is so constant in the res\u00c2\u00ac\\npiratory movement, may appear to have ceased entirely, yet res\u00c2\u00ac\\npiration may be going on very slowly and superficially.\\nIf a cold mirror be held before the mouth and nostrils, the\\nmoisture in the air coming from the lungs will be condensed on\\nthe surface if respiration is going on if a flock of cotton wool be\\nlaid upon the lips and across the nostrils, it will move to and fro\\nif respiration has not ceased; if a cup of water be placed on the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0302.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "DEATH: ITS MODES\\\\ SIGNS AND CHANGES 263\\nchest, the reflection oil its surface will move if respiration is still\\ngoing on. These are all methods well adapted for the detection\\nof respiration.\\nIf the results are all negative, the indications are that respira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion has ceased, but still they are not positive. Moisture coming\\nfrom the body and not from the lungs may condense on the\\ncold mirror in sufficient quantity to be noticeable the flock of\\ncotton across the lips and nose may be moved by air currents\\nother than those coming from the lungs a movement of the re\u00c2\u00ac\\nflection on the surface of the cup of water may be observed,\\nresulting from shaking of the floor from walking or other\\ncauses.\\nLoss of Vitality. \u00e2\u0080\u0094With the cessation of the circulation, the\\nskin becomes ashyqmle in color, which is due to failure of the\\nblood to remain in the upper surfaces of the body the tissues\\nlose their elasticity the tension of the eyeball is reduced the\\ncornea becomes opaque the pupils fail to react to light. If life\\nis still present and a bright light is thrown on the pupil, the\\npupil will contract, and, on its removal, will dilate again. If life\\nbe extinct, and the skin is pulled up, it fails to resume its normal\\nposition at once, having lost its elasticity if irritants are applied\\nto the skin they do not cause a vital reaction. If a match or\\nhot iron be applied to the skin, if life is present, a blister will\\nrise and fill in the usual manner; if deatli is present, the blister\\nwill not appear. If the skin is cut or punctured, the wound will\\nremain open, if death is present.\\nCertain parts may retain their independent vitality after so\u00c2\u00ac\\nmatic death. The muscles may be made to contract bv the\\napplication of an electric current two or three hours after death,\\nthe muscular energy as yet not having disappeared. In cases\\nof sudden death, or in diseases that produce great shock to the\\nsystem, contractions of the muscles may take place after death,\\nwith sufficient force even to change the entire position of the\\nbody, especially in those who die in full muscular vigor.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0303.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "204 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nCHANGES OF DEATH.\\nThe following changes of the body not only indicate death,\\nbut aid in fixing the probable time at which death occurred\\nCooling* of the Body. \u00e2\u0080\u0094After death, except under certain\\nspecial circumstances, as in fatal cases oi cholera and yellow\\nfever, the body ceases to be a source of heat-production, and,\\ntherefore, is to be looked upon as an inert mass, possessed ol a\\nhigher temperature than the average medium, which parts with\\nheat according to certain physical laws. The superficial coldness\\nfound in collapse, which is due to the cessation of the peripheral\\ncirculation, must not be mistaken for cadaveric coldness for\\nthere is still an amount of internal heat after death which has to\\npass off, and the body, which is cold to the touch before death,\\nmay rise in temperature as the internal heat radiates. A thick\\ncoating of adipose tissue, a covering of woolen clothing, etc., re\u00c2\u00ac\\ntards cooling of the body a high temperature will also retard,\\nwhile a low temperature will increase, the cooling.\\nAccording to Drs. Wilkes and Taylor, if a body, dying of an\\nordinary disease, is placed in an average temperature in a nude\\ncondition, it will cool at a rate of about one degree, F., per hour.\\nIf that be the case, and the conditions of temperature are of the\\naverage, a body that is found with a surface temperature of\\neighty degrees will have been dead about eighteen and one-half\\nhours, the natural temperature of the body being ninety weight\\nand one* half degrees the difference between eighty and ninety*\\neight and one=half degrees indicates the period of time that has\\nintervened since death.\\nHypostasis, or Postmortem Discoloration. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The blood\\ngravitates to the dependent parts of the body after death, which\\ngives rise to livid discoloration upon the under surface of the\\ntrunk and neck. These discolorations are termed hypostases,\\nand usually occur from eiglit to ten hours after death. In cases\\nof long*continued sickness, as for instance in the adynamic fevers\\nthe muscular power of the body is so weak that the heart and", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0304.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "DEATH: ITS MODES SIGNS\\\\ AND CHANGES 265\\nvessels are unable to iorce the blood from the dependent portions\\ninto the upper parts of the body failing to keep it all circulating\\nthroughout the whole body, it settles and fills the capillaries and\\nsmall vessels of the under surfaces of the body, even while life is\\npresent, causing discolorations. Then, again, postmortem dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncolorations may be confounded, in some cases, with ecchymoses,\\nor extravisations of blood but they differ from ecchymoses in\\nthe fact that the blood is contained in the vessels and not extrav-\\nisated into the tissues, as may be shown by an incision into the\\nskin. If the blood remains in a liquid state, the hypostatic dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncolorations may be made to disappear by turning the body over.\\nThe fact that these discolorations may appear before death, ren\u00c2\u00ac\\nders hypostasis a sign that cannot of itself be depended upon.\\nPost-Mortem Staining. \u00e2\u0080\u0094While hypostasis is making its ap\u00c2\u00ac\\npearance, other changes are taking place in the upper part of\\nthe body. The blood undergoes earlier and more rapid change\\nthan any of the tissues in the body. The hemoglobin escapes\\nfrom the red corpuscles of the blood, partly by. exudation and\\npartly by the destruction of the corpuscles themselves, and is\\ndissolved in the liquid of the blood, and passes through the walls\\nof the vessels into the surrounding tissues, causing a discoloring,\\nknown as post-mortem staining. This is of a uniform, pinkish-\\nred color, and must be distinguished with care from the redness\\nof hyperemia, which appears only in points and layers. This\\nstaining may be noticed along the course of the large vessels, as\\nover the ventral regions, and along the external jugulars, the\\nsaphenous veins, etc. The amount of discoloring is in propor\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion to the amount of blood in the veins and the rapidity of its\\ndecomposition.\\nRigor Mortis. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Arrest of nutrition is accompanied in the\\nmuscles by the state of rigidity, known as rigor mortis, or posh\\nmortem or cadaveric rigidity. This rigidity is due to coagula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the muscle plasma. Tt comes on after the muscular\\nenergy is used up, or, in other words, as soon as the muscle has", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0305.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "266\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nlost its vitality\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, when the application of the poles of the\\nbattery to the muscle will fail to make it contract. The rigidity\\nusually begins in the muscles of the neck and face, and gradually\\nextends from above downward, so that while the upper parts of\\nthe body appear flaccid, the lower extremities are rigid. Putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction usually begins in the same region and follows in the same\\norder. As a rule, while rigor mortis is present, putrefaction pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ngresses very slowly. In rare cases, however, putrefaction goes\\non rapidly in the soft viscera, producing gas sufficient to distend\\nthe walls of the abdomen and fill the other cavities, while the\\nmuscles remain markedly rigid. Usually, while rigor mortis is\\npresent, if fluid is injected into the cavities, preventing the growth\\nof the putrefactive bacteria within, the body can be kept \u00e2\u0080\u009cthe\\nusual length of time; this is the reason for the apparent success\\nof those who do nothing more than cavity embalming. As soon\\nas rigor mortis disappears, the external soft parts of these bodies\\nbegin to putrefy.\\nRigor mortis takes place in all bodies after death the muscles\\nbecome firm and shortened, apparently in a state of chronic con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntraction. The time of its appearance and its intensity depends\\non the state of muscular nutrition at the time of death the\\ngreater the store of muscular energy, the longer it is before rigid\u00c2\u00ac\\nity sets in and the longer it lasts on the contrary, the greater\\nthe exhaustion of the body, the sooner the rigidity sets in and\\nthe sooner it passes off. In persons dying in vigorous health, as\\nby accident, rigor mortis is longer in making its appearance than\\nin those dying from exhausting diseases, as consumption, the\\nadynamic fevers, etc. In cases of full muscular vigor, the rigid\u00c2\u00ac\\nity will come on in from one to twelve hours and will last from\\none to ten days while in those of exhaustion, it may come on at\\nonce and pass off within an hour.\\nRigor mortis is not positive as a sign of death, as there is\\nrigidity of the muscles following apparent death, as in cases of\\nasphyxia or trance. If the body is rigid, in a case in which there", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0306.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "DEATH: ITS MODES\\\\ SIGNS AND CHANGES 267\\nis a doubt that death is present, the rigidity may be broken up.\\nIf it is a case of trance or that of contraction of the muscles fol\u00c2\u00ac\\nlowing drowning, it is likely to return, especially in case of trance\\nbut if death is actually present it will not return.\\nPutrefaction is a sure sign of death, but it will not be noticed\\nuntil two or three days or more have supervened it cannot be\\nconsidered, therefore, as an early sign. In an average tempera\u00c2\u00ac\\nture, the body having died of an ordinary disease, a deep-green\\ncolor will be noticed in the lower surface of the abdomen exter\u00c2\u00ac\\nnally, and sloughing of the mucous membrane in the throat and\\npillars of the fauces internally. Putrefaction is treated of fully\\nin the following chapter.\\nSUMMARY OF THE SIGNS OF DEATH.\\nIt must not be forgotten that somatic deatli must be differen\u00c2\u00ac\\ntiated from suspended animation due to trance, asphyxia, pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nfound syncope, hibernation, hypnotism, and catalepsy. For this\\npurpose we have summarized the following signs of death if a\\nmajority, or a large number at least, of these are affirmative, you\\ncan rest assured that death is present:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nIf death is present\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nBy placing the ear to the chest over the heart, no sounds will\\nbe heard. 1\\nOn tying a ligature around an extremity, no swelling or dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncoloration will appear beyond the ligature.\\nIf a cold mirror be held over the mouth, the surface will not\\nbecome moistened.\\nIf the ear is applied over the lungs, no sounds of respiration\\nwill be heard.\\nIf a cup of water is placed on the chest, there will be no move\u00c2\u00ac\\nments of rays or ripples on the surface.\\nIf the skin is cut, no blood will flow, nor will the wound close.\\nIf the skin is punctured by a large needle, the wound will not\\nclose up.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0307.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "268\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nIf heat be applied to the skin, no blister will form.\\nIf ammonia be injected hypodermically, there will be no red\u00c2\u00ac\\ndening of the skin.\\nIf the hand of the subject be held to the light, instead of the\\nlight showing pink through the inner edges of the fingers, it will\\nbe opaque.\\nThe blood sinks in a few hours after death to the most depend\u00c2\u00ac\\nent parts, reddening them a livid hue (postmortem discoloration),\\nwhile the upper surfaces become very pale.\\nThe eves will be sunken into the sockets.\\nThe eyeballs will become flattened.\\nThe cornea becomes opaque.\\nThe iris loses its sensibility to light and hangs loosely, render\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the pupil irregular in shape.\\nThe pupil will neither dilate nor contract, if a strong light is\\nheld before it.\\nThe eyelid loses its elasticity.\\nThe white, transparent color of the conjunctiva is lost, often\\nbecoming black or gray.\\nRigor mortis may or may not be present.\\nThe body cools finally to the temperature of the surrounding\\natmosphere.\\nIf an artery be opened, as a rule, it will be found empty.\\nIf putrefaction is present, all other signs may be ignored.\\nIn conclusion, do not consider from this summarizing that each\\nsign enumerated is a positive indication of death, or that all of\\nthem are infallible. But, if a fair number of these signs indicate\\nthe presence of death, you are justified in the conclusion that\\ndeath is really present.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0308.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVIII.\\nPUTREFACTION: ITS MODIFICATIONS AND PECULIARITIES.\\nAfter death has occurred, the tissues of the body undergo various\\nchanges as to the color and consistency of the solids, semisolids,\\nand fluids. By these changes, known under the several names of\\nputrefaction, decomposition, decay, etc., due to the presence of\\nbacteria, the tissues are finally resolved into their constituent\\nelements. Putrefaction may occur locally during life, and septic\\nchanges may take place to some extent before death. However,\\nthe term is not applied, usually, until the changes in color, con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsistency, and smell are clearly perceptible. Putrefaction may be\\ndefined as the separating of the constituent elements of the\\nbody, due to the presence and growth of bacteria.\\nThe first external sign of putrefaction is a deep-green color in\\nthe surface of the abdomen, beginning in the right iliac region,\\nover the cecum and appendix. This gradually extends until the\\nwhole wall of the abdomen is covered. If the larynx and trachea\\nare examined, the mucous membrane will exhibit changes in\\ncolor and consistencv.\\ni/\\nPutrefaction takes place first in the soft or less compact tissues\\nthen the fibrous or harder tissues follow, while the most compact\\ntissues, as those of the uterus, resist the final change longest of\\nall. In the course of time, however, all of the tissues are entirely\\ndecomposed, becoming detached from the skeleton, which is ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed and gradually falls to pieces.\\nPutrefaction is effected by micro-organisms, known as sapro\u00c2\u00ac\\nphytes, or putrefactive bacteria. When rigor mortis passes off, de\u00c2\u00ac\\ncomposition generally begins. The discolorations that result are\\ndue to alterations in the transuded hemoglobin. The process of\\n209", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0309.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "270\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nputrefaction is accompanied by the generation of gases very\\noffensive to the smell, such as sulphureted hydrogen, nitrogen,\\ncarbonic acid, ammonia, etc.\\nIt is impossible to say how long it will take for a body to de\u00c2\u00ac\\ncompose, as it depends partly on the condition of the body itself,\\nbut principally upon temperature, moisture, and exposure. A\\nmoist, high temperature, with free exposure, favors rapid putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction. A dry, high temperature has a tendency to dry the\\ntissues, and in this way produces mummification instead of putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction. Moisture alone tends to produce saponification of the\\ntissues, more particularly of the fatty, causing the formation of a\\nsubstance known as adipocere, as when the body lies in water or\\nmoist earth. (See page 272.)\\nPutrefaction progresses more rapidly in the air than in the\\nwater; while in the earth its progress is much slower than in\\nwater. With an average temperature, under ordinary circum\u00c2\u00ac\\nstances, putrefaction will appear about the third day. If the\\ntemperature be high and moist, it will begin much sooner if it\\nis extremely high, without moisture, dessication or mummification\\nwill result, for the reason that bacteria do not grow or develop in\\na high temperature unless moisture is present. If a body dies in\\nthe high altitudes, where no moisture exists, where there are no\\ndews, where the lands have to be irrigated to produce vegetation,\\nputrefaction will be very slow if it takes place at all. The atmos\u00c2\u00ac\\nphere, being so dry, absorbs the moisture from the body so\\nrapidly that the bacteria which exist in the body cannot develop.\\nIf the body be placed in the earth in the high altitudes, where\\nthe ground is perfectly free from moisture, dessication will result,\\nand the body will be preserved for all time.\\nAt the recent World\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Fair in Chicago, there were several\\nmummies from the high table lands of Peru. These, from all\\nappearances, had been buried in a sitting posture, indicating that\\nthey were of the aboriginal tribes and that they may have been\\ncenturies old. These bodies were not embalmed but were pre-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0310.jp2"}, "311": {"fulltext": "PUTREFACTION: ITS MODIFICATIONS\\n271\\nserved by nature\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method. The ancient embalmers seem to have\\nbeen aided by a very dry atmosphere, as mummies are found\\nonly in countries and localities where natural conditions existed\\nthat materially aided in dessication or mummification.\\nPutrefaction is less rapid in a body placed at some depth in the\\nwater. This is due, no doubt, to the absence of aerobic bacteria,\\nwhich exist and grow only where there is plenty of oxygen.\\nHowever, there are present in the alimentary canal anaerobic\\nbacteria, which develop without free oxygen. The temperature\\nof the water being low, these anaerobic bacteria will slowly pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduce putrefaction, eliminating gases sufficient to bring the body\\nfinally to the surface, where the aerobic bacteria will enter, and\\nputrefaction will progress more rapidly.\\nIn some cases that are placed in the ground, putrefaction will\\nnot begin for a long time, while in others it will progress rapidly.\\nIn our demonstrations we have noticed the results in a number\\nof different cases. A body that had been placed in a very wet\\nsoil, the top of the box resting under two feet of earth, and water\\nentirely covering it, in the month of July, when the temperature\\nwas very high, at the end of ten days, had the appearance of\\nwhat is commonly called a floater putrefaction had progressed\\nto a very great degree. In another case the body had been buried\\ntwenty-four hours after death, during the last week in August, in\\na dry, sandy soil, at a deptli of about five feet, and in December,\\nwhen it was taken up and used for demonstrations, it did not ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nhibit any signs of putrefaction whatever.\\nWhen the body is exposed to the atmosphere in the low alti\u00c2\u00ac\\ntudes, in passing through its various changes, it will be many\\nmonths before the soft tissues become entirely disintegrated.\\nThe uterus has been found fit for judicial examination nine\\nmonths after death, in a case where antiseptics had not been\\nused.\\nIt is difficult to state how far putrefaction shall have advanced\\nin a given time, for, under similar conditions apparently, a very", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0311.jp2"}, "312": {"fulltext": "272\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ngreat divergence of results have been observed. r lhe necessary\\nconditions for putrefaction are heat and moisture. Putrefaction\\nwill not continue in a temperature below freezing neither in a\\nhigh temperature where no moisture exists.\\nADIPOCERE.\\nAdipocere Adeps, fat; cera, wax) is a substance formed by\\nspontaneous change in dead animal tissues. It somewhat re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsembles spermaceti in consistency and is of a dulhwhite or buff\\ncolor, but it is less crystallin in fracture, the surface being marked\\nby blood vessels and other textures. When adipocere is formed\\nin damp situations, or in the early stages of its formation, it is\\nsoft, and, if rubbed between the fingers, a greasy feeling is com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmunicated. Its odor is peculiar and somewhat disagreeable.\\nWhen dissolved in ether, adipocere leaves a delicate, filament\u00c2\u00ac\\nous web. It burns with a blue flame, and white ash results. It\\nis a soap, composed of margaric and oleic acids, combined with\\nammonia, the fixed alkalis, and alkalin earths. With the age of\\nthe specimen, the relative proportion of the latter ingredients\\nvaries.\\nIf a recent specimen is examined witli the microscope, it is\\nfound to be composed of broken down tissues and fatty granules,\\ntogether with a few acicular scales or crystals. These granules\\nare seen in what was muscular tissue to assume the same arrange\u00c2\u00ac\\nment as the muscular filaments, thus having an appearance re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsembling the early stage of fatty degeneration.\\nAdipocere was first described long ago. The flesh of animals\\nexposed to moisture or placed in running water will change very\\nreadily into adipocere. Dilute alcohol or greatly weakened nitric\\nacid will produce it in abundance, as is seen in the specimen jars of\\nthe anatomist. When bodies of men or other animals are buried\\nin peat moss, they are frequently found to have been converted\\ncompletely into adipocere. When the bodies were moved from\\nthe Cimetiere des Innocents at Paris, to the Catacombs, in 1786-87,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0312.jp2"}, "313": {"fulltext": "PUTREFACTION: ITS MODIFICATIONS\\n273\\nFourcroy found many of these bodies converted into what he\\nnamed adipocire, which name has since been retained, taking in\\nthis country, of course, the Anglicized form. It has been sug\u00c2\u00ac\\ngested that possibly this substance, formed from the waste flesh\\nof animals, could be adapted to some useful purpose, but the te-\\nnacity of the disagreeable odor, and the presence of other difficul\u00c2\u00ac\\nties, have interfered very materially, preventing the suggestions\\nfrom being acted upon.\\nChemists differ in opinion in regard to the immediate changes\\nwhich give origin to adipocere, but when it is considered that\\nafter death the tissues are usually resolved into their primary ele\u00c2\u00ac\\nments by some process, if not by putrefaction, it is possible to per\u00c2\u00ac\\nceive that adipocere may be derived, not only from free fat, but\\nfrom elements of fat existing and obtained from decomposition\\nof their tissues. It may be described as both an educt and pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduct. This opinion is confirmed by the results of the researches\\nof Bauer and Yoit, who showed that fatty matter was derived\\nfrom metamorphosis of albumen in starved animals, to which\\nphosphorus had been administered.\\nThe formation of adipocere has a special interest for the path\u00c2\u00ac\\nologist, who has pointed out that the change is analogous almost\\nto fatty degeneration in the living body, thereby establishing the\\npathological doctrine that fatty degeneration is the result of retro\u00c2\u00ac\\ngrade metamorphosis due to defective nutrition. It is this condi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion that is sometimes supposed by the nomprofessioned to be\\npetrifaction.\\nSKIN=SLIP ITS CAUSES AND PREVENTION.\\nIts Causes. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Many embalmers have been led to believe that\\nslipping of the skin is caused by certain fluids used in injecting\\nthe arterial system. This is an error needing correction. \u00e2\u0080\u009cSkim\\nslip\u00e2\u0080\u009d is caused by the putrefactive softening of the rete mucosum.\\nIt occurs in all cases where putrefaction has advanced extensively.\\nThe early softening is almost exclusively in cases of heart, liver,", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0313.jp2"}, "314": {"fulltext": "274\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nand kidney diseases, and other morbid changes that result in\\ndropsy, and there is always more or less dropsical effusion into\\nthe subcutaneous tissues which transudes into the rete, result\u00c2\u00ac\\ning in putrefactive softening. The general effusion into the sub\u00c2\u00ac\\ncutaneous and other tissues prevents the fluid from passing\\nthrough the capillaries, thereby interfering with a proper distri\u00c2\u00ac\\nbution of the fluid to the skin. Slipping of the skin occurs at\\ntimes when fluid is used only in the cavities, none being injected\\ninto the arteries under such circumstances the fluid certainly\\ncould not produce \u00e2\u0080\u009cskimslip.\u00e2\u0080\u009d No fluid that contains strong\\nantiseptics injected into the vascular system will cause slipping\\nof the skin.\\nIts Prevention. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Cases that die from diseases causing drop\u00c2\u00ac\\nsical effusion in the subcutaneous tissues should be handled care\u00c2\u00ac\\nfully. A little formalin should be added to the fluid that is\\nJ\\ninjected, say from one to two ounces to each quart of fluid. Form\u00c2\u00ac\\nalin hardens the tissues more rapidly and completely than any\\nother known substance. Zinc has a similar effect, but it is not so\\nrapid or powerful in its action. Formalin, having a great affinity\\nfor water, will act admirably in this class of cases. It will harden\\nthe soft layer of the skin, and, at the same time, destroy the\\nbacteria. A cloth moistened with formalin, placed upon the\\nparts exposed when the skin is slipping, and covered with rubber\\nor oiled silk, or something that will exclude the air, will have a\\ntendency to harden the soft layer. Such treatment will be satis\u00c2\u00ac\\nfactory and is all that is necessary.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0314.jp2"}, "315": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIX.\\nTHE BLOOD: ITS CHARACTERISTICS AND CHANGES.\\nThe Blood is the circulatory fluid, by means of which the\\nnutrition of the body is effected. It carries nourishment to\\nall the tissues (except the cuticle, nails, etc.,), and the waste, in the\\nform of carbonic acid, to the lungs, where it is thrown off. It is\\na fluid, when pure and free from carbonic acid, of a brigliffred, or\\nrather, scarlet color (arterial) when impure and full of carbonic\\nacid, of a dull red or purple color (venous).\\nThe exact proportion of the blood to the entire weight of the\\nbody is not known, as it is impossible to gather all the blood in\\nthe body. The approximate amount is about oneffenth of the\\nweight of the body, or about fifteen pounds of blood in a body\\nweighing one hundred and fifty pounds.\\nTo the embalmer, the blood is the most important fluid in the\\nbody, for the reason that it frequently appears near the surface\\nin the parts exposed, causing a dark=bluish discoloration it\\noften closes up the channels through which the embalming fluid\\nis conveyed into the tissues it also decomposes readily, forming\\ngases within the vessels. In many cases it should be removed,\\nand it is a good plan to remove it in all cases, but its property of\\ncoagulation after a period of time often prevents this.\\nComposition of Blood. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The blood is composed partly of a\\nwatery substance, called plasma or liquor sanguinis, and partly\\nof red and white corpuscles. The red and white corpuscles consti\u00c2\u00ac\\ntute a little less than onedialf of the mass of the blood. The red\\ncorpuscles are about -^Vo \u00c2\u00b0f an hicli in diameter and about Tshsir\\nof an inch in thickness their color is due to the hemoglobin.\\nWhite corpuscles (leucocytes) are much larger and less abundant,", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0315.jp2"}, "316": {"fulltext": "276\\nCHAMPION TEXT.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nexisting only in the proportion of about one to six hundred and\\nsixty=six of the red corpuscles. The plasma also contains librin,\\nalbumen, and various mineral substances.\\nCirculation of Blood. \u00e2\u0080\u0094If reference is made to the anatomy of\\nthe heart, arteries, and veins, in Part First, a complete anatomical\\ndescription of these vessels will be found. This description should\\nbe studied until it is comprehended thoroughly, then it will be\\neasy to understand the circulation of the blood.\\nThe blood, in making the complete round of the circulatory\\nsystem, passes through two circulations, the greater or systemic,\\nand the lesser or pulmonary.\\nThe systemic circulation begins in the left ventricle and ends\\nin the right auricle. The blood passes from the left ventricle,\\nthrough the aortic opening and the aorta and its branches, to the\\ncapillaries in every tissue of the body, where nourishment is\\ngiven off to, and the waste is received from, the tissues then it\\npasses through the veins to the right auricle thence through the\\nright auriculo=ventricular opening into the right ventricle.\\nThe pulmonary circulation begins in the right ventricle and\\nends at the left auricle. The blood, in making the circuit of this\\ncirculation, passes from the right ventricle, through the pulmon\u00c2\u00ac\\nary artery and its branches, to the capillaries in the walls of the\\nair-cells, where carbonic acid gas is given off and oxygen is re\u00c2\u00ac\\nceived, purifying it; it then passes through the pulmonary veins\\nto the left auricle thence through the auriculo-ventricular open\u00c2\u00ac\\ning into the left ventricle.\\nIn the above description of the circuit of the blood, it will be\\nseen that venous blood passes through the pulmonary artery,\\nwhile arterial blood passes through the pulmonary veins in the\\npulmonary circulation. Except in fetal life, this is the only\\nartery that carries venous blood, and these are the only veins\\nthat carry arterial blood.\\nCoagulation of the Blood. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The blood, while circulating\\nfreely in the living body, retains its fluidity but after death, or", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0316.jp2"}, "317": {"fulltext": "THE BLOOD: ITS CHARACTERISTICS\\n277\\nwhen drawn from the vessels and exposed to the air in the proper\\ntemperature, it coagulates or sets into a jellydike mass. This\\nFig. 38. Chambers and Valves of the\\nsels, showing Course of Circulation.\\nHeart and the larger Blood=Ves-\\nmass will separate, after a time, into a clear, yellowish liquid,\\ncalled serum, and a semisolid, reddish portion, called the clot or\\nRight\\nvSub Clrvirh\\nPulmonary\\nVeins\\nSuperior\\nCava\\n^nominate\\nB\\n\\\\\u00c2\u00a3FT (OMMON\\nC fl, 50TI D\\nUft Sots Clai//a\u00c2\u00bbU\\nPulmonary 0\\nVEINb\\nINFERIOR\\nVena\\nC/AVPv", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0317.jp2"}, "318": {"fulltext": "278\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ncrassamentum. The former is composed of the plasma, minus\\nthe fibrin, which has united with, and now binds together, the\\nred and white corpuscles to form the crassamentum.\\nWhile in the vessels after death, the blood coagulates very\\nslowly\u00e2\u0080\u0094as a rule, much slower than when removed from the\\nbody and exposed to the air. When the blood is perfectly nor\u00c2\u00ac\\nmal and the temperature is high, it will coagulate much quicker\\nthan if the body is exposed to a low temperature. Heat in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncreases wdiile cold retards the tendency to coagulation. As a\\nrule, when the blood is in a normal condition and in an ordi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnary temperature, it coagulates in from twelve to twenty-four\\nhours after death. Therefore, if the blood is to be removed, the\\noperation for removal should take place as soon as possible after\\nlife ceases.\\nAfter death, the blood is found usually in the veins, the arteries\\nbeing emptied by postmortem contraction of their muscular\\ncoats, this taking place within an hour or two after death. In\\nthe large veins and right side of the heart the coagulation may\\nbe firm, wdiile in the smallest or peripheral veins and capillaries\\nit is generally liquid, being seldom found perfectly coagulated.\\nCoagula are sometimes found in the left side of the heart and\\narteries, but they are much smaller than those found in the right\\nside of the heart and large veins.\\nThe coagulation of blood can be retarded or prevented by the\\naddition of certain chemicals, such as a solution of potash or soda\\nand some of their salts but practically v T e cannot make applica\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of these means of liquifying or preventing coagulation, as it\\nis impossible to reach the blood while in the vessels. It is true\\nsome have advocated the injection and ejection of solutions of\\nthese salts for the purpose of liquefying and removing clots, but\\nthat operation is impracticable.\\nThere are other conditions that prevent or retard coagulation.\\nPoison of venomous serpents, narcotics, prussic acid, suffocation,\\nwhether by drowning, hanging, or poisonous gases, prevent, while", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0318.jp2"}, "319": {"fulltext": "THE BLOOD: ITS CHARACTERISTICS 279\\nlightning, electricity, blows on the abdomen, cholera, or violent\\nexercise, retard coagulation in the vessels.\\nThere are certain diseases that will accelerate coagulation, such\\nas pneumonia and typhoid fever in their first stages, apoplexy,\\nsudden death in persons of full habit, etc.\\nCause of Arteries Being Empty After Death. \u00e2\u0080\u0094As stated,\\nthe arteries are usually found empty after death. This condition\\nis due to the tonic contraction of the noil-striated muscular fiber\\nin the heart and in the muscular coats of the arteries. The mus\u00c2\u00ac\\ncular walls of the ventricles and the arteries are the first to lose\\ntheir irritability, and become rigid and contracted within an hour\\nor two after death, usually remaining in that state for from a few\\nminutes to an hour or two but in rare cases the walls may\\ncontinue rigid for twenty-four to thirty-six hours, then become\\nflaccid again. The contraction of the arteries is so great as to\\nproduce marked diminution of their caliber. This, no doubt, con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntributes largely to the passage of the blood from the arteries into\\nthe veins, which almost invariably takes place within an hour\\nor two after death. It also frequently prevents a free flow of fluid\\nthrough the arterial system.\\nAfter death, the blood is found in the deep veins and dependent\\nparts of the body. The body should always be placed on an in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncline, in order to gravitate the blood to the dependent parts of\\nthe trunk, thus facilitating its removal. After the body has been\\nembalmed, it should lie placed on a level with the head slightly\\nelevated, so that the fluid will remain distributed to all parts of\\nthe body.\\nCirculation of Fluid. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In arterial embalming, fluid is in\u00c2\u00ac\\njected into the arteries and capillaries of the systemic circulation.\\nIt does not pass through or into the heart when the valves are\\nintact, unless it makes the entire circuit of the systemic and pul\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonary circulations, which it is not likely to do, unless a large\\namount of blood is withdrawn. If the semilunar valve at the\\naortic opening, and the mitral valve at the auriculo^ventricular", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0319.jp2"}, "320": {"fulltext": "280\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nopening, are diseased and fail to close the openings, the fluid will\\nregurgitate or take a backward course, through these openings\\ninto the ventricle and auricle, thence through the pulmonary\\nveins to the capillaries around the air-cells, and back through\\nthe pulmonary artery to the pulmonary opening on the right side\\nof the heart\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, providing these vessels are empty\u00e2\u0080\u0094; but,\\nas above stated, if the valves are intact, no fluid will enter the\\nchambers of the heart or the lungs in this manner.\\nIf the artery is raised at any point in either of the upper ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremities, and the body be upon the incline, the fluid will pass\\nthrough the axillary and subclavian, and on the right side in\u00c2\u00ac\\nnominate, into the aorta from there it takes a downward course\\nthrough the arteries to the most dependent parts, filling them\\nfirst, and reaching each arterial branch successively, as the level\\nof the fluid rises, supplying all of the tissues, reaching the upper\\nextremities, neck, and head last. After this point is reached,\\nhowever, it is well to continue the injection until all the capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries are completely filled, which will be indicated usually by\\nincising the skin, when fluid will issue from the incision.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0320.jp2"}, "321": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XX.\\nARTERIAL EMBALMING.\\nRAISING AND INJECTING ARTERIES.\\nSelection of the Artery. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the selection of an artery for\\ninjection, convenience should govern the operator. If the body\\nis already dressed, the radial or posterior tibial likely will be\\nmost convenient, as their use will not necessitate the removal\\nor cutting of the clothing. If blood is to be withdrawn through\\nthe vein, then one of the brachials, femorals, or carotids should\\nbe selected. The common carotid should be avoided on account\\nof the mutilation, leaving an unsightly scar, that may interfere\\nwith the wishes of the friends with regard to the dressing of the\\nbody. If a large amount of blood is to be withdrawn, the femoral\\nartery and vein should be raised, as they are more dependent\\nwhen the body is placed on an incline, and consequently more\\nblood can be withdrawn from the femoral vein than from any\\nother. A drainage-tube, sufficiently long to reach above Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nligament as far as the common iliac, is all that is necessary, as\\nthere are no valves intervening between the bifurcation of the\\ncommon iliac and the right auricle. There is no necessity for\\nundue exposure in either sex.\\nAs far as injection of fluid is concerned, one artery is just as\\ngood as another. All arteries are parts of the same channel,\\nbranches of the great aorta. No valves exist in any part of their\\ncourse.\\nIt is believed, quite commonly, that by injecting the femoral\\nartery there is great danger of \u00e2\u0080\u009cflushing the face.\u00e2\u0080\u009d This belief is\\nerroneous. Flushing of the face does not result from the injection\\nof the femoral artery unless the arteries are full; then it will be\\n281", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0321.jp2"}, "322": {"fulltext": "282\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nof a brighbred color, except in asphyxia, in which case the blood\\nin both the arteries and the veins will be of a dark purplish color.\\nWhen the flush is of a dark=bluish color, it always results from\\nthe injection of a vein, except, as stated above, in a case of as\u00c2\u00ac\\nphyxia. The internal saphenous vein is mistaken frequently for\\nthe femoral artery. It is a superficial vein, usually is found\\nempty, and lies a short distance to the inner side of the femoral\\nartery in Scarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle. This vein is taken up frequently, not\\nonly by the younger members of the profession, but by the older,\\nwhen the guides are not followed closely. After the arteries are\\nemptied there is no danger of flushing the face from the little\\nblood that remains. This is so diluted, if fluid is injected slowly,\\nthat its effect upon the surface will not be noticed.\\nIf postmortem contraction has not taken place, and the arteries\\nare full, either the operator should wait until they are emptied\\nby the contraction of their walls, or he should place the body\\nupon a high incline, raise the femoral artery, insert the drainage^\\ntube, directing the outer end into a vessel, and allow the blood to\\ndrain out of the arteries as much as possible.\\nUsually it will not be necessary to wash out the arteries, as the\\nblood, especially if liquid, will run out by gravitation. If the\\nblood is coagulated extensively, it will not pass out of the arteries\\nby gravitation, nor can it be washed out. If a small clot occludes\\nthe channel, possibly it may be dissolved or forced out by the\\nwashing process. To wash out the arteries, raise the brachial\\nartery as well as the femoral, and inject fluid through the former\\nafter the clot is dissolved, the fluid will appear at the opening\\nin the femoral artery. This process only washes out the large\\nchannel between the two points of incision.\\nTo Distinguish the Artery. \u00e2\u0080\u0094There is no excuse for making\\nthe mistake of injecting a vein instead of an artery, if the location,\\nrelation, appearance, and touch of the artery be noted carefully.\\nAn artery is usually constant in its position it is accompanied\\nby one or two veins\u00e2\u0080\u0094primary arteries by one, secondary by two,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0322.jp2"}, "323": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL EMBALMING\\n283\\ncalled venae comites,\u00e2\u0080\u0094and sometimes by a nerve; the artery,\\nvein (or veins), and nerve are contained in a common sheath.\\nArteries, when empty, soon alter death, are of a creamy-white\\ncolor they retain their cylindrical form, while veins flatten or\\ncollapse. Arteries have a firm leel to the touch, while veins are\\nsoft and velvetv.\\nA vein that accompanies an artery, if a single one, is constant\\nin its relation to the artery in the various parts of its course.\\nSuperficial veins have no sheath, nor are they, as a rule, accom\u00c2\u00ac\\npanied by other vessels they are found within the layers of the\\nsuperficial iascia. Veins, alter death, are usually full of blood, and\\nwhen full appear bluish when empty, they are of the same\\ncolor as the arteries. The superficial veins that are usually mis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntaken for the arteries\u00e2\u0080\u0094the basilic and internal saphenous\u00e2\u0080\u0094are\\ncommonly empty, and are of the same color as the artery.\\nThe nerves are white, inelastic, hard, and dense in structure,\\nand are not hollow like the accompanying vessels.\\nRaising and Incising the Artery. \u00e2\u0080\u0094To raise an artery at\\nany point, the embalmer should be acquainted with the anatomy\\nof the part as well as the linear and anatomical guides for mak\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the incision. He should be able also to distinguish between\\nan artery, vein, and nerve. In raising an artery, an incision\\nshould be made through the skin at the proper place, of sufficient\\nlength to expose an inch or more of the artery when it is raised\\nout of the wound then dissect carefully down through the fat,\\nsuperficial fascia, and deep fascia, to the sheath of the artery\\nraise the vessels out of the wound incise the sheath with the\\ncurved-bistoury on the grooved director, or with the scissors.\\nCleanse the artery by separating from it the vein (or veins) and\\nnerve, if there be any then take it upon the end of the finger\\nor the shank of the aneurismmeedle or bistoury, and make an\\nincision through the wall, in the direction of its long axis, with\\nthe curved-bistourv or scissors.\\nNever make a diagonal or transverse cut in the artery, for the", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0323.jp2"}, "324": {"fulltext": "284\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nreason that it weakens it, and, if the cut is made too extensive, an\\nartery will break under a small amount of force, resulting from\\nthe introduction of the arteriabtube.\\nAn artery may be raised in any part of its course without\\nreference to the collateral circulation, as there is always suffi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncient collateral circulation to supply the distal end of the artery\\nwith plenty of fluid.\\nThe Injection of Fluid. After the incision of the artery is\\nmade, insert an arteriabtube of proper size, with the nozzle\\ntoward the heart; pass two threads underneath the artery, tying\\nthe artery around the tube with one, leaving the other loose\\naround the distal end of the artery. Then commence the injec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the artery, and when fluid appears at the distal end tie\\nit also.\\nFluid should be injected into an artery very slowly and care\u00c2\u00ac\\nfully, as rapid or forcible injection may rupture an artery or the\\ncapillaries. In cases of consumption, the arteries may be affected\\nor weakened by the disease, the ends being filled with fibrous\\nplugs, and the walls, having been destroyed partly by disease,\\nmay give way when force is used. Therefore, in these cases\\nespecially, the injection should be made slowly and carefully.\u00e2\u0080\u0099\\nThe walls of the arteries and capillaries, particularly in the case\\nof old people, are frequently rendered brittle by atheromatous de\u00c2\u00ac\\nposits, causing them to rupture easily or they may be destroyed\\nentirely. In the former case, fluid will pass directly into the tissues\\nin such quantities as to produce a brownish or grayish spot;\\nwhile in the latter, no fluid will reach the part, and a soft spot\\nwill likely result from putrefaction.\\nIf blood still remains in the arteries, rapid injection will force\\nit in volume to the surface, it not having time to mix with the\\nfluid. If its course is through the common carotids, it would\\ncause a flushing of the face and neck of a brighbred color. For\\nthese reasons, it is necessary to inject slowly and carefully to have\\nthe best results.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0324.jp2"}, "325": {"fulltext": "AR TER I A L EMBALMING\\n285\\nI lie appearance of fluid at the distal end indicates an intact\\ncollateral circulation. It the fluid does not appear at the point\\not incision by the time the other parts of the body have re\u00c2\u00ac\\nceived enough, remove the tube and tie the proximal end, insert\\nthe arteriabtube into the distal end, and till that part of the body\\nwith fluid.\\nAlter removing the arteriabtube from the artery and drainage-\u00c2\u00ac\\ntube from the vein (if it has been used for the removal of blood),\\nsew up the wound, and cover with adhesive plaster.\\nA Second Injection becomes necessary in some cases, enough\\nfluid to preserve and disinfect the body properly not having\\nbeen injected during the first injection. Sometimes rigor mortis\\nis present, which interferes in other cases, as in consumption,\\nthe arteries are weakened within the lungs and leakage would\\nfollow, if sufficient fluid were injected at one time to preserve the\\ntissues so that it becomes necessary to inject a second time.\\nIf the arteries are strong, and the walls of the arteries and tissues\\nare in a perfectly relaxed state, a second injection will not be\\nnecessary, as a sufficient amount of fluid can be injected in a\\nsingle operation to preserve and disinfect the body.\\nIf the case is one in which it is deemed necessary to make a\\nsecond injection, the arteriabtube should not be removed after\\nthe first injection, but, after the removal of the pump, the outer\\nend of the tube should be capped or, better still, an arterial\\ntube with a cuboff or stop=cock, which is sold to the profession\\nby the different supply houses in the country, should be used.\\nThese tubes can be closed by simply turning the cuboff, which\\nmakes them much more convenient than capping the ordinary\\ntubes. After waiting several hours, or until the fluid has passed\\nor transuded through the tissues, the cap can be removed, or the\\ncuboff turned, the pump applied, and usually as much fluid\\ninjected as in the first injection. After the body has received as\\nmuch fluid as is thought necessary to preserve and sterilize it, the\\ntube can be removed, and the wound closed in the usual manner.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0325.jp2"}, "326": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0326.jp2"}, "327": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL EMBALMING\\n287\\nTHE BRACHIAL ARTERY AND BASILIC VEIN.\\nLocation. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The brachial artery passes downward through the\\nbrachial region, extending from the lower part of the axillary\\nspace to the bifurcation at the elbow, along the inner border of\\nthe biceps muscle. Anomalies may exist in the artery in this\\nregion instead of dividing at the elbow, it may divide at the\\nlower margin of the axillary space, and descend along the inner\\nborder of the muscle as two trunks, each reduced to about half\\nthe normal size, in the same sheath, and reunite in the lower\\npart of its course, and then again divide at or below the elbow\\nor they may continue on through the forearm as the radial and\\nulnar arteries.\\nThe Linear Guide. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The course of the brachial artery may\\nbe marked out by drawing a line from the middle of the axillary\\nspace (anmpit) to the center of the elbow, provided the palm of\\nthe hand be turned upward. This line will be immediately over\\nthe artery, which will be found by cutting through the skin at\\nany point on the line, and dissecting through the subcutaneous\\ntissues toward the center of the arm.\\nThe Anatomical Guide, used for locating the brachial artery,\\nis the inner border of the biceps muscle. The artery lies in the\\ngroove between the biceps and triceps muscles, close to the inner\\nborder of the biceps. It is not covered by the muscle in any\\npart of its course. It will be found beneath the deep fascia,\\ninclosed in a sheath with the venae comites arid median nerve.\\nTo Raise the Artery, the arm should be brought out from the\\nbody to a right angle, and the palm of the hand turned upward.\\nIn this position the linear guide will indicate the exact position\\nof the artery, or the inner border of the biceps muscle can.be used\\nas the guide. Make an incision through the skin in the middle\\nthird of the arm, pushing the fatty or cellular tissue to either side\\nof the cut with the handle of the scalpel pass the grooved=direc-\\ntor underneath the superficial fascia from one end of the incision\\nto the other, pushing the farther end out through the fascia then", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0327.jp2"}, "328": {"fulltext": "4\\n288 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ncut on the grooved-director, with the sharp-pointed bistoury or\\nscissors, through the superficial fascia. Dissect through the deep\\nfascia in the same manner. The incision through the tissues\\nshould be two or three inches in length.\\nAfter the deep fascia is divided, the sheath of the vessel will be\\nbrought to view. It should be raised upon the handle of the\\naneurismmeedle and opened. The nerve will usually be seen\\nfirst, the artery lying beneath it, with the accompanying veins\\nattached to either side and in front. These should be separated\\nand the artery brought up out of the incision place it upon the\\nend of the finger or the shank of the aneurism-needle, and make\\na cut through the wall in the direction of its long axis with the\\ncurved sharp-pointed bistoury or scissors. A double thread should\\nbe drawn through, beneath it, one thread being drawn to the\\nupper part of the cut and the other to the lower. The arteriabtube\\nshould be inserted into the artery and the artery tied around\\nthe tube, the distal end being left open until fluid appears and\\nthen tied.\\nTo Raise the Basilic Vein. \u00e2\u0080\u0094If the basilic vein is to be raised\\nat the same time, it will be found lying to the inner side of the\\nartery, within the layers of the superficial fascia. It should be\\nraised and opened in the same manner as the artery insert the\\nvein-tube, push it through the vein until it reaches the heart\\nand tie the vein around the tube in the same manner as the\\nartery is tied around the arteriabtube. The pump should then\\nbe attached to the veinTube, and all the blood that is possible\\nshould be withdrawn then attach the pump to the arteriabtube,\\nand inject a pint or two of fluid then pump out blood again as\\nbefore, continuing alternately pumping out blood and injecting\\nfluid, until all the blood possible is withdrawn, and enough fluid\\nhas been injected into the body.\\nTHE FEMORAL ARTERY AND VEIN.\\nLocation. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The femoral artery is situated in the anterior and\\ninner side of the thigh. It extends from Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0328.jp2"}, "329": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL EMBALMING\\n289\\ndownward and inward to the upper border of the popliteal space,\\nback of the knee, where it becomes the popliteal artery.\\nThe Linear Guide. \u00e2\u0080\u0094To locate the course of the femoral ar\u00c2\u00ac\\ntery, a line should be drawn from the front of the prominence of\\nthe ilium (liip=bone) to the center of the pubic arch. This line\\nindicates Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament. A second line should be drawn\\nfrom the center of Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament to the inner side of the\\nknee-joint. The latter line will indicate the course and position\\nof the femoral artery, when the foot is turned out.\\nThe Anatomical Guide is the inner border of the sartorius\\nmuscle, which arises from the front part of the hip-bone and\\npasses obliquely downward and inward to be inserted into the\\nupper, internal surface of the tibia, just below the knee-joint.\\nIn the upper part of its course the femoral artery passes through\\nScarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle, from its base to its apex. The base of the\\ntriangle is bounded by Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament; the inner side by\\nthe adductor longus muscle, and the outer side by the sartorius\\nmuscle.\\nTo Raise the Artery, an incision should be made in the\\nlower part of Scarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle, about two or three inches in\\nlength, beginning about two inches below Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament,\\nextending the cut downward along the inner border of the sar\u00c2\u00ac\\ntorius muscle. It is necessary to make the incision near the\\nsartorius muscle, as the artery lies close to the inner border\\nof the muscle in the middle third of the thigh. It the in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncision were made carelessly, at a little distance from the inner\\nborder of the muscle, it would be immediately over the internal\\nsaphenous vein, which is large, with rather firm walls, and\\nusually is empty. This vessel can be mistaken easily lor the\\nartery, which mistake often occurs, and, when fluid is injected\\nthrough it, \u00e2\u0080\u009cflushing of the face\u00e2\u0080\u009d results. After the incision is\\nmade through the skin, the fat should be scraped to either side\\nby the handle of the scalpel the grooved-director should be\\npassed beneath the superficial fascia from one end of the incision", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0329.jp2"}, "330": {"fulltext": "290\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nto the other, and the fascia cut through on the grooved director\\nwith the sharp^pointed curved bistoury then the deep fascia\\nshould be raised and severed in the same manner. The sheath\\nof the vessels will now be seen, which can be brought to the\\nsurface by the hook or finger, and the handle of the instrument\\nplaced underneath. The sheath should be opened in the usual\\nmanner by the grooved=director and bistoury or scissors.\\nThe artery will be found in front, the vein lying a little to the\\ninner side and back of the artery. The artery should be raised\\nupon the finger or the shank of the arteriahhook or aneurism^\\nneedle, and opened with the curveddfistoury or scissors, making\\nthe incision in the direction of the long axis of the vessel. Pass\\nthreads beneath insert the arteriabtube with the point towards\\nthe heart and tie the artery around it; then attach the pump\\nand begin the injection slowly and carefully. Inject enough\\nfluid to fill the tissues thoroughly. After sufficient fluid has\\nbeen injected, the tube may be capped, if there is a suspicion\\nthat another injection will be necessary. If not, remove the\\ntube, tie the artery, and sew up the incision.\\nTo Raise the Vein. If it is desired to remove the blood at\\nthe same time, the vein can be raised out of the wound, and\\nopened by making a cut in the direction of *the long axis, and a\\nsilk veimtube, of sufficient length to reach above Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s liga\u00c2\u00ac\\nment as far as the common iliac, inserted and tied in the vein.\\nIf the body now be placed on the incline, and the arms extended\\nabove the head, the blood will flow by gravitation and the\\npressure of fluid in the peripheral vessels and capillaries.\\nTHE COMMON CAROTID ARTERY AND INTERNAL JUGULAR VEIN.\\nThe common carotid is the largest artery that is used for em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalming purposes. Why it is selected by embalrners we are not\\nable to state, unless it is from a misapprehension. It has no\\nadvantages over arteries in other regions. True, it is large in\\nsize, but it lies deeper and nearer the parts that are exposed", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0330.jp2"}, "331": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL E MR ARMING\\n291\\nto view, making it possible for the mutilation easily to be seen.\\n1 luid cannot enter the circulation more readily from the neck\\nthan it can from the upper or lower extremities. Blood can be\\nwithdrawn through the basilic or femoral vein as well as through\\nthe jugular. Physicians use the carotid artery for the purpose\\nof injecting heavy or semiliquid solutions. 1 The embalmer uses\\nnothing but thin liquid solutions, which will fill the entire cir\u00c2\u00ac\\nculation just as easily, from other regions. Therefore, there is\\nno reason why the carotid artery should be raised in any case\\nwhatever, where the arterial system is intact.\\nLocation. The common carotid artery is situated in the\\nneck, and extends from the upper border of the larynx (Adam\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\napple) to the junction of the sternum and clavicle (sterno\u00c2\u00ac\\nclavicular articulation). The right arises from the innominate\\nand the left from the arch of the aorta.\\nThe Linear Guide is a line drawn from midway between the\\nangle of the lower jaw and the mastoid process behind the ear,\\ndown to the junction of the sternum and clavicle. The artery\\nwill be found beneath this line.\\nThe Anatomical Guide is the anterior border of the sterno\u00c2\u00ac\\ncleidomastoid muscle, which arises from the upper end of the\\nsternum and inner end of the clavicle, or collar-bone, crossing\\nupward and a little backward to be inserted into the mastoid\\nprocess of the temporal bone.\\nTo Raise the Artery, the operator should not make an in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncision above the clavicle, because of the mutilation that results,\\nwhich cannot easily be hidden from view. The incision should\\nbe made through the skin over the front of the clavicle and upper\\nend of the breast-bone, in a tranverse direction, about three inches\\nin length in the adult. The skin should be dissected and drawn\\nupward, and the fat scraped from the superficial fascia and\\ntissues beneath. The tendon of the lower end of the sternocleido\u00c2\u00ac\\nmastoid muscle should be cut through and the deep fascia severed,\\nwhen the sheath of the vessel will be brought to view. This", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0331.jp2"}, "332": {"fulltext": "292\\nCHAMPION TEXT,BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nshould be opened, when the artery will be found on the inner\\nside, the vein on the outer side, and the pneumogastric nerve in\\nthe middle. Raise the artery upon the finger or the shank of\\nthe aneurism meedle make an incision with the curved-bistoury\\nor scissors in the direction of its long axis insert an arteriabtube\\nwith its point toward the heart; tie the artery around the tube\\ncommence the injection slowly and carefully. When fluid appears\\nat the distal end, tie it as directed for raising the brachial and\\nfemoral arteries. After sufficient fluid has been injected, remove\\nthe tube and tie the artery, sew up the wound neatly, and cover\\nwith adhesive plaster.\\nTo Raise the Jugular Vein. \u00e2\u0080\u0094If blood is to be withdrawn,\\nthe jugular vein should be raised and opened by making an in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncision in its long axis insert and tie in a silk vein-tube, pointing\\nit upward, for the purpose of draining the blood from the head\\nand face. If it is desired to remove more blood than is contained\\nin the head, withdraw the vein-tube, insert in the proximal end\\nof the vein, and push it in until the end of the tube passes into\\nthe right auricle tie the vein around the tube, attach the aspi\u00c2\u00ac\\nrator, and begin aspirating the blood as already directed.\\nTHE RADIAL ARTERY.\\nLocation. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The radial artery extends from the bifurcation of\\nthe brachial artery at the elbow to the palm, on the radial side\\nof the arm.\\nThe Anatomical Guide is the groove between the outer edge\\nof the bone and the first prominent tendon of the flexor muscles\\nof the hand and fingers, near the Wrisbjoint, where the physician\\ntakes the pulse-rate. When the hand and arm are extended as\\nfar back as possible, this groove is seen extending from the wrist-\\njoint to the elbow. The artery lies in the center of the groove,\\nbeing superficial near the wrist-joint, becoming deeper in its\\ncourse toward the elbow. It can be raised easily and no mistake\\nwill be made, as no other vessels accompany it, except the venae", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0332.jp2"}, "333": {"fulltext": "Fig. 40. INJECTING THE ARTERIAL SYSTEM THROUGH THE RADIAL ARTERY.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0333.jp2"}, "334": {"fulltext": "294\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ncomites, which are too small to receive the radial arteriabtube.\\nIts position makes it very convenient for the purpose, when\\nthe body is already dressed for burial. At the point where it is\\nusually raised, it lies-very superficial, being covered only by the\\nskin, a thin layer of fat, and the superficial and deep fascia.\\nTo Raise the Artery, make an incision along the groove\\nthrough the skin not more than an inch in length remove the\\nfat, cut through the fascia on the grooved director with the sharp*\\npointed curved*bistoury, raise the vessels, open the sheath, and sepa\u00c2\u00ac\\nrate the vense comites from the artery make an incision through\\nthe wall of the artery in the direction of its long axis, insert the\\nsmallest arteriabtube, tie the artery around the tube, leaving the\\ndistal end open until fluid appears, when it should be tied. After\\nenough fluid has been injected, remove the arteriabtube, tie the\\nartery, sew up the incision, and cover with adhesive plaster.\\nTHE POSTERIOR AND ANTERIOR TIBIAL ARTERIES.\\nEither the posterior or anterior tibial artery may be raised for\\nthe injection of fluid, for the same reasons that are advanced\\nfor using the radial.\\nLocation. These arteries extend from the lower border of\\nthe popliteal space, one along the posterior, and the other along\\nthe anterior, surface of the tibia.\\nThe Guide to the Posterior Tibial is the groove behind and\\nbelow the inner malleolus (ankle).\\nTo Raise the Artery, the incision should begin on a level\\nwith the upper border of the ankle, and extend in a curved line\\naround the border of the malleolus to a distance of about two\\ninches. The fascise will be found very thick for the purpose of\\nprotection, as the vessel in this part of the body is exposed so\\ngreatly. After the fascise are opened the artery will be found\\naccompanied by the vense comites within its sheath. The\\nartery and vense comites should be separated, the artery raised\\nupon the shank of the aneurismmeedle, an incision made in the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0334.jp2"}, "335": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL EMBALMING\\n295\\ndirection of the long axis with the curved-bistoury, the arterial*\\ntube inserted, and the artery tied in the usual manner.\\nThe Guide to the Anterior Tibi a l is the outer edge of the\\nfront of the tibia (shimbone).\\nTo Raise the Artery, the incision through the skin should\\nbegin just above the instep and extend downward a couple of\\ninches, the fasciae opened, and the tendons drawn to one side.\\nThe artery will be found close to the outer side of the bone.\\nThe vessels should be raised out of the cut, separated, the artery\\nopened in the direction of its long axis, and the tube inserted\\nand tied.\\ni", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0335.jp2"}, "336": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXL\\nCAVITY EMBALMING.\\nNECESSITY FOR CAVITY EMBALMING.\\nThe embalmer cannot exclude cavity embalming and thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly sterilize the body. The amount of fluid he injects\\nthrough the arterial system is only sufficient to sterilize the tissues\\nof the body he cannot use a sufficient quantity to sterilize the\\ncontents of the different subdivisions of the cavities. The phy\u00c2\u00ac\\nsician or anatomist, who embalms for the purpose of dissection,\\ncan sterilize the body by injecting a very large amount of fluid\\ninto the arterial system. If the embalmer or funeral director\\nwere to inject the amount of fluid through the arteries that is\\nnecessary to sterilize all of the morbid or effete matter, as well\\nas the normal tissues of the body, the results would usually be\\ndisastrous\u00e2\u0080\u0094the features would be distorted, the body would\\nappear unnatural in size, and the complexion would be materially\\nchanged, according to the quality or kind of chemicals used in\\nthe fluid. The embalmer can only inject a quantity equal to\\nabout one-twentieth of the weight of the body into the arterial\\nsystem, while the anatomist can inject enormous quantities, as he\\ndoes not care to preserve the features nor the natural color of the\\nbody. Therefore, for the embalmer, cavity embalming is a nec\u00c2\u00ac\\nessary adjunct to arterial embalming.\\nSterilizing Effete Matter Abnormal material is found, as\\na rule, in the different serous sacs and in the alimentary canal,\\nespecially in the stomach and the intestines, and it is these parts\\nthat require special treatment. In consumption, sometimes, a", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0336.jp2"}, "337": {"fulltext": "CAVITY EMBALMING\\n297\\nlarge quantity of abnormal matter is found within the lungs\\nthemselves this should receive treatment by the cavity method.\\nThe abnormal matter within the lungs, the material effused into\\nthe pleural sacs and peritoneum, and the effete material in the\\nstomach and small and large intestines, cannot be reached by\\narterial embalming, in the average^sized body, when only four\\nor five quarts of fluid are used. The fluid reaches the walls of\\nthe pleural sacs, the peritoneum, the normal tissues of the\\nlungs, and the walls of the intestines, but a sufficient quantity\\ndoes not pass into the contents of either to sterilize the effete or\\neffused material.\\nThe only wav that we have vet found to sterilize such matter\\nt\\nis to inject a sufficient quantity of fluid directly into the material.\\nThis can be done by inserting a hollowmeedle at a point from\\nwhich we can operate without endangering the circulation. Any\\nembalmer can do this if he understands the anatomy of the\\nparts, and knows the position of the aorta and its branches.\\nWounding the smallest subdivisions of the arteries and capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries of the circulation will not injure the arterial system suffi\u00c2\u00ac\\nciently to prevent the sterilization of the tissues; it is the\\nwounding of the larger vessels that must be avoided, as this will\\nallow sufficient leakage to prevent the fluid reaching all parts of\\nthe body. To inject the usual amount of fluid into the arteries\\nwill preserve, in many cases, but will not sterilize. To inject a\\nlarge amount of fluid into the cavities will often preserve the\\nbody for the \u00e2\u0080\u009cusual length of time,\u00e2\u0080\u009d but it will not sterilize the\\nwhole body. To thoroughly sterilize the body, fluid must be\\ninjected into every part, filling all the tissues and the abnormal\\nand effete matter within the body.\\nThe operations of cavity embalming can be performed success\u00c2\u00ac\\nfully only by an embalmer who understands the great cavities\\nof the trunk, the location of the visceral organs contained\\ntherein, and the great aorta and its branches. We will consider\\nfirst the thoracic cavity.", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0337.jp2"}, "338": {"fulltext": "298\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nTHE THORACIC CAVITY.\\nIts Location and Contents\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The thoracic cavity is the\\nsmaller and upper cavity of the trunk. It is conoid in shape, is\\nbounded at the base by the diaphragm, at the apex by the root\\nFig. 41. Thoracic and Abdominal Cavities, showing\\nRelative Position of Internal Organs.\\nof the neck, in front by the sternum, at the sides by the ribs, and\\nbehind by the vertebral column. It is divided into the right\\nand left sides and the median space, called the mediastinum, in", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0338.jp2"}, "339": {"fulltext": "CA VITY EMBALMING\\n299\\nthe center. The right side contains the right lung and pleura\\nthe lelt side, the left lung and pleura the mediastinum, the\\nheart, pericardium, thoracic aorta, vense cavse, trachea, gullet,\\nand other vessels.\\nThe pleurae are shut, serous sacs, placed between the lungs\\nand walls of the cavity. They are large enough for one side to\\nenvelope the entire surface of the lung, while the other is re\u00c2\u00ac\\nflected over the walls of the cavity, which it lines. The spaces\\nbetween the lungs and the walls of the thorax are within the\\npleural sac. These spaces are sometimes called pleural cavities.\\nThe pericardium is a shut, serous sac, which envelopes the\\nheart. One wall of the sac is attached to the surface of the\\nheart, while the other hangs loose. The space between the two\\nwalls is sometimes called the pericardial cavity.\\nThe serous sacs secrete a fluid called serum. It is of an oily\\ncharacter and moistens the surfaces of the sacs, so that while\\nrespiration and the heart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s action continue, the surfaces will\\nglide over each other without friction. When these sacs become\\ninflamed, effusions are poured out, filling them to a greater or\\nless extent, making it necessary to remove the effusion, or mix\\nw T ith it a sufficient quantity of fluid to sterilize it, as it forms a\\ngood soil for the development of bacteria.\\nThe heart li es diagonally across the mediastinal space, with\\nthe base toward the back and right side, into which it extends\\nabout one and a half inches, while the apex is directed toward\\nthe front and left side, into which it extends three and onedialf\\ninches. When in a normal position, the right auricle lies im\u00c2\u00ac\\nmediately back of the anterior margin of the third intercostal\\nspace, through which we direct the needle to reach the auricle,\\nwhen withdrawing blood from the heart by the direct operation.\\nThe aorta begins at the left ventricle, extending upward an\\ninch and a half or two inches, then arching over backward to the\\nfront and left of the center of the backbone, to which it is at\u00c2\u00ac\\ntached, and extends downward in the same position through the", "height": "3973", "width": "2493", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0339.jp2"}, "340": {"fulltext": "300\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ndiaphragm to the fourth lumbar vertebra. It is this vessel that\\nis wounded usually in the direct operation upon the right auricle\\nof the heart.\\nThe trachea descends from the neck down through the middle\\nspace to the root of the lungs. The gullet is immediately behind\\nthe trachea, extending downward through the middle space and\\ndiaphragm to the stomach. The superior and inferior vense-\\ncavse enter the right auricle, the former through the upper, and\\nthe latter through the lower wall, of the auricle.\\nTo Inject the Pleural Sacs. Hie pleural sacs can be treated\\nby inserting the needle at a point immediately over the stomach\\nin the epigastric region and directing it upward and through the\\ndiaphragm near its upper border. To treat the right sac, the\\nneedle should be directed upward and to the right side through\\nthe diaphragm, pressing it downward over the lung to a point as\\nnear the back part of the sac as possible. If the pleural sac con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntains effused matter, this can be pumped out and fluid injected.\\nEnough fluid should be injected to sterilize the material that re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmains this, however, will be a matter of conjecture only. The\\nleft pleural sac should be treated in a similar manner, but the\\nneedle should be directed upward and to the left side.\\nThe pericardium can be reached from the same point by per\u00c2\u00ac\\nforating the diaphragm at the lower border of the heart. The\\ncontents can be withdrawn and fluid injected.\\nFluid injected into these sacs does not preserve the visceral\\norgans. It settles immediately to the back part, while the organs\\nall lie to the front. Unless an unusual amount is injected, it will\\nscarcely reach to the back part of the organs, as there is consider\u00c2\u00ac\\nable space to the side and back of the lungs. If the lungs are\\nattached to the front wall of the chest, it will be better to insert\\nthe needle between the ribs on either side, at a point four or five\\ninches from the center of the breast-bone, as the operation from the\\nepigastric region will necessitate the passing of the instrument\\nthrough the lung, which might result in the rupturing of the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0340.jp2"}, "341": {"fulltext": "Fig. 42. BEGINNING A DISSECTION", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0341.jp2"}, "342": {"fulltext": "302\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nnutrient vessels conveying the fluid, thus causing leakage. An\\ninfant trocar is sufficiently large to reach the pleural sacs, when\\nthe operation is made between the ribs. The effusion, if it is\\nliquid, can be pumped out through the needle before the fluid is\\ninjected. The amount of fluid injected will depend, to a great\\nextent, upon the judgment of the operator.\\nTo Inject Fluid into the Lung Cavities. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Cavities in the\\nlungs result from tubercular disease. These cavities may be\\nfilled with morbid material, such as purulent matter, or broken-\\ndown lung Tissue. The arteries leading to these cavities have\\nbeen destroyed in the general destruction of the tissues during\\nthe disease. The ends of the vessels are filled with fibrous plugs.\\nThis is nature\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method of preventing fatal hemorrhages in these\\ncases. Indeed, in a majority of cases, no hemorrhage occurs dur\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the long continuance of the disease. It is through the nutri\u00c2\u00ac\\nent vessels of the lungs (the bronchial arteries) that fluid is\\nconveyed into the normal tissues of the lungs. When fluid is in\u00c2\u00ac\\njected into the arterial system, it reaches the walls of the cavities\\nthrough these vessels, but none enters the cavity to mix with its\\ncontents. It then becomes necessary to reach the contents of\\nthese cavities through the windpipe, which is composed of the\\nlarynx, trachea, and bronchi. The ends of the bronchi are not\\nfilled with fibrous plugs as are the arteries. Hence, fluid injected\\ninto the windpipe or respiratory tract will reach the cavities and\\ntheir contents.\\nFluid injected into the mouth or nose will pass usually into the\\nlungs, through the respiratory tract, but, in some cases, the glottis,\\nor opening into the larynx, becomes closed by the epiglottis being\\nforced down over the opening by the tongue, which has fallen\\nback into the pharynx or throat. When this condition exists, it\\nis best to use a strong, curved, inflexible nasal-tube the best are\\nmade of steel, and are about ten or twelve inches in length. This\\ncan be passed down through the nose and pharynx to the lower\\nmargin of the glottis, and the epiglottis be pulled upward and", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0342.jp2"}, "343": {"fulltext": "CA VITY EMBALMING\\n303\\nforward, opening the glottis, through which the end of the nasal*\\ntube can be passed. When the nasabtube has been passed into\\nthe larynx in this manner, fluid can be injected into the cavities\\nol the lungs through the trachea and bronchi. A sufficient quan\u00c2\u00ac\\ntity should be injected to fill the cavities and the whole of the\\nrespiratory tract.\\nIf the operator does not succeed in introducing the nasabtube\\ninto the larynx, he should introduce the infanbtrocar into the\\ntrachea through the notch at the upper end of the sternum or\\nbreasbbone. It can be introduced easily at this point, and fluid\\ncan be injected in sufficient quantity to fill the cavities in the\\nlungs. The needle should be directed straight back toward the\\nvertebral column, until it passes through the front wall of the\\ntrachea. It is an easy matter to tell when the point is within\\nthe trachea, as the canal is nearly one inch in diameter.\\nGases in the Plenne and Pericardium. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Gases frequently\\naccumulate in the pleurae and pericardium, prior to the general\\nputrefaction of the body. This is due to the presence of putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfactive bacteria in the abnormal matter so often found in them.\\nThese materials form very excellent soil for the development of\\nbacteria, and, as soon as death takes place, they begin to grow in\\nsuch numbers that gas is produced sometimes in great quantities,\\neven sufficient to make pressure upon the large vessels in the\\nmediastinum and right side of the heart, forcing the blood into\\nthe superficial veins and capillaries of the surface of the head,\\nneck, and face, causing discoloration. Gas may develop early\\nand rapidly, and pass out through the. subcutaneous tissues to\\nthe cellular or fat tissue beneath the skin, causing swelling of the\\nneck. When anv of these results occur, the cavities should be\\ntreated at once, first removing the gas through the hollow*needle.\\nTHE ABDOMINAL CAVITY.\\nIts Regions. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The abdominal cavity extends from the dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nphragm down to the margin of the pelvis. The front wall and", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0343.jp2"}, "344": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0344.jp2"}, "345": {"fulltext": "CAVITY EMBALMING\\n305\\nsides are formed by the transversalis fascia, lower ribs, and iliae,\\nand the back wall, by the vertebral column. The abdomen is\\ndivided, for the purpose of an easy understanding of the location\\nof the different visceral organs contained within the cavity, by\\ncertain arbitrary transverse and perpendicular lines, into nine\\nregions. The two transverse lines are drawn from the ninth rib\\nand the crest of the ilium respectively on one side to the same\\npoints on the opposite side. The two perpendicular lines are\\ndrawn, one on either side, from the anterior end of the eighth\\nrib to the center of Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\nThese regions are named the right and left hypochondriac on\\neither side, under the cartilages of the ribs the epigastric be\u00c2\u00ac\\ntween them, in the middle, above the stomach the right and\\nleft lumbar on either side, between the lower margin of the ribs\\nand the hip-bones the umbilical between them, in the center\\nthe right and left inguinal or iliac, on either side and the hypo\u00c2\u00ac\\ngastric between them, in the middle of the lower part of the\\nabdomen.\\nPosition of Its Contents. The various visceral organs of\\nthe abdomen are located as follows: the liver in the right\\nhypochondriac region the large end of the stomach and the\\nspleen in the left hypochondriac the small end of the stomach\\nacross the epigastric region, just below the diaphragm the kid\u00c2\u00ac\\nneys in the right and left lumbar regions the small intestine in\\nthe umbilical and hypogastric regions the beginning of the\\nlarge intestine and vermiform appendix in the right iliac region.\\nThe large intestine ascends through the right lumbar to the\\nlower surface of the liver, then makes an abrupt turn, crossing\\ntransversely through the epigastric region to the spleen, where it\\nmakes an abrupt turn, passing downward through the left lum\u00c2\u00ac\\nbar region to the margin of the pelvis, through which it passes\\nto the anus.\\nThe peritoneum is a shut, serous sac, the back wall of which is\\nattached to and covers the intestines and other visceral organs, the", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0345.jp2"}, "346": {"fulltext": "306\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nfront wall being deflected to the diaphragm and anterior wall of\\nthe abdomen, which it lines throughout. This sac secretes serum\\nfor the purpose of oiling the surfaces, so that they will glide past\\neach other without friction. The space between the front wall\\nof the abdomen and the intestines is within the peritoneal sac,\\nand is sometimes called the peritoneal cavity.\\nThe pelvis is a basin-like cavity, forming an outlet to the\\nabdominal cavity. It contains the rectum, bladder, and internal\\norgans of generation. The bladder, when full, extends into the\\nabdomen. The womb, in the female, enlarges during pregnancy\\nso as to extend into the abdominal cavity, which it nearly fills\\nduring the latter part of the term.\\nOrgans Requiring Special Treatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The organs within\\nthe abdominal cavity which require special treatment are the\\nstomach, small and large intestines, and the peritoneum, which\\nextends well down into the pelvis in a cul-de-sac (known as\\nDouglas\u00e2\u0080\u0099 cul-de-sac). In the treatment of the organs of this\\ncavity, it is necessary to avoid the mutilation of the aorta and\\nits larger branches. The operator should keep in mind the loca\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the abdominal aorta, and the gastric, splenic, hepatic,\\nrenal, mesenteric, and the iliac arteries.\\nIt becomes necessary, frequently, to insert the trocar into the\\nstomach to let off the gas, pump out its contents, and inject\\nfluid. The stomach lies near the diaphragm and can be\\nreached with less danger to the large arteries from a point at\\nthe margin of the ribs on the left side, transversely across\\nfrom the lower point of the breast-bone. The point of the\\nneedle should be directed downward and to the left side of the\\nbackbone, until the front wall of the stomach is pierced.\\nFrom this point, all other parts of the abdominal cavity can be\\nreached through the cavity of the peritoneum.\\nAfter the stomach has been treated, the needle should be turned\\ndownward and across, through the peritoneal sac, to the organs\\nwhich require treatment. There is usually a sufficient quantity", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0346.jp2"}, "347": {"fulltext": "CAVITY EMBALMING\\n307\\nof gas within the intestines to cause more or less distension of the\\nabdominal walls. When this is the case, it is an easy matter to\\npush a sharp-pointed instrument through the wall of the intes\u00c2\u00ac\\ntines and remove the gas.\\nThe needle should not be removed, after the gas has escaped,\\nuntil fluid has been injected into the intestinal canal. If the\\nneedle be removed after the gas escapes, it will be impossible to\\nenter the canal subsequently, at the same point or in the vicinity,\\nfor the purpose of injecting fluid, as the walls of the canal will\\ncollapse. If fluid is injected into the peritoneal cavity, after all the\\ngas has been removed, with the view of sterilizing the contents of\\nthe alimentary canal, the operation will be a failure, as fluid thus\\ninjected will settle downward through the tissues into the space\\nbeneath the intestines, and will not reach the fecal matter con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntained within the canal. Therefore, fluid should be injected into\\nthe intestinal canal after the gas has escaped, and before the needle\\nhas been removed, to succeed in mixing it with the contents for\\nsterilization. In fact, whenever gas is removed from any part of\\nthe body, fluid should be injected before the needle is withdrawn,\\nas it is not likely that the needle will subsequently enter the same\\nspace again.\\nThe pleural and pericardial sacs frequently contain effusions\\nof a dropsical character, or as a result of inflammation. These\\neffusions can be removed by introducing the needle at the same\\npoint in the epigastric region from which the stomach is treated.\\nTo remove effusions from the peritoneal sac, the needle can be\\npassed downward from the same point through which the stomach\\nwas treated, the pump attached, and the effusions pumped out;\\nor a point of entrance may be selected on the median line, above\\nthe pubic arch, and the fluid allowed to drain out through the\\ndrainage-tube or needle.\\nThe pelvis can be reached through either one of the outlets of\\nthe abdomen, through the perineum, or from a puncture through\\nthe abdominal wall above the pubic arch.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0347.jp2"}, "348": {"fulltext": "308\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK OX EMBALMING\\nTHE STOMACH.\\nThe stomach, when in position, lies near the diaphragm, in the\\nupper part of the abdominal cavity. It is an organ larger at one\\nend than the other. The larger end is called the splenic end the\\nsmaller, the pyloric end, or the pylorus. It is somewhat oval in\\nshape, and curved upon itself with a large and small curvature.\\nIt will hold, when full, ordinarily, from three to five pints. But,\\nas a result of disease, it will vary greatly in size, as for instance\\nby dilatation or by contraction.\\nIts Dilatation. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The following are some of the causes of dila\u00c2\u00ac\\ntation of the stomach (a) anything that will prevent the egress\\nof the digested food into the duodenum, such as cancer, affecting\\nthe pylorus, which may obstruct the duodenal opening by the\\nformation of a hard scirrhus ring, or by the projection inward of\\nfungoid growths; the narrowing of the pylorus, caused by\\nfibroid thickening, which takes place beneath the mucous mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane, or even thickening of the mucous membrane itself, or by a\\nsingle ulcer near the pylorus, or by the cicatrix of a healed ulcer\\n(c) pressure of tumors upon the pylorus or duodenum externally,\\npreventing the contents of the stomach passing into the duo\u00c2\u00ac\\ndenum (d) displacement of the stomach by adhesions or by the\\npylorus being dragged down out of its usual place (e) or, dila\u00c2\u00ac\\ntation from paralysis, as a result of injury to the splanchnic\\nnerves, etc.\\nIn cases of this kind, when the abdomen is laid open, the\\nstomach is found to be greatly increased in size. Often it ap\u00c2\u00ac\\npears to fill the whole abdominal cavity. The greater curvature\\nwill be below the umbilicus in extreme cases it will be even as\\nlow as the pubes. When the stomach is opened, it is found\\nfilled, partially or wholly, with a dark fluid, the amount of which\\nis sometimes enormous. The wrinkles are effaced entirely by\\nthe constant stretching, and the mucous membrane presents a\\nlevel surface, which is generally more or less softened by the\\nacid contents after death. In cases in which the dilatation is", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0348.jp2"}, "349": {"fulltext": "OA VITY EMBALMING\\n309\\nvery great, and the stomach is filled with enormous quantities\\nof the material as described, there will be dilatation of the ab\u00c2\u00ac\\ndomen also.\\nIts Contraction. \u00e2\u0080\u0094We sometimes have atrophy of the stomach.\\nThe walls become thin and smooth, especially the mucous mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane, which adheres to the adjacent coats. The size of the organ\\nis materially diminished. Sometimes the stomach is collapsed by\\npressure, and is found in a position very high in the abdomen\\nwhile at other times it is dragged downward by adhesions, and\\nwill be found in a position much lower than normal.\\nIt is not always easy for the embalmer to locate the organ,\\nespecially when it is nearly or entirely empty. It will be an\\neasy matter to puncture the stomach with the hollowmeedle, if\\ndilated either chronically or by gases formed within. But, if\\nsmall and collapsed and pressed up against the diaphragm, there\\nwill be no certainty in the operation through the abdominal\\nwall, although in about ninety-five per cent, of the cases, it can\\nbe punctured by inserting the needle immediately over the\\nnormal location. Remember, this should be done near the mar\u00c2\u00ac\\ngin of the ribs on the left side, at a point transversely across\\nfrom the tip of the breast-bone. The stomach should always be\\npunctured, as well as the small and large intestines, to relieve\\nthe pressure formed by gases, to prevent purging.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0349.jp2"}, "350": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXII.\\nCRANIAL EMBALMING\u00e2\u0080\u0094SO=CALLED NEEDLE PROCESSES.\\nTHE EYE PROCESS.\\nEmbalming by the needle process was first introduced by\\nthe late Benjamin Ward Richardson, of London, England, in\\n1884. He introduced a small needle through the inner canthus\\nof the eye, and passed it along the inner wall to the point of the\\nsocket, through one of the foramina in that part of the orbit,\\ninto the spaces beneath the brain, called the subarachnoid spaces,\\nthrough which he injected fluid into the circulation.\\nIn 1891, F. A. Sullivan, who was then teaching embalming in\\nthis country, taught the eye process, and claimed it as his own\\nmethod, giving no credit whatever to Dr. Richardson, to whom\\nall credit for the so=called needle processes should be accorded.\\nThe Operation. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The body should be placed in an elevated\\nposition on the embalming board. A small embalmingmeedle,\\nabout six inches in length, known as the eye-trocar, should be\\nintroduced at the inner corner of the eye, directing its course\\nalong the inner wall of the orbit, through the small foramen at\\nthe point of the socket, into the cranial cavity, to a distance of\\nabout four or five inches. The injector should be attached to the\\nneedle, and the injection should be begun very slowly and with\u00c2\u00ac\\nout force. After a few minutes the rapidity can be slightly in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncreased. From two to four pints can be injected in this manner,\\nin from twenty to thirty minutes.\\nThe only objection to this method is, that an accident may\\noccur if too much force is used at the beginning of the opera\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, or, if the needle is withdrawn too soon, fluid may regurgitate\\nand fill the loose tissues behind the eye and push it forward. If\\n310", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0350.jp2"}, "351": {"fulltext": "CRANIAL EMBALMING\\n311\\nthis result should obtain, it is no serious matter, as the fluid will\\ndisappear after a short period of time, by absorption and gravita\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, and allow the eye to settle back into its place. To prevent\\nsuch a result, however, be careful to inject slowly and use the\\nleast force at the beginning of the injection, and after the in\u00c2\u00ac\\njection is finished, allow the needle to remain in position for a\\nperiod of five to ten minutes before removal. Do not lower the\\nbodv until after the needle is removed.\\nThis method includes all the science that there is in embalm\u00c2\u00ac\\ning through the cerebrospinal cavity.\\nTHE BARNES PROCESS.\\nThe introduction of the needle through the foramen magnum\\ninto the cerebral cavity was recommended by Dr. Barnes, of\\nChicago, in 1893. When the needle is thus introduced, it reaches\\nthe subarachnoid spaces from the back part, while by the eye\\nprocess it reaches them through the front part. When fluid is\\nintroduced by the needle, therefore, whether through the foramen\\nmagnum or through the orbit, it reaches the same spaces, and is\\ndistributed to the tissues of the body, in precisely the same\\nmanner.\\nThe Operation. To introduce the needle through the fora\u00c2\u00ac\\nmen magnum, it is necessary to incline the head to one side\\nthen bend it downward to the chest; draw a line from the angle\\nof the lower jaw, straight around the neck, and a second line\\nfrom the mastoid process to the center of the clavicle or collar*\\nbone the lines will cross just back of, and a little below, the\\nlobe of the ear. Introduce the needle on the first line one inch\\nbehind the point where the second line crosses the first, directing\\nthe needle upward and inward toward the opposite eyebrow,\\nwhen the needle will enter the cavity.\\nDr. Barnes claims that this method of introducing the needle\\nconstitutes the most scientific process of embalming that has\\nbeen introduced since embalming began. Whether it does or\\nnot, we will not question.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0351.jp2"}, "352": {"fulltext": "312 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nTHE NASAL PROCESS.\\nThe introduction of the needle through the cribriform plate of\\nthe ethmoid or sieve bone at the root of the nose can be accom\u00c2\u00ac\\nplished as readily and easily as by either of the other methods.\\nIt can be passed through, also, at the suture between the eth\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoid and sphenoid bones, a little\\ndistance back of the sieve bone. At\\neither point but little pressure will\\nbe required, and, when the needle\\npenetrates the cranial cavity, it will\\nreach the same space as when intro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced through either the orbit or the\\nforamen magnum. This method re\u00c2\u00ac\\nquires no special position of the\\nhead or of the body, and any amount\\nof force that the operator may exert\\ncan be used in injecting the fluid\\nit will neither bulge the eye nor dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nfigure in any other manner.\\nThe Operation. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Place the body upon the embalming board\\nin the usual position. Introduce the needle through either one\\nof the anterior nares, directing it upward between the turbinated\\nbones and along the side of the septum until it reaches the sphe\u00c2\u00ac\\nnoid bone, which is back of the ethmoid then bring the point\\nof the needle forward, pressing slightly against the bone, and\\nwhen it reaches the suture between these bones it will pass through\\nreadily or, bring it still further forward, when it will reach the\\ncribriform plate of the ethmoid bone, through wdiich it will pass\\nwith ease. After the needle is introduced in this manner, the in\u00c2\u00ac\\njector should be attached and fluid injected.\\nThe fluid will pass into the circulation as readily, when intro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced in this manner, as it will by either of the methods be-\\nbefore mentioned distribution of fluid is just the same. It passes\\ninto the subarachnoid spaces, filling the area between the cover-\\nFig. 44. Section of Nose,\\nShowing inclination of trocar in\\nthe Nasal Process.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0352.jp2"}, "353": {"fulltext": "CRANIAL EMBALMING\\n318\\nings of the brain and spinal cord. The fluid reaches the vascular\\nsystem by exudation through the walls of the smallest arteries\\nveins, and capillaries in the coverings of the brain and spinal\\ncord, especially the pia mater or vascular membrane. A portion\\nof the fluid may pass into the sinuses through the walls. We\\nhave injected, in this manner, two quarts of fluid in eighteen\\nminutes in another case, a pint in a minute and a half; in an\u00c2\u00ac\\nother, a pint in three minutes. In some cases, a large amount of\\nfluid can be injected in others, a small amount; and, in still\\nothers, none at all.\\nThe results obtained by these processes are not constant; there\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore, we would not recommend any one of the needle processes\\nto take the place of arterial embalming. As an auxiliary, they\\ncertainly have their place among other methods of embalming.\\nIn giving the treatment for special cases, we point out where the\\nneedle processes can be used to* advantage.\\nEMBALMING THROUGH SOFT TISSUES ON OUTSIDE OF SKELETON.\\nIn some cases, on account of the mutilation or destruction of\\nthe arteries, it is impossible to inject fluid through the arterial\\nsystem into the tissues of the body. It is true, in many cases,\\nthat arteries that are mutilated may be tied and fluid injected just\\nas well as if no mutilation existed, but in cases of extensive mutil\u00c2\u00ac\\nation from accident, and in postmortem cases, there will be\\nleakage, on account of the anastomoses, that it is impossible to\\ncontrol. To preserve these parts, therefore, it becomes necessary\\nto introduce fluid into the tissues through other channels than\\nthe arteries.\\nThe Operation. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The fluid can be injected directly into the\\nparts through a hollow-needle. The needle that is employed in\\ntreating the cavities, or the infant-trocar, can be used lor this pur\u00c2\u00ac\\npose. The needle should be inserted in the top of the upper cen\u00c2\u00ac\\nter of the part which it is desired to treat, passing it through the\\nskin into the cellular tissue beneath, when the fluid can be in-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0353.jp2"}, "354": {"fulltext": "314\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\njected very easily. Tlie needle should be passed over the upper\\nsurface of all the tissues that require fluid, pointing it in all direc\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions, and injecting sufficient fluid to sterilize the tissues beneath.\\nTo preserve the upper extremities, the needle can be inserted\\nthrough the skin on the top of the arm and fore-arm, at a num\u00c2\u00ac\\nber of points between the wrist and shoulder. The lower ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremities and the trunk can be treated in a similar manner.\\nFluid thus injected will settle downward through the tissues\\nby gravitation. Large amounts of fluid can be injected in this\\nway. In an average-sized body, in which the cellular tissue was\\nfilled to a considerable extent with gas, we have injected three\\ngallons of fluid by this method.\\nIn the treatment of \u00e2\u0080\u009cfloaters,\u00e2\u0080\u009d the injection of fluid into the\\nsubcutaneous tissues is very essential. The fluid introduced thus\\nwill destroy the bacteria within the tissues, and the needle, as\\nwell as the perforation through the skin after the needle is re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoved, forms an exit through which the gas will pass out more\\nrapidly.\\nIf the face and neck are in a natural condition, when the\\narteries of the trunk have been destroyed extensively, as in a\\npostmortem case, or as the result of an accident, do not inject\\nfluid under the skin in these parts, but use one of the needle\\nprocesses. After the fluid appears at the open end of the veins\\nand arteries, showing that the blood is all washed out, a cord\\nmay be tied tightly around the root of the neck, which will\\nstrangulate the vessels so that fluid may be injected in sufficient\\nquantity to fill the capillaries of the head, face, and neck, which\\nwill preserve the parts and retain their natural appearance.\\nThe embalmer should be acquainted with all the methods of\\nintroducing fluid into the tissues, so that, when called to a case,\\nhe will be ready to use whatever method is necessary, in that par\u00c2\u00ac\\nticular case, to preserve and disinfect the body.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0354.jp2"}, "355": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXIII.\\nREMOVAL OF THE BL00D 6\\nReasons for Its Removal. Blood should be removed from\\nthe venous side of the vascular system, for several reasons. This\\nremoval will relieve congestion of the superficial or peripheral\\nvessels of the head, face, and neck, in a body that is full of blood,\\nthereby removing the discoloration. It will free the tissues from\\nan excess of blood, which is a material in which putrefaction\\ntakes place quickly, decreasing the chance of preservation, and\\ngiving rise to post-mortem discoloration and postmortem staining.\\nIt is not necessarv to withdraw blood in all cases, but it is\\ncertainly a good practice to withdraw it whenever it can be done.\\nThe greater the quantity of blood extracted from the body, the\\nless likelihood there will be of discolorations and early putrefac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. More blood can be withdrawn, and the most satisfactorv\\nresults will follow, if the operation of withdrawal of blood is per\u00c2\u00ac\\nformed alternately with that of the injection of fluid into the\\narteries, whether the withdrawal be by the direct operation upon\\nthe heart or through one of the veins.\\nThe Methods of removing the blood from the body are three\\nfirst, by the direct operation upon the heart; second, by aspira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion through the basilic vein third, by drainage through the\\nfemoral or jugular vein.\\nFrom the Heart Direct. To remove blood from the heart\\ndirect, a cardiac-needle and an aspirator are required. An ordi-\\nnarv hollow-needle or trocar may be used, but the cardiac-\\nneedle is better, as it is less likely to become closed by clots. It\\nshould be very sharp, six or more inches in length, and of fair\\ncaliber. The arrow-pointed and diamond-pointed needles are\\n315", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0355.jp2"}, "356": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0356.jp2"}, "357": {"fulltext": "REMOVAL OF THE BLOOD\\n317\\nexcellent for the purpose, as they will pass directly through the\\nheart, without a tendency to turn to one side, as is likely to be\\nthe case witli the pen-pointed needle.\\nFig. 46. Front View of the Thorax.\\nThe ribs and sternum are represented in relation to the lungs, heart, and other\\ninternal organs. M, mitral valve; T, tricuspid valve; A, aortic semilunar valves;\\nP, pulmonary semilunar valves; X. point for introduction of needle in the direct\\noperation.\\nTo reach the right auricle of the heart, the needle should be\\nintroduced at a point immediately to the right of the margin\\nof the breastbone,. in the third intercostal space, which will be\\nfound in the adult about four inches below the upper end of the\\nbreast-bone. (See Fig. 46.) The needle should be directed", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0357.jp2"}, "358": {"fulltext": "318\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbackward, toward the right of the center of the backbone, to the\\ndepth of about four inches, or until the point of the needle\\ntouches the spinal column, when it will have entered the right\\nauricle. Never direct the point toward the center, much less to\\nthe left side of the center, of the backbone. The surface of the\\nfront part of the body of the dorsal vertebra is round, and, if\\nthe point of the needle should be pushed through the auricle, it\\nwould strike the vertebra, and be deflected to the left and pierce\\nthe thoracic aorta, which lies in front, and to the left, of the\\ncenter of the backbone, to which it is attached. To wound the\\naorta thus would be to destroy the circulation. Therefore, it is\\nvery important to give the needle its proper inclination.\\nIn many cases, especially if one has had experience in tapping\\nthe heart in this manner, it is possible to determine when the\\nneedle passes through the wall of the auricle, but it is not the\\ncase at all times. When it is the case, the needle need not be\\npushed so deep as to wound the aorta. But there is no certainty,\\nand we should not rely on imaginary depth alone.\\nThe needle can be pushed through to the right side of the\\nbackbone, or entirely to the back wall of the cavity on the right\\nside of the backbone, without injury to the circulation, and\\nthen be withdrawn again until the slotted portion of the needle\\nis found to be in the cavity of the auricle. This is indicatd by\\nblood appearing in the vacuum in the bottle, when the pump is\\noperated. It matters not if the needle passes entirely through\\nthe auricle, which it will do. if it is pushed against the right\\nfront of the back-bone, as only a little blood will escape, which\\nwill amount to nothing. If blood does escape in this man\u00c2\u00ac\\nner, it can be pumped from the mediastinal space, if found\\nnecessary.\\nAfter the needle has been introduced, place the body high on\\nthe incline and raise the arms over the head, for the purpose of\\ngravitating the blood toward the heart; attach the aspirator and\\nwithdraw the needle slowly and carefully a short distance until", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0358.jp2"}, "359": {"fulltext": "REMOVAL OF THE BLOOD\\n319\\nthe slotted portion enters the cavity, when blood will begin to\\nflow. Allow the needle to remain in this position as long as\\nthe flow continues; when it ceases, push the needle in a little\\nfarther, then withdraw it again to its former position, which\\noperation will aid in the removal of clots if there are any in\\nthe slots of the instrument.\\nTo remove the blood from the lower extremities, the position\\nof the body must be reversed, as blood can only be removed\\nfrom the body by the aid of gravitation, or while the mouth of\\nthe tube, or the point of the needle, is immersed in the fluid.\\nThe cavities of the heart are not filled by the pressure of the\\nair, as is the vacuum produced in the common pump, but by\\nthe force of gravity.\\nWhen the heart is emptied, and no more blood can be with\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrawn, the injection of fluid through the artery should begin,,\\nand an amount of fluid equal to or greater than the amount of\\nblood withdrawn, should be injected then more blood should\\nbe pumped from the heart, and fluid injected into the artery\\nalternately, until sufficient fluid is injected to fill the capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries.\\nAnother Method. The needle may be introduced through\\nthe anterior wall of-the abdomen, at the point through which\\nthe cavities are injected, and directed upward toward the heart\\nthrough the diaphragm and into the right ventricle. By this\\noperation, blood can be withdrawn just as well as from the right\\nauricle, but there is greater danger of wounding the aorta or the\\nvalves at the aortic opening. Moreover, as the heart is rather\\npendulous in its position, it is easily moved to the right or left\\nof its usual location, and thus the puncturing of the right ven\u00c2\u00ac\\ntricle is made more uncertain.\\nToo much care cannot be exercised in the introduction of the\\nneedle, because of the large vessels that are found in this region.\\nTo wound the aorta, or any of the large arteries, is to destroy\\nthe circulation, so that fluid cannot reach the tissues of the body", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0359.jp2"}, "360": {"fulltext": "320\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthrough these channels. Therefore, on account of the great dan\u00c2\u00ac\\nger of destroying the circulation, this method of piercing the\\nheart is not recommended.\\nThrough the Basilic Vein.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To remove the blood through\\nthe basilic vein, will require an aspirator and a silk vein-tube, of\\nproper caliber to enter the vein, and long enough to reach the\\nheart. This method of removing the blood is made use of, gen\u00c2\u00ac\\nerally, when the brachial artery is raised. Raise and incise the\\nvein as already directed insert the vein-tube, and pass it\\nthrough until the end of the tube reaches the right auricle of\\nthe heart; then tie the vein around the tube, attach the pump\\nand begin the aspiration of blood. Remove all the blood that\\nis possible then begin the injection of fluid, and continue alter\u00c2\u00ac\\nnately aspirating blood and injecting fluid until no more blood\\ncan be removed.\\nIt makes no difference which basilic vein is used. It is\\ntrue the curve is, more gradual in the left than in the right,\\nbut, if the right is used, the tube will enter the heart just as\\nwell, if a. little assistance is given in directing the end of the\\ntube when it reaches the bifurcation back of the junction of\\nthe collar-bone and breastbone. By pressing the finger down\u00c2\u00ac\\nward into the hollow behind the joint, the- end of the tube will\\nstart downward through the right innominate vein toward the\\nright auricle.\\nThrough the Femoral Vein. To remove the blood through\\nthe femoral vein, there will be needed a drainage-tube, or silk\\nvein-tube, of sufficient length to reach above Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament\\nas far as the common iliac, and allow six or eight inches to re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmain out of the wound, so that the blood can be directed into a\\nconveniently-placed vessel. It should be of large caliber, sav\\nNo. 14 or No. 16 in size, and twelve to fifteen inches in length.\\nThe advantage of withdrawing blood through the femoral vein,\\nbesides the convenience in raising it at the same time the femoral\\nartery is raised, is that by its use, pumping the blood is not", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0360.jp2"}, "361": {"fulltext": "REMOVAL OF THE BLOOD\\n321\\nusually required. There are no valves in the ascending vena\\ncava, or in the common iliac vein, to prevent the flow of the\\nblood from the heart, and if the blood is sufficiently thin to\\nrun, and there are no clots intervening, it will pass out through\\nthe drainage=tube by gravitation, and by the pressure upon the\\nperipheral veins of the fluid that is being injected, at the same\\ntime, through the artery. The body should be placed on a high\\nincline, say from forty to fifty degrees. The arms may be held\\nin an upright position by an assistant, when blood will begin to\\nflow. Then commence the injection of the fluid through the\\nfemoral artery. As the fluid begins to press upon the tissues\\nand capillaries, the blood will flow more freely, and the use of\\nthe aspirator will not be required that is, if the blood is per\u00c2\u00ac\\nfectly thin or liquid.\\nIf the blood is thick, or if it is full of coagula, it may be\\nnecessary to attach the aspirator. But, in the great majority of\\ncases, if the body is placed high enough on the incline, the\\naspirator will not be necessary.\\nThrough the Jugular Vein\u00e2\u0080\u0094 If the common carotid is\\nraised, the internal jugular may be used for the purpose of with\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrawing the blood. By inserting the tube into the jugular vein\\ntoward the base of the skull, the blood will drain out. If the\\ntube is turned and entered toward the heart, the aspirator will\\nhave to be used.\\nEvery operator should be prepared to withdraw blood either\\nby the direct method from the heart, or through a vein, be\u00c2\u00ac\\ncause he will fail sometimes in one operation and may be\\nsuccessful in the other. I herefore, it the basilic vein is laised,\\nand the operator fails to get blood, he should try the direct\\noperation upon the heart; or, if he should fail by the direct op\u00c2\u00ac\\neration, he should then raise the basilic or some other vein, and\\nendeavor to withdraw blood.\\nSometimes the heart may be lying in an abnormal position,\\nand it will be impossible to withdraw blood from the right\\n28", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0361.jp2"}, "362": {"fulltext": "322\\nCHAMPION TEXT, BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nauricle by the direct operation in such a case, it will be neces\u00c2\u00ac\\nsary to use one of the veins.\\nThe direct operation through the third intercostal space is the\\nsimplest and quickest method of withdrawing blood from the\\nbody. If the directions for introducing the needle are followed\\ncarefully, there will be no danger of wounding or mutilating the\\narterial system, and as much blood can be withdrawn in this\\nmanner as through either of the veins.\\nCirculation Not Destroyed by Tapping the Heart.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nObjection has been made to the direct operation on the heart, by\\nsome embalmers, who raise the point that the circulation is\\ndestroyed thereby, and that arterial embalming, therefore, would\\nbe non-effective. The point is not well taken. The right auricle\\nbeing the only part wounded, the fluid would have to make the\\nentire circuit of the circulatory system before it could escape\\nfrom the wound. (See \u00e2\u0080\u009cCirculation of Fluid,\u00e2\u0080\u009d page 279.) The\\nvalves of the heart act just the same after death as before.\\nDuring life they prevent the backward flow of the blood, and\\nafter death they prevent the flow of the fluid into the heart.\\nTherefore, fluid does not enter the left cavities of the heart at\\nall, unless the aortic valves are injured or destroyed nor does\\nit enter the right cavities unless it has made the entire circuit of\\nthe systemic circulation.\\nHowever, the heart may be occupying an abnormal position,\\nas a result of effusion into one of the pleural sacs, or some other\\ndisease. In this case the left side of the heart (or the aorta, for\\nthat matter,) may be injured by the needle. Injury even to the\\nleft auricle or left ventricle would not destroy the circulation\\nsufficiently to interfere with arterial embalming, unless the aortic\\nvalves were destroyed. Wounding the aorta, as already stated,\\nwould destroy the circulation of fluid.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0362.jp2"}, "363": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXIV.\\nDISCOLORATIONS AND THEIR REMOVAL.\\nDiscolorations take place in all bodies sooner or later after\\ndeath, as a result of putrefactive or other changes. The surface\\nof the body becomes changed to a deep=green color, due to putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction or it may become a dark=blue color, owing to the blood\\nsettling into certain parts or it may become flushed, due to the\\ninjection of fluid into the arteries before they are empty, or to\\nthe injection of a vein instead of an artery. It matters not what\\nthe cause may be, the desire of the embalmer is to remove these\\ndiscolorations from the parts that are exposed to view when it\\ncan be done. These exposed parts may be involved to a greater\\nor less extent; the whole surface of the body may be discolored,\\nor a mere spot may be changed. The head, neck, and face may\\nbe of a dark=bluish color, resulting from the position of the body\\nafter death, the head being allowed to lie lower or more de\u00c2\u00ac\\npendent than the trunk, causing the blood to gravitate towards\\nit. The same discolorations of the surface will result from the\\nforming of gases in the thoracic and abdominal cavities in such\\nquantities as to cause pressure upon the large veins and right\\nside of the heart, sufficient to force the blood into the head, face,\\nand neck. The capillaries and small vessels in the skin and\\nsubcutaneous tissues in these parts are very greatly distended\\nwith the venous blood, causing the darkdfluish discolorations.\\nVenous Congestion. The body should be placed on a high\\ninclined position, and blood should be withdrawn by one of the\\nmethods described in the previous chapter. If the discoloration\\nis caused by the pressure of gas within the thoracic and abdom\u00c2\u00ac\\ninal cavities, the gas should be removed at once, and the body", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0363.jp2"}, "364": {"fulltext": "324\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nallowed to remain on the incline, until all the blood will have\\ngravitated to the trunk and dependent portions of the body.\\nIf the blood is less fluid than normal, thus interfering with its\\npassage through the veins, or if it has become coagulated in the\\nlarge vessels and right side of the heart, and still remains fluid\\nin the peripheral veins and capillaries, it may be aided in its\\ngravitation by spreading a damp cloth over the face and rubbing\\nthe hand downward over the surface toward the heart. This\\nshould be continued for some length of time, or, until the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncoloration entirely disappears. The cloth will protect the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface, preventing the skin from slipping, which occurs in some\\ncases when the hand is rubbed over the bare surface.\\nIf the above method fails, place a mixture of fine ice and salt\\nover the surface, with a thin cloth intervening between the ice\\nand skin, and wrap the whole with a woolen blanket or cloth to\\nexclude the air and external heat; allow the mixture to remain\\nuntil the surface is frozen from one-eighth to one=fourth of an\\ninch in depth. Cold retards or prevents the coagulation of\\nblood, and if the surface is frozen, it removes the blood from\\nthe surface by pressure. (For \u00e2\u0080\u009cIce Mixture\u00e2\u0080\u009d see page 328.) Never\\nmake use of hot applications, as they increase the tendency of\\nthe blood to coagulate, and will in no way assist in its removal.\\nIt is said that the needle operations aid in removing blood when\\nother means fail. No doubt, good results will follow their use\\nif the blood is not firmly coagulated, but if it is, they can do no\\ngood, as blood that has become thoroughly coagulated in the\\nvessels, cannot be removed by anv means that are known.\\nIf the blood is firmly coagulated in the small veins and capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries of the surface, there is nothing that will remove the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncoloration. In time, it will be modified, becoming of a reddish\\ncast, and finally of a dull-red color, owing to the escape by transu\u00c2\u00ac\\ndation through the tissues of the carbonic acid gas in the blood\\nthe hemoglobin or coloring matter of the blood remains, which\\ngives it the reddish appearance. Cold applications, hot applica-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0364.jp2"}, "365": {"fulltext": "DISCOLORATIONS AND THEIR REMOVAL\\n325\\ntions, rubbing the surface, or working with it in any manner,\\nwill have no effect upon the discoloration after the blood is coagu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlated firmly in the capillaries. In many cases of discoloration,\\nthe results of treatment are very unsatisfactory.\\nEven when the blood is quite thin and is carried downward by\\ngravitation, the rims of the ears, in many cases, will remain full\\nof blood, presenting the usual discoloration. An instrument,\\nknown as the leecher, has been recommended for its removal, by\\nscarifying the posterior surface of the ear and removing the blood\\nby suction. This operation is scarcely necessary for the reason\\nthat, if the rim of the ear is turned upward, the blood will gravi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntate through the vessels and enter the larger veins at the base of\\nthe ear and be carried off by gravitation.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cFlushing of the Face/\u00e2\u0080\u0099 \u00e2\u0080\u0094Discoloration caused by the injec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of an artery when it is full of blood, or the injection of a vein\\nby mistake for an arter\\\\% usually cannot be removed. If the flush\\nis noticed at once, before the capillaries are dilated to a great ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntent\u00e2\u0080\u0094there not having been much blood forced into them\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ,it\\nwill be possible to remove it by withdrawing the blood through\\nthe vessel through which the injection has taken place. This\\nmay be aided by pressure upon the surface, and rubbing with the\\nhand. If the capillaries are distended fully, by the injection of\\nsufficient fluid to fill the vessels thoroughly, and the fluid has\\nbeen allowed to remain for some length of time, it will be im\u00c2\u00ac\\npossible to remove the flush the effect can only be modified by\\nby the use of powder or tints.\\nPost-Mortem Discoloration, or Hypostasis, is due to the\\npresence of blood near the surface in the back and dependent\\nparts of the body, especially of the trunk. The blood remains in\\nthe vessels which are filled to distension, and is not transuded\\ninto the surrounding tissues as in bruises and ecchymoses. This\\ndiscoloration can be removed only by turning the body upon the\\nface, when the blood will gravitate to the front part of the body\\nor trunk. This method, however, is never practised, as its re-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0365.jp2"}, "366": {"fulltext": "326\\nCHAMPION TEXT. BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nmoval is not necessary, the back part of the body not being ex*\\nposed to view. It is only when the discolorations appear on the\\nfingers or rims of the ears that it becomes necessary to remove\\nthem. This can be done by raising the rim of the ear and ele\u00c2\u00ac\\nvating the ends of the fingers, when the blood will gravitate to\\nother parts.\\nPost-Mortem Staining* is a bright-red discoloration, which is\\nseen frequently along the course of the superficial veins over the\\nventral region and extremities and sometimes in the face. This\\ntakes place usually about eight or ten hours after death. It is\\ndue to putrefactive or other changes that take place in the blood.\\nThe red corpuscles being reduced, the hemoglobin is eliminated\\ninto the liquor sanguinis, or watery portion of the blood, where it\\nis dissolved thoroughly, when it passes out through the walls of\\nthe capillaries and vessels into the surrounding tissues, producing\\na continuous bright-red color, which can be seen through the\\nskin. The hemoglobin, or red coloring matter of the blood, is a\\npermanent color and cannot be removed by any bleaching pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ncess that is known. It is just as impossible to remove post\u00c2\u00ac\\nmortem staining as it is to remove the normal color of the negro\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nskin.\\nBrownish or Greenish Spots, which appear occasionally\\nunder the eyes, along the nose, and at the corners of the mouth,\\nare caused, usually, by putrefactive changes in the blood-vessels\\nand capillaries, or by destruction of the circulation in the part,\\ndue to embolism in young people and atheroma in old people,\\neither of which prevents the fluid from reaching the parts. These\\nspots may be removed by injecting hypodermically a bleaching\\nsolution, using just enough fluid to reach the circumference of\\nthe discoloration.\\nBruises and Ecchymoses are spots caused by blood exuda\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions, due to rupture of the capillaries near the surface. The\\nwalls of the capillaries being destroyed, the blood passes out into\\nthe tissues and no channels remain through which the blood can", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0366.jp2"}, "367": {"fulltext": "DISCOLORATIONS AND THEIR REMOVAL\\n327\\ngravitate to the dependent parts. These parts are usually of a\\ndark-blue color, but after a time they will change to a dull-red\\ncolor, due to the transudation of the carbonic acid gas that the\\nvenous blood contains. Spots of this kind may be covered with\\nflesh=tints; they cannot be removed by the application of\\nbleachers.\\nDiscoloration Caused by Biliverdin usually takes place\\nduring life. It is caused by the blood taking up the bile in the\\nliver, when the usual channel of exit is obstructed, and carrying\\nit to the tissues of the body. It stains all the tissues, including\\nthe skin and conjunctiva (mucous membrane of the eye) a\\nyellowish or brownish color. A similar discoloration will result\\nin certain diseases, such as Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease, cancer, consumption,\\netc., or may be due to chemical changes in the pigment or tissues\\nof the skin itself. These stainings cannot be removed the\\ncolor is permanent and unbleachable. The injection of a good\\nbleaching fluid through the arteries sometimes will modify the\\nappearance, but will not remove the discoloration entirely. The\\nbest effect can be secured by placing the body, after it has been\\nembalmed thoroughly, in a darkened room, and have artificial\\nlight reflected upon it. If this is done properly the case can\\nbe made to look almost perfectly natural in color and ap\u00c2\u00ac\\npearance.\\nBleachers and Fluids Not Effective. \u00e2\u0080\u0094So-called bleachers\\nand fluids, used on the face in the usual manner, serve no pur\u00c2\u00ac\\npose whatever, unless it be to destroy odors. Fluid thus placed\\non the outside of the body does not penetrate or pass into the\\ntissues. The skin is a very compact tissue, and, if penetration\\nshould take place at all, it would be very slowly. Tissues of the\\nbody are composed of about twoThirds water and one-third solid\\nmatter. The air on the outside of the body is much dryer than\\nthe tissues of the body, even when the humidity is great. The\\nair, therefore, takes up the moisture, leaving the chemicals within\\nthe meshes of the cloth, absorbent cotton, or lintine, or upon the", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0367.jp2"}, "368": {"fulltext": "328\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nsurface of the body, none of the chemicals having penetrated\\nthrough the skin into the tissues beneath.\\nTo make the application of fluids or bleachers effective at all,\\nthey should be covered with rubber, oiled silk, or some other\\nfabric which is impervious to air. But even then, absorption\\nwould take place so slowly that its effect would be very limited.\\nIt is advisable not to apply fluids or bleachers upon the out\u00c2\u00ac\\nside of the body, as they will do little, if any, good, while they\\nhave a tendency to soil the clothing and other fine fabrics which\\nmay be placed upon or around the body.\\nThe Ice Mixture. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The following is the formula for removing\\ndiscoloration by the blood when it is not coagulated firmly in the\\ncapillaries and small superficial veins:\\nFinely powdered ice.three parts.\\nCommon salt.one part.\\nMix.\\nPlace the mixture about two inches thick, between two thin\\nmuslin cloths, and apply to the affected part; then cover with a\\nblanket or thick towels to exclude the air. The application can\\nhe removed in from two to four hours, or when the discoloration\\nhas disappeared.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0368.jp2"}, "369": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXV.\\nOASES: THEIR PRODUCTION AND ELIMINATION.\\nAn erroneous idea prevails among a great majority of em-\\nbalmers as to the production and elimination of gases that are\\nlound in the body after death. It is supposed by them that\\nthese gases are produced by some chemical reaction, and that\\nthey are destroyed by the fluids that are used for the preserva\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion and disinfection of the body.\\nWhat They Are. First, what are these gases? They are\\nmerely some of the elements of which the body is composed, set\\nfree by the action of the putrefactive bacteria, and recombined\\nin the form of sulpliureted hydrogen, carbonic acid, ammonia,\\netc. They are not destroyed by the fluid that is injected for the\\npurpose of preservation and disinfection the fluid only destroys\\nthe odor. During their production, the gases transude rapidly\\nthrough the tissues into the cellular tissue beneath the skin, and\\nslowly through the skin itself, which causes the body to swell in\\nproportion to the amount of gas produced. If the production\\nof these gases is stopped, in time they will be eliminated from\\nthe body by the above process.\\nWhere Found. Gases may be found in the peritoneal cavity,\\nfor instance, from several causes first, escape from the alimentary\\ncanal through a perforation in the peritoneal wall; second,\\ntransudation through the intestinal wall into the peritoneum\\nthird, decomposition of materials within the peritoneal sac. Gas\\nmay be found in all parts of the peritoneal cavity, or it may be\\nlimited to a small space by the adhesion of the walls of the\\nperitoneum. More or less gas is always found in the alimentary\\ncanal. It may be found in the small intestine in small quanti-\\n329", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0369.jp2"}, "370": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n330\\nties, or in the large intestine alone. r lhere may be an amount in\\nthe large intestine sufficient to distend the walls ot the abdominal\\ncavity to their greatest extent.\\nOases are produced within the thoracic cavity, especially in\\nthe pleural and pericardial sacs, due to the decomposition ol\\ntheir abnormal contents, as when they are filled with more or less\\nsolid, semisolid, or liquid matter. Gases are formed sometimes\\nwithin the lungs, the result of putrefaction of the lung substance,\\nas in cases of pneumonia, tuberculosis, gangrene, etc.\\nGas may be formed in the pelvic cavity, or in the spaces be\u00c2\u00ac\\nhind the peritoneum in the abdominal cavity, as a result of de\u00c2\u00ac\\ncomposition, or the presence of a large amount of purulent matter\\nin abscesses, or in the subperitoneal, connective tissue. Gas may\\nbe formed in the bladder, resulting from decomposition of material\\nwithin it, sufficient to distend the abdominal walls.\\nIf gases are present in these several locations, and are still\\nbeing developed without interference, they will transude through\\nthe tissues, finally getting into the fatty or cellular tissue, especi\u00c2\u00ac\\nally the layer between the skin and superficial fascia, bloating the\\nbody, as is seen in the floater/\u00e2\u0080\u0099 or in any other body in which\\nputrefaction has been going on for some time.\\nHow Eliminated. \u00e2\u0080\u0094As stated before, these gases are not de\u00c2\u00ac\\nstroyed by the introduction of fluid into the body\u00e2\u0080\u0094it is impossible\\nto destroy them with anything. But, by the injection of fluid\\ninto the parts affected, the putrefactive bacteria are destroyed and\\nno more gas is produced. Fluid injected into the arteries will\\nnot reach the contents of the several cavities of the organs men\u00c2\u00ac\\ntioned it only reaches the walls of the cavities which are filled\\nwith capillaries. The morbid material contained within these\\nseveral cavities can only be reached by the hollowmeedle, through\\nwhich the gases can escape and sufficient fluid be injected to\\nsterilize the contents thoroughly. Fluid is mixed with the con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntents of these cavities for the purpose, as stated before, of destroy\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the bacteria which are present, and to assist in the elimination", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0370.jp2"}, "371": {"fulltext": "GASES: THEIR PRODUCTION AND ELIMINATION 331\\nof the gas by the direct connection of the cavity with the surface\\noi the body through the opening made by the needle. Gases\\nthat are not eliminated in this manner will transude through the\\ndeeper tissues into the cellular tissue, thence slowly through the\\nskin itself, until finally the body will be reduced to its normal\\nsize. The elimination of gas through the skin can be assisted\\ngreatly by making a number of punctures through the skin over\\nthe parts which are swollen.\\nOdors that accompany the gases eliminated from the body\\nshould be destroved bv deodorizers. Most of the fluids that are\\nsold for the purpose of preserving and disinfecting the body will\\nalso destroy the odors that accompany the gases.\\nPURGING AND ITS TREATMENT.\\nThe definition of purging is a diarrhea or dysentery preter\u00c2\u00ac\\nnatural evacuation of the intestines; looseness of the bowels.\\nPurging also means to cleanse, clean, or purify, by separating or\\ncarrying off whatever is impure, heterogeneous, foreign, or super\u00c2\u00ac\\nfluous. The term, as understood by the embalmer, also includes\\nthe after=deatli evacuation from the mouth and nose, and it is\\nthis phase which more especially interests him.\\nThere are two kinds of purging from the mouth and nose.\\nOne comes from the stomach through the upper end of the ali\u00c2\u00ac\\nmentary canal, and the other comes from the lungs through the\\nrespiratory tract. The purge from the former is a brownish,\\ncoffee^grounddike material, while that from the latter is a bloody,\\nfrothy mixture.\\nPurging from the Stomach. In purging from the stomach,\\nthe contents, which consist largely of animal and vegetable\\nmatter, undergo a chemical or putrefactive change, liquifying\\nthe substance, and producing gas. The gas thus produced finally\\ndistends the walls of the stomach and makes its escape through\\nthe gullet, mouth, and nose. At the same time gases are pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced in the intestines by the putrefactive changes taking place", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0371.jp2"}, "372": {"fulltext": "332\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nin the contents, especially in the large intestine. The gas thus\\nformed fills the intestines, dilating the canal sufficiently to fill\\nthe entire abdominal cavity, pressing the stomach against the\\ndiaphragm with enough force to cause the contents to escape\\nthrough the upper end of the alimentary canal. The purged\\nmatter has a very strong and peculiar odor. At times the quan\u00c2\u00ac\\ntity is enormous, and, unless the gas be removed, the clothing\\nand everything around the body will be soiled, and a very\\nunpleasant odor will permeate the room.\\nTreatment. In the treatment of a case of purging from the\\nstomach, it is necessary to remove the gas from both the stomach\\nand intestines. The hollow-needle should be introduced into\\nthe stomach through the abdominal wall at a point in the epi\u00c2\u00ac\\ngastrium over that organ. The point of the needle should be\\ndirected to the left side of the backbone at such a distance that\\nit will not wound the great aorta. The gas should be allowed to\\nescape through the needle and rubber tubing into a bottle con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntaining fluid which will destroy the odor. After all the gas has\\nescaped from the stomach, and before the needle is removed, fluid\\nshould be injected, as frequently it will be impossible to enter that\\norgan again with the needle. Then the needle should be with\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrawn and directed downward through the space between the\\nperitoneal walls and through the wall of the large intestine,\\nfrom which the gas will escape through the needle. Before the\\nneedle is withdrawn, inject fluid in sufficient quantity to sterilize\\nthe contents of the intestines. Gas should be removed from all\\nparts of the abdominal cavity. The operator should always\\nbear in mind that when gas escapes fluid should be injected\\nbefore the removal of the needle. When the gas is removed\\nand fluid injected, as directed, no further purging will follow.\\nPurging from the Lungs. Purging of a red, frothy char\u00c2\u00ac\\nacter, through the respiratory tract, comes from the lungs. Some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes, in a case of drowning, it is produced by the presence of bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria, which can easily be checked by the introduction of fluid into", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0372.jp2"}, "373": {"fulltext": "GASES: THEIR PRODUCTION AND ELIMINATION 333\\nthe lungs, through the respiratory tract. In a case of consumption,\\nit will give way immediately on the injection of fluid directly\\nthrough the windpipe, but in cases of pneumonia in the second\\nstage, it frequently becomes very obstinate. The reason for this\\nobstinacy is that no fluid can reach the diseased lung, either\\nthrough the nutrient arteries, or by way of the respiratory tract.\\nT1 le lung, having filled the entire side of the cavity of the thorax,\\nmaking pressure upon the arteries and capillaries of the nutrient\\ncirculation and upon the bronchi, which are filled to a certain\\nextent bv a bloody mucous, renders it impossible for fluid to\\nenter the diseased portion of the lung. This being the case, the\\nbacteria of putrefaction will begin to develop sooner or later\\nwithin the diseased portion of the lung, causing liquefication of\\nthe lung substance and the formation of gas. The gas will force\\nthe liquefied matter, with more or less froth, which is in the\\nbronchi of the normal portion, out through the respiratory\\ntract, and it will finally appear at the mouth and nose as bloody,\\nfrothy purge.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The usual methods of treatment, that have been\\nrecommended, are the turning of the body over and making\\npressure over the chest and up against the diaphragm to force\\nthis matter from the cavity, and then to inject fluid into the res\u00c2\u00ac\\npiratory tract; to repeat this a number of times, if the case be\\nobstinate also, to close up the respiratory tract, in order to keep\\nthe purge from passing out through the windpipe, either by in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntroducing cotton or some other substance into the glottis, or by\\ntying a tape around the windpipe.\\nSuch treatment is not successful, as it will not arrest the growth\\nof bacteria in the lungs, and consequently will not stop the pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduction of gas. If the gas cannot pass out through the respira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntory tract it will transude through the tissues into the cellular or\\nfat tissue beneath the skin, causing a swelling of the surface in\\nthe neck and upper portion of the body. The bacteria must be\\ndestroyed to stop the production of gas. To accomplish this, the", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0373.jp2"}, "374": {"fulltext": "334\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nportion of the lung which is involved should be mutilated with\\nthe knife, which should be passed through the front wall of the\\nchest between the ribs into the diseased lung then the hollow*\\nneedle should be introduced, and fluid injected into all parts of\\nthe diseased lung. This can be done a few hours after the body\\nhas been embalmed without destroying the effects of arterial em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalming.\\nUsually such treatment is successful. If all parts are not\\nreached and gas is still formed, it will pass out through the open\u00c2\u00ac\\nings made by the knife and hollowmeedle. If necessary, the\\ntreatment can be repeated in the course of a few hours.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0374.jp2"}, "375": {"fulltext": "PART THIRD.\\nMORBID ANATOMY AND TREATMENT OF SPECIAL\\nDISEASES.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0375.jp2"}, "376": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTION TO PART THIRD.\\nMorbid (or Pathological) Anatomy treats of the changes produced by\\ndisease in the solids and fluids of the body, as in the tissues, skin, blood,\\nsecretions, etc. It also shows what effusions are to be found in the several\\ncavities as blood^serum, purulent matter, etc.,\u00e2\u0080\u0094and the effects wrought\\non the various organs.\\nThe morbid changes which take place in the different organs and tissues,\\nas a result of the many diseases that human flesh is heir to, are scarcely\\nunderstood by the embalmer. In many cases his knowledge of the real\\ncondition is very slight indeed. There is nothing more essential in the\\npractise of embalming than to understand which organs and tissues are\\naffected, and what are their condition at death.\\nIn Part Third we have endeavored to place before our readers, in as plain\\nlanguage as possible, the morbid anatomy of certain diseases, with the\\nproper mode of treatment of the body dying from each. Only the most im\u00c2\u00ac\\nportant diseases, and those whose treatment is likely to give the embalmer\\nthe most trouble, are thus considered.\\nWe show which organs and tissues are affected by complication and\\notherwise, so that the embalmer may know where to look for, and bow to\\nreach, all diseased tissues, for the purpose of destroying the bacteria of in\u00c2\u00ac\\nfection and putrefaction, and of preserving the parts, and t hereby have no\\nfailures.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThese diseases are considered under a somewhat arbitrary, though more\\nor less logical, classification. In the first class are included diseases which\\naffect the circulation in such a manner as to make it impossible or difficult\\nto get a good arterial circulation of fluid, some of which conditions are\\npresent in various other diseases, the description of which follow.\\ni s\\n336", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0376.jp2"}, "377": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXVI.\\nDISEASES AFFECTING THE VASCULAR SYSTEM.\\nDISEASES OF THE ARTERIES WEAKENING THE WALLS AND CAUSING ANEURISMS.\\nTo fully understand this subject, it is very important, in study\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the morbid process to which arteries are subject, to keep in\\nmind the following anatomical facts: the bloodstream, as it\\npasses through the arteries, glides over the surface of the endo\u00c2\u00ac\\nthelium (the layer of the flattened cells); outside of this layer is\\nthe tunica intima, composed of elastic tissue in longitudinal ar\u00c2\u00ac\\nrangement the endothelium and the tunica intima together\\nconstitute the internal coat still more external is the middle or\\nmuscular coat, composed of a fibrous arrangement in circular,\\ntriangular, and longitudinal manner, and, in the larger arteries,\\nmixed with elastic tissue outside of all is the external coat,\\nconsisting of longitudinal, fibrilated, connective tissue.\\nAcute inflammation of the artery affects only a limited portion\\nof the vessel, and leads occasionally to ulceration. In some\\ncases, this has arisen from the irritation caused by an embolus\\n(clot), which, becoming detached from the cardiac valve, has\\nblocked a distant artery. Sometimes there will be softening and\\nswelling of the arterial coats in circumscribed spots, which be\u00c2\u00ac\\ncome flabby and inelastic, and ultimately bulge outward and form\\naneurisms. This condition is the great cause of aneurism in\\nhard-working young men.\\nChronic inflammation of the arteries is so infrequent that it is\\nscarcely worth noticing, unless as. a precursor of the disease\\nknown as atheroma.\\nAtheromatous disease is met with oftener than any other, and\\nis much more serious. It presents three tolerably welbdefined\\nstages. In the first stage, it the vessel is slit open, grayish\\n29 337", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0377.jp2"}, "378": {"fulltext": "338\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\npatches, which thicken the lining membrane, are noticed. These\\npatches seem to lie on the surface of the membrane, but this ap\u00c2\u00ac\\npearance is deceptive. They lie underneath the endothelium,\\nwhich is not affected at all in the beginning of the morbid pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ncess. Indeed, the material of which the patches are formed is\\nreally situated external to the tunica intima, between that and\\nthe middle coat. It is half cartilaginous in consistence, and is\\nformed by the rapid, abnormal multiplication of the deep cells of\\nthe tunica intima, the new growth pushing up this tunic with its\\nendothelium on the inner side, and so causing the bulging into\\nthe interior of the vessel. It seems to be in the nature of an in\u00c2\u00ac\\nflammatory change\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, it consists in the throwing out of\\ncellular elements in consequence of some influence which has ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ncited them to unnatural growth.\\nIn the second stage, the cellular elements, of which the new\\ngrowth is composed, undergo the process of fatty degeneration,\\nand, in consequence, become yellowish in appearance and pasty\\nin consistence. It was the pastedike appearance of the mass that\\ngained for it the designation of atheroma (meal). In this stage,\\nit frequently happens that the whole of the internal coat with its\\nendothelium is involved in the softening, and gives way under\\nthe pressure of the blood, leaving an excavation, the contents\\nbeing literally washed out. The floor of this excavation is formed\\nby the middle and external coats of the artery. When this is the\\ncase, the blood insinuates itself between the coats of the vessel,\\nwhich, being weakened by the removal of the internal coat,\\nyields to the pressure of blood, and a sacculated aneurism is or\u00c2\u00ac\\niginated. Cerebral vessels, probably on account of the thinness\\nof the walls, are liable to rupture when they are the seat of aneur\u00c2\u00ac\\nisms. Sometimes, the diseased coronary artery has given away,\\nfilling the pericardium with blood.\\nOccasionally, however, the pasty mass, instead of being washed\\naway, becomes the seat of calciferous (lime) deposits. This is\\nknown as the third stage. The appearance of the vessel, in which", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0378.jp2"}, "379": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE VASCULAR SYSTEM 339\\nthe atheromatous disease lias reached this stage, is very striking.\\nPlates, which present to the naked eye the appearance, but do not\\nshow the structure, of bone, are observed at intervals in the walls\\nof the vessel, with their sharp points projecting into the interior of\\nthe vessel. I11 the aorta it is not uncommon to find such plates\\nan inch long and half an inch broad, and in the smaller arteries\\nthe calcific matter forms a ring around the vessel. In the latter\\nthe calcareous particles appear to be deposited in the patch while\\nit is still firm, so that the second stage is not marked.\\nAtheromatous disease sometimes invades the aorta, while the\\nsmall vessels are not affected or, on the other hand, the small\\nvessels may be the seat of the calcific change and the large ves\u00c2\u00ac\\nsels be healthy. Occasionally, the disease is limited to a few ves\u00c2\u00ac\\nsels. Next to the aorta, the arteries of the lower extremities are\\nprone to this form of arteritis (inflammation of the arteries). The\\ndangers to which an atheromatous state of the vessels exposes a\\nperson in whom it exists are various. The stream of blood is re\u00c2\u00ac\\ntarded by the projection of the new growth into the vessel, and\\nstill more by the destruction of the elasticity of its coats. Hence,\\nthe failure in the nutrition of the organ, which depends for its\\nsupply of blood on the diseased vessel, will follow. This is said\\nto be the cause of cerebral softening.\\nArteries have been occluded completely by the deposit of fibrin\\n011 the spiculated edges of the calcareous plates. This is one of\\nthe causes of senile gangrene. The plugging of distant vessels by\\nemboli, at times, results from the detachment of such fibrinous\\nclots and the washing away of the atheromatous material. Ri\u00c2\u00ac\\ngidity of the larger arteries, from the atheromatous change, is like\u00c2\u00ac\\nwise one of the most frequent causes of hypertrophy (enlargement)\\nof the left ventricle of the heart, in which increased work is caused\\nbv the destruction of the elasticity of the vessels. Anasarca of\\nt/\\nthe lower extremities may occur in elderly men from the plug\u00c2\u00ac\\nging of the vessels, or it may result from dilatation and weaken\u00c2\u00ac\\ning of the left ventricle, thereby weakening the blood=current.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0379.jp2"}, "380": {"fulltext": "340\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nWhen a number of these atheromatous spots have washed\\nout, the distant vessels may fill up with debris, which has a\\nyellowish^white appearance, causing occlusion sufficient to pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nvent the flow of fluid. In one case, in following up a dissection,\\nit was noticed that a number of points in the aorta were diseased\\nin this manner. One dissecting aneurism was present, while\\nother points seemed to have been washed out. In some rare\\ncases of dropsy there have been noticed a substance composed\\nof white plates in the arteries in sufficient quantity to impede\\nthe flow of fluid. This is due, presumably, to the separation of\\nthe solid and semisolid portions of the blood from the liquor\\nsanguinis, hemoglobin being absent. It is a grayisffiwhite color.\\nThis has been mistaken, by some, for the atheromatous deposits.\\nTreatment.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The use of great force in the injection of fluid, in\\ncases of this kind, may produce disastrous results. If it is kept\\nin mind that the aorta is the vessel most frequently diseased, and\\nthat the injection of fluid can be accomplished with very little\\nforce, the results will be satisfactory, provided the aneurisms\\nthat are present are not burst. If undue pressure is used, these\\naneurisms, or weakened walls of the vessel, will undoubtedly give\\nway, when it will be impossible to fill the arteries and capillaries.\\nIn a case where such results obtain, fluid must be injected be\u00c2\u00ac\\nneath the skin into the cellular tissue in all parts of the body.\\nFill the cavities thoroughly. Treated in this manner, preserva\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion and disinfection can be accomplished.\\nDISEASES OF THE HEART AND BLOOD=VESSELS AFFECTING THE\\nCIRCULATION.\\nIn the embalment of a body it is not always easy to get an\\narterial circulation in fact, in a number of cases, it is impossible\\nto get an arterial circulation at all. It is not always owing to the\\ncontraction of the arteries, or to the presence of blood-clot, but is\\nfrequently the result of disease of the heart, arteries, veins, or\\ncapillaries.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0380.jp2"}, "381": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE VASCULAR SYSTEM 34 1\\nFirst, the heart is liable to organic disease, either of its pro\u00c2\u00ac\\npelling muscular walls, its regulating valves, or its controlling\\nnervous system. It will be found that disease of any of these\\nparts of the cardiac apparatus, affects its several functions. Thus,\\ndisease of the walls of the heart affects the force or pressure dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease of the valves disturbs the distribution or quantity of blood\\nin the several parts of the circulation.\\nSecond, disease of the arteries interferes with the quantity of\\nblood transmitted through them, and produces disturbances of\\ndistribution or pressure.\\nThird, when the capillary walls are degenerated or ruptured, or\\ntheir channels are blocked as a result of embolism or thrombosis\\nin the arteries or veins, nutrition is disturbed in various ways.\\nLastly, the veins may be the seat of a variety of lesions, which\\nprevent the return of blood and lead to hemorrhage or dropsy.\\nThe pressure of blood within the circulation may be either in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncreased or diminished, or irregularly distributed. The most\\nmarked instance of increased pressure is seen in simple hyper\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrophy of the left ventricle without valvular disease, especially if\\nthe hypertrophy be associated with increased peripheral resistance,\\nas observed in chronic Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease. In the arteries there is\\nfullness, elongation, thickening, and atheroma, with their results.\\nThe pulse is full and strong, and the capillaries are distended and\\nmay be ruptured, hemorrhage being the result.\\nDiminished pressure of the circulation is more common, and is\\nseen in dilatation, with thickening of the cardiac walls, and in\\natrophy, with fatty degeneration. The effects of diminished\\npressure within the circulation generally are the reverse of those\\nof increased pressure the arteries are comparatively empty and\\nsmall the pulse is weak, small, and irregular; the cavities are\\nsupplied insufficiently with blood the surfaces are anemic, or\\npassively congested and the various functions are discharged\\nfeebly the backward pressure within the veins, on the con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrary, is increased the blood tends to accumulate within them\\nj 7 7", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0381.jp2"}, "382": {"fulltext": "342\\nCHAMPION TEXTBOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthe walls are dilated the valves are disorganized and passive\\ncongestion, thrombosis, dropsy, and chronic inflammation are the\\nfrequent results.\\nThe quantity of blood distributed in hypertrophy of the heart\\nis large, while in atrophy the quantity is less and the pulse is\\nwiery. The most frequent disturbance observed is irregularity of\\ndistribution. This condition generally affects the pressure and\\nquantity together, and may affect the one more than the other.\\nIrregular distribution of blood and pressure is present more mark\u00c2\u00ac\\nedly in valvular imperfection, and is seen also in obstruction\\nof the arteries, and other allied conditions, especially of the aorta.\\nIn the parts of the circulation and in the organs situated behind\\nthe seat of the disease, irregularity of the distribution of blood\\nand of pressure is a manifested form of dilatation, such as en\u00c2\u00ac\\nlargement and engorgment of the heart, congested and associated\\nchanges of the lungs and abdominal viscera, of hemorrhage, and\\nof various exudations and effusions, whether as edema, dropsy, or\\ncatarrh. On the other hand, the portions of the circulatory ap\u00c2\u00ac\\nparatus beyond the seat of the disease are underfilled and under\u00c2\u00ac\\nsized. The organs are deprived of a sufficient supply of blood,\\nand anemia, with its further consequences, is the result.\\nIn cases of hypertrophy without valvular disease, accompanied\\nby disease of the arteries, capillaries, and veins, there is liable\\nto be ecchymoses (blood=spots) on the surface. These discolora\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions are the result of the blood breaking through the walls of the\\ncapillaries into the cellular and connective tissues, producing\\nbluish or reddish spots.\\nTreatment. In case of thinness of the walls of the heart\\nand of the arteries and capillaries, we are liable to have rup\u00c2\u00ac\\nture during the injection of fluid. Therefore, in all cases, and\\nin case of the aged especially, fluid should be injected very\\nslowly and without force, as, frequently, if force is used, rupture\\nwill follow, and the entire destruction of the circulatory flow of\\nfluid will result. Indeed, in some cases, it will be impossible", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0382.jp2"}, "383": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE VASCULAR SYSTEM 343\\nto inject fluid through the arteries with sufficient force to reach\\nthe capillaries in the tissues, without causing rupture. In cases\\nof rupture resulting from, the injection of fluid, and in those\\ncases where sufficient force cannot be used to reach the capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries, the fluid should be injected into the tissues direct through\\nthe hollow-needle. The cavities can be treated in the usual\\nmanner. Ecchymoses cannot be removed by bleachers applied\\nto the surface, or by hypodermic injections. If they appear on\\nthe parts that are exposed to view, as the face, neck, and backs\\nof the hands, they should be covered with flesh tints, or powder.\\nVALVULAR DISEASES OF THE HEART.\\nValvular lesions of the heart are situated, generally, in the\\nleft side, at the mitral and aortic openings. Lesions on the right\\nside are comparatively rare. The valves are frequently thick\u00c2\u00ac\\nened and contracted or, they may be encumbered simply with\\nvegetations of greater or less size, without being incapacitated for\\nthe performance of their functions. Sometimes they are ren\u00c2\u00ac\\ndered more or less rigid by the deposit of calcareous matter.\\nThe aortic and mitral valves may become enlarged and thick\u00c2\u00ac\\nened sufficiently to almost close the orifices or they may become\\natrophied, rendering them liable to rupture or perforation. En\u00c2\u00ac\\nlargement of the heart follows either of the above conditions.\\nWhen the aortic valve is diseased sufficiently to interfere with,\\nor prevent, perfect closure of the aortic orifice, fluid, when injected\\ninto the arteries, will enter the left side of the heart; and, in\\ntapping the heart, if the left side be perforated by the trocar, a\\npartial destruction of the circulation will result, and the fluid\\nwill fail to permeate a part, at least, of the tissues. The lungs\\nmay become involved, resulting in edema, hemorrhages, or pul\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonary apoplexy. Dropsy of the serous sacs, or general dropsy,\\nmay be present. Death may have been caused by heart failure\\nor by apoplexy. The face and upper surfaces of the body are con\u00c2\u00ac\\ngested and edematous, rendering the removal of blood necessary.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0383.jp2"}, "384": {"fulltext": "344\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nTreatment. When the semilunar valve, which guards the\\naortic opening, is diseased in such a manner as to prevent the\\nclosure of the orifice, fluid, when injected into the arterial sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntem, will pass into the left ventricle. If the mitral valve, which\\nguards the opening between the left auricle and left ventricle, is\\ndiseased at the same time, the fluid will pass on into the left auri\u00c2\u00ac\\ncle. In withdrawing blood from the heart by the direct opera\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, when the above valves are diseased, great care should be\\ntaken not to wound the left side of the heart. If the septum be\u00c2\u00ac\\ntween the right and left sides of the heart is wounded, the circu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlation of fluid will be destroyed.\\nA less dangerous method of withdrawing blood from the heart,\\nunder these circumstances, would be through the basilic or the\\nfemoral vein, as the heart may be moved out of its normal posi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion by an effusion into oue or the other pleural sac for instance,\\nif the heart be forced a little to the right side by an effusion into\\nthe left pleural sac, it would cause the operator, if not aware of\\nthe abnormal position, to wound the left side. Death may have\\nbeen caused by asphyxia, due to edema of the glottis, hydroperi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncardium, or pulmonary congestion, resulting in congestion of the\\nface and neck, on account of which the blood must be removed\\nat once.\\nDropsical effusions almost always occur in valvular disease of\\nthe heart; sometimes they are limited to the serous cavities only,\\nbut more frequently anasarca, or general dropsy, is the result.\\nThe water should be removed from the serous cavities by the use\\nof the aspirator, and from the cellular tissue, especially in the\\nextremities, by the rubber bandage then fluid, containing a little\\nformalin, should be injected into the arteries in sufficient quan\u00c2\u00ac\\ntity to fill the capillaries of the skin, which will harden the\\npigment layer, preventing \u00e2\u0080\u009cskin slip.\u00e2\u0080\u009d The cavities should be\\nfilled in the usual manner. Fluid should be injected into the\\nlungs through the respiratory tract; then place the body upon\\nthe level with the head slightly elevated.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0384.jp2"}, "385": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXVII.\\nINFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES.\\nSCARLATINA SCARLET FEVER.\\nScarlet fever is an acute infectious disease. Infection with\\nthe specific scarlatinal poison occurs almost always by contagion,\\nwhich takes place very readily. There seems to be no doubt\\nthat the disease is transmitted by objects which the patient has\\ntouched, such as linen, clothing, furniture, toys, etc. Even per\u00c2\u00ac\\nsons who have been with the sick may be the means of trans\u00c2\u00ac\\nmitting the disease, the poison, having attached itself to the\\nmeshes of the garments while moist, will be detached easily on\\nbecoming dry, and be received through one of the various chan\u00c2\u00ac\\nnels by those coming into contact. In England it has been\\nthought that the contagion might be carried by milk.\\nScarlatinal poison is destroyed with great difficulty. It keeps\\nits contagious powers for months. In some cases it is very hard\\nto point out the source of the contagion. The tenacity of the\\nscarlatinal poison may well explain the reason. The disease\\nmay be communicated as late as the end of th\u00c2\u00a3 desquamative\\nperiod. The details as to the manner of contagion are yet un\u00c2\u00ac\\nknown. Statements have been made repeatedly about the pres\u00c2\u00ac\\nence of bacteria in the blood and in the tissues of scarlet fever\\npatients, but the specific poison of scarlet fever has probably\\nnever been observed, though the disease has been repeatedly\\nproduced in healthy persons through inoculation.\\nThe predisposition to scarlet fever is far less usual than to\\nmeasles or smallpox. Frequently, where there are several chil\u00c2\u00ac\\ndren in the family, only one or two are sick, while the rest\\nescape, although equally exposed. The liability to the disease\\n345", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0385.jp2"}, "386": {"fulltext": "346\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nis greatly diminished as age increases, although adults are some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes affected. Between the ages of two and ten years is the\\nperiod when the majority of the patients are affected. It is\\nvery rare in the first year of life. Children with fresh wounds,\\neither accidental or surgical, especially are liable to scarlet fever.\\nOne attack of the disease renders the person immune, as very\\nfew are attacked a second time, so that after the disease is over,\\nan immunity from contagion is enjoyed, hut there are exceptions\\nto this rule.\\nScarlet fever is met with in every part of the globe. Sporadic\\ncases in the large towns are found at almost all times, while in\\nthe autumn, from time to time, there are more or less extensive\\nepidemics in one place or another. There is considerable varia\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion in the different epidemics of scarlet fever. Sometimes it\\nprevails in a very mild form, with few deaths, and at other times\\nit prevails in a more severe and grave form, and many deaths\\nresult.\\nThis disease being contagious, especially among children of\\nthe ages of two to ten years, children of that age should be kept\\naway from the patient. The patient should be isolated, and all\\npersons, except the nurse, should be kept out of the room. In\u00c2\u00ac\\ndeed, the nurse should not be allowed to come in contact with\\nothers, as the poison which is liable to attach itself to the cloth\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, hair, hands, and underneath the nails of the nurse, are\\nliable to be the source of contagion. We might say that there\\nare cases of so-called puerperal scarlatina, resulting from the\\nentrance into the system of the scarlatinal poison through the\\nexcoriations or wounds caused by the passage of the child\\nthrough the female genital organs. In these cases following\\nchildbirth, death may result, and carelessly the scarlatina may\\nbe overlooked, supposing it to be a case of septicemia. In cases\\nof septicemia there is an eruption on the surface, due to the\\nsepticemic condition. Therefore, the scarlatinal eruption may be\\nmistaken for the eruption of septicemia. If there is any doubt,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0386.jp2"}, "387": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n347\\nbe very careful not to expose any one to the contagion. To be\\non the safe side, treat the case as one of scarlatina.\\nThe kidneys are affected frequently in scarlatina, and this is\\nusually a dangerous complication. Ordinarily, there is found\\nin the urine a trace of albumen, and in rare cases the quantity\\nof albumen may be considerable. There is a changed appear\u00c2\u00ac\\nance of the urine in some cases, and the microscope reveals but\\nfew abnormal constituents. In genuine scarlatina, nephritis\\nrarely ever developes before the end of the second week or the\\nbeginning of the third. Sometimes it begins even later. It\\nmay follow the severest case or the mildest. The severity of the\\ndisease seems, therefore, not to be essential. In case of nephritis,\\ngeneral dropsy follows, and frequently death occurs. It may\\noccur from extensive ascites, or hydrothorax, or it may result\\nfrom uremic poisoning. In some cases cardiac failure may be\\nstrongly developed.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In cases dying after desquamation has already\\ntaken place, if the body is treated properly, and the room thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly fumigated, there will be no danger in exposing the body\\nit need only be known as a case of Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease or acute ne\u00c2\u00ac\\nphritis. The body may be shipped without danger to others,\\nwithout the usual means of protection required in cases of infec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntious diseases. Of course, if desquamation is not complete, it\\nmust be treated precisely as a case dying earlier in the disease.\\nCases dying before desquamation should be embalmed thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly, as all infectious cases should be, not for the purpose of\\nexposing them to view, but as a sanitary measure. As stated\\nabove, the bacteria are very tenacious and hard to destroy.\\nFrom experience and investigation we know that these bacteria\\nwill resist the effects of water, cold, freezing, earth, etc., retaining\\nthe power of development for a long period of time. To place a\\nbody dying from scarlatina in the ground without first destroying\\nthese bacteria, or scarlatinal poison, exposes future generations to\\na source of dissemination, at least.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0387.jp2"}, "388": {"fulltext": "348\\nCHAMPION TEXT* BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nIll preparing the body, first remove the clothing, rendering the\\nbody nude. Inject fluid into the arteries until sufficient has been\\ninjected to fill the capillaries thoroughly fill the cavities and ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal openings wash the body with hot water and soap, and\\nalso with strong disinfectant fluid. Allow the body to remain\\nupon the board close and seal all the doors and windows, mak\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the compartment as nearly air-tight as possible then disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfect the room by the use of formaldehyde gas. After thorough\\ndisinfection, dress the body and place in the coffin or casket, and\\nremove for burial. If it is to be shipped, follow the rules adopted\\nby the General Baggage Masters\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Association in preparing bodies\\nfor shipment.\\nDIPHTHERIA.\\nDiptheria is an acute infectious disease, caused by an infectious\\nbacillus. It is highly contagious, and the malignant form is a\\nvery grave disease, with a high mortality rate. It is principally\\na disease of childhood, although no age\\nis entirely exempt. Occasionally an\\nadult becomes infected. It is charac\u00c2\u00ac\\nterized by a falsemiembrane in the\\nthroat, nose, and other parts of the mu-\\nj^. cous surfaces. The fauces are usually\\nthe only parts covered with the false\\nmem brane. Although a constitutional\\nfe tivdisease, the morbid changes are appar\u00c2\u00ac\\nently not very great.\\nThe disease is endemic in our large\\ncities, and, at certain periods of the\\nyear, becomes epidemic. Diphtheria\\nseems to have increased in our large\\ncities in the last few years, while other\\ncontagious diseases have diminished. The disease seems to be\\nspecially virulent in country districts where it has prevailed.\\nFig. 47.\\nBacillus Diphtheriae, from colony\\nupon an agar plate, 24 hours old, X\\n1U00. From a photo micrograph by\\nFr nkel and Pfeiffer.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0388.jp2"}, "389": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n349\\nDiphtheria is highly contagious, and readily communicated\\nfrom one person to another. The bacilli may be received from\\nthe false membrane or discharges from the patient; from the\\nsecretions from the nose and throat of convalescents, in which\\nvirulent bacilli persist; from healthy persons who have been\\nin contact with others having virulent germs on their person or\\nclothing.\\nDiphtheria is specially fatal to physicians and nurses, and may\\nbe to the embalmer, if due care is not exercised. The particularlv\\ndangerous period to the physician or nurse is while examining\\nand swabbing the throat, for the patient may cough mucus and\\npieces of the false membrane into the face and mouth of the phy\u00c2\u00ac\\nsician or nurse. The virus is found in the room of the patient,\\nand is hard to remove it also attaches itself to the bedding and\\nclothing. Osier says \u00e2\u0080\u009cA majority of the cases die of faucial or\\nlaryngeal disease. The exudation may occur in the mouth and\\ncover the inner surfaces of the cheeks it may extend beyond\\nthe lips on to the skin.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThe exudation varies in amount in different cases. The ton\u00c2\u00ac\\nsils and pillars of the fauces are covered with pale membrane.\\nIn fatal cases the exudation is much more extensive, involving\\nthe uvula, the soft palate, the posterior nares, and the pharynx.\\nThe parts are covered with a dense false membrane, which ad\u00c2\u00ac\\nheres firmly in places, and in others begins to separate. In the\\nmost severe cases there is a gangrenous condition of the parts.\\nThe false membrane is of a gray or dirty=greenish color. There\\nmav be sloughing of the tonsils and palate, and the erosions may\\nbe deep enough in the tonsils to open the carotid artery, or a\\nfalse aneurism may be produced in the deep tissues of the neck.\\nThe nose may be filled completely by the false membrane, which\\nmay extend through the Eustachian tube into the middle ear and\\ninto the conjunctiva.\\nIn cases where the larynx becomes involved\u00e2\u0080\u0094so-called laryn\u00c2\u00ac\\ngeal diphtheria\u00e2\u0080\u0094the pharyngeal exudation may be very extensive,", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0389.jp2"}, "390": {"fulltext": "350\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbut in many cases it is slight upon the tonsils and lauces, and\\nabundant upon the epiglottis and the larynx, which may be\\nclosed entirely by the pseudomembrane. The exudation may\\nextend into the trachea and into the larger bronchi. The lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatic glands of the neck are enlarged, and there is general infil\u00c2\u00ac\\ntration of the tissues the salivary glands may be enlarged. The\\nfalse membrane extends, in rare instances, to the esophagus and\\nthe stomach. While the infectious or diphtheretic bacilli are\\nlimited to the false membrane, the whole body is impregnated\\nwitli a virulent poison.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the treatment of diphtheretic cases the em-\\nbalmer should be extremely careful. The blood is very poison\u00c2\u00ac\\nous, and, if he should wound himself, or receive the least particle\\nof the blood through an abrasion, death would result most likely\\nfrom blood poisoning. Therefore, in handling or operating on\\nthese cases, the embalmer should wear gloves, or some other pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ntection should be used on the hands to cover abrasions; these\\nmay exist without the knowledge of the operator. He should\\nalso dress himself in a suit of old clothes\u00e2\u0080\u0094a suit used onlv in\\nhandling infected bodies. He should cover his head with a rub\u00c2\u00ac\\nber cap, and also wear a rubber coat fitting closely around the\\nneck and reaching to the feet. Rubber, having no meshes, can\\nbe cleaned easily.\\nThe body should be undressed and placed upon the board\\nthen washed with a solution of biclilorid of mercurv, and a strong\\ndisinfecting fluid should be injected in the nose and mouth, fill\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the trachea and lungs. Raise an artery at some convenient\\npoint and fill the tissues with fluid. Inject about one pint of\\nfluid for every twenty pounds of weight of the body\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, if a\\nbody weighs 150 to 160 pounds, inject at least one gallon of fluid\\nto fill the capillaries, rather more than less than that quantity.\\nRemember that the tissues must be filled to insure disinfection.\\nAfter injecting the arteries, fill the cavities thoroughly. Then\\ninject again into the nose, mouth, throat, and lungs, and fill all", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0390.jp2"}, "391": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONI AGIO US DISEASES\\n351\\nthe openings of the body with pledgets of absorbent cotton soaked\\nin fluid.\\nThe room should now be closed tightly and disinfected thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly with formaldehyde gas or sulphur fumes. After the room\\nand body have been disinfected in this manner, the body may be\\ndressed for burial. If the body is to be shipped, it should be\\nwrapped in cotton at least one inch in thickness, protected by a\\nroller or manyAailed bandage, and the whole wrapped in a sheet\\nwet with a strong solution of mercuric chlorid, and then placed\\nin a hermetically^sealed coffin, casket, or box.\\nTYPHOID FEVER.\\nTyphoid fever is an acute infectious disease, caused by the\\npresence of the typhoid bacilli. They are found in the alimen\u00c2\u00ac\\ntary canal, principally in the lower part of the small intestine.\\nIf death results early in the\\ndisease, the body will not be much\\nemaciated the pallor will not be\\nso great on account of the thick\u00c2\u00ac\\nness of the blood, caused by ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ncessive perspiration and diarrhea,\\nand the bluish color of the tissue,\\nresulting from the loss of the\\nliquid portion of the blood. The\\nbody, at this stage, will not be\\nhard to preserve; rigor mortis\\nbeing well marked, it will keep\\nusually, without the use of fluid,\\nfor two or three days in ordinary\\nweather; but the body should be disinfected as one dying\\nin a later stage, on account of the presence of the typhoid\\nbacilli.\\nIf death occurs later in the disease, say at any time after three\\nor four weeks, the pallor will be much greater. Rigor mortis will\\nFig. 48.\\nSection through wall of intestine showing\\ninvasion by typhoid bacilli, X 950 (Baum-\\ngarten).", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0391.jp2"}, "392": {"fulltext": "352 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nnot be so well marked. In fact, it will come on and pass off,\\nwhen the body is extremely emaciated, within the hour.\\nIn cutting down into the different cavities of the body, the tis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsues will be found light in color, the blood very thin, and there\\nwill be a hypostatic congestion in\\nboth lungs; the posterior part of\\nthe lungs will be quite solid.\\nHypostatic congestion will be\\nfound in the dependent parts of\\nthe body, even before death. The\\nsmall intestine will be found to be\\ndenuded of mucous membrane in\\npatches two or three inches in\\nlength. Peyer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s patches and the\\nsolitary glands will be sloughed\\noff and cleansed, showing deep\\nulceration.\\nIn many cases the contents of\\nthe small intestine will be of a\\npea Soupdike=green material, filled\\nwith typhoid bacilli and putrefactive bacteria. This matter is\\nvery poisonous if the least particle is taken into the stomach,\\nit will produce the disease. A very small quantity of this matter\\nmay get into the clothing, and, when it becomes dry and is\\nbrushed off, it may be carried by the air and deposited on such\\nmaterial as is taken into the stomach, such as cold food or the\\nwater we drink therefore, it is very necessary to be extremely\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0098careful in handling bodies of this kind.\\nThe ulcerations may be deep enough to have perforated the\\nwalls of the intestines, and the contents, containing more or less\\nundigested food, may be found in the peritoneal cavity the\\nspleen may be found enlarged from two to five times its usual\\nsize, or its capsule may have burst, and a great quantity of blood\\nmay have escaped into the peritoneal sac. The kidneys and liver\\nFig. 49.\\nBacillus Typhi Abdominalis (Typhus ba\u00c2\u00ac\\ncillus), from single gelatin colony, X 1000.\\nFrom a photomicrograph by Sternberg.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0392.jp2"}, "393": {"fulltext": "N\\nINFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES 353\\nmay be found affected more or less the large and small intes\u00c2\u00ac\\ntines will be filled with gas in all cases.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094\\\\Y lien the embalmer is called to embalm a case\\ndying from typhoid fever, it is not only his duty to preserve the\\ncase, but to disinfect it thoroughly. If the body is to be shipped,\\nit must be disinfected to meet the requirements of the shipping\\nauthorities oi this country, and must be prepared specially, ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncording to the rules adopted by the General Baggage Masters\u00e2\u0080\u0099\\nAssociation.\\nIt is necessary to disinfect the body, even if it is not to be\\nshipped, for the protection of the community. If a public funeral\\nis to be held, the body should be disinfected thoroughly, to pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nvent the dissemination of the disease. If the body should be\\nburied without being disinfected properly, the spores of the bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria will remain dormant within the grave for a long period of\\ntime, as earth does not seem to destrov them. Under these circum-\\nstances, if the body should be disinterred for removal at any time,\\nthe spores may be thrown out on the surface and be carried\\naway by the wind, or washed into the streams or they may be\\nwashed out of the grave through the drainage from the cemetery,\\nand be carried into the larger streams, which form the source of\\nthe water supplies to the inhabitants along their course. I11 this\\nmanner, the disease is no doubt frequently disseminated. There\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore, all bodies dying from typhoid fever should be disinfected in\\na thorough manner before burial.\\nTo treat a case of typhoid fever, the body should be taken from\\nthe bed, the clothing removed, and the body washed with a\\nstrong disinfectant solution, as well as soap and water. The\\nwashable material that was used on the bed, with the cloth\u00c2\u00ac\\ning upon the body, should be rolled up closely and placed in a\\nwash boiler of water and boiled for at least an hour. After the\\nbody has been carefully washed, it should be embalmed.\\nIf the abdomen is distended with gas to a great extent, it will\\nbe better to treat this cavity before raising an artery. If it is not\\njO", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0393.jp2"}, "394": {"fulltext": "354\\nCHAMPION TEXT.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ndistended with gas, an artery may be raised first and fluid in\u00c2\u00ac\\njected into the arterial system.\\nTo operate on the abdominal cavity, an atmospheric pump,\\nwith complete tubing, and a hollow-needle of about ten or twelve\\ninches in length, are necessary. Connect the needle with the\\ntubing, place the goose-neck loosely in the bottle, already filled\\nwith fluid. Do not push the cork into the neck but let it lie upon\\nthe rim, so as to allow the gas to pass out freely then introduce\\nthe needle at the proper point in the epigastric region (as described\\nin the chapter on \u00e2\u0080\u009cCavity Embalming\u00e2\u0080\u009d), pushing the needle\\ndownward until the stomach is reached, always keeping in mind\\nthe location of the abdominal aorta and its large branches. The\\ngas in the stomach will pass out through the needle and tubing\\ninto the bottle containing the fluid, through which it will pass,\\ndestroying the odor and any bacteria it may contain, and then\\nescape through the neck of the bottle. This will be indicated by\\nbubbles forming on the surface of the fluid. After all the gas\\nhas escaped, before removing the needle, the goose-neck should be\\npushed tightly into the bottle, and fluid should be pumped into\\nthat part of the cavity from which the gas escaped.\\nFrom the same point of introduction, the needle may be pushed\\nthrough the peritoneal sac into other parts of the abdominal cav\u00c2\u00ac\\nity that contain gas. When the needle enters these parts, the\\ngoose-neck should be loosened from the neck of the bottle as be\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore. After the gas has escaped, the goosemeck should be tight\u00c2\u00ac\\nened again in the bottle and fluid should be injected before the\\nneedle is removed. Inject the canals and cavities in this manner\\nsuccessively, filling each, until all the gas is removed, and all\\nparts of the abdominal cavity have received fluid. This should\\nbe done for the purpose of mixing the fluid with the contents of\\nthe alimentary canal and other parts of the cavities.\\nIf all the gas is removed from these cavities before the fluid is\\ninjected, it will be impossible to introduce the needle again into\\nthe several cavities that had contained gas, on account of their", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0394.jp2"}, "395": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n355\\nwalls collapsing, and fluid injected would be received only by the\\nperitoneal sac and would settle down through its walls into the\\ntissues beneath. It is necessary that fluid should be mixed with\\ntiie contents of the intestinal canal and other organs of the body,\\nand to do this the fluid must be injected after the gas escapes,\\nbefore the removal of the needle.\\nAfter the abdominal cavity has been relieved of the gas and\\nfluid injected, the needle should be turned upward through the\\nfront border of the diaphragm, and the serous sacs in the thoracic\\ncavities should be treated, as directed in the chapter on \u00e2\u0080\u009cCavity\\nEmbalming.\u00e2\u0080\u009d Fluid should be injected through the respiratory\\ntract to reach the congested part of the lung, and, if persistent\\npurging from the lungs should follow in twenty-four to thirty-six\\nhours after death, the needle should be inserted through the front\\nwall of the thoracic cavity, into the diseased portion of the lung,\\nthe part mutilated as much as possible, and fluid injected in\\nlarge quantities. This will destroy the bacteria that are contained\\nwithin the diseased portion of the lung, and purging will cease.\\nAfter the cavities have been treated properly, an artery should\\nbe selected and raised for the purpose of arterial embalming. If\\nblood is withdrawn, it should be sterilized by a solution of cldorid\\nof lime, about five or six ounces to the gallon.\\nIf a body is treated in this manner, and enough fluid is used,\\nthere will be no danger of the dissemination of the disease.\\nTYPHUS FEVER.\\nKnown Also As Hospital, Jail, Camp, and Ship Fever.\\nTyphus fever is an acute infectious disease, entirely distinct\\nfrom typhoid fever, with which it was formerly confounded. The\\nsimilarity of the two diseases, which caused the assumption of\\nsimilar names, consists in a number of complications which may\\nappear in both diseases. An essential difference, however, which\\nexists in the whole course of the disease, is the intestinal lesion,\\nwhich is characteristic of typhoid fever, but is never seen in", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0395.jp2"}, "396": {"fulltext": "356\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ntyphus fever. Another, the chief distinction between the two\\naffections, is the inability to find the bacillus, which causes the\\ntyphoid, in the typhus case.\\nWe have not been able yet to determine the pathogenic bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria that causes typhus fever. We have much less information\\nas to the way in which the affection occurs, than in relation to\\ntyphoid fever. Several microbes have been described in connec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion with the disease, such as streptobacilli, diplococci, and\\nascomycetes, but the question still remains open for investigation.\\nThe disease is rare at present. Epidemics are infrequent, although\\nsporadic cases occur from time to time in the centers of large\\npopulation.\\nTyphus fever is a most highly contagious affection even the\\ndoctors and nurses in attendance on the sick are almost invari\u00c2\u00ac\\nably attacked. It is a very grave disease, and a large percentage\\nof those attacked die. Clothes and bedding retain the poison\\nfor a long time. Emaciation is not very apparent, unless the\\ncase is protracted, through the intercurrence of complications,\\nwhen it may reach an extreme degree. Rigor mortis is not well\\nmarked and usually lasts but a short time. Hypostasis occurs\\nrapidly, and putrefaction begins soon after death. The only\\nconstant lesion noticed in this disease is the profoundly changed\\ncondition of the blood, which is dark in color and very fluid. If\\nclots exist at all thev are large and soft and easily broken down.\\n%j dD\\nThe amount of fibrin and the number of red corpuscles are\\ndiminished, but the number of white corpuscles is increased.\\nTreatment. In treating a case of typhus fever, it must\\nalways be remembered that it is infectious and highly contag\u00c2\u00ac\\nious therefore, the dress should be one in which the germ is not\\nso likely to be carried, as that described under the directions for\\nthe handling of infectious cases. The body should be laid upon\\nthe board and washed with a strong disinfectant; an artery\\nshould be raised and fluid injected in sufficient quantity to fill\\nthe tissues the cavities should be filled in the usual manner", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0396.jp2"}, "397": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES 357\\nNo special treatment can be given, as it is not known what parts\\nof the body are infested with the specific micro-organisms of the\\ndisease. If the body is to be shipped, it should be wrapped in\\ncotton, as directed in the rules for the shipment of bodies.\\nMEASLES.\\nMeasles is an acute infectious disease, characterized by coryza\\nand a peculiar red eruption. It is a disease of childhood, but\\nadults are liable to the infection when unprotected. Adults are\\nattacked more frequently by measles than by scarlet fever.\\nWithin the first few months of infantile life there is less liability\\nof attack, although infants two or three weeks old may have the\\ndisease. Both sexes are affected equally. The contagion is\\ncommunicated by the breath and by the secretions, those of the\\nnose being the most dangerous. The disease can be conveyed in\\nthe clothing, especially when secretions from the nose come in\\ncontact with the meshes.\\nDeath rarely results from measles alone, but complications\\nproduce many fatalities among children. There is no character\u00c2\u00ac\\nistic post-mortem appearance in any of the tissues. In the\\nbronchi the mucous membrane indicates a catarrhal condition,\\ndeath usually resulting from pneumonia, capillary bronchitis, or\\nother complications in the lungs. The post-mortem condition is\\nreferable to those diseases. There is an invariable swollen con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndition of the bronchial glands. Pleuritic effusions, as a result\\nof pleurisy, may occur in some cases. Sometimes, later on, there\\nmay be a tubercular invasion, which will produce the same\\ncondition that is found in tuberculosis. There is a congested con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndition of the mucous membrane of the stomach and small\\nintestines. Peyer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s patches or glands may be swollen and con\u00c2\u00ac\\ngested to a very considerable extent.\\nTreatment. In the treatment of measles the complication\\nproducing death must be considered. If it be pneumonia, or\\nconsumption, or any other disease of the lungs, the treatment", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0397.jp2"}, "398": {"fulltext": "858\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nrecommended for the disease should govern the operator; other\u00c2\u00ac\\nwise, the body should be injected very thoroughly and the tissues\\nand cavities filled with fluid with a view to disinfection. If the\\nbody is to be shipped it must be prepared according to the\\nshipping rules governing the same. For burial in the local\\ncemeteries, the rules as laid down by the health board in the\\nlocality where the death takes place should govern.\\nTUBERCULOSIS CONSUMPTION.\\nConsumption (tuberculosis) is one of the most widespread and\\ndeadly diseases known. A larger percentage of deaths is due to\\nthis disease than to any other. It is\\nan acute infectious disease, due to the\\npresence of tubercular bacilli. It pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nvails in all climates and altitudes.\\nUsually in the high altitudes it is\\nlonger in developing, due to the ab-\\nIt is true deaths occur frequently in\\nthe higher altitudes, but this is the re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsult usually of persons seeking higher\\naltitudes for the purpose of being\\ncured. The disease having almost\\nrun its course, but little of the lung\\nremaining, it is impossible for them\\nto live in an atmosphere so rarified.\\nMorbid changes take place very frequently in the larynx,\\ntrachea, and bronchi. Tubercles commonly develop first in the\\nupper part of both lungs sometimes only in one. Their de\u00c2\u00ac\\nvelopment is always, in a greater or less degree, associated with\\nother morbid changes of the lungs, such as congestion and edema\\nof the lungs, bronchial catarrh, pneumonia, etc.\\nCavities from the size of a pea to the size of an orange are\\nfound usually throughout the lungs. Sometimes they are large\\nsence of moisture or damp atmosphere.\\nFig. 50.\\nBacillus Tuberculosis in giant cell, X\\n1000. From photomicrograph made at\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0098he Army Medical Museum, Washing\u00c2\u00ac\\nton, by Gray.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0398.jp2"}, "399": {"fulltext": "359\\nINFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\nenough to involve the whole lung pus from these cavities fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently escapes into the pleura or into the abdominal cavity.\\nThere is always a complication of pleurisy with effusion of\\nserum or suppurative matter into the pleural cavities. Sometimes\\nthis may be a straw-colored liquid, having the consistency almost\\nof water at other times it may be heavy pus; and at still other\\ntimes a plastic effusion which adheres to the parietal walls of the\\npleura. Extensive pleuritic effusions may be found, causing the\\nlung to adhere to the front or side of the chest. Very extensive\\nmorbid changes sometimes take place in the mesenteries, perito\u00c2\u00ac\\nneum, intestines, and other organs. Sometimes there is ulceration\\nof the intestines, abscesses of the mesenteries, circumscribed or\\ngeneral peritonitis, abscesses of the liver, kidneys, etc.\\nIn children frequently the serous membrane of the brain is\\naffected, and in tubercular diathesis, often rickets, or necrosis of\\nthe vertebra, or softening of the bones in general, is present.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the treatment of the disease, it must be re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmembered that preservation is not all, but disinfection must be\\nconsidered as well, as the inhalation, or taking into the system,\\nof these tubercular bacilli will result, in many cases, in tubercu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlosis especially when a condition of the system prevails in which\\nthe tubercular bacilli may grow.\\nTo stamp out the disease, it is highly necessary that every case\\ndying of tuoerculosis should be disinfected thoroughly, as the\\nspores will remain alive in a body placed in the ground, even\\nafter putrefaction has taken place, and be ready for development\\nwhen they reach the proper soil. This can result from the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ninterment of bodies that have been buried, or from outlets from\\ngraves in cemeteries, through sewers or ditches that carry the\\nwater, filled witli these bacilli, into streams which assist in form\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the water supplies of our larger cities.\\nThe fluid, which is injected through the arterial system, reaches\\nthe lungs, when they are not diseased, by means of the bronchial\\narteries, which are branches of the thoracic aorta but in the case", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0399.jp2"}, "400": {"fulltext": "360\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nof consumption these arteries usually are destroyed or closed with\\nfibrous plugs. Consequently, in many cases, fluid will not reach\\nthese cavities. The only positive evidence of fluid having reached\\nthe lungs is when it appears at the mouth or nostrils, which\\nusually is the result of these plugs being forced out, or of the\\nrupture of the wall of the artery in some part of the cavity.\\nWhen such is the case, it is possible to complete the injection\\nthrough the arterial system by closing the glottis. This can be\\ndone by the introduction of a tampon or tampons of cotton\\nthrough the nose or mouth, into the pharynx, for the purpose of\\nclosing the glottis. When this is accomplished, the injection\\nmay be proceeded with, and when the cavities are filled with\\nfluid, the leakage will not interfere further with the injection\\nthrough the arteries.\\nIf the fluid does not appear at the nose or mouth, during the\\ninjection of fluid through the arteries, it will be necessary to in\u00c2\u00ac\\nject fluid through the trachea into the cavities of the lungs, fill\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the lungs full. The operation should be repeated, especially\\nin warm weather, in a few hours. The pleural cavities should be\\nemptied by pumping them out and then filling them with fluid.\\nGases should be removed from the abdominal cavity and fluid in-\\njected in large quantities into the intestinal canal and peritoneum.\\nA body treated in the above manner with a good disinfecting\\nfluid, will be both preserved and disinfected.\\nTUBERCULAR MENINGITIS.\\nTuberculosis of the meninges is nearly always a secondary af\u00c2\u00ac\\nfection. It follows existing tubercular disease of some other organ.\\nThe inner covering of the brain (pia mater) is singled out most\\nfrequently for the secondary infection by the tubercular bacilli.\\nThe path these bacilli traverse to reach the pia mater is not\\nknown, unless it be by the circulation. The original tubercular\\ndisease would undoubtedly end in death, the meningitis merely\\nterminating life more quickly. Again, the primary trouble may", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0400.jp2"}, "401": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n361\\nnot be noticed at all, or it may have long since appeared to have\\nbeen arrested, so that the meningitis may appear to be a primary\\ndisease. It most frequently follows pulmonary tuberculosis, com\u00c2\u00ac\\ning on as a complication in very advanced cases. It may follow\\ntubercular pleurisy, but tubercular pleurisy is usually a sequel of\\npulmonary affection.\\nStrumpell, in his Text-book of Medicine,\u00e2\u0080\u009d says\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cIn children, and sometimes in adults, the virus may be car\u00c2\u00ac\\nried to the meninges from cheesy, tubercular, bronchial, or mes\u00c2\u00ac\\nenteric glands, or from tubercular or fungous disease of the bones\\nor joints. Another danger to adults is tubercular disease of the\\ngenitourinary apparatus. It should also be noticed that a single\\nlarge tubercle in the brain may lead to miliary tuberculosis of\\nthe meninges. In short, we see that it is not impossible for any\\ntubercular infiltration, wherever situated, to communicate infec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion either to the meninges alone, or simultaneously to them and\\nmany other organs.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nIn tubercular meningitis the pia mater is the membrane that\\nis affected. Sometimes, the tubercules are very abundant, and\\nthe inflammatory exudation comparatively scanty and in other\\ncases the inflammation is considerable, although but few tuber\u00c2\u00ac\\ncles can be found. The tubercles are found usually in greatest\\nnumber along the course of the large blood-vessels, chiefly in the\\nfurrows and clefts of the surface of the brain, in the fissure of\\nSylvius, the pons, medulla, and the cerebellum. Often the re\u00c2\u00ac\\ngions supplied by one or more arteries are affected more than\\nother parts. This, no doubt, is due to the infection being carried\\nby the circulation. There is, in the region involved, a gelatin-\\nlike exudation which varies in amount. Sometimes it is purulent\\nin character sometimes hemorrhages in the pia mater will give\\nit a bloody appearance.\\nUsually the brain is flattened from the pressure of the exuda\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. In some cases, the space all around the brain is filled,\\nrendering it impossible to introduce fluid into the cranial cavity.\\nSometimes the brain substance itself is involved in inflammatory", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0401.jp2"}, "402": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n362\\nchanges, and capillary hemorrhages are found. The ventricles\\nand subarachnoid spaces are tilled with a-serous effusion. The\\nspinal cord, in the majority of cases, is involved. The coverings\\naround the cord are inflamed, resulting in the effusion of serous\\nliquid, making pressure upon the vessels which supply the cord.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In these cases, it frequently is impossible to\\nreach the parts with fluid by the injection of the arterial system.\\nThe effusion of serous matter into the cerebrospinal canal is so\\nextensive that it makes pressure upon all the vessels and capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries that supply the viscera that are involved. The injection\\nof fluid through the cranial cavity by one of the needle pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ncesses, seems to be the only means of treatment. Of course, in\\ncases of small effusions, where the pressure is not so great, the\\ninjection of fluid through the circulatory system will be suc\u00c2\u00ac\\ncessful. As has been stated above, many other organs are\\naffected at the same time. Therefore, it is necessary to inject a\\nsufficient quantity of fluid to fill every tissue in the body, and,\\nto do this, the arteries should be filled in the usual manner, in\\naddition to the needle operation, unless enough fluid is injected\\nby the latter process. Usually too little fluid is injected by the\\ncranial operations to fill the entire body. For shipment, these\\ncases must be disinfected just the same as a case that dies of\\npulmonary tuberculosis it must be prepared by covering with\\ncotton and the roller bandage for the prevention of the escape\\nof the bacteria.\\nSCROFULA.\\nTuberculosis of the Lymphatic Glands.\\nScrofula is a tubercular disease, and is produced by bacteria\\nthat are similar to, if not identical with, the tubercular bacilli.\\nFormerly it was thought that adenitis was essentially different\\nfrom tuberculosis, although the final cause of death is usually\\ntuberculosis of the lungs. It is true, when the bacilli are limited\\nto the glands of the lymphatic system, the disease is very chronic.\\nThe tendency is a return to health. Tissue cells finally destroy", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0402.jp2"}, "403": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n363\\nthe tubercles that are present. If the bronchial glands and\\nthose situated near the lungs are involved, after a time acute\\ntuberculosis occurs. If the mesenteric glands are attacked,\\nperitonitis, either general or circumscribed, will be a compli\u00c2\u00ac\\ncation.\\nTreatment. When the physician\u00e2\u0080\u0099s certificate gives as a\\ncause of death scrofula, or chronic or tubercular adenitis, the\\ncase should be understood as tuberculosis, and should be treated\\nin all respects as tuberculosis of the lungs. The body should be\\nprepared for shipment in the same manner, as the danger of\\ndissemination is equally as great. In preparing these cases, if\\nthe glands of the neck, or other parts of the body near the\\nsurface, are filled with pus, it should* be let out and the parts\\nsterilized thoroughly. If they are open, forming ulcers, they\\nshould be washed out, filled with hardening compound, and\\ncovered with lintine or absorbent cotton, and a piece of muslin\\nor other white fabric. The body should be injected through\\nthe arterial svstem, and the cavities filled in the usual manner.\\nCEREBROSPINAL MENINGITIS-SPOTTED FEVER.\\nCerebrospinal meningitis is an acute infectious disease, occur\u00c2\u00ac\\nring in epidemics, and sometimes sporadically, it is characterized\\nby inflammation of the cerebrospinal meninges. It prevails in\\nalmost all parts of this country. This disease is not directly con-\\ntagious, and probably is not transmitted by clothing or excretions.\\nThe nature of the virus is not vet understood. There is a lance-\\nshaped coccus found in the meningeal exudations, in many cases,\\nvery similar to the pneumococcus. There may be no character\u00c2\u00ac\\nistic changes in malignant cases, or the patient mav die before\\nthe occurrence of exudation. The meninges of the brain and\\nspinal cord are inflamed in well-marked cases.\\nOsier gives the following description of the morbid changes,\\nwhich were found in a case in Montreal, in which death occurred", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0403.jp2"}, "404": {"fulltext": "364\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nabout the fifth day, which he states, gives a good idea of the con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndition in this disease\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe brain contained an excessive amount of blood. The\\ndural sinuses and all the veins and arteries were engorged. Some\\nof the veins of the pia were as large as goose-quills. On the cor\u00c2\u00ac\\ntex there was much lymph beneath the arachnoid on either side\\nof the longitudinal fissure\u00e2\u0080\u0094more on the right than on the left\\nhemisphere. At the base there was a purulent exudate about the\\nchiasm and inner parts of the Sylvian fissure, but none on the\\npons or medulla. There was no lymph on the course of the\\nmiddle cerebral arterv. The ventricles contained serous exudate,\\nthe walls were not softened. The gray matter of the brain was\\ndoubly congested, but presented no other hemorrhages, spots, or\\nsoftening. In the spinal cord, the veins of the pia mater were\\nengorged. On the posterior surface, from the cervical enlarge\u00c2\u00ac\\nment to the cauda equina, was a thick layer of grayish =yellow,\\nlymplio-purulent exudation, which in places produced an irregu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlar bulging of the arachnoid membrane. There were no changes\\nin the thoracic or abdominal viscera.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThis picture corresponds closely with five other cases which I\\nhave examined. In one case, however, the amount of exudation\\nin the hemispheres was large and the convolutions were covered\\nwith a thick, creamy pus. Foci of hemorrhage and of encepha\u00c2\u00ac\\nlitis occur in some cases. The formation of abscesses has been\\noccasionally described. The involvement of the ventricles is less\\nthan in tuberculous meningitis. In the cases which I have-\\nseen, the exudation, as is usual in the secondary meningeal in\u00c2\u00ac\\nflammation, was most apparent on the cortex. The exudation\\nmay extend along the lymph sheaths of the cranial nerves, par\u00c2\u00ac\\nticularly the auditory and the optic. In long standing cases the\\ninflammatory processes appear more chronic. There are thick\u00c2\u00ac\\nening and adhesion of the membranes, areas of cortical softening\\nor of atrophy, and in some cases hydrocephalus. The changes in\\nthe other organs are those associated with fever. In the malig\u00c2\u00ac\\nnant cases there may be hemorrhages into the skin and on the\\nserous membranes. Pneumonia, pleurisy, endocarditis, dysen\u00c2\u00ac\\ntery, and nephritis have been described. The spleen varies in\\nsize according to the period of the disease at which death has\\noccurred. When the fever has been intense, it is enlarged.\u00e2\u0080\u009d", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0404.jp2"}, "405": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n365\\nAs will be seen by the above-described morbid condition the\\narachnoid membrane, and almost all other parts of the brain\\nand spinal cord, will be filled by exudation. The vessels, both\\narteries and veins, are enlarged. As is stated, the veins of the\\npia mater are sometimes as large as goose^quills, due to the\\npresence of blood, showing that pressure upon the capillaries\\nis due to a great amount of the natural and exuded liquids of\\nthe body, preventing the fluid from reaching the different organs.\\nTreatment. T1 ie injection of fluid into the arterial system\\nfails to reach and fill the viscera within the cerebrospinal canal.\\nIn all other parts of the body the different tissues will be filled,\\nexcept when there are complications of pleurisy and pneumonia..\\nIn these latter cases, fluid will be prevented from reaching the\\ntissue of the lung, as in the ordinary cases of pneumonia and\\npleurisy. As in cases of pleurisy, the aim must be to relieve\\nthe pleural sacs of the exudation within them. Pericarditis is a\\nfrequent complication, and when present tbe heart sac or peri\u00c2\u00ac\\ncardium must be relieved of its contents. In cases where the\\nlungs are inflamed (pneumonia), the area of the lung that is in\u00c2\u00ac\\nflamed should be treated as a simple case of pneumonia. That\\nis, if persistent purging from the lungs be present, the diseased\\nlung should be mutilated and fluid injected, as in the treatment\\nof obstinate purging from the lungs in pneumonia. Failure of\\nthe fluid to enter the viscera of the cerebrospinal canal, fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently gives more or less trouble. Tbe exudation being filled\\nwith bacteria, gases are formed which are annoying for the time\\nbeing at least; but if the arterial system and capillaries are filled\\nthoroughly, and the body is kept in a recumbent position, in time,\\nfluid will enter the cerebrospinal canal in sufficient quantity to de\u00c2\u00ac\\nstroy the bacteria by the penetration of the disinfecting chemicals.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0405.jp2"}, "406": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXVII1.\\n(NFECT10US AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Continued.\\nSMALLPOX.\\nSmallpox has been known for centuries, although formerly it\\nwas confounded with other diseases, it is an acute infectious dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease, characterized by an eruption upon the surlace ol the body.\\nSmallpox is oue of the most virulent ol contagious diseases, and\\npersons exposed, if unprotected by vaccination or a previous in\u00c2\u00ac\\nvasion of the disease, almost invariably are attacked by it.\\nIt is produced probably by a specific micro-organism, though\\nthe same obscurity hangs over its cause as over those of many\\nother diseases of the zymotic class, such as measles, scarletina, etc.\\nWhile, however, the causes of these two latter diseases seem still\\nactive, there is every probability that that of smallpox has sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nsided, and that now this disease has no other source than human\\ncontagion.\\nThe poisonous material of smallpox is given out from the\\nmucous and cutaneous surfaces of the patient, especially from the\\nlungs and skin, and from the exhalations, the secretions, the ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ncretions, the matter in the vesicles and pustules, and the scabs.\\nThese all contain the noxious germs of the disease, which may\\nattach themselves to bed-clothes, and especially to woolen, felt,\\nand cotton articles. Such stuffs retain the specific poison for a\\nvery long, but undetermined, period, just as the hat, coat, and\\ncap, worn in the dissecting room, retain the peculiar odor of the\\nplace for a long time. It is not yet determined at what period\\nthe poison is generated by the patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s person\u00e2\u0080\u0094whether during\\nthe primary fever, or not until after the eruption has appeared\u00e2\u0080\u0094,\\nbut it is secreted probably during the primary fever.\\n366", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0406.jp2"}, "407": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n367\\nIll general, it may be stated that the poison is most powerful\\nwhen it is most manifest to the sense of smell; that the dried\\ncrusts ot the pustules or scabs possess a contagious quality and\\nretain it lor a long time and that it is unsafe for a susceptible\\nperson to be in the same room, or in the same house, with the\\ndisease. The dead body of a variolated person is equally in\u00c2\u00ac\\nfectious, and students, who have been near it, when brought into\\nthe dissecting room, have in consequence fallen ill with the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease. The infecting distance, therefore, must be many yards\\naround the patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s room.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Embalming for preservation should not be con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsidered at all, but the body should be embalmed and disinfected\\nthoroughly as a sanitary measure.\\nEvery embalmer should be an immune to smallpox. He can\u00c2\u00ac\\nnot tell at what moment he may be called into a case, even in\\nthe most remote parts of the country. Persons sometimes con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntract the disease at a very distant part of the country from the\\nplace where it develops. The disease may progress and death\\nmay result without even the knowledge of the physician. This\\noccurs frequently. Therefore, every embalmer should be pre\u00c2\u00ac\\npared to handle these cases. Tf the operator has not been vac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncinated, or if not recently, he should be vaccinated at once, on\\nbeing called to the case.\\nThe embalmer should always dress himself in clothing which\\nis free from meshes or pores something with a smooth surface,\\nas rubber. A rubber coat, extending from the neck, around\\nwhich it should fit snugly, to the shoes, is preferable. This should\\nbe closely and evenly buttoned from top to bottom. The head,\\nincluding the hair, should be covered with a cap made of the\\nsame material; the mustache and whiskers should be shaved\\nfrom the face, and the hands covered with some protecting sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance, or by rubber gloves.\\nUpon his arrival at the death chamber, he should place the\\nbody upon the board, raise an artery, and inject a large quantity", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0407.jp2"}, "408": {"fulltext": "368\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nof fluid also, wrap a sheet, immersed in bichlorid of mercury\\nsolution (1 1000 or 1 500), around the body then place the\\nbody in a coffin or casket, bury it at once, and disinfect the room.\\nA better method would be After the body has been embalmed,\\nclose the doors and windows, sealing all cracks, and disinfect the\\nroom and contents with formaldehyde gas or sulphur, either of\\nwhich, when properly used, will penetrate every part of the room.\\nThis should be done according to the methods described in the\\nchapter on Disinfecting Rooms.\u00e2\u0080\u0099\u00e2\u0080\u0099 After the room containing\\nthe body has been disinfected thoroughly, wrap the body in a\\nsheet which has been moistened with bichlorid of mercury solu-\\ntion (1 1000 or 1 500) then place it in a coffin or casket, and\\ndeliver to the cemetery for burial.\\nCHOLERA, ASIATIC.\\nAsiatic cholera is an infectious disease, produced by the comma\\nbacillus of Koch, or spirillum cliolerse Asiaticse. The comma\\nbacillus was discovered by Koch in\\n1S84 in the excreta of cholera patients\\nand in the intestinal canals of bodies\\nhaving recently died of cholera. The\\nresearches of Koch, made in India\\nand Egypt, and those made by various\\nbacteriologists since that time, in dif\u00c2\u00ac\\nferent parts of the world, show that\\nthe. comma bacillus is present always\\nin the intestinal contents of cholera\\npatients during the height of the dis-\\nFig. 51 .\u00e2\u0080\u0094Spirillum choierse Asiatic* oase, and tlmt it is not found in the\\n[comma bacillus intestinal contents of those suffering\\nFrom a culture upon starched linen\\nat end of 24 hours, x 1000. From a pho\u00c2\u00ac\\ntomicrograph by Frankel and Pfeiffer.\\nfrom other diseases, nor in persons in\\nperfect health.\\nHie disease is characterized by violent vomiting and purging,\\nwith rice-water evacuations, cramps, prostration, collapse, and", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0408.jp2"}, "409": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n3G9\\nother striking symptoms. It runs a rapidly fata] course, and is\\ncapable of being communicated to others through the dejecta of\\npatients suffering from the disease. These bacilli are dissemi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnated most commonly among a community, and taken into the\\nsystem, by means of drinking water, or by anything swallowed,\\nwhich has been contaminated by the excretions from a patient\\nsuffering with cholera. In a dried state, the bacilli in cholera\\nexcreta may be carried in clothing to any point or distance, where\\nthe disease may be communicated, as they retain their vitality\\nfor a long period of time, only requiring a \u00e2\u0080\u009cproper soil in which\\nto grow.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThe appearance is very characteristic after death in collapse of\\ncholera. The whole body has a shrunken aspect and a grayish\\nor leaden pallor, which contrasts with the livid hue of the lips,\\neyelids, ears, abdomen, back, fingers, and toes. The eyes are\\nsunken deeply in their sockets the nose is bent and sharp the\\ntemples are hollow the skin clings tightly to the bones the\\ntissues of the body are hard and dry, and, owing to the wasting\\nof the soft parts, the muscles stand out prominently decomposi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion takes place very slowly on account of the absence of mois\u00c2\u00ac\\nture rigor mortis is marked and persistent.\\nThe occurrence of muscular contraction after death is a very\\nnotable phenomenon. It may occur spontaneously, or it may be\\nexcited mechanically. A case is reported by Eichhorst in which\\nthe fibers of the biceps muscle were noticed to move tremulously,\\nand then the entire muscle contracted, causing flexion of the\\nforearm, three hours after death. Even the fingers performed\\nmovements like those made in piano playing. The lower jaw\\nmoves in some cases, causing the mouth to open and shut.\\nBarlow reports a case as follows\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe patient was a strong man the course of his attack was\\nrapid, and he suffered most cruelly from cramps. Within two\\nminutes of his ceasing to breathe, muscular contractions began,\\nbecoming more and more numerous. The lower extremities\\n;n", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0409.jp2"}, "410": {"fulltext": "370\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nwere first affected. Not only were the sartorius, rectus, vasti, and\\nother muscles thrown into violent, spasmodic movements, but the\\nlimbs were rotated forcibly, and the toes were frequently bent.\\nThe motions ceased and returned they varied also now one\\nmuscle moved, now many. Quite as remarkable were the move\u00c2\u00ac\\nments of the arm the deltoid and biceps were peculiarly in\u00c2\u00ac\\nfluenced occasionally the forearm was flexed upon the arm\\nflexed completely\u00e2\u0080\u0094and when I straightened it, which I did sev\u00c2\u00ac\\neral times, its position was recovered instantly. The fingers and\\nthumbs were now and then contracted, and at times /the thumbs\\nwere separately moved. The fibers of the pectoral muscles were\\noften in full action distinct bundles of them were seen at inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nvals beneath the skin. After I had taken leave of the bodv, the\\nnurse was horrified by a movement of the lower jaw, which was\\nfollowed by others, and I thought for a moment that the mail\\nwas alive. The facial muscles became generally affected, and at\\nlength all was still.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThese movements vary from slight trembling to powerful con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntraction of the muscle. Cases have been known to turn com\u00c2\u00ac\\npletely on the side, by a strange and forcible combination of\\nmuscular contractions. These phenomena are not peculiar to\\ncholera only. In cases of yellow fever they have been observed as\\nwell. In both diseases they occur when the cases are severe and\\nrapidly fatal, and the patient is robust, with great muscular energy.\\nStill a says\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cOn opening the abdominal cavity ol persons who have died\\nin collapse of cholera, one \u00e2\u0080\u0098is struck by the general pink or rose\\ntint of the peritoneal coat of the intestines. It is produced by a\\nrepletion of the minute branches of the portal venous system.\\nSometimes the color of the peritoneum is rendered very dark bv\\nthe pitchy blood contained in the yeins. The stomach generally\\nhas a thin, partially transparent liquid of a greenish or grayish\\ncolor. The intestinal canal is, in a majority of cases, partially\\nfilled with liquid which has the aspect of turbid serum, more or\\nless mixed with the previous contents of the bowel, if death has\\ntaken place very rapidly, but otherwise it is almost colorless. In\\nthe more prolonged cases the contents at the upper part of the\\nbowel are less liquid and are darker in color.\u00e2\u0080\u009d", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0410.jp2"}, "411": {"fulltext": "371\\nINFECTIOUS AND\\nCONTA GIO US DISEASES\\nThe comma bacilli are found in the intestinal contents, espec\u00c2\u00ac\\nially in the lower part of the small intestine, when death occurs\\nat the height ol the diseas*e, and also in the diarrheal discharges\\nwhen the discharges become fecal or more solid, the bacilli dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nappear.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Preservation of bodies dying from this disease\\nshould not be considered at all. A thorough embalmment is\\nnecessary only as a sanitary measure. Disinfection of the body\\nshould be complete\u00e2\u0080\u0094internally as well as externally. First re-\\nmove all clothing from the body and place it upon the board.\\nThen pour a firsPclass disinfecting fluid into the mouth and\\nnostrils. Raise an artery and till the circulation with fluid, fore-\\ning in all that can be gotten into it. Then fill the intestinal\\ncanal and cavities of the chest and abdomen as full as possible.\\nSoak a sheet in the fluid and wind it around the body, covering\\nevery portion. By this treatment the bacilli will be destroyed in\\na short time, rendering dissemination impossible.\\nAll bodies dying from infectious diseases should be embalmed\\nthoroughly, as directed elsewhere, if interment is to take place, as\\notherwise the bacteria may get into our water supplies by some\\nmeans; or necessary disinterment may follow at some future\\ntime, greatly endangering a community. The above measures,\\nor cremation, should be enforced by our health boards in these\\ncases.\\nYELLOW FEVER.\\nYellow fever is a specific infectious disease, so named from\\nthe yellow color of the skin which appears in the advanced\\nstages of the severe forms of the disease and in the dead body.\\nThe infectious germ peculiar to this disease has not yet been\\ndetermined, although it is supposed to exist in the intestinal\\ncontents. It does not originate in country districts, but is pecu\u00c2\u00ac\\nliarly a disease of dense population. It prevails in cities, on the\\nshores of the ocean, along the large rivers, and on ships. It\\ndoes not prevail in a hot, dry, nor in a cold, climate. It matters", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0411.jp2"}, "412": {"fulltext": "372\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nnot how violent the disease may he at any place, yellow fever\\nwill be arrested on the morning of a heavy frost or freeze. It\\nseems that a hot, moist temperature is essential to its existence.\\nIn cases dying from yel\u00c2\u00ac\\nlow fever, the features fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently are bloated the skin\\nof the face and upper portion\\nof the body is of a golden-\\nyellow color, while the de\u00c2\u00ac\\npendent parts present a\\nmottled, purple and yellow,\\necchymosed appearance. On\\nsection of the muscle a large\\namount of dark fluid blood\\nescapes, which on exposure\\nbecomes bright scarlet. Pu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrefactive changes may take\\nplace early, sometimes ap\u00c2\u00ac\\npearing to begin before\\nFig. 52.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Cadaveris.\\nSmear preparation from liver of yellow fever\\ncadaver, kept 48 hours in antiseptic wrapping.\\nFrom a photomicrograph (Sternberg).\\ndeath. However, in some cases, especially in those stricken\\nwith the disease while in full muscular vigor, when the disease\\nis severe and rapidly fatal, peculiar muscular phenomena take\\nplace, similar to those of cholera.\\nDr. Dowler, of New Orleans, reports a case, as follows\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cNot long after the cessation of respiration the left hand was\\ncarried by a regular motion to the throat, and then to the crown\\nof the head the right arm followed the same route on the right\\nside the left arm was then carried back to the throat, and\\nthence to the breast, reversing all of its original motions, and\\nfinally the right arm did exactly the same thing.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nAll the vital organs and other viscera of the different cavities\\nare affected more or less. The blood is altered in color and\\nconsistency. The secretions are changed. Bile is always absent", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0412.jp2"}, "413": {"fulltext": "373\\nINFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\nfrom the intestinal contents. There is extreme congestion of the\\ndependent portions of the lungs.\\nTreatment. When death occurs from yellow fever, the body\\nshould be embalmed thoroughly, to-destroy the contagion. Dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ninfection of the body should be very complete both internally\\nand externally. After removing the clothing from the body, it\\nshould be placed on the board then fill the mouth, nostrils,\\nand other openings of the body with a strong disinfectant fluid\\nwash the body with the same raise an artery at some point and\\ninject sufficient fluid to fill every part of the body fill the ali-\\nmentarv canal and the thoracic and abdominal cavities. If\\nenough fluid is injected, and the body is treated as directed\\nabove, there will be no danger of disseminating the disease.\\nIncineration, however, would be the best method of disposing\\nof bodies dying of the disease. Fire is the best disinfectant; it\\nwill positively destroy all germs.\\nBUBONIC PLAGUE.\\nBubonic plague is a specific infectious disease of very great\\nvirulence, which runs a very rapid course, and is characterized\\nby adenitis (buboes), carbuncles, and frequently by hemorrhages.\\nThe disease dates from a very early period in the Christian\\nera, about the second century. Between the sixth and seven\u00c2\u00ac\\nteenth centuries epidemics of varying severity occurred in\\nEurope. The most disastrous was the famous \u00e2\u0080\u009cblack death,\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nwhich occurred in the fourteenth century. It extended all over\\nEurope and destroyed about onedourfh of the population.\\nDuring the great plague of London in the seventeenth century\\n(1665), it caused the death of about seventy thousand people.\\nIn later years it has been confined almost exclusively to Turkey\\nand Southern Russia.\\nRecently, interest has been aroused in the disease by its prev\u00c2\u00ac\\nalence in Eastern Asia, the South Sea Islands, and India. In\\nSeptember of 1896, in Bombay, it began and developed gradu-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0413.jp2"}, "414": {"fulltext": "374\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nally for about three months, maintaining a great intensity for\\nabout three months, and then slowly declined for about the same\\nlength of time. In the nine months twenty thousand or more\\npeople died. It broke out again in Bombay during 1898, and\\nat the present time is spreading to points near our own country\\nsome cases have developed even in one of our new possessions,\\nHawaii.\\nThis disease is caused by a specific organism, a bacillus dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncovered by Ivitasato, which lias been studied carefully by Versin\\nand by others. The bacillus pestis bubonicse is found in the\\nblood and in the organs of the body also in the dust and soil\\nof houses in which the patients have lived. Flies and fleas die\\nfrom the disease and may convey the infection. Diseased ani\u00c2\u00ac\\nmals, such as rats, mice, and dogs, will convey the plague to\\nhealthy ones.\\nIt prevails most frequently throughout the hot season, although\\nit may break out during the coldest of weather. No age is\\nexempt from the disease. It prevails chiefly among the poorer\\nclasses, in the slums, and where hygienic conditions are at fault\\nin the great cities. The disease lias not the extreme contagious\u00c2\u00ac\\nness of smallpox or scarlet fever, although it may be communi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncated from one person to another through the air. The virus\\nvery readily attaches itself to houses, clothing, and bedding.\\nTo prevent the spread of the disease, general hygienic meas\u00c2\u00ac\\nures should be carried out. There should be a proper receptacle\\nfor sewerage, a pure water supply, the cleansing and disinfection\\nof houses, and the isolation of those who have the disease.\\nRooms should be disinfected thoroughly by the use of formal\u00c2\u00ac\\ndehyde gas all evacuations of the sick should be mixed with\\nthe milk of lime. The bodies of those who die of the disease\\nshould be embalmed very thoroughly, and buried or, better\\nstill, cremated.\\nTreatment. Bodies dying from this disease should not be\\nburied unless thoroughly embalmed, as the bacteria will live", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0414.jp2"}, "415": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\na long time in the earth. Indeed, there is much in favor of the\\nview that the plague is a soihdisease, the virus of which, like\\nthat of anthrax and tetanus, resides permanently in the soil of\\nthe affected district, so that, if the body were not embalmed and\\nshould be disinterred years hence, there would be great danger\\nof disseminating the disease. Embalming for preservation\\nshould not be considered at all. These bodies should be em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalmed as a sanitary measure only and should he filled thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly with a very strong disinfectant fluid. They cannot he\\nshipped under the rules adopted for the transportation of bodies.\\nTETANUS-LOCKJAW.\\nTetanus Neonatorum.\\nTetanus is an infectious disease, characterized by tonic spasms\\nof the muscles, with marked exacerbations. The poison is pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced by the tetanus bacilli, which\\nare found in earth and in putrefy\u00c2\u00ac\\ning fluids. Tetanus usually follows\\na wound it prevails more exten\u00c2\u00ac\\nsively in some localities than in\\nothers.\\nIt seems to be epidemic among\\nnew-born children, when it is usually\\ncalled tetanus neonatorum. It is\\ndue, no doubt, to the sloughing off\\nof the umbilical cord, when infected\\nclothing or sponges are used for\\ncleaning.\\nTetanus is less frequent in temper\u00c2\u00ac\\nate than in hot climates, and in the\\nCaucasian than in the colored race,\\ncially, is more frequent among the colored races than in the white.\\nTetanus, in a majority of cases, follows an injury which may\\nbe of the most trifling character. It is more frequently a result\\nFig. 53.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Bacillus Tetani.\\nFrom an agar culture, X 1.000. Photo-\\nmicograpli by Frankel and Pfeiffer.\\nTetanus neonatorum, espe-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0415.jp2"}, "416": {"fulltext": "376\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nof punctured or contused, than of incised, wounds, and most fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently follows wounds of the hands and feet.\\nLesions in the spinal cord or brain are not characteristic. Con\u00c2\u00ac\\ngestion has been found in different parts of the cord and brain\\nwith perivascular exudations and granular changes in the nerve-\\ncells. The condition of the wound varies. If the nerve is in\u00c2\u00ac\\njured, it is reddened and swollen. Inflammatory results have\\nbeen noticed usually in the umbilicus in tetanus neonatorum.\\nThe bacillus that causes the disease\u00e2\u0080\u0094a spore-producing anaer\u00c2\u00ac\\nobic\u00e2\u0080\u0094will grow without the presence of oxygen. They multi\u00c2\u00ac\\nply, usually, in the seat of the wound, where alone the toxic\\nmatter is formed. The bacteria do not invade the blood and\\norgans of the body. The poison that is formed in the wound is\\nabsorbed and carried throughout the body by the circulation,\\nproducing its effects upon the brain, spinal cord, and the nervous\\nsystem in general.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The treatment of a case dying from tetanus, or\\ntetanus neonatorum, should be the same as for an ordinary case,\\nthere being no lesion or morbid material that requires treatment\\nof a special character. The surface may be of a bluish color, or\\ncyanosed, due to the extreme muscular contraction, making pres\u00c2\u00ac\\nsure upon the vessels, even to the extent of mutilating the peri\u00c2\u00ac\\npheral veins and capillaries. The body should be placed high\\non the incline and the blood removed, either by the direct opera\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion on the heart or through one of the veins.\\nANTHRAX-SPLENIC FEVER.\\nWool=Sorters\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Disease\u00e2\u0080\u0094Rag=Pickers\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Disease.\\nAnthrax is an acute infectious disease caused by the bacillus\\nantlirasis. The disease is widespread among animals, especially\\nsheep and cattle. In man it is only the result of accidental in\u00c2\u00ac\\noculation with the virus, or it may occur sporadically. In Europe\\nand in Asia it is much more prevalent than in America. Among\\nsheep in certain parts of Europe, and among herds of cattle in", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0416.jp2"}, "417": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\nQ 7 7\\n0\\nRussia and Siberia, its ravages are not equalled by any other\\nplague. It is a rare disease in this country. The disease, no\\ndoubt, is conveyed by direct inoculation in animals, as by the\\nsting or bite ol insects, or by feeding upon the carcases of those\\nanimals that have died of the disease, or, more commonly, by\\nfeeding in pastures in which the\\ngerms have been preserved. These\\nmay come to the surface, having\\nbeen propagated in buried carcases of\\ninfected animals, in several ways\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nthe ground may be turned, as in\\ncultivating the field, or the eartli-\\nworm may bring the germs to the\\nsurface. Certain fields or farms may\\nbe infected for a long period of time.\\nThe disease in man is always the\\nresult of infection, either through\\nthe skin and intestines, or, in rare\\nFrom cellular tissue of inoculated\\ninstances, through the lungs. Per- P A lsc k. s H line d with s ei tia vi le t\\nsons whose occupations bring them 1 feiffer\\ninto contact with animals, such as shepherds, butchers, and those\\nwho work in hair and wool, are the ones usually affected. The\\ndiseases known as wool-sorters\u00e2\u0080\u0099 and rag-pickers\u00e2\u0080\u0099 diseases are pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced by anthrax infection, by ulceration, or inoculation in\\ntheir occupation.\\nSurgeons sometimes become infected from treating animals\\nhaving the disease, or from making autopsy on same. The case\\nis reported of Dr. John J. Smith, a veterinary surgeon of Cliam-\\nbersburg, Pennsylvania, who, on August 25, 1809, made an\\nautopsy on some stock which had mysteriously died in a near-by\\ntown. The disease was found to be anthrax. Dr. Smith also\\nattended other infected stock, but, being aware of the horrible\\nnature of the disease to man and beast, took proper sanitary pre\u00c2\u00ac\\ncautions. Nevertheless, nine days later, an eruption appeared on\\nFig. 54.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bacillus Anthracis.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0417.jp2"}, "418": {"fulltext": "378\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nhis hands, which he at once pronounced anthrax. Physicians\\nwere called immediately, who gave every care possible to the\\ncase, performing an operation. The victim, however, grew\\nrapidly worse, his body became badly swollen, he fell into an un\u00c2\u00ac\\nconscious state, and, on the fifth day, died.\\nAnthrax, if it is external, usually affects the hands, arms, or\\nface, being produced by inoculation, which occurs through an ab\u00c2\u00ac\\nrasion. The points of inoculation, during the course of the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease, change considerably, but finally at death, as a rule, the\\nsurface is covered with scabs the glands are swollen sometimes,\\nin the more malignant form, there is gangrene in the parts, which\\nmav have involved a considerable surface. The head and face\\nare involved most frequently in those who die from anthrax, es\u00c2\u00ac\\npecially affecting the parts which are exposed, producing a very\\nunpleasant appearance.\\nIn internal anthrax, the mucous membrane of the stomach and\\nintestines is affected variously the spleen is enlarged the blood\\nis dark and remains fluid for a long time after death sometimes\\nthe anthrax bacilli are found in the blood sometimes the lungs\\nand pleura are inflamed to a considerable extent.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094On account of the deadlv nature of anthrax, the\\nembalmer, when called to handle a case of this kind, cannot be\\ntoo careful, both .in its treatment and in taking every precaution\\npossible against becoming infected himself.\\nThe body should be placed on the board on the incline, and, if\\nblood is withdrawn by the direct operation on the heart, or\\nthrough one of the veins, it should be sterilized thoroughly, by\\nmixing with it a strong disinfectant. An artery should be raised\\nand fluid injected to fill the tissues completely fluid should then\\nbe injected through the alimentary canal in sufficient quantity to\\nsterilize the contents also, the spleen should be treated by in\u00c2\u00ac\\njecting a large amount of fluid around it. The peritoneum\\nshould be filled at the same time. As the lungs and pleura are\\ninvolved frequently, fluid should be injected through the respira-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0418.jp2"}, "419": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n379\\ntor}* tract, filling the lungs and tract completely also, fluid\\nshould be injected into the pleural sacs in sufficient quantity to\\nsterilize their contents. A body dying from anthrax should be\\ndisinfected very thoroughly, as the germs are very tenacious. The\\nface should be washed carefully with a good disinfecting fluid,\\nand powder and tints be used to give it as near a normal appear\u00c2\u00ac\\nance as possible.\\nSYPHILIS\\nSyphilis is a specific infectious disease, communicable by con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntact of the poison with a breach of the surface, or by hereditary\\ntransmission. Syphilis is characterized by a period of incubation\\nand (except in cases of inheritance) by certain changes in the\\nseat of infection, and in the proximate lymphatic glands.\\nThese are followed by eruptions on the skin and mucous mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane, and sometimes by lesions of the deeper tissues and\\nviscera. Frequently burrowing abscesses, involving much tis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsue, are found in the peritoneum, groins, neck, and other parts\\nof the body. Septicemia may be the cause of death. The\\nvisceral organs may become a putrid mass. The sources of in\u00c2\u00ac\\nfection are very numerous. Wherever the poison comes in\\ncontact with a broken surface, it may be absorbed and general\\ninfection follow.\\nInstances of syphilis being conveyed quite independently of\\nsexual relations are very common. The disease may spread by\\nkissing, infectious syphilitic lesions being quite common around\\nthe lips and in the .mouth. Medical men not infrequently\\ncontract the disease by examining or operating on syphilitic\\ncases.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In handling a case of syphilis, the hands should\\nbe covered by some tenacious disinfecting salve. A preparation\\nknown as \u00e2\u0080\u009chand protector\u00e2\u0080\u009d is a very good one. It should be\\nrubbed over the hands and under the finger nails or rubber\\ngloves should be worn over the hands, to prevent the matter from", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0419.jp2"}, "420": {"fulltext": "380\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nulcerated glands and chancres entering any abrasion that might\\nbe in the skin. Ulcers should be washed out with fluid and\\ncovered with \u00e2\u0080\u0098\u00e2\u0080\u00a2hardening compound,\u00e2\u0080\u0099 or some similar prepara\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. The arteries should be raised and fluid injected to fill\\nevery part of the body. The cavities should then be treated in\\nthe usual manner. The external openings of the body, espe\u00c2\u00ac\\ncially the mouth and nose, should be filled witli fluid, and\\npledgets of absorbent cotton, soaked in fluid, should be intro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced into the nostrils and the mouth.\\nSYPHILITIC DISEASE OF THE LUNGS.\\nIn syphilitic disease of the lungs much uncertainty exists as\\nto the effects which may be produced in connection with the\\nlungs, but there is no doubt that specific lesions in these organs\\noccur, occasionally at least, though they may be less frequent\\nthan in any other viscus. They are met with, usuallv, in ad-\\nvanced cases of acquired syphilis, when the signs of the disease\\nare markedly developed in other parts. The lungs are involved,\\noccasionally, in congenital syphilis. A predisposition to syphil\u00c2\u00ac\\nitic disease is supposed to occur in tubercular or scrofulous dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nthesis. Gummata constitute the most certain and unquestionable\\nlesions of syphilis of the lungs, but they are rare. They vary\\nin number from one to many. In the latter case they are dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nseminated throughout the entire lung, but have a predilection\\nfor the deeper parts of the organ.\\nThese growths usually vary in size from a pea to a walnut,\\nbut they may reach much larger dimensions. They are rounded\\nin shape and generally well defined, and found surrounded with\\na fibrous capsule. In the earlier stages, gummata in the lungs\\nappear on section grayish or brownislnred, firm and dry in con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsistence but later on, they tend to degenerate and become more\\nor less gaseous and less consistent, and they may even break\\ndown in the center so as to form cavities. The disease mav in-\\nvolve, in a chronic form, the interstitial or connective tissue,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0420.jp2"}, "421": {"fulltext": "INFECTIOUS AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES\\n881\\nresulting in fibroid infiltration of the pulmonary tissue. The\\naffected parts are much indurated, and the bronchi in the region\\nwhich is involved become more or less dilated.\\nA arious parts of the lungs may be affected, but the disease\\nappears to have* a preference for the base and roots of the lungs.\\nThe fibroid infiltration may become the seat of ulceration or\\ngangrene. One lung may be affected throughout, while the\\nother is quite free from disease. The lung that is involved may\\nbe enlarged, even to the extent that its surface is marked by the\\nribs. On section, it presents a white or yellowish color, being\\nmore or less bloodless, and little or no fluid can be pressed from\\nthe surface. Careful examination reveals minute bands of\\nfibrous tissue running in all directions. Microscopic examina\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion reveals a thickening of the walls of the minute bronchioles,\\ndue to the fibrilated tissue, which undergoes degenerative\\nchanges. The vessels also become thicker, and ultimately oblit-\\nerated, destroying the channels through which the blood reaches\\nthe lungs, and also destroying the means of injecting fluid into\\nthe diseased tissue. Even the bronchial tubes or their subdivis\u00c2\u00ac\\nions may be affected by syphilitic disease, their submucous tissue,\\nand occasionally their deep structure, becoming involved. Ulcer\u00c2\u00ac\\nation may take place, followed by cicatrization, and lead to the\\nthickening of their walls, narrowing or completely closing these\\nchannels.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In cases of this kind, we may expect to find other\\norgans affected. If the liver, spleen, pancreas, kidneys, and other\\norgans of the abdomen are involved, direct operations upon them\\nshould be resorted to in the embalming of a subject dying from\\nsyphilitic disorders, especially where the disease has been ex-\\ntremely chronic. In the lungs, the bronchial and other arteries\\nare obliterated, or partially destroyed, and in some cases the\\nbronchial tubes are closed, so that it will require the introduction\\nof the hollow-needle into the diseased substance to fill the mass\\nwith fluid. Putrefaction may take place in the tissue, on account", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0421.jp2"}, "422": {"fulltext": "382 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nof the absence of fluid, resulting from occlusion of the vessels\\nthrough which fluid is usually carried to the lungs.\\nIn handling these cases, if there are any abrasions or minute\\ncuts upon the hands of the operator, they should be covered with\\ngloves, or an antiseptic paste, sufficiently tenacious to cover and\\nfill the abrasions, should be used, so that inoculation cannot take\\nplace. Carelessness in this respect has been the cause frequently\\nof inoculation. Not only may the disease be contracted in this\\nmanner, but the absorption of the poison may produce blood\\npoisoning of the severest type.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0422.jp2"}, "423": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXIX.\\nDISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD.\\nSEPTICEMIA\u00e2\u0080\u0094BLOOD POISON.\\nSepticemia usually follows injuries, surgical operations, child\u00c2\u00ac\\nbirth, carbuncles, burns, scalds, dissection wounds, etc. The\\nmorbid conditions resulting from septicemia recently have been\\nstudied very carefully, and the characteristic lesions have been\\nfound, particularly in the blood and in the alimentary canal.\\nThe rapid putrefaction of the body after death is the most promi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnent manifestation of the disease. Rigor mortis comes on and\\npasses off almost instantly. Indeed, sometimes it can scarcely be\\ndetected. Usually the embalmer is not called in until a period\\nof time has elapsed after death, and, even if he were present,\\nrigor mortis would be so slight and of such short duration that it\\nwould escape his notice entirely.\\nDavaine has defined septicemia to be the \u00e2\u0080\u009cputrefaction of the\\nliving body,\u00e2\u0080\u009d because, in many cases, putrefaction is going on in\\nthe neighborhood of the wound prior to death.\\nWhen septicemia originates in an external wound, putrefaction\\ngoes on rapidly, in the vicinity of the wound, after death occurs.\\nThe blood does not coagulate only a few imperfect, deep-black-\\ncolored clots are found after death the presence of this blood in\\nthe soft tissues greatly hastens putrefaction. Generally putrefac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion goes on most rapidly in the dependent portions of the body\\nand along the course of the large veins, especially those filled\\nwith blood.\\nWatson says\\nIt has also been observed that putrefaction in the human ca\u00c2\u00ac\\ndaver begins much sooner and progresses much more rapidly", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0423.jp2"}, "424": {"fulltext": "384\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nunder similar circumstances when the death has been produced\\nby this disease than when it has occurred from any other cause.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cFurthermore, this rapid decomposition is not limited to the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal organs, but may frequently be strongly marked on the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface of the body after a lapse of a few hours.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nBlood taken from such a body usually is acid in its reaction,\\nand always gives off a peculiar, putrefactive odor. In the study\\nof the blood with the microscope, it has been shown that the\\nblood, as well as the various organs of the body dying from this\\ndisease, contains a great number of the roddmcteria. These bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria are in every part of the body, being carried there by the\\nblood.\\nCases dying of septicemia are very hard to preserve. Indeed,\\nwe have known cases dying several days after parturition to de\u00c2\u00ac\\ncompose very extensively within the period of tw T elve hours, the\\nbody swelling to its greatest distention, the features being almost\\nentirely obliterated, the neck swelling out even with the face,\\nand the putrefactive odor filling the apartment, indicating that\\nputrefaction had progressed to a very great degree.\\nThe blood is not in the same condition in all cases of blood\\npoisoning. In one case, the blood is found, under microscopic\\nexamination, to be perfectly normal, while in another, it is filled\\nwith roddoacteria. In the former case, abscesses may be found in\\nall the tissues of the body, especially in the lungs, pleural mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbranes, and other soft tissues.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094It is highly important, in these cases, to remove\\nat once all of the blood, or as much of it as is possible. It is\\nbetter to raise the femoral vein for this purpose. Place the body\\non an incline, having an assistant raise the arms to cause the\\nblood to descend to the lower part of the body. Open the vein\\nand introduce and tie the vein Tube, which should be long\\nenough to reach above Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament as far as the common\\niliac vein, the outer end being directed into a conveniently=placed\\nreceptacle. Then raise the artery and insert the arteriahtube in", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0424.jp2"}, "425": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD\\n385\\nthe usual manner and begin the injection of fluid. The blood,\\nbeing very thin, will drain out through the tube without the aid\\nof the pump, gravity being sufficient. Inject the fluid slowly and\\ncarefully, while the blood is running, continuing the injection\\nuntil the arteries and capillaries are filled, or until the embalm\u00c2\u00ac\\ning fluid appears at the outer end of the veimtube. Then\\nremove the gas that may have formed within the thoracic and\\nabdominal cavities, and fill them, including the alimentary canal,\\nwith fluid. The arterial-tube should be capped and left tied in\\nthe artery, so that in due time more fluid may be injected.\\nMany of the fluids that are used for embalming purposes have\\na tendency, after so large an amount has been injected into the\\ntissues, to change or discolor the skin. Even if it is known that\\nsuch a discoloration will take place, it is far better to discolor the\\nsurface than to allow putrefaction to continue.\\nPYEMIA.\\nPyemia is caused by the entrance of septic products into the\\nblood, and is characterized by clots or emboli, and the consequent\\noccurrence therein of patches of congestion, inflammation, sup\u00c2\u00ac\\npuration, or gangrene. It is caused, usually, by some one of the\\nfollowing conditions: injuries, surgical operations, burns, scalds,\\ncarbuncles, dissection wounds, puerpural fever, etc.\\nThe external appearance of the body after death varies greatly.\\nIn some cases the skin will be found to be of a darkmrange or\\nicteric tinge, and in other cases it will be pale or anemic in ap\u00c2\u00ac\\npearance. Sometimes, black or yellow spots, produced by the ef\u00c2\u00ac\\nfusion of blood into the areolar or fat tissue, exist on the surface\\nof the body, and the edges of the wounds are generally of a dull*\\nyellow color. Great emaciation follows a long continuance of the\\ndisease. Rigor mortis usually is well marked and will last for\\nsome hours. In the cellular tissue there is diffuse suppuration,\\nforming a thin and unhealthy pus, which is liable to burrow.\\nSometimes suppuration takes place beneath the fascia of the ten-\\n*2", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0425.jp2"}, "426": {"fulltext": "386\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ndons and muscles. In fact, suppuration or gangrene may be found\\nin any part of the body, but most frequently the lungs and pleurae\\nare involved. The pleural cavities may contain a large amount\\nof purulent matter, and large abscesses may be found in the lungs,\\nand even gangrene may be present. Abscesses may be found in\\nthe liver, kidneys, and spleen. Pus will be found frequently on\\nthe surface, and in the Haversian canals of the bones it also\\nforms, at times, in the joints. Pyemic blood is usually normal,\\nbut it may contain the rod-bacteria in the latter case the dis-\\nease might be termed septopyemia.\\nTreatment.\u00e2\u0080\u0094In cases where the blood does not contain the\\nrodffiacteria, putrefaction will not follow as quickly as in septi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncemia, but the treatment must be just as thorough, because, when\\nrigor mortis passes off, putrefaction will be very rapid. In those\\ncases where rodffiacteria are found in the blood, and the blood has\\nthat peculiar, putrefactive smell, the treatment should be heroic,\\nand should follow as soon after death as possible. This is best\\ndone by raising the femoral vein and artery, which can be done\\nthrough the same incision. Fluid can be injected through the\\nfemoral artery, and, the femoral vein being the most dependent,\\nmore blood can be withdrawn through it than through any\\nother. A short vein-tube, sufficiently long to pass beyond\\nPoupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament as far as the common iliac, is all that is needed.\\nIt should be introduced into the vein and tied, directing the outer\\nend into a vessel. The blood in these cases is as thin as water\\nand will escape without the use of the atmospheric pump, gravity\\nbeing sufficient. The injection of fluid can be begun at once.\\nEnough fluid should be injected to fill every tissue of the body.\\nT1 le introduction of fluid will cause the blood to flow more freely\\nby making pressure upon the capillaries and smaller veins and\\nthe peripheral portions of the circulation.\\nIt will be well to inject enough fluid to make the entire circuit\\nof the circulation. Fill the alimentary canal with fluid also the\\nperitoneal, pleural, and pericardial sacs. Enough fluid should", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0426.jp2"}, "427": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD\\n387\\nbo injected through the trachea to reach the abscesses within the\\nlungs. Before proceeding to inject the body, remove all gases\\nfrom the several cavities in some cases it will be well to pump\\nout and refill the cavities. Occasionally a second injection of\\nthe arterial system, may be necessary.\\nERYSIPELAS.\\nFig. 55.\\nSection from margin of an erysipelatous in\u00c2\u00ac\\nflammation showing streptococci, in lymph\\nspaces, X 900. From a photograph by Koch.\\nErysipelas is an inflammation of the skin, caused by the pres\u00c2\u00ac\\nence of a specific micrococcus. It is characterized by redness,\\nswelling, and pain. It spreads over a large portion of the skin\\nfrom the points of its origin. There are two varieties commonly\\nrecognized\u00e2\u0080\u0094the idiopathic and\\nthe traumatic. The latter follows\\na wound of the skin. It is\\nknown as a surgical disease, and\\nusually is treated of in surgical\\nworks under the head of traumatic\\nerysipelas. Puerperal erysipelas\\nthat which follows childbirth\\nresults from the injuries to\\nthe female genital organs during parturition. Erysipelas some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes occurs in a new-born infant, having its origin in the navel\\nor in the small anal fissures.\\nThe so-called idiopathic erysipelas appears almost exclusively\\nin the face, or at least spreads from that point. It frequently ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntends to the scalp and the trunk, covering a large portion of the\\nsurface. It is supposed that idiopathic erysipelas is different from\\nthe traumatic variety, but it is a question whether or not it is es\u00c2\u00ac\\nsentially so. There are good reasons for supposing that idiopathic\\nerysipelas is really traumatic in every case, the origin of which is\\ndue to injuries to the skin or mucous membrane, which may be\\noverlooked on account of their small size. For example, we see\\ncases, and many of them, in which erysipelas takes its origin in\\nthe excoriations on the borders of the nostrils, or on the nose, or", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0427.jp2"}, "428": {"fulltext": "388\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nin the fissure of the lobe of the ear; and quite frequently coryza\\nprecedes erysipelas, in which case, the first inflammatory swelling\\nof the skin is at the nose. Probably nasal catarrh causes slight\\nabrasions of the mucous membrane, and these furnish a point\\nfor the entrance of the infectious bacteria.\\nSuch cases suggest the possibility that the infection may take\\nplace in some other manner than that mentioned above. Fehliesen\\nhas demonstrated the characteristic chain-forming micrococcus in\\nthe lymphatic vessels of the serous canaliculi, of the diseased por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the skin. This micrococcus is distinguished by its peculiar\\nbehavior in pure gelatin cultures, and invariably causes erysipelas\\nin rabbits and human beings that are inoculated with it.\\nIn some cases the subcutaneous, connective tissue is involved\\nas well as the skin, causing suppuration of the areolar tissue. It\\nis soft and boggy and in a state of moist gangrene. Even the\\ndeep parts of the connective tissue, as of the pelvis and medias\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinal tissue, may be involved. The disease may have extended\\nto the mucous membrane of the fauces, uvula, and bronchi or\\nlungs, which may slough off, and death may be caused by edema\\nof the glottis, by asphyxia, or by the development of pyemia.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Traumatic erysipelas is considered peculiarly\\ncontagious. Persons handling these cases should be careful to\\ndisinfect themselves thoroughly, cleansing the nails, hair, whiskers,\\nand exposed surfaces, before visiting living cases upon which sur\u00c2\u00ac\\ngical operations have recently been performed, or women in child\u00c2\u00ac\\nbirth. Gloves should he worn, or some antiseptic should be used,\\nto prevent the absorption of the poison through the erosions or\\nsmall abrasions on the hands. Indeed great care should be taken\\nill the handling of these cases, as the poisonous matter is absorbed\\neasily, and may result in blood-poisoning or erysipelas, which is\\nvery dangerous.\\nThe body should be injected carefully through the arterial\\nsystem and the cavities should be well filled. The gangrenous\\nportions should be washed thoroughly with hot water, followed by", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0428.jp2"}, "429": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD\\n389\\napplication of a strong disinfecting or dessicating powder, which,\\nif properly made, will thoroughly disinfect the external parts, and\\nwill also dry and harden them, leaving no odor. If the face and\\nother surfaces that are exposed to view have been involved in the\\ndisease, there is no way to make them look natural. A little\\npowder and the different pigments, judiciously used, may be bene\u00c2\u00ac\\nficial, and add to the appearance.\\nThe body should remain in the room, if possible, until fumiga\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the apartment has been effected. Sulphur fumes or for\u00c2\u00ac\\nmaldehyde gas should be used for the disinfection of the room.\\nFirst, close and seal all the windows and doors, making the room\\npractically air-tight; then follow the directions given for fumiga\u00c2\u00ac\\nting rooms.\\nPURPURA.\\nPurpura is a disease in which circumscribed effusions of blood\\ntake place in the soft layer of the skin and connective tissue, due\\nto rupture of the capillaries of the inner layer. Hemorrhages of\\nthis character have been seen as early as the third day after\\nbirth and at all periods of life. Women seem to be attacked\\nmore frequently than men. They may accompany the most\\nvarious diseases of the general system. They are observed fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently in Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease and in valvular disease of the heart.\\nThey occur in phthisis, acute rheumatism, cirrhosis of the liver,\\nleukemia, and in many other diseases. They have been seen to\\nfollow severe frights also sudden destruction of the peripheral\\nvessels, as in severe coughing and epilepsy. Purpuric spots may\\nfollow the use of chloral in excessive doses, or of iodid of potas\u00c2\u00ac\\nsium in specially susceptible individuals.\\nThe rete mucosum and the papillary layer of the cutis are the\\nchief seat of the hemorrhage in purpura. Owing to the rupture\\nof the capillaries over a small area, the blood finds its way into\\nthe meshes of the connective tissue and fills the interspaces\\nbetween the hairffollicles and the ducts which traverse these\\nparts also, it finds its way into the network of the soft layer.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0429.jp2"}, "430": {"fulltext": "390 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nAbsorption of the serum takes place, and changes occur also in\\nthe coloring matter., which is set free from the red-corpuscles, pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nducing various tints of blue, green, and yellow, until, if life con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinues, it is completely absorbed if death takes place at this\\nstage, these tints will remain in the skin.\\nVery large extravasations of the blood may result in a long*\\ncontinued or even permanent discoloration of the spot. Similar\\neffusions to those in the skin are found internally, in the severer\\ncases, beneath the mucous membranes of the canals but in these\\nparts they are not seen after death and their presence will make\\nno difference to the embalmer. If a post-mortem examination is\\nheld, extensive extravasations will be seen in the pleural, pericar\u00c2\u00ac\\ndial, and peritoneal sacs, and sometimes in the arachnoid mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane of the brain. They will occur also in the muscles, in the\\nperiosteum, and even in the bones, as well as beneath the con\u00c2\u00ac\\njunctiva and in the retina.\\nPurpura seems to depend on an alteration in the nutrition of\\nthe coats of the blood-vessels, which results in weakness and their\\ninability to stand the strain of arterial pressure, so that they rup\u00c2\u00ac\\nture or, on alterations in the blood itself; or, on both causes\\ncombined. These spots are seen, most frequently, on the feet and\\nlegs and on other dependent parts, such as the back of the patient,\\nif he has been in a recumbent position, or where arterial pressure\\nis intensified by gravity.\\nEmbolism and thrombosis have been suggested as an explana\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of some cases. These discolorations consist of isolated spots,\\nwhose color varies from bright-red to a livid- or dark-purplisli-\\nred if the red corpuscles have been reduced and the hemoglobin\\neliminated, it will change in time, producing tints, according\\nto which is present at the time of death it may appear blue,\\ngreen, or yellow. These spots do not disappear on pressure.\\nTheir shape is generally round or triangular and their edge is\\nalways uneven or denticulated. Their size varies usually from\\nthat pf a pin head to that of a pea or bean, and in some cases", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0430.jp2"}, "431": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD\\n391\\nthey may be as much as several inches in circumference. The\\nsmallest spots, not larger than a finger nail, are termed petecliise\\nthe larger, ecchymoses. The spots are usually level with the skin.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Very rarely the epidermis (cuticle) is raised in\\nthe form of a bulla, containing serum and blood=corpuscles.\\nWhen these spots appear, as stated above, they cannot be re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoved. The blood having passed into the tissues outside of\\nthe walls of the capillaries, and the pigment being of a perma\u00c2\u00ac\\nnent color, there is nothing that will affect them unless it be\\ninjecting directly through the hypodermic needle into the spots.\\nThis, no doubt, will modify the discoloration to a certain extent,\\nif it does not remove it altogether. Bleachers placed upon the\\noutside can do no good, as the chemicals will not pass into the\\ncoloring-matter which produces the spot. The flesh tints artis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntically used will cover these extravasations. In the general treat\u00c2\u00ac\\nment of the case, the disease causing death will have to be\\nconsidered.\\nLEUKEMIA.\\nThis is a disease in which there is a decrease of the red cor\u00c2\u00ac\\npuscles in the blood, while the white corpuscles are increased\\ncorrespondingly in number. In health and in normal blood,\\nthe proportion of white to red corpuscles is about 1 to 666, but\\nin this disease the white corpuscles are so increased that the\\nsurface becomes almost entirely white. A pale or anemic color\\nwill appear in the face, hands, and other exposed parts. Its\\ncharacteristics are well-marked in most cases. The blood-\\nchanges are associated with marked changes in the spleen, bone-\\nmarrow, and lymphatic glands. The organs just enumerated,\\nbeing concerned in the manufacture of blood, it is very reasonable\\nto suppose that leukemia is a disease which primarily affects\\nthem, and that an increase in the white corpuscles results from\\nderangement of their normal condition.\\nThe cause of this disease is not known. It is supposed by\\nsome authors to be some specific affection, but they have not", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0431.jp2"}, "432": {"fulltext": "392 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbeen able, thus far, to prove the truth of their surmise. Even\\nan exciting cause can be discovered in only a lew cases. The\\ndisease developes spontaneously in perfectly healthy persons.\\nIt is a disease of middle life, say between the ages of thirty-five\\nand forty^five years. Occasionally welbmarked cases have been\\nobserved even in childhood, but less frequently in old age. Men\\nare much more liable to the disease then women.\\nThere is usually extreme wasting of the body, and sometimes\\ndropsy is present. The heart and veins are distended with large\\nbloodsclots. The portal, cerebral, pulmonary, and subcutaneous\\nveins may be remarkably distended. There is usually a clotted\\ncondition of the blood, and an enormous increase of the white\\ncorpuscles, giving a paste-like appearance to these blood=clots, so\\nthat on opening the vessels at the right side of the heart, the\\nclots are very often mistaken for the contents of abscesses.\\nThese coagula have a dark-greenish color, resembling some\u00c2\u00ac\\nwhat the fat of a turtle. There is diminished alkalinity of the\\nblood, but the fibrin is increased. The lesions of the bone*\\nmarrow are the next in frequency to those of the spleen. In\\nthe majority of cases the marrow presents a peculiar yellowish\\nor puriform appearance, resembling the consistent matter which\\nforms the core of an abscess, or it may be dark in color. There\\nmay be hemorrhagic infarctions. The shell of the bone may be\\nextended considerably, and localized swellings, which are tender\\nand yield to firm pressure, are found. The spleen may attain\\nthe size of from six to eight pounds, and the length of a foot.\\nStrong adhesions may unite it to the abdominal wall, the dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nphragm, or the stomach. The capsule may be thickened and\\nthe organ be in a condition of chronic hyperplasia. The swollen\\nspleen pulp may be soft, and even rupture may occur from the\\nintense hyperemia, filling the abdomen with blood. The lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatic glands are enlarged, sometimes in conjunction with\\nsplenic enlargement; or they may be enlarged and the spleen\\nremain normal. The cervical, axillary, mesenteric, and inguinal", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0432.jp2"}, "433": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD\\n393\\ngroups of glands may be very much enlarged, but they are\\nusually soft, isolated, and movable. The tonsils and the lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatic follicles of the pharynx and mouth may be enlarged, also.\\nIn these cases there is always present asthenia and anemia.\\nThe bodies are usually very thin, indeed. On observing the body,\\nit might be supposed that nothing remained but \u00e2\u0080\u009cskin and\\nbones\u00e2\u0080\u009d it is true there is not much else but the diseased tissues.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094If the blood does not pass immediately into the\\nvenous side, but remains a little while in the arteries, coagulation\\nwill take place, forming occlusions, when it will be impossible to\\ninject fluid into the tissues through the arterial system. On this\\naccount, cases of this kind should be embalmed as quickly as pos\u00c2\u00ac\\nsible after death. If the arteries are full, open them and allow\\nthe blood to escape. Insert the small trocar into the left ventricle\\nof the heart, keeping in mind the heart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s exact position pierce\\nit, and inject a ten per cent, solution of salt water, say one to\\ntwo ounces. This will produce enough irritation to bring about\\npostmortem contraction of the involuntary muscular substance\\nof the circulation.\\nWe have found this operation to work admirably in two cases.\\nOf course, that is not a sufficient number of cases to determine\\npositively its practicability, but it is worthy of a trial, as the re\u00c2\u00ac\\ntension of blood in the left side of the heart and arteries for a\\nperiod of time, say from two to three hours, will result undoubt\u00c2\u00ac\\nedly in the coagulation of the blood, which will positively close\\nup the channels through which the capillaries and all the tissues\\nof the body are filled. If the spleen is enlarged to any consider\u00c2\u00ac\\nable extent, it can be detected easily by palpation. If it is en\u00c2\u00ac\\nlarged, it is possible that blood is coagulated within, and fluid\\nwill not be received by the spleen through the splenic artery.\\nIn that case, fluid should be injected into the organ directly\\nthrough the hollowmeedle. Inject fluid into the cavities and fill\\nthe arteries thoroughly in the usual manner, using sufficient fluid\\nto fill the body.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0433.jp2"}, "434": {"fulltext": "394\\nCHAMPION TEXT- BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nPUERPERAL OR CHILDBED FEVER.\\nPuerperal fever is an acute infectious disease, due to the septic\\ninoculation of wounds, resulting from childbirth. Pathogenic\\nbacteria are always present. The head of the child, in its descent\\nthrough the soft parts, produces abrasions in the parts, in many\\ncases, especially through the contracted bony outlet. Sometimes,\\nas a result of inertia of the womb, or a slight or incomplete dila\u00c2\u00ac\\ntation of the parts, they remain firm and hard, and instruments\\nare used to aid the delivery of the child. Whether in the hands\\nof an expert, or of a mere tyro, the parts may be ruptured on ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncount of pressure. Skill renders these accidents more infrequent,\\nbut it cannot always prevent them. The pathogenic bacteria get\\ninto the mutilated surfaces from some source, and are there ab\u00c2\u00ac\\nsorbed by the circulation, and deposited in the different tissues\\nof the body, especially in the peritoneum and the serous mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbranes. When deposited in the peritoneum, inflammation fol\u00c2\u00ac\\nlows, and the morbid changes that take place are precisely the\\nsame as those which attend the inflammation of other serous\\nmembranes.\\nThe exudation from the surface of the peritoneum, when in\u00c2\u00ac\\nflammation is present, may form a false=membrane, from one=\\nfourth to onedialf inch in thickness. More or less fluid matter\\nwill be found in the cavity of the peritoneum. In many cases\\nthere will be more or less suppuration. When the exudation\\nis purulent, it will be either thin and greenislnyellow in color,\\nor opaque^wdiite and creamy. If the material is putrid, it is of a\\ngrayistngreen color, quite thin, and has a putrefactive odor. Pus\\nor abscesses are found in the lungs and other organs, and in the\\nserous membranes, such as the pleurae, pericardium, arachnoid,\\netc. The septic matter may be taken up by the blood and carried\\nto all parts of the body, resulting in septicemia, or blood poison\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, which may cause death. Rigor mortis is never marked,\\nusually coming on and passing off within an hour or it may be\\ninstantaneous. The blood may have a putrefactive odor, and be", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0434.jp2"}, "435": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD\\n395\\nTery thin, with here and there small, very dark or black coagula.\\nPutrefaction follows very rapidly, especially in the lower or\\nunder surfaces of the body, and along the large veins.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094These cases give more trouble to the embalmer\\nthan any other, and must be treated very thoroughly. Nothing\\nmust be left undone that will assist in the preservation of the\\nbody. The amount of morbid material found within the peri\u00c2\u00ac\\ntoneal cavity varies from one to many pints. In many cases, a\\ngreat deal of gas accumulates within the different serous cavities,\\nand should be removed at once. The morbid material should be\\npumped out, and these cavities filled with fluid. The femoral\\nartery and vein should be raised for the purpose of injecting fluid\\nand withdrawing blood. Raise the vein and insert a drainage-\\ntube, placing the body well on the incline. Raise the arms above\\nthe head and allow the blood to escape, aided by the force of\\ngravity. Then begin the injection of fluid through the artery.\\nFill the arterial system thoroughly, injecting sufficient fluid to fill\\nall the tissues.\\nThese cases require a large amount of fluid. Enough should\\nbe injected to swell the surface. If possible, cause the fluid to\\nmake the whole circuit of the circulation, continuing the injection\\nuntil the fluid appears at the opening of the femoral vein. Then\\nremove the tube and close the artery, vein, and incision.\\nRemove as much ol the effusions as possible from the serous\\ncavities. The fluid that is first injected dissolves or dilutes the\\nsemisolid or thick matter, and much of this diluted material can\\nbe aspirated with the fluid. Then the cavities should be refilled\\nthoroughly, putting in a large amount ol the fluid, say several\\nquarts. Fluid should not be saved in these cases; a liberal\\namount should always be used.\\nA female assistant should fill the vagina with a tampon ol\\nabsorbent cotton, which has been filled thoroughly with fluid.\\nThe body should be washed with a strong disinfectant, and fluid\\nshould be injected into the external openings.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0435.jp2"}, "436": {"fulltext": "396\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nPERITONITIS.\\nAcute, general peritonitis is an acute inflammation of the\\nperitoneum. It may be primary or secondary. That is, the\\nperitoneum may be attacked primarily, or it may result second\u00c2\u00ac\\narily from some other disease, such as inflammation or extensive\\nulcerations of the stomach or intestines, cancer, suppurative in\u00c2\u00ac\\nflammations of the spleen, liver, pancreas, or the pelvic viscera.\\nPerforation of the peritoneum occurs frequently and is followed\\nby inflammation. It may result from external wounds, ulcera\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the stomach, intestines, or galbbladder, abscess of the\\nliver, spleen, or kidneys, appendicitis, or inflammation of the\\novaries.\\nWhen the abdomen in a recent case of peritonitis is opened,\\nthe coils of the intestines are found distended and glued together\\nby lymph, and the peritoneum appears to be congested in patches\\nand sometimes over the whole surface. Sometimes, there will be\\nbut little effusion present\u00e2\u0080\u0094only a thick exudation upon the\\nwalls. Then again, the intestinal coils will be covered with\\nlymph, and there will be present a large amount of yellowish,\\nsero*fibrinous liquid. If the stomach or intestines be perforated,\\nfood and fecal matter may be mixed with the effused fluid.\\nWhen purulent, the exudation is either thin and greenish*\\nyellow in color, or opaque=white and creamy if the material is\\nputrid, the exudate is grayish*green in color, thin, and has a\\nputrid odor. This usually results from perforative or puerperal\\nperitonitis. If blood is present, it results in cases caused by\\nwounds, cancer, or tubercle. The amount of effusion into the\\nperitoneal cavity varies from one to several pints. These different\\nconditions are produced by some of the various species of micro*\\norganisms.\\nAcute inflammation oi the small intestine and colon, obstruc\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the bowels, and other diseases, may be mistaken for\\nperitonitis, as their symptoms are similar. Such being the case,\\nthe physician\u00e2\u0080\u0099s certificate may be misleading..", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0436.jp2"}, "437": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD\\n397\\nTreatment. In cases of peritonitis, the other serous mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbranes usually are involved. The serous sacs in the thoracic\\ncavity\u00e2\u0080\u0094the pleurae and pericardium will be found to have a\\ngreater or less amount of effusion within them, which, with the\\nabnormal matter in the peritoneum, produce a condition that\\nwill require very thorough treatment. The amount of effusion\\nwithin these several cavities will vary in quantity. Gas accumu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlates also very rapidly and should be removed at once with the\\nmorbid material. After removing the gas and effusions, the\\ncavities should be filled with fluid.\\nThe blood should then be withdrawn and the arterial system\\ninjected with sufficient fluid to fill the body very thoroughly.\\nThe femoral artery and vqin are preferable for the purpose, as,\\nthe femoral vein being more dependent, a greater amount of\\nblood can be withdrawn than from any other point. A veiin\\ntube long enough to reach above the valves beyond Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nligament, and allowing the outer end to reach a vessel for the\\npurpose of receiving the blood, should be inserted. The arteriab\\ntube should be introduced into the artery and fluid injected,\\nwhich will aid gravity in the removal of the blood. After the\\narterial injection, the fluid should be withdrawn from the cavi\u00c2\u00ac\\nties and fresh fluid injected. A large amount of fluid should be\\ninjected in these cases, as bacteria are found frequently in the\\nblood, which indicates that the germs are in every tissue after\\ndeath. After the operation, the body should be placed on the\\nlevel, with the head slightly elevated.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0437.jp2"}, "438": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXX.\\nDISEASES OF THE AIR-PASSAGES AND CHEST.\\nPNEUMONIA-LUNG FEVER.\\nAcute or Croupous Pneumonia\u00e2\u0080\u0094Pneumonitis.\\nPneumonia and pneumonitis are the technical terms, and lung\\nfever the common term, used to indicate the same disease.\\nPneumonia is an acute infectious disease, produced by the diplo-\\ncoccus pneumoniae, which prevails in all cold climates and\\nattacks all ages.\\nTo understand its morbid anatomy, the student should study\\nthe anatomy of the lung. He should\\nremember that there are two circu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlations through the lungs, the pul\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonary and the nutrient. The\\npulmonary circulation carries the\\nair-cells, where it gives off carbonic\\nacid gas and receives oxygen from\\nthe air. It is then taken up by the\\npulmonary veins and carried to the\\nleft side of the heart.\\nThe nutrient (bronchial) arteries\\nare branches of the thoracic aorta,\\nand carry the arterial blood to the lungs, for the purpose of\\nnourishing the lung tissue. The waste is taken up through\\nthe general system of capillaries and carried back to the general\\ncirculation by the bronchial veins. It is through the bronchial\\nblood from the right side of the\\nheart, through the pulmonary artery\\nand its many subdivisions, to the\\nFig. 56.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Micrococcus Pneumoniae\\nCrouposae\\nIn sputum of a patient with pneu\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonia, X1000. From photomicrograph\\nby Frankel and Pfeiffer.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0438.jp2"}, "439": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE AIBRASSAGES AND CHEST 399\\narteries that fluid is carried to the lungs in arterial embalming;\\nno fluid enters the lungs through the pulmonary circulation.\\nThe blood-vessels and bronchi, with the connective tissue and\\nlymphatics, form the bulk of the lungs. These tissues are\\nelastic. The walls of the bronchi and air-cells are also elastic,\\nand will admit of much dilatation. The whole are bound\\ntogether closely by a strong, elastic, fibrous covering.\\nIn pneumonia there is inflammation of the walls, or mucous\\nmembrane, lining the bronchial tubes. Mucus of a darkish-\\nred color is thrown off in abundance, forming the prune-juice\\nsputum, which is coughed up by the patient\\nsuffering with the disease. This takes place\\nduring the stage of engorgement, which\\noccurs early in the disease. In this stage\\nthe lungs are engorged the blood-vessels\\nare filled to a certain extent in both circu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlations. The lobe or lobes of the lung that\\nare involved will be enlarged, although, if\\ndeath occurs in this stage, that part of the\\nlung will be found to contain more or less\\nair. Indeed, if a piece be cut from it and\\nthrown into the water, it will float.\\nIf death occurs later in the disease, say during the second or\\nthird week, the condition of the lung will be cpiite different.\\nThis is the stage known as red hepatization. The lung involved\\nwill appear like the substance of the liver. It will be perfectly\\nsolid, and red in color, showing that the vessels are filled with\\nblood. The parts will be very much enlarged, and will fill the\\nside or cavity of the chest, pressing upon the outer walls suffi\u00c2\u00ac\\nciently to bulge the intercostal muscles. If the diseased portion\\nis taken from the cavity, the outer surface will have indentations\\nof the ribs upon it. No air will be found in the diseased part.\\nIf a portion be cut from it and thrown into the water, it will\\nsink like lead. The part of the lung not involved, will be filled\\nFig. 57.\\nSingle colony of micrococcus\\npneumoniae cron posse upon\\nagar plate 24 hours old, X 100.\\n(Frankel and Pfeiffer.)", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0439.jp2"}, "440": {"fulltext": "400\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nwith a frothy substance. If a large portion of the lung is in\u00c2\u00ac\\nvolved, there is likely to be purging of a bloody, frothy material,\\na few hours after death.\\nStill later, the stage of gray hepatization comes on the lung\\nis solid and has a gray appearance. If the lung is cut through,\\nthe knife turned edgewise, and the surface scraped, there will be\\npurulent matter on the edge. Sometimes the lung will be soft\u00c2\u00ac\\nened, and only a large pouch or bag of pus will be found.\\nTreatment. If death has occured during the first or en\u00c2\u00ac\\ngorgement stage, the arteries should be filled thoroughly, the\\ncavities treated as usual, and fluid injected into the lungs through\\nthe trachea and bronchial tubes. Usually such treatment will be\\nsufficient to preserve the case.\\nIf, however, death occurs during the second stage, known as\\nred hepatization, it is necessary to embalm the body very thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly, filling the tissues through the arteries, the lungs through\\nthe trachea, and filling the cavities in the usual manner. This\\nmay be all that is necessary, but in some cases, as where a large\\namount of the lung is involved, and the weather is warm, purg\u00c2\u00ac\\ning will result in from twenty-four to thirty-six hours after death.\\nWhen such is the case, the body may be turned over, and as\\nmuch of the matter pressed out through the respiratory tract as\\npossible, and the lungs filled again through the trachea.\\nIf the case is an obstinate one, the purging will return in a\\nvery short period. To inject fluid again through the trachea will\\nnot remedy the case. Some have advised to close or tie the\\ntrachea, but such operations are impracticable. If the trachea is\\ntied or closed, gas will still be formed, and it must have an out\u00c2\u00ac\\nlet. If it cannot pass out through the trachea, which is the\\nnatural outlet, it will pass through the tissues, get into the cellu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlar tissue beneath the skin, and swell the neck, face, and body.\\nTo close the respiratory tract at any point will give this result;\\ntherefore, it is necessary to resort to other means.\\nThe diseased portion of the lung should be mutilated by the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0440.jp2"}, "441": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE AIR-PASSAGES AND CHEST 4 Q 1\\nintroduction of a scalpel or sharp=pointed bistoury, through the\\nfront wall of the chest, severing the bronchial tubes which lead\\ndirectly to the trachea. After a thorough mutilation of the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\neased part, inject fluid into the lung through the hollow-needle,\\nwhich should be inserted at the point from which the mutilation\\nwas performed. The general embalment will have taken place\\nsome hours before consequently, if the circulation is ruptured,\\nno harm will result.\\nGases are produced within the lung by putrefaction. The putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfactive bacteria get into the diseased portion of the lung, which is\\nso solid that it will be impossible to receive the fluid therefore,\\nthere is nothing to prevent their growth, and to cause a liquefac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the lung, in spite of all the fluid that can be put into it\\nthrough the respiratory tract. Indeed, if much of the lung is in\u00c2\u00ac\\nvolved, there will be little fluid received in that manner, and what\\nis received will settle to the posterior part. The bacteria will\\ngrow rapidly, and putrefaction of the whole body will follow. As\\na last resort, mutilate and inject the lung as above directed.\\nWhen death takes place during the third stage, or stage of gray\\nhepatization, it is necessary to pump out the softened contents of the\\nlungs, or pus, and fill the cavity within the lung with fluid. Other\u00c2\u00ac\\nwise, treat the body as directed when death has resulted during\\nthe first stage.\\nGANGRENE OF THE LUNGS.\\nUpon post-mortem examination, in cases of gangrene of the\\nlungs, the morbid changes will consist of a cavity, irregular in\\noutline, with ragged walls, sometimes containing loose fragments\\nof lung tissue, or a dirty-greenish or brownish mass of material,\\nwith the regular gangrene odor. The cavity is usually in the\\nmiddle or lower lobe of the right lung.\\nTreatment. In the treatment of a case of this kind, fluid\\nshould be injected into the lungs through the respiratory tract, fill\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the diseased parts thoroughly. An artery should be raised and\\nfluid injected, and the cavities should be filled in the usual manner.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0441.jp2"}, "442": {"fulltext": "402\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nPLEURISY-PLEURITIS.\\nInflammation of the Pleura.\\nPleurisy is defined as an inflammation of the pleura, of what\u00c2\u00ac\\never nature or extent. The causes of pleurisy may be local, as\\nwounds or bruises of the chest wall; fracture of the ribs caries\\nof the spine escape of irritating matter into the pleural cavity,\\nas from the lungs in tuberculosis, or from the bronchial glands,\\nor through the sides of the abdomen, as in galbstones, or abscesses\\nwhich perforate the diaphragm, etc.\\nThe general or systemic causes of pleurisy are very obscure.\\nIt may follow a chill; or, it may occur in a rheumatic or gouty\\nhabit; or the bacteria, which frequently cause inflammation of\\nthe other serous sacs, may find their way into the pleurae. It is\\nfrequent as a complication of other diseases it always accompanies\\nacute pneumonia it often follows scarlatina and accompany\u00c2\u00ac\\ning diseases of the kidneys it arises sometimes after measles,\\nwhich is possibly due to the inflammation of the lungs, which so\\nfrequently results from measles it may be caused by rupture of\\npyemic abscesses it also accompanies tuberculosis, following each\\nnew invasion of the lung tissue involved.\\nAcute pleurisy, when idiopathic, is more often on the left side\\nthan on the right; it is rarely bilateral (botli sides). When due\\nto acute rheumatism or nephritis, it is generally bilateral.\\nAcute pleurisy is common at all ages. It is found sometimes\\nin the first six months of life. In these little ones, it is often\\noverlooked, unless there is an abundance of effusion. Verv often\\nit is not noticed even then. At the age of five it is frequent, but\\nat middle life it reaches its maximum of frequency. The younger\\nthe child, the more readily the effusion becomes purulent, and, in\\nsuch cases, the inflammation often extends, before death, to the\\npericardium. Cases of pleurisy are known to have existed in\\npersons beyond three score years of age, but, as a rule, it is very\\nrare in an aged person. The male is affected more commonly\\nthan the female, owing, no doubt, to exposure to the weather.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0442.jp2"}, "443": {"fulltext": "DISEASES\\nOF THE AIR PASSAGED AND\\nC1IEST\\n403\\nTraumatic pleurisy results from the breaking of a rib, or a\\nwound, as from a knife or sword thrust, etc.\\nThe morbid changes that follow pleurisy differ but little from\\nthose of inflammation of other serous sacs. Effusions of the sero\u00c2\u00ac\\nfibrinous and the proliferative kind quickly infiltrate the tissues,\\nand the natural gloss of the membrane gives place to opaqueness.\\nIn active cases, the effusion is not very voluminous, but is very\\nrich in fibrin, and a false membrane forms on the pleura and is\\noften of considerable thickness. Its attachment is very tenacious.\\nSome of the loose or adherent, gluey effusion degenerates, form\u00c2\u00ac\\ning purulent matter. Clots of fibrin will be found floating freely\\nand abundantly in the effused serum, containing a great abun\u00c2\u00ac\\ndance of imprisoned cells. In the effused fluid itself, cells are\\nvery few in most cases, but, wdien present in large quantities,\\npurulent transformation is more apt to take place during the\\ncourse of the disease.\\nIn cases of large effusion in the pleural sacs, the lung is found\\ncompressed and often bound down by false membranes extending\\nfrom the walls of the cavity. In adults, the lung is found usually\\nthrust upward, inward, and backward\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, in the back of the\\napex of the cavity. It may be compressed from one-fourth to one-\\neighth of its normal size. It appears flattened, leathery, blood\u00c2\u00ac\\nless, airless, and will sink in water.\\nIf the effusion has been present for some length of time, com\u00c2\u00ac\\nplete or partial adhesions, or bands of connective tissue, will have\\nbound the lung into the position it assumes on account of the\\npressure of the effusion. Pleuritic adhesions are found very com-\\nmonlv after death from other diseases, their origin being unknown\\nor forgotten. On the other hand, false membranes and bands\\nmay have become the seat of the degenerative process, and pus,\\ntubercle, and the like may be found in them. The compressed\\nlung will be found in the degenerative stage, with ulcerations and\\nseptic changes in the lung tissue.\\nThe pathological changes that are found in every part of the", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0443.jp2"}, "444": {"fulltext": "404\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ncontents of the side of the chest that has been diseased are very\\nextensive. A great amount of purulent matter may exist. The\\nposition of the heart and other viscera may be changed, and the\\nchambers of the heart and pulmonary veins may be full of clots-\\nSecondary abscesses may exist in other parts of the body, fur\u00c2\u00ac\\nnishing a good soil for the development of bacteria.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the treatment of cases of this kind, it is always\\nnecessary to pump out the cavity of the chest, removing from it\\nas much of the effusion as possible. Then fluid should be in\u00c2\u00ac\\njected in sufficient quantity to sterilize thoroughly everything\\nthat remains. Fluid should be injected through the respiratory\\ntract, as the lung itself may be involved, as is seen in the above\\ndescription in certain cases. Fluid should be injected also into\\nthe arterial system in sufficient quantity to sterilize the tissues in\\nevery part of the body. The abdominal cavity should be treated,\\nalways keeping in mind that abscesses may exist in all parts of\\nthe peritoneal sac or in the mesenteries. Pleurisy being a very\\ncommon disease, the effusions are overlooked in the young by the\\nphysician the embalmer should be very careful to examine the\\npleural sacs and endeavor to pump out as much of the effusion as\\npossible before injecting fluid into them. No trouble should re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsult if these cases are properly treated.\\nPERICARDITIS.\\nInflammation of the Pericardium.\\nThe pericardium (heart sac) is a seromembranous sac, with the\\nvisceral layer closely enveloping the heart and roots of the great\\nvessels connected with the heart, while the parietal layer is loosely\\nreflected along the organs, having its external surface intimatelv\\nunited with a dense sheath, which passes outward to the roots of\\nthe vessels, and continues below with the attachment of the dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nphragm. A serous fluid is thrown out in the interior of this sac,\\nfor the purpose of preventing friction during the movement of the\\nheart, while it is expelling the blood.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0444.jp2"}, "445": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE A IE-PASSAGES AND CHEST 405\\nThe morbid anatomy of pericarditis is simple enough, accord\u00c2\u00ac\\ning to Balfour:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nVery early, pericarditis is rarely seen except as associated\\nwith Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease, and then, at first, we have merely vascular\\ninjection with a few shreds of lymph visible about the roots of the\\ngreat vessels. In a few days, the whole surface of the heart may\\nbe covered with a fine fibrous layer which may, even at this early\\nstage, have connected together the visceral and parietal layers of\\nthe pericardium somewhat firmly. More usually there is some\\nserous exudation mingled with the fibrous matter, which is found\\ncovering the pericardium. This serous effusion not infrequently\\namounts to several pints it is always turbid from the fibrin sus\u00c2\u00ac\\npended in it, and is of a yellowish, greenish, brownish, or reddish\\ncolor. When, along with any considerable layer of lymph upon\\nthe pericardiac surfaces, there is much fluid diffused, the surface\\nof the lymph is covered with shaggy processes floating in the\\nfluid. In a very short time, a fine network of capillaries is de\u00c2\u00ac\\nveloped in the fibrinous exudation, and the rupture of these newly\\ndeveloped capillaries now and then gives rise to what is termed\\nhemorrhagic pericarditis, in which the fluid, and even the solid\\nlymph, is deeply stained with the blood coloring matter.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThis also happens when pericarditis is associated with purpura\\nor scurvy. Sometimes layers of coagulated blood are found alter\u00c2\u00ac\\nnating with layers of unstained lymph. Frequently connective\\ntissue is gradually developed in the fibrinous layers, either locally,\\ngiving rise to partial adhesions, which at the base of the heart are\\nmore dense, but at the apex are drawn out to fibrinous strings\\nor the two layers of the pericardium may be united so closely, that\\nthey can be separated only by the use of considerable force. Oc\u00c2\u00ac\\ncasionally pus, or the cheesy or calcareous remains of such a\\ndeposit, is found encysted between the adhering layers of the peri\u00c2\u00ac\\ncardium and it happens sometimes that this calcareous layer\\nenvelops the whole heart, which makes it appear as though it had\\nbeen converted into bone.\\nTrue purulent pericarditis, though of rare occurrence under any\\ncircumstance, is most frequently fatal, and seems to occur more", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0445.jp2"}, "446": {"fulltext": "406\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\noften in connection with general disease, or accompanying a rup\u00c2\u00ac\\nture of local abscess of the liver or lungs into the pericardium.\\nIn one case, which was used for demonstration before one of our\\nclasses, the stomach was found adhered to the under surface of\\nthe diaphragm, and a fistulous canal connected the cavit} 7 of the\\nstomach with the pericardium, in the latter of which was found,\\nmixed with the pus, undigested particles of both animal and veg\u00c2\u00ac\\netable matter, which had passed through the fistulous opening\\nfrom the stomach into the pericardium. These cases are rare, but\\noccur occasionally.\\nWhen the sac is filled, more or less, with purulent or ab\u00c2\u00ac\\nnormal matter from the liver, lungs, or stomach, putrefaction\\noften takes place in these effusions, and causes them to become\\nbrownish in color and to have a strong odor. Putrefaction may\\narise from the entrance of air into the pericardium after an opera\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion by a surgeon, conducted without antiseptic precautions or it\\nmay arise in patients greatly enfeebled by exhaustive disease,\\nwithout any entrance of air into the pericardium. An exudation\\nwhich has become ichorous may corrode the pericardium, making\\nit a dirty color.\\nPutrefaction of the effusions causes the development of various\\ngases within the pericardium, which sometimes will be sufficient\\nto press the lungs up into the apex of the thorax, and crowd the\\ndiaphragm well down into the abdominal cavity, making pressure\\nupon the large blood-vessels, forcing the blood upward through\\nthe superior vena cava and jugular veins, causing a dark discolor\u00c2\u00ac\\nation of the face, head, and neck. In rare cases, the effusion will\\nbe so great as to fill the thoracic cavity, making extreme pressure\\nupon the surrounding tissues. A case is reported by Flint in\\nwhich ten pints of effused matter were removed from the peri\u00c2\u00ac\\ncardium.\\nTreatment.\u00e2\u0080\u0094In the treatment of a case of pericarditis, it is\\nalways necessary to examine the pericardium and remove the gas\\nand other contents also fluid should be injected before the re-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0446.jp2"}, "447": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE AIR-PASSAGES AND CHEST 407\\nmoval of the needle. If blood has been forced into the head,\\nface, and neck, the heart should be tapped after placing the body\\nupon an incline, and all the blood that is possible should be\\nremoved. The pericardium can be reached from the same point\\nthrough which the needle is inserted in the operation of with\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrawing blood from the right auricle, by turning the needle\\ndownward along the right side of the heart; or it may be reached\\nfrom the epigastrium. If the pleurae or lungs are involved in the\\ndisease, they should be treated specially otherwise, the body\\nshould be treated in the usual manner, by filling the cavities and\\nthe arterial system with plenty of fluid.\\nHYPOSTATIC CONGESTION OF THE LUNGS.\\nHypostatic Pneumonia\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Splenization.\\nHypostatic congestion of the lungs follows the long^continued\\nfevers and the adynamic states generally. The back part or base\\nof the lung becomes dark in color and engorged with blood-and\\nserum, causing extreme solidification in many cases. This is due,\\nin part, to the position assumed by the patient during the disease,\\nbut chiefly to the weakened heart action. Indeed, if parts of the\\ninvolved lung are removed and thrown into the water, they will\\nsink, as in the second stage of pneumonia. In cerebral apoplexy\\nthe bases of the lungs become engorged, but not to the extent that\\nthey do in the long^continued fevers, the lungs containing more\\nair. In all cases of typhoid fever, and the adynamic fevers in\\ngeneral, if the body has remained for a long time in the same\\nposition in a recumbent posture, hypostatic congestion will be a\\ncomplication and should not be forgotten by the operator.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The treatment consists of the ordinary injection\\nthrough the arterial system, and the filling of the cavities, with\\nthe addition of the injection of fluid through the respiratory tract.\\nIf, after a few hours, purging of a bloody, frothy material should\\nresult, the body should be turned and pressure made upon the\\nchest and diaphragm to force out the contents as much as possible;", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0447.jp2"}, "448": {"fulltext": "408\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthen the lungs should be filled again. If purging arises again,\\nand appears to he obstinate, the lungs should he mutilated and\\nfluid injected, as in a case of obstinate purging in pneumonia.\\nANEMIA OF THE LUNGS.\\nAnemia of the lungs means a deficiency of blood in the lungs.\\nIt can be general or local. Besides hemorrhage and other causes\\nof general bloodlessness, certain local causes produce anemia of\\nthe lungs. In pulmonary vesicular emphysema, and in senile\\natrophy, destruction of the capillaries is associated with anemia.\\nPartial anemia of the lung results from embolism of the branches\\nof the bronchial artery supplying the part. The main vessel is\\nrarely ever obstructed by an embolus. Compression or oblitera\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion by the invasion of a malignant growth, or aneurism of the\\nmain division, more commonly occurs. Aneurism of the pulmon\u00c2\u00ac\\nary artery, or of one of its branches within the lung, usually\\ncauses anemia by pressure, or the same may result by an aneu\u00c2\u00ac\\nrism of the bronchial artery. In extreme anemia, as by death\\nfrom hemorrhage, the lungs and the bronchial mucous membrane\\nare exceedingly pale from the absence of blood. They are un\u00c2\u00ac\\nchanged in all respects, except that they are lighter in weight\\nthan normal.\\nIn the general disease known as anemia, the lungs, with the\\nother organs, partake of the general deficiency of red blood. The\\nlungs are of normal weight, but paler and more moist than natu\u00c2\u00ac\\nral, and are sometimes slightly edematous. The results of pul\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonary anemia are atrophy of its texture, as in senile emphysema,\\nand in local deficiency of blood in partial obstruction of a large\\nbranch of the bronchial artery. Death, and the sloughing of the\\narea of lung supplied by the bronchial artery, results from com\u00c2\u00ac\\nplete destruction by embolism, or by an embolus. Hemorrhage,\\nin these cases, occurs from sudden arrest of the circulation through\\na limited portion of the lung, which gives rise to stress in collat\u00c2\u00ac\\neral circulation. There will be leakage when the arteries are full.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0448.jp2"}, "449": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE AID-PASSAGES AED CJfEST 4()9\\nat least into the substance of the lung itself, if not from the mouth\\nor nose.\\nIn atrophy of the lungs, there is wasting of the lung tissue from\\ndefective nutrition. It may occur in only a small portion, or it\\nmay involve the whole lung. The cause of simple atrophy of the\\nlungs, is that general failure of nutrition which is natural to ad\u00c2\u00ac\\nvanced life. Hereditary predisposition may determine an earlier\\nfailure of nutritive change in the lungs. Any cause that inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nferes with the circulation in the parts, will cause atrophy of that\\npart; if it extends to the main vessel supplying nutriment to the\\nlung, the whole lung will he atrophied.\\nThe appearance of an atrophied lung may be seen best in a\\ncase of natural or senile atrophy. The lung is small, light, and\\nmore or less deeply colored is drier in texture and less firm and\\nresisting than natural becomes pitted, on pressure, from want of\\nelasticity and is capable of being srpieezed into a very small\\nspace. The air-cells are increased in size, and, if a portion of the\\nlung be inflated and dried, large cells may be seen, evidently\\nresulting from the coalescence of two or more infundibula. Fila\u00c2\u00ac\\nments, or remnants of small bronchi, or blood-vessels, may extend\\nacross such cells. The pulmonary artery and its branches are\\ndiminished in size, and the walls of the bronchial tubes are much\\nthinner than is normal.\\nWhen atrophy of the lung is associated with, or the result of,\\nother diseases, as emphysema or forcible collapse, the process is\\nessentially the same, but is combined, in the former case, with an\\nover-stretching of the air-cells, and a thickening, more or less, of\\nthe tissue derived from the bronchial walls. In this case, the\\nlung is heavier, and there is more marked fatty degeneration of\\nits fibrous tissue. Atrophy of the lung, too, will follow from long-\\ncontinued pressure of fluid in the pleura. The pleura is always\\nthickened from the original inflammation, and the fibrous pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ncesses are directed inward from it between the lobules, so that ex\u00c2\u00ac\\npansion of the lung is rendered difficult.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0449.jp2"}, "450": {"fulltext": "410\\nCHAMPION TEXT .BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nTreatment.\u00e2\u0080\u0094In either of the above cases the bronchial, or\\nnutritive circulation of the lungs is destroyed to a greater or less\\nextent, so that when fluid is injected into the arterial system it\\nwill not reach the lung tissue, and the result will be similar to\\nthat of pneumonia in its second stage. Fluid does not reach the\\nlungs through the pulmonary circulation it only reaches them,\\nwhen in a normal condition, through the bronchial portion of the\\ngeneral circulation. Therefore, in cases of this kind, fluid must\\npositively be injected into the lungs through the bronchial tubes.\\nEven these may be atrophied or destroyed, so that it will be nec\u00c2\u00ac\\nessary to inject, in a few hours aftertlie arterial injection is made,\\ndirectly into the lung substance through the hollowmeedle. Ex\u00c2\u00ac\\namine the pleural sacs, and, if they contain effusions, pump out\\nthe effused material and inject fluid,in large quantities. The\\npericardium may be involved, and should be treated thoroughly.\\nOtherwise the cavities should be treated as in an ordinarv case.\\nOTHER DISEASES OF AIR=PASSAGES AND CHEST.\\nSuch as Laryngitis, Bronchitis, Etc.\\nThe embalmer should use his judgment in the treatment of\\nthese cases there being no extensive morbid changes, no line of\\nspecial treatment is necessary to be laid down. Usually, the fill\u00c2\u00ac\\ning of the arteries and cavities with fluid is all that is necessary.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0450.jp2"}, "451": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXI.\\nDISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM.\\nAPPENDICITIS.\\nInflammation of the Appendix Vermiformis.\\nThe position of the appendix vermiformis is extremely variable.\\nFrequently it lies behind the ilium, with its end pointing toward\\nthe left side of the abdomen or it may lie behind the cecum or\\nupon the psoas muscle, with the end near the margin of the pel\u00c2\u00ac\\nvis. It is found in almost every region of the abdomen. It may\\nbe in close contact with the bladder or in the central portion of\\nthe abdomen, lying near the liver or at the left lower side of the\\nabdomen, etc. Notwithstanding the popular idea, foreign bodies\\nare not found frequently in the appendix. We have noticed in\\ndissections but three cases containing foreign bodies one con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntained a solid fecal substance; another, apple seeds another, a\\nliard concretion, supposed to be enteroliths.\\nThe appendix is often the seat of very extensive inflammation,\\nsome recent, while others may have been a considerable time in\\nthe past. As a result, the appendix may be obliterated partially\\nor totally. Sometimes, the end near the cecum is dilated enor\u00c2\u00ac\\nmously, even to the size of the finger, or larger it may be free or\\nadherent. We have noticed one case in wdiicli an abscess w T as\\ncapsulated, containing quite an amount of fluid. In cases where\\nperforation of the walls has taken place, the extent of peritonitis\\nis variable. In some cases, the perforation excites a very diffuse\\nand violent peritonitis, wdiile in others, where adhesion has oc\u00c2\u00ac\\ncurred, or, owing to the location, there may result only circum\u00c2\u00ac\\nscribed peritonitis, and an intra=peritoneal abscess of very small\\nsize may form. Perforation may take place at the back part of\\nthe appendix, which is not covered with the peritoneum, and\\n411", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0451.jp2"}, "452": {"fulltext": "412\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK OX EMBALMING\\nthe inflammation may occur over the psoas muscle in the neigh\u00c2\u00ac\\nborhood of the cecum only. As a result, an abscess may form\\nin the pelvis or close to the sacrum.\\nLarge, circumscribed, fecal abscesses form, sometimes, in the\\niliac region, or at points midway between the navel and anterior\\nside of the ilium. Abscesses are liable to develop in almost any\\nsituation. One case is reported where an enormous abscess\\ndeveloped and pushed the diaphragm up to the second rib, pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nducing the symptoms of pneumothorax. Perforation of the pleura\\nmay have occurred, forming a fecal pleural fistula. Abscesses\\nmay burrow along the psoas muscle to the hip-bone, or may have\\npassed into the neighborhood of the rectum, or abscesses may form\\neven in the scrotum, or pass down in the back part into the\\ngluteal region, forming large gluteal abscesses; even perforation\\ninto the bladder may have occurred, but it is not common per\u00c2\u00ac\\nforation into the bowel may have taken place, and large quanti\u00c2\u00ac\\nties of the pus may have been carried off in this manner. A case\\nis reported in which the appendix was discharged through the\\nanus. Hemorrhage may have occurred, in which case a great\\ndeal of blood is found in the region. Even such arteries as the\\ninternal iliac and deep circumflex iliac have been perforated.\\nTreatment.\u00e2\u0080\u0094;In cases of appendicitis, it can be seen, by care\u00c2\u00ac\\nful study of the foregoing, that a great amount of tissue may be\\ninvolved. When we consider the amount of purulent matter that\\nmay be formed in the body, as a result of this disease, it is\\neasy to understand why many of these cases are very troublesome\\nto handle. They require very careful treatment to preserve them.\\nOn account of the tendency of the pus to burrow, it may be carried\\nto remote points by gravitation. The pus forms an excellent soil\\nfor the rapid growth of the bacteria of putrefaction.\\nThe injection of fluid through the arteries will reach the nor\u00c2\u00ac\\nmal tissues only, unless arteries in the neighborhood of the pus\\nare perforated by the disease, forming an exit for the fluid that is\\ninjected into the arteries. Fluid must be injected into the cavi-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0452.jp2"}, "453": {"fulltext": "413\\nDISEASES OE THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM\\nties and mixed directly with the purulent matter in sufficient\\nquantity to destroy, or prevent the growth of, putrefactive bacteria.\\nll the body has not been opened by the surgeon for the relief\\nof the suffer dr, or cure of the disease, just prior to death, it will be\\nimpossible to know how much pus is contained within the several\\nparts of the abdominal cavity, unless an incision is made into the\\ncavity, to which operation embalmers are not in the habit of re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsorting. It is necessary to inject fluid beneath the posterior wall\\nof the peritoneum and into every part of the abdominal cavity,\\nusing a large amount of fluid. When this is resorted to, the loca\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the aorta and its larger branches must always be kept in\\nmind if not, the circulation may be destroyed. Then, too, it\\nmust be remembered that the external iliac and the circumflex\\niliac are of large size, and, as stated before, they may be perforated;\\nif that be the case, arterial injection would only result in filling\\nthe cavities, as the perforation would destroy the circulation, pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nventing the filling of the tissues in the upper portions of the body.\\nIn a case where perforation has resulted, it will be necessary to\\ntie the artery that has been perforated or to make pressure by a\\ncompress over the region, sufficient to prevent leakage; or to\\ninject through the subcutaneous, cellular tissue, over the upper\\nsurfaces of the body. If the body is injected thoroughly, through\\nthe arteries, and the cavities are filled, a sufficient amount of\\nfluid being mixed with the purulent matter contained in the\\ncavities, the body will be preserved, and no trouble will result.\\nOBSTINATE CONSTIPATION.\\nObstinate constipation is caused by intussusception, torsion, or\\nknotting of the bowels, or by foreign bodies, or by stricture. Usu\u00c2\u00ac\\nally, the skin has an icteric or sallow appearance. The color of\\nthe contents of the intestinal canal and stomach\u00e2\u0080\u0094half-digested\\nfood, as partly-altered milk, meat, or vegetable matter\u00e2\u0080\u0094is brown,\\nblack, dark-green, or yellow. Sometimes the colon is distended\\nso as almost to fill the abdomen. Ulceration of the mucous mem-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0453.jp2"}, "454": {"fulltext": "414\\nCHAMPION TEXT, BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nbrane, and perforation of the intestinal walls, with extravasation\\ninto the abdominal cavity, often follow. Peritonitis may result.\\nAbscesses may form in the cellular tissues around the rectum.\\nThe accumulation of fecal matter in the sigmoid flexure may be\\nvery excessive. Peacock reports a case where fifteen quarts of\\nsemisolid, greenish^colored fecal matter were removed at the\\nautopsy. Samazurier reports one of thirteen and a half pounds,\\nand Chelins one of twenty-six pounds. Bristowe reports one\\nwhere the whole length of the colon, from the anus to the cecum,\\nwas filled with semisolid, olive-green-colored feces, and the small\\nintestine was filled throughout with semifluid, olive-green con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntents. In composition the mass consists of fecal matter with un\u00c2\u00ac\\naltered vegetable fiber it may be composed partly of the skin of\\ngrapes, cherry-stones, biliary calculi, hair, woody fiber, magnesia,\\nor other foreign substances.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094After removing the gases, withdraw the blood\\nand fill the tissues through the arteries; then treat the viscera\\nvery thoroughly. If the colon is filled with semifluid and semi\u00c2\u00ac\\nsolid matter, remove it, if possible, by aspiration. This matter\\nshould be removed at all hazard, even if an incision has to be\\nmade for this purpose if an incision is necessary, make it in the\\nmedian line above the pubic arch. After removal of these con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntents, fill the stomach and intestines, and inject fluid around the\\norgans, filling the abdominal cavity. Then place the body on\\nthe level, elevating the head.\\nDYSENTERY\u00e2\u0080\u0094FLUX.\\nBy dysentery is meant a disease of the large intestine, which\\nmay appear sporadically, but appears more frequently in epi\u00c2\u00ac\\ndemics. It is undoubtedly infectious. The bacterium producing\\nthe disease, however, is not yet determined. The disease prevails\\nin the tropical countries, where it is much more violent and\\nwide-spread than in the North. In the northern climate most of\\nthe epidemics occur in the latter part of summer and in autumn.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0454.jp2"}, "455": {"fulltext": "415\\nDISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM\\nIn severe cases, the inflammation is very extensive) involving\\nnot only the rectum, but the greater part of the colon. The af\u00c2\u00ac\\nfected membrane, on examination after death, is found to be red\u00c2\u00ac\\ndened, congested, swollen, softened, pulpy, presenting, in different\\ncases, ecchymoses, excoriations (from peeling off of the epithelium),\\nabrasions, and ulcerations in greater or less numbers, the latter\\nbeing sometimes small and sometimes of considerable size. The\\nulcers may or may not be seated in the internal glands. The\\nswelling of the membrane is due to submucous infiltration, and\\nthe latter is sometimes so great, at certain points, as to give rise\\nto protuberances which resemble warty growths. The protuber\u00c2\u00ac\\nances may be more or less numerous, and sometimes coalesce,\\ngiving to the surface a lobulated appearance. Patches of exuded\\nfibrin are adherent, frequently, to the inflamed membrane, pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nsenting a greenish or brownish color. The intestine contains\\nmore or less morbid material, as pus, fibrinous flakes, and bloody,\\nserous liquid. The intestine may present a dark, almost black\\nappearance, from congestion. Sloughing and ulceration are pres\u00c2\u00ac\\nent. As a rule, the appearances denote progressively a greater\\namount of disease in passing from the upper part of the large in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntestine downward to the anus, the greater amount being in the\\nrectum and sigmoid flexure of the colon. Sometimes the mesen\u00c2\u00ac\\nteric glands are enlarged considerably, and in some instances\\ncontain pus. The disease usually is confined to the rectum and\\nthe lower part of the large intestine, but sometimes it extends\\nhigher up in the colon, producing ulcerations and involving the\\nmesenteries, which is followed by peritonitis.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094If inflammation of the peritoneum has resulted,\\nit should be treated as directed in the treatment for peri\u00c2\u00ac\\ntonitis. Gases will be present in the large intestine, which\\nmust be removed, and fluid injected in sufficient quantity to\\nfill the colon and rectum. The cavities should be treated in\\nthe usual manner, and an artery raised and injected, filling all\\nthe tissues of the bodv.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0455.jp2"}, "456": {"fulltext": "416\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nCHOLERA INFANTUM.\\nThis disease is peculiar to infantile life. It rarely attacks\\nchildren above two years of age. Great emaciation commonly\\nresults and usually death occurs during the second or third\\nday. Rigor mortis comes on soon after death and passes off\\nwithin the hour. The mucous membrane of the large and\\nsmall intestines is of a dark=reddish color. There is more or\\nless softening and congestion of the cerebral tissues.\\nTreatment.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 As decomposition commences soon after death,\\nprompt treatment should follow. The body should be placed on\\ntlie board in the usual manner and washed thoroughly, filling\\nthe openings with fluid the carotid or femoral artery may be\\nraised and fluid injected or the tissues can be filled by one of\\nthe needle processes. The thoracic and abdominal cavities\\nshould be filled in the usual manner.\\nHERNIA OR RUPTURE.\\nThe morbid changes in hernia or rupture are confined to the\\nlower part of the abdomen, especially in the inguinal canal.\\nThe inflammation that is produced may result in peritonitis.\\nTreatment. A case of this kind should be treated as a\\ncase of peritonitis otherwise the treatment should be the same\\nas in an ordinary case.\\nJAUNDICE.\\nJaundice is not strictly a disease of itself, but is really a\\nsymptom of a disease. It occurs in nearly all of the hepatic\\ndisorders, or diseases of the liver, such as hepatitis (inflamma\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the liver), cirrhosis (hobnailed liver), phlebitis (inflam\u00c2\u00ac\\nmation of a vein), cancer, renal colic (passage of galbstones),\\nand such troubles as may affect the ducts, causing congestion\\nof the mucous membrane, sufficient to close the duct. It also\\noccurs in many of the constitutional diseases, such as septi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncemia, puerperal fever, remittent fever, etc. In several of", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0456.jp2"}, "457": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM\\n417\\nthese diseases, the amount of discoloration is very extensive, as\\nin cirrhosis, cancer, hepatitis, etc.; in others, it is present only\\nin a slight degree. It is due, in all cases, to the presence of\\nbiliverdin, or bile pigment, in the blood, which is reabsorbed\\nin the liver after its secretion.\\nBile is secreted by the liver and is thrown off during diges\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, being carried through the ducts to the duodenum, or upper\\nportion of the small intestine. During the interval between the\\ndigestion of a meal and the next meal, the bile is deposited in\\nthe galbbladder, which serves as a reservoir for the excretion\\nduring the intervening period, as bile seems to be secreted con\u00c2\u00ac\\nstantly. If, perchance, the ducts are closed, as from diseases of\\nthe liver, or from one of the diseases which affects the ducts indi\u00c2\u00ac\\nrectly, producing congestion or closure, the bile cannot pass off\\nthrough its natural channel. It is then reabsorbed by the liver,\\nand taken up by the hepatic veins and carried into the general\\ncirculation. From the right side of the heart, it passes through\\nthe lungs and throughout the whole arterial circulation, and is\\ndeposited in all the tissues of the body.\\nThe biliverdin, that causes general discoloration of the surface\\nof the body, is deposited in the soft layer of the skin, known as\\nthe pigment layer, and in the subcutaneous tissues. If life con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinues after the ducts are reopened, and the bile passes off in its\\nnatural channel, the bile-pigment is taken up or reabsorbed from\\nthe tissues bv the blood and thrown off through the usual ex-\\ncretory organs. But when death occurs during this jaundiced\\ncondition, the bilverdin will remain where it is deposited and\\ncannot be removed no bleacher will have any effect upon it.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Jaundice does not bring about a condition that\\nis hard to preserve, but the disease which causes it may induce a\\nmorbid condition that will require special treatment to preserve\\nthe case for instance, in cirrhosis there may be extensive drop\u00c2\u00ac\\nsical effusions. In hepatitis, cancer, etc., dropsical effusions may\\nexist, from a mere extension of the skin, sufficient to cause the\\n34", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0457.jp2"}, "458": {"fulltext": "418\\nCHAMPION TEXT, BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nperson to look as though lie were only gaining a little flesh, to\\ndistention of the body, sufficient to be designated anasarca. When\\ndropsy is present, it always interferes with the circulation of\\nfluid. Pressure upon the small arteries and capillaries may be\\nsufficient to prevent fluid entering the tissues. If a complete cir\u00c2\u00ac\\nculation of fluid is not possible, putrefaction will not be arrested.\\nAgain, in cases of dropsical effusion, the presence of such an\\nenormous amount of moisture will increase the tendency to putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction, especially in warm weather. A case of this kind should\\nbe treated as directed in dropsy, without reference to the jaun\u00c2\u00ac\\ndiced condition, or discoloration from the presence of biliverdin.\\nThe water should be removed as far as possible, and, when tlie\\nbody has been embalmed thoroughly, to produce the best effect, it\\nshould be placed in a room with the curtains drawn in such a\\nmanner as to darken the room completely.\\nBiliverdin is a permanent color, and nothing can remove it or\\nbleach it out in a dead body. It is always best to explain to the\\nfamily that they need not expect a perfect case, that the discolora\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion cannot be removed, but that it can be modified in some\\ncases. With their permission the room can be so arranged, with\\nthe aid of artificial light, properly placed, that the case may be\\nmade to look almost perfectly natural in color.\\nINTESTINAL CATARRH.\\nIn the majority of cases of intestinal catarrh, the conditions are\\ndue to an abnormal irritation of the mucous membrane of the in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntestines by their contents, similar to that of gastric catarrh. The\\nirritants are of a mechanical or chemical nature, in most cases,\\nand depend, principally, upon the quantity and quality of the\\nfood, which explains why catarrh of the stomach and of the intes\u00c2\u00ac\\ntines are found so frequently to accompany each other. If noxious\\nsubstances are taken into the system, by the ingestion of spoiled\\nfood, like spoiled meat, fish, beer, and many other things, they\\nplay a part very often in the origin of intestinal catarrh. To the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0458.jp2"}, "459": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM\\n419\\ntoxic catarrhs, which are produced by taking into the digestive\\ntract poisonous substances, may be added the intestinal catarrhs\\ncaused by improper food. The intestinal mucous membrane is\\nfound severely inflamed, by the taking into the system of certain\\npoisons by mistake, or with suicidal intent, such as the mineral\\nacids and corrosive alkalis, arsenic, corrosive sublimate, etc. Im\u00c2\u00ac\\nprudent use of certain drugs, especially active cathartics, may in\u00c2\u00ac\\nduce intestinal catarrh.\\nThen a great many cases of intestinal catarrh are due to infec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntious influences, such as those that are apparently spontaneous, or\\nattributed to taking cold or getting wet, and those that develop\\nepidemically in hot weather, which are termed cholera morbus,\\nsummer complaint, summer diarrhea, etc. Both sexes and all\\nages are predisposed to intestinal catarrh. There is a pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nnounced tendency to this disease in children in fact a greater\\nnumber of deaths among children is produced, especially during\\nthe summer months, by inflammation of the alimentary tract\\nany other cause.\\nThe pathological changes are similar to those met with in the\\ninflammation of other mucous membranes. The mucous coat is\\nswollen and red, secretion of mucus is increased, and purulent\\nproducts on the surface of the membrane, and cellular infiltration\\nof the tissues, are found in severe cases. The glands, both soli\u00c2\u00ac\\ntary and agminated, are swollen, finally becoming ulcerated. In\\nsevere cases, superficial erosions are frequent on the remainder of\\nthe mucous membrane. The mucous membrane, in long^con-\\ntinued cases, becomes thickened, which makes the surface uneven\\nand puffy the connective tissue becomes increased in thickness\\nand results in a studded appearance. There is cystic degeneration\\nof the follicles, due to the retention of the intestinal juices, caused\\nby the occlusion of the mouths of the follicles.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In cases in which this disease is due to the in\u00c2\u00ac\\ngestion of spoiled food or of other poisonous substances, as men\u00c2\u00ac\\ntioned above, there will be present the bacteria of putrefaction.\\nthan by", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0459.jp2"}, "460": {"fulltext": "420\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe amount of secretion varies greatly in different cases but\\nin all cases there is sufficient to furnish a proper soil for the\\ngrowth of bacteria, resulting in putrefaction, which, if the case is\\nnot properly treated, progresses very rapidly. These cases, as\\nalready stated, usually occur during the hot summer months,\\nwhen heat and moisture are present to a sufficient degree for the\\nrapid growth of bacteria. Therefore, in the treatment of these\\ncases, the cavities should be filled very carefully. The alimentary\\ncanal should receive enough fluid to disinfect and sterilize its con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntents thoroughly. Several quarts should be injected into the\\nabdominal cavity alone. Effusions are found, sometimes, in the\\npleural sacs, which should receive special attention. All tissues\\nof the body should be filled through the arterial system.\\nSPORADIC CHOLERA-CHOLERA MORBUS.\\nCholera morbus is an affection of the mucous membrane of\\nthe stomach and intestines, characterized by violent pain in the\\nabdomen, nausea, violent and incessant vomiting, and by purg\u00c2\u00ac\\ning of watery fluid. This disease is not contagious, and rarely\\nproves fatal, although a state approaching collapse sometimes\\noccurs, which is followed, usually, by a reaction. Even when the\\nsymptoms are the most severe during life, we do not always find\\nmorbid changes sufficient to account for the cause of death.\\nUsually there are evidences o\u00c2\u00a3 gastrointestinal catarrh; the\\nmucous membrane is congested throughout; the solitary glands\\nand Peyer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s patches are swollen and prominent; the blood is\\ndark and thickened the kidnevs are congested and large.\\nThe appearance may resemble that of Asiatic cholera.\\nTreatment. The gas should be removed from the large and\\nsmall intestines, and fluid should be injected before the needle is\\nremoved. The peritoneum should be treated carefully, the cavi\u00c2\u00ac\\nties filled in the usual manner; fluid should be injected through\\nthe arteries in sufficient quantity to fill all the tissues of the\\nbody.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0460.jp2"}, "461": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM\\n421\\nOTHER DISEASES OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL.\\nSuch as Gastritis, Enteritis, Colitis, and Enterocolitis, usually known as Inflamma\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the Bowels, Etc.\\nThe morbid changes in these diseases are confined to the parts\\naffected, except when perforation, or extensive and deep inflam\u00c2\u00ac\\nmation, exists, usually involving the peritoneum, causing periton\u00c2\u00ac\\nitis, as in inflammation of the stomach and intestines, both large\\nand small. Cancer may involve the liver, spleen, pancreas, kid\u00c2\u00ac\\nneys, and bladder.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In all such cases treat the abdominal cavity very\\nthoroughly, besides the usual general treatment of the vascular\\nsystem. The stomach and intestines should be filled with fluid.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0461.jp2"}, "462": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXII.\\nDISEASES OF THE KIDNEYS AND BLADDER.\\nBRIGHT S DISEASE.\\nAcute Bright s Disease; Waxy Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Disease; Cirrhotic Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Disease.\\nThere are at least three different diseases of the kidneys\\nwhich are known as Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease. Each of these maladies\\ninvolves either one or the other of the structures of the organs,\\nand only secondarily affects the others. For instance, one disease\\noriginates in the uriniferous tubules one in the blood-vessels,\\nparticularly in the Malpighian tufts; and the other in the fibri\u00c2\u00ac\\nnous stroma. The first is known as inflammatory, and may be\\neither acute or chronic the second as waxy or amyloid and\\nthe third as cirrhotic or gouty.\\nAcute Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Disease.\\nThe first, or acute Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease, is an acute or chronic\\naffection of the kidneys, caused by exposure to cold, or by\\nscarlatina, or by other blood diseases, consisting of inflammation\\nof the elements, passing through the various stages of trans\u00c2\u00ac\\nformation, namely, inflammatory enlargement, fatty degenera\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, and atrophy. There is usually present, in the earlier\\nstages, diminution of urine, albuminuria, frequent hemorrhage\\ncausing blood in the urine, tube-casts, and dropsy changes in\\nthe heart, blood-vessels, and other organs follow, death having\\nbeen caused by dropsy, uremia, or some other complication.\\nWaxy Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Disease.\\nThe second, or waxy Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease, is a chronic affection\\nof the kidneys, caused by tuberculosis, syphilis, caries, suppura\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, and other exhausting diseases, consisting in waxy or amy-\\n422", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0462.jp2"}, "463": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE KIDNEYS AND BLADDER 423\\nloid degeneration of tlie Malpighian bodies, small arteries, and\\nsometimes other parts, with, in many cases, transudation into\\nthe tubules. Usually, in this disease, there is albuminous urine,\\nthe absence of dropsy, aiid waxy disease of other organs, such\\nas the liver, spleen, and intestinal canal. Death is caused\\nusually by exhaustion, uremia, or coexisting affections of the\\nkidneys or other organs.\\nCirrhotic Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Disease.\\nThe third, or cirrhotic Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease, is a chronic affection\\nof the kidneys, caused generally by the abuse of alcohol, some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes by the poison of gout, occasionally by plumbism or other\\nconditions. This causes increase of the fibrinous stroma, with\\nthickening of the capsule of the kidney, and the ultimate\\natrophy of the organ. There is present albuminuria, enlarge\u00c2\u00ac\\nment of the heart, polyuria, edema of the lungs, and uremia.\\nDeath usually results from uremia, edema of the lungs, or other\\ninter=current affections.\\nIn the inflammatory form the kidney is enlarged its capsule\\nstrips off readily its surface appears more or less red, sometimes\\nof a deep=purple color and occasionally extravasations of blood\\nare present in its substance. On section, the cortical substance\\nis found to be increased in bulk. Its vessels, as well as those\\nof the cones, are congested. Its structure appears somewhat\\ncoarser than usual, while its convoluted tubes often present an\\nopaque appearance, and sometimes contain blood. Fatty trans\u00c2\u00ac\\nformation follows, there being yellowish, opaque, sebaceousdook-\\ning material in patches, mingled with more natural structure.\\nIn some cases, there may be atrophy of the kidney, the organ\\nbeing reduced to, or even below, the natural size. Its capsule\\nwill strip off with little difficulty and without tearing the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface. The surface is smooth, presenting a pure example, with\\nlittle or no mottling. The small arteries are thicker and more\\nprominent, all their coats, but especially the middle, being in-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0463.jp2"}, "464": {"fulltext": "424\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ncreased in volume. Many of the tubules are atrophied, but the\\nepithelium of such as are not involved is for the most part\\nnatural. Cysts are numerous, and are found in connection with\\nthe tubules, the Malpighian bodies, and the cells.\\nThese peculiarities of the kidneys are mentioned merely for\\nthe purpose of showing to the undertaker the morbid conditions\\nthat take place during the disease not that he will derive much\\nbenefit, in the preservation of cases, by the use of embalming fluids,\\nbut it is the organs of the body that are affected by complication\\nthat give the greatest trouble. Dropsy of the feet and ankles,\\nthickening, sclerosis, and atheroma of the arteries, causes the\\nwaxy affection of other organs, especially of the liver, which is\\nenlarged, its margin being usually felt and sharply defined below\\nthe ribs. The spleen is increased in size also; the blood is\\nlighter in color, the white corpuscles being increased, and the red\\nrather flabby. There is a peculiar appearance of the eye, from\\nedema of the conjunctiva, a hypertrophied condition of the heart,\\nand the vessels become sclerosed and degenerated.\\nIn some cases, there is a great deal of dropsical effusion, while\\nin others there is none at all. Even in some bodies there will be\\nfound pleuritic adhesions (pleurisy being one of the sequela), in\u00c2\u00ac\\nflammation of the bronchial tubes, or pneumonia. The chief\\norganic changes are fatty degeneration, cirrhosis, and syphilitic\\naffections of the different organs of the body, especially of the\\nliver. The surface is pale and pasty, and the eyelids are found\\nedematous. This peculiar appearance will be found in many\\ncases. The surface will sometimes be of that light jaundiced\\ncolor, which cannot be removed, it being permanent. It may be\\nmodified by the injection of a good bleaching fluid into the capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries through the arteries.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094As will be observed, the lungs are involved fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently, either by the presence of pneumonia or mediastinal con\u00c2\u00ac\\ngestion. In either case it will be necessary to treat the lungs\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2carefully, and in many cases there will be complications, so that", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0464.jp2"}, "465": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF T1IE KIDNEYS AND BLADDER 425\\nit is best to treat the lungs specially in all cases. True, there\\nmay be hydrothorax, so that it will be necessary to aspirate the\\npleural cavities and inject fluid. The amyloid condition of the\\nliver, spleen, and other organs of the abdominal cavity, will make\\nit necessary to treat these organs by the direct operation through\\nthe hollowmeedle, as the circulation within them will be partially\\nor entirely destroyed. Otherwise the body should be injected in\\nthe usual manner, filling the arteries and cavities, which will be\\nall that is required for preservation and disinfection.\\nnephritis.\\nInflammation of the Kidney.\\nDropsy is always present in nephritis. It may be slight or ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ncessive. Otherwise the body will be in a condition similar to\\nBright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease, and will require the same treatment.\\nDIABETES.\\nSugar in the Urine.\\nDiabetes is not a disease of the kidneys, as was formerly sup\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed. These organs merely excrete sugar contained in the blood\\nbrought to them by the renal arteries. The sugar in the blood\\nincreases the functional activity of the kidneys, acting like a diu\u00c2\u00ac\\nretic, and hence the quantity of urine is greatly increased.\\nThis disease has no constant anatomical character, aside from\\nlesions belonging to concommitant or consecutive affections. The\\nkidneys are often enlarged or hypertrophied, atrophied, or contain\\nabscesses. The blood contains sugar. It has been found in the\\nsaliva, in the infusions, in the serous cavities, in the humors of\\nthe eye, and in the spermatic fluid.\\nPulmonary affections, such as pneumonia or tuberculosis, are\\nfrequent complications. Desquamation of the cuticle often exists.\\nBoils, and sometimes large abscesses, are found in different parts\\nof the body also, gangrene, or ulceration without gangrene, of\\nthe lower extremities. Edema of the legs often occurs.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0465.jp2"}, "466": {"fulltext": "426\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The treatment in these cases depends entirely\\nupon the amount of tissues involved by complication. Inject the\\nvascular system and cavities thoroughly in every case. If dropsy\\nis present, which is frequently the case, adopt the usual means of\\nremoving water from the tissues. If abscesses or gangrene are\\npresent, use hardening compound, as directed under the head of\\ngangrene. These cases should be handled carefully, as, the tis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsues, being filled more or less with water, there is a liability to\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cskimslip.\u00e2\u0080\u009d For this reason a little formalin might be added to\\nI\\nthe fluid, to harden the skin.\\nDISEASES OF THE BLADDER.\\nThe bladder may be the seat of the following morbid condi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions inflammation with acute or chronic abscess atrophy or\\nhypertrophy mechanical distention with chronic engorgement;\\nthe retention of urine tumors or other growths epithelioma and\\ncarcinoma tubercular disease ulceration vesico^vaginal or ves\u00c2\u00ac\\nicointestinal fistula. It may contain blood or purulent material.\\nT reatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The trocar should be introduced immediately\\nabove the pubic arch in the median line, directing it inward and\\ndownward to reach into the bladder. Withdraw all liquid matter\\nand inject fluid, mixing it thoroughly with the contents, filling\\nthe organ as full as possible. Otherwise, the body should be\\ntreated in the usual manner.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0466.jp2"}, "467": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXIII.\\nDISEASES OF THE NERVES.\\nPARALYSIS.\\nParalysis means the loss of voluntary motion in the muscles\\nof the body which are controlled by the will. The complete loss\\nof the power of active motion is termed paralysis, while the mere\\nweakening of it is termed paresis. In complete paralysis of any\\npart of the body, or of a single muscle, the slightest voluntary\\nmotion cannot be produced in it; while in paresis in a diseased\\npart, certain movements are still possible, they are more or less\\nbelow the normal in strength, extent, and duration.\\nA study of the pathological conditions, resulting from diseases\\nof the nervous system, will undoubtedly throw light upon these\\ncases. From the manner in which the nervous and vascular sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntems interlock, all diseases and pathological conditions of the body\\nare inseparably related to one another. The modes of interfer\u00c2\u00ac\\nence with the functions of the vascular system, through the\\nchanged nervous action, are few and simple. The heart, under\\nthe influence of modified nervous stimulation, may depart from\\nits customary order and rate of contraction it may be more\\nrapid or slower in its number of beats per minute; it may be\\nstronger or weaker than normal. The small arteries, over a\\ngreater or less extent of the body, may be diminished in caliber\\nor they may become unduly dilated but, save for such changes as\\nthese, and their direct consequences, the work of the vascular sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntem, under the above conditions, is carried on as if such changes\\nhad not taken place.\\nOn the other hand, diseases of the nervous system may be in\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced by an altered quality of the blood, or by changes in the\\naction of the heart or some other part of the vascular system.\\n427", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0467.jp2"}, "468": {"fulltext": "428\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe entire function of the system may be degraded, owing to the\\nfact of its receiving an inadequate amount of blood from the\\nslowly acting or feeble heart; or the functions of that part of the\\nsystem may be interfered with by an undue contraction or dila\u00c2\u00ac\\ntation of the small arteries, or by an impediment in the outflow\\nof blood, producing mechanical congestion.\\nAgain the complete or partial arrest in the flow of blood in the\\nvessels of some important region, owing to thrombosis or embolism\\ntherein, or the rupture of one of the branches of such a vessel with\\nextravasation of blood into the organ, may impair or destroy the\\nfunctions of that particular part. Both local perversion of function\\nand change in structure in the nervous system, are produced more\\nfrequently by an altered quality of blood, or a change in the vessels\\nof the part, than by an actual morbid change in the nervous tissue.\\nThus, it can be seen that, at times, the vessels in the paralyzed\\nparts, as say one upper or one lower extremity, or even onedialf\\nof the body, will be contracted to a very small caliber or pos\u00c2\u00ac\\nsibly they will be dilated unduly. In either case, there will be\\nan entire arrest of the flow of blood in the vessels, owing to a\\nblood-clot; or, it is possible there will be rupture of the branch\\nor branches of some vessel, with extravasations of blood in the\\norgan. A large amount of blood may be found in the arteries.\\nThe arteries may not have emptied after death, owing to the non*\\ncontraction of the arteries and capillaries on one side of the body,\\nproducing a congestion of the surface, whereby redness may follow\\nbut this result does not occur in all cases.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In some cases, especially those in which the ar\u00c2\u00ac\\nteries are dilated, a complete circulation of the fluid will follow,\\nwhile in others it may be only partial. In still other cases, the\\ncirculation of fluid in the diseased part will not take place at all.\\nIn a case where it is impossible to inject sufficient fluid into the\\nparts that are paralyzed through the arterial system, fluid should\\nbe injected through the cellular tissue on the upper surfaces. The\\nartery should be raised on the side or in an extremity that is not", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0468.jp2"}, "469": {"fulltext": "nix MASKS OF THF JSFR YFS\\n429\\nparalyzed, and as much fluid should be injected as is necessary\\nto fill the capillaries. If it is found that none has passed into the\\nparalyzed parts, then the cellular injection should follow. The\\ncavities, the alimentary canal, and the lungs should be treated in the\\nusual .manner.\\nAPOPLEXY-CEREBRAL HEMORRHAGE.\\nThe cause of cerebral hemorrhage or apoplexy is found in some\\ncases in the ends of the minute cerebral arteries. In 1886, it\\nwas first shown by Charcot and Bouchard that, in almost every\\ncase of cerebral hemorrhage, there are miliary aneurisms of the\\nsmall arteries of the brain substance, allowing the blood to escape.\\nAll later investigators have confirmed their discovery, and the\\nimportance of these miliary aneurisms.\\nr Osier, in his recent work, states that one of the changes which\\nmay lead directly to apoplexy is \u00e2\u0080\u009cthe production of miliary aneu\u00c2\u00ac\\nrisms, rupture of which is the more common cause of cerebral\\nhemorrhage. They occur most frequently on the central ar\u00c2\u00ac\\nteries, but also on the smaller branches of the cortical vessels.\\nOn section of the brain substance, they may be seen as localized,\\nsmall, dark bodies, about the size of a pin\u00e2\u0080\u0099s head. Sometimes\\nthey are seen in numbers upon the arteries when carefully with\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrawn from the anterior perforated spaces.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThese aneurisms mav attain the diameter of a millimeter or\\nmore. They usually appear like spindle-shaped dilitations of\\nthe entire circumference of the vessels, although sometimes the\\nbulging is found to one side. Endoarteritis or periarteritis, occur-\\ning in the cerebral vessels, usually leads to apoplexy, by the pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduction of aneurisms either large or small. It is stated that there\\nare certain cases in which the most careful search fails to reveal\\nanything but the diffuse degeneration of the vessels, particularly\\nof the smaller branches, which indicates that spontaneous rup\u00c2\u00ac\\nture may occur without the previous formation of aneurisms.\\nThe process of the development of aneurisms, starts with\\ndisease of the inner coat. This layer or coat presents diffuse", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0469.jp2"}, "470": {"fulltext": "430\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nproliferations, and also a fatty degeneration of the endothelium.\\nLater on, the inner and the middle or muscular coats become\\nhard or atrophied. The disease of the vascular wall, which\\nleads to the formation of these aneurisms, is identical with ordi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnary hardening of the walls, or atheroma. We very often find\\nthat cerebral hemorrhage attacks persons who present either\\ngeneral arterial sclerosis, or a more limited atheromatous condi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the cerebral arteries, and most of the factors, which are\\nsaid to promote cerebral hemorrhage, are the same as favor the\\ndevelopment of these hard arterial walls.\\nHemorrhage of the meninges (coverings of the brain) may be\\noutside the dura mater, between it and the bone, or inside the\\ndura mater, between it and the arachnoid, or between the arach\u00c2\u00ac\\nnoid and the pia mater. Fracture of the skull is one of the\\nchief causes of this form of hemorrhage, which results, usu\u00c2\u00ac\\nally, from ulceration of the meningeal vessels, or from the torn\\nsinuses (veins). The blood may be found either on the outside\\nof the dura mater, or between it and the arachnoid. Another\\ncause is the rupture of aneurisms in the larger cerebral vessels\\nthen the blood is found, usually, in the subarachnoid spaces.\\nMeningeal hemorrhage may occur in the constitutional diseases\\nand fevers. Blood will be found in large quantities at the base,\\nbut may extend into the cord. The Sylvian fissures are found\\ndistended with blood, owing to the frequency of the aneurism in\\nthe middle cerebral vessels. Hemorrhage in the cerebellum is\\nnot uncommon, and usually comes from the cerebral artery. It\\nhas long been recognized that age lias a bearing in these cases,,\\nalthough sometimes a young person may be attacked. The ma\u00c2\u00ac\\njority of sufferers are over fifty years of age. This is at the time\\nof life when the coats of the arteries may be indurated (hard).\\nCerebral hemorrhage is more frequent in men than in women,\\nwhich is also true of atheroma. Alcoholism, syphilis, and gout\\nare reckoned among the causes of the above disorders, and the\\nhereditary predisposition is very rarely demonstrable.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0470.jp2"}, "471": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE NERVES\\n431\\nThe \u00e2\u0080\u009capoplectic habit\u00e2\u0080\u009d also deserves mention. It is described\\nas a person who is not very tall, corpulent, broad chested, with a\\nshort, thick neck, and round face. They are inclined to the\\npleasures of the table, and sometimes they suffer from emphy\u00c2\u00ac\\nsema, moderate hypertrophy (enlargement) of the heart, and\\ngeneral induration (hardening) of the coats of the arteries, as\\nthe condition of the radial and temporary arteries may disclose\\neven during life. At least the coats of the arteries must be\\ndiseased in all cases of cerebral hemorrhage, because, if the\\narteries were normal, they could not possibly be torn, no matter\\nhow great the arterial tension became; but, if aneurisms have\\nalready been developed, then the persistent or even temporary\\nelevation of the blood pressure must favor the bursting of the\\nwalls. Cerebral hemorrhage, for example, may follow severe\\nmuscular exertion, the ingestion of a large amount of food, in\u00c2\u00ac\\ndulgence in alcohol, taking a cold bath- or violent exertion of\\nany kind. In cases of recent apoplexy, where death follows\\nsoon after the attack, usually the surface is found congested, and\\nthe capillaries and blood-vessels about the- face and neck full of\\nblood, sufficient to cause extensive discoloration.\\nTreatment. It becomes necessary in these cases to withdraw\\nblood from the heart, either by the direct operation or through\\nthe veins. The blood does not coagulate any sooner than in the\\nordinary case. Fluid should be injected through the arteries in\\nsufficient quantity to fill the capillaries of the whole body it is\\nwell to inject a large amount; in a body weighing one hundred\\nand sixty pounds, at least one gallon should be injected into the\\narteries. If that amount or more is injected into the arterial\\nsvstem, the fluid will reach the brain substance through the\\nintact arteries and penetrate the parts wherein the circulation is\\ndestroved. The cavities should be relieved of gases and filled in\\nthe usual manner; then the body should be placed on a level,\\nwith the head slightly elevated.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0471.jp2"}, "472": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXIV.\\nCANCEROUS AND CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES.\\nMALIGNANT TUMORS-CANCERS.\\nCancers are internal or external, soft or hard. Internally, the\\nliver and stomach are most frequently the seat of cancer, followed\\nby that of the womb, in the female, but they may be found in\\nalmost any other organ or structure. Externally, the parts ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed, as the face, neck, and hands, and in the female, the breast,\\nare the most frequent seat of the disease. The surfaces of these\\ncancers are usually denuded of skin, and are soft and ulcerated.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Internal cancers should be treated directly with\\nthe hollowmeedle, in addition to the general treatment of the\\nbody. In cancer of the womb, a pledget of cotton, filled with\\nfluid, should be introduced into the vagina.\\nExternal cancers should be cleansed thoroughly with hot water\\nand sprinkled with a thick layer of hardening compound the\\nwhole then covered with bleached muslin or some other white\\nfabric. It has been recommended that if the face is involved, the\\nparts may be built up with plaster of Paris and treated with pig-\\nments. This practice may be well enough in the hands of an\\nartist, but, with an ordinary operator, it will result, most likely,\\nin failure. The friends cannot expect the features to look natural;\\nif the parts are cleansed and thoroughly deodorized, and dried by\\nthe use of hardening compound, and are covered with a white\\ncloth, the results will be satisfactory.\\nCANCER OF THE STOMACH.\\nCancer of the stomach is a malignant disease, death resulting\\nsooner or later. The stomach is the seat of cancer more fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently than is any other organ of the body. Cancer of the\\n432", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0472.jp2"}, "473": {"fulltext": "CANCEROUS AND CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES 433\\nstomach is almost always primary; consequently-, secondary\\nmalignant affections of the stomach are exceedingly rare. The\\ntendency to the disease increases with age. Men seem to be\\nabout twice as liable to gastric cancer as women. I 11 a large\\nnumber of cases there seems to be a hereditary predisposition to\\nthe disease, as it is often seen that more than one member of a\\nfamily is affected. Neither anxiety, poverty, nor intemperance\\nseems to influence the development of the disease. All varieties\\nof cancer are met with in the stomach. The scirrhous or hard\\ncancer is the most frequent form. According to Brinton, about\\nseventy-two per cent, of all cases are scirrhous. Other forms may\\nexist alone or in combination with scirrhous.\\nCancer usually begins in the submucous tissue and spreads\\nfrom this to the other coats. The muscular structure varies in\\nappearance in different cases. In some, the normal tissue is\\npartially destroyed, and, what appears to the naked eye as a\\nmuscle, under the microscope, proves to be a mass of cancer=cells\\nand fibers. I 11 other cases, even at some distance from the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease, the muscular fibers are found very much increased in\\nthickness, and the contractile fiber-cells are greatly enlarged.\\nThe presence of the new growth stops nutrition, so that the\\nmuscular fibers in the walls of the stomach seem to be reduced\\nto a mere mass of fibrous threads. This takes place at the same\\ntime in the mucous membrane lining the wall of the stomach.\\nThe glandular tissue over the tumor usually is destroyed,\\nleaving nothing but cells and fibers to represent the original\\ntextures. The glandular structure is always disorganized at a\\ndistance from the original disease. This is most marked in hard\\ncancer. In most cases, the cancer attacks the orifices of the\\nstomach this occurs most frequently at the pyloric or small\\nend. According to Brinton, about sixty per cent, of all cases\\nare located at the pylorus, about thirteen per cent, affect the\\ncardiac orifice, while the fundus is scarcely ever primarily\\naffected. Cancer always has the tendency to spread in a trans-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0473.jp2"}, "474": {"fulltext": "434\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nverse direction through the organ, so that stricture is a common\\nresult. It scarcely ever implicates the duodenum, and seldom\\nappears at the cardiac orifice without spreading to the lower end\\nof the esophagus.\\nAs is seen above, cancer affects the structure of the stomach,\\nchanging it entirely it also changes the circulation, destroying\\nthe capillaries and vessels, not only in the stomach, but, as the\\ndisease spreads, in the liver and the surrounding organs. Much\\ntissue may be involved, requiring special attention by the em-\\nbalmer.\\nTreatment. A peculiar appearance of the surface or skin is\\nalways met with in cases of cancer, which is called a cancerous\\ncachexia. This becomes more or less marked during the course\\nof th.e disease, and exists in the tissues after death. It consists\\nof a paleness of the lips and a greenish, or slightly jaundiced,\\nhue of the skin. This will remain, with some modification,\\nafter the injection of fluid. Bleachers applied to the surface will\\nnot affect it in the least, although the injection of fluid into the\\ncapillaries of the skin and subcutaneous tissues will modify it to\\na degree. Fluid does not enter the cancerous structure, because\\nof the destruction of the circulation, by ordinary injection\\ntherefore, it is necessary to inject fluid into the diseased parts\\nthrough the hollowmeedle. The diseased organs should be\\npunctured in every part, mutilating them as much as possible,\\nand fluid should be injected into and over the surface in large\\nquantities. Cancerous structure, on account of the destruction\\nof the circulation in the diseased organs, should be treated in\\nthis manner in every part of the body.\\nCANCER OF THE LIVER.\\nCancer of the liver is seldom primary, but generally is met\\nwith as a secondary disease. By secondary, we mean that the\\nliver becomes cancerous after other organs have been affected\\nwith cancer. It follows most frequently when the primary", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0474.jp2"}, "475": {"fulltext": "CANCEROUS AND CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES 435\\ngrowth is found in the portal system, intestines, rectum, eso\u00c2\u00ac\\nphagus, or pancreas. Sometimes the projection of the primary\\ngrowth in the lumen of a branch of the portal vein has been\\ndemonstrated, thus furnishing the obvious source for cancer in\\nthe liver.\\nThese cancers are found both within the organ and upon its\\nsurface if upon the surface, they form flattened protuberances,\\nwhich are dippled in the middle. The liver may be greatly\\nenlarged so much so, if the new growth is very extensive, as\\nto occupy a great portion of the abdominal cavity. If the case\\nis one of primary cancer, which is very unusual, it may be\\nfound either in the form of large nodules, or some diffused can\u00c2\u00ac\\ncerous infiltration, pervading the greater part of the organ, with\u00c2\u00ac\\nout complication of either of the above mentioned organs of\\ndigestion.\\nHepatic cancer is most frequent in advanced life, say from\\nforty to sixty years. Special causes of cancer are not known.\\nIt seems possible, sometimes, to trace a hereditary predisposition\\nbut, in many cases, gall-stones seem to start the development.\\nFrequently, in these cases, there will be peritoneal dropsy and\\nenlargement of the spleen from the pressure on the portal vein,\\nand jaundice from pressure on the bile-ducts.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the treatment of a case of cancer of the liver,\\nif ascites is present, the peritoneum should be tapped and the\\nwater removed. The arterial system should be injected thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly then ordinary injection of the cavities, without refer\u00c2\u00ac\\nence to the treatment of the liver or the cancer itself, should\\nfollow. After the usual treatment in this manner, the body\\nshould be allowed to remain upon the board for twelve hours or\\nmore. At the end of that time the tissues will have absorbed\\nthe fluid that has been injected through the arteries, and the\\nviscera of the cavities (except the liver) will have absorbed a\\nsufficient quantity to preserve the several organs. Then it will\\nbe necessary to puncture the liver in many places, or even to", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0475.jp2"}, "476": {"fulltext": "436\\nCHAMPION TEXT*.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbreak it up at least, it should be broken up as much as possible,\\nand fluid injected into all parts of the organ, as the circulation\\nin the liver is more or less destroyed. The vessels and capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries have been destroyed, as a result of the abnormal growth\\nof the liver; therefore, the liquid injected through the arteries\\nV\\nwill not be sufficient to reach all parts of the organ hence, the\\nnecessity for breaking up the abnormal growth and injecting\\nfluid throughout, as directed.\\nBENIGN TUMORS.\\nBy a benign (not malignant) tumor is meant a more or less cir\u00c2\u00ac\\ncumscribed mass, growing in some tissue or organ of the body,\\nand dependent on a morbid excess of, or deviation from, the nor\u00c2\u00ac\\nmal nutrition of the part. Tumors are of many varieties, and\\nmay be found in every portion of the body. Cystic tumors of the\\novary, which sometimes attain an enormous magnitude, are the\\nkind that most requires attention. They vary in size from those\\nof very small dimension to tumors weighing many pounds. As\\nthey grow, their walls sometimes become very thick and firm, and\\noften of great toughness. The contents may be thin and slightly\\ncolored, or thick and of a dark color sometimes of a yellowish\\nhue. The quantity of these contents will vary from pints to\\ngallons. Encysted tumors, containing hair and fatty matter, will\\nbe met with occasionally. The fatty matter may be in a some\u00c2\u00ac\\nwhat fluid condition.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094To treat an ovarian or any other tumor whose\\ncontents are liquid, the hollowmeedle should be introduced into\\nthe growth and the liquid matter withdrawn. In a single*cyst\\novarian tumor, the water can be withdrawn \u00e2\u0080\u0099as easily as from the\\nserous sacs when effusions are present; but, if it be composed of\\nmany cysts, the cysffwalls will have to be mutilated thoroughly\\nbefore the contents can be withdrawn. If the matter within the\\ntumor is semisolid, fluid should be injected for the purpose of di\u00c2\u00ac\\nluting the material, which then should be withdrawn and fresh", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0476.jp2"}, "477": {"fulltext": "CANCEROUS AND CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES 437\\nfluid injected. In ovarian tumors, after the water is withdrawn,\\nfluid should be injected in sufficient quantity to disinfect the\\ngrowth. If the tumor does not contain liquid or semisolid matter,\\nfluid should be injected into the mass at a number of different\\npoints. Circulation in these tumors is abnormal, which will pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nvent the fluid from entering in sufficient quantity by arterial in\u00c2\u00ac\\njection. As a rule, there is no necessity for removing tumors\\nfrom the cavity of the abdomen, or, in fact, from any other part\\nof the body, if treated as directed above. The general treatment\\nof the body should be the same as in an ordinary case.\\nDROPSY.\\nDropsy is not a disease per se, but only a symptom of a\\ndisease. It often occurs as a result of disease of the heart, liver,\\nor kidneys.\\nA dropsy receives its name from its location. If it is seated in\\nthe serous cavities, it is designated by the prefix \u00e2\u0080\u009chydro\u00e2\u0080\u009d to the\\nname of the serous membrane as in dropsy of the peritoneum,\\nit is called hydroperitoneum, or in dropsy of the pericardium or\\npleural sacs, it is called hydrothorax, etc. Dropsy of the cellular\\ntissue at any point is called edema, as edema of the glottis, edema\\nof the legs, arms, face, etc. Effusion in the air-cells is called\\nedema of the lungs. If dropsy is confined to the abdomen, it is\\ncalled ascites, or abdominal dropsy. A hen edema exists all over\\nthe surface of the body, as when the cellular tissue in all parts\\nunderneath the skin is filled, it is called anasarca, or general\\ndropsy. W T hen there is edema of the glottis, edema ol the lungs,\\nor hydrothorax, death is caused frequently by asphyxia.\\nWhen death is caused by asphyxia, the peripheral or superficial\\nveins and capillaries will be congested, and extensive discoloiation\\nof the face and neck will result. r l his should be removed by\\ntapping the heart direct, or raising one of the veins. In general\\ndropsy, the cavities and subcutaneous tissues in every part ot the\\nbody are filled more or less with the dropsical fluid. T he cavities", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0477.jp2"}, "478": {"fulltext": "438\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nof the body, especially of the thorax and abdomen, will be filled\\nsometimes to great distention. As much as fifty pints have been\\ntaken from the abdominal cavity after death. The lungs may be\\ncollapsed, and the heart pushed out of position, by effused dropsical\\nfluid in the pleural sacs. The upper and lower extremities\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nespecially the hands, forearms, feet, and legs\u00e2\u0080\u0094and other parts of\\nthe body, may be distended to an enormous size.\\nIn many cases, on account of the presence of water so near the\\nsurface, the cuticle will have a tendency to slip, resulting in\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cskimslip.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Dropsical cases are not hard to preserve, if treated\\nproperly to handle such a case, however, requires a good deal of\\ntime and work. First, cover the embalming board with a rubber\\nsheet, with the sides rolled up to prevent the water from escaping\\nto the floor, and soiling the carpet, etc. The lower corners should\\nbe brought together so as to form a spout, under which a vessel\\nmay be placed to receive the dropsical fluid. One of the rubber\\nsheets especially manufactured for the purpose may be used, if\\ndesired, but a plain rubber sheet will answer all requirements.\\nNext, place the body upon the embalming board thus prepared,\\nand elevate the head and shoulders.\\nThe cavities should then be relieved of water by the insertion\\nof the trocar or hollowmeedle into the serous sacs that are involved.\\nThey usually can be reached from the point over the stomach in\\nthe hypogastric region, where the needle is inserted, ordinarily,\\nfor cavity injection. When so introduced, the water in the ab\u00c2\u00ac\\ndominal cavity will have to be pumped out. If there is great\\ndistension of the abdominal cavit\\\\% the trocar may be inserted\\nimmediately above the pelvic bone, on the median line, and ma\u00c2\u00ac\\nnipulated in such a manner that the water will gravitate out\\nthrough the instrument; or, if necessary, the pump may be at\u00c2\u00ac\\ntached and the contents aspirated. If the thoracic cavity is filled\\nthe needle should be introduced through the diaphragm (as di\u00c2\u00ac\\nrected in the chapter on \u00e2\u0080\u009cCavity Embalming\u00e2\u0080\u009d), the pump at-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0478.jp2"}, "479": {"fulltext": "CANCEROUS AND CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES 439\\ntaclied, and the water pumped out; or the needle can be inserted\\nbetween the ribs, and the contents aspirated.\\nAfter the water has been removed from the cavities, proceed\\nto remove it from the extremities. This can be done best by the\\nuse of a rubber bandage. A bandage three inches in width by\\ntwelve feet in length, is sufficient for the purpose. The skin\\nshould be punctured, or an incision made through the skin on\\nthe under surface of the arm, from the elbow to the shoulder;\\nthen from the elbow to the wrist-joint. Many punctures should\\nbe made to give exit to the water. Begin the application of\\nthe bandage at the shoulder, wrapping it tightly and regularly\\ndownward without reversing until the elbow-joint is reached\\nthen carry it from that point straight down to the tips of the\\nfingers and apply the bandage in the same manner upward\\ntoward the elbow, until that joint is reached. If the bandage is\\napplied tightly and slowly, the water will be forced out of the\\npunctures or incision ahead of each turn of the bandage. If\\nenough punctures have not been made, more should be made\\nwhile the bandage is being applied. These punctures will not\\nshow after the water is removed and the extremities are placed\\nin position.\\nTo remove water from the lower extremities, the bandage\\nshould be applied, beginning at the hip-joint. It should be\\nwrapped slowly and tightly to the ankle, then carried to the\\ntoes and the application should proceed toward the ankle in the\\nsame manner. Prior to the application of the bandage, the skin\\nshould be punctured at many places, or a single incision should\\nbe made through the skin on the under surface from the hip to\\nthe ankle.\\nAfter the dropsical fluid has been removed in the manner\\nabove described, a common roller-bandage should be applied to\\nthe extremities. Then the heart should be tapped and the blood\\nwithdrawn while fluid is being injected into the arteries. Enough\\nfluid should be injected to fill the capillaries in all parts of the", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0479.jp2"}, "480": {"fulltext": "440\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbody. The addition of a little formalin, say from one to two\\nounces in each quart of any of the ordinary fluids, will harden\\nthe tissues admirably in a case of this kind. lhe cavities\\nshould be filled in the usual manner.\\nIf death has been caused by asphyxia, the congestion of the\\nsurface of the neck and face can be removed, usually, without\\ntrouble, by the withdrawal of blood, as it is thin and does not\\ncoagulate readily in these cases. Usually the watery portion\\nof the blood is increased greatly, which retards coagulation very\\nmaterially.\\nIf cases are treated in this manner, the result will be very satis\u00c2\u00ac\\nfactory.\\nRHEUMATISM.\\nThe great majority of cases of acute rheumatism ultimately end\\nin recovery the proportion of deaths, as the immediate result of\\nan attack, being only a small per cent. On the other hand, a\\nlarge number of persons suffer from remote effects of the disease,\\nmany of which are not only distressing, but likely to lead to\\ndeath. Of the immediately fatal cases, the larger proportion are\\nassociated with, if not actually due to, acute diseases of the res\u00c2\u00ac\\npiratory organs. The fatal cases which present cardiac diseases,\\nespecially acute pericarditis, are scarcely less numerous. Alto\u00c2\u00ac\\ngether, it may be said that from onedialf to threeTourths of all\\ncases of death during acute rheumatism are referable to acute car\u00c2\u00ac\\ndiac and pulmonary diseases, either separately or combined.\\nIt is doubtful whether acute rheumatism ever proves fatal\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nthat is, whether any patient dies from the excessive pain, sweat\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, and consequent exhaustion caused by rheumatism. Hyper\u00c2\u00ac\\npyrexia, next to pulmonary and cardiac complications, is the most\\ncommon cause of death. In a small number of cases, acute al\u00c2\u00ac\\ncoholism and other complications, mentioned elsewhere, lead to\\nfatal termination. A most common effect is valvular disease of\\nthe heart, which, in a majority of cases, is referable to acute endo\u00c2\u00ac\\ncarditis, occurring as a complication of rheumatism.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0480.jp2"}, "481": {"fulltext": "CANCEROUS AND CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES 441\\nIt is impossible to estimate the number of diseases of the lungs,\\nvessels, brain, kidneys, and other organs, which, in their turn, are\\ncaused by such heart diseases. The vessels suffer directly from\\nthe effects of rheumatism, and when, in addition, the remote ef\u00c2\u00ac\\nfects of pneumonia and pleurisy, and the other less-common com\u00c2\u00ac\\nplications of rheumatism, are considered, the ultimate changes are\\nvery extensive.\\nSome of the complications in rheumatism are inflammation of\\nthe heart and pericardium, hyperemia, and inflammation of the\\nlungs, trachea, and larynx, inflammation of the various serous\\nmembranes, various nervous affections, such as meningitis and\\nmental derangement, erythema nodosum, and scarlatina, album\u00c2\u00ac\\ninuria, hyperpyrexia, hemorrhage, and lastly venous or intercur\u00c2\u00ac\\nrent conditions. Cardiac complications are by far the most fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquent, being present in no fewer than fifty per cent, of all cases.\\nInflammation of the heart and pericardium are fully described\\nunder their appropriate headings.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The treatment of these cases is indicated by the\\ncomplicating disease from which the patient dies. It is necessary\\nto know the disease to understand the complications. If the case\\nis one of cardiac disease, or disease of the respiratory organs, the\\ntreatment should be the same as that given under the proper\\nheads.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0481.jp2"}, "482": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXV.\\nDEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CAUSES.\\nPOST=MORTEM CASES.\\nPost-mortem (after death) examinations are held usually by\\nphysicians or experts, with a view to examining the viscera of the\\nlarge cavities of the body. The different viscera have to be re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoved and the parts subjected to examination. To accomplish\\nthis, the different cavities must necessarily be opened. To open\\nthe thoracic and abdominal cavities, an incision is made usually\\nfrom the top of the breast-bone, extending to the center of the\\npubic arch. The tissues are dissected from the breasPbone and\\nthe cartilages of the ribs then an incision is made through the\\nouter ends of the cartilages, near their junction with the ribs the\\nbreast-bone is turned up over the face and held in that position,\\nwdiile the contents of the thoracic and abdominal cavities are re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoved.\\nIn the removal of the viscera, the large vessels within these\\ncavities are severed, entirely destroying the circulation. Not only\\nare the large vessels severed, but also many of the smaller ones,\\nwhich are connected with these by anastomoses, making the liga\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of all the vessels very tedious, and, in some cases, impossible.\\nIf the organs of the pelvis are removed, the anastomoses of the\\ninternal iliac and pubic arteries will be destroyed, which makes\\nit necessary to ligate the external iliac near Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament,\\nto prevent leakage while injecting the femoral arteries.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094To inject the upper extremities, head, face, and\\nneck, it will be necessary to ligate the innominate, left common\\ncarotid, and left subclavian arteries. The tube should be inserted\\ninto either the innominate or left common carotid it matters\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0442", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0482.jp2"}, "483": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CA USES\\n443\\nnot which\u00e2\u0080\u0094,and the artery tied around it. If fluid is then in-\\njected, it will reach the above-named parts. If the fluid is\\ninjected through the innominate, it will pass into the right sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nclavian and ascend through the right common carotid and verte-\\nbral arteries to the outside and inside of the cranial cavity, through\\nthe circle of AVillis at the base of the brain, then downward through\\nthe left internal carotid and left vertebral artery to the subclavian\\nartery, thence to the left extremity. If the left common carotid\\nis used, the fluid will take the opposite direction, reaching all\\nthe parts in a similar manner.\\nIf the cranial cavity has been opened, by removing the skull\u00c2\u00ac\\ncap, and the brain and the meninges removed, injection through\\nthe carotids will amount to nothing only the upper extremities\\ncan be reached, after tying the subclavian on either side and\\nclosing the foramen magnum to prevent the escape of fluid from\\nthe vertebral arteries. To reach the lower extremities, ligate the\\nlargest of the anastomotic arteries and the external iliacs (near\\nPoupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament), which supply these parts. The operation\\nof ligating the arteries above mentioned will take not only a\\nconsiderable length of time, but also will require an anatomical\\nknowledge of the parts, at least sufficient to locate the arteries\\nwhich -are to be ligated.\\nIf tbfe tube is not tied in one of the severed ends of the arteries,\\nthe arteries in the different extremities should then be raised at\\nthe points where the operator is directed to raise them in an or\u00c2\u00ac\\ndinary case. The point of the nozzle can be turned toward the\\ndistal end of the extremity, or towards the heart, just as the oper\u00c2\u00ac\\nator chooses. As the anastomoses are not destroyed in the extrem\u00c2\u00ac\\nities, the fluid will reach all parts of them, just as in cases where\\nthe whole circulation is intact.\\nThe walls of the cavities should be cleansed with a cloth or\\nsponge and hot water, removing as much moisture as is possible\\nsprinkle the walls thoroughly with a dessicating or hardening\\ncompound then cleanse and wipe dry each of the visceral organs,", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0483.jp2"}, "484": {"fulltext": "444\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n(lusting hardening compound over them, and replace them in the\\ncavities to which they belong. After the viscera have been re\u00c2\u00ac\\nplaced, the hardening compound should be dusted freely over\\nthem. A layer of cotton hatting or absorbent cotton may be in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntroduced over the viscera and the edges of the incision drawn 4\\ntogether and stitched in the ordinary manner.\\nIf the contents of the cranial cavity have been removed, and\\nthe trunk has not been opened, the common carotids should be\\ntied, and a plug may be placed in the foramen magnum to pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nvent leakage through the vertebral arteries. Fluid can then be\\ninjected as in an ordinary case.\\nIf, at the same time, the thoracic cavity has been opened, a lig\u00c2\u00ac\\nature may be drawn tightly around the neck, just above the\\nbreasbbone, which will strangulate the vessels that have been\\nopened within the thorax then place the body well on the in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncline and fill the remainder of the cranial cavity full of fluid, al\u00c2\u00ac\\nlowing it to gravitate into the tissues of the neck and face. This\\nwill follow rapidly. If the brain is to be returned to the cavity,\\nit should be covered with hardening compound or some dessica-\\nting powder; then the inside of the skulbcap and the raw sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaces of the scalp that have been removed should be dusted\\nliberally with the drying powder, the skulbcap returned to its\\nplace, and the edges of the scalp stitched together, and fluid in\u00c2\u00ac\\njected into the cellular tissues beneath the skin in quantities\\nsufficient to fill all the tissues.\\nAnother method, the result of which will be equally satisfactory,\\nis to inject fluid through the cellular tissue over the surface of\\nthe extremities, at every point, instead of ligating and injecting*\\nthe arteries. If enough fluid is injected through the cellular\\ntissue over the upper surface, it will settle downward and thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly sterilize and preserve all of the tissues.\\nWhether the arteries are ligated in all cases or not, the injection\\nthrough the cellular tissue underneath the skin over the trunk is\\nnecessary, as the arteries carrying blood to the soft tissues on the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0484.jp2"}, "485": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CA USES\\n445\\noutside of the skeleton in the trunk cannot be reached by the\\narterial injection. The hardening compound, which is used\\nwithin the thoracic and abdominal cavities around and over the\\nvisceral contents, will only dry and preserve the viscera, and will\\nnot penetrate or dessicate all of the soft tissues forming the walls\\nof the cavities.\\nFrequently, where the circulation through the neck and cranial\\ncavity is intact, if a cord is tied tightly around the neck, to close\\nthe arterial and venous channels in that part, one of the needle\\nprocesses can he used and fluid injected into every part of the\\nface, head, and neck, as well as into the viscera of the cranial\\ncavity, preserving the features in a perfectly natural condition.\\nWe have accomplished this successfully in a number of cases.\\nThe operator will be obliged to depend largely upon his own\\njudgment in the treatment of these cases, as what will apply to\\none will not always apply to another.\\nDROWNED CASES.\\nWhen a body has met death in any manner, and is placed in\\nthe water after life is extinct, its preservation will scarcely be\\naffected in the least. Even after remaining in the water for\\nmany hours, there is no water found in the lungs, or in any other\\npart of the body, except that which it normally contains.\\nBut when a bodv is drowned, the conditions are different.\\nDeath is caused by asphyxia. At the last effort at respiration,\\nwater instead of air is taken into the lungs. Respiration is\\nlargely involuntary that is, respiration is carried on by muscles\\nnot under the control of the will to a very great extent. There\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore, the drowning man holds his breath as long as possible, but\\nfinally the involuntary muscles compel the effort to breathe,\\nwhen water is taken into the lungs.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Water taken into the lungs and stomach hastens\\nputrefaction in these organs, and, unless fluid is injected directly\\ninto the lungs through the respiratory tract, a bloody purging", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0485.jp2"}, "486": {"fulltext": "446\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nwill follow, usually, within a few hours. After drowning, the\\nbody sinks, and, ordinarily, remains at the bottom of the water\\nfor some time, or until gases begin to generate in the cavities\\nand tissues, which raise it to the surlace. It it is taken lrom\\nthe water, immediately after coming to the surface, it should be\\ncovered at once, so as entirely to exclude the light and air, as\\nthey will form a kind of corroding of the skin, which cannot be\\nremoved. If the body is embalmed at once, the natural features\\nand color may be retained.\\nA \u00e2\u0080\u009cFLOATER.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nIf the body is what is termed a \u00e2\u0080\u009cfloater\u00e2\u0080\u009d (one that has been\\nfloating on the surface of the water), there will be a very disa\u00c2\u00ac\\ngreeable odor, and the tissues and cavities will be filled with gases.\\nIf it has been exposed for some time, the subcutaneous, cellular\\ntissue and the cavities will be filled with the gases, so that the skin\\nwill be distended to its greatest extent. It will be of a darkish*\\ngreen- color. The middle layer will be softened, and the cuticle\\nwill be found loose and shreded. The eyes will be bulging out\\nof their sockets, the lips puffed, etc.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Cases of this kind are hard and unpleasant to\\nhandle, and it cannot be expected to make them fully present\u00c2\u00ac\\nable. Indeed, some say that nothing can be done with them,\\nand that they should be buried at once. If these cases were\\nalways found near their homes, such treatment might be all that\\nis necessary. But, unfortunately, the human family is migratory,\\nand accidents and suicides occur away from home, making it\\nnecessary to ship such bodies. Even if near their homes, their\\nfamilies often insist upon giving them Christian burial, according\\nto the rites of the church.\\nIf purging is going on when the body is received, turn it upon\\nthe side, and make pressure upon the ribs with the hands, and\\nat the same time press the diaphragm upward with the knee, to\\nRelieve the lungs and stomach of their contents. After removing", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0486.jp2"}, "487": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CAUSES\\n447\\nall matter and water from the lungs and stomach, these organs\\nshould be filled with fluid through the trachea.\\nA case of this kind should be treated as follows Place the\\nbody upon the board if the cuticle is loose and shreded, wash\\nit off entirely cleanse the body of other matter; then raise\\nan artery at some point and inject all the fluid the arteries will\\nreceive next fill the cavities then remove the gases from the\\ncellular tissue and fill with fluid. This can be done by intro\u00c2\u00ac\\nducing the trocar or liollowmeedle underneath the skin along\\nthe center of the body, over the breast-bone, the linea alba\\n(white line of the abdomen), the upper surface of the upper and\\nlower extremities, and under the lips, e} T elids, and the wings of\\nthe nose. The gases should be allowed to escape, and fluid should\\nbe injected in large quantities. The amount of fluid necessary\\nto use in adult cases will range from three to five gallons.\\nIf the tissues and cavities are filled in the above manner, the\\nputrefactive bacteria will be destroyed, and the body will harden\\nand can be shipped to any point without giving the least trouble.\\nLIGHTNING AND ELECTRICITY.\\nDeath resulting from these causes may show, in a postmortem\\nexamination, an entirely different condition in different bodies.\\nSome may exhibit no lesion whatever, the manner of death in\\nthese instances being shock to the brain and general nervous sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntem. On the other hand, the electricity, in its passage through\\nthe body, may produce a number of mechanical effects. A ounds,\\nlike those inflicted by a blunt stabbingdnstrument, may mark\\nthe point of entry and departure bones may be broken, the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal viscera torn, and arteries and veins ruptured. Rigor mor\u00c2\u00ac\\ntis is not apparent as a rule, and the blood remains in a fluid\\ncondition.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Usually, decomposition commences very soon\\nafter death, so the blood should be removed at once, The femoral\\nvein should be raised, as more blood can be withdrawn from that", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0487.jp2"}, "488": {"fulltext": "448\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\npoint than from any other. After raising the femoral artery and\\nvein, a drainagertube should be inserted into the vein to a point\\nabove Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament, and tied. The artery should then be\\nopened and the arteriahtube inserted. The aspirator should be\\nattached to the arteriahtube and fluid injected. However, before\\nthe injection begins, the body should be elevated, and the blood be\\nallowed to drain out by gravitation, while fluid is being injected\\ninto the artery. After a large amount of fluid has been injected,\\nthe cavities should be filled in the usual manner.\\nIf the case is one in which the vascular system has been de-\\nstroyed, treat the cavities as usual, and fill the soft tissues on the\\noutside of the skeleton by the injection of fluid through the cellu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlar tissue. If the circulation is not destroyed in the head and\\nneck, a cord should be tied tightly around the neck, and fluid in\u00c2\u00ac\\njected by one of the needle processes. This will fill the capil\u00c2\u00ac\\nlaries and tissues of the head, face, and neck whereas, fluid\\ninjected underneath the skin, over the parts that are exposed,\\nwill destroy the features, causing mottling or spots.\\nCASES OF MUTILATION.\\nAs in Railroad and Other Accidents.\\nIn deatli from railroad and other similar accidents great muti\u00c2\u00ac\\nlation of the body often results. The extremities may be torn\\nfrom the body the trunk itself severed in twain the head be\\nmashed, and the brains ooze from the wounds vessels may\\nbe torn, rendering the circulation of fluid through the arteries\\nimpossible.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The operator should use his judgment in the\\ntreatment of these cases, as they differ very much from the ordi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnary. If possible, the vessels should be tied and injected, but,\\nwhere the mutilation is extensive and it is not possible to tie the\\narteries, fluid should be injected in large quantities into the sub\u00c2\u00ac\\ncutaneous, cellular tissue.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0488.jp2"}, "489": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CA USES\\n449\\nIf an extremity be severed, a cord tied tightly around the\\nstump will be sufficient to strangulate the vessels, so that there\\nwill be no leakage when the arteries are filled. The distal end\\ncan be injected through the subcutaneous, cellular tissue, and the\\nsurfaces be covered with hardening compound and sewed to the\\nproximal end, or stump, covering the seam also with hardening\\ncompound.\\nIf several of the extremities are severed, they can be treated in\\nthe same manner. When the walls of the cavities are intact,\\nfluid can be injected freely into them and into their visceral con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntents.\\nIf the trunk is severed in twain, the liquid contents should be\\nremoved as far as possible, and hardening compound used freely\\nover the organs then the body should be sewed together and\\nhardening compound placed over the wound on the outside, using\\nabsorbent cotton when necessary. In mutilation which severs the\\ntrunk, the circulation will be destroyed. Before sewing the parts\\ntogether, the arteries should be tied and injected also fluid should\\nbe injected into the subcutaneous, cellular tissue, especially over\\nthe trunk and near the mutilation. All gashes and cuts should\\nbe sewed neatly and covered with hardening compound. Bruises\\nand discolorations can be covered with pigment.\\nIf the nose, lips, and other parts of the face that are exposed\\nshould be torn away, the raw surfaces should be sprinkled with\\nhardening compound and covered with some white fabric. The\\nfeatures may be built out with plaster.of Paris by an artist, and\\ntinted, as recommended by some, but the ordinary operator will\\nnot, as a rule, find this method satisfactory.\\nIf a body is cut to pieces in such a manner that coaptation of\\nthe parts is impossible, the following treatment may be used\\nTake fifteen pounds of hardening compound and twentyffive\\npounds of sawdust; mix thoroughly cover the bottom of an\\nordinary rough box to a depth of about two inches with the mix\u00c2\u00ac\\nture place the parts therein and cover with the remainder, al-\\n36", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0489.jp2"}, "490": {"fulltext": "450\\nCHAMPION TEXT.BOOK OX EMBALMING\\nlowing them to remain for twenty Tour to forty weight hours, after\\nwhich time they will be dessicated thoroughly, and can be handled\\nwithout the presence of odor or moisture.\\nGUNSHOT WOUNDS.\\nIn cases of death resulting from gunshot wounds, the circula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion frequently is destroyed in the parts, the immediate^ cause of\\ndeath being hemorrhage.\\nTreatment. In the treatment of these cases, it will be neces\u00c2\u00ac\\nsary to cut down to and tie the artery, if it is wounded or\\nsevered. Death may result from hemorrhage, caused by the\\nwounding of a large vein within the trunk, or within one of the\\ncavities. If a vein only is wounded, the vessel will not have\\nto be tied.\\nIf the wound be through the aorta, or one or more of its large\\nbranches, the injection of fluid through the arterial system\\nwould not be successful in filling the capillaries of the soft tissues\\non the outside of the body. The fluid would pass through to\\nthe wound and there escape into the cavities of the trunk, re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsulting in cavity injection alone hence, the necessity for tying\\nthe artery on both sides of the wound. If the artery or arteries\\ncannot be tied, fluid should be injected into the subcutaneous,-\\ncellular tissue over the upper surfaces of the body, and the\\ncavities should be filled in the usual manner.\\nIf the wound is through the skull, the ball having made the\\nhole of entrance and exit through the skull-bones, the holes can\\nbe closed with putty, plaster of Paris, or pledgets of absorbent\\ncotton, and the injection can proceed as if the circulation were\\nnot destroyed within the cavity.\\nIf the skullcap lias been torn away, the body should be placed\\nvery high on the incline, an artery raised, and fluid injected very\\nslowly until fluid appears in the wound, when it should be\\nallowed to gravitate and settle into the tissues. After a time,\\nthe injection can be repeated, and, in this way, a sufficient", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0490.jp2"}, "491": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CAUSES\\n451\\namount of fluid can be injected to till the capillaries in the parts\\nbelow the skull. After the injection through the arteries, fluid\\nshould be introduced directly into the remaining brain sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance, and the whole covered with hardening compound. The\\ninside of the skullcap should be dusted with powder and the\\nparts that remain should be placed in position. Fluid should\\nthen be injected into the subcutaneous, cellular tissue in all parts\\nof the scalp that are not filled with fluid by the injection of the\\narteries. The wound should then be covered with absorbent\\ncotton, and held in position with a roller bandage.\\nAgain, the arteries may be strangulated in the neck by the\\napplication of a fine cord, which should be drawn tightly to\\nprevent leakage through the skull, while the extremities and the\\ntrunk are being injected with fluid. The face and upper por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions should be treated by the subcutaneous injection of fluid,\\nand the brain or remaining contents of the skull should receive\\nspecial treatment, as directed above. After a time the cord\\naround the neck can be removed. The judgment of the oper\u00c2\u00ac\\nator should govern in the treatment of each case.\\nASPHYXIA\\nAsphyxia is understood to mean the condition that results from\\nthe interruption or cessation of the function of respiration. The\\ncauses of asphyxia are disease of, or injury to, the medula ob\u00c2\u00ac\\nlongata, producing paralysis of the respiratory nerve=centers;\\nparalysis of the nerves or muscles of respiration collapse or dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease of the lungs closing of the air^passages by tumors or spasms\\nof the glottis; by foreign bodies; suffocation strangulation\\nhanging drowning etc.\\nThe blood is of a dark color, owing to complete reduction of the\\nhemoglobin and the proportion of the carbonic acid gas being\\ngreatly increased. The blood coagulates slowly or imperfectly,\\nremaining fluid for a long time, or forming only a few soft\\ncoagula. The right side of the heart, large venous tranks, and", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0491.jp2"}, "492": {"fulltext": "452\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthe pulmonary artery, are distended with dark blood. (Some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes the left side and large arteries are full, but more frequently\\nthey are empty, or contain only a small amount of dark blood.\\nThe capillaries of the face and neck may be more or less con\u00c2\u00ac\\ngested. The lungs may be full of blood, but more frequently are\\npale and anemic. Usually the abdominal viscera are engorged.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In asphyxia, the smaller vessels and capillaries\\nof the surface are filled with blood, causing a dark^bluish dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncoloration, especially in the face and neck. To remove this con\u00c2\u00ac\\ngestion, the body should be placed high on the incline, and the\\nblood withdrawn by tapping the heart direct or through the basilic\\nor femoral vein. It is better to raise the femoral vein, as it is most\\ndependent, and gravity will aid the operation. Fluid should be\\ninjected through the femoral artery\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, provided the femoral\\nvein is used\u00e2\u0080\u0094which will aid in forcing the blood from the vein\\nby pressure upon the peripheral vessels. Fluid should be injected\\nvery slowly and carefully. If the radial or brachial artery is used,\\nthen the direct operation upon the heart, or the basilic veimtube,\\nwill answer for the withdrawal of blood. This should take place\\nalternately with the injection of fluid through the artery\u00e2\u0080\u0094pump\u00c2\u00ac\\ning out as much blood as possible, then injecting a pint or two of\\nfluid, and pumping alternately until the blood has been with\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrawn. If the rim of the ear still remains dark, it should be\\nturned upward and pressed upon to remove the blood in the ves\u00c2\u00ac\\nsels and capillaries. The needle processes are not necessary, as\\nthe blood can be withdrawn as directed.\\nDEATH BY FREEZING.\\nBodies that are frozen will be rigid, due to the freezing of the\\nliquids in the tissues near the surface, very much resembling\\nthe condition known as rigor mortis. There is this difference,\\nhowever: when the rigidity of freezing is broken up there will\\nbe heard a crackling sound, similar to that of breaking a frozen\\ncloth, due to the fracture of the frozen liquids.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0492.jp2"}, "493": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CAUSES\\n453\\nThe surface may be frozen and still death may not be present.\\nIf there is a doubt, the body should be taken into a room, not\\ntoo warm, and cold water first applied to the surface, making\\nsuccessive applications, increasing the temperature of the water\\neach time. Then place in blankets, rub and chafe the surface\\nof the body until signs of life return do not place it too near\\nthe fire or a strong heat too soon, as such practice will not result\\nsatisfactorily. If death is really present, the blood will be found\\nthin, after the body has been thawed out, as freezing does not\\ncoagulate the blood in fact, it retards coagulation.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094As soon as the body is thawed out, the blood\\nshould be withdrawn, and the body filled with fluid as in any\\nother case.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0493.jp2"}, "494": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXVI.\\nDEATH FROM POISON.\\nFluid should not be injected into a case dying from natural\\ncauses, if it is known that a post-mortem examination is to be\\nheld, or scientific investigation is to be made. If fluid is injected,\\nit will change and harden the structure so that a microscopic\\nexamination cannot be made; nor will the tissues have the same\\nappearance after the injection. Neither should fluid be injected\\ninto a case dying under such circumstances as to permit a doubt\\nas to whether death resulted from natural causes or from criminal\\npractices. If fluid is injected, the real cause of death may be en\u00c2\u00ac\\ntirely covered, as when metallic or other poisons are used for the\\npurpose of producing death.\\nIn all such cases, the coroner should be called at once, and the\\noperator should be governed entirely by the official decision in\\nthe case. If the coroner permits the embalming of the body, the\\nresponsibility rests on him alone but, if embalming should be\\npracticed without his permission, the mistake will rest with the\\noperator.\\nWhen murder is committed, everything should be done to aid\\nthe law to place the crime where it belongs. The sources of evi\u00c2\u00ac\\ndence, in cases of suspected poisoning, are the symptoms, the\\npostmortem appearances, and chemical analysis of articles of\\nfood and drink, and of the body and excretions. The poisons most,\\ncommonly administered are opium, prussic acid, arsenic in vari\u00c2\u00ac\\nous forms, phosphorus, oil of vitrol, the mercurial salts, and\\noxalic acid. Sometimes persons are found dead, as the result of\\npoison, concerning the manner of whose death nothing whatever\\ncan be learned a suspicion of poisoning arises from the cir-\\n454", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0494.jp2"}, "495": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM POLS OF\\n455\\ncumstances under which the corpse is found. In such a case,\\nchemical analysis ought invariably to be invoked.\\nThe effects, in the case of many poisons, may be manifested\\neither suddenly or slowly hence, we have acute and chronic\\npoisons. Cases of chronic poisoning are usually tlie result of the\\nrepeated administration of small doses of lead, copper, mercury,\\nphosphorus, or arsenic. The general conditions which excite a\\nsuspicion of poisoning are the sudden onset of serious and in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncreasingly alarming symptoms in a person previously in good\\nhealth, especially if a prominent symptom be pain in the epigas\u00c2\u00ac\\ntric region or where there is complete prostration of the vital\\npowers, a cadaverous expression of the countenance, an abundant\\nperspiration, and speedy death. In all such cases the aid of a\\nchemist is required, either to confirm welbfounded, or to rebut\\nill-founded, suspicions.\\nPoisons may be divided into three classes first, corrosives;\\nsecond, irritants third, neurotics.\\nCorrosive Poisons. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The most commonly administered cor\u00c2\u00ac\\nrosives are the mineral acids\u00e2\u0080\u0094sulphuric, nitric, hydrochloric, and\\noxalic the alkalis\u00e2\u0080\u0094potash, soda, and ammonia bisulphate and\\ncarbonate of potash and zinc, tin, antimony chlorides, and silver\\nnitrate.\\nThe mineral acids and the alkalis have scarcely any remote\\neffects upon the system, their action being almost purely local.\\nThe symptoms of corrosive poisoning are marked and unmis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntakable, except when the patient is an infant. Immediately\\nafter swallowing the corrosive substance, there is an acid, caustic,\\nor metallic, burning sensation felt in the mouth, fauces, gullet,\\nand stomach, which speedily extends over the whole abdominal\\nregion. Vomiting usually follows the contents of the stomach\\nat first are altered, more or less, by the action of the poison no\\nrelief is afforded by the evacuation of the stomach and, later,\\nthe vomits may be mingled, more or less, with altered blood,\\nwhich may be dark or even black shreddy mucus, casts of the", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0495.jp2"}, "496": {"fulltext": "456\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ngullet or stomach, formed by the shedding of the mucous mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane, and sometimes even the muscular wall of the esophagus,\\nare ejected. The abnominal pain is aggravated greatly by\\npressure. The whole abdomen is distended by the gases evolved,\\nowing to the action of the poison. The diaphragm is pressed\\nupon, and extreme difficulty of breathing results, owing to pres\u00c2\u00ac\\nsure upon the lungs. In some cases the secretions are suppressed,\\nwhile in others they are increased. The mouth, tongue, and\\nfauces exhibit the local effects of the corrosive that has been\\ntaken a yellow coating may be observed in the case of nitric\\nacid white, at first, and as if covered with paint, from sul\u00c2\u00ac\\nphuric acid and whitish or brown, and less thickly coated, from\\nhydrochloric acid. Yellow or brown stains may be observed on\\nthe skin, extending downward from the angles of the mouth,\\ncaused by trickling of the acid or other corrosive fluids from the\\nmouth. The surface of the body may become of a purplish\\nhue, due to the difficult respiration. Death usually occurs\\nwithin a period of twelve to twenty-four hours.\\nWhen nitric acid or ammonia is taken, death may be\\ncaused by the vapors gaining access to the air-passages and\\nlungs.\\nOxalic acid in concentrated solution is undoubtedlv a corrosive\\nt/\\nand irritant poison, but it usually produces death by its depressive\\naction upon the heart, before corrosion of the mucous membrane\\nof the alimentary canal takes place.\\nIrritant Poisons are of two.classes, usually: metallic irri\u00c2\u00ac\\ntants, and vegetable and .animal irritants, the latter two being\\ngrouped together.\\nAn irritant is a poison which causes inflammation of the parts\\nto which it is applied, usually the alimentary canal. The most\\nimportant of the metallic irritant poisons is arsenic others are\\nthe salts of antimony, zinc, and other metals. Elaterium, essen\u00c2\u00ac\\ntial oils, and gamboge may be cited as examples of vegetable\\nirritants and cantharides, of animal irritants.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0496.jp2"}, "497": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM POISON\\n457\\nThe symptoms differ from those of corrosive poisons by being\\nmuch slower in development and effects upon the system.\\nThe post-mortem appearances, in cases of irritant and corrosive\\npoisons, are corrosions in the mouth, fauces, gullet, and stomach,\\nthe mucous membrane being shriveled, altered in consistence\\nand color, and more or less detached irritation and inflamma\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the stomach and upper portions of the small intestine\\nulceration and erosion. In corrosive poisoning the stomach\\nmay be perforated, the edges of the aperture may be shredded,\\nand, in the case of sulphuric acid, the viscera may be blackened\\nfrom the action of the acid upon the blood-pigment. The small\\nintestine is implicated to a varying extent, or may altogether\\nescape. The large intestine may be attacked, but this is more\\nespecially the case in poisoning by mercury. Arsenic exerts a\\nspecific effect upon the mucous membrane of the stomach.\\nNeurotic Poisons are those which produce death through the\\nnervous system. This class embraces pure narcotics, such as\\nmorphia, chloral hydrate, prussic acid, aconite, belladonna, car\u00c2\u00ac\\nbolic acid, strychnia, hyoscyamus, etc. The symptoms are nec-\\nessarilv of the most varied character.\\nChloral hydrate causes death after a stage of unconsciousness;\\nthe nature of the poisoning is determined usually by the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nroundings, there being a bottle or some other retainer which\\nwill show evidence of the presence of chloral.\\nPrussic acid produces its effect in the course of a few minutes,\\nor it may be seconds only. Usually the pupils will be dilated\\nand the surface of the body cyanosed (purplish in color).\\nAconite produces death quickly without any apparent anatom\u00c2\u00ac\\nical changes.\\nIn cases of belladonna, the pupils will be widely dilated.\\nCarbolic acid, or phenol, whitens and shrivels the membranes\\nwith which it comes in contact, and not only acts as a corrosive,\\nbut produces speedy narcosis. The peculiar odor of phenol is\\nalways perceptible, though not infrequently overlooked.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0497.jp2"}, "498": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n458\\nIn strychnia, the anatomical appearances are very ill-marked,\\nand, at most, consist of some congestion of the spinal cord, and\\neven this may he wanting.\\nHyoscyamus, and others above mentioned, have no anatomical\\nlesions that are noticeable.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The treatment in the above cases should be the\\nsame as in ordinary cases.\\nOPIUM OR MORPHIN POISONING.\\nIn consequence of the extent to which opium and its prepara\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions, including morphin, are used for the relief of pain, and the\\nreadiness with which the drug is procurable, poisoning by opium\\nis very common, and there is no doubt that a great number of\\npersons perish every year in this country through its improper\\nuse, as we have many preparations known as \u00e2\u0080\u009cquack remedies\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nthat contain a large amount of opium. So far as toxicology is\\nconcerned, the effects of opium are due to the morphin it con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntains, since the effects of other active constituents of the drug are\\novershadowed by those of this, its chief alkaloid.\\nThe post-mortem appearances after opium poisoning are not\\nprominent, or may be said to be almost nil. As a rule the brain\\nis congested, and the lungs and right side of the heart are more\\nor less engorged, as if death were the result of asphyxia but this\\nis not so in all cases.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The greatest trouble that the embalmer experi\u00c2\u00ac\\nences, is in the discolorations that follow after twenty-four to forty*\\neight hours. The preservation of these cases is as easy as those\\ndying from any ordinary disease. In consultation with under\u00c2\u00ac\\ntakers throughout this country, we find that their experience has\\nbeen, almost universally, that thorough injection of the arterial\\nsystem, and the introduction of fluid throughout the cavities, will\\npreserve these bodies but, after twenty*four to forty*eight hours,\\na discoloration of the surface, either wholly or at certain points,\\nespecially over the head, neck, and face, of a chocolate or brown-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0498.jp2"}, "499": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM POISON\\n459\\nish yellow color, will follow. The question lias been asked many\\ntimes, \u00e2\u0080\u009cWhat is the cause of this? Is it due to the introduction\\nof certain chemicals, or is it due to the putrefaction of certain\\nparts of the skin or other tissues of the body? In fact, it has\\nbeen a matter that has not been understood heretofore, either by\\nthe teachers of embalming, or by those who have had occasion\\nto embalm bodies dying from the effects of opium.\\nAfter a thorough examination of such cases and numerous ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nperiments, we have come to the conclusion that this discoloration\\nis due to the pathological changes of certain constituents of the\\nblood. It seems that the corpuscles are disintegrated more or less\\nafter the full effects of the opium are present. By placing a\\nportion of the blood under the microscope, we have been able\\nto find an abundance of hematoidin, due to the disintegration\\nof the red corpuscles, the coloring matter of which is dissolved\\nmore or less in the liquid portion of the blood. This pigment\\nexudes into all the tissues of the body, including the middle\\nlayer of the skin, producing a chocolate color or brownislnyellow\\ntinge.\\nAs will be seen, this tinge is from the imbibition of the afore\u00c2\u00ac\\nsaid blood pigment, that has reached the middle layer in a state\\nof solution. This may occur over the surface of the body and\\nthe face at different points. Many cases present general discoh\\noration\u00e2\u0080\u0099 while others fnay be discolored only in certain parts, as\\na portion of the face on either side, or as spots upon the fore\u00c2\u00ac\\nhead, etc.\\nThis discoloration is permanent; no bleacher that may be ap\u00c2\u00ac\\nplied externally or internally can possibly remove it. Therefore,\\nto preserve such a case thoroughly is all that can be expected.\\nHowever, if the embalmer is an artist as well, he may tint the\\nface with pigment to make it appear more natural. The body\\nshould be placed on an incline, the blood withdrawn, and the\\narteries filled with fluid the gases should be removed and fluid\\ninjected into the cavities in the usual manner.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0499.jp2"}, "500": {"fulltext": "460\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nPOISONING BY ARSENIC.\\nArsenic is classed as a metallic irritant poison, though its action\\nis not limited, by any means, to that of an irritant. It acts spe\u00c2\u00ac\\ncifically on the mucous membrane of the stomach and intestines,\\nwhatever be the channel by which the poison gains access to the\\nstomach. The most usual source of acute arsenical poisoning is\\nthe administration of white arsenic (arsenious acid), but some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes the sulphides, various arsenides, and poisonous commercial\\narticles, such as dyes, wall paper, and pigments, may be taken\\ninto the system by inhalation or absorption.\\nPoisoning by arsenic may be either acute or chronic. By acute,\\nwe mean that which follows the taking of large doses, especially\\nthat of the white arsenic or arsenious acid, which produces death\\nquickly while by chronic, we mean that form of death which\\nfollows the gradual administration of arsenic, or by the inhalation\\nof its fumes in the manufacture of walbpaper, pigments, etc.\\nThe effects of arsenic upon the system are similar, whether\\nlarge or small doses have been taken, or by whatever channel the\\npoison has gained access to the stomach. As a rule, there is\\nmarked inflammation of the stomach and duodenum, and usually\\nof the small and large intestines, also but not uncommonly the\\ninflammation is limited to the stomach, duodenum, and rectum,\\nthe intervening alimentary tract having escaped. If the poison\\nhas been administered in a solid form, white patches of the ar\u00c2\u00ac\\nsenical compound may be found imbedded in thick, bloody muc\u00c2\u00ac\\nous and inflammatory exudations. Portions-of the white arsenic,\\nalso, are converted sometimes, by the sulphureted hydrogen\\nevolved during decomposition, into yellow sulphids. Ulceration\\nof the stomach is rare, and perforation almost unknown. It is\\ntrue, the above condition in part\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is inflammation of the\\nstomach, duodenum, and small intestine\u00e2\u0080\u0094is present, to a greater\\nor less extent, in poisoning, by all of the irritant poisons, such as\\ncorrosive sublimate, hydrochloric and oxalic acids, potash, soda,\\nammonia, etc.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0500.jp2"}, "501": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM FOLSOM\\n461\\nArsenic exerts a specific effect upon the mucous membrane of\\nthe stomach. On account of the great penetrating character of\\narsenic, if it is taken in large doses, it will penetrate the tissues\\nand reach almost every part of the body, thereby having a ten\u00c2\u00ac\\ndency to preserve the tissues, it being antiseptic in its action, and\\nhaving the power of retarding the growth of the bacteria of putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Cases of this kind should not be hard to preserve.\\nAs stated above, preservation will follow its presence. The effect\\nupon the circulation and upon the capillaries produced by\\nthe straining, caused by retching and vomiting, and the direct\\neffect of the arsenic upon the blood^pigments, may produce pe\u00c2\u00ac\\nculiar discolorations, which may be hard to remove, although, if\\nthe usual means of removing discolorations are applied, a natural\\nappearance may be produced.\\nThe body should be placed high upon the incline, and the\\nblood withdrawn by the direct operation upon the heart, or\\nthrough one of the veins. If there still remains a dark or bluish\\ndiscoloration, an application of ice and salt may be made with\\ngood effect. Then the body should be injected carefully, through\\nthe arterial system, filling the tissues thoroughly. The cavities\\nshould be freed from gases and filled with fluid in the usual\\nmanner.\\nPOISONING BY MERCURY.\\nMercurial poisoning may be either acute or chronic the former\\nresulting from the administration of one or several large doses\\nat short intervals; the latter form arising from the repeated\\nadministration of small doses of the less active preparations of\\nthe metal.\\nAcute Mercurial Poisoning.\\nThe effects produced by a considerable dose of one of the\\nmore soluble compounds of mercury, such as the bichlorid or\\nthe nitrate, are those of. a corrosive, irritant poison. The effects\\nsre immediate even in the act of swallowing the patient ex-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0501.jp2"}, "502": {"fulltext": "462\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nperiences an intense burning sensation in the mouth and\\nthroat, which is followed by excruciating pain in the stomach\\nand throughout the abdomen. The local effects are frequently\\nseen, as the whitening of the tongue and lauces. hen a\\nconcentrated solution of bichlorid of mercury is applied to the\\nunbroken skin, most of the effects of mercurial poisoning may\\nresult.\\nThe anatomical changes that are induced by mercurial poison\u00c2\u00ac\\ning are those of inflammation and even erosion of the mucous\\nmembrane of the stomach and extravasation of blood beneath\\nthis membrane. The whole intestinal tract exhibits signs of ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntensive inflammation, which is noticed especially in the large in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntestine. The mucous surface of the rectum is covered with\\nshreds of bloody mucus and usually exhibits signs of intense\\ninflammation. The appearance of a peculiar slaty color of the\\nmucous membrane of the stomach and intestines, where in-\\nflammation has not been intense, has been thought to be cliarac-\\nteristic of poisoning by corrosive sublimate. There is a great re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsemblance in the symptoms produced by arsenic and those pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced by corrosive sublimate and. other corrosive preparations\\nof mercury, but the diagnosis is generally not very difficult.\\nThe greater frequency of bloody stools and metallic taste in the\\nmouth, following almost immediately on the administration of a\\nlarge dose of corrosive sublimate, serve to differentiate between\\nthe poisons. If doubt exists, an analysis of the secretions may\\nbe made. Mercury is most readily detected in the saliva, and\\narsenic in the urine. Where salivation, and the peculiar fetor of\\nthe breath exists, they will also be valuable aids in determining\\nwhich of the poisons has been taken.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Embalming should not follow, in cases of mer\u00c2\u00ac\\ncurial poisoning, until permitted by the coroner or some other\\nagent of the law. The treatment should be varied according to\\nthe condition. Generally the filling of the tissues and cavities\\nin the usual manner will be all that is required.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0502.jp2"}, "503": {"fulltext": "463\\nDEATH FROM POISON\\nChronic Mercurial Poisoning\u00e2\u0080\u0094Mercurialism.\\nThe repeated ingestion of small doses of the more soluble and\\nactive salts ol mercury, such as the bicyanid and bichlorid, some\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes give rise to chronic symptoms, but more frequently these\\nsymptoms result when one or more doses of the more insoluble\\npreparations of the metal are administered, such as calomel or\\nthe oxids. Chronic symptoms, which follow the administration\\nof one dose of mercury, may not be altogether due to the peculiar\\nidiosyncrasy of the patient, but may be attributable, to a certain\\ndegree, to the slowness with which the mercury is eliminated from\\nthe system. There appears, also, to be a remarkable difference\\nbetween mercuric and mercurous salts in respect to their toxic\\nproperties, which is not altogether dependent upon their differences\\nin solubility. Mercuric compounds are more solvent than mercu\u00c2\u00ac\\nrous salts. Salivation is the most common result of the continued\\nadministration of mercuric compounds. In these cases, there is a\\nprevious discharge from the salivary glands, swelling and tender\u00c2\u00ac\\nness of the gums, and a peculiar fetor of the breath. Occasionally\\nthere is gangrene of the cheeks, a fatal result sometimes ensuing.\\nWorkers in mercury, the looking-glass, barometer, and ther\u00c2\u00ac\\nmometer makers, are apt to suffer from a peculiar form of shaking\\npalsy, known as the trembles,\u00e2\u0080\u009d which may result from the hand\u00c2\u00ac\\nling of the oxids of the metal, but more frequently results from\\nthe mercurial fumes. The upper extremities are first affected, the\\nwhole muscular system following by degrees. The condition is\\nintensified on attempting to exert the muscles, as in passing a\\nglass of water to the lips, or in an attempt at locomotion when\\nthe patient tries to walk, he will break into a dancing trot. In\\nadvanced cases, the muscles of mastication and deglutition are\\naffected, and finally delirium, mania, and idiocy, may follow the\\ncontinued inhalation of mercurial fumes, death resulting sooner\\nor later in many cases.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the treatment of these cases, the ordinary\\nmethods will usually suffice. There is generally a metallic tinge", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0503.jp2"}, "504": {"fulltext": "464\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nin the skin, which it is impossible to remove. Powdering or\\nartistic application of tints will, in many cases, have a pleasing\\neffect.\\nPOISONING BY CARBONIC ACID.\\nTo inhale carbonic acid (carbon dioxid) will produce fatal\\nresults sooner or later, owing to the degree of concentration. It\\naccumulates in a very concentrated degree in pits, cellars,\\nmines, old wells, lime-kilns, fermenting-vats, etc. When it is\\nundiluted it is very rapidly fatal, as is seen when persons in-\\ncautiouslv descend into an old well, or where miners enter an\\nold mine, or certain parts of a mine after an explosion. Death\\nin these cases results very quickly.\\nPoisoning by carbonic acid produces the condition known\\nas asphyxia. There is a general engorgement of the whole\\nvenous system. The veins of the brain are especially full. The\\nblood is of a dark color and very fluid. It remains fluid for a\\nlong time, coagulation being retarded very materially. The\\nhemoglobin is reduced completely, so that it readily transudes\\ninto the tissues. The normal heat of the body is retained for a\\nlong time after death. Rigor mortis is well marked, coming on\\nslowly and remaining many hours. The appearance of the\\nlungs is not constant. They are not always congested, but are\\nfrequently pale and anemic. The posterior and dependent parts\\nof the lungs are congested hypostatically. The surface of the\\nbody will appear very dark, on account of the presence of an\\nexcess of the carbonic acid gas, due not only to that which is\\ninhaled, but to a large amount being retained in the system on\\naccount of insufficient aeration.\\nTreatment. The body should be placed high on the incline\\nand blood withdrawn. If a large amount of blood is with\u00c2\u00ac\\ndrawn, the blueness of the surface will disappear, but the red\\ndiscoloration will remain, owing to the reduction of hemoglobin,\\nand its having transuded into the tissues outside of the vessels,\\nespecially those near the surface. An artery should then be", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0504.jp2"}, "505": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM POISON\\n465\\nraised and the body filled with fluid. The cavities should be\\ntreated in the usual manner. On account of the hypostatic con\u00c2\u00ac\\ngestion ol the lungs, fluid should be injected through the respi\u00c2\u00ac\\nratory tract. If this is neglected purging from the lungs is very\\nliable to follow.\\nPOISONING BY CARBONIC OXID.\\nCarbonic oxid is a far more dangerous agent than carbonic\\nacid, and to it are due many of the effects sometimes ascribed to\\nthe latter. It is an extremely active poison. The deaths caused\\nby charcoal fumes are due to the presence of carbonic oxid. It\\nalso exists in coal gas and constitutes its main danger. Suicide\\nis committed frequently by the inhalation of charcoal fumes, but\\ndeaths usually occur by accident from sleeping in close rooms in\\nwhich the fumes escape from the stove or pipe, death resulting\\nvery quickly.\\nThe special morbid characteristics are the bright, cherry-red\\ncolor of the blood and of the structures and surfaces of the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal organs. If the peripheral vessels are engorged, or the\\nhead and face congested, they will be of a very bright-red color.\\nThe post-mortem discoloration is of a similar red tint; even\\nwhere no congestion exists, in certain parts of the body, as of the\\nface, a ruddy hue is attained. The red tint of the blood is due\\nto the compound which carbonic oxid forms with hemoglobin,\\nwhich is very stable and not readily broken up and hence the\\noxygen-carrying power of the corpuscles is paralyzed. The hemo\u00c2\u00ac\\nglobin, in these cases, resists reduction in the usual manner,\\ndiffering, therefore, from the normal blood-coloring matter. The\\nheat of the body is retained for a long time coagulation is re\u00c2\u00ac\\ntarded rigor mortis comes on slowly, is well marked, and lasts\\nfor a long time.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094After placing the body upon the incline, the\\nblood should be withdrawn, by tapping the heart direct, or\\nthrough one of the veins. If the body remains on the incline\\nuntil the-blood settles out of the peripheral vessels, the redness\\n37", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0505.jp2"}, "506": {"fulltext": "466\\nCHAMPION TENTH O OK ON EMBALMING\\nof tlie surface will disappear, as the redness is due to the changed\\ncolor of the blood only, and not to the reduction of the hemo\u00c2\u00ac\\nglobin. Therefore, it does not pass out into the tissues. An\\nartery should be raised and the capillaries filled very thoroughly,\\nfollowed by the filling of the cavities by the usual operations.\\nPOISONING BY COAL GAS.\\nCoal gas employed for illuminating and heating purposes con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntains, in addition to the olefiant gas and analogous hydrocarbons,\\non which the illuminating power is dependent, certain other\\ngases, called diluents, such as hydrogen, marsh gas, carbonic\\noxid, together with certain impurities, as carbonic acid, sulphu-\\nreted hydrogen, and bisulphid of carbon. The characteristic odor\\nof coal gas is mainly dependent upon these impurities. This\\nodor is perceptible when mixed with atmospheric air to the ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntent of 1 10,000, making it a valuable safeguard against acci\u00c2\u00ac\\ndents which occur from escaping gas. In addition to the danger\\nfrom inhalation, fatal accidents often result from explosions\\nwhich occur if a match is lighted in an atmosphere containing\\n10 per cent, of gas. A less proportion than 10 per cent, is non\u00c2\u00ac\\nexplosive, but will prove fatal if inhaled for a long period of time.\\nPoisoning by coal gas is frequently the result of an accident\\nby inhalation, which may ensue among workmen from exposure\\nto a sudden rush of undiluted gas, from gas meters and mains,\\nfilling the apartments in which they are confined. Persons\\nwho are not in the habit of burning gas for illuminating pur\u00c2\u00ac\\nposes, may leave the gas-taps open, on account of not knowing\\nhow to turn them off properly. Occasionally, coal gas is used for\\nsuicidal purposes by turning it on in a close room. More fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently, slowly fatal cases may result from a gas-tap being left\\nopen through carelessness, or from the accidental extinction of the\\nlight, or from leaking of gas pipes in the house or from the\\nmain. In the latter case, the gas enters the room through\\ncellars, walls, or by means of drainage or sewer pipes.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0506.jp2"}, "507": {"fulltext": "DEATH FBOM POISON\\n467\\nOn handling or opening the body, the smell of gas is often very\\nmarked. The blood is of a dark color and it coagulates very\\nreadily. There is a bright color of the pulmonary tissues, froth\\nin the air-passages, and congestion of the mucous membrane,\\nespecially at the base of the tongue. There is also engorgement\\nof the cerebral -and spinal veins and rose-colored patches on the\\nthighs. As in all cases of asphyxia, the surface becomes con\u00c2\u00ac\\ngested and of a dark-bluish color; this is marked in the head,\\nface, and neck. Frequently, a bloody, frothy purge escapes from\\nthe mouth and nose.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The blood should be withdrawn as soon as\\npossible after death, on account of its becoming coagulated so\\nquickly, to relieve the congestion and to remove the discolora\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, especially in the parts that are exposed to view. If the\\nblood has coagulated already in the large vessels, it can be re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmoved from the surface by application of the ice and salt mix\u00c2\u00ac\\nture. If the blood is coagulated firmly in the small vessels and\\ncapillaries, nothing will remove the discoloration. Fluid should\\nbe injected into the lungs through the respiratory tract; other\u00c2\u00ac\\nwise, the treatment should be as in an ordinary case.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0507.jp2"}, "508": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXVII.\\nMISCELLANEOUS DISEASES.\\nCHRONIC ALCOHOLISM.\\nIn giving the morbid changes that take place in the body from\\nchronic alcoholism, we can do no better than quote from Curnow\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cThe amount of fat in the blood is increased, or it becomes\\nmore visible. Chronic congestion or catarrh of the stomach,\\nleading to atrophy of the gland-cells, and an increase of sub-\\nmucous connective tissue, is very constant, but chronic ulcer is\\nnot frequent. The liver is first enlarged from congestion, and\\nmay continue so from a subsequent infiltration with fat; but\\nmore frequently it shrinks, owing to cirrhosis. Lobular em\u00c2\u00ac\\nphysema, chronic bronchitis, and hypostatic pneumonia are\\ncommon. The heart is flabby, dilated, and presents fatty infil\u00c2\u00ac\\ntration or even degeneration of its muscular tissue but it may\\nbe hypertrophied, probably as a result of coexistent disease of\\nthe kidneys. The arteries and endocardium are studded with\\natheromatous deposits the capillaries are congested and the\\nveins varicosed. The kidneys exhibit the fatty, or more com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonly, the granular form of Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease. The muscles are\\npale and flabby, and even in the bones formation of fat takes\\nplace at the expense of the bony texture. The nervous centers\\nare atrophied and tough the convolutions are shrunken the\\nnerve-cells and nerve-fibers are wasted and an increased amount\\nof serous fluid exists in the ventricles and subarachnoid spaces.\\nThe abnormal adhesion of the dura mater to the cranium, the\\nlarge Pacchionian bodies, the opaque arachnoid, and the thick\u00c2\u00ac\\nened pia mater, will testify to an exaggerated development of\\nfibrous tissue. Occasionally hemorrhage into, or softening of the\\nbrain, consequent on the diseased state of the blood-vessels, is\\nmet with. The increase of connective tissue is especially marked\\nin spirit drinkers, and explains the emaciated appearance, pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nmaturely aged look, sunken cheeks, and wrinkled countenance,\\n468", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0508.jp2"}, "509": {"fulltext": "MISCELLANEOUS DLSEASES\\n469\\nwhich they generally present. The beer and wine drinkers, on\\nthe contrary, are loaded with fat, not only in the viscera, but in\\nthe subcutaneous tissue and the omenta; and hence, these sub\u00c2\u00ac\\njects are corpulent, with oily skins and prominent abdomens,\\neven when the face and extremities are wasted. Gouty deposits\\nare also frequent.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nIn these cases dropsy is usually present. Congestion of the\\npharynx, red and inflamed conjunctiva, turgid capillaries, and\\nthe face filled with little pimples, known as acne rosacea, mark\\nthe confirmed toper.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The above described morbid condition will lead\\nyou to determine that a great change has taken place in the con\u00c2\u00ac\\nfirmed drinker, and it is no wonder that in many cases the small\\namount of fluid that is used is followed by trouble. It is true\\nthat alcohol is antiseptic, but the amount of alcohol in the\\nsystem is not sufficient to prevent the growth of the bacteria of\\nputrefaction.\\nOwing to the destruction of the capillaries, and the interference\\nwith the circulation in general, fluid does not penetrate every\\npart of the body. Therefore, those parts that are not impreg\u00c2\u00ac\\nnated with fluid will constitute a soil for the growth of the\\nbacteria of putrefaction. Hence, the trouble we have in these\\nalcohol cases. Indeed, there are cases dying from alcoholism,\\nwhere putrefaction seems to begin immediately after death.\\nRigor mortis comes on and passes off within a few minutes.\\nWhen putrefaction begins in such case, where rigor mortis is\\nabsent, the body must be filled. The fluid should be injected,\\nnot only through the arteries, but into the cellular tissues be\u00c2\u00ac\\nneath the skin through the hollo wmeedle as well. Also the\\ncavities and all the openings of the body should be well filled\\nwith fluid.\\nACUTE ALCOHOLISM.\\nIn cases of acute alcoholism we are liable to have only local\\ntroubles, such as discolorations. A large amount of undigested", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0509.jp2"}, "510": {"fulltext": "470\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nfood in the stomach and gases in the small and large intestines,\\nand sometimes ruptured blood-vessels, and cerebral hemorrhage,\\nmay be present.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Special treatment will be required in each indi\u00c2\u00ac\\nvidual case, but there is no reason why a body dying from acute\\nalcoholism cannot be kept in the hottest weather, if sufficient\\nfluid is used. The arteries and capillaries of the circulation are\\nnot destroyed, as they are in chronic alcoholism. The tissues\\nare in a more natural condition, not being hard or indurated;\\nneither is the connective tissue filled with an unusual amount of\\nalbumen at any point. The chemicals will penetrate the tissues\\nwithout any trouble, and will reach every part of the body. The\\narteries and cavities should be filled with fluid enough should\\nbe injected to bloat or swell the body.\\nDELIRIUM TREMENS.\\nDelirium tremens (mania a potu) is really only an incident to\\nchronic alcoholism, and results from the long-continued action of\\nthe poison on the brain. The condition was first accurately\\ndescribed early in the nineteenth century. The essential nature\\nof the affliction is associated with the loss of the cerebral power\\nin the control of thoughts, emotions, and muscular action, con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsequent to an overexcitement of alcoholic stimuli; sometimes it\\nis immediately dependent upon the diminution of the degree of\\nexcitement to which the brain has been accustomed. Death\\nmay result in from three to seven days. The greatest mortality\\nin delirium tremens is between the ages of twenty-five and fifty.\\nThe pathological conditions and changes are the same as in\\nchronic alcoholism\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094These cases require very thorough treatment.\\nThe condition of the arteries is very often such as to prevent a\\nsuccessful injection of the vascular system, and, as all the organs\\ncontained in the cavities of the abdomen and chest, as well as\\nthe brain, are involved, a most thorough treatment of them is", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0510.jp2"}, "511": {"fulltext": "MISCELLANEOUS DISEASES\\n471\\nnecessary. Use one of the needle processes for the introduction\\nof fluid into the brain tissue. As much fluid as the arteries will\\nreceive should be introduced into them. The blood should be\\nwithdrawn by one of the processes given. The lungs should be\\nfilled by the injection through the trachea. Sometimes there is\\nan effusion in the pleural cavities aspirate to determine that\\nfact; then fill the cavities with fluid. The stomach should be\\ninjected through the esophagus with a stomacli=tube, or through\\nthe holloW Ueedle inserted in the epigastric region. The cavity\\nof the abdomen should be injected to distention, allowing the\\nbody to remain perfectly level as long as possible, that the fluid\\nmay be kept in contact with the liver, spleen, pancreas, and kid\u00c2\u00ac\\nneys. A second injection of the abdominal cavity in six to eight\\nhours would be advisable, after aspirating the fluid first injected.\\nJAUNDICE OF THE NEW BORN.\\nThe normal red color of the skin in children frequently changes\\non the second, third, or fourth day after birth to a yellow or\\njaundiced hue. The yellow tinge is deeper on the face and trunk\\nthan on the extremities. There is usually no special digestive or\\nconstitutional disturbances, although weaklings more often pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nsent this discoloration than do the vigorous. In a large majority\\nof cases, the hue is almost certain to vanish within a week or two,\\nleaving no trouble behind. Occasionally, though, there are com\u00c2\u00ac\\nplications which produce death, leaving this jaundiced condition\\nof the surface.\\nThe cause of this trouble is still a disputed matter. Numerous\\ntheories have been advanced, but no one of these has gained uni\u00c2\u00ac\\nversal acceptance to this day. Formerly there was a considerable\\ntendency to regard the jaundice as a peculiar change taking\\nplace in the blood. This was supposed to be due to the trans\u00c2\u00ac\\nformation of the pigment of broken down corpuscles. This view\\nwas supported, to a certain extent, by the light color of the urine,\\nand the yellow color of the stools\u00e2\u0080\u0094the yellow color of the stools", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0511.jp2"}, "512": {"fulltext": "472\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nshowing that the bile was passing through the ducts, and the\\nlight color of the urine indicating that it did not contain bile*\\npigment. But more recent and accurate examinations have\\nshown that the urine does contain biliary ^pigment, as does also\\nthe kidneys of such children as happen to die during the exist\u00c2\u00ac\\nence of the jaundice biliary acids will be found also in the\\neffusion of serum in the serous sacs. Therefore, it may be con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsidered certain that this discoloration is due to hepatic changes.\\nBut just how the retention of the bile, and the consequent\\nabsorption by the circulation, are caused, we are not able to state.\\nIt is possible that the bile is not ejected properly, on account of\\nweakness, or the ducts may be too narrow, or they may be tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nporarily obstructed by some foreign substance.\\nIt has been noted that after death there is a tendency to con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsiderable passive congestion of the liver, with edema of Glisson\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\ncapsule, and pressure upon the small bile*ducts. The tendency,\\nfor the first few days of life, to a comparatively large amount of\\nbile secretion, due to the destruction of considerable numbers\\nof the red globules, should be considered carefully. In rare\\ninstances, there is complete closure, or even absence, of the large\\nbiliary ducts, due to malformation. Then of course, marked\\njaundice comes on at once after birth, and is persistent, death\\nresulting after a few weeks.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094This discoloration cannot be removed it is, no\\ndoubt, due to the bile=pigment, and is a permanent discolora\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, which is located in the middle or soft layer of the skin and\\ndeeper tissues. These cases may be preserved by the injection\\nof fluid into the cavities, with the addition of the application of\\nfluid over the entire surface of the body. The method of apply\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the fluid should be through the medium of cloths, lintine, or\\nabsorbent cotton, which should be soaked in the fluid and placed\\nover the entire surface of the body, the whole being covered\\nwith some fabric, such as rubber cloth or oiled silk, which will\\nprevent the air coming in contact with the fluid. The tissues,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0512.jp2"}, "513": {"fulltext": "MISCELLANEOUS DISEASES\\n473\\nbeing very soft, may, in due time, absorb a sufficient quantity of\\nfluid to sterilize the tissues on the outside of the body.\\nDEATH OF MOTHER AND FETUS IN UTERO.\\nWhile the mother is alive, a dead fetus in the womb, thus\\nprotected from the air, does not putrefy, but undergoes the\\nprocess of masceration the whole body becomes soft and flaccid,\\nits tissues being infiltrated with fluid but it has no odor. The\\nskin presents points filled with reddish-brown serum, and the\\nepidermis is readily detached with slight friction. The color of\\nthe surface is of a bluish cast, which, after exposure to the air,\\nbecomes more or less bright-red it is not greenish, as is seen\\nin putrefaction. The cellular tissue is infiltrated with bloody\\nserum. The viscera of the different cavities have lost their\\npeculiar tints and have become a reddish-brown color. The\\ncranial bones are unnaturally mobile, overlapping one another\\nto a greater extent than in life; and the periosteum may be\\nabsent from them.\\nWhen the death of the mother also takes place, the conditions\\nof the fetus are quite different. The body of the child is im\u00c2\u00ac\\nmersed in the liquor amnii (water of the womb). This water\\nwill become filled very quickly with putrefactive bacteria, caus\u00c2\u00ac\\ning putrefaction to take place almost immediately in the fetus.\\nIf the liquor amnii were not present, there would be no cause\\nfor the immediate putrefaction of the fetus.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the treatment of a case of this kind it is\\nessential to insert the hollow-needle and remove the water en\u00c2\u00ac\\ntirely, or as much of it as possible then inject fluid sufficient\\nto fill the entire cavity of the womb. This takes the place of\\nthe former fluid, thoroughly immersing the child, making it im\u00c2\u00ac\\npossible for putrefaction to take place.\\nThe proper point to insert the needle, to reach the cavity of\\nthe womb, is the median line, between the umbilicus and pubic\\narch. It should be pushed through the wall of the abdomen,", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0513.jp2"}, "514": {"fulltext": "474\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nand through the wall of the womb. The womb will be found\\nto be a hard substance, and you will readily observe when the\\npoint has reached the cavity. The child may be lying immedi\u00c2\u00ac\\nately in front of the point, and the instrument may enter the\\nbody of the child, which would prevent the withdrawal of water.\\nTherefore, it is necessary to be careful, and manipulate the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nstrument in such a maimer as to reach the water.\\nFluid injected into the arteries of the mother is said to reach\\nthe child through the arteries and circulation connected with the\\nmother, in the same manner that the nourishment reaches the\\nchild while life is present in both child and mother. Even if\\nthat were the case, the amount reaching the fetus, in this manner,\\nwould not be sufficient to destroy the possibility of putrefaction,\\nas the medium through which putrefaction takes place has not\\nbeen removed. The injection of fluid into the fetus is not neces\u00c2\u00ac\\nsary as, by filling the womb with the fluid, the child will be\\npractically in pickle.\\nIn these cases, the mother should be treated in the usual\\nmanner, always considering the disease producing death. These\\ncases have been troublesome to the embalmer, and very fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently questions are asked concerning them, and experiences\\nrelated in regard to them but the method given above, if fol\u00c2\u00ac\\nlowed carefully, will result in every instance in a thoroughly\\npreserved case.\\nSENILITY OR OLD AGE.\\nSenility (old age) is the condition of the body which usually\\nsupervenes naturally after the seventieth year, but sometimes\\noccurs earlier. We do not know why the body should gradually\\ndecline after it reaches a state of maturity and vigor, but such is\\nthe case, to a greater or less extent. The most characteristic\\nchange of the structure is progressive atrophy of almost all of the\\ntissues and organs of the body. The degree of waste varies, but\\nthe weight and height is diminished generally, except in those", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0514.jp2"}, "515": {"fulltext": "MISCELLANEOUS DISEASES\\n475\\npersons who carry with them through this age an increase of fat\\nor adipose tissue.\\nAmong the organs which exhibit simple atrophy in the highest\\ndegree are the brain and spinal cord, organs of generation in both\\nsexes, the mucous membrane and glands of the digestive tract,\\nthe mucous membrane of the bronchi and bladder, the spleen, the\\nlymphatic glands, and the kidneys. The muscles waste, the teeth\\nfall out, and the bones become thin and deficient in animal\\nmatter\u00e2\u0080\u0094some much altered, as, for instance, the lower jaw.\\nAmong the most important changes, and one that exercises a\\nvery direct influence on tissue nutrition, is the excessive shrinking\\nand even obliteration of the capillaries in almost all textures.\\nThe skin becomes much diminished in thickness, especially in the\\ninner layer. When this occurs, it is easily seen why in old age\\nthere will follow, after the injection of fluid into the arterial sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntem, greenish, brownish, and soft spots, in the different parts of\\nthe body, especially noticable in the face, neck, and hands. The\\nproducts of degeneration may accumulate in the tissues and cause\\nthem to be thicker than they are in health, as is seen in the\\nvessels, the walls of which are much thicker than normal. The\\nblood contains fewer corpuscles and solid constituents, is more\\nwatery, and coagulates more readily also the total quantity is\\nless. The pericardium, the endocardium, and the capsules of the\\nliver and spleen, are opaque and toughened. Degeneration of\\nthe cardiac substance may lead to a state of asthenia, which\\ngradually produces death. Dilatation of the orifices of the heart\\nmay be the more prominent lesion, or they may be contracted by\\natheroma, or by thickening of the valves or rings. Indeed, all\\nkinds of cardiac lesions are met with in old age. The lungs are\\nchanged more or less, increasing the bronchial secretions, which\\nduring life have been attended by severe paroxysms of coughing.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In many cases death has resulted from pneu\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonia, requiring the lungs to be treated specially. The embalmer\\nmeets with something that he terms peculiar in these cases. As", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0515.jp2"}, "516": {"fulltext": "476\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nis stated, there is generally an asthenic condition in most bodies,\\nand apparently only a small amount of fluid would be needed to\\nprevent putrefaction. But, as is seen in the above description of\\nthe anatomical changes that take place, all the organs are more\\nor less affected.\\nBut it seems that the structural changes that cause the em-\\nbalmer the most trouble occur in the capillaries, they being fre\u00c2\u00ac\\nquently extensively shrunken or obliterated entirely in all parts\\nof the body. When this condition exists, it is utterly impossible\\nto fill the tissues with fluid, which is necessary to destroy the\\nbacteria of putrefaction, so that it must be expected, that, in\\nmany cases, soft, brown, and green spots will follow the usual\\nmethods of embalming. When these spots do occur, fluid should\\nbe injected into the tissues direct, especially in the affected parts.\\nGANGRENE- MORTIFICATION.\\nSenile Gangrene.\\nGangrene is liable to occur in any part of the body. It is due\\nto the destruction of the circulation in that part. It may be\\neither moist or dry, acute or chronic. The failure of the circu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlation in the part may be due to the presence of a blood^clot, or\\nto destruction of the vessels carrying nutrition to the part, as in\\ncase of an accident.\\nIn senile gangrene, the walls of the arteries become ossified,\\nlosing their elasticity they thus fail to aid in forcing the blood\\ninto the part, and a clot forms within the vessel. This usually\\noccurs in the lower extremities, following some injurious stimu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlation of the tissues, as a slight abrasion of the foot, injury to a\\ncorn, or a severe cold, which sets up inflammation in the already\\nweakened part. These, by still further obstructions of the circu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlation therein, impairing their vitality, cause death.\\nIn an extremity, for example, decomposition proceeds as fol\u00c2\u00ac\\nlows Gases are generated in the part, principally sulphureted\\nhydrogen, ammonia, and carbonic acid, the tissues at the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0516.jp2"}, "517": {"fulltext": "MISCELLANEOUS DISEASES\\n477\\ntime undergo the process of softening or liquefaction, the part\\nbecoming exceedingly offensive, and, owing to alterations in the\\ntransuded coloring matter of the blood, changes from a reddish\\nto a brownish or greenislnblack color. This is known as moist\\ngangrene. It occurs only in external parts and those internal\\norgans to which the air is freely accessible, as the lungs and\\nmucous membrane of the respiratory tract. The gasses arising\\nfrom the parts affected in this manner have a very strong, un\u00c2\u00ac\\npleasant odor, which will penetrate every part of the room, and\\nis tenacious and will remain for some length of time, unless\\ndestroyed by the use of some deodorant.\\nIn dry gangrene, the odor is not usually so strong the parts\\ndo not assume the same changes that are noticed in the moist\\nform of gangrene. They appear to the observer more like mum\u00c2\u00ac\\nmified tissue or like a piece of charcoal.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In the treatment of gangrene, especially of the\\nmoist variety, the parts should be washed with hot water, to\\nwhich a small amount of carbolic acid, say four per cent., is\\nadded. After immersing the parts, desiccating or hardening\\ncompound should be sprinkled freely over them then the ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremities should be wrapped in a cloth, covering every part,\\nfollowed by a roller bandage, a number of layers of which should\\nbe applied. Inject the body in the usual manner, filling the\\narteries and capillaries as in an ordinary case.\\nSUNSTROKE.\\nSunstroke is a condition resulting from excessive exposure to\\nheat. This disease does not follow direct exposure to the rays of\\nthe sun only, as its name indicates, but exposure to excessive heat\\nwith physical exertion in boiler rooms of ships and other ex-\\ntremelv hot places, will produce the disease termed sunstroke\\nthe attack may even come on at nig]it. The condition is usually\\nthat of prostration, collapse, restlessness, and, in severe cases, de-\\nlirum, which follow each other in the order named. The surface of", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0517.jp2"}, "518": {"fulltext": "478\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthe body is cool, the pulse small and rapid, and the temperature\\nmay be as low as 95\u00c2\u00b0 to 96\u00c2\u00b0 F.\\nRigor mortis comes on early. Putrefactive changes begin with\\ngreat rapidity. Venous engorgement in the brain and its mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbranes is extreme. The venous trunks and right side of the heart\\nare full of blood, and the pulmonary vessels may be greatly en\u00c2\u00ac\\ngorged. The blood itself is very dark and more fluid than nor\u00c2\u00ac\\nmal the left ventricle of the heart, usually, is contracted, while\\nthe right is dilated. There is great congestion of the lungs.\\nChanges occur in the parenchyma of the liver and kidneys. The\\nface becomes dark and swollen the brain retains a high tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nperature for some time after death gases follow quickly purging\\nand general putrefaction soon begin.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094A case of death from sunstroke, should receive\\nheroic treatment; as is noted above, putrefactive changes take\\nplace very early. The blood should be removed quickly the\\nfemoral artery and vein should be raised for the purpose of in\u00c2\u00ac\\njecting fluid and withdrawing blood the body should be placed\\non a high incline the drainage-tube inserted in the vein so as\\nto reach above Poupart s ligament, and tied the artery raised\\nand the arterial tube introduced as usual, and fluid injected,\\nwhile the blood gravitates from the vein the blood being thin\\nwill run freely. If the femoral vein is used for the withdrawal\\nof blood, the greater part of the blood in the body may be forced\\nout by this method.\\nA large quantity of fluid should be injected. From one to one\\nand a half gallons should be injected into the arteries of a body\\nweighing 150 lbs., and a proportionate amount into those weigh\u00c2\u00ac\\ning more or less. After filling the arteries, the cavities should\\nbe treated in the usual manner. The lungs should be treated\\nthrough the trachea, using enough fluid to fill the whole respira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntory tract. One of the needle processes might be used with benefit,\\nas the congestion is so great in the cranial viscera that it might\\nimpede the flow of fluid through the small cranial arteries.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0518.jp2"}, "519": {"fulltext": "PART FOURTH\\nBACTERIOLOGY, SANITATION, AND DISINFECTION", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0519.jp2"}, "520": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTION TO PART FOURTH.\\nIt is only within the last few decades that much progress has been\\nmade in the science of sanitation. Previous to the middle of the present\\n(nineteenth) century, general sanitation was not practiced as it is today.\\nThe protection of a community from disease and epidemics in general was\\nscarcely considered.\\nWhen the cholera, the plague, or the yellow fever entered our borders,\\nit ran like wildfire over the land, destroying the lives of many of the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nhabitants in the courses over which it traveled.\\nIt is true ships were cleansed in the ordinary way, but disinfection did\\nnot necessarily fdllow; at least it was not carried out properly. The har\u00c2\u00ac\\nbors, streets, outhouses, alleys, etc., were filled with all kinds of filth,\\nwherein infectious matter lay in wait for its victims. It was not thought\\nnecessary to destroy any such matter, as it was not known that disease\\nlurked within.\\nIt was not until science proved that many diseases, and especially those\\nthat prevail as epidemics, were caused by micro-organisms, which inhabi\u00c2\u00ac\\nted the filth in our streets, alleys, drainage systems, etc., that sanitary meas\u00c2\u00ac\\nures were adopted.\\nThe governments of most of the states and nations have taken up the\\nmatter, and have enforced sanitary measures to such an extent that epi-\\ndemics of all kinds are now almost completely under control. When\\ncontagious diseases make their appearance, such safeguards are thrown\\naround the patient that it is almost impossible for dissemination to take\\nplace.\\nAll embalmers should become sanitarians. They should take up the\\nsubject for their own protection against disease. They should prepare to\\ndefend themselves against the apparent arbitrary ruling of health boards,\\nby fitting themselves to become intelligent members of such boards, for the\\npurpose of taking care of their own interests as well as to protect the public\\nhealth.\\nEach undertaker should be able to give advice as well as to disinfect all\\nmaterials connected with the death chamber, as during the time of mourn\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, it is very important that sanitary measures be enforced, which can be\\ndone best by the funeral director or embalmer.\\nIn the following chapters we have aimed to give a brief history of bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteriology, infection, disinfection, and sanitation; the best methods that are\\npracticed at present in sanitation; rules for shipping bodies, etc.\\n480", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0520.jp2"}, "521": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXVIII.\\nBACTERIOLOGY.\\nHISTORY OF BACTERIOLOGY.\\nDuring the seventeenth century Athanasius Ivircher mistook\\nblood and pus corpuscles for small worms, and built up on his\\nmistake a new theory of disease and putrefaction. Christian\\nLange, a professor of Pathological Anatomy, in Leipsic, expressed\\nhis opinion that the purpura of lying-in women, measles, and\\nother fevers, were the result of putrefaction caused by worms or\\nanimalcula. From time to time since then, a \u00e2\u0080\u009cPathologia\\nAnimata\u00e2\u0080\u009d has been put forward to explain the causation of dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease. Imperfect as were the observations and crude as was the\\ntheory on which it was based, it is marvelous that Ivircher, with\\nthe simpfe lenses he had at his disposal, was able to make\\nout as much as he did. These lenses magnified only about\\nthirty-two diameters, or one thousand times. His observations\\nwere not generally credited, which was natural enough. They\\nwere received with chilling incredulity by his contemporaries.\\nRemarkable as were Kircher\u00e2\u0080\u0099s observations, still more wonder\u00c2\u00ac\\nful were those of Anthony von Leeuwenhoek. Leeuwenhoek was\\nborn at Delft, Holland, in 1632. He was not considered liberally\\neducated, as he had been apprenticed in his early years to a linen\\ndraper. During his apprenticeship he learned the art of lens\\ngrinding, which enabled him ultimately to produce the first really\\ngood microscope that had been constructed. By this instrument\\nhe could see much smaller objects than had hitherto been seen by\\nmicroscopes in use at that time.\\nIt was in the year 1675 that he gave birth to the study of bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria by the observations he then made with his microscope. He\\n.38 181", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0521.jp2"}, "522": {"fulltext": "482\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nwas still following in the trade of the linen draper in Amsterdam\\nat the time he made his discoveries. He published the fact that\\nhe could detect living motile animalcules of the very smallest\\ndimensions\u00e2\u0080\u0094smaller than anything that had heretofore been\\nseen\u00e2\u0080\u0094by means of his perfected lens. He continued his work\\nto the examination ot various materials tor the presence of animal\\nlife, as he considered it, in its most minute form. In sea water,\\nin well water, in his own diarrheal stools, and in the intestinal\\ncanals of frogs and birds, he found micro-organisms, whose mor\u00c2\u00ac\\nphology differed, and which also differed in the peculiarity of\\ntheir movements.\\nLater, he examined the tartar scraped from between the teeth,\\nand discovered a form of micro-organism upon which he laid\\ngreat stress. He contributed a paper on this discovery, which,\\non September 14, 1683, was presented to the Royal Society of\\nLondon. This paper was important because of the careful de-\\nscription given of the objective nature of the bodies seen by him\\nand for the illustrations which accompanied it. Leeuwenhoek,\\nwith his lens, had undoubtedly seen the bodies that we now rec\u00c2\u00ac\\nognize as bacteria.\\nHe was greatly astonished when he saw distributed everywhere,\\nthrough the material which he was examining, animalcules of\\nthe most microscopic dimensions, which moved themselves about\\nin a remarkably energetic way. Describing them, he says \u00e2\u0080\u009cI\\nsaw with very great astonishment, especially in the material men\u00c2\u00ac\\ntioned, that there were many extremely small animals which\\nmoved about in the most amusing fashion the largest of these\\n(represented by him in an admirable figure) showed the liveliest\\nand most active motion, moving through rain-water or saliva like\\na fish of prey darts through the water this form, though few in\\nactual numbers, was met with everywhere a second form moved\\nround, often in a circle, or in a kind of curve these were present\\nin greater numbers. The form of a third kind I could not dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinguish clearly sometimes it appeared oblong, sometimes quite", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0522.jp2"}, "523": {"fulltext": "BACTERIOLOGY\\n483\\nround. They were very tiny, in addition to which they moved\\nforward so rapidly that they tore through one another. I had\\nthe impression that I saw several thousands in a single drop of\\nwater or saliva which was mixed with a small part of the above*\\nnamed material not larger than a grain of sand, even when nine\\nparts of water or saliva were added to one part of the material\\ntaken from the incisor or molar teeth. Further examination of\\nthe material showed that out of a large number which were very\\ndifferent in length, all were of the same thickness. Some were\\ncurved, some straight, lying irregularly and interlaced.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nPlenciz, a Vienna physician, a believer in the work of Leeu\u00c2\u00ac\\nwenhoek, in 1762, made observations confirming the discoveries\\nof the latter. He claimed a casual relation between the micro*\\norganisms discovered and described by Leeuwenhoek and all in\u00c2\u00ac\\nfectious diseases. He also claimed that infection could be nothing\\nelse than a living substance, and endeavored to explain the vari\u00c2\u00ac\\nations in the incubation period of the different infectious diseases\\non these grounds. He believed that the microorganisms were\\ncapable of multiplying in the living body, and spoke of the possi\u00c2\u00ac\\nbilities of the transmission of infection through the air. He\\ntaught that each disease had its special germ, on the principle\\nthat only one kind of grain can grow from a given cereal.\\nHe found innumerable minute animalcula in all decomposing\\nmatter, and was so thoroughly convinced of their etiological rela\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion to the process, that he formulated the law that decomposition\\ncan only take place when the decomposable material becomes\\ncoated with a layer of the organisms, and can proceed only when\\nthey increase and multiply.\\nThe arguments of Plenciz were looked upon by some as the\\nimaginations of an unbalanced mind, and by others as entirely\\nabsurd.\\nOxanam, in 1820, expressed himself on the subject as follows\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cManv authors have written concerning the animal nature of the\\ncontagion of infectious diseases many have indeed assumed it to", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0523.jp2"}, "524": {"fulltext": "484\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbe developed from animal substances and that it is itself animal\\nand possesses the property of life. I shall not waste time in\\nefforts to refute these absurd hypotheses.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nMany other medical men expressed similar opinions during\\nthis time, doubting the possibility of animal life existing in these\\nmicro-organisms.\\nThe true relation of the lower organisms to infectious diseases\\nwas established scientifically, just before the middle of the present\\ncentury, by the coincidence of a number of important discov\u00c2\u00ac\\neries. The cause of putrefaction in beer and the souring of wine,\\nby Pasteur; the finding of rod-shaped organisms in the blood of\\nall the animals that die of splenic fever (anthrax) by Pollender\\nand Davaine; and the knowledge of the parasitic nature of cer\u00c2\u00ac\\ntain diseases of plants, aroused attention to the old question of\\nanimal contagion. Ilenle was the first to logically teach this\\ndoctrine of infection. The principal point that had occupied\\nthe attention of scientific men from time to time, up to the\\nmiddle of this century, was the origin of these micro-organisms.\\nOne side claimed that they descended from creatures that existed\\npreviously, of the same kind. Needham, in 1749, held firmly\\nto the doctrine of spontaneous generation, as a result of vegeta\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion changes, in the substances in which they are found. Pie\\nexperimented with a grain of barley placed in a watch crystal\\nof water, carefully covered, allowed it to germinate, and claimed\\nthat the bacteria that were present were the result of changes in\\nthe barley grain itself, incidental to its germination.\\nSpallanzani, in 1769, drew attention to the laxity ot Need\u00c2\u00ac\\nham s methods, and demonstrated that, if infusions of decom\u00c2\u00ac\\nposable vegetable matter were placed in flasks, hermetically\\nsealed, then allowed to remain in boiling water for some time, no\\nliving organisms nor decomposition would appear in the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nfusion so treated. Objection was raised to this method, on the\\nground that the high temperature to which the infusion had\\nbeen raised had so altered them, and the air around them, that", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0524.jp2"}, "525": {"fulltext": "BA CTEmiOLOGY\\n485\\nthe favorable conditions no longer existed to spontaneous gener\u00c2\u00ac\\nation. To meet this objection he took one of the flasks that had\\nbeen boiled and tapped it gently against some hard object until\\nhe produced a very minute crack organisms and decomposition\\nappeared, as in infusions that were not so treated.\\nVery little advance was made from this time until 1836, when\\nSchulze called attention to the subject by his investigations. He\\nallowed air, deprived of its organisms by passing through a\\nstrong acid or alkalin solution, to gain access to boiled infusions,\\nand no living organisms or decomposition appeared in the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nfusions.\\nSchwann, in 1873, robbed air of its organisms by passing it\\nthrough highly heated tubes into his infusions.\\nSchroder and VonDusch interposed cotton wool between the\\ninfusion and the air, robbing the air of its micro-organisms as it\\npassed into the infusions by infiltration.\\nHoffman, in 1860, and Pasteur, in 1861, demonstrated that all\\nthat was necessary was to draw out the neck of the flask into a\\nfine tube, bend it down along the side of the flask, and then bend\\nin up again a few inches from its extremity, and leave the mouth\\nopen, to prevent the access of bacteria to the infusion in the\\nflask, as when boiled the drop of water of condensation in the\\nlower angle will avert the organisms and none can enter the\\nflask. Doubters still existed and some still held out for \u00e2\u0080\u009cspon\u00c2\u00ac\\ntaneous generation, n wanting further proof, when, in 1876-77,\\nProf. Tyndall made his investigations upon the floating matter\\nin the air, and demonstrated that these organisms, being present\\nin decomposing fluids, were always to be explained, either by the\\npre-existence of similar living forms in the infusion, or upon the\\nwafls of the vessel containing it, or, by the infusion having been\\nexposed to the air which had not been deprived of its organisms.\\nThough it is during the past thirty years that the research in\\nthis line nas received its greatest impulse, yet it was developing\\nfor at least two centuries.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0525.jp2"}, "526": {"fulltext": "486\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nIndeed, modern hygiene owes much of its value to a more in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimate acquaintance with the biological activities of the micro\u00c2\u00ac\\norganisms. Also, our knowledge in regard to infectious diseases\\nhas been developed to the present position. Though the con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntributions of the last few years have done more to place bacteri\u00c2\u00ac\\nology on the footing of a science, yet during the earlier years of\\nits development, many were the observations made, which formed\\nthe ground=work for a great deal of that which has followed.\\nBACTERIA\u00e2\u0080\u0094THEIR FORMS AND GROWTH.\\nThe organisms known as bacteria are members of the lowest\\ngroup of the plant kingdom. The entire body consists of a single\\ncell, which is a min\u00c2\u00ac\\nute mass of a sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance called proto-\\nplasma, a semisolid,\\ngelatinous substance,\\nwhich, viewed with\\nfmi the ordinary micro\u00c2\u00ac\\nscope, is apparently\\nhomogeneous, but\\nwhich, according to\\nAltmann, consists of\\nsmall granules of an albuminous nature, embedded in a similar,\\nstructureless, albuminous matrix. These elementary granules or\\ngranulse are often arranged in threads, sometimes in such a way\\nas to form a sponge-like network. It is the simplest and lowest\\nform of a living thing now known, a true elementary organism\\nor seat of life. Growth and reproduction are always met with\\nin the cell. Each cell contains a definite, rounded body, called\\nthe nucleus also, many cells, especially plant cells, are sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nrounded by a dense wall or cell membrane. In bacteria, the\\nspore corresponds to the seed in flowering plants, but contains\\nno embryo. Usually it is a single-celled body.\\nFig. 58.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Colonies of Bacteria.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0526.jp2"}, "527": {"fulltext": "HA ClK1UOCOGY\\n487\\nMany bacteria possess the faculty of selffmovement, carrying\\nthemselves in all manner of ways across the field of the micro\u00c2\u00ac\\nscope, some very quickly and others leisurely. Some bacteria\\nvibrate in themselves, appearing to move, but do not change their\\nplace. Little threads or lashes (flagella) are found attached to\\nmany of the motile bacteria, either at the poles or along the sides,\\nsomeimes only one and on some several, forming a tuft. These\\nflagella are in constant motion and can be considered as organs\\not locomotion.\\nBacteria multiply either through simple division, or through\\nfructification by means of small rounded or oval bodies, called\\nspores, from spora (seed). If by division, the cell elongates, and\\nat one portion, usually the middle, the celbwall indents itself\\ngradually, forming a septum and dividing the cell into two equal\\nparts. These are called fission bacteria. Each bacterium gives\\nrise to but one spore it may be at either end or in the middle.\\nSome rods take on a peculiar shape at the site of the spore, mak\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the rod look like a druimstick.\\nWhat the real contents of the spores are is not known. In\\nthe mother cell, at the site of the spore, little granules have been\\nfound which are different from the rest of the cell, and these are\\nsupposed to be the beginnings, or sporogenous bodies.\\nThe most important part of the spore is its capsule.\\nTo this it owes its resisting power. The capsule\\nconsists of two separate layers, a thin membrane\\naround the cell and a firm gelatinous envelope.\\nWhen the spore is brought into favorable conditions,\\nit begins to lose its shining appearance. The outer,\\nfirm membrane begins to swell, and it now assumes\\nthe shape and size of the one from which it sprang,\\nthe capsule having burst so as to allow the young\\nbacillus to be set free. A certain amount of heat\\nand oxygen are necessary for the formation of spores. Spores\\nare not easily influenced by external measures because of the\\nFig. 59.\\nPus containing\\nstreptococci, X 800\\n(Flugge).", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0527.jp2"}, "528": {"fulltext": "488\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nvery tenacious envelope. It is said to be the most resisting\\nobject of the whole organic world.\\nChemical and physical agents that easily destroy other life\\nhave very little effect upon spores. Many spores subjected to a\\ndry heat at a temperature of 284\u00c2\u00b0 F. require several hours to de\u00c2\u00ac\\nstroy them. The spores of the various potato bacilli can with\u00c2\u00ac\\nstand the application of steam at 212\u00c2\u00b0 F. for four hours.\\nIn the earlier studies of bacterial forms, certain kinds with\\nmarked characteristics were found in connection with various\\nspecific diseases and specific decompositions. These could be\\ndistinguished from one another with such ease that particular\\nstress was laid upon the description of such typical regulation\\nforms. It came to be recognized later, however, that these differ\u00c2\u00ac\\nent cells are linked together by all possible intermediate stages.\\nIn order to permit of a rapid orientation it has become, therefore,\\na general practice to enumerate only three chief form groups.\\n1. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Coccus forms (cocci or microcci), comprising spherical or\\nellipsoid cells.\\n2. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Rod-shaped forms (bacilli), plainly elongated in one direc\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. These may be distinguished, according to their lengths, as\\nlong and short rods. Many rods have an approximately uniform\\ndiameter throughout, and the ends may be either rectangular in\\noutline or more or less rounded. In some rods the diameter of\\nthe cell varies in different portions, so as to produce a spindle*\\nshaped or club-shaped cell, or one fashioned like a pestle, or a\\nwhetstone or drurmstick. Rods may be rigid or flexible, and, in\\nthe latter case, often appear curved.\\n3. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Cork-screw forms (spirilla) comprise all spirally-twisted\\nbacteria. The smallest forms often resemble rods bent with a\\ncomma-like flexure. The screws may be rigid or flexible, of equal\\ndiameter throughout, or varying in diameter at different points.\\nBacteria develop from pre-existing bacteria, or the spores of\\nthe same. They are not produced spontaneously. They are\\nfound almost everywhere upon the surface of the earth. Their", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0528.jp2"}, "529": {"fulltext": "BACTERIOLOGY\\n489\\n1. Spheroidal bacteria (micrococcus pyogenes), one of the most common species of\\nbacteria, causing suppuration.\\n2. Spheroidal bacteria arranged in pairs (diplococcus).\\n3. Spheroidal bacteria grouped in cuboidal masses (sarcina).\\n4. Spheroidal bacteria grouped in chains (streptococcus erysipelatos), producing\\nerysipelas.\\n5. Diplococci, slightly lance=shaped; and surrounded by a capsule (diplococcus\\npneumoniae), causing acute pneumonia.\\n6. Bacteria causing typhoid fever (typhoid bacilli).\\n7. Bacilli with cilia.\\n8. Bacilli with spores (bacilli tetanei), producing lockjaw.\\n9. The bacillus of consumption (bacillus tuberculosis).\\n10. The bacterium of diphtheria (bacillus diphtheria).\\n11. The spirillum of Asiatic cholera (spirillum cholerae Asiatic\u00c2\u00ae).\\n12. The spirillum of recurrent fever (spirillum Obermeieri).", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0529.jp2"}, "530": {"fulltext": "490\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nwide and almost universal diffusion is due to the minuteness of\\nthe cells and the few requirements for their existence. They are\\ndisseminated specially by being carried on the floating particles\\nof the air. There are very few places free from germs. It is\\nsaid that the air on the high seas and on the mountain tops is\\nfree from bacteria, but this is questionable.\\nIt is not supposed that one kind of bacteria will produce an\u00c2\u00ac\\nother kind that is, a bacillus does not arise from a coccus, nor\\nvice versa, nor will a typhoid fever bacillus produce a bacillus of\\ntetanus.\\nBacteria which live on the dead remains of organic life, are\\nknown as saprophytic, and those which choose the living bodies\\nof other fellow^creatures are called parasitic. Some, however,\\ndevelop equally as well as saprophytes and parasites. These are\\ncalled facultative.\\nA temperature ranging from 50\u00c2\u00b0 to 100\u00c2\u00b0 F. is necessary to the\\nliving growth of most bacteria, but some will develop at a lower\\nand some at a higher. As a rule, the saprophytes take the lower\\ntemperature, the parasites taking the normal temperature of the\\nbody. Some forms require a nearly constant heat, growing\\nwithin very small limits, as the bacillus of tuberculosis. A\\nmajority of bacteria will be destroyed at a temperature of 140\u00c2\u00b0\\nF., while freezing will prevent the growth of all; in fact, several\\ntimes freezing and thawing will be fatal.\\nCertain kinds of bacteria will grow only when air or oxygen\\nis present. These are called aerobic. Others cannot live when\\noxygen or air is present. These are called anaerobic.\\nSunlight is a disinfectant, and is very destructive to bacteria.\\nAnthrax bacteria have been destroyed upon a few hours\u00e2\u0080\u0099 expos\u00c2\u00ac\\nure to the sun. Tubercular bacilli have been destroyed after\\ntwo days\u00e2\u0080\u0099 exposure to daylight. Electricity arrests the growth of\\nbacteria.\\nBacteria feeding upon organic compounds produce chemical\\nchanges in them, not only by the withdrawal of certain elements,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0530.jp2"}, "531": {"fulltext": "BACTERIOLOGY\\n491\\nbut also by the excretion of these elements changed by diges\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. The processes of oxidation and reduction are carried on by\\nsome bacteria. Sometimes chemical products, such as ammonia,\\nhydrogen sulphid, etc., are produced by bacteria. Complex\\nalkaloids are found sometimes which closely resemble those found\\nin ordinary plants, and\\nwhich are named ptoma\u00c2\u00ac\\nines, because obtained from\\nputrefying objects. Fer\u00c2\u00ac\\nmentation is due to the\\ndirect action of vegetable\\norganisms. Many bacteria\\nhave the power of fer\u00c2\u00ac\\nments. Fermentation,\\nwhen occurring in organic\\nsubstances and accompa\u00c2\u00ac\\nnied by the development\\nof offensive gases, is called\\nputrefaction, and is due\\nentirely to bacteria.\\nDiseases which are call\u00c2\u00ac\\ned infectious are pathological processes or changes caused by\\nbacteria, and the germs which produce them are called dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease-producing or pathogenic bacteria. Those which do not\\nform any pathological processes are called nompathogenic\\nbacteria.\\nSome bacteria are endowed with the property of forming pig\u00c2\u00ac\\nments, either in themselves, or by producing a chromogenic\\nbody, which, when set free, gives rise to the pigment. In some\\ncases the pigments have been isolated and many of the properties\\nof the anilin dves discovered in them.\\nt/\\nMany bacteria have the power to form light, giving to various\\nobjects which they inhabit a characteristic glow or phosphor-\\nFig. 61.-Bacillus Cadaveris.\\nSmear preparation from liver of yellow fever cadaver,\\nkept forty=eight hours in an anticeptic wrapping, X1000.\\nFrom photomicrograph (Sternberg).\\nesccnce.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0531.jp2"}, "532": {"fulltext": "492 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nMany bacteria, especially anaerobic, produce boin noxious and\\nodorless gases. Some germs form odors characteristic of them\\nsome, sweet, aromatic; others, foul, disagreeable smells; and\\nsome, sour or rancid exhalations.\\nThe life of bacteria usually is of short duration with age\\nthey lose their strength and die.\\nBacteria thus carry on all the functions of high organic life.\\nThey breathe, eat, digest, and multiply, and are very busy\\nworkers.\\nThere are many classes-of bacteria, but it is not necessary to\\nenter into their minute classification. It is sufficient to under\u00c2\u00ac\\nstand those with which we have to deal as embalmers, viz., those\\nthat produce putrefaction and those that cause infection.\\nBACTERIA IN AIR, WATER, AND EARTH.\\nThe means by which bacteria are distributed are air and\\nwater. The air in the low valleys and upon the level surfaces\\nof the earth is filled usually with float\u00c2\u00ac\\ning particles, consisting of dust, etc.,\\nthat are loaded with bacteria. In the\\nhigher altitudes, there are fewer bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria floating in the air; in fact, in\\nthe extremely high altitudes, where\\nthere is no moisture, there will be\\nvery few, if any, so that neither disease\\nnor putrefaction will occur. Neither\\nare they found in the air on the high\\nseas. The air coming from off the\\nsea along the coast is found to con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntain but few, while that coming across\\nthe land is full of bacteria. Many\\nof them are spore-producing, while others are not.\\nIt must be remembered, too, that light and sunlight destroy\\nboth living germs and spores, which makes it impossible for them\\nFrom a culture on glicerin=agar, X 1000.\\nFrom a photomicrograph by Frankel\\nPfeiffer.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0532.jp2"}, "533": {"fulltext": "BACTERIOLOGY\\n493\\nto retain vitality a great while when floating in the air but some\\nare very resistent to light, being what we term tenacious. These\\nmay float in the air any length of time, or be exposed to strong\\nsunlight for a considerable period, without being affected by\\nsunlight. Such as these may be carried in the air to distant\\nparts and still retain their vitality.\\nMoisture screens the air, to a certain extent, of bacteria, as\\nwhen passing over the surface of the water, or while a current\\nis passing through a room with moist walls and hanging fabrics.\\nIf the surfaces of the walls are examined with the micro\u00c2\u00ac\\nscope, they will be found to be covered with large quantities of\\nbacteria.\\nWhen bacteria are floating in the air, they fill the air we\\nbreathe, and at each inspiration, many bacteria are taken into\\nthe system. These are deposited upon the mucous surfaces of\\nthe respiratory tract, and the chances are that but few reach the\\nlungs. It is found by experiment, when animals are exposed to\\na current of air containing bacteria of a certain kind, that, after\\ncontinuous inhalation for some length of time, bacteria will be\\nfound in large numbers on the mucous surfaces of the trachea\\nand bronchi. If deposited on the mucous surface of the\\nmouth, they will be taken into the alimentary tract during\\ndeglutition (swallowing), but, when taken into the system in\\nthis manner, they are likely to be destroyed on reaching the\\nstomach\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, if there is a normal condition of the digestive\\norgans. If starvation exists, or if the stomach has been over\u00c2\u00ac\\nloaded, they will pass directly through into the lower portion of\\nthe alimentary canal. The presence of hydrochloric acid in\\nthe stomach during normal digestion, or when the digestive\\norgans are in a perfectly healthy state, will destroy bacteria and\\ntheir spores. For the above reason many persons are supposed\\nto be immune from disease, when the digestion is perfectly nor\u00c2\u00ac\\nmal, that would be affected when the digestion is weakened\\nby disease.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0533.jp2"}, "534": {"fulltext": "494\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nBacteria are found in all surface water, such as lakes, ponds,\\npools, open wells, large and small streams, creeks, and rivers.\\nWater of the streams carries bacteria from one point to another.\\nThe water of the drainage channels may carry infectious bacteria\\nto a great distance, disseminating disease along its route, where\\nwater is used for culinary and drinking purposes. Fecal matter\\nand other infectious material, that have been thrown into sewers,\\nwhich empty into streams, or have been thrown into the streams\\nthemselves, are carried to larger streams, which furnish cities\\nwith their water supply. The pathogenic bacteria are there\\npumped into the water pipes, which carry the water and dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntribute it to the different parts of the city, where it is used, thus\\ndisseminating disease.\\nNompathogenic bacteria are found in the earth near the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface and all places where vegetation exists. The pathogenic\\nbacteria which cause bubonic plague, anthrax, tetanus, etc., are\\nfound frequently in the earth in the locality where the disease\\npreviously prevailed, especially in the countries of the torrid\\nregions. These bacteria sometimes retain their vitality for a\\nlong time, and may be the means of developing the disease when\\nthe source is seemingly obscure. For this reason all excreta and\\nthe affected material from patients dying of infectious diseases,\\nshould be disposed of by being burned, deeply buried, or thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly disinfected.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0534.jp2"}, "535": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXIX.\\nINFECTION AND CONTAGION.\\nAn infectious disease is one that is caused by the invasion and\\nmultiplication within the body of pathogenic organisms derived\\nfrom various sources, as from the air we breathe, the water we\\ndrink, the food we eat, and the clothes we wear.\\nA contagious disease is an infectious disease that is communi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncable from one person to another, either directly or indirectly, as\\nby contact, or through the air near by, etc.\\nFor an infectious disease to develop in the living organism, a\\ndisposition towards the disease must be present. For instance,\\nif the tubercular bacilli come into contact with the lung tissue\\nof one born of consumptive parents, consumption will develop\\nwhile, with those born of parents in whom no consumption Taints\\nexist, the tubercular bacilli will not grow, even when received\\ninto the lungs. Usually disease germs can afford opportunity,\\nfor the manifestation of this disposition, only when they come in\\ncontact with it. That is the broad meaning of the word infec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. From this viewpoint, accordingly, the condition of the\\ngeneral surroundings of life, such as air, water, soil, and kind of\\nnourishment, may be of importance, by virtue of being the means\\nby which the disease germ is first introduced into the body, and\\nshould be considered carefully.\\nThe various channels through which bacteria enter the body\\nare the mouth, lungs, and skin. The organs affected in an infec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntious disease are sometimes at the place where the disease germ\\nenters, and sometimes in tissues remote but more disposed\\ntoward the disease. From this standpoint, we classify only those\\ndiseases as contagious, which can be directly communicated by\\n495", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0535.jp2"}, "536": {"fulltext": "496\\nCHAMPION TEXT .BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nmere contact with the sick and those as non-contagious which\\nare not transmitted directly from the sick, but are caused by\\nexternal agents. Both probabilities of communication exist in\\nthe great majority of infectious diseases; one or the other is the\\nmore usual merely. If this be the case, such infectious diseases\\nas malaria, typhoid fever, cholera, etc., are not contagious, but\\nsmallpox, scarlatina, measles, etc., are always contagious. The\\nword contagion is used in a much narrower sense than that\\nof infection. It should be remembered that all contagious\\ndiseases are infectious, but all infectious diseases are not con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntagious.\\nThe embalmer should be very careful in the preparation of\\nbodies dying from contagion, as disease can be disseminated very\\neasily when persons are allowed to come in contact with a body\\nthat is not properly disinfected. All measures that he may be\\nable to apply to prevent such a result should be employed. He\\nshould follow strictly the rules adopted by the health boards of\\nhis community and the shipping agents of the country. Neither\\nbribery nor influence of any kind should deter the embalmer from\\nhis duty, as a failure to prepare a body properly may result in\\nthe prevalence of an endemic or epidemic, which would menace\\nthe lives of many.\\nCHANNELS OF INFECTION.\\nThe common mode of infection in tetanus, erysipelas, hospital\\ngangrene, and all other traumatic infectious diseases, is through\\nan open wound or abrasion of the skin. Infectious diseases that\\nare not traumatic may also be transmitted in the same way.\\nThe possibility of infection occurring through the broken skin\\nhas been proved bv a number of bacteriologists. That tuber\u00c2\u00ac\\nculosis has been transmitted to man by accidental inoculation\\nof an open wound has been demonstrated satisfactorily. This\\nbeing the case, other infectious diseases may be transmitted in a\\nsimilar manner.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0536.jp2"}, "537": {"fulltext": "INFECTION AND CONTAGION\\n497\\nThere is no doubt that infection may occur also through the\\nmucous membrane of the respiratory organs, which is shown by\\nthe experiments of Buchner this has also been demonstrated by\\na number of bacteriologists. Buchner mixed dry anthrax spores\\nwith lycopodium powder, and caused mice and guinea pigs to\\nrespire an atmosphere containing this powder in suspension.\\nIn sixty-six experiments of which he noted the results, fifty died\\nof anthrax, nine of pneumonia, and seven survived. It was\\nproved, by comparative experiments, in which animals were fed\\nwith double the quantity of spores used in the inhalation, that\\ninfection did not occur through the mucous membrane of the ali\u00c2\u00ac\\nmentary canal. In his experiments on thirty-five animals fed in\\nthis wav, but a smaller number contracted anthrax. It was\\ndemonstrated by the microscopic examination of sections, and by\\nculture experiments, that the infection occurred through the\\nlungs. These experiments showed that the lungs were exten\u00c2\u00ac\\nsively invaded, while, in many of the cases, no bacilli were found\\nin. the spleen. It seems to be well established that in man infec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of anthrax, may occur by way of the respiratory organs.\\nSUSCEPTIBILITY AND IMMUNITY.\\nIn general biology, no questions are more interesting or more\\nimportant, from a practical viewpoint, than those which relate\\nto the susceptibility of certain species of bacteria, and those that\\nrelate to the natural or acquired immunity from such pathogenic\\naction, which is possessed by other animals. That certain infec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntious diseases, now demonstrated to be caused by micro-organ\u00c2\u00ac\\nisms, prevail only or principally among animals of single species,\\nhas long been known. Typhoid fever, cholera, and relapsing\\nfever are diseases of man the lower animals do not suffer from\\nthem when they are prevailing as an epidemic. Conversely, man\\nhas immunity from many diseases which are infectious among\\nlower animals. Exceptional susceptibility and immunity may be\\ndue to family or race characteristics thus, the white race is more\\n39", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0537.jp2"}, "538": {"fulltext": "498\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nsusceptible to yellow fever than the colored race. Again, this\\ndisease is not so fatal in its results among the Latin races of the\\ntropics, as among the inhabitants of Northern Europe. Among\\nnegroes and dark-skinned people, smallpox is exceptionally fatal.\\nA single attack commonly confers immunity from subsequent\\nattacks in infectious diseases. This is true of eruptive fevers,\\nyellow fever, mumps, whooping cough, and, to some extent at\\nleast, of typhoid fever and syphilis, but is not true of epidemic\\ninfluenza, croupous pneumonia, and Asiatic cholera. In these\\nlatter diseases second attacks frequently occur. Diphtheria,\\nerysipelas, and gonorrhea, are localized infectious diseases, and\\ndo not prevent subsequent attacks.\\nThere are two classes into which we are able to group infec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntious diseases. In one there is general infection followed by\\nimmunity; in the other, local infection without subsequent\\nimmunity. The immunity, following attacks of the eruptive\\nfevers and specific, febrile, infectious diseases generally, is not\\nabsolute. Although a large majority of those who suffer an\\nattack of smallpox, scarlet fever, or yellow fever have an immun\u00c2\u00ac\\nity for life, second attacks do occur occasionally.\\nIt seems probable that a certain degree of immunity, of limited\\nduration, is acquired in the diseases named in which one attack\\nis not recognized generally as preventing future attacks. The\\ninvaded tissues in localized infection, as in gonorrhea and ery\u00c2\u00ac\\nsipelas, appear after a time to acquire a certain tolerance to the\\npathogenic action of the invading parasite, and no doubt recovery\\nwould occur from these diseases after a time without medical\\nassistance. In some diseases, such as diphtheria, cholera, and\\nepidemic influenza, a certain degree of immunity is afforded, as a\\nsecond attack does not occur often during the same epidemic. It\\nis reasonable to believe that recent mild, as well as severe, attacks\\nwill confer immunity, as is observed in cases of smallpox, scarlet\\nfever, yellow fever, etc. In smallpox, vaccination is a simple\\nmethod of conferring immunity.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0538.jp2"}, "539": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XL.\\nDISINFECTION AND ITS EFFECTS.\\nDisinfection means the destruction of infectious material, and\\nthis can only be accomplished by the use of disinfectants. Disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfectants must not be confounded with antiseptics and deodorants.\\nA disinfectant kills both the disease-producing and the putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfactive organisms, and, therefore, necessarily, answers the purpose\\nof an antiseptic, and also, to a certain extent, of a deodorant. An\\nantiseptic arrests putrefaction or fermentation by the prevention\\nof the growth of micro-organisms while it is present, but does not,\\nof necessity, kill them for this reason, it can not take the place\\nof a disinfectant. Deodorants are used only for the destruction\\nof bad odors, not having any effect at all upon bacteria. It is\\ntrue most of the disinfectants are deodorants\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, they\\ndestroy odors as well as the bacteria that produce them.\\nStrictly speaking, specific disinfection implies dealing with\\ninfection. In its popular and wider sense, however, it embraces\\npurification in all its applications. The burning of volatile sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstances, the libation of liquids, and the sprinkling of powdery\\ncompounds on a large scale, are but feeble or futile substitutes for\\nphysical or chemical means of destroying infection. In the\\nprocess of cleansing and purification, all stable and unstable\\nsubstances, whether they be of organic or inorganic character,\\nare dealt with either by physical or chemical means. Physical\\nmeans should be applied to all movable material without regard\\nto their preservation. They should be disposed of, either by\\nburial or fire, unless they can be disinfected thoroughly by such\\nmeans as will be given hereinafter, depending always upon the\\nproximity of dwellings, and other conditions. Under some cir-\\n499", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0539.jp2"}, "540": {"fulltext": "500\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK OX EMBALMING\\ncuinstances they might be deposited upon the surface at a\\ndistance from any residence, but this is not advisable. Objects\\nthat cannot be removed should be washed and scraped, and the\\nresultant refuse should be removed or destroyed by burning.\\nThere are other methods, in addition to the above, that should\\nbe adopted, in preference to the more temporary methods, as by\\nthe use of chemicals, usually resorted to for treating organic,\\ndecomposing matter. It is the process of chemical treatment of\\ndecomposable refuse that popularly and fallaciously passes under\\nthe name of disinfection. The usual habit of styling many\\nsubstances disinfectants, which are not, has fostered this idea.\\nPutrefaction is due to the presence and growth of bacteria in\\ntheir beneficent work of resolving organic substances into their\\ninnocuous elements. Malodorous gases are given off during\\nputrefaction, and deodorants, whether by breaking up the gases\\nor overpowering the odor, or absorbing it, produce little or no\\neffect. The odors of decomposing substances themselves are the\\ntelbtales of filth, and overcoming them by the use of deodorants\\nis a fallacious remedy. To prevent these odors, preservation\\nagainst decomposition\u00e2\u0080\u0094thus preventing the odoriferous stage\\nbeing reached is effected by the use of antiseptics. The appli\u00c2\u00ac\\ncation of antiseptics, however, is limited to substances and places\\nwhere removal or destruction, either temporary or permanent,\\ncannot be accomplished. Moreover, antiseptics require careful\\nand discriminate employment to be of real value in preventing\\nthe growth of micro-organisms in organic substances.\\nFood is preserved by physical means, such as cold, exclusion\\nor filtration of the air, and by chemical means, as smoking, salt\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, and the use of other chemical substances. Interest in the\\npreservation of food, in this connection, only lies in the fact that\\nit shows that preservatives, in their effects on organic matter, are\\nclosely allied to antiseptics.\\nThe only antiseptics that should be used in the practice of\\ndisinfection, are those which, as germicides, not only prevent the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0540.jp2"}, "541": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION AND ITS EFFECTS\\n501\\ngrowth of, but are directly fatal to, bacteria. In the treatment\\nol organic matter, destruction of the germs, rather than the\\nprevention of their growth, would be much the safer practice.\\nTherefore, disinfectants should always be used instead of anti\u00c2\u00ac\\nseptics. It should be remembered, however, that disinfectants,\\nwhen used in a very diluted or weakened state, become, or only\\nact as, antiseptics.\\nIn a more restricted and accurate sense, disinfection implies\\nthe destruction of infection produced by the specific micro*\\norganisms of disease, as distinguished from pollution by the\\nordinary or non-specific micro-organisms. It must be admitted\\nthat our knowledge as yet scarcely enables us to draw a sharp\\nline of demarkation between pathogenic and non-pathogenic\\norganisms, especially in reference to the cause of septic diseases\\nyet, in the recognized infectious diseases, whether the specific\\norganisms producing them have been discovered or not, disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfection should be applied for the destruction of the specific in\u00c2\u00ac\\nfection. The only means of knowing positively that the specific\\ninfection in matter is destroyed absolutely, is by subjecting some\\nof the infected material to actual experiment by cultivation of\\nknown micro-organisms. This can be done properly only by\\nthe practical bacteriologist.\\nThus restricted to the destruction of the specific infection, the\\nprocess of disinfection admits of the application of various meas\u00c2\u00ac\\nures by mechanical means and by physical and chemical agents.\\nSome of the physical means in use are cleansing, exposure to\\nlight, burning, moist and dry heat, boiling in water, etc. Moist\\nheat or steam is far more effective than dry heat, as the distribution\\nof the latter is too unequal, and does not penetrate bulky, articles.\\nWith many substances, boiling in water is most efficacious.\\nBut few of the chemical agents, lauded as disinfectants, pos\u00c2\u00ac\\nsess any real germicidal power. Some are more or less anti\u00c2\u00ac\\nseptic, while a large number are merely deodorant, and many\\nare more or less inert.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0541.jp2"}, "542": {"fulltext": "502\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK OX EMBALMING\\nThe effects of a germicide depend upon the quantity in wlncli\\nit is used, and the length of time during which it is allowed to\\nact. Even the best disinfectant may be used in such small\\nquantities, or the material to be disinfected may dilute it to such\\nan extent, that its action may be rendered nil, or at most only\\nthat of an antiseptic. This is what occurs very frequently in\\nactual practice.\\nThe extensive and valuable experiments of Koch upon anthrax\\nspores, with a large number of chemical agents in solution,\\nshowed that these spores were killed within one day\u00e2\u0080\u0099s exposure\\nonly by clilorin, bromin (2 per cent.), iodin, chlorid of mercury\\n(1 per cent.), permanganate of potash (5 per cent.), and osmic\\nacid (1 per cent.) Pure oil of turpentine required five days\u00e2\u0080\u0099\\nexposure hydrochloric acid (2 per cent.), ten days chlorid of\\niron (5 per cent.), six days chlorid of lime (5 per cent.), five\\ndays formic acid, four days. The latter class is entirely out of\\nthe question, as, under ordinary conditions, disinfection must be\\ncompleted in minutes rather than hours. Osmic acid is not fit\\nfor practical use, and the excessive quantity of permanganate of\\npotash that would be required, removes this agent from the list.\\nThere remain, therefore, of the first class, only bichlorid of mercury\\nand the halogens, that can be used to advantage in actual practice.\\nBichlorid of mercury in solution has been shown to be one of the\\nmost convenient and most powerful disinfectants. Koch demon\u00c2\u00ac\\nstrated that, used in the proportion of 1 1,000,000, the growth of\\nanthrax bacilli was checked; while 1 333,333 arrested the\\ngrowth, and 1 1,000 killed the anthrax spores in ten minutes.\\nThe experiments of Klein were in the main confirmatory of those\\nof Koch, but stronger solutions were required to produce the\\nsame results. Differences in results, in experiments witli disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfectants, due usually to varying conditions, render it difficult to\\nestimate their true value.\\nThe experiments of Koch with carbolic acid have lost that agent\\nits hitherto high reputation as a disinfectant. He found that.it", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0542.jp2"}, "543": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION AND ITS EFFECTS\\n503\\nrequired a 1 per cent, solution more than a day to kill anthrax\\nbacilli, and a 5 per cent, solution twenty Tour hours to destroy\\nthe infection in tuberculous sputum.\\nIodin, bromin, and chlorin, known as the halogens, are used\\nin the form of gases, in a similar manner, to nitrous and sulphur\u00c2\u00ac\\nous acid gases. But the use of these agents, on account of their\\ndestructive effects, have been practically discontinued since the\\nintroduction of formaldehyde gas.\\nFormaldehyde gas is now recognized as the best agent, in the\\nform of gas, lor the disinfection of rooms, their contents, cloth\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, etc. Its use is not limited to the gaseous form, as it com\u00c2\u00ac\\nbines with water and alcohol in any strength, in which liquid\\nform it may be applied to many uses.\\nAbbott says\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cIn the destruction of bacteria by means of chemical sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstances, there occurs most probably a definite chemical reaction\\nthat is to say, the character of both the bacteria and the agent\\nemployed in their destruction are lost in the production of a\\nthird body, the result of their combination. It is impossible to\\nsay with absolute certainty, as yet, that this is the case, but the\\nevidence that is rapidly accruing from the more recent studies\\nupon disinfectants and their mode of action, point strongly to\\nthe accuracy of this belief. This reaction, in which the typical\\nstructure of both bodies concerned is lost, takes place between\\nthe agent employed for disinfection and the protoplasma of\\nbacteria. For example, in the reaction that is seen to take place\\nbetween the salts of mercury and albuminous bodies, there\\nresults a third compound, which has neither the characteristics\\nof mercury nor of albumin, but partakes of the peculiarities of\\nbotli it is a combination of albumin and mercury known by\\nthe indefinite term albuminate of mercury. Some such reaction\\nas this occurs when the soluble salts of mercury are brought in\\ncontact with bacteria.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nCorrosive sublimate is less effective as a germicide in alkalin\\nfluids, containing much albuminous substances, than in watery\\nsolutions. In such fluids, precipitates of albuminates of mercury", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0543.jp2"}, "544": {"fulltext": "504\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nare formed, which are at first soluble, so that a part of the mer\u00c2\u00ac\\ncuric salt really does not exert any action. If these albuminates\\nof mercury are dissolved in an excess of blood or blood-serum,\\nthey become very effective. In alkalin solutions, such as blood,\\nblood=serum, pus, tissueffiuids, etc., the soluble compounds of\\nmercury are converted into oxids or hydro-oxids. The soluble\\ncompounds can remain in solution only when there are present\\nsufficient quantities of certain bodies which render solution\\npossible. Bodies of this sort are especially the alkalin chlorids,\\nand iodids, and, above all, sodium chlorid, and ammonium\\nchlorid. A very simple way of preventing precipitation of mer\u00c2\u00ac\\ncury, then, is to add a suitable quantity of chlorid of sodium to\\nthe corrosive sublimate. These compounds of mercury, which,\\nlike the cyanids, are not precipitated with the alkalis, because\\nthey at once form double salts, require no addition of salt.\\nThese facts were recognized several decades ago, and were made\\nuse of in medicine, but had altogether fallen into oblivion, until\\nLiebrich, and later Behring, again brought them to light. The\\ndouble salts of mercuric chlorid and sodium chlorid are precipi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntated by the earthy alkalis, and not by the alkalin carbonates, so\\nthat the solution should be prepared with distilled or soft water.\\nThe experiments of Abbott, Geppert, and other bacteriologists,\\nhave given a new impulse to the study of disinfectants, and have\\ncaused the modification of many previously formed ideas con\u00c2\u00ac\\ncerning the action of disinfectants. The fact has been empha\u00c2\u00ac\\nsized especially that we must use a sufficiently strong disinfectant,\\nand enough of it, to destroy the bacteria in the material to be\\ndisinfected. It is questionable whether material, such as sputa,\\nexcreta, or blood, containing pathogenic organisms, can be disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfected by means of corrosive sublimate, unless used in the\\npresence of chlorid of ammonium or chlorid of sodium. If these\\nare not present, the sublimate may be used up and rendered\\ninactive as a disinfectant by the presence of albumin. We\\nbelieve, however, that, if a strong enough solution of chlorid", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0544.jp2"}, "545": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION AND ITS EFFECTS\\n505\\nof mercury, containing a suitable quantity of chloric! of sodium\\nor clilorid of ammonium, be used in sufficient quanity, in con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntact with the bacteria, for a long enough time, it will insure\\ntheir destruction.\\nDEODORANTS DEODORIZERS.\\nA deodorant is a substance or agent that destroys offensive and\\nnoxious or unhealthful odors. Odors that are offensive and\\nnoxious, which come from decaying matter, very frequently con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntain sulphur in some state of combination. Deodorants usually\\nproduce the effect for which they are used, by causing a chemical\\nchange in the bodies to which they are applied, but sometimes\\ntheir action destroys or counteracts their volatility by absorbing\\nor condensing odorous substances. Charcoal possesses this latter\\nproperty, but indirectly may produce chemical changes, by\\nbringing the odorous substances into contact with oxygen in a\\ncondensed and active condition.\\nDeodorants may be divided into volatile and nonvolatile\\nclasses. The action of volatile deodorants is exclusively chemical,\\nbeing intended to act on bodies which are themselves volatile.\\nThey admit of more generally useful application than those\\nwhich are nonvolatile. The most important members of this\\nclass are chlorin and its lower oxids sulphurous acid, nitrous\\nacid, and other oxids of nitrogen, ozone, and peroxid of hydrogen.\\nVolatile deodorants are of two kinds; those that destroy or\\nremove noxious smells, and those which merely cover one smell\\nwith another. In the selection and use, then, of volatile deodor\u00c2\u00ac\\nants, it is necessary to distinguish between them. Carbolic acid,\\nfor instance, is of little use as a deodorant, while it is very valu\u00c2\u00ac\\nable as a disinfectant. It acts as a deodorant by covering a\\nweaker odor with its powerful odor, rendering it less objectionable\\nor imperceptible. On the other hand, clilorid of lime possesses a\\nstrong and characteristic smell, and is capable of destroying other\\nnoxious odors, and is, therefore, an excellent deodorant.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0545.jp2"}, "546": {"fulltext": "506\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe chemical action, by which odors are destroyed, is princi\u00c2\u00ac\\npally one of oxidation, and, therefore, this class of deodorants are\\ngenerally oxidizing agents. The natural deodorant contained\\nin the atmosphere is ozone or active oxygen, which, no doubt,\\nlargely contributes to the destruction of noxious vapors in the\\nair. Volatile oils, which emanate from flowers and other parts\\nof plants, in contact with atmospheric oxygen, produce peroxid\\nof hydrogen, and this, as an oxidizing agent, possesses deodor\u00c2\u00ac\\nizing, as well as disinfectant, properties.\\nCharcoal, earth, lime, oxid of iron, sulphate of iron, chlorid of\\nzinc, nitrate of lead, and permanganate of potash, are non-volatile\\ndeodorants. These are very efficient, when brought into contact\\nwith noxious gases, which emanate from decaying matter,\\nalthough they are less generally useful than they would be\\notherwise on account of their non-volatile character. Charcoal\\nowes much of its efficiency to the surface attraction and power\\nof condensation, which it possesses as a deodorant, by virtue of\\nwhich it brings noxious gases, such as sulpliureted hydrogen,\\ninto contact with oxygen in a condensed and active state, so that\\nthey are burned up and resolved into innoxious compounds,\\nor compounds less noxious than those from which they are\\nproduced.\\nEarth and oxid of iron, which, like charcoal, are used in the\\nsolid or dry, or nearly dry state, absorb and combine w 7 ith or\\npromote the combination of noxious gases, forming innoxious\\nproducts. Lime may be used either dry-or in a liquid state, as\\nmilk of lime. The other substances named above are used in\\nthe form of a watery solution.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0546.jp2"}, "547": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XLI.\\nANTISEPTICS AND DISINFECTANTS.\\nAll material containing the germs of infectious disease is\\ninfectious material, and it is disinfected by the application of\\nagents which destroy the living disease^germs or pathogenic\\nbacteria that give it its infecting power. Such agents are called\\ndisinfectants. The use of the term disinfectant is extended to\\ngermicides in general, that is, to those which kill noil-pathogenic,\\nas well as those which destroy pathogenic, bacteria. All disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfectants are also antiseptics, for agents which destroy the vitality\\nof the bacteria of putrefaction, arrest the putrefactive process.\\nThus these agents, in less amount than is required to completely\\ndestroy vitality, arrest growth and act as antiseptics but not\\nall antiseptics are germicides.\\nANTISEPTICS.\\nThe following agents in various strengths act as antiseptics,\\nwhile in stronger solution they become effective disinfectants and\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0098germicides. They are antiseptic in the following proportions\\nlodid of mercury, 1: 40000.\\nPeroxid of hydrogen, 1: 20000.\\nBichlorid of mercury, 1: 14300.\\nOsmic acid, 1: 1666.\\nChlorin, 1: 4000.\\nIodin, 1: 4000.\\nHydrocyanic acid, 1: 2500.\\nBromin, 1: 1666.\\nThymol, 1: 1340.\\nSulphate of copper, 1: 1111.\\nSalicylic acid, 1: 1000.\\nCyanid of potassium, 1:909.\\nAmmonia, 1: 714.\\nChlorid of zinc, 1:526.\\nCarbolic acid, 1: 333.\\nPermang:\\nAlum, 1: 222.\\nTannin, 1: 207.\\nArsenious acid, 1: 166.\\nBoric acid, 1: 143.\\nSulphate of strychnia, 1: 143.\\nArsenite of soda, 1: 111.\\nHydrate of chloral, 1: 107.\\nSalicylate of soda, 1: 100.\\nSulphate of iron, 1: 90.\\nChlorid of lime, 1:25.\\nBorate of soda, 1: 14.\\nAlcohol, 1: 10.\\nChlorid of ammonium, 1: 9.\\nArsenite of potash, 1: 8.\\nChlorid of sodium (common salt),\\nof potash, 1: 285.\\n1 6\\n507", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0547.jp2"}, "548": {"fulltext": "508\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nDISINFECTANTS.\\nThe following is a list of some of the practical disinfectant\\nagents, giving their germicidal values\\nCarbonate of ammonia, in solution 1 77, is a disinfectant suf\u00c2\u00ac\\nficiently strong to kill the cholera spirillum in five hours.\\nFluosilicate of ammonium, in a 2 per cent, solution, will kill\\nanthrax spores in from fifteen to forty^five minutes.\\nChlorid of lime in solution, containing 25 per cent, of available\\nchlorin, is a very powerful germicidal agent and has great value\\nas a practical disinfectant. It is effectual as a germicide when\\nallowed to act for only a minute or two. It is very inexpensive,\\nand can be used in large quantities at a very small cost. It can\\nbe procured in any drug-store, and should be used in solution of\\nabout six ounces to the gallon of water.\\nSulphate of copper, used in solution 1 3000, will kill the\\ncholera spirillum in ten minutes. A solution 1 20 kills the\\ntyphoid bacillus in the same time. It is cheap, and can be used\\nfor disinfecting such material as waste, excreta, etc., but is very\\ndestructive to colors in fabrics, walls, etc.\\nSulphate of iron in solution has been recommended by some\\nauthors for the purpose of disinfecting excreta, cess=pools, etc.,\\nbut its action is too weak for practical purposes.\\nProtochlorid of manganese is a very valuable agent as an anti\u00c2\u00ac\\nseptic and germicide for general disinfecting purposes. It .should\\nbe used in proportion of 1 500 to 1 1000.\\nCyanid of mercury is one of the strongest disinfectants, is very\\npoisonous, and will kill all bacteria and their spores in a very\\nshort time, in solution of 1 :1000 to 1 2000.\\nIodid of mercury, in a solution of 1 40000, has antiseptic\\nvalue, and, in a stronger solution, will destroy all kinds of\\nbacteria.\\nArsenite of potassium is not a disinfectant of much value but,\\nwhen used in strong solution for injecting purposes, it will pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nserve and harden tissue, and has been used from time to time in", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0548.jp2"}, "549": {"fulltext": "ANTISEPTICS AND DISINFECTANTS\\n509\\ncombination with other chemicals in the manufacture of embalm\u00c2\u00ac\\ning fluids.\\nBichromate of potash is antiseptic in the proportion of 1 909,\\nand, in a stronger solution, is a disinfectant and will kill bacteria\\nand spores of all kinds.\\nBromid of potassium, in a 1 per cent, solution, will destroy\\nthe bacilli of typhoid fever and the cholera spirilla in five\\nhours.\\nChlorid of mercury (mercuric chlorid or corrosive sublimate)\\nis one of the strongest disinfectants and can be used in many\\nways. In simple solution, it is less effective as a germicide, in\\nall alkalin fluids containing much albuminous substance, than\\nin watery fluids. In such fluids, precipitates of albuminates\\nof mercury are formed, which render the mercuric salt more or\\nless inert; but the precipitated albuminate of mercury in due\\ntime will be redissolved, if an excess of albumin is present, when\\nit will have its usual germicidal effect upon the material which\\nis to be disinfected. To make it positively effective in albumin\u00c2\u00ac\\nous substance, sodium or potassium chlorid should be added in\\nthe proportion of five parts of either of the latter, to one part\\nof the sublimate in solution. The sodium or potassium will\\nprevent the precipitation above mentioned it will also prevent\\nthe action of light from producing alterations in the mercuric\\nchlorid. Chlorid of mercury should be used in solution 1 500\\nor 1 1000.\\nCalcium hydrate, in the form of milk of lime (freshly\\nslaked lime, 1 part; water, 4 parts), applied bv whitewashing\\nwalls of apartments, outdiouses, pavements, walks, etc., is a\\nvery valuable disinfectant agent, but its more practical use is\\nits application for the disinfection of excreta, especially that\\nfrom typhoid and cholera patients. It should be mixed inti\u00c2\u00ac\\nmately with the discharges, until the mixture gives a strong\\nalkalin reaction, using at least one quart to each stool. In\\nthis manner all excreta may be rendered perfectly harmless.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0549.jp2"}, "550": {"fulltext": "510\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nCarbolic acid, when used in a 5 to 10 per cent, solution, is very\\neffective as a germicidal agent, but its use is limited in general\\npractice on account of its somewhat disagreeable odor and its\\nirritating effect, when coming in contact with the skin of those\\nwho handle it. Crude carbolic acid, to which has been added\\nan equal volume of concentrated sulphuric acid, is very effective\\nin the disinfection of excreta, etc. It should be kept artificially\\ncold when being mixed.\\nNitrate of silver may be placed next to mercuric chlorid as an\\nefficient germicide, and it is claimed by some to be even superior\\nto that salt in albuminous fluids. It cannot be used upon fabrics,\\nor even in embalming fluids, on account of its peculiar staining\\nqualities.\\nChlorid of zinc is a disinfectant in strong solutions, but will\\nprevent the growth of bacteria in about 1 200 or 1 300. Its\\nprincipal use is in the manufacture of embalming fluids, on\\naccount of its great hardening qualities.\\nSulphate of zinc, in dry powder, is antiseptic, but its prin\u00c2\u00ac\\ncipal use is that of drying and hardening soft decomposing\\nanimal matter. It is used as the base of all dessicating or\\nhardening compounds.\\nThe Committee on Disinfectants of the American Public\\nHealth Association made a very exhaustive investigation with\\nreference to the germicidal value of various agents. Its report\\nembodied some important conclusions, the substance of which\\nis included in the following:\\nThe most useful agents for the destruction of spore^containing\\ninfectious material are a complete destruction by fire exposure\\nto steam under pressure 221\u00c2\u00b0 F. boiling water for half an hour\\nto an hour the application of chlorid of lime 6 ounces to the\\ngallon mercuric chlorid solution 1 500.\\nFor the destruction of infectious material which does not con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntain spores: Complete destruction by burning (fire); boiling\\nin water for ten minutes exposure to dry heat 230\u00c2\u00b0 F. for two", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0550.jp2"}, "551": {"fulltext": "ANTISEPTICS AND DISINFECTANTS\\n511\\nhours; the application of a 2 per cent, solution of chlorid of\\nlime a 10 per cent, solution of chlorinated soda biclilorid of\\nmercury 1 2000 a 5 per cent, solution of carbolic acid a 5\\nper cent, solution of sulphate of copper a 10 per cent, solution\\nof chlorid of zinc; sulphur dioxid (sulphur fumes) exposure\\nfor twelve hours in an air-tight compartment, moisture being\\npresent.\\nWe would add to the above formaldehyde gas, which can be\\nused in place of moist or dry heat, it being one of the strongest\\ngermicides, and having no deleterious effects upon any fabric or\\nsurface with which it comes in contact. The best methods for\\nusing sulphur dioxid and formaldehyde gas will be given in the\\nfollowing chapter.\\nThe best agents for disinfecting excreta from the body, are\\nchlorid of lime in a 4 per cent, solution, and the combination of\\ncrude carbolic acid and concentrated sulphuric acid, as given\\nabove.\\nThe best disinfectant for privy vaults is chlorid of lime in\\npowder or a 4 per cent, solution.\\nSoiled underclothing, bed linen, and other washable material,\\nif worn out or of little value, should be destroyed by fire if not\\nworn out, or if of value, they should be boiled for at least a half\\nhour or more. Bed clothing, wearing apparel, such as woolens\\nand silks, and other fabrics, which would be injured by immersion\\nin water, should be exposed with moisture to formaldehyde gas\\nin an air-tight compartment. The mattresses and blankets,\\nsoiled by the discharges of the sick, should be destroyed by fire,\\nor, after opening up, should be exposed to formaldehyde gas.\\nRooms with their contents, articles of furniture, etc., may be\\ncompletely disinfected by subjecting them to the fumes of sul\u00c2\u00ac\\nphur or formaldehyde gas in the manner described in the follow\u00c2\u00ac\\ning chapter.\\nThe hands and general surfaces of the body of those coming\\nin contact with the sick or dead, should be washed with a solu-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0551.jp2"}, "552": {"fulltext": "512\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ntion of chlorinated soda, 1 10, carbolic acid, 1 50, or mercuric\\nchlorid, 1 1000.\\nPermanganate of potash is an antiseptic, and, when combined\\nwith oxalic acid, and used in warm solution, makes an excellent\\nwash for the hands, as it has no irritating properties. The hands\\nshould first be washed with a strong soap, the finger nails\\ncleansed, and then washed with the solution.\\nTo prevent bacteria from passing out from the dead body that\\nhas not been sterilized, it should be enveloped in a sheet satu\u00c2\u00ac\\nrated with chlorid of lime in 4 per cent, solution, or mercuric\\nchlorid 1 500, or carbolic acid in 5 per cent, solution.\\nOnly some of the most important disinfectants have been\\nmentioned, and their strength and application given,- which, no\\ndoubt, will be changed from time to time, as a result of the\\nnumerous investigations that are being made by the students\\nand practitioners of the science of sanitation.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0552.jp2"}, "553": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XLIL\\nDISINFECTION OF ROOMS AND THEIR CONTENTS.\\nThe recent methods practiced for the disinfection of rooms and\\ntheir contents, on account of the destructive character of the\\nagents usually employed, have been unpopular with the public\\nfor a long time, and needed reform before this. These methods\\nhave caused the concealment of many cases of infectious diseases.\\nThey were an incentive also for the removal of all manner of\\nvaluable furniture before being disinfected, where disinfection\\nwas ordered, greatly increasing the chances of dissemination of\\nthe disease. The persons whose business it was to attend to pub\u00c2\u00ac\\nlic disinfection, frequently found rooms almost empty when they\\nwere called upon to do their work, the furniture and other valu\u00c2\u00ac\\nable articles having been removed to other rooms, or even from\\nthe house, to prevent their destruction, in part at least, by the\\napplications of the disinfectants that were used for the purpose of\\ncleansing. This was not due alone to the injurious effect of the\\nchemicals, but to a great extent to the carelessness of the disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfectors themselves.\\nThe mechanical methods employed were not distinguishable\\nby the general public from ordinary cleansing, which was much\\nless harmful. The question of results, however, was much more\\nimportant. Were the majority of the disease germs actually\\ndestroyed by the methods in use? In a partial sense only, could\\nan affirmative answer be given. It is true, articles placed in a\\nsteam-oven were purified, but the rooms themselves were not dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ninfected properly. Cracks and corners and out=of=way places\\nwere left unclean, while it was possible to cleanse large surfaces\\nand treat them in such a manner that the disease germs were\\n40\\n513", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0553.jp2"}, "554": {"fulltext": "514\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ndestroyed. But even then the action of the strongest disinfectants\\nemployed, usually did not last long enough to sterilize the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaces. Even corrosive sublimate 1 1000 solution requires about\\nthirty minutes of undisturbed action to destroy with certainty\\nmanv of the various germs. Of course, it could not be admitted\\nthat they were inefficient, because w T e had nothing better; it\\nwould have caused such attacks upon the utility ot disinfection,\\nthat it would have resulted in disinfection being dispensed with\\nentirely.\\nWe cannot expect, under any method, to destroy all germs\\nwithin the sick-room. Some will remain in out-of-way corners\\nand in localities outside of the sick-room, or on the clothing or\\nperson of those who have come into contact with the patient. We\\ncan only expect to destroy the main masses of disease-producing\\norganisms. Flugge says: \u00e2\u0080\u009cWhen we can destroy over 00 per\\ncent, of disease germs present in a room, the dangers of infection\\nbecome almost nothing, and we can be satisfied with the disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfection. This cannot, of course, be done with our previous\\nmethods, which does not, however, discredit them as partially\\nsuccessful and the best that could be employed. We are ready\\nto give them up as soon as the search for a more suitable method\\nis indubitably successful.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nThat which constitutes one of the chief means for the preven\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of the dreaded disease, is a thorough disinfection of the\\nroom and contents which are infected with the diseaseqproducing\\norganisms. The results of the methods which aim to accomplish\\nthis, must stand the test of a thorough laboratory trial. A trial\\nor test of this kind mav be more severe- than those made in\\nactual practice, but yet it constitutes the onty safe guide of wdiat\\na given agent is capable of doing. How much of the disinfectant\\nis to be used, the length of time it is to act, the influence of the\\npresence or absence of moisture, or how the contents of the room\\nare to be arranged in order to secure disinfection, can alone be\\ndecided by the laboratory experiment. To pile bedding and", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0554.jp2"}, "555": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION OF BOOMS AND T1IEIR CONTENTS 515\\nclothing in heaps upon the floor, and burn three or more pounds\\not sulphur, leaving the room closed for several hours, and then\\nassume that everything is done that can be done, is not suf\u00c2\u00ac\\nficient. the disinfection of a room is a very delicate experiment\\nand the various conditions which are necessary to success should\\nbe well understood before being put into practice. The vari\u00c2\u00ac\\nous organisms are not acted upon by chemical disinfectants in\\nthe same manner always, unless their environments and sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nroundings are exactly the same. Then, too, while under some\\nconditions, the most resistent are destroyed easily, under other\\nconditions they cannot be destroyed at all. Thus, while the\\nanthrax spores in water suspension will be destroyed by cor\u00c2\u00ac\\nrosive sublimate very readily, if placed in a highly albumin\u00c2\u00ac\\nous fluid, such as the blood, they may not be affected at all.\\nThese conditions are equally true for gaseous disinfectants.\\nThe very best gaseous disinfectant may fail simply because too\\nmuch is expected of it. A gaseous disinfectant is not as pene\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrating as is supposed by some. The most that we can expect\\nfrom it is the destruction of the bacteria on the surface even if\\nit is only a surface disinfectant it will accomplish all that is\\nnecessary, if properly applied. We cannot expect gas to pene\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrate through several mattresses or large bundles of blankets and\\nit is not necessary for it to do so, for it is possible to separate the\\nblankets and hang them upon a line, and open up mattresses and\\nallow the gas to come in direct contact with the germs that may\\nbe contained therein, so as to destroy them.\\nFumigation by the use of sulphur has been practiced for years,\\nbut its efficiency has been doubted largely, probably because too\\nmuch was expected from it. Because sulphur fumes do not kill\\nthe anthrax spores and other resisting organisms, there is no\\ngood reason for us to conclude, at once, that it will fail to destroy\\nthe infection of scarlet fever, measles, or smallpox, for the simple\\nreason that we do not know anything about the germs of the\\nlatter diseases. The organisms that produce these diseases pos-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0555.jp2"}, "556": {"fulltext": "516\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nsibly may be destroyed as easily as those of cholera, diphtheria,\\nand black plague. If that be the case, then the use of sulphur\\nfumes as a disinfectant in those diseases would be perfectly satis\u00c2\u00ac\\nfactory, as far as the destruction of these germs is concerned.\\nThere are other reasons why formaldehyde or some other gas\\nwould be better, but we do know, that, if fumigation by sulphur\\nis properly carried out, it will prevent the dissemination or spread\\nof certain of the infectious diseases.\\nRecently formaldehyde gas has attracted much attention as a\\ndisinfectant. A number of different forms of apparatus have\\nbeen devised for its generation and employment. Some of these\\nare worthless, or at least unreliable, while others can be depended\\nupon at all times.\\nTo disinfect a room with gases, it is necessary to make it as\\nnearly air-tight as possible. The walls and windows should be\\nexamined carefully and all cracks closed. Cracks in the walls\\nshould be closed with plaster of Paris or putty those between\\nthe wash-boards and floors should be caulked with muslin pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nviously moistened with a 1 500 solution of mercuric clilorid\\nalso cracks around the windows and doors (except the one for\\nexit) should be caulked in the same manner. Open grates, air=\\nchambers, registers, and all other openings, should be closed. The\\nthroats of chimneys in grates can be closed with bundles of old\\nclothes. The cracks around the door for exit can be closed on\\nthe outside.\\nSULPHUR FUMES (SULPHUR DIOXID).\\nIf the room is to be fumigated by the use of sulphur it will\\nrequire from three to six pounds to be burned for each 1000\\ncubic feet of space. To make it effective it will be necessary to\\nmoisten the surface of the walls, fabrics, furniture, and other\\nmaterial contained therein. If sulphur is burned and every\u00c2\u00ac\\nthing allowed to remain dry, its destructiveness will be almost\\nnil, but its efficiency as a disinfectant will be very limited.\\nMoisture renders it very effective in the destruction of the germs,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0556.jp2"}, "557": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION OF ROOMS AND THEIR CONTENTS 517\\nbut at the same time it increases its destructive qualities to\\nfabrics, polished metals, and surfaces, to such a degree that it\\nis almost impossible to use it for the purpose of disinfecting\\nrooms. Again, there are certain bacteria, especially their spores,\\nthat it will not destroy, whether moisture is present or not.\\nSulphur fumes are very destructive to the organisms that pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduce scarlatina, diphtheria, black plague, etc, and will accomplish\\nas much as any other method of disinfection. The sulphur\\nshould be placed in an iron vessel in the center of the room. A\\nlittle alcohol should be added to aid its combustion. Sulphur\\nis somewhat dangerous on account of fire; sometimes, while\\nburning, some of the material may be thrown out on to the floor\\nin sufficient quantity to set fire to the building. To prevent this\\na large pan with a little water in the bottom should be first\\nplaced on the floor or table and the iron vessel containing the\\nsulphur placed therein.\\nThe door of exit should then be closed, and the cracks and\\nkeyhole filled from the outside with strips of muslin soaked in\\nbichlorid solution, or by pasting paper over them. The room\\nshould remain closed for at least twelve hours.\\nPrior to igniting the sulphur, the walls and contents of the\\nroom should be moistened by spraying with water or steam\\nmay be produced in the room by an apparatus for that purpose.\\nSpraying with water is more simple and is usually efficient. At\\nthe end of twelve hours the windows of the room should be\\nraised and air admitted very freely, when the sulphur fumes will\\nsoon disappear.\\nBy the burning of sulphur, sulphurous acid is evolved, which\\nattacks organic matter, on account of its affinity for oxygen, with\\nwhich it forms sulphuric acid, to which fact is really due the\\ngreater part of its destructive effect. As stated before, when\\nmoisture is present, the burning of sulphur is very effective, but\\nmetal surfaces are attacked and fabrics are destroyed thereby,\\nwhich makes it very objectionable. This destructibility may be", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0557.jp2"}, "558": {"fulltext": "518\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nobviated to a very great degree, as to metal surfaces, by covering\\nthem with fresh lard. As the lard cannot he applied in this\\nmanner to fabrics, those with delicate colors should be removed\\nand subjected to dry heat.\\nFORMALDEHYDE GAS.\\nDisinfection by the use of formaldehyde gas is much more sat\u00c2\u00ac\\nisfactory. By its use nothing is destroyed it has no effect what\u00c2\u00ac\\never upon metals or fabrics, walhpaper, or anything that may be\\ncontained in the room, and its power of destroying bacteria is less\\nlimited than that of sulphur. It will destroy all bacteria and\\ntheir spores, even the most tenacious, if the} 7 are in a moist state.\\nIf moisture is not used with formaldehyde gas in sufficient quan\u00c2\u00ac\\ntity to dampen the dust, surfaces of walls, fabrics, and other con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntents that contain bacteria, it will not be nearly so efficacious as\\nif moisture is present.\\nAs stated above, various methods have been invented for its\\nproduction. The so-called formaldehyde gas lamps, which evolve\\nthe gas from wood-alcohol, are failures, especially on account of\\nthe small amount of gas produced by them, but there are other\\ngood reasons that we will not enumerate which would be suffi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncient to relegate them to the storehouses for plunder.\\nThe only efficient methods that as yet have been introduced,\\nthat are worthy of consideration, are those known as the Scher-\\ning method for the regeneration of formaldehyde gas from the\\nheating of paraform pastiles, and the distillation of formalde\u00c2\u00ac\\nhyde gas from formalin. Paraform (polymerized formalin) re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsults from the simple evaporation or heating of formalin and\\nappears as a white, indistinctly crystalline powder, which is\\nstable under ordinary conditions, and is made into tablets and\\nsold in that form for disinfection. These tablets are placed in a\\nlamp made for the purpose and volatilized by heat. They are\\nalso soluble in hot water or in heated formalin. When dissolved\\nin hot water they possess the characteristics of ordinary formalin,", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0558.jp2"}, "559": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION OF ROOMS AND TIIEIR CONTENTS 519\\nwhile, ii placed in formalin and boiled lor a short time, they will\\nincrease greatly the quantity ol gas that is produced in a given\\ntime in formalin distillation.\\nFormaldehyde gas was discovered in 1867 by Von Hoff\u00c2\u00ac\\nman. He produced it by passing the vapor of methyl alcohol\\nmixed with air over platinum powder, heated to redness. It is\\nnow produced by the action of silent electric charges on a mix\u00c2\u00ac\\nture of hydrogen and carbonic dioxid. Until 1888 the germi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncidal properties of formaldehyde gas were unknown. They were\\ndiscovered in that year by Loew. Since that time its great\\nefficiency as a disinfectant has been generally recognized. It is\\npronounced far superior to any other general disinfectant in use.\\nFormaldehyde gas has the chemical property of uniting with\\nsulpliureted or nitrogenous products of decayed fermentation and\\ndecomposition, forming true chemical compounds, which are\\nodorous and sterile. It is from this property of combining chem\u00c2\u00ac\\nically with the above substances that formaldehyde derives its\\ngermicidal power. Bacteria are not only albuminoid in char\u00c2\u00ac\\nacter, but their food is mainly albuminoid, and when formalde\u00c2\u00ac\\nhyde is present, it combines with both, thus destroying the\\nbacteria as well as their food.\\nAllan says\\nIn this fact lies-the surpassing value of formaldehyde over\\nsuch disinfectants as corrosive sublimate, carbolic acid, lysol, etc.,\\nfor albuminous matter is at once coagulated by contact with\\nthese agents and resulting antisepsis is more or less superficial;\\nwhile the food solution, being possessed with the chemical affinity\\nfor albuminoids, thoroughly impregnates and, consequently, ster\u00c2\u00ac\\nilizes all such substances with which it comes in contact. Partly\\nas a natural sequence, to this property is developed the power of\\nhardening and preserving animal tissue, converting soft tissue to\\na hard, leathery mass, depending upon the strength of the solu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion and its time of action. This effect is due, as before stated,\\nto its penetrating action, whereby it readily reunites with the\\nalbuminoid substance of the protoplasma of the cells and checks\\nall.the putrefactive changes permanently, in dead tissue.\u00e2\u0080\u009d", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0559.jp2"}, "560": {"fulltext": "I\\n520 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nIt must be remembered, as stated above, that its power of\\nhardening tissues and reducing them to a leathery mass, is de\u00c2\u00ac\\npendent upon the strength of the solution and its time of action.\\nWhen formaldehyde gas is injected into the body by the em-\\nbalmer, for preserving and sterilizing purposes, if the tissues are\\ndry, or have an amount of watery constituents in the body equal\\nto or less than the normal, the tendency of a strong solution will be\\nto harden the tissues before a sufficient amount can be injected to\\nreach the capillaries in all parts of the body. The tissues, when\\nthus hardened, will prevent the penetration of the gas, which, no\\ndoubt, occurs very frequently. The results of the injection of\\nstrong solutions of formaldehyde undoubtedly indicate this, as\\nmany bodies are not preserved in all their parts, as putrefaction\\ntakes place here and there in some bodies, while in others,\\ndecomposition follows as readily as if no disinfectant had been\\ninjected. For formaldehyde to penetrate, it must be diluted\\ngreatly with water when injected into what we commonly call a\\ndry subject. But, if the case be one of dropsy, formaldehyde,\\nhaving a great affinity for water, will penetrate every part of\\nthe body readily, if a sufficient quantity of the solution is used.\\nThe greatest objection to formaldehyde, when used in an embalm\u00c2\u00ac\\ning fluid, is its effect upon the tissues, especially its tendency to\\nproduce an unnatural bluish or grayish color in the exposed sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaces of the body.\\nFormaldehyde is nompoisonous in any strength. Even para-\\nform, which contains 100 per cent, of formaldehyde, if accidently\\nswallowed, is perfectly harmless, because of its very slow conver\u00c2\u00ac\\nsion into the gaseous state at the temperature of the body. It\\ndoes not act injuriously upon the alimentary canal. The\\neffect upon the operator is not permanently deleterious. It\\nproduces a congestion of the mucous membranes of the eyes,\\nmouth, nose, and fauces, when it comes in contact with them,\\nwhich, however, will soon pass off, leaving no permanent dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nturbance.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0560.jp2"}, "561": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION OF DOOMS AND THEIR CONTENTS 521\\nTO DISINFECT WITH SCHERING\u00e2\u0080\u0099S PASTILLES.\\nThe room should be closed and made as nearly airtight as\\npossible, in the manner directed above. The disinfector, which\\nconsists of a container, in which to place the pastilles, and a lamp\\nwith a reservoir, is very simple indeed. The disinfector should\\nbe placed on an uncovered table, the floor, or other firm support,\\nin the center of the room to be disinfected. In addition to\\nclosing and rendering the room air-tight, the doors of cupboards\\nand closets and all drawers should be opened wide, and all bed\u00c2\u00ac\\nding and linen should be spread out or hung up. The container\\nof the disinfector is now filled with a greater or less number of\\npastilles, that is about two or two and one-half pastilles to each\\ncubic meter (35 cubic feet) of space, or 60 to 75 to each 1,000\\ncubic feet of space. To be absolutely certain, two and onedialf\\npastilles should be used for every 35 cubic feet. The latter is suf\u00c2\u00ac\\nficient to kill the most resisting micro-organisms, including the\\nanthrax spores.\\nThe reservoir of the lamp is then filled three-fourths full of\\nalcohol, about twelve fluid ounces or, if wood-alcohol is used, it\\nshpuld only be about half full. The wick should be even with\\nthe level of the tubes, or, at all events, should not project more\\nthan about one-twelfth of an inch above them, so that the flames\\nwill not be too high and the apparatus not get too hot. For\\ncomplete disinfection of larger rooms and entire dwellings, two or\\nmore disinfectors should be employed. After all the wicks are\\nlighted, the room should be left and the door tightly closed and\\ncaulked. If the formalin vapor, which is absolutely innocuous\\nto both men and animals, becomes perceptible in the neighboring\\nrooms, then their windows should be opened. After twelve to\\ntwenty-four hours, the windows of the disinfected room should be\\nopened, and allowed to remain so for some time, when the\\nformalin odor will disappear entirely. Sixty grams of paraform\\npastilles per 1,000 cubic feet of space, are sufficient to destroy,\\nwithin twenty hours, all organisms, regardless of whether they are", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0561.jp2"}, "562": {"fulltext": "522\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\npresent as spores or vegetating forms, provided they are moist.\\nThe walls and floor of the room, and whatever articles are\\npresent, previously spread out as much as possible, should be\\nsprayed with water before exposing to the formalin vaj)ors.\\nThere is but one objection to the above process of disinfecting\\nrooms, and that is the expense. The expense of polymerization,\\nwhich gives rise to paraform, is unnecessary, as formaldehyde\\ngas can be distilled from formalin without any trouble or extra\\nexpense.\\nFORMALIN DISTILLATION.\\nFormalin is a saturated aqueous solution of formaldehyde gas,\\ncontaining 40 per cent. It occurs as a neutral, colorless, volatile\\nliquid of a pungent odor and sharp taste, missible in every pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nportion with water or alcohol.\\nNovy says The fear of polymerization of formalin on boil\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, is not w T ell grounded. Certain it is that formalin can be\\ndistilled from its aqueous solution without polymerization, and\\nthat the results obtained are every way equal to those obtained\\nwith paraform, and are decidedly superior to the so-called formalin\\nlamps.\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\nFor the distillation of formaldehyde gas from formalin, an\\napparatus similar to the one shown and described in the accom\u00c2\u00ac\\npanying cut, should be used.\\nThe room should be prepared as directed above bedsteads and\\nother furniture should be moved away from the w^alls, and the\\ndoors of cupboards and all drawers opened wide; toys, books,\\netc., should be hung or stood up in such a manner as to give the\\ngas every access to them. A clothes-horse or wash-line should\\nbe put in place blankets, spreads, rugs, and clothes should be\\nhung over it, well separated, and fully unfolded. Mattresses\\nshould be hung up by means of cords that have been saturated\\nin sublimate solution 1 500. All clothes, coats, shirts (the latter\\nwith sticks passed through the arm, coat-collars turned up and\\npockets turned inside out) should be hung on the clothesdine or", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0562.jp2"}, "563": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION OF ROOMS AND THEIR CONI ENTS 523\\nNOVY\u00e2\u0080\u0099S FORMALDEHYDE GAS\\nGENERATOR.\\nThis apparatus consists es\u00c2\u00ac\\nsentially of two parts, as\\nfollows:\\nFirst, a copper container,\\nhaving a capacity of about\\ntwo liters (two quarts); a\\nfunnel tube extends from\\nthe top into the exterior of\\nthe container to within one;\\nsixteenth of an inch of the\\nbottom; it is eleven inches\\nin length and five;sixteentli\\nof an inch in diameter. An\\ninclined tube, about fifteen\\ninches in length and five;\\nsixteenth of an inch in di\u00c2\u00ac\\nameter, screws into the\\ndome alongside the funnel.\\nThis is connected by a short\\npiece of rubber tubing to\\nanother tube about four\\ninches in length, which\\nreadily passes through an\\nordinary keyhole. The fun\u00c2\u00ac\\nnel tube serves the double\\npurpose of introducing the\\nformalin solution and to in\u00c2\u00ac\\ndicate the completion of dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntillation, as the formalin\\nvapors and steam will issue\\nfrom the tube, when the\\nliquid in the container lias\\nevaporated down to the level\\nof the bottom of the funnel\\ntube.\\nSecond, a large brass, cen-\\ntral=draft, kerosene lamp,\\nplaced in a tripod of the\\nsame metal, upon which\\nrests the container\\nFig. 63.\u00e2\u0080\u0094Novy\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Formaldehyde Gas Generator.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0563.jp2"}, "564": {"fulltext": "524 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nahorse. The walls, floors, carpets, and all other contents of the\\nroom, should be sprayed with water, sufficient to dampen them.\\nThen the door of exit should he closed, and the cracks sealed\\nwith strips of muslin or putty, and the tube of the distilling\\napparatus inserted in the keyhole.\\nTo disinfect a room that contains 1000 cu. ft. of space, 150\\nc. c. (5 oz.) of formalin should be poured into the apparatus. A\\nBunsen burner, or any other strong flame, should be placed\\nunderneath it to boil the contents as rapidly as possible. The\\nebullition should be sufficient to distill that amount of formalin\\nin from ten to fifteen minutes, as it is necessary to generate the\\ngas as rapidly as possible to secure the very best effect. If the\\nroom has more space, there should be a correspondingly increased\\namount of formalin added to the generator through the funnel.\\nThis should be added slowly so as not to cool the boiling con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntents too rapidly. The room should then be left closed for at\\nleast twelve hours. Then the doors and windows should be\\nopened and the apartment ventilated thoroughly. The pungent\\nodor of formalin is quite tenacious and will remain, ordinarily,\\nfor a considerable length of time. Small dishes of ammonium\\nplaced in various parts of the room will soon obliterate the re\u00c2\u00ac\\nmaining evidences of the use of formaldehyde gas.\\nAt the close of a distillation it happens frequently that the\\nformalin vapor present in the container, condenses and poly\u00c2\u00ac\\nmerizes, producing a solid plug of paraform in the end of the\\nfunnel of the tube through which the gas escapes. This being\\nthe case, before the apparatus is used again, it should be ex\u00c2\u00ac\\namined carefully, and, if the tubes are found closed, they should\\nbe opened with a wire, or by gently heating, which latter will\\nreadily volatilize the paraform. If polymerization should take\\nplace, a little borax can be added, which will aid in redissolving\\nthe paraform and prevent further polymerization.\\nAs will be seen from the illustration and description, the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntilling apparatus is simplicity itself. Any one can use it. Its", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0564.jp2"}, "565": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION OF BOOMS AND THEIR CONTENTS 525\\ngreat advantages are that one apparatus is all that is needed,\\nit matters not how large, or how many rooms are to be disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfected. Also, that it can be used for almost any number of\\ndisinfections in the course of a day. The time required for the\\ndistillation of sufficient formaldehyde for an\\nnot be more than twenty or thirty minutes. Being very light\\nand small, the apparatus is easily transferred from one point to\\nanother. It also is under the eye of the operator on the outside\\nof the room during the distillation, so there is no danger of fire\\nor explosion. The fuel and formalin are comparatively inex\u00c2\u00ac\\npensive.\\nFormaldehyde gas, whether procured from the volitization of\\nparaform pastilles, or distilled from formalin, is undoubtedly the\\nmost convenient and most satisfactory disinfectant for rooms and\\ntheir contents that is known. Its ultimate effects upon the\\nbacteria in many diseases are no more certain than that of sul\u00c2\u00ac\\nphur, but in the use of sulphur the destruction of material, with\\nwhich it comes in contact, is so great that its use cannot be\\nrecommended.\\nordinary room will", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0565.jp2"}, "566": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XLIII.\\nTRANSPORTATION OF BODIES.\\nOn the 18th and 19th of August, 1897, the National Confer\u00c2\u00ac\\nence of the State Boards of Health, was held at Nashville, Tenn.\\nA set of Rules for the Transportation of the Dead was reported\\nby a committee, which had conferred with representatives of the\\nBaggage Agents\u00e2\u0080\u0099 and Funeral Directors\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Associations at Cleve\u00c2\u00ac\\nland, Ohio, in June of the same year. It was taken up and dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncussed section by section and a few slight verbal amendments\\nmade. As the subject had been very thoroughly studied and\\ndiscussed by the members who represented the different bodies at\\nCleveland, the Conference seemed to be satisfied. After being\\nadopted by the Conference of Health Boards, it remained for the\\nGeneral Baggage Agents\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Association to take final action, which\\nwas done at the meeting of their association in Denver, during\\nthe following October. The following resolutions w\u00e2\u0080\u0099ere adopted\\nby the latter association in support of the Shipping Rules\\nResolved That the rules for the transportation of dead bodies,\\nas recommended by the joint conference of Health Officers,\\nFuneral Directors, and General Baggage Agents, at Cleveland,\\nOhio, June 9, 1897, and corrected and approved by the National\\nConference of the State Boards of Health at Nashville, Tenn.,\\nAugust 19, 1897, be approved by this association, and that they\\nbe put into effect in every State and province, so soon as the\\nnecessary legislation is obtained or State or province supervision\\nand licensing of embalmers and the other essential conditions for\\ntheir enforcement can be arranged for. That members of the\\nassociation cooperate with the State and Provincial Boards of\\nHealth in the several States and provinces and assist in obtain\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the necessary legislation to enable the people to transport\\ntheir dead in the manner and under the safeguards proposed.\\n526", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0566.jp2"}, "567": {"fulltext": "TRANSPOB TA TION 0/ 7 B ODIES\\n527\\nResolved, That the secretary print 1,000 copies of the rules as\\napproved, with sample of the transit permit suggested, and that\\ncopies be sent to the State and Provincial Health Boards and\\nHealth Officers of the larger cities and the officials of the prin\u00c2\u00ac\\ncipal railway and steamboat lines.\\nMembers of the association were appointed to confer with State\\nand Provincial Health Officers and ascertain what measures were\\nnecessary in such States and provinces to give effect to the rules\\nas approved.\\nTHE SHIPPING RULES.\\nThe following are the rules as adopted\\nRule 1 .\u00e2\u0080\u0094The transportation of bodies dead of smallpox,\\nAsiatic cholera, yellow fever, typhus fever, or bubonic plague,\\nis absolutely forbidden.\\nRule 2 .\u00e2\u0080\u0094The bodies of those who have died of diphtheria,\\n(membraneous croup), scarlet fever (scarlatina, scarlet rash),\\nglanders, anthrax, or leprosy, shall not be accepted for transpor\u00c2\u00ac\\ntation unless prepared for shipment by being thoroughly disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfected by (a) arterial and cavity injection with an approved\\ndisinfectant fluid, (b) disinfecting and stopping of all orifices\\nwith absorbent cotton, and (c) washing the body with the disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfectant, all of which must be done by an embalmer, holding a\\ncertificate as such, approved by the State Board of Health or\\nother State Health Authority. After being disinfected as above,\\nsuch body shall be enveloped in a layer of cotton not less than\\none inch thick, completely wrapped in a sheet and bandaged and\\nincased in an air-tight zinc, tin, copper, or leaddined coffin, or\\niron casket, all joints and seams hermetically soldered, and all\\nenclosed in a strong, tight, wooden box. Or, the body, being\\nprepared for shipment by disinfecting and wrapping as above,\\nmay be placed in a strong coffin or casket, and said coffin or\\ncasket encased in an air-tight zinc, copper, or tin case, all joints\\nand seams hermetically soldered and all enclosed in a strong\\noutside wooden box.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0567.jp2"}, "568": {"fulltext": "528\\nCHAMPION TEXT-HOOK ON EMBALMING\\nRule 3 .\u00e2\u0080\u0094The bodies of those dead of typhoid fever, puerperal\\nfever, erysipelas, tuberculosis, and measles, or other dangerous\\ncommunicable diseases, other than those specified in Rules 1 and\\n2, may be received for transportation when prepared for ship\u00c2\u00ac\\nment by filling cavities with an approved disinfectant, washing\\nthe exterior of the body with the same, stopping all orifices with\\nabsorbent cotton, and enveloping the entire body with a layer of\\ncotton not less than one inch thick, and all wrapped in a sheet\\nand bandaged and encased in an air-tight coffin or casket, provided,\\nthat this shall apply to bodies only which can reach their destina\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion within forty-eight hours from the time of death. In all other\\ncases such bodies shall be prepared for transportation in conformity\\nwith Rule 2. But when the body has been prepared for shipment\\nby being thoroughly disinfected by an embalmer holding a cer\u00c2\u00ac\\ntificate as in Rule 2, the air-tight sealing may be dispensed with.\\nRule \u00e2\u0080\u0094The bodies of those dead of diseases that are not con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntagious, infectious, or communicable, may be received for trans\u00c2\u00ac\\nportation, when encased in a sound coffin or casket, and enclosed\\nin a strong outside wooden box, provided they reach their desti\u00c2\u00ac\\nnation within thirty hours from time of death. If the body can\\nnot reach its destination within thirty hours from time of death,\\nit must be prepared for shipment by filling the cavities with an\\napproved disinfectant, washing the exterior of the body with the\\nsame, stopping all orifices with absorbent cotton and enveloping\\nthe entire body with a layer of cotton not less than one inch\\nthick and all wrapped in a sheet and bandaged, and encased in\\nan air-tight coffin or casket. But when the body has been pre\u00c2\u00ac\\npared for shipment by being thoroughly disinfected by an\\nembalmer holding a certificate as in Rule 2, the air=tight sealing\\nmay be dispensed w T ith.\\nRule 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 In cases of contagious, infectious, or communicable\\ndiseases, the body must not be accompanied by persons or articles\\nwhich have been exposed to the infection of the disease, unless\\ncertified by the health officer as having been properly disin-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0568.jp2"}, "569": {"fulltext": "TRANSPORTATION OF BODIES\\n529\\nfected and before selling passage tickets, agents shall carefully\\nexamine the transit permit and note the name of the passenger\\nin charge, and of any others proposing to accompany the body,\\nand see that all necessary precautions have been taken to prevent\\nthe spread of the disease. The transit permit in such cases\\nshall specifically state who is authorized by the health authori\u00c2\u00ac\\nties to accompany the remains. In all cases where bodies are\\nforwarded under Rule 2, notice must be sent by telegraph to\\nhealth officer at destination, advising the date and train on\\nwhich the body may be expected. This notice must be sent by\\nor in the name of the health officer at the initial point, and is to\\nenable the health officer at destination to take all necessary pre\u00c2\u00ac\\ncautions at that point.\\nRule 6 .\u00e2\u0080\u0094Every dead body must be accompanied by a person\\nin charge, who must be provided with a passage ticket and also\\npresent a full first-class ticket marked Corpse for the transpor\u00c2\u00ac\\ntation of the body, and a transit permit showing physician\u00e2\u0080\u0099s or\\ncoroner\u00e2\u0080\u0099s certificate, health officer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s permit for removal, under\u00c2\u00ac\\ntaker\u00e2\u0080\u0099s certificate, name of deceased, date and hour of death age,\\nplace of death, cause of death, and, if of a contagious, infectious or\\ncommunicable nature, the point to which the body is to be\\nshipped, and when death is caused by any of the diseases speci\u00c2\u00ac\\nfied in Rule 2, the names of those authorized by the health\\nauthorities to accompany the body. The transit permit must be\\nmade in duplicate, and the signatures of physician or coroner,\\nhealth officer, and undertaker, must be on both the original and\\nduplicate copies. The undertaker\u00e2\u0080\u0099s certificate and paster of the\\noriginal shall be detached from the transit permit and pasted on\\nthe coffin box. The physician\u00e2\u0080\u0099s certificate and transit permit\\nshall be handed to the passenger in charge of the corpse. The\\nwhole duplicate copy shall be sent to the official in charge of the\\nbaggage department of the initial line, and by him to the Secre\u00c2\u00ac\\ntary of State or Provincial Board of Health of the State or prov\u00c2\u00ac\\nince from which said shipment was made.\\n41", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0569.jp2"}, "570": {"fulltext": "530\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nRule 7 .\u00e2\u0080\u0094When dead bodies are shipped by express the whole\\noriginal transit permit shall be pasted upon the outside box and\\nthe duplicate forwarded *by the express agent to the Secretary of\\nthe State or Provincial Board of Health of the State or province\\nfrom which said shipment was made.\\nRule 8 .\u00e2\u0080\u0094Every disinterred body, dead from any disease or\\ncause, shall be treated as infectious or dangerous to the public\\nhealth, and shall not be accepted for transportation unless said\\nremoval has been approved by the State or Provincial health\\nauthorities having jurisdiction where such body is disinterred,\\nand the consent of the health authorities of the locality to which\\nthe corpse is consigned has first been obtained and all such dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ninterred remains shall be enclosed in a hermetically sealed\\n(soldered) zinc, tin, or copperdined coffin or box. Bodies de\u00c2\u00ac\\nposited in receiving vaults shall be treated and considered the\\nsame as buried bodies.\\nCOMMENTS UPON THE RULES.\\nUnder the first rule the transportation of bodies dead of small\u00c2\u00ac\\npox; Asiatic cholera, yellow fever, typhus fever, or bubonic\\nplague, is absolutely forbidden. It seems that the reasons for this\\nare as follows First, the lack of confidence in the ability of the\\nembalmer with the means at hand, to succeed in sterilizing, or\\ndestroying the bacteria of infection within, the body second, the\\nlittle knowledge attained by the members of these boards, up to\\nthe time of the adoption of these rules, in regard to the science of\\nembalming.\\nIf a body can be sterilized that is dead of diphtheria or scarlet\\nfever, undoubtedly those dead from the diseases enumerated\\nunder rule 1, can be sterilized also. The poisonous or infectious\\nmatter in a case of scarlatina, is certainly just as tenacious as\\nthat of cholera, smallpox, yellow fever, etc. Still, under these\\nrules, the scarlatinal case can be shipped while that of small\u00c2\u00ac\\npox cannot.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0570.jp2"}, "571": {"fulltext": "TRANSPORTATION OF BODIES\\n531\\nIt can be stated with positive truth that a body can be ster\u00c2\u00ac\\nilized, it matters not of what infectious or contagious disease it\\ndies, if it is properly treated. The means that are necessary\\nshould be at hand, wherever the body is handled, that is dead\\nof any infectious disease. Holding a certificate from the Board\\nof Health does not afford these means neither does a little prac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntice upon the body, but by constant study and application only,\\ncan the means be obtained.\\nThe injection of fluid into the arteries and cavities does not\\nsuffice in all cases. In certain cases the arterial system may\\nbe abnormal; arteries may be closed post-mortem contraction\\nmay still exist; arteries may be burst, as is the case frequently\\nin atheroma the blood may not have passed into the venous\\nside, or clots may intervene at different points. Any one of\\nthese conditions will prevent the fluid from passing into the\\ntissues. The tissues of the bodv must be filled, if entire ster-\\nilization results. Any one can see plainly, that if either one\\nof these conditions exists, arterial embalming would be a\\nfailure.\\nThere are other means by which the tissues may be filled when\\nthe arterial circulation is destroyed. Fluid should be injected\\ndirectly into the tissues. This can be done in many cases through\\nthe subcutaneous cellular tissue in others, a sufficient quantity\\ncannot be injected in this manner. Therefore, in the latter cases,\\ninjection should be made also into the deeper tissues through an\\nordinary hollow-needle. Enough fluid can be injected in this\\nmanner to fill the tisssues, in cases where the arterial system is\\ndestroyed. The cavities, especially the serous sacs, the alimen\u00c2\u00ac\\ntary canal, and respiratory tract, should be filled full of fluid.\\nA pint or two is not sufficient, generally, to fill them. As a rule,\\nmuch more should be used.\\nIf a body is treated in the above manner, with a strong disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfectant fluid, one that will destroy the spores as well as the active\\nbacteria, there will be no doubt of its thorough sterilization.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0571.jp2"}, "572": {"fulltext": "532\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nIii addition to the application of the fluid, cotton batting,\\nif properly applied, so as to cover every part of the body without\\nrents, will prevent bacteria from passing out from the body. If\\na body is sterilized thoroughly and encased in cotton in this\\nmanner, it matters not what the disease was that produced death,\\nit can be shipped with perfect safety to any part of the w T orld.\\nThere will be no more danger from the body than there would\\nbe from a shirt worn by the patient, after being placed in water\\ncontaining strong disinfectants, and boiled for three or four hours.\\nAs stated above, the shipping authorities have not the confi\u00c2\u00ac\\ndence in the ability of embalmers in general to prepare bodies in\\na way to render them perfectly free from the danger of dissem\u00c2\u00ac\\ninating disease. The reason of that is a great majority of the\\nprofession are not students. They learn to raise an artery and\\ninject a little fluid and stop at that point, thinking it is not\\nnecessary to know anything more about the business. If all were\\nstudents and educated in their profession, then the authorities\\nwould have more confidence. A certificate from the Health\\nBoard does not make the student, nor does it make an embalmer\\nout of the man who injects only a little fluid into the body.\\nMany are in the business, but few are students.\\nUnder rule 2, bodies of those that have died of diphtheria,\\n(membranous croup), scarlet fever, (scarlatina, scarlet rash),\\nglanders, anthrax, or leprosy, will be accepted for transportation\\nprovided they are prepared in a certain manner that is, they\\nshall be disinfected by arterial and cavity injection, with an\\napproved disinfectant fluid. As stated above, it will be seen that\\nfrequently the circulation cannot be filled with fluid for reasons\\nthere given. If either of these conditions exist, then the tissues\\ncan be filled by the direct injection of fluid into them through\\nthe hollowmeedle. The body should then be washed with the\\ndisinfectant and the external openings should be injected and\\nthen closed with pledgets of absorbent cotton. After the body is\\ndisinfected, it should be enveloped in a layer of cotton, not less", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0572.jp2"}, "573": {"fulltext": "TRANSPORTATION OF BODIES\\n533\\nthan one inch thick, completely wrapped in a sheet and bandaged,\\nand encased in an air-tight zinc, tin, copper, or lead-lined coffin\\nor casket, all joints or seams hermetically soldered, and all en\u00c2\u00ac\\nclosed in a tight wooden box or placed in an ordinary coffin\\nafter being prepared and then in a zinc-lined box, which should\\nbe hermetically soldered, then placed in a strong outside box.\\nIf you observe closely, you will notice that the rules say that\\nthe body shall be wrapped in cotton. They do not say what\\nkind of cotton. A certain author, who has written a work on\\nembalming, in giving the rules, has made a misstatement, which\\nis misleading. lie states that the body shall be wrapped in\\nabsorbent cotton. As a matter of fact it makes but little differ\u00c2\u00ac\\nence, if any, what kind of cotton is used, except in expense.\\nCotton batting, or raw cotton, is very cheap as compared with\\nabsorbent cotton. The latter has no advantage whatever over the\\nformer therefore, we would recommend the use of cotton batting.\\nWhen the author first recommended the encasing of a body in\\ncotton an inch thick, in a letter* to Mr. Joseph W. Laube, of\\nThe letter referred to was as follows\\nJdR. Joseph Laube, Richmond, Virginia.\\nDear Sir :\u00e2\u0080\u0094In response to your request for information as to whether a body can\\nbe thoroughly disinfected by embalming so as to be perfectly safe for shipment, we\\nwould say:\\nTO DISINFECT A BODY FOR SHIPMENT.\\nIt should be thoroughly embalmed, using for the purpose the strongest disinfectant\\nchemicals. An antiseptic is not necessarily a disinfectant,\u00e2\u0080\u0094indeed many are not dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ninfectants at all\u00e2\u0080\u0094,but all disinfectants are positively antiseptic.\\nThe chemicals should reach the tissues, organs, viscera, canals, and cavities, that\\ncontain the infectious bacteria, in such quantities as are necessary to destroy the\\nspores as well as the active bacteria. This can only be done by injecting large quan\u00c2\u00ac\\ntities of the solution of chemicals.\\nEach infectious disease is produced by a specific bacterium that is, one that is\\nalways found in the disease, and is present in no other.\\nThese micro=organisms or bacteria are found in large numbers, in certain parts of\\nthe body, where the soil is in proper condition for their development \u00e2\u0080\u0094as in the\\nthroat, in diphtheria; in the alimentary canal, in typhoid fever; in the lungs, in\\nconsumption in the intestinal canal, in cholera, etc.,\u00e2\u0080\u0094but they may be distributed\\nmore or less to all parts of the body by the absorbent and blood=vessels.\\nIf anatomy, physiology, and morbid anatomy, and the infectious diseases are\\nstudied and understood by the embalmer, he can thoroughly disinfect any body dying\\nfrom infectious or contagious disease.\\nAs stated above, the strongest disinfectant chemicals should be used (combined\\nwith other chemicals to hold them in solution) for the embalming fluid. The fluid", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0573.jp2"}, "574": {"fulltext": "534\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nRichmond, Ya., during the spring of 1897, he stated that cotton\\nbatting (not absorbent cotton) should be used.\\nThe bacteriologist uses cotton batting to screen the air, that\\npasses into the test-tube, of the bacteria that are floating in the\\nair, as bacteria cannot pass through cotton batting. For that\\nreason cotton batting was recommended for the encasement of\\nbodies, to prevent the bacteria from passing out from the body.\\nThe cotton should be applied over the whole surface; it should\\nbe continuous, no rents or divisions in the encasement.\\nThe best and easiest method for applying it is as follows\\nSpread upon the floor a sheet sufficiently long to reach at least\\na foot or a foot and a half above the head and below the feet;\\nthen spread layers of cotton, side by side, length-wise over the\\nsheet, covering the whole surface then cross-wise, side by side,\\ncovering the whole surface then again length-wise as before,\\nspreading the cotton in this manner alternately, until at least six\\nthicknesses of the slieet-cotton or cotton batting is spread upon\\nshould be injected through the arteries into every tissue of the body, filling them\\nthoroughly. Then fill all of the canals and cavities of the body \u00e2\u0080\u0094the respiratory\\ncanal, the alimentary canal from the mouth to the anus the serous cavities, etc.,\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nfor the purpose of disinfecting their contents. Then wash the body with the duid.\\nFill the ears, nose, and mouth with the same. Lastly, envelop the ivhole body in cotton=\\nbatting, one inch or more thick, keeping the cotton in place with an ordinary bandage. The\\ncotton should be at least an inch thick pn every part of the body after the bandage is applied.\\nv sj: jjt\\nIf the above directions are followed in its preparation any infected corpse can be\\nrendered perfectly safe, when placed in any common wood or cloth=covered coffin or\\ncasket, for shipment in any car or conveyance to any part of this country or of the\\nworld.\\nAfter the embalmment of the body according to the above process it is possible that\\nthe fluid has not reached every point, so as to make it perfectly safe the application\\nof the cotton=batting is made in the above manner to cover every portion. Not the\\nleast communication with the surrounding air is made with the body except through\\nthe cotton, which will positively screen the air, cleansing it thoroughly of the bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria. It is not possible for the bacteria of any description to pass through the cotton\\neither outward or inward. It is known to every one acquainted with the methods of\\ncultivating bacteria, that if cotton is placed within the test=tube cultures may be\\nmade within the tube. None others floating in the air external to the tube can pass\\ninward through the cotton placed in the outer end of the tube hence, the encasement\\nof the body with cotton=batting.\\nsit :J; j|s a\\nYours very truly,\\nE. Myers-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0574.jp2"}, "575": {"fulltext": "TRANSPORTATION OF BODIES\\n535\\nthe sheet; then place the body in the center of the sheet; bring\\nup the cotton from the ends, turning it over the head and feet,\\nthrowing the sheet back then on one side in the same manner,\\nthrowing the sheet back, leaving the cotton remain over the\\nbody then bring up the sheet from the other side it will be\\nseen that in this manner the raw surfaces of the cotton will over\u00c2\u00ac\\nlap each other; then the sheet should be brought up from each\\nend, and then from the sides, and stitched or pinned tightly\\ntogether; then the whole should be wrapped with a roller band\u00c2\u00ac\\nage of about three or four inches in width. To make the appli\u00c2\u00ac\\ncation in this manner will require but one assistant, and the\\nbandage can be applied without danger of tearing or slipping the\\ncotton at any point. A sheet should then be moistened in a solu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of bichlorid of mercury 1 500, and laid across the coffin or\\ncasket and the body placed in the coffin and the sheet folded over\\nit. The application of the moist sheet to the outer surface is for\\nthe purpose of destroying any bacteria that might be attached to\\nthe bandage that has been applied to protect the cotton.\\nUnder rule 3, bodies dying of typhoid fever, puerperal fever,\\nerysipelas, tuberculosis, measles, or other dangerous communi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncable diseases, other than those specified in rules 1 and 2, are\\nreceived for transportation. If these bodies are embalmed as\\ndirected above, and wrapped with cotton in the same manner, by\\none who is authorized by the health board of one of the States,\\nit can be shipped without placing in the hermetically sealed\\ncasket or box but if shipped by persons not holding such cer\u00c2\u00ac\\ntificate, it must be placed in an airtight box or casket.\\nThere is not much danger of disseminating some of the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\neases enumerated, especially that of tuberculosis. There is\\nscarcely a man, woman, or child in this country that is not\\nexposed almost every day to the tubercular infection. There is\\na possibility of the disease being disseminated through the ship\u00c2\u00ac\\nment of the body in the ordinary way, but that possibility is so\\nremote that we can hardly consider it dangerous. There is far", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0575.jp2"}, "576": {"fulltext": "536\\nCHAMPION TEXT- B O OK ON EMBALMING\\ngreater danger from the living subject than from the dead body.\\nThe patient that has consumption is allowed to travel over the\\ncountry in both sleeping and day cars to use the floors and cus\u00c2\u00ac\\npidors to deposit the sputum that is brought up from the lungs,\\nwhich contain millions of the bacteria that produce the disease\\nwhen he walks upon the streets he deposits the sputum upon the\\nsidewalks or in the gutters or roadways or, when riding in the\\nstreebcar, he possibly deposits it upon the floor; he is allowed\\nthe same privileges to which the man without disease is entitled.\\nTo prevent the dissemination of consumption, the necessary\\nmethods should not commence with the embalmer they should\\nbegin with the beginning of the disease. It is an easy matter, at\\nthe present time, to determine whether or not the patient has\\nconsumption. A little of the sputum placed under the microscope\\nby the physician is all that is necessary to make the diognois\\ncertain. If it is found that the patient has consumption, isolation\\nshould be enforced. He should not be allowed to travel our streets,\\nto ride in our public conveyances, or to associate with those who\\nare not affected with the disease. He should be sent by the\\nhealth boards into a climate that will aid in destroying the bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria that are growing in his system. If this could be done in\\nthe beginning of the disease, there would be but few that would\\ndie of consumption. Hospitals should be constructed in proper\\naltitudes and maintained by the government, and all patients\\nsent to them, as soon as tubercular bacilli develop within the\\nsystem.\\nIt is not necessary to condemn the methods adopted for the\\nshipment of bodies that die of consumption. There can be no\\nfault found with them. The only matter of complaint is that\\nthe health boards are not strict where strictness is necessary, in\\nthe application of sanitary measures for the prevention of dissem\u00c2\u00ac\\nination of tuberculosis.\\nThe adoption and final enforcement of these rules will be a\\ngreat convenience to those who will have charge of the shipment", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0576.jp2"}, "577": {"fulltext": "TRANSPORTATION OF BODIES\\n537\\nof bodies in the future. There will be no special rules of the\\ndifferent corporations to conflict, which, heretofore, have made it\\nnecessary to ascertain the rules of the different roads before start\u00c2\u00ac\\ning with the body. Under the rules, a body can be shipped\\nfrom, to, and through any of the States and provinces in America\\nwithout question. Restrictions that are imposed are not hard\u00c2\u00ac\\nships, nor do they increase to an appreciable degree, the expenses\\nover previous methods. They have the tendency to do away\\nwith the making of false statements in shipping permits, thereby\\nsubjecting the public to the dangers of disseminating infectious or\\ncontagious disease. They will stimulate the student and compel\\nthe ignoramus to enlighten himself. The rules are not perfect,\\nbut will be improved from time to time as necessity requires.\\nEvery embalmer should have in his place of business, a dress\u00c2\u00ac\\ning-room, in which there is a tight closet, wash-stand, water,\\nsoap, and shelves on which to place necessary disinfectants for the\\npurpose of disinfecting himself. lie should be provided with a\\nrubber coat, which fits closely around the neck and is long enough\\nto reach within one-half inch or an inch of the floor, a rubber or\\noiled-silk cap, and an old suit of clothes. These should hang in\\nthe closet ready for use in infectious cases, especially those that\\nare communicable. The shelf should contain a bottle each of\\nbiclilorid of mercury, 1 :1000 and 1 500, a box of disinfectant\\nsalve, a nail brush, and a bar of good soap. When he is called\\nto take care of an infectious case, he should change his usual suit\\nfor the old one then put on the rubber coat and rubber or oiled-\\nsilk cap cover the hands with the disinfectant salve or wear a\\npair of rubber gloves. Dressed in this manner he is ready to\\ntake care of the case. On returning from the case, he should\\nremove the clothing, place them in the closet, and fumigate\\nthem. He should also wash his hands, face, and whiskers with\\nsoap and the bichlorid of mercury, 1 1000 solution he should\\nthen cleanse and brush the nails very thoroughly then dip\\nthem in the solution of the bichlorid of mercury 1 500.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0577.jp2"}, "578": {"fulltext": "538\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nThe instrument^case and instruments used in an infectious\\ncase should be fumigated and disinfected just as thoroughly as\\nthe clothing that is worn. Great care should be taken to prevent\\nthe dissemination of the disease.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0578.jp2"}, "579": {"fulltext": "PART FIFTH\\nGENERAL MISCELLANY", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0579.jp2"}, "580": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTION TO PART FIFTH.\\nIn Part Fifth we have introduced some matter which does not appear to\\nhave a proper place in other parts of the work, but which is none the less\\nvaluable on that account.\\nIn Chapter XLIV. a number of hints are given to guide the young\\nfuneral director in the matter of approaching his clients and preparing the\\nbody for the final obsequies; also, on conducting a funeral from the house\\nto the cemetery, including services at the house, church, and grave.\\nA chapter on Resuscitation is given, as it often happens that the funeral\\ndirector is the first one called in a case of supposed or apparent death.\\nTherefore, he should be well acquainted with the best means of resuscita\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, so as to be able to act promptly in the absence of the physician.\\nThen follows a consideration of Post;Mortem Wounds, giving the best\\nmeans of their prevention, and, when received, the proper treatment until\\na physician can be consulted.\\nThe directions for selection and care of instruments seem necessary to\\nprotect the embalmer in his purchases, and to aid him in keeping his outfit\\nin such a condition that it may always appear new, and to reduce to the\\nminimum the danger from handling his instruments.\\n540", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0580.jp2"}, "581": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XLIY.\\nHINTS ON FUNERAL DIRECTING.\\nThe changes have been so great and ideas so advanced along\\nthis line in the past few years, that the conducting of a funeral of\\nto day, compared with the management of one twenty five years\\nago, may be likened to the modern electricdighted train of to=\\nday, traveling at fifty miles an hour, compared with the stage-\\ncoach of those days. The change to the present methods of con\u00c2\u00ac\\nducting a funeral was a welcome one to the bereaved family, the\\nminister, and laity. And funeral directors are not stopping at\\nwhat they have attained, for each year brings greater advance\u00c2\u00ac\\nment.\\nWhen a call comes to him he should receive it with coolness\\nand reserve. He should not rush to the house of mourning as\\nthough he were afraid his competitor might get there first. He\\nshould approach the family with dignity. The shock to them\\nmay be great, and he may not be able to learn all of their wishes\\nat once.\\nFirst, get their confidence and learn their desire regarding\\nembalming. If the body is to be embalmed, prepare the body\\nand raise the artery as directed in preceding chapters. Do the\\nwork neatly. The trocar should not be used when strangers are\\npresent. The prejudice against embalming, no doubt, should be\\nlaid largely to the indiscriminate use of the trocar. If the sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nject is that of a female, a lady, a friend of the family if possible,\\nshould be invited in to see the operation.\\nAfter the body has been embalmed, if a nice couch is in the\\nroom, use it. Dress the body completely, for no face application\\nwill be needed\u00e2\u0080\u0094there will be nothing to soil the clothing.\\n541", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0581.jp2"}, "582": {"fulltext": "542 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nSpread a drapery over the couch, or a sheet may be used. Stand\\na screen in front to break the view. If in winter ask for a little\\nheat; never allow the body to freeze. A bunch of flowers may\\nbe laid near the body it has a pleasing effect: Place the body\\nin an easy position, similar to the one occupied in bed. It may\\nbe difficult, at times, to place one hand under the head, owing to\\nrigor mortis, but it is a pleasing position to the relatives. Should\\nthe subject be a child, use its little bed\u00e2\u0080\u0094if white, a pretty effect\\nwould be to trim with smilax and flowers or a settee can be\\nvery prettily draped, arranging over all a drapery of silk illusion.\\nAfter having the body cared for, quietly withdraw, returning\\nat a later period the same day, or the next, to learn the wishes of\\nthe family as to palbbearers, singers, minister, number of car\u00c2\u00ac\\nriages, flowers to be furnished, casket, etc. Give them the\\ncost of everything. Do not lead them into any unnecessary ex\u00c2\u00ac\\npense be reasonable in all charges. Ask regarding door crape\\nsome dislike any insignia, but, where used, a cycas palm leaf or\\ntwo, tied with black or purple ribbon, is suitable for an aged\\nperson, and a wreath or bunch of flowers for a child.\\nAlways place the body in the casket the night before the\\nfuneral. It is more comforting to the family and gives them\\nample opportunity to take their leave prior to the service, which\\nshould be insisted upon, be the service at the house or at the\\nchurch. If at the house, the funeral director should be there at\\nleast one hour before the service, and either have an assistant\\nconduct to the casket all who attend, and seat them, or do it\\nhimself.\\nBefore the service, when ready for the family,\u00e2\u0080\u0094who should\\nremain in privacy meanwhile,\u00e2\u0080\u0094close the casket, and have the\\nfriends come to the room reserved for them. In this manner he\\nwill get rid of that horrid custom of tramping past the open casket.\\nDo this with the best trade, and, if he has the full confidence of\\nthe people, he will find others will fall into the custom readily.\\nIf the service is at a church, it may be impossible to adopt this", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0582.jp2"}, "583": {"fulltext": "HINTS ON FUNERAL DIRECTING\\n543\\ncustom. Some seek and desire ostentation, which should be dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncouraged, especially among those who do not have the necessary\\nmeans. If the funeral director stands in the community as he\\nshould, he will wield an influence far above any other, and can\\nlead his clients into new ways and customs.\\nAt the house just a nod from the minister should indicate that\\nthe services are in the funeral director\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hands. Then nod to the\\npalbbearers, conduct them to the front door, where two assistants,\\nor two of the palbbearers, should deposit the casket. Have the\\nfriends remain seated until the casket is placed in the funeral car.\\nTwo assistants should stand at the carriages to seat the friends, as\\nthey are sent out, a previous list having been made out, of the\\nmanner in which they are to go. Make haste slowly, here of all\\nplaces and after all is arranged, get into the buggy and lead\\nthe procession.\\nIf it be an Order funeral, place the Order at the head.\\nAlthough they may have a marshal, the funeral director should\\nbe the man in command. lie should not forget this, for he\\nbelittles himself when he submits to any other authority.\\nAt the grave have chairs for the relatives. Place the Order on\\nthe outside in a circle. As the casket is being gently and sol\u00c2\u00ac\\nemnly lowered into its last resting place, by the bearers, or by one\\nof the modern lowering devices, the ceremony can proceed. A\\nvery nice service, and one pleasing to the friends, should there\\nbe plenty of flowers, is to give to each one, at the house, a rose or\\ncarnation, which, as the last words are said, they should quietly\\ndrop on the casket and then retire to their carriages.\\nThere is no need of undue display of sympathy on the part of\\nthe funeral director,\u00e2\u0080\u0094it is not what he is called for. His tact\\nand gentleness in handling a funeral will go farther to make\\nfriends than anything else.\\nCharges should be moderate. Do not impoverish the living\\nby lavishing upon the dead an expensive funeral. The tendency\\nis, the more moderate the means, the greater the demands, and", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0583.jp2"}, "584": {"fulltext": "544\\nCHAMPION TEXT,BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nit will remain with the funeral director to solve the desire for a\\nhundred-dollar funeral with a twenty-dollar capital back of his\\ncustomer. Do the w T ork thoroughly and trust to the honesty of\\nthe customer for the pay. Encourage briefness of ceremony at\\nthe grave. Do what can he done to discourage Sunday funerals\\nyou should appreciate a day of rest and quiet, and be assured\\nthe minister will be with you. Ministers have duties enough\\nfor that day, and many will not allow anything to interfere w T ith\\ntheir regular church services.\\nAfter all is over there comes a business side to it all. If a\\ncustom of allowing a five per cent, discount, if paid in thirty\\ndays, were adopted, and the bill sent in, there are, no doubt,\\nmany w T ho would avail themselves of this discount. Do not\\nallow bills to accumulate on the pages of the ledger through\\nfear of asking for just dues. You should keep your ow T n bills\\npaid and thereby preserve your credit\u00e2\u0080\u0094good credit may serve\\nyou at times better than capital.\\nThe paraphernalia that seems needful is -fast growing in magni\u00c2\u00ac\\ntude and becoming more burdensome each year. The funeral\\ndirector should hail the time of more simplicity in funeral trap\u00c2\u00ac\\npings. The adoption of many of them is the explanation or\\nsolution of so many in the business being impoverished, and,\\nunless the funeral director enjoys a large clientage, he will find\\nhimself falling behind. lie should have pride enough to have\\na first-class outfit\u00e2\u0080\u0094one that will command the respect of his\\npatrons,\u00e2\u0080\u0094but he should not entertain the idea that he must\\npossess every new-fangled device presented to him.\\nThe funeral director should keep posted upon matters of his\\nprofession he should enlarge his library, from time to time, by\\npurchasing practical works on embalming and collateral subjects\\nand he should be a subscriber to and read as manv of the trade\\njournals as he can afford he should join the State Association,\\nand attend its meetings and lend his help to the uplifting of\\nhis profession and thereby help his brother.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0584.jp2"}, "585": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XLY.\\nRESUSCITATION.\\nThe definition of resuscitation (re, again suscito I stir up) is\\nthe recovery from suspended animation or apparent death. In\\nthese conditions, of course, all signs of circulation and respiration\\nhave disappeared, but usually the failure of one function has pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nceded that of the other.\\nThe methods for producing artificial respiration, and the treat\u00c2\u00ac\\nment for the purpose of restoring the vital action of the different\\norgans of the body, are not given in this work for the benefit of\\nthe embalmer only, but for all others who are likely to come in\\ncontact with the cases herein described. Some of the different\\nmethods and rules, that have the sanction of the leading physi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncians and surgeons in the different civilized countries, will be\\ngiven.\\nHOWARD\u00e2\u0080\u0099S METHOD OF ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION.\\nThe first, known and described as Howards Method of Artificial\\nRespiration, is as follows: Place the patient upon the back with\\nthe face upward a hard roll of clothing beneath the thorax,\\nwith the shoulders slightly declining over it. The head and\\nneck should be bent back to the utmost; place the hands on top\\nof the head strip the clothing from the waist and neck. The\\noperator should then kneel astride of the patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s hips, and\\nplace his hands upon the breast so that the ball of each thumb\\nand little finger rests upon the inner margin of the free border of\\nthe costal cartilages, the tip of each finger near or upon the\\nensiform cartilage, the fingers dipping into the corresponding\\nintercostal spaces. His elbows must be fixed firmly, making\\nthem one with the hips.\\n42\\n545", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0585.jp2"}, "586": {"fulltext": "546\\nCHAMPION TEXT-HOOK ON EMBALMING\\nAction of Operator. \u00e2\u0080\u0094He should press upward and inward\\ntoward the diaphragm, using his knees as a pivot, throwing his\\nweight forward two or three seconds, until his face almost touches\\nthat of the patient, ending with a sharp push which helps to\\njerk him back to his erect, kneeling position. Rest three sec\u00c2\u00ac\\nonds, and then repeat the movement as before, continuing it\\nat the rate of seven to ten times a minute taking the utmost\\ncare, or the occurrence of the natural gasp, gently to aid and\\ndeepen it into a longer breath, until respiration becomes natural.\\nThis method is said to keep the passage through the larynx\\nfree, without the aid of an assistant, or any contrivance for the\\npurpose, and is recommended for that reason. Artificial respira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion must precede the use of the stomach pump and be continued\\nuntil either the pulse or natural respiration returns. Keep up\\nthe temperature of the body by hot blankets or hot bottles.\\nRULES OF THE ROYAL HUMANE SOCIETY.\\n*The Royal Humane Society has recommended the Sylvester\\nmethod of artificial respiration in the rules that it has pub\u00c2\u00ac\\nlished for directions for restoring the apparent dead. The rules\\nace as follows\\nRule I.\u00e2\u0080\u0094If from Drowning or Other Suffocation, or\\nNarcotic Poisoning. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Send immediately for medical assistance,\\nblankets, and dry clothing, but proceed to treat the patient in\u00c2\u00ac\\nstantly, securing as much fresh air as possible.\\nThe points to be aimed at are\u00e2\u0080\u0094first and immediately, the\\nrestoration of breathing; and, secondly, after breathing is\\nrestored, the promotion of warmth and circulation.\\nThe efforts to restore life must be persevered in until the\\narrival of medical assistance, or until the pulse has ceased for at\\nleast an hour.\\nTreatment to Restore Natural Breathing.\\nFirst.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Maintain a Free Entrance of Air Into the\\nWindpipe. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Cleanse the mouth and nostrils open the mouth", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0586.jp2"}, "587": {"fulltext": "RESUSCITATION\\n547\\ndraw forward the patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s tongue, and keep it forward an\\nelastic band over the tongue and under the chin will answer this\\npurpose. Remove all tight clothing from about the neck and\\nchest.\\nSecond.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Adjust the Patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Position. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Place the\\npatient on his back on a flat surface, inclined a little from the\\nfeet upward raise and support the head and shoulders on a\\nsmall firm cushion or folded article of dress placed under the\\nshoulder-blades.\\nThird.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Imitate the Movements of Breathing.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nGrasp the patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s arms just above the elbows, and draw the\\narms gently and steadily upward, until they meet above the\\nhead (this is for the purpose of drawing air into the lungs) and\\nkeep the arms in that position for two seconds. Then turn down\\nthe patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s arms, and press them gently and firmly for two\\nseconds against the sides of the chest (this is with the object of\\npressing air out of the lungs pressure upon the breastbone will\\naid this).\\nRepeat these measures alternately, deliberately, and perse-\\nveringly, fifteen times in a minute, until a spontaneous effort to\\nrespire is perceived, immediately upon which cease to imitate the\\nmovements of breathing, and proceed to induce circulation and\\nwarmth.\\nShould a w T arm bath be procurable, the body may be placed in\\nit up to the neck, continuing to imitate the movements of\\nbreathing. Raise the body in twenty seconds to a sitting posi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, and dash cold water against the chest and face, and pass\\nammonia under the nose. The patient should not be kept in\\nthe warm bath longer than five or six minutes.\\nFourth.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Excite Inspiration. \u00e2\u0080\u0094During the employment\\nof the above method excite the nostrils with snuff or smell\u00c2\u00ac\\ning-salts, or tickle the throat with a feather. Rub the chest\\nand face briskly, and dash cold and hot water alternately on\\nthem.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0587.jp2"}, "588": {"fulltext": "548\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nTreatment After Natural Breathing Has Been Restored.\\nFifth.\u00e2\u0080\u0094To Induce Circulation and Warmth. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Wrap the\\npatient in dry blankets, and commence rubbing the limbs\\nupward firmly and energetically. Promote the warmth of the\\nbody by the application of hot flannels, bottles, or bladders of\\nhot water, hot bricks, etc., to the pit of the stomach, armpits,\\nbetween the thighs, and to the soles of the feet. Warm clothing\\nmay generally be had from the bystanders. When swallowing\\nhas returned, a teaspoonful of warm water, small quantities of\\nwine, warm brandy and water, or coffee should be given. Sleep\\nshould be encouraged. During the reaction, large mustard poul\u00c2\u00ac\\ntices to the chest will relieve the distressed breathing.\\nRule II.\u00e2\u0080\u0094If from Intense Cold. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Rub the body with\\nsnow, ice, or cold water. Restore warmth by slow degrees. It\\nis dangerous to apply heat too early.\\nRule III.\u00e2\u0080\u0094If from Intoxication. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Lay the individual upon\\nhis side on the bed with his head raised. The patient should be\\ninduced to vomit.\\nRule IV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094If from Apoplexy or Sunstroke. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Cold should\\nbe applied to the head, which should be kept raised. Tight\\nclothing should be removed, and stimulants cautiously used.\\nAlcoholic stimulants should not be given until natural respira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion has been induced, and, in cases of narcotic poisoning, not\\nuntil consciousness has been restored. If, on the return of con\u00c2\u00ac\\nsciousness, the patient is in pain or faint, the inhalation of a few\\ndrops of ether or smelling ammonia is indicated. In their\\nabsence a few teaspoonfuls of brandy may be given. Hot tea\\nand coffee should be the first refreshments swallowed it should\\nnot be pressed upon the patient, as vomiting is more exhausting\\nthan waiting a few hours for food.\\nSyncope and Asphyxia.\\nFor the purpose of treatment you may regard those cases,\\nwhere the lips and mucous membrane are found pale and blood-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0588.jp2"}, "589": {"fulltext": "BESUSCITA TION\\n549\\nless, as syncope; and those where they are dark^colored, as\\nasphyxia.\\nSyncope may arise (1) from mental emotion, sudden pain, or\\nshock (2) from drugs and poisons, including anesthetics, espe\u00c2\u00ac\\ncially chloroform; (3) from hemorrhage, or anything which\\nreduces the due supply of blood to the heart; (4) from fatty\\ndegeneration or dilatation of the heart.\\nTreatment. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Place the patient horizontally on his left side,\\nwith the pelvis and feet raised the windows of the room should\\nbe opened the face should be fanned and a little cold water\\nmay be sprinkled on the forehead. Smelling salts should be\\nheld to the nostrils. If natural breathing has not returned,\\nbegin one of the methods of artificial respiration, as given above,\\nthe temperature of the body being kept up by the application of\\nhot blankets or hot bottles. After respiration has been fully\\nestablished, a little brandy, hot water, wine, or other stimulants,\\nshould be given, with care that none of it enters the trachea. If\\nswallowing is impractical, inject warm fluids into the rectum.\\nAsphyxia from Breathing Noxious Gases. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The body\\nshould be carried into the fresh air. All clothing should be\\nloosened around the neck and over the chest. Artificial respira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion should be commenced at once, while an assistant should\\nblow into the nostrils three or four times. Hot blankets and\\nhot water bottles should be applied.\\nAsphyxia from Mechanical Obstruction of the Air-\\npassages. \u00e2\u0080\u0094The cause of obstruction must be removed, if\\npossible, by placing the patient face downward, aiding the dis-\\nlodgment by the use of the forceps, a buttomhook, or the handle\\nof a tablespoon.\\nAsphyxia from Advancing Coma or from Narcotics\\nand Anesthetics. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In these cases, the breathing is stopped from\\nthe failure of the medulla and respiratory nerves to act Very\\noften there is mechanical obstruction in the larynx, which\\nshould be considered. Artificial respiration induced by simply", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0589.jp2"}, "590": {"fulltext": "550\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ncompressing tlie chest at intervals of five seconds, may suffice.\\nIf raising the chin and throwing the head back does not effect\\na free passage of air, one or the other of the methods of artificial\\nrespiration given should be commenced.\\nAsphyxia from Drowning. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In asphyxia from immersion\\nin water, there are two serious complications, viz. first, the pres\u00c2\u00ac\\nence of water and mud in the air=passages, and, secondly, the\\ndepressing effects of cold. With the view of more effectually\\nremoving the water from the air=tubes, Howard gives the follow\u00c2\u00ac\\ning rules\\n1. Position of Patient. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Face downward and hard roll of\\ncloth beneath the epigastrium, making that the highest point\\nand the mouth the lowest; the forehead resting on the forearm\\nor wrist to keep the mouth from the ground.\\n2. Position and Action of Operator. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Place the left hand\\nwell spread upon the base of the thorax to the left of the spine,\\nthe right hand upon the spine a little below the left and over the\\nlower part of the stomach. Throw upon them w r itli a forward\\nmotion all the weight and force the age and sex of the patient\\nwill justify, ending this pressure of two or three seconds by a\\nsharp push, which helps you back again into the upright posi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. Repeat this two or three times according to the duration\\nof the immersion then apply one or the other of the methods\\nof artificial respiration.\\n3. Suspended Animation from Lightning Stroke or Elec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntricity. \u00e2\u0080\u0094In a stroke of lightning or electricity, the shock is not\\nnecessarily fatal, in spite of the popular notion to the contrary.\\nThe action of the vital organs is suspended, but the organs are\\nrarely destroyed. In these cases, if respiration can be artificially\\nmaintained for a sufficient length of time, there is a fair chance\\nthat the heart will resume its suspended function and that the\\nvictim will finally recover. Consequently, a person struck by\\nlightning, or having had a severe shock induced by the electric\\ncurrent, should never be pronounced dead until one of the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0590.jp2"}, "591": {"fulltext": "RESUSCITA TION\\n551\\nmethods of resuscitation, explained above, has been practiced\\nupon the body for at least two or three hours. Dr. D\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Arsonval\\nin France has practiced the Howard method with success and\\nstrenuously urges its adoption. Experience in this country also\\njustifies the continued efforts for a long period of time to induce\\nreanimation by one of the methods given above. This is a\\nmatter of great importance, for, although comparatively few\\npeople are killed by lightning, it seems quite probable that the\\nnumber could be still further reduced by practicing artificial\\nrespiration, continuing it for hours instead of minutes.\\nRecent reports show that cases of asphyxia, especially those\\nfrom drowning and suffocation, caused by closure of the respira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntory tract, without injury to the body, can be reanimated after a\\nperiod of several hours, by application of the treatment given\\nabove. If the patient has been drowned, and has lain in the\\nwater even for an hour or two, do not at once pronounce him\\ndead, but apply the rules given above in a thorough, constant,\\nand scientific manner.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0591.jp2"}, "592": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XLVI.\\nPOST-MORTEM WOUNDS.\\nIn the putrefaction of albuminous substances in bodies, many\\nchemical combinations are formed, some of which, such as\\npoisonous toxalbumins and certain alkaloids, to which the name\\nptomains, or cadaveric alkaloids, have been given, are extremely\\npoisonous. That toxic elements exist in the products of decom\u00c2\u00ac\\nposition, has long been known to the physician and scientist.\\nThe character of these substances was first recognized by Selma,\\nwho gave them the names of alkaloids or ptomains. General,\\nfatal poisoning frequently results from the handling of cadavers,\\nor other dead animal matter, by inoculation through the slightest\\nwounds received by the operator.\\nThe poisoning from a corpse usually results from inoculation\\nthrough a small wound or puncture, or where the skin has been\\nabraded, the wound being sometimes so slight as not to be\\nnoticed.\\nEmbalmers are subjected more frequently to the dangers of\\nblood-poisoning than any other class of men. Therefore, they\\nshould be made aware of the consequences that frequently re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsult from the careless manner in which bodies and instruments\\nare handled. The slightest cut or scratch inflicted with one of\\nthe sharp-edged instruments, that are used in the operations upon\\nthe dead body, may not only cause the loss of a finger, a hand,\\nor even a whole extremity, but may cause intense suffering for\\nmany days, finally resulting in death.\\nSuch wounds are called post-mortem wounds. The virus may\\nbe received also into the system by inoculation through abrasions\\nor open wounds, previously existing upon the surface of the", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0592.jp2"}, "593": {"fulltext": "POST-MORTEM WOUNDS\\n553\\nhands or lingers of the operator. The poison is most virulent\\nin fresh bodies, diminishing in intensity as decomposition ad\u00c2\u00ac\\nvances. It is most marked when inoculation occurs in hand\u00c2\u00ac\\nling cases of septic peritonitis or pleurisy, pyemia, septicemia,\\npuerperal fever, diffuse cellulitis, erysipelas, spreading gangrene,\\netc. The poison only acts by direct inoculation, usually occurring\\nthrough a scratch or wound made accidentally while operating-\\non the body although any partly healed raw surface, or the\\ncracks in chapped hands, or the little fissures at the margins of\\nthe nails, serve equally well as points of inoculation.\\nBefore operating upon the dead body the hands should be very\\ncarefully examined. If the cuticle be denuded at any point on\\nthe hands or fingers, use rubber gloves or finger-cots, or hand*\\nprotector, carbolated vaseline, or some similar preparation. The\\nlatter should be rubbed over the hands, under and around the\\nnails very carefully, to prevent the absorption of the poison. It\\nis a good practice to take this precaution even if the cuticle is\\nsupposed to be intact, as abrasions may be so slight as to escape\\nnotice.\\nThe embalmer, while operating, should be very careful not to\\nwound himself with any of the instruments used in the oper\u00c2\u00ac\\nations. All punctured wounds are extremely dangerous. If\\nsuch an accident should occur, wash quickly and suck the wound\\nthoroughly, or cause it to bleed freely then cauterize it, or wash\\nout with fluid containing bichlorid of mercury 1 :1000, or car\u00c2\u00ac\\nbolic acid, 3 to 5 per cent., or embalming fluid, and cover with\\nhand-protector, collodion, or plaster. II the wound is on the\\nfinger or hand, wear a finger^cot or rubber glove to protect further\\nthe wounded part.\\nIf a wound is received and inoculation results, the point ol the\\ninoculation, in from twelve to twenty-four hours, will become\\nmore or less red and irritated. It may remain in this state loi\\nanother day, when a brawny swelling of a dusky-red color will\\nform around it, and extend rapidly in all directions, but piinci-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0593.jp2"}, "594": {"fulltext": "554\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\npally along the line of the lymphatics. There is intense burning\\npain and severe constitutional disturbances, high temperature,\\nand total loss of appetite, which may be followed by spreading\\ngangrene or, the lymphatic glands may become swollen and\\npainful, and abscesses may form at the elbow and axilla. Septi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncemia or pyemia may follow.\\nIf any of the above symptoms result, send for the family\\nphysician at once and be placed under proper treatment.\\nWhen gas from a dead body is inhaled it does not cause blood-\\npoisoning, but may cause a kind of septic fever. For this reason\\nits inhalation should be avoided.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0594.jp2"}, "595": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XLVII.\\nINSTRUMENTS: THEIR SELECTION AND CARE.\\nWith the growth and progress of embalming, especially within\\nrecent years, a diversified and extensive line of instruments and\\nother paraphernalia has been brought into existence. Some are\\nnecessary and useful to the embalmer in his work of caring for\\nthe dead, while others are practically useless, having scarcely\\nanything to commend them except their novelty. This admits\\nof great latitude in the selection of an outfit, which should be\\ncarefully and judiciously made. The instruments should be of\\nthe best quality and, as far as possible, aseptic in their construc\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. All knives, hooks, etc., should be solid in their entirety,\\nwithout joints or rivets or, if they have joints, they should be\\nmade so as to be separated in order that they may be easily\\ncleansed and sterilized after eacli operation.\\nIt usually follows that the lowest in price is the dearest in the\\nlong run but this is not always true, for sometimes a very high\\nprice is paid for an inferior article. The success ot an embalmer\\nmay be judged, as a rule, by the selection, quality, condition, and\\nappearance of his instruments. It is necessary to keep all instru\u00c2\u00ac\\nments clean. The importance of this cannot be overestimated,\\nfor, if not so kept, they may be the means of inoculating those\\nwho handle them with septic matter, causing septicemia or blood\\npoison. Even if death does not follow septicemic inoculation a\\nlong siege of sickness may supervene, entailing a great loss ot\\ntime, money, and neglect of business. Many cases are on record\\nwhere serious consequences have resulted fiom the caieless hand-\\nlino- of filthy and unsterilized instruments.\\n555", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0595.jp2"}, "596": {"fulltext": "556\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nInstruments should be cleansed carefully and sterilized thor\u00c2\u00ac\\noughly after each operation. Non-aseptic instruments should\\nnot be selected, as the aseptic can always be had from any\\nreliable supply house. Aseptic may be defined as \u00e2\u0080\u009cbeing free\\nfrom the living germs of disease, and fermentation or putrefaction.\u00e2\u0080\u0099\\nOnly those instruments are aseptic which are made without\\nvisible joints, or which can be taken apart and every portion\\ncleansed. The embalmer should use every means that is possible\\nto lessen the danger to the living, including his assistants and\\nhimself.\\nThe surgeon, physician, and dentist always have the finest and\\nbest instruments, for use in their work, that they are able to pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ncure. They keep them in perfect order, never allowing them to\\nremain soiled for a moment longer than can possibly be helped\\nthereby preventing the liability to rust or destruction by\\ncorrosion. The embalmer should be equally careful with his\\ninstruments. He should never throw his tools together into his\\nsatchel, to be cleansed by some one else, but should at once\\nattend to that duty himself. It is ever a true saying, and one\\nthat should be cherished, \u00e2\u0080\u009cthat a workman is known by his\\ntools.\u00e2\u0080\u009d The progressive undertaker usually spends hundreds or\\nthousands of dollars for his equipment of funeral cars, hearses,\\ncarriages, and horses, his show-room, its contents, etc. Often\u00c2\u00ac\\ntimes one thing needful is neglected the old worn-out cabinet,\\nwith its rusty set of tools, usually filthy and septic, is brought\\nforth to do service, when, in fact, this part of his paraphernalia\\nshould be one in which, he should take pride and make it his\\nduty to have as nearly perfect as possible. This is not only for\\nthe sake of appearances but that he may be able to do his work\\nwith safety and in a more scientific.and professional manner.\\nSterilizing Instruments. \u00e2\u0080\u0094To sterilize instruments is to\\nrender them free from living germs by heating or otherwise.\\nThe following methods lor sterilizing are simple and easy of\\napplication", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0596.jp2"}, "597": {"fulltext": "INSTRUMENTS: THEIR SELECTION AND CARE 557\\nAll steel instruments should be first cleansed, then boiled for\\nhalf an hour or more in water to which bicarbonate of soda has\\nbeen added then wiped perfectly dry with a clean, soft, woolen\\ncloth or chamois. For the usual number of instruments about a\\nquart of water, to which about a quarter of a pound of the\\nbicarbonate of soda has been added, is required. A tin or iron\\nvessel may be used. This process will positively free the instru\u00c2\u00ac\\nments from all danger of inoculation with septic matter through\\nwounds accidentally made while handling them.\\nAll hard=rubber instruments, such as arterial-tubes, hollow-\\nneedles, whether metaldined or not, pumps, etc., should be ster\u00c2\u00ac\\nilized by flushing and washing, and immersion in a 5 per cent,\\nsolution of formalin for from a quarter to half an hour; then\\nthey should be washed and dried. Do not apply heat in any\\nform.\\nNo heat should be applied to elastic gum and silk catheters,\\nvein= and stomacliTubes, rubber tubing, etc. They should be\\nsterilized by flushing and washing with a disinfectant solution,\\nthe solution being washed off immediately then wiped dry with\\na clean cloth. The most effective solution for sterilizing them is\\none of formalin of from 3 to 5 per cent, strength.\\nAll arteriahtubes should be examined, and, if found closed,\\nshould be opened by passing a small wire through them. Ex\u00c2\u00ac\\namine all hollowmeedles and trocars, and, if found closed, open\\nthem with the plunger with which they are accompanied. The\\nabove means of cleansing and sterilizing should be used as soon\\nas possible after each operation.\\nInstruments should not only be kept clean and sterilized, but\\ntheir edges should be sharp and keemcutting, that the incisions\\nand other operations can be made as quickly and as neatly as\\npossible to appear workmanlike and professional.\\nSelecting Instruments\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The quality and number of in\u00c2\u00ac\\nstruments should be selected with a view to performing all\\nnecessary operations and the finest of work. The greater the", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0597.jp2"}, "598": {"fulltext": "558\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nnumber and variety, and the better the quality, other things\\nbeing equal, the better equipped will be the embalmer for his\\nprofessional duties. All manufacturers and jobbers of instru\u00c2\u00ac\\nments have listed satchels and cases of instruments, some fancy,\\ncontaining everything, at a very high price, some at a medium\\nprice, and others at a low price, to meet the size of the purse or\\nability to pay, of all who wish to purchase, the selection of in\u00c2\u00ac\\nstruments being made according to the ideas of this, that, or the\\nother embalmer, or simply for show. These satchels contain\\nmany instruments that are of little use, while they are lacking\\nin others that are necessary in making the different operations.\\nWhen selecting a satchel it is important to see that it contains\\nthe instruments that are needed in performing all of the usual\\noperations in embalming. The following are recommended as a\\ngood selection for a practical outfit:\\nOne or two scalpels of different sizes a curved, sharp*pointed\\nbistoury; a grooved=director; forceps; scissors; aneurism*\\nneedle an assortment of arterial tubes of different sizes and\\nlengths surgeon\u00e2\u0080\u0099s needles thread absorbent cotton lintine\\nadhesive plaster; hand=protector; silk veimtubes of several\\nsizes, from No. 8 to No. 12 several hollo w*needles, from the\\ninfant to the adult size, from six to fourteen inches in length,\\nincluding a cardiac needle for withdrawing blood from the\\nheart; a couple of sizes of inflexible steel nasabtubes and a\\ngood aspirator and injector. With these, all necessary operations\\nmay be performed, although there are other instruments and\\naccessories that will be very handy at times, which can be added\\nas the necessities of the operator demand.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0598.jp2"}, "599": {"fulltext": "A COMPENDIUM\\nCONSISTING OF PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0599.jp2"}, "600": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTION TO COMPENDIUM.\\nThe questions and answers given in the following pages constitute only\\na partial review of the more important parts of the body of this work, and\\nwill serve as a guide both to the student and teacher. We believe a careful\\nstudy of them by the student will prove very beneficial and fix important\\ntruths in the mind in a way not possible by a simple perusal of the text.\\nA systematic study of the questions and answers is especially recom\u00c2\u00ac\\nmended for all those who contemplate taking an examination before one\\nof the State boards. We do not claim that these questions are the same as\\nthose asked by the examiners, but w^e do believe an ability to answer them\\ncorrectly will qualify one to give appropriate replies to the questions usually\\npropounded by such boards.\\nWe would caution members of examining boards against the use of\\nwhat are known as \u00e2\u0080\u009ccatch questions\u00e2\u0080\u009d in conducting examinations. Such\\nquestions do not do justice to those taking the examination. Only such\\nquestions should be selected as can be answered after practical training and\\na reasonable study of the subject. The object aimed at will be best attained\\nby careful and conscientious attention to this matter.\\n560", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0600.jp2"}, "601": {"fulltext": "I\u00e2\u0080\u0094ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.\\nBONES, MUSCLES, ETC.\\n1. What is osteology?\\nIt is the science of the structure and function of bones.\\n2. Into how many parts is the body divided\\nFive: head, neck, trunk, and upper and lower extremities.\\n3. How many classified bones are there in the body?\\nThere are two hundred.\\n4. Into what classes are they divided\\nLong, short, flat, and irregular.\\n5. Where are the long bones found?\\nIn the upper and lower extremities.\\n6. Name the long bones.\\nHumerus, radius, ulna, femur, tibia, fibula, metacarpals,\\nmetatarsals, phalanges, and clavicle.\\n7. Where are the short bones found\\nThe carpals in the wrist and tarsals in the foot.\\n8. Where are the flat bones found\\nIn the cranium and trunk.\\n9. Name some flat bones.\\nOccipital, frontal, scapula, innominate, sternum, ribs, etc.\\n10. Where are irregular bones found\\nPrincipally in the face and spinal column.\\n11. Name some irregular bones in the head.\\nTemporal, sphenoid, ethmoid, malar, superior and inferior\\nmaxillary, etc.\\n12. Give the number and names of the bones of the spinal column.\\nThere are 26 in the adult\u00e2\u0080\u009424 vertebrae, the sacrum, and the\\ncoccyx in youth, the sacrum consists of five and the coccyx of\\nfour vertebrae, which finally coalesce into a single bone each.\\n13. How are the vertebrae divided?\\nInto the cervical, dorsal, and lumbar.\\n14. How many of each?\\nSeven cervical, twelve dorsal, and five lumbar.\\n43\\n561", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0601.jp2"}, "602": {"fulltext": "562\\nCHAMPION TEXTBOOK ON EMBALMING\\n15. What are the atlas and axis?\\nThey are the upper two cervical vertebrae, the axis articulating\\nwith the occipital bone on either side of the foramen magnum.\\n16. Of what are the skull=bones composed?\\nIn general, of two compact plates, outer and inner, with a\\nspongy layer, known as the diploe, between the outer plates are\\njoined by notched edges or sutures.\\n17. What are sesamoid bones?\\nSmall osseous masses developed in tendons near certain joints.\\n18. Name the largest sesamoid bone In the body.\\nThe patella or knee-cap.\\n19. What are ligaments?\\nThey are strong bands of a smooth, compact, fibrous tissue,\\nwhich bind together the bones at their joints.\\n20. Locate Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\nIt is attached to the upper anterior point of the hip-bone and\\nextends to the center of the pubic arch it forms the upper\\nboundary of Scarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle, and the division between the\\nabdomen and thigh.\\n21. Describe the muscular tissue.\\nMuscular tissue is the red tissue that is seen on cutting down\\ninto the body it is composed of fibrils, which contract and\\nrelax muscles are of different shapes, and are attached to the\\nparts by tendons.\\n22. There are how many kinds of muscular tissue?\\nTw t o voluntary and involuntary.\\n23. What are voluntary muscles?\\nThey are those under the control of the will, as the muscles\\nof locomotion and of prehension and tact.\\n24. Where are voluntary muscles usually found?\\nOn the outer side of the skeleton.\\n25. What are involuntary muscles?\\nThose not under control of the will, as the diaphragm, heart, etc.\\n26. Where are the involuntary muscles found?\\nOn the inside of the-skeleton, as iii the organs of the cavities.\\n27. What is the origin and insertion of a muscle?\\nThe origin is fhe attachment that is not movable, or least\\nmovable the insertion is the attachment that is movable, or\\nmost movable.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0602.jp2"}, "603": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n563\\n28. Give the origin and insertion of the sternocleidomastoid muscle.\\nIt lias its origin from the half of the upper end of the sternum\\nand the inner third of the clavicle and is directed upward and\\nbackward along the front and side of the neck, to be inserted into\\nthe mastoid process of the temporal bone behind the ear.\\n29. What is the anatomical guide to the common carotid artery?\\nThe front border of the sternocleidomastoid muscle.\\n30. What is the anatomical guide for the brachial artery?\\nThe inner border of the biceps muscle.\\n31. What is the anatomical guide for the femoral artery?\\nThe inner border of the sartorius or tailor\u00e2\u0080\u0099s muscle.\\n32. How many muscles are there in the body?\\nOver five hundred.\\n33. What are tendons?\\nTendons are white, shiny masses of hard, fibrous tissue, form\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the terminations or connections of the fleshy portions of the\\nmuscles.\\n34. Locate and describe Scarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle.\\nIt is situated in the upper part of the thigh is of a triangu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlar shape with the base upward, bounded by Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament,\\nand the apex downward the outer border is bounded by the\\nsartorius muscle, and the inner by the adductor longus.\\n35. Locate and describe the diaphragm.\\nIt is the great muscle of respiration, and is situated trans\u00c2\u00ac\\nversely across the trunk, between the thoracic and abdominal\\ncavities, which it divides, forming the floor of the former and the\\nroof of the latter.\\n36. How many openings has it?\\nThree: the aortic, esophageal, and caval (opening for the\\ninferior vena cava); it is impervious to liquids contained in or\\ninjected into either cavity.\\n37. Locate and describe the axillary space.\\nThe axilla, or axillary space, is the hollow beneath the\\njuncture of the arm and shoulder, known as the armpit.\\n38. Name the principal soft tissues on the outside of the skeleton.\\nSkin, cellular (fat) or superficial fascia, deep fascia, muscular, etc.\\n39. What are the subcutaneous tissues\\nThose lying immediately beneath the skin, as the fat or\\ncellular, etc.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0603.jp2"}, "604": {"fulltext": "564\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n40. Describe the skin.\\nThe skin covers the entire surface of the body is elastic, and\\nprotects the tissues beneath it is an excretory organ, through\\nwhich part of the waste is excreted.\\n41. What are its layers?\\nThe skin consists of two distinct layers the outer\u00e2\u0080\u0094epidermis,\\ncuticle, or scarf-skin; the inner\u00e2\u0080\u0094cutis, dermis, or true skin.\\n42. What is the rete mucosum?\\nIt is the inner layer of the cuticle, which attaches the latter\\nto the true skin and contains the pigment or coloring matter\\nwhich gives to the different races their complexion.\\n43. Describe the fat or cellular tissue.\\nThe fat or cellular tissue is composed of white, areolar sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance (outer layers of the superficial fascia), which is very loose\\nand is formed into cells fat is deposited within these cells to a\\ngreater or less extent in each individual.\\n44. How are the fascise classified?\\nInto superficial and deep.\\n45. Describe the superficial fascia.\\nIt is composed of fibro-areolar tissue and is beneath and co\u00c2\u00ac\\nextensive with the skin, attaching the latter to the deeper tissues.\\n46. Describe the deep fascia.\\nThe deep fascia is composed of an inelastic, dense, aponeurotic\\nstructure, which binds down the muscles, giving form and sym\u00c2\u00ac\\nmetry to their bulk, protects the arteries, and forms sheaths for\\nthe muscles, vessels, nerves, and tendons.\\n47. What are the lymphatic vessels\\nThe lymphatic vessels are distributed to every part of the\\nbody, and receive and take up the surplus of the nourishment\\nthat has been carried to the tissues by the blood, and conveys it\\nback to the center of the body, where it enters the circulation\\nthrough the thoracic duct on the left side and the lymphatic\\nduct on the right side.\\n48. What is the lymph?\\nIt is a transparent, colorless, alkalin fluid, closely resembling\\nblood, with its red corpuscles absent, and diluted with water,\\nwhich is carried through the lymphatic system.\\nVISCERAL ANATOMY.\\n49. How many large cavities are there in the body?\\nThree cranial, thoracic, and abdominal.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0604.jp2"}, "605": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n565\\n60. Of what does visceral anatomy treat?\\nIt treats of the organs contained in these cavities, with their\\nappendages and coverings.\\n61. What are these organs and appendages called?\\nViscera, or visceral organs; and those of any cavity are\\ncalled the viscera of that cavity.\\n62. Name some visceral organs.\\nThe brain, lungs, heart, liver, spleen, kidneys, etc.\\n63. Describe the thoracic cavity.\\nIt is a cone-shaped cavity, situated in the upper part of the\\ntrunk, with the apex at the neck and the base downward its\\nfloor is formed by the diaphragm, its side walls by the ribs, front\\nby the breast-bone, and the back by the twelve dorsal vertebras.\\n54. How is it divided?\\nInto a right and left side, and a median space, the medi\u00c2\u00ac\\nastinum.\\n55. How many ribs are in the thorax\\nTwenty-four, twelve on each side, being numbered from above\\ndownward the anterior end of the first rib is located close to\\nand beneath the collar-bone.\\n56. How are the ribs classified\\nOn either side into seven true and five false, two of the latter\\nbeing floating.\\n57. What are the spaces between the ribs called\\nThey are called intercostal spaces, and are numbered from\\nabove downward, the first being between the first and second\\nribs, the second between the second and third ribs, etc.\\n58. Describe the abdominal cavity.\\nIt is the largest cavity in the body and is situated between\\nthe thorax above and the pelvis below; it is bounded above by\\nthe diaphragm, below by the brim of the pelvis, at the back\\nby the vertebral column and fasciae, in front and at the sides by\\nthe transversalis fascia, lower ribs, and iliac venter.\\n59. Give the principal contents of the abdominal cavity.\\nThe stomach, large and small intestines, liver, gall-bladder,\\nspleen, pancreas, kidneys, suprarenal capsules, abdominal aorta,\\ninferior vena cava, peritoneum, etc.\\n60. For convenience of description, how is the abdomen divided?\\nIt is divided into nine regions by two horizontal lines, one\\nbetween the cartilages of the ninth ribs, another between the", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0605.jp2"}, "606": {"fulltext": "566\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ncrests of the ilia, and two vertical lines from the cartilage of the\\neighth ribs on each side to the center of Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\n61. Name the regions.\\nOn the right side In the middle On the left side\\nRight hypochondriac. Epigastric. Left hyjjochondriac.\\nRight lumbar. Umbilical. Left lumbar.\\nRight iliac or inguinal. Hypogastric. Left iliac or inguinal.\\n62. What are the contents of the right hypochondriac region?\\nRight lobe of liver, gall-bladder, duodenum, hepatic flexure\\nof colon, upper part of kidney, and right suprarenal capsule.\\n63. Of the epigastric region\\nRight two-thirds of the stomach, left lobe of liver, pancreas,\\nsolar plexus, etc.\\n64. Of the left hypochondriac region?\\nSplenic or cardiac end of stomach, spleen, upper half of left\\nkidney, and left suprarenal capsule.\\n65. Of the right lumhar region?\\nAscending colon, lower half of right kidney, and part of\\nsmall intestine.\\n66. Of the umbilical region?\\nTransverse colon, transverse duodenum, and part of small\\nintestine.\\n67. Of the left lumhar region?\\nDescending colon, lower half of kidney, and part of small\\nintestine.\\n68. Of the right iliac region?\\nRight ureter, appendix vermiformis, cecum and spermatic\\nvessels.\\n69. Of the hypogastric region?\\nParts of the small intestine, bladder in children and when\\ndistended in adults, and uterus during pregnancy.\\n70. Of the left iliac region?\\nSigmoid flexure, left ureter, and spermatic vessels.\\nNERVOUS SYSTEM.\\n71. Of what does the nervous system consist?\\nThe brain, spinal cord, and the nerves it unites the various\\nparts and organs of the body into one complete organic whole,\\nand is the medium through which all impressions upon the mind\\nare received and acted upon.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0606.jp2"}, "607": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n567\\n72. Describe tbe cranial cavity.\\nIt is an egg-shaped cavity in the head its walls are formed\\nby the frontal bone in front, occipital behind, parietal and tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nporal on either side, and ethmoid and sphenoid in the base.\\n73. What is the cerebrospinal cavity?\\nIt consists of the cranial cavity and spinal canal.\\n74. What does it contain.\\nThe brain and spinal cord with their coverings or meninges.\\n75. What are those coverings?\\nThe dura mater, pia mater, and arachnoid these membranes\\n30 ver the brain and extend down through the foramen magnum,\\ncovering the spinal cord in the same manner.\\n76. Describe tbe dura mater.\\nIt is a dense, tough, fibrous membrane, lining the interior of\\nthe cranial cavity and spinal canal, being the outer envelope of the\\nbrain and spinal cord.\\n77. Describe tbe pia mater.\\nThe pia mater is a soft vascular membrane, which closely\\ninvests the brain and cord, and extends down between the con\u00c2\u00ac\\nvolutions from it the arteries dip down toward the center of the\\nbrain and cord, distributing blood to every part.\\n78. Describe tbe arachnoid.\\nIt is a double serous membrane, between the dura and pia\\nmater, forming a closed sac, and secretes serum for the purpose of\\noiling the surfaces to prevent friction.\\n79. What are nerves?\\nThey are white, glistening cords, made up of bundles of\\nnerve-fibers, and penetrate every part of the body they are\\nhard to the touch, solid, and can easily be distinguished from\\narteries or veins.\\n80. What important organ does tbe cranial cavity contain?\\nThe brain.\\n81 Of what is the brain composed?\\nIt is composed of a number of centers, which are connected\\nwith one another and with the motory and sensory nerves of the\\nsystem, and consists of both white and gray matter.\\n82. Into what parts is tbe brain divided\\nIt is divided into three portions cerebrum, cerebellum, and\\nmedulla oblongata.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0607.jp2"}, "608": {"fulltext": "568\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n83. Describe and locate the cerebrum.\\nIt occupies tlie front and upper back part of the cranial cavity,,\\ncomprising about seven-eighths of the entire weight of the brain\\nit is divided into two lateral halves, right and left, which are\\nconnected by a transverse commissure, the corpus collosum.\\n84. How is each hemisphere divided\\nBy fissures on the under surface into three lobes anterior,\\nmiddle, and posterior.\\n85. Describe tbe cerebellum.\\nIt is situated beneath the posterior lobes of the cerebrum\\nis divided into two hemispheres it is small, weighing only about\\nfive ounces, and is a center for the control of voluntary muscles,\\nparticularly those of locomotion.\\n86. Describe tbe medulla oblongata.\\nIt is the upper and larger portion of the spinal cord, extend\u00c2\u00ac\\ning from the atlas to the pons varolii; it connects the spinal\\ncord with the cerebellum and cerebrum it is the part that has\\nentire control over respiration if it is injured or destroyed,\\nbreathing ceases and death results.\\n87. Describe tbe spinal cord.\\nIt is the cylindrical, elongated part of the cerebrospinal axis,\\nwhich is contained in the spinal canal it is about 16 or 17\\ninches in length in the adult; begins at the upper border of the\\naxis and ends at the lower border of the first lumbar vertebra.\\n88. How many pairs of nerves does it give off?\\nIt gives off 31 pairs: 8 cervical, 12 dorsal, 5 lumbar, 5\\nsacral, and one coccygeal.\\n89. How many roots bas each nerve\\nTwo: an anterior (motory; and posterior (sensory); these\\nunite into one sheath, preserving their special functions through\u00c2\u00ac\\nout their many subdivisions.\\n90. Wbat is tbe cerebrospinal nervous system?\\nIt includes the brain, spinal cord, and nerves given off from\\nthem it presides over sensation, special senses, voluntary motion,\\nintellect, and all movements which characterize different indi\u00c2\u00ac\\nviduals.\\n91. Wbat is tbe sympathetic nervous system?\\nIt consists of nerves and ganglions, of which there are about\\n30 pairs. It supplies the involuntary muscular tissue, governs all\\nacts of secretion, equalizes the circulation, and controls nutrition.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0608.jp2"}, "609": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n569\\nRESPIRATORY ORGANS.\\n92. Give tlie contents of the thoracic cavity.\\nThe right and left lungs and right and left pleurae on the\\nsides; the heart and pericardium, aorta, part of the ascending\\nvena cava, descending vena cava, the trachea, and esophagus or\\ngullet, in the middle space, or mediastinum.\\n93. Of what do the organs of respiration consist?\\nThey consist of the respiratory tract, or air^passages, the lungs,\\nand certain muscles which assist in the act of breathing.\\n94. Of what does the respiratory tract consist\\nOf the nose, mouth, pharynx, larynx, trachea, and bronchi.\\n95. Where do the air=passages begin\\nThey begin with the mouth and nose; the proper passages\\nfor the air to enter in breathing are in the nose, though we can\\nbreath through the mouth.\\n96 Describe the nasal passages.\\nThey extend from the outer openings of the nose to the\\npharynx are lined with a smooth, soft, mucous membrane, the\\nsurface of which is greatly increased by the projection into the\\nnasal cavity of peculiarly shaped bones the lining membrane is\\nconstantly kept moist, thus catching particles of dust from the\\nair, which is moistened and slightly warmed in its passage through.\\n97. Describe and locate the pharynx.\\nThe pharynx, or throat, is a musculo-membraneous sac, coni\u00c2\u00ac\\ncal in form, 4J inches long, extending from the basilar process of\\nthe occipital bone to the lower border of the cricoid cartilage in\\nfront and the fifth cervical vertebra behind it lies back of the\\nnose, mouth, and larynx.\\n98. How many openings has it?\\nSeven two posterior nares from nose, two eustachian from\\nears, and one each from larynx, mouth, and esophagus.\\n99. Describe and locate the larynx.\\nIt is a musculo-cartilaginous, triangulares]laped box, com\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed of a number of cartilages connected together by ligaments\\nand moved by numerous muscles, situated between the tongue\\nand trachea the projection in the front of the neck, known as\\nAdam\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Apple, is formed .by the largest of these cartilages.\\n100. What are the glottis and epiglottis\\nThe glottis is the opening from the throat into the larynx\\nthe epiglottis is a leafdike portion of fibro^cartilage, which closes", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0609.jp2"}, "610": {"fulltext": "570\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BO OK ON EMBALMING\\nover the glottis when food or drink is swallowed, preventing the\\nentrance into the wind-pipe of any foreign matter; during the\\nact of breathing it leaves the glottis unobstructed.\\n101. Describe and locate the trachea.\\nThe trachea, or windpipe, is a cylindrical, membrano^carti-\\nlaginous tube, about 4J inches in length and 1 inch in diameter,\\nextending from lower border of larynx, opposite fifth cervical ver\u00c2\u00ac\\ntebra, to third dorsal vertebra, where it divides into two branches.\\n102. What are the bronchi\\nThey are the right and left divisions of the trachea, which\\nenter the lungs, dividing and subdividing into many bronchial\\ntubes, ramifying all parts of the lungs.\\n103. What are the bronchioles\\nThey are the last and most minute subdivisions of the\\nbronchial tubes.\\n104. What are the air=cells\\nThere is an air=cell at the end of each bronchiole, in the\\nwalls of which the blood is purified in its passage through the\\npulmonary circulation.\\n105. Describe the lungs.\\nThe lungs are two in number, right and left; one placed on\\nthe right and the other on the left side of the thoracic cavity\\nthey weigh together about 42 ounces are conical in shape the\\nright lung is the larger and has three lobes, while the left lung\\nis smaller and has but two lobes.\\n106. What is the root of the lung\\nThe root of the lung is where the bronchial vessels and\\nnerves, bound together by areolar tissue, enter the lung.\\n107. What is the color of the lungs?\\nThe color of the lungs at birth is pinkisli-white, which be\u00c2\u00ac\\ncomes mottled as age advances by slate-colored patches from de\u00c2\u00ac\\nposits of carbonaceous granules in the areolar tissue of the organ.\\n108. What is the structure of the lungs?\\nThe lungs are invested with a serous coat, and a sub-serous,\\nareolar tissue, investing the entire organ, extending inward\\nbetween the lobules and the parenchyma, or true lung tissue,\\ncomposed of lobules, each consisting of a number of air-cells,\\narranged around the termination of a bronchiole, and surrounded\\nby plexuses of pulmonary and bronchial arteries and veins,\\nlymphatics, and nerves.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0610.jp2"}, "611": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n571\\n109. How are the lungs nourished?\\nThe lungs are nourished by the bronchial arteries, which are\\nderived from the thoracic aorta they ramify every part of the\\nlungs to the capillaries, where the blood is taken up by the\\nbronchial veins, which open on the right side into the vena\\nazygos and on the left side into the superior intercostal vein.\\n110. Describe the pleurae.\\nThe pleurse are two delicate, serous, shut sacs, one surround\u00c2\u00ac\\ning each lung and reflected over the pericardium, diaphragm,\\nand inner surface of the thorax.\\n111. What are the pleural cavities?\\nThey are the spaces between the lungs and thoracic walls on\\neither side within the two layers of the pleural sacs.\\n112. What is the mediastinum or median space?\\nIt is the space between the two pleurae in the median line of\\nthe thorax, extending from the sternum to the vertebral column,\\nand containing all of the viscera of the chest except the lungs\\nand pleurae.\\nORGANS OF DIGESTION.\\n113. Of what do the organs of digestion consist?\\nThey consist of the alimentary canal and accessory organs.\\n114. What is digestion?\\nIt is a process which all food must undergo before it is in\\ncondition to afford nourishment to the tissues it is while passing\\nthrough the digestive organs that digestion takes place.\\n115. Describe the alimentary canal.\\nIt is a musculo-membranous tube, 25 to 30 feet in length,\\nextending from the mouth to the anus.\\n116. What kind of a membrane lines the alimentary canal?\\nA mucous membrane, which secretes mucus.\\n117. Name the divisions of the alimentary canal.\\nThe mouth, pharynx, esophagus, stomach, and large and\\nsmall intestines.\\n118. What are the accessory organs of digestion\\nThe tongue, teeth, salivary glands, liver, pancreas, spleen, etc.\\n119. Describe the mouth.\\nIt is an ovahshaped cavity, formed by the lips, cheeks, jaws,\\npalate, and tongue contains the tongue, teeth, hard and soft\\npalates, etc.; and opens posteriorly into the pharynx.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0611.jp2"}, "612": {"fulltext": "572\\nCHAMPION TEXT-HOOK OX EMBALMING\\n120. Describe the esophagus.\\nThe esophagus, or gullet, is a musculonnembraneous canal,\\nabout nine inches long, extending along the front of the spine,\\nfrom the larynx to the cardiac orifice of the stomach, opposite\\nthe ninth dorsal vertebra.\\n121. Describe the stomach.\\nIt is the principal organ of digestion, large at one end and\\nsmaller at the other; is about 12 inches in length, and 4 inches\\nin average diameter lies diagonally across the upper part of the\\nabdomen and holds ordinarily from three to five pints.\\n122. Of what are the walls of the stomach composed?\\nThey are composed of three coats, an outer, fibro=elastic con\u00c2\u00ac\\nnective tissue a middle, muscular and an inner, mucous.\\n123. Describe the small intestine.\\nIt is a convoluted tube, about 20 feet in length, beginning at\\nthe pyloric end of the stomach and ending at the ileocecal open\u00c2\u00ac\\ning in the right iliac region.\\n124. Name and describe its divisions.\\nThe upper end is called the duodenum, about 12 finger\\nbreadths (10 inches) in length; the jejunum, so named from\\nbeing usually found empty, includes about two-fifths of the\\nremainder the ilium, so named from its twisted course, consti\u00c2\u00ac\\ntutes the balance.\\n125. Describe the large intestine.\\nIt extends from the termination of the ilium at the ileocecal\\nvalve to the anus is about five feet in length, much larger than\\nthe small intestine, more fixed in position, and is sacculated its\\nchief office is the expulsion from the body of the undigested por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of food, known as feces.\\n126. Name and describe its divisions.\\nThe cecum, the first part, is the blind pouch below ileocecal\\nopening the colon constitutes the greater part of the large in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntestine, extends from cecum to rectum, and is divided into ascend\u00c2\u00ac\\ning, transverse, and descending portions, and sigmoid flexure\\nthe rectum is about six or eight inches long, ending at the anus.\\n127. What is the vermiform appendix?\\nIt is a narrow, wormdike tube, about the size of a gooses\\nquill, and from three to six inches in length it is attached to\\nthe cecum or beginning of the large intestine.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0612.jp2"}, "613": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n573\\n128. Describe and locate the liver.\\nIt is the largest glandular organ in the body, weighs 3 to 4\\npounds, measures transversely about 12 inches, from front to back\\nabout 6 or 7 inches, and in thickness about 3 inches is located\\non right side immediately beneath diaphragm in right hypochon-\\ndrium and extends across epigastrium to left liypochondrium.\\n129. Into how many lobes is it divided?\\nFive right and left lobes, which form the bulk of the liver\\nlobus quadratus, lobus Spigelii, and lobus caudatus.\\n130. What is the function of the liver?\\nIt is intended mainly for the secretion of bile, hut also effects\\nimportant changes in certain constituents of the blood in its\\npassage through the gland.\\n131. What is the bile?\\nIt is a bitter, viscid, yellowish, or greenish liquid secreted by\\nthe liver, and discharged into the duodenum, where it mixes with\\nthe chyme, aiding in digestion, chiefly acting on the fats.\\n132. What is biliver din?\\nIt is the green pigment or coloring matter of the bile.\\n133. What is the bilerubin?\\nIt is the yellow coloring matter of the bile.\\n134. What are the biliary ducts?\\nThey are the hepatic and cystic ducts and the ductus com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmunis choledochus, which convey the bile to the intestine.\\n135. Describe and locate the gallbladder.\\nIt is a conical, pear-shaped sac, the reservoir of the bile, and\\nlies on the under surface of the liver.\\n136. Describe the spleen.\\nThe spleen possesses no excretory duct, is oblong and flattened,\\nabout the size of a fist, is very brittle, contains much blood of a\\nbluish-red color, and is situated in the left hypocondriac region.\\n137. What are the suprarenal capsules?\\nThev ^are two small crescentic-shaped ductless glands, situated\\none on each kidney.\\n138. What is the pancreas?\\nIt is a racemose gland, about 7 inches in length, of a grayich-\\nwliite color, and situated behind the stomach.\\n139. Describe and locate the kidneys.\\nThey are the largest tubular glands of the body, located in\\nthe right and left lumbar regions, behind the peritoneum, and", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0613.jp2"}, "614": {"fulltext": "574\\nCHAMPION TEXTBOOK ON EMBALMING\\nsecrete the urine they are oblong and flattened, about 4 inches\\nlong, 2 inches broad, and.an inch thick, and weigh 4J to 6 ounces.\\n140. What are the ureters\\nThey are cylindrical membranous tubes, 16 to 18 inches\\nlong, which convey the urine from the kidneys to the bladder.\\n141. What is the peritoneum\\nIt is a seromiembranous shut sac, one layer of which covers\\nthe abdominal and pelvic viscera, while the other is reflected over\\nand forms the lining of the anterior and lateral abdominal walls.\\n142. What is the peritoneal cavity?\\nIt is the space between the intestines and abdominal wall\\nwithin the peritoneal sac.\\n143. What is the pelvis\\nThe pelvis is a basindike cavity, situated at the lower end of\\nthe trunk, and is the outlet of the abdominal cavitv it contains\\n7 \u00c2\u00bbv 7\\nthe bladder, internal organs of generation, and rectum.\\n144. Describe the bladder.\\nIt is a musculo-membranous sac located in the adult in the\\npelvic cavity, and serves as a reservoir for the urine.\\nTHE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.\\n145. What Co you understand by the circulatory system\\nIt is a system of organs and vessels by which the blood\\ncirculates through and into every part of the body.\\n146. What are the organs of circulation?\\nThey are the heart and blood-vessels.\\n147. How are the blood-vessels divided?\\nThey are divided, according to the kind of work done, into\\nthree classes arteries, capillaries, and veins.\\n148. Describe and locate the heart.\\nIt is a hollow, muscular organ, placed between the lungs and\\nenclosed in the cavity of the pericardium it rests obliquely across\\nthe chest, its base being directed upward and backward to the\\nright and the apex, downward, forward and to the left, cor\u00c2\u00ac\\nresponding to the interspaces between the cartilages of the\\nfifth and sixth ribs, one inch to the inner side and two inches\\nbelow the left nipple it projects about 3J inches into the left\\nside and 1J inches into the right side.\\n149. What are its functions\\nIt is the central organ of the bloodwascular system, and by", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0614.jp2"}, "615": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n575\\nits alternate contractions and dilatations propels the blood to all\\nparts of the body.\\n150. What is the size and weight of the heart?\\nThe adult heart is about 5 inches in length, 3J in width, and\\n2J in thickness, being about the size of the fist; it weighs from\\n10 to 12 ounces in the male and from 8 to 10 ounces in the\\nfemale; it increases in size and weight as age advances, the\\nincrease being less marked in women than in men.\\n151. How is the heart divided?\\nIt is divided by a thin, muscular septum, into two lateral\\nhalves, which, from their position, are named the right and left;\\neach half is divided into two cavities by a constriction.\\n152. What are the cavities called?\\nThe upper cavities are called auricles and the lower, ven\u00c2\u00ac\\ntricles there are, therefore, a right and left auricle and a right\\nand left ventricle.\\n153. Describe the right auricle.\\nIt is a little larger than the left, its walls are somewhat\\nthinner, measuring about one line it consists of a principal\\ncavity and an appendix auriculae, and has a capacity of about\\ntwo fluid ounces.\\n154. Describe the right ventricle.\\nIt is triangular in form, extends from the right auricle to\\nnear the apex of the heart; its upper surface is rounded and\\nconvex and forms the larger part of the front of the heart; its\\nwall is only about onedialf the thickness of the left ventricle.\\n155. Describe the left auricle.\\nIt is smaller than the right, but its walls are thicker, meas\u00c2\u00ac\\nuring about one and a half lines; it receives the arterialized\\nblood from the lungs like the right, it has a principal cavity\\nand an appendix auriculae.\\n156. Describe the left ventricle.\\nIt is longer, thicker, and more conical than the right, pro\u00c2\u00ac\\njecting toward the posterior aspect, forming the apex of the\\nheart; its walls are about two or three times as thick as are\\nthose of the right ventricle, being about 6 to 8 lines in thickness.\\n157. What is the endocardium?\\nThe endocardium is a transparent serous membrane which\\nlines the cavities of the heart.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0615.jp2"}, "616": {"fulltext": "576\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n158. What is the pericardium?\\nThe pericardium is a serous sac which envelops and contains\\nthe heart.\\n159. Which cavities of the heart receive the blood\\nThe auricles the right auricle receives the impure blood\\nfrom all parts of the body, while the left receives the purified\\nblood from the lungs.\\n160. To what cavities does the blood pass from the auricles?\\nTo the ventricles, which force it out into the arteries.\\n161. What are the auriculo=ventricular openings\\nThe openings between the auricles and ventricles, two in\\nnumber, right and left, the right being guarded by the tricuspid\\nvalve, and the left, by the bicuspid or mitral valve.\\n162. Where is the aortic opening?\\nThe aortic opening is in the left ventricle and is the beginning\\nof the aorta.\\n163. What is the pulmonary opening?\\nThe pulmonary opening is in the right ventricle and is the\\nbeginning of the pulmonary artery.\\n164. By what valves are these openings guarded\\nBv the semi-lunar A^alves.\\n165. Where are the vena cava openings located\\nIn the right auricle.\\n166. Into what cavity do the pulmonary veins open?\\nInto the left auricle.\\n167. Are these openings guarded by valves?\\nThey are not.\\n168. What is the blood?\\nIt is the liquid by means of which the circulation is effected\\nit permeates every part of the body, carrying nutrition to, and\\nwaste from, the tissues of the body.\\n169. What is the composition of the blood?\\nIt is composed of a thin, colorless liquid, the plasma, and discs\\nor cells these cells, or corpuscles, are of two different kinds, the red\\nand the white there are about 666 red to one white corpuscle;\\nthe red corpuscles are about -oVir of an inch in diameter, and\\ncontain the red coloring matter of the blood, called hemoglobin.\\n170. What is the amount of blood contained in the body?\\nThe amount of blood is equal to about of the weight of\\nthe body therefore, in a body weighing 150 pounds, it amounts\\nto about 15 pounds.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0616.jp2"}, "617": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\nr* \u00e2\u0080\u0094rr-r\\nDl l\\n171. What elements does the blood contain?\\nTlie plasma or liquor sanguinous is rich in mineral matter\\nfor the bones, and albumen for the muscles the red corpuscles\\ncontain oxygen, which is so essential to every operation in life it\\nstimulates to action and tears down all that is worn out.\\n172. Of what color is impure blood?\\nIt is a dark-blue.\\n173. What color is pure blood?\\nIt is a bright-red.\\n174. There are how many principal circulations?\\nTwo the pulmonary or lesser, and systemic or greater.\\n175. Of what vessels does the pulmonary circulation consist?\\nThe pulmonary arteries, the capillaries in the walls of the\\nair-cells, and the pulmonary veins.\\n176. Where does the pulmonary circulation begin, and where end?\\nIt begins in right ventricle of heart and ends in left auricle.\\n177. Describe the course of, and the changes that take place in, the blood in the\\npulmonary circulation.\\nThe blood starts from the right ventricle and passes through\\nthe pulmonary artery to the capillaries in the walls of the air-\\ncells, where the carbonic acid gas is given off and oxygen is\\ntaken on, thereby purifying or oxygenating the blood from the\\nlungs it is carried through the pulmonary veins into the left\\nauricle then it passes through the auriculo-ventricular opening\\ninto the left ventricle.\\n17S. Of what vessels does the systemic circulation consist?\\nIt consists of the aorta and its branches, the capillaries, and\\nthe veins that enter the rig^it side of the heart.\\n179. Where does it begin, and where does it end?\\nIt begins in the left ventricle, and ends in the right auricle.\\n180. Describe the course of, and the changes that take place in, the blood in the\\nsystemic circulation.\\nThe blood passes from the left ventricle through the aorta\\nand its branches to the capillaries in every part of the body,\\nwhere nourishment is given to the tissues and waste is taken up it\\nthen passes through the veins into the right auricle from thence\\nthrough the auriculo-ventricular opening into the right ventricle.\\n181. What kind of blood do the arteries of the systemic circulation contain?\\nThey contain bright-red or pure blood.\\n182. What kind of blood do the veins contain?\\nThey contain dark-blue or impure blood.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0617.jp2"}, "618": {"fulltext": "578\\nCHAMPION TEXT* B O OK ON EMBALMING\\n183. When is all the hlood in the body impure (venous) at death?\\nIii a case where death is caused by asphyxia.\\n184. What kind of blood does the pulmonary artery contain\\nImpure or venous blood.\\n185. What kind of blood do the pulmonary veins contain?\\nPure or arterial blood.\\n186. Trace the blood from a given point through the entire circuit of the two cir\u00c2\u00ac\\nculations.\\nBeginning at the left ventricle, it passes out through the\\naortic opening into and through the aorta and all of the\\nbranches, into and through the capillaries in the tissues thence,\\nthrough the veins to the right auricle then through the auriculo*\\nventricular opening into the right ventricle then through the\\npulmonary opening into and through the pulmonary artery to\\nthe capillaries in the walls of the air-cells thence, through the\\npulmonary veins to left auricle then, through the left auriculo*\\nventricular opening to left ventricle, the place of beginning.\\n187. What is the fetal circulation?\\nIt is the circulation between the mother and unborn child,\\nthrough the placenta and umbilical cord, by which the fetus\\nreceives nourishment.\\n188. How many coats have arteries and veins?\\nEach has three: an internal, serous; a middle, muscular;\\nand an external, fibro=connective.\\n189. What is the collateral circulation\\nThe collateral circulation is a circulation at the side of the\\nmain vessels formed by the anastomoses of the smaller sub\u00c2\u00ac\\ndivisions of the arterial branches these anastomoses are exten\u00c2\u00ac\\nsive throughout the body, so that blood may be carried from one\\npart to another, after the main branch of the artery has been\\nligated, or destroyed by other means the anastomoses of the\\nveins are much more extensive than of the arteries.\\n190. How are arteries and veins usually named?\\nFrom the regions through which they pass or the organs to\\nor from which they carry blood.\\n191. What is the difference between veins and arteries in the extremities?\\nVeins in the extremities have valves and the blood will not\\nflow backward\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, towards the fingers and toes\u00e2\u0080\u0094 veins in\\nthe trunk, headland neck have no valves; arteries have no\\nvalves throughout their course.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0618.jp2"}, "619": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n579\\n192. What are the smallest arteries and veins called\\nThe smallest arteries are called arterioles the smallest veins\\nare called venules.\\n193. Describe the capillaries.\\nThey are a minute network of vessels formed throughout the\\ntissues of the body between the arterioles and venules they are\\nfrom 3 ^oir to -g-oVo of an inch in diameter they lie so closely\\npacked together that to prick the skin with a small needle will\\nwound or injure many of them they inosculate freely and dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntribute the blood to the tissues as necessity demands their walls\\nhave a single coat, a continuation of the serous or inner coat\\nof the arteries and veins it is through these walls that nourish\u00c2\u00ac\\nment is given off from the blood and the waste is taken up.\\nARTERIES.\\n194. What is the main artery of the systemic circulation called?\\nThe aorta.\\n195. Where does it begin and where does it end\\nIt begins at the aortic opening of the heart, passing upward\\nthence, backward to the left side and the front of the backbone,\\nforming an arch, passing downward to the fourth lumbar vertebra,\\nwhere it divides into the right and left common iliacs.\\n196. How is it divided?\\nIt is divided into an arch, thence a straight portion which\\ndescends to the diaphragm, called the thoracic aorta; then from\\nthe diaphragm to its division, called the abdominal aorta.\\n197. What are the coronary arteries?\\nThe coronary arteries are small branches that are given off\\nfrom the aorta, just outside of the semilunar valves at the aortic\\nopening, to supply the substance of the heart with nutrient or\\narterial blood.\\n198. What branches are given off from the aortic arch?\\nFirst, the innominate, which divides behind the junction of\\nthe clavicle and sternum into the common carotid and subclavian\\nsecond, the left common carotid third, the left subclavian.\\n199. What branches are given off from the thoracic aorta?\\nPericardiac, bronchial, esophageal, and 20 intercostals.\\n200. What branches are given off from the abdominal aorta?\\nTwo phrenic, celiac axis, which divides into the gastric,\\nhepatic, and splenic, superior and inferior mesenteric, two\\nsuprarenals, two renals, and two common iliacs.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0619.jp2"}, "620": {"fulltext": "580\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n201 Describe the common carotids.\\nThe common carotid oil the right side arises from the innomi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnate, while that on the left is longer and deeper and arises from\\nthe arch of the aorta they are separated only by the width ot the\\ntrachea and they are each contained in a sheath accompanied by\\nthe internal jugular vein and pneumogastric nerve they divide\\nat the angles of the jaws into the external and internal carotids.\\n202. Describe the external carotid.\\nThe external carotid ascends in front of the ear and divides\\ninto a number of branches which supply the tongue, face,\\npharynx, occipital region, temporal region, and the teeth the\\nbranches of one side anastomose freely with those on the other.\\n203. Describe the internal carotid.\\nIt ascends in front of the transverse processes of the upper\\ncervical vertebrae, follows the carotid canal in the temporal bone,\\nand, after piercing the dura mater, divides into terminal branches,\\nsupplying all parts of the brain and its coverings.\\n204. What are its principal branches\\nThey are the anterior cerebral, which is joined to its fellow\\nby the anterior communicating branch, which is about two lines in\\nlength the middle cerebral, which divides into anterior, median,\\nand posterior cerebral arteries the posterior communicating.\\n205. Describe the circle of Willis.\\nIt is an anastomosis at the base of the brain between the\\nbranches of the internal carotid and vertebral arteries, equalizing\\nthe cerebral circulation the two vertebral arteries join to form\\nthe basilar, which ends in the two posterior cerebral; these are\\nconnected with the internal carotid by the two posterior com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmunicating the circle is completed by the connection of the\\ntwo anterior cerebral branches of the internal carotid through\\nthe short anterior communicating artery.\\n206. Describe the subclavian.\\nThe right subclavian arises from the innominate at the\\njunction of the collar- and breastbones the left from the arch\\nof the aorta; they extend to the outer border of the first rib on\\neither side, where they become the axillary arteries.\\n207. What is the first branch given off from the subclavian?\\nThe first branch is the vertebral, which passes up the neck\\nthrough the small foramina in the transverse processes of the six\\ncervical vertebrae, and enters the skull through the foramen", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0620.jp2"}, "621": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n581\\nmagnum, where it joins its fellow to form the basilar artery, giving\\noil branches that enter into the formation of the circle of Willis.\\n208. Describe the internal mammary.\\nThe internal mammary is a branch which descends along\\nthe costal cartilages to the sixth interspace.\\n209. Describe the axillary.\\nThe axillary artery is the continuation of the subclavian it\\nextends from the outer border of the first rib to the lower margin\\nof the axillary space, where it becomes the brachial.\\n210. Describe the brachial.\\nIt is the continuation of the axillary from the lower border\\nof the armpit to where it divides into the radial and ulnar, which\\nis usually one-half inch below the bend of the elbow.\\n211. Describe the radial.\\nIt is a division of the brachial, extending from the bifurca\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion to the deep palmar arch on the radial side of the forearm.\\n212. Describe the ulnar.\\nIt is the other division of the brachial and extends along\\nthe ulnar side of the forearm to the superficial palmar arch.\\n213. Describe the superficial palmar arch.\\nIt is that part of the ulnar artery in the palm of the hand\\nwhich anastomoses with branches from the radial.\\n214. Describe the deep palmar arch.\\nIt is that portion of the radial artery in the palm which\\nanastomoses with a communicating branch of the ulnar.\\n215. What arteries supply the fingers\\nThe digital branches given off from the superficial palmar\\narch and by the radialis indicis.\\n216. What arteries supply the lungs with nutrient blood\\nThe bronchial arteries, which are branches of the thoracic\\naorta, and which vary in number and origin, being usually one\\non the right side and two on the left.\\n217. Describe the intercostal arteries.\\nThey are branches of the thoracic aorta, usually ten in num\u00c2\u00ac\\nber on each side they supply the upper intercostal spaces and\\nthe spinal cord and tissues of the back.\\n218. Describe the phrenic arteries.\\nThey are branches of the abdominal aorta and supply the\\nunder surface of the diaphragm.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0621.jp2"}, "622": {"fulltext": "582\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n219. Describe the celiac axis.\\nIt is about one-half inch in length, arises from the aorta just\\nbeneath the diaphragm, and divides into the gastric, hepatic, and\\nsplenic arteries.\\n220. What parts does the gastric artery supply?\\nThe pyloric end of the stomach, duodenum, pancreas, a part\\nof the liver, and gall-bladder.\\n221. What organ does the hepatic supply?\\nThe liver.\\n222. What organs does the splenic supply?\\nThe spleen, pancreas, and large or splenic end of the stomach.\\n223. What does the superior mesenteric supply?\\nThe small intestine, cecum, and ascending and transverse colon.\\n224. What does the inferior mesenteric supply\\nThe descending colon, sigmoid flexure, and most oi the rectum.\\n225. What do the suprarenal arteries supply?\\nThe suprarenal capsules.\\n226. What organs do the renals supply?\\nThe kidneys.\\n227. What are the common iliacs?\\nThey are the bifurcating branches of the abdominal aorta,\\nare about two inches long, and divide into the internal and\\nexternal iliacs.\\n228. What does the internal iliac supply?\\nThe walls and viscera of the pelvis and inner side of the thigh.\\n229. Describe the external iliac.\\nIt extends to and beneath the center of Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament,\\nwhere it enters the thigh and becomes the femoral artery its\\nprincipal branch is the epigastric, which arises a short distance\\nabove Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament.\\n230. Describe the femoral.\\nIt extends from Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament to the opening in the\\nadductor magnus muscle, where it becomes the popliteal its\\ncourse corresponds to a line drawn from the center of Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nligament to the inner side of the knee it lies in a strong, fibrous\\nsheath, with the femoral vein on the inside and the anterior\\ncrural nerve on the outside in the upper part of Scarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s tri\u00c2\u00ac\\nangle it lies superficial in the upper third of the thigh it\\ngives off a number of branches which anastomose freely in all\\nparts of the thigh, forming a perfect collateral circulation.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0622.jp2"}, "623": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n583\\n231. What is its largest branch\\nIts largest branch is the profunda.\\n232. Describe the popliteal.\\nIt is a continuation of the femoral and extends through the\\npopliteal space behind the knee, at the lower border of which it\\ndivides into the anterior and posterior tibial, giving off branches\\nto the knee in its course.\\n233. Describe the anterior tibial.\\nIt extends from the division of the popliteal to the front of\\nthe ankle=joint, where it becomes the dorsalis pedis it is super\u00c2\u00ac\\nficial in its lower third, lying on the anterior and outer surface\\nof the tibia.\\n234. Describe the dorsalis pedis.\\nIt extends from the front of the ankle to the first interosse\u00c2\u00ac\\nous space, where it terminates in the dorsalis hallucis and the\\ncommunicating it gives off branches to the front part of the\\nfoot and toes.\\n235. Describe the posterior tibial.\\nIt extends from the division of the popliteal along the back\\nof the tibia to the groove behind and below the internal ankle,\\nwhere it divides into the internal and external plantar, giving\\noff branches to the leg, heel, and sole of the foot.\\n236. Describe the internal and external plantar.\\nThe internal plantar passes along the inner side of the foot\\nand great toe; the external plantar passes obliquely, outward\\nand forward, and at the base of the metatarsal bones inosculates\\nwith the communicating branches of the dorsalis pedis, forming\\nthe plantar arch it gives off branches to supply the muscles on\\nthe outer part of the foot and the interosseous tissues, and three\\nor four digital branches of the toes.\\nVEINS.\\n237. What are veins?\\nVeins are vessels that carry the blood from the capillaries to\\nthe auricles of the heart.\\n238. Into how many classes are veins divided?\\nThey are divided into superficial and deep veins.\\n239. Which are deep veins\\nThose beneath the fascia they usually accompany the arteries.\\n240. What are superficial veins?\\nThose lvincr immediately beneath the skin in the areolar tissue.\\no u", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0623.jp2"}, "624": {"fulltext": "584\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n241. What are venae comites?\\nThey are two small veins which accompany secondary\\narteries in the same sheath.\\n242. What are the two largest veins caned?\\nThe superior or descending vena cava and the inferior or\\nascending vena cava.\\n243. What vessels unite to form the superior vena cava?\\nThe right and left innominate veins.\\n244. What vessels unite to form the inferior vena cava?\\nThe right and left common iliac veins, which unite at the\\nfourth lumbar vertebra.\\n245. What are sinuses?\\nThey are large veins within the cranium and other parts of\\nthe body in the brain their coats are formed by duplications\\nof the dura mater.\\n246. Through what large veins is the hlood carried from the cranial sinuses to\\nthe innominate veins?\\nThrough the internal jugulars.\\n247. Through what large veins is the blood returned towards the heart from the\\nexternal surfaces of the head and face\\nThrough the internal, external, posterior, and anterior\\njugular veins.\\n248. What vein accompanies the common carotid artery?\\nThe internal jugular, which lies on the outer side of the\\nartery within the sheath.\\n249. Name the principal veins of the upper extremities.\\nThe veins of the forearm are, first, the deep\u00e2\u0080\u0094venae comites\\nsecond, superficial\u00e2\u0080\u0094radial, ulnar, median, median cephalic, and\\nmedian basilic (at the elbow); in the arm, deep\u00e2\u0080\u0094venae comites\\nsuperficial\u00e2\u0080\u0094cephalic on the outside of the arm, basilic near the\\nbrachial artery, axillary accompanying the axillary artery, sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nclavian accompanying the subclavian artery.\\n250. What are the principal veins of the lower part cf the trunk and lower\\nextremities\\nIn the leg, deep\u00e2\u0080\u0094venae comites superficial\u00e2\u0080\u0094external or\\nshort saphenous and internal or long saphenous in the popliteal\\nspace, popliteal vein in the thigh, deep\u00e2\u0080\u0094femoral vein and\\nprofunda branch, superficial\u00e2\u0080\u0094internal or long saphenous, which\\njoins the femoral in Scarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle in the lower part of the\\ntrunk, external and internal iliacs accompanying the external\\nand internal iliac arteries, and common iliacs, which accompany\\nthe common iliac arteries, and join to form the inferior vena cava.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0624.jp2"}, "625": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n585\\n251. What is the portal circulation?\\nIt is an appendage of the venous portion of the systemic cir\u00c2\u00ac\\nculation.\\n252. What veins form the portal system?\\nThe inferior and superior mesenteric, splenic, and gastric\\nveins form the portal vein, which carries the blood from the\\nintestines, spleen, and stomach to the liver.\\nII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094EMBALMING.\\n253. What is embalming?\\nEmbalming is the filling of a body with a preservative and\\ndisinfectant fluid.\\n254. What are the chief reasons for embalming?\\nThe chief reasons are those of preservation and disinfection.\\n255. To preserve a body only, what kind of fluid should be injected?\\nA fluid containing antiseptics is all that is necessary.\\n256. To disinfect as well as preserve, what kind of fluid should be injected?\\nA fluid containing strong disinfectants should be used.\\n257. Why is preservation desired\\nPreservation is desired only for the present, to keep the body\\nin a natural condition and prevent the usual bad odors that\\naccompany putrefaction, during the mourning period or until\\ninterment.\\n258. Why is disinfection desired?\\nIn all cases dying of contagious and infectious diseases, disin\u00c2\u00ac\\nfection is desired to prevent dissemination of the disease.\\n259. How soon after death should the body be embalmed?\\nAs soon as possible after the arteries are empty.\\n260. Why?\\nIf blood is to be removed it should be done before coagula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion takes place the tissues can be filled much more readily\\nwhen rigor mortis is absent, when they are flaccid.\\n261. When is it necessary to withdraw blood from the heart or veins?\\nIn all fulhblooded bodies, and in all bodies during hot\\nweather, it is a good practice while in septicemia and pyemia\\nit is necessary because the blood is full of the putrefactive bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria and for the purpose of enlarging the space for the reception\\nof a greater amount of fluid, in order to destroy the bacteria that\\nare in the tissues of all parts of the body.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0625.jp2"}, "626": {"fulltext": "\u00e2\u0080\u00a2586\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n262. What are the nutrient fluids of the body?\\nThey are the blood, lymph, and chyle but the blood is the\\nmost important to the embalmer.\\n263. Why is the blood the most important fluid to the embalmer?\\nBecause it is the chief source of discolorations, and putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfactive changes take place in it very soon after death, especially\\nin hot weather.\\n204. How would you fill the body with fluid?\\nAs a rule, by raising an artery and filling the capillaries in all\\nparts of the body through the systemic circulation also filling\\nthe cavities, especially the respiratory tract, alimentary canal,\\nand serous sacs, through the hollow-needle.\\n265. Why is it necessary to fill the cavities?\\nTo sterilize the contents.\\n266. Is there a possibility of the circulation being destroyed in certain cases\\nYes in old people, on account of the presence of atheroma\\nin cases of postmortem examination in railroad or other severe\\naccidents and in some cases by the arteries not being emptied\\nafter death.\\n267. If the circulation is destroyed, how would you fill the tissues?\\nBy tying the arteries or by injecting fluid through the\\nhollowmeedle into the cellular and deeper tissues throughout\\nthe upper surfaces of the body.\\n268. What is death?\\nDeath is the cessation of physical life.\\n269. What are the modes of death?\\nCessation of the functions of the heart, cessation of the func\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions of the lungs, cessation of the functions of the brain the\\nlatter is an indirect mode as it ultimately affects either the heart\\nor the lungs.\\n270. What conditions simulate death?\\nSyncope, asphyxia, and trance.\\n271. Is there a single early sign of death\\nNo a number of signs should be taken together.\\n272. Give tests to determine when the heart has ceased to act.\\nFirst, place the ear or stethoscope over the heart to gather\\nsounds second, apply a ligature around a finger or toe to see if\\nthe distal end will become swollen or discolored third, open a\\ndependent artery to see if it contains blood. If no sounds are\\ngathered, and no swelling or discolorations appear, and the artery\\nis found empty, all are signs that the heart has ceased to act.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0626.jp2"}, "627": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n587\\n273 Give tests to determine when respiration has ceased.\\nThe application of a cold mirror over the mouth will con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndense the moisture in the air when respiration is going on a\\nflock of cotton applied to the mouth or nose will move to and\\nfro if respiration continues the placing of a cup of water upon\\nthe chest will determine whether the chest is heaving or not.\\n274. Name other signs of death.\\nIf the skin is stretched it wdll not readily resume its normal\\nposition if burned with a match or liot iron, it will not blister\\nopaqueness of the cornea great pallor of the surface of the\\nbody if, in cutting or puncturing the tissues, the wound remains\\nopen reduction of occular tension the flattening of the surface\\nwhen pressure is removed coldness of the surface the presence\\nof post-mortem discolorations and staining, which come on\\nusually in eight or ten hours after death and rigor mortis, all\\nindicate the presence of death the last and only certain sign,\\nputrefaction, which shows about the third day in an ordinary\\ncase in an average temperature.\\n275. What change takes place in the hlood after death that prevents its removal\\nCoagulation.\\n276. How soon after death does coagulation usually take place\\nAs a rule, in from 12 to 24 hours it may occur sooner m\\nsome diseases, while it may be retarded to a much longer period\\nin others.\\n277. Can coagulated hlood he removed from the veins or heart?\\nNo it neither can be dissolved nor withdrawn irom me\\nheart or veins.\\n278. What portion of the entire weight of the body is hlood?\\nAbout one-tenth.\\n279 When coursing through the vessels, about how much of the blood is required\\nto fill the arteries and capillaries?\\nAbout one-half, the remainder being in the veins.\\n280. When injecting the arteries, what vessels do we aim to fill?\\nThe arteries and capillaries, of the systemic circulation.\\n281. That being the case, how much fluid should be injected into the arterial sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntem to fill the tissues?\\nA quantity equal to about one-half of the blood or about -dn\\nof the weight of the body, or one pound to each twenty pounds\\nweight of the body.\\n282. In what condition are the arteries found after death?\\nThey are usually found empty.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0627.jp2"}, "628": {"fulltext": "588\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BO OK ON EMBALMING\\n283. What causes them to be empty?\\nPost-mortem contraction of the heart and arteries, which\\nbegins at the heart and ends at the arterioles.\\n284. When does this contraction take place\\nIt usually comes on and passes off within an hour or two\\nafter death, but, being a tonic contraction, it may last for a much\\nlonger period one case on record shows that it lasted 36 hours.\\n285. Does this contraction ever interfere with the filling of the arteries?\\nSometimes the contraction will last for some hours after\\ndeath, and, when the artery is raised, it is found so small that\\nthe tube will scarcely enter and only a very small amount of\\nfluid can be injected.\\n286. What should be done when the arteries are contracted?\\nWait until their walls relax, when they can be filled easily.\\n287. Where is the blood usually found after death?\\nAfter the arteries are emptied it is found in the deep and\\ndependent veins.\\n288. How should the body be placed while being injected?\\nIt should be placed on an incline with the lower extremities\\nand lower part of the trunk lower than the head.\\n289. In what order will the different parts of the body be filled?\\nWhen the fluid is injected slowly, the lower extremities and\\nlower part of the trunk will fill first; then the upper portion of\\nthe trunk, neck, head, and face last.\\n290. If too little fluid is injected, what will be the result?\\nIf too little fluid is injected, the lower parts of the body\\nreceive it, while the neck, face, and head receive none there\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore, these parts are first discolored and the features changed in\\nmany cases.\\n291. Does the fluid reach the cavities of the heart?\\nNot unless the valves are diseased or injured.\\n292. Does the fluid ever reach the right side of the heart?\\nNot unless the fluid makes the whole circuit of the systemic\\ncirculation, in arterial injection, or by one of the needle processes\\n293. Why are arteries injected instead of veins?\\nArteries are usually empty of blood, while veins are never\\nempty arteries, if injected when empty, will not cause flushing,\\nwhile veins, it injected, will cause flushing arteries have no\\nvalves, while veins in the extremities are full of valves which\\nwould prevent fluid from entering the extremities.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0628.jp2"}, "629": {"fulltext": "PR A CTICAL Q UESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n589\\n294. What tissues are cut through in raising an artery?\\n1 lie skin, fat, and cellular, or superficial fascia and deep fascia.\\n295. How do you raise an artery\\nBy making a cut through the skin on the guide line long\\nenough to expose a sufficient length of the artery scrape away\\nthe fat; raise the fascia on the grovedffiirector and incise it\\nwith the curved, sharp^pointed bistoury raise the sheath upon\\nthe handle or shank of the aneurismmeedle open it with the\\nscissors or scalpel, and separate the artery from the vein or veins\\nand nerve pass a double thread underneath the artery incise\\nthe wall of the artery and insert and tie in the arterial tube.\\n296. How would you incise the wall of an artery?\\nRaise it out ot the wound and place it upon the shank or\\nhandle of the aneurismmeedle then make a cut in its long axis\\nwith the curved bistoury or scissors.\\n297. Why make the cut in its long axis?\\nBecause it will not weaken the artery, while the transverse\\nor diagonal cut impairs the walls and a little force is liable to\\ntear the vessel in two.\\n298. In what direction would you insert the arterial=tube\\nWith the nozzle toward the heart.\\n299. Could fluid be injected with the nozzle directed from the heart\\nYes but too much fluid might be injected into the distal\\nend of the extremity in which the artery is raised, causing dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncoloration and a distorted appearance.\\n300. If the arteries are full of blood, what would you do?\\nWait until postmortem contraction takes place to empty\\nthem or raise the femoral artery and place the body well on\\nthe incline, tie in a drainage4ube and let the blood drain out,\\nwhich frequently will stimulate the walls of the arteries to con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntraction after the blood is drained out, inject the arteries.\\n301. What effect would it have on the surface of the body to inject the arteries\\nwhen fuH of blood\\nIf soon after death, the surface would be flushed red, as a\\nrule, in all diseases, except asphyxia.\\n302. Is the blood in the arteries always pure or arterial?\\nNo in case of asphyxia there is no arterial blood in the body,\\nthe blood in both the arteries and veins being impure or venous.\\n303. In a case of death from asphyxia when the arteries are full, what color would\\nthe flushing of the surface be\\nIf the arteries were injected it would be of a darkffilue or\\nvenous color.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0629.jp2"}, "630": {"fulltext": "590\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n304. If you were by mistake to inject a vein for an artery, what effect would it\\nhave on the surface of the body\\nIt would flush it a darkffilue or venous color.\\n305. Which arteries are usually raised for embalming purposes?\\nBrachial, femoral, carotid, radial, and posterior tibial.\\n306. Is one artery better than another\\nNo if an artery is large enough to receive the arteriabtube,\\nit is as good as any other artery.\\n307. If blood is to be withdrawn through the vein, which artery should be raised\\nEither the brachial, which has the basilic vein near it; the\\nfemoral, which is accompanied by the femoral vein or the\\ncarotid, which is accompanied by the internal jugular.\\n308. Is the carotid any better for injection than the brachial or femoral?\\nNo there is no reason why it should be raised in preference\\nto either the brachial or femoral and there are no good reasons\\nwhy either of them should be avoided.\\n309. Where are the brachial aitery and basilic vein located?\\nThey are located on the inner side of the arm in the groove\\nbetween the biceps and triceps muscles, the vein lying to the\\ninner side of the artery and usually nearer the surface.\\n310. Give the anatomical and linear guides to the brachial artery.\\nThe anatomical guide is the inner border of the biceps\\nmuscle the linear guide is the line drawn from the center of\\nthe armpit to the center of the elbow, when the palm of the hand\\nis turned upward and the arm placed at right angles with body.\\n311. What vessels and nerve accompany the brachial artery within the sheath\\nThe venae comites and median nerve, the artery always lying\\nbeneath the nerve, in the middle third of the arm.\\n312. When you raise the brachial artery through what vein would you remove blood\\nThrough the basilic vein, using a tube that is of sufficient\\nlength to reach the right auricle of the heart, and is of a caliber\\nthat will readily pass through the vein.\\n313. Does it make any difference which arm is used when blood is to be withdrawn\\nthrough the basilic vein\\nNo as the tube can be passed through the vein of one arm\\nas well as the other when the right is used, if the end of the\\ntube is checked in the neck, a little pressure in the hollow above\\nthe inner end of the clavicle will start it down through the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nnominate vein.\\n314. Why should the carotids be avoided\\nBecause they lie deep and the mutilation is extensive, espe\u00c2\u00ac\\ncially in fleshy persons, and is readily exposed blood can be", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0630.jp2"}, "631": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS ANL ANSWERS\\n591\\nwithdrawn directly from the heart or through either the basilic\\nor femoral vein just as easily as through the internal jugular.\\n315. When is it best to raise the radial or tibial artery?\\nhen the body is already dressed in this case, blood can be\\nwithdrawn, if necessary, from the heart by the direct operation.\\n316. What do you find in the sheath with the artery\\nAlways one or two veins and sometimes a nerve.\\n317. How do you discriminate between an artery, vein, and nerve?\\nAn artery is usually empty, cylindrical in form, of a creamy*\\nwhite appearance and somewhat firm to the touch, owing to the\\nheavier walls. A vein, if deep, usually contains blood if so, it\\nhas a bluish appearance it is collapsed and has a soft velvety\\nfeel, owing to its thinner walls if empty, its color is similar to\\nthat of an artery. The nerve is white, hard, dense in structure\\nis never hollow. Arteries are contained in sheaths, always accom\u00c2\u00ac\\npanied by one or more veins when accompanied by two veins\\nthe veins are usually of small size superficial veins are never\\nwithin a sheath, and lie near the surface.\\n318. Where are the femoral artery and vein located P\\nIn the thigh.\\n319. What superficial vein lies to the inner side of the femoral artery\\nThe internal or long saphenous, which is often mistaken for\\nthe artery.\\n320. Through what triangle does the artery pass in its descent through the thigh P\\nScarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle it enters the triangle at center of the base,\\npassing through to the apex, in which it lies nearest the surface.\\n321. Give the anatomical and linear guides to the femoral artery.\\nThe anatomical guide is the inner border of the sartorius or\\ntailor\u00e2\u0080\u0099s muscle the linear guide is a line drawn from the center\\nof Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament to the inner side of the knee when the\\nfoot is turned out.\\n322. How would you withdraw blood from the femoral vein?\\nThe vein should be raised and opened and a drainage*tube\\nof sufficient length inserted to reach above the bifurcation of the\\ncommon iliac vein, through which the blood will drain when\\nthe body is placed well on the incline.\\n323. Give the anatomical and linear guides to the common carotid artery.\\nThe anatomical guide is the front border of the sterno\u00c2\u00ac\\ncleidomastoid muscle; the linear guide is the line drawn from", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0631.jp2"}, "632": {"fulltext": "592\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthe mastoid process downward and forward to the junction of\\nthe clavicle and sternum.\\n324. Give the guide to the radial artery.\\nThe guide is the groove on the radial side of the arm between\\nthe first prominent tendon and the outer edge of the radius,\\nwhere the doctor takes the pulse-rate.\\n325. Give the guide to the anterior tibial.\\nThe guide to the anterior tibial is the outer side of the front\\nborder of the lower end of the tibia.\\n326. What is the guide to the posterior tibial?\\nThe guide to the posterior tibial is the groove behind and\\nbeneath the internal malleolus (ankle).\\n327. In what position would you place the body after embalming\\nUpon a level, with the head but slightly elevated, so as to pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nvent the fluid from draining out of the upper portions of the body.\\n328. What methods are used for withdrawing the blood?\\nEither by the direct operation upon the heart or through\\none of the larger veins.\\n329. In the direct method at what point should the needle be introduced?\\nIf blood is to be withdrawn from the right auricle by the\\ndirect method, the point of the needle should be inserted in the\\nthird intercostal space, close to the margin of the breast-bone on\\nthe right side, and directed straight back toward the right of the\\ncenter of the back-bone, to avoid wounding the great aorta.\\n330. Does the direct operation destroy the circulation?\\nTo puncture the right auricle does not destroy the circulation\\nfor the injection of the fluid when the circulation is destroyed\\nit is usually the unfortunate wounding of the great aorta by\\ndirecting the point of needle to left of the center of the back-bone.\\n331. What effect does heat have on the blood?\\nIt coagulates it.\\n332. What effect does freezing have on the blood?\\nIt prevents coagulation the blood will not coagulate as long\\nas it remains frozen.\\n333. How much blood can be withdrawn from the body?\\nThat depends, as a rule, upon the size of the body and the dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease in some cases only a few ounces can be removed, while in\\nothers the quantity is large, being as much as four quarts or\u00c2\u00ac\\ndinarily only one pint to two or three quarts can be withdrawn.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0632.jp2"}, "633": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n593\\n334 Why do we practice cavity embalming?\\nr lo sterilize the contents of the different subdivisions of the\\nabdominal and thoracic cavities, especially the contents of the\\nalimentary canal and respiratory tract.\\n335. What parts of the cavities should be filled in all cases\\nThe pleural and peritoneal sacs, the alimentary canal, and\\nthe respiratory tract.\\n336. Can a body be preserved and disinfected thoroughly by cavity injection?\\nNo the fluid will only reach the cavities and sterilize the\\ncontents, or settling down through the tissues, will possibly ster\u00c2\u00ac\\nilize the tissues of the back of the trunk.\\n337. Will cavity injection alone preserve the body\\nIt will aid in preserving some bodies temporarily, as putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction will not take place to a great extent, for some days, in\\nthe outer soft tissues, especially while rigor mortis is present.\\n338. Which is the best point to insert the hollow=needle for relieving the cavities of\\ngases and filling them with fluid\\nIf only one point is selected, it should be in the epigastrium,\\nas the needle can be directed through the diaphragm close to\\nthe ribs and over the lungs into the pleural sacs, and through\\nthe peritoneal sac to all parts of the abdominal cavity, always\\nbearing in mind the location of the aorta and heart; these\\nshould not be punctured under any circumstances.\\n339. In what organs are gases usually formed in the abdominal cavity\\nWhen a large quantity of gas is present it is usually formed\\nin the large intestine in certain diseases, as in peritonitis, it\\nmay be formed in the peritoneum there is always more or less\\ngas in the small intestine.\\n340. In opening the abdominal cavity, where should the incision be made?\\nThrough the linea alba (white line) in the center of the\\nfront wall, where there will be no danger of cutting through an\\nartery.\\n341. How do you inject fluid through the respiratory tract?\\nBy using an inelastic, steel nasal-tube, long enough, when\\nintroduced through the nose or mouth, to pass through the\\nglottis the end of the tube can be felt through the front wall\\nof the larynx, or Adam\u00e2\u0080\u0099s apple fluid should then be injected\\nthrough the tube or a hollowmeedle may be inserted at a\\npoint immediately above the upper end of breastbone, through\\nfront wall of trachea, through which fluid can be injected.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0633.jp2"}, "634": {"fulltext": "594\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n342. Should fluid be injected into the left ventricle through the hollow=needle\\nNo because you will have no assurance that the needle has.\\nentered the proper cavity of the heart; it will be like groping in\\nthe dark and the results are likely to be disastrous as a practical\\nmethod, certainly no embalmer would recommend it.\\n343. When and by whom was the needle process introduced\\nIt was introduced in 1884 by the late Dr. Benjamin Ward\\nRichardson, of London, England; he injected through the\\ncranial cavity by introducing the needle through the apex of\\nthe eye=socket into the spaces at the base of the brain.\\n344. Do the needle processes take the place of arterial embalming?\\nNo as an auxiliary the needle processes are useful, but\\nshould not be depended upon alone as a method of injecting\\nordinary bodies.\\n345. Which is the best method of introducing the needle into the cranial cavity\\nThrough the cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone at the\\nroot of nose the needle can be so introduced easily, and there\\nwill be no leakage after its removal.\\n346. Should the right side of the heart be tapped if either of the needle processes\\nis used?\\nIt should not; because there will be leakage into the medi\u00c2\u00ac\\nastinal space, on account of the principal part of the fluid pass\u00c2\u00ac\\ning downward through the veins.\\n347. What is putrefaction\\nPutrefaction is the separating of the constituent elements of\\nthe body, due to the presence and growth of bacteria.\\n348. In what bodies does putrefaction progress most rapidly\\nThose dead from drowning, septicemia, cliikLbirth, and\\ndropsical cases.\\n349. Under what conditions will putrefaction progress most rapidly\\nIn a warm temperature, from 80\u00c2\u00b0 to 100\u00c2\u00b0 F., when moisture\\nis present.\\n350. What will retard putrefaction\\nA cold temperature, a high altitude, deep water, and earth.\\n351. What will prevent putrefaction\\nFreezing; a high, dry temperature; the presence of an\\nantiseptic.\\n352. Name the putrefactive gases of a body.\\nSulpliureted and carbureted hydrogen, carbonic acid, am\u00c2\u00ac\\nmonium, etc.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0634.jp2"}, "635": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n595\\n353. How are gases generated in the body\\nGases are generated during putrefaction and are due to the\\npresence and growth of bacteria.\\n354. How prevent the generation of gases\\nBy destroying the bacteria or preventing their growth.\\n355. What causes purging from the mouth and nose\\nPutrefaction of the contents of the stomach or lungs, or of\\nthe lung^substance itself.\\n356. How would you determine whether purging is from stomach or from lungs?\\nThe matter from the stomach is usually of a brownish,\\ncoffee-ground appearance, and lias a peculiar smell; that from\\nthe lungs is of a bloody, frothy character, and has essentially a\\nputrefactive smell.\\n357. How would you stop purging from the stomach?\\nBy tapping the stomach with a hollow-needle and relieving\\nit of gases and injecting fluid before removing the trocar then\\npuncturing the intestines, relieving them of gasses and injecting\\nfluid before removing the instrument.\\n358. How would you stop purging from the lungs\\nIn an ordinary case the body may be turned and all of the\\nmatter may be pressed out that is possible then inject fluid\\nthrough the respiratory tract; if it is an obstinate case, the\\nlungs should be mutilated, and fluid injected into the tissues\\ndirect through the hollow=needle the mutilation may be made\\nwith the hollow-needle or the scalpel, by cutting through the\\nintercostal spaces over the front part of the chest. If the muti\u00c2\u00ac\\nlation is thorough and the lung-substance filled with fluid, it\\nwill stop the purging completely.\\n359. Does the mutilation of tbe lungs interfere with arterial embalming?\\nAs it occurs some hours after the body is embalmed arter\u00c2\u00ac\\nially it will not matter whether the circulation be destroyed or not.\\n360. Should the respiratory tract be closed to prevent purging from the lungs\\nNo never close the throat or tie the trachea in obstinate cases,\\nas putrefaction will continue and gases will be formed which will\\npass out through the tissues and swell the surface of the body.\\n361. What is \u00e2\u0080\u009cskin=slip,\u00e2\u0080\u009d and what causes it?\\nSkimslip is a slipping of the cuticle, due to the softening of\\nthe rete mucosum or pigment layer of the skin this occurs in\\nputrefaction and also in cases in which there is a superabundance of\\nwater present in the tissues, as in heart, liver, and kidney diseases.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0635.jp2"}, "636": {"fulltext": "596\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n362. How may skin=slip be prevented\\nIn a case where putrefaction has progressed to any great\\ndegree or in one of dropsy\u00e2\u0080\u0094that is, where there is an increase\\nof the normal quantity of water in the tissues\u00e2\u0080\u0094a little formalin\\n(two to three ounces) should be added to each quart of fluid\\ninjected as formaldehyde gas has a great affinity for water, and\\nis also a great hardener of tissues, it will reach the parts directly,\\nhardening the tissues and preventing skin-slip.\\n363. What is postmortem discoloration\\nIt is the settling of the blood into the dependent portions of\\nbody, as seen along back of trunk eight to ten hours after death.\\n364. What is postmortem staining\\nIn post-mortem staining there has been a reduction of the\\nred corpuscles and the hemoglobin or coloring matter has been\\neliminated from them, passing out through the walls of the vessels\\ninto the tissues, leaving a permanent stain of a bright-pink color.\\n365. Can postmortem staining be removed by bleachers\\nNo; it cannot be removed by the application of bleachers\\nin any manner.\\n366. Can postmortem discoloration be removed\\nYes; as the discoloration is due to the presence of blood in\\nthe vessels near the surface, by changing the position of the\\nbody, the blood will gravitate to other parts.\\n367. Can discoloration be removed by the application of bleachers to the surface\\nwhen applied in the usual manner\\nNo; if bleachers are applied they should be covered with\\nrubber or oiled-silk, so that the air will not absorb the moisture;\\nif applied in this manner, good results may be obtained.\\n368. If the blood is coagulated can the dark discoloration be removed from the face\\nand upper portions of the body\\nIf it is only coagulated in the larger vessels, and not firmly\\nin the capillaries, it can be removed by the application of ice\\nand salt, or by rubbing and pressure but, if firmly coagulated\\nin the capillaries, nothing will remove it; bleachers placed on\\nthe outside are of no avail under any circumstances.\\n369. What discolorations appear on the surface as a result of death\\nCongestion of the face and capillaries, post-mortem discolora\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, post-mortem staining, greenish discoloration of putrefaction,\\nand brownish or grayish spots.\\n370. What other discolorations m^.y be present at death?\\nDiscolorations resulting from the various diseases\u00e2\u0080\u0094as in", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0636.jp2"}, "637": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n597\\ncancer, Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease, etc.,\u00e2\u0080\u0094jaundice, ecchymotic spots, as a\\nresult ol purpura, Addison\u00e2\u0080\u0099s and other diseases, bruises, etc.\\n371. How can small greenish, brownish, or grayish spots be removed\\nBy the injection hypodermically of the following solution\\nbichlorid of mercury, 10 grains; pure alcohol, 4 ounces mix\\ninject a few drops underneath the skin of the part involved.\\n372. How should a bleacher be applied externally to make it effective\\nIt should be applied by moistening a folded cloth, lintine, or\\nabsorbent cotton, which should be placed over the part to be\\nbleached, and covered with a piece of rubber or oiled^silk to\\nprevent air from absorbing the moisture.\\n373. Can the discoloration known as jaundice be removed\\nNo it can be modified by filling the tissues through the\\narterial system with a good fluid.\\n374. What causes the surface of a body to be dark in a drowned case?\\nDeath is due to asphyxia, and, therefore, the blood is all\\nvenous, of a darkdolue color; it is slow to coagulate in cold\\nwater, and should be removed at once by the direct operation\\nupon the heart or through a vein.\\n375. How would you treat a floater\\nIf the cuticle is shredded, thoroughly wash the surface, rub\u00c2\u00ac\\nbing away the cuticle; then raise the femoral or some other\\nartery and inject a large quantity of fluid then fill the cavities\\nand inject through the hollowmeedle over the upper surfaces of\\nthe body in the cellular and deep tissues. A large amount of\\nfluid (at least three or four gallons) should be injected into a\\nbody of medium weight.\\n376. In what kind of a room should a jaundiced body be placed and how prepared?\\nIt should be placed in a dark room and artificial light should\\nbe reflected upon the parts exposed, as the face, neck, and hands\\nthis will give the body a very natural appearance.\\n377. What is the color of all of the blood in a body when death is caused by illumina\u00c2\u00ac\\nting gas\\nIt is of a very dark=bluish color.\\n378. What is the color of the blood when death is caused by charcoal gas (carbonic\\noxid)\\nIt is of a bright cherry*red color.\\n379. What is the first thing necessary to do in a case of asphyxia?\\nThe body should be placed high on the incline, and blood\\nshould be withdrawn as quickly as possible to relieve the periph-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0637.jp2"}, "638": {"fulltext": "598\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\neral veins and capillaries of congestion, which causes discoloration\\nof the surface.\\n380. What is always necessary in the treatment of a case of consumption?\\nTo fill the lungs through the respiratory tract, and the\\nmediastinal space and pleural cavities; otherwise the body\\nshould be treated in the usual manner.\\n381. How would you inject the pleural cavities in tuberculosis\\nIf the lungs are not adhered to the front wall of the chest,\\nintroduce the hollowmeedle from the hypogastrium if they are\\nadhered, the needle should be introduced between the second\\nand third ribs on either side at a point about four or five inches\\nfrom the breastbone then aspirate as much of the contents as\\nis possible, and fill the lungs with fluid, which will sterilize the\\nremaining contents.\\n382. In a case of general dropsy, how remove the water\\nRemove it from the peritoneum, either by introducing the\\nneedle in the hypogastrium or at a point in the middle of the\\nbody just above the pubic arch and aspirate it; insert the needle\\nin the pleural cavities in the usual manner and aspirate to\\nremove from the upper and lower extremities incise or puncture\\nthe skin underneath in many places, and apply a strong rubber\\nbandage made of rubber webbing, known as Esmarch\u00e2\u0080\u0099s bandage.\\n383. How would you treat a case in which an autopsy has been held\\nIf the autopsy has included the thoracic and abdominal\\ncavities only, the arteries leading to the extremities, as w T ell as\\nthose leading to the head and neck, should be tied and fluid\\ninjected into the upper extremities, head, and neck, by raising\\nthe brachial artery and tying the tube into it, or tying the tube\\ninto one of the severed ends, such as the innominate, left com\u00c2\u00ac\\nmon carotid, or left subclavian. In the lower extremities tie the\\ntube into the iliacs and* inject toward the feet; then cleanse the\\ncavities, wiping them dry sprinkle hardening compound freely\\nover the inside and cover each of the organs as it is replaced\\nfinally, cover freely with the powder and stitch the edges of the\\nincision together; then inject fluid directly into the tissues of\\nthe trunk through the hollowmeedle.\\n384. How would you treat a body with the calvarium (skullcap) removed\\nPlace the body in a sitting posture.; raise an artery at some\\npoint and inject very slowly until all parts of the body, including\\nthe neck and base of the skull, are filled then replace the con-", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0638.jp2"}, "639": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n599\\ntents, covering the same with dessicating or hardening com\u00c2\u00ac\\npound then replace the skullcap and stitch the scalp, and in\u00c2\u00ac\\nject fluid into the tissues of the scalp through the liollowmeedle.\\n385. What is the color of the hlood in a body dead from sunstroke?\\nDeath is caused by coma, which ultimately stops respiration\\nwhile the heart is still performing its function, resulting in\\nasphyxia the blood is all venous, which gives a dark color to\\nthe tissues of the body.\\n386. How would you treat a case of death from sunstroke?\\nPlace the body on a high incline so that all the blood that\\nis possible can be withdrawn then fill the tissues and cavities\\nthoroughly with fluid, using a larger amount than in an ordi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnary case, as there is a tendency to rapid putrefaction.\\n387. What is the color and condition of the blood in a body dying of pneumonia in\\nthe early stages\\nIt is of a dark color, due to the interference with respiration\\nwhich results in only partial oxygenation of the blood in some\\ncases respiration will entirely cease while the heart continues to\\nbeat for a short period, which sends the blood through the lungs\\nwithout aeration it coagulates sooner than in an ordinary case.\\n388. ^7hat is the color and condition of the blood in a body dying of pneumonia in the\\nlater stages\\nIt is not necessarily of a dark color, as aeration may be suffi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncient to relieve the blood of the waste, or carbonic acid gas, and\\nit will be found much thinner and less prone to coagulation than\\nif death had occurred in the early stages.\\n389. What should be done in a case of consumption or other diseases of the lungs\\nshould there be leakage of the fluid from the mouth and nose?\\nClose the pharynx with a tampon or pledgets of cotton and\\ncontinue the injection of fluid until all of the tissues are filled\\nthe leakage is caused by rupture of the bronchial arteries in the\\ncavities within the lungs.\\n390. How would you embalm a body dead of gun=shot wounds\\nIt depends on the parts involved if the ball lias penetrated\\nthe head, the hole or holes in the skull may be firmly closed by\\nthe use of plaster of Paris, putty, or some other similar sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance, and the injection proceed as in any other case. If the\\naorta and other large vessels are mutilated, they should be tied\\nand the injection follow then the blood and other liquid sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstances should be removed and a good dessicating or hardening\\ncompound should be used freely.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0639.jp2"}, "640": {"fulltext": "600\\nCHAMPION TEXT-.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n391. How would you treat a case witli the throat cut\\nIf both carotids are cut, by tying three of the free ends, and\\ninserting and tying the tube in the fourth free end with the\\nnozzle toward the heart; then attach the pump and inject as in\\nany other case.\\n392. Will fluid reach the head and neck by injecting in this manner?\\nYes it will reach the head and neck through the vertebral\\narteries, which, with the carotids, form the circle of Willis, by an\u00c2\u00ac\\nastomoses, from which vessels reach every part above the wound.\\n393. In what diseases is the operator in great danger of blood=poisoning?\\nErysipelas, septicemia, syphilis, diphtheria, and bodies re\u00c2\u00ac\\ncently dead of many other diseases.\\n394. Is it very dangerous to handle a body in which putrefaction has taken place\\nextensively\\nNo; it is less dangerous than in a fresh one.\\n395. How would you treat a wound received while operating on a body?\\nMake it bleed freely and cauterize with carbolic acid or\\nsome other cauterizer.\\n396. If you have abrasions, hangnails, or cracks on the hands, how would you pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ntect yourself while operating\\nBy the use of rubber gloves or finger=cots, or covering the\\nhands with \u00e2\u0080\u009chand protector\u00e2\u0080\u009d or carbolized vaseline.\\n397. What is an anomaly\\nAn anomaly is a deviation from the rule, type, or form\\nirregularity anything abnormal or contrary to analogy.\\n398. What is an anomalous condition of an artery\\nIt is an artery that is irregular in its form, division, or\\ncourse, as is found often in the brachial artery.\\n399. What is an abnormal condition\\nA deviation from the natural structure, division, or course\\nunnatural; irregular, as an abnormal development of an organ.\\n400. What is a malformation\\nIt is any congenital irregularity in the formation or develop\u00c2\u00ac\\nment of parts in an organism.\\n401. How can blood be removed from the cranial cavity\\nIf the blood is within the vessels and not coagulated, the\\nbody should be placed high on the incline in order to gravitate\\nthe blood to the trunk.\\n402. If it is coagulated in the cranial cavity can it be removed\\nNo not by any process known unless the skullcap were\\nremoved, which is not practical.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0640.jp2"}, "641": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\n601\\n403. Is it ever necessary to remove blood from the brain cavity?\\nIt is scarcely necessary unless the operator wishes to remove\\nthe pressure upon the vessels.\\n404. Are either of the needle processes practical for this purpose\\nNo if there is hemorrhage in the subarachnoid spaces, an\\nextremely small amount may be withdrawn in this way, but not\\nsufficient to amount to anything.\\n405. Can blood be removed from a drowned case having been in the water for some\\nlengm of time?\\nYes, if not coagulated if coagulated, it cannot be removed.\\n406. What effect does the water have upon the blood in a drowned case\\nUnless mixed with the blood, it retards coagulation.\\n407. What is the mode of death in a case of drowning\\nDeath through the lungs, or asphyxia.\\n408. As a rule, what effect has asphyxia upon coagulation\\nIt retards coagulation.\\nIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094SANITATION AND DISINFECTION.\\n409. What are bacteria?\\nThey are the lowest forms of plant or vegetable life.\\n410. Where are bacteria found?\\nEverywhere, except in mid=ocean and in the highest alti\u00c2\u00ac\\ntudes, where no moisture is present.\\n411. There are how many general forms of bacteria\\nThree: micrococci (cocci), sphericahshaped; bacilli, rod-\\nshaped spirilla, spiral-shaped.\\n412. What bacteria interest the embalmer most?\\nThose of putrefaction and those of infection.\\n413. What kind of bacteria cause disease\\nInfectious or pathogenic bacteria.\\n414. What kind cause decomposition of the body?\\nPutrefactive or nonpathogenic bacteria.\\n415. Between what degrees of temperature will bacteria grow\\nBetween 32\u00c2\u00b0 and 120\u00c2\u00b0 to 130\u00c2\u00b0 F.\\n416. At what temperature will they grow most rapidly?\\nAbout the normal heat ol the body.\\n417. What agents prevent their growth\\nAntiseptics.\\n418. What agents destroy them\\nDisinfectants.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0641.jp2"}, "642": {"fulltext": "i) 02\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\n419. Define an antiseptic.\\nAn antiseptic is an agent or body that will prevent the\\ngrowth of bacteria when present, without of necessity killing\\nthem it is only a preservative.\\n420. Define a disinfectant.\\nA disinfectant is an agent or body that will kill bacteria\\nit is also a preservative.\\n421. Name some disinfectants.\\nBichlorid of mercury, 1 :1000 or 1 500 carbolic acid, 5\\nto 10 per cent. chlorid of lime, six ounces to the gallon\\nsulphur fumes formaldehyde gas lire moist and dry heat\\n(230\u00c2\u00b0 F.) and boiling water.\\n422. What is a deodorizer?\\nA deodorizer is an agent or body that destroys odor either\\nby absorption or covering it with a stronger odor.\\n423. Name some good deodorizers.\\nBichlorid of mercury, chlorid of lime, etc.\\n424. What should a good fluid contain\\nDisinfectants sufficiently strong to destroy all bacteria in the\\nbody, especially those producing the disease which caused death\\nthe fluid should not destroy the appearance of the body, if used\\nin a case where a private or public funeral is to be held, or\\nwhich is to be exposed to view in any manner.\\n425. What is infection?\\nIt is a poisonous matter that contains infectious or patho\u00c2\u00ac\\ngenic bacteria.\\n426. When is a disease said to be infectious only?\\nWhen the infection is taken into the body by inoculation, or\\nthrough the food we eat, or the water we drink, or the air we\\nbreathe,\u00e2\u0080\u0094as bacteria, when dry, may be carried in the air.\\n427. Name some diseases which are infectious only.\\nPneumonia, grip, malaria, cholera, etc.\\n428. What is contagion\\nIt is poisonous matter containing infectious bacteria, which\\ncan be communicated bv contact from the sick to the well.\\n423. When is a disease said to be contagious\\nWhen it is communicable from one person to another, by\\ndirect contact or through the surrounding air at no great distance.\\n430. What kind of diseases are smallpox, scarlatina, whooping=cough, and measles?\\nThey are both contagious and infectious.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0642.jp2"}, "643": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL questions and answers\\n003\\n431. What is the object in embalming a contagious or infectious disease\\nTo prevent the dissemination of the disease.\\n432. Should a public funeral be held in a contagious case?\\nNo.\\n433. What rules should govern the funeral director in handling a contagious case?\\nThe rules adopted by the State and local health boards\\nunder whose jurisdiction he is doing business.\\n434. Should bodies be embalmed that are dead of contagious or infectious diseases\\nthat are to be buried at once?\\nFor preservation merely it is not necessary, but as a sanitary\\nmeasure all should be embalmed.\\n435. What is formaldehyde gas\\nIt is a product ol wood=alcohol produced by heating it is\\nnot a commercial product in the form of gas it is freighted and\\nsold only in the form of a solid, called paraform, which is of 100\\nper cent, strength, or in liquid form having a strength of 40 per\\ncent., called formalin, formol, or formaldehyde the gas is pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced for use by dissolving the paraform by heat or by the\\ndistillation of the gas from formalin.\\n436. How would you disinfect a room and its contents?\\nBy closing the cracks in the room as tightly as possible,\\nseparating hangings upon the walls, hanging up bed clothing\\nand other material upon lines stretched across the room, opening\\nwide all drawers and doors of closets, hanging up their contents,\\nseparating the clothing, and everything as much as possible\\nthen spraying the walls and contents with water sufficient to\\ndampen them leave the room and fasten the cracks of the door\\nof exit by pasting or caulking with strips of cotton soaked in\\nbichlorid of mercury 1 500 then distill five ounces of formalin\\nfor each thousand cubic feet of space, directing the formaldehyde\\ngas through the keydiole and keeping the room closed for from\\nten to twelve hours.\\n437. In the absence of formaldehyde gas what would you use to disinfect a room?\\nSulphur fumes burning at least three pounds of sulphur\\nfor each 1000 cubic feet of space all surfaces and contents\\nshould be moistened with water sprayed, or steam, preparing the\\nroom as when formaldehyde gas is used and leaving it closed\\nfor at least twelve hours.\\n438. For what reason is formaldehyde gas preferred to sulphur\\nThere is no danger of fire, as distillation takes place outside", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0643.jp2"}, "644": {"fulltext": "604 CHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nthe room neither will it destroy colors of the wall paper or\\nfabrics, nor tarnish polished metallic surfaces, while, when sul\u00c2\u00ac\\nphur is used, there is danger of tire, of the destruction of certain\\ncolors in wall paper and other fabrics, and of the tarnishing of\\nall polished metallic surfaces.\\n439. What is meant by bichlorid of mercury 1:1000\\nIt means one grain of bichlorid of mercury to 1000 grains\\nof water, or seven grains to one pint of water (an avoirdupois\\npint weighing 7000 grains).\\n440. What does 1:500 mean?\\nTwo grains to 1000, or fourteen grains to one pint.\\n441. How would you disinfect soiled, washable material, such as wearing apparel\\nand bed clothing?\\nIf not worn much, by boiling in water from one to two\\nhours if nearly or entirely worn out, by burning them.\\n442. How would you treat soiled, unwashable material, such as silks, woolens, bed\u00c2\u00ac\\nding, and mattresses\\nMoisten them by spraying, and expose them to formaldehyde\\ngas, in a tight compartment, for from ten to twelve hours.\\n443. How would you dress and prepare yourself when called to take charge of a case\\nof contagious disease\\nDress in a suit of old clothes, covering the whole with a\\nrubber coat buttoned closely about the neck and around the\\nbody, and reaching to the shoes cover the hair with an oiled-\\nsilk or rubber cap.\\n444. How would you care for yourself after the work is done?\\nAfter the body is taken care of and the room disinfected,\\nthe coat, hat, and old suit of clothes should be fumigated, and\\nthe hands, face, beard, and hair should be washed with soap\\nand w r ater and a solution of bichlorid of mercury T: 1000.\\n445. How would you prepare a case of diphtheria for burial\\nPlace the body upon the board, then w r ash it with a strong\\nbichlorid solution inject a strong disinfectant fluid into the\\nmouth and nose raise an artery at some point and fill the\\narteries and capillaries thoroughly then fill the cavities inject\\nmore fluid into the mouth and nose and other openings of the\\nbody then, if sufficient time intervenes before the funeral, dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ninfect the room, including the body, with formaldehyde gas if\\nsufficient time does not intervene, the body can then be carried\\nto the coffin, which should be placed in an outer room pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nviously to removing the body, it should be wrapped in a sheet", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0644.jp2"}, "645": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS\\nG05\\nwrung out ol a strong disinfectant; after removing from the\\nroom, it can be dressed and placed in the coffin or casket; if the\\nbody has been disinfected in the room, the coffin can be carried\\ninto the apartment and the body dressed and placed therein\\nit disinfection ol the room amounts to anything at all, it will\\nhave destroyed the bacteria in the room.\\n446. If the body is to be shipped, how should it be prepared further?\\nThe openings of the body should be filled with pledgets of\\nabsorbent cotton soaked in fluid, the body wrapped in cotton\\nbatting at least one inch thick, and still further prepared accord\u00c2\u00ac\\ning to the rules adopted by the General Baggage Agents\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Associa\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion for transportation.\\n447. How is typhoid fever usually communicated\\nBy drinking water or eating cold food in which there are\\ntyphoid bacilli.\\n448. Have the germs of all contagious and infectious diseases been determined?\\nNo; the bacteria that produce scarlet fever, smallpox,\\nmeasles, etc., are not known.\\n449. What kind of a disease is diphtheria?\\nIt is an acute, infectious and contagious disease, produced\\nby the diphtheretic bacilli.\\n460. In what parts of the body are bacilli developed in diphtheria?\\nIn the false membranes of the throat, nares, and sometimes\\nin the larynx.\\n451. Does the blood contain the diptheretic bacilli in diphtheria?\\nIt does not; the blood, however, is very poisonous; it is,\\ntherefore, very dangerous to cut or wound yourself while hand\u00c2\u00ac\\nling a case of diphtheria.\\n452. In preparing a body for shipment, is absorbent cotton better than cotton bat\u00c2\u00ac\\nting for the purpose of encasing the body\\nNo it has no advantage over cotton batting cotton batting\\nanswers every purpose, and has an advantage over absorbent\\ncotton by not being so expensive twenty or thirty cents will\\nbuy enough cotton batting to encase a body, while absorbent\\ncotton will cost much more.\\n453. What is the best and easiest method of applying the cotton\\nSpread a bed sheet upon the floor, cover the surface of the\\nsheet lengthwise with a layer of cotton, then crosswise with a\\nlayer, and so on alternately until it is covered by at least six\\nlayers; then the body should be laid in the center of the sheet;", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0645.jp2"}, "646": {"fulltext": "606\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbring the cotton up over the feet and head first; then from one\\nside and then from the other, pinning or stitching the sheet over\\nthe whole; then for.further protection, apply a roller bandage.\\n454. What persons are susceptible to contagious diseases\\nAll those who have never had a previous attack, and in\\nsmallpox those who have not been vaccinated.\\n455 What persons are immune\\nWith few exceptions all persons who have had a previous\\nattack, and in smallpox those who have been vaccinated.\\nA56. What is an immune\\nOne who is protected from an infectious or contagious dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease by a previous attack, vaccinating, or by reason of race or\\nacclimatization.\\n457. Name some of the chemicals used in embalming fluids.\\nArsenic; mercuric clilorid; chlorid of zinc, ammonium,\\nsodium, and potassium arsenite of potassium and sodium sul\u00c2\u00ac\\nphate of zinc and potassium etc.\\n458. What gases are used in combination with chemicals in the manufacture of em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalming fluids\\nSulphurous acid gas and formaldehyde gas.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0646.jp2"}, "647": {"fulltext": "A PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\nOF SCIENTIFIC AND MEDICAL TERMS", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0647.jp2"}, "648": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTION.\\nReaders and students of this work will find in the Practical Dictionary\\nbrief and concise definitions of the medical, scientific, and technical words\\nand terms used in the TexFBook, which were thought to need defining.\\nWith these are included some words of the same character frequently met\\nwith in the literature of the profession.\\nThe Standard Dictionary and Gould\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Medical Dictionary have been\\nconsulted jointly as authorities on definitions. For spelling, compounding\\nand forming of words,,division of sylables, and accentuation, the former\\nauthority has generally been followed.\\nIn spelling, some deviation from the style observed in our former edi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions has been found necessary to conform to the latest and most approved\\nmethods. Among such changes may be noted the substitution of \u00e2\u0080\u009ce\u00e2\u0080\u009d for\\nthe diphthong^ \u00e2\u0080\u009cye\u00e2\u0080\u009d and \u00e2\u0080\u009coe,\u00e2\u0080\u009d as \u00e2\u0080\u009cfetus\u00e2\u0080\u009d instead of \u00e2\u0080\u009cfoetus,\u00e2\u0080\u009d and the\\ndropping of the final \u00e2\u0080\u009ce\u00e2\u0080\u009d in such chemical terms as \u00e2\u0080\u009cbromin,\u00e2\u0080\u009d \u00e2\u0080\u009cchlorid,\u00e2\u0080\u009d\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cmorphin,\u00e2\u0080\u009d etc.\\nThe German double hyphen is used to join compound words and\\nph rases, not only in the dictionary, but in the body of the work, to avoid\\nconfusion which would arise were a simple hyphen used.", "height": "3959", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0648.jp2"}, "649": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY.\\nA\\nab-do men. The large cavity in the trunk\\nbetween the thorax and pelvis; the belly,\\nab-dom i-nal. Pertaining to the abdo\u00c2\u00ac\\nmen. a. aorta. Aorta below the dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nphragm. \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. cavity. The cavity within the\\nwalls of abdomen, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. regions. The clin\u00c2\u00ac\\nical regions of the abdomen, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. viscera.\\nOrgans of the abdomen. [of body,\\nab-duct To draw away from median line\\nab-duc tion. Movement from median line,\\nab-duct or. A muscle that draws the ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremity from the median line,\\nab-er-ra tion. Deviation from the normal,\\nab nor mal Contrary to customary order,\\nab-o-li tion. Complete suspension, as of a\\nfunction. [velopment of disease,\\na-bort To miscarry; to prevent the de-\\na-bra sion. An excoriation of the skin,\\nab scess. A circumscribed cavity contain\u00c2\u00ac\\ning pus. [wormwood and aromatics,\\nab sinthe. A cordial containing oil of\\nab-sorb To take up; to imbibe,\\nab-sorb ent. Taking up by suction; imbib\u00c2\u00ac\\ning. --a. cotton. Cotton freed from impu-\\nac-ces so-ry. Auxiliary; assisting, [rities.\\nac-cli-ma tion. Becoming inured to a cli-\\nac-crete Grown together. [mate,\\nac-cre tion. Accumulation; adherence of\\na-ceph a-lus. Headless. [parts,\\na-ce-tab u-lum. A cup=shaped cavity that\\nreceives head of femur,\\na-cet ic acid. The acid of vinegar.\\nA-chil les, tendon of. Large tendon of heel,\\na-cic u-la. A slender needle=like process,\\nac ne. Inflammation of sebaceous glands,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094a. ro-sa ce-a. Chronic congestion of skin\\nac rid. An irritant poison. [of face,\\nac-ro mi-on. Process at summit of scapula,\\nac tion. Performance of a function or pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ncess. \u00e2\u0080\u0094reflex a. An involuntary action\\nof one part of the body, due to an impres\u00c2\u00ac\\nsion on some afferent nerve end=organ;\\ninvoluntary action of one part of body,\\nactive. Energetic; the reverse of passive.\\n46\\na-cute Rapid; severe; sharp.\\nAd am\u00e2\u0080\u0099s apple. A prominence in front of\\nneck made by thyroid cartilage of larynx.\\nAd di-son\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease. A disease involving\\nthe suprarenal capsules. [line,\\nad-duc tion. Movement toward median\\nad-duc tor. A muscle that drawrs an organ\\nor part towards the axis,\\na den. A gland; a bubo,\\na-de ni-a. Hodgkin\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease,\\nad-en-i tis. Inflammation of a gland,\\nad en-oid. Form resembling a gland;\\nglandular, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. gland. Prostate gland,\\nad-en-o ma. A glandular tumor,\\nad-he sion. Union of two surfaces or parts,\\nad i-po-cere. Grave=wax; a waxy sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance of decomposition in moist soils,\\nadl-pose. Relating to fat; fatty. \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. tissue.\\nFat cells united by connective tissue.[tion.\\nad-i-po sis. Corpulency; fatty degenera-\\nad-o-les cence. The period between pu\u00c2\u00ac\\nberty and maturity. [sels.\\nad-ven-ti ti-a. External coat of blood=ves-\\nad-ven-ti tious. Accidental, foreign, or\\nacquired. [power,\\nad-y-na mi-a. Deficiency or loss of vital\\nad-y-nam ic. Asthenic; physically weak;\\npertaining to adynamia, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. fevers. Ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ncompanied by great asthenia. [air.\\na-er-a tion. Mixture or impregnation with\\na-e ri-al. Pertaining to air; atmospheric,\\na-e-ro bi-a. Bacteria requiring free oxygen,\\na-e-ro bic. Unable to live without oxygen,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094a. bacteria. Bacteria that are unable to\\nlive without air or oxygen,\\naf-fec tion. A synonym of disease, as an\\naffection of the lungs. [center,\\naf fer-ent. Conducting inward, toward the\\nafflux. Flow of blood or liquid to a part,\\naf-fu sion. A pouring upon, as water upon\\nthe body.\\naft er-birth. The placenta and fetal mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbranes expelled after a birth,\\na gar-a-gar (or a-gar.) A gelatinous sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance from algse, used by bacteriologists\\nas a nutrient solution.\\n609", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0649.jp2"}, "650": {"fulltext": "610\\nCHAMPION TEXTBOOK ON EMBALMING\\nag-glom or-ate. Massed together; aggre\u00c2\u00ac\\ngated. [of wounded edges,\\nag-glu-ti-na tion. A joining together, as\\nag mi-nate. Arranged in clusters; grouped,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094a. glands. Pyer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s patches. [fering.\\nag O-ny. The death struggle; intense suf-\\na gue. Malarial or intermittent fever,\\nair. The atmosphere. a.=cells. An air\\nvesicle. a=passages. The nares, mouth,\\nlarynx, trachea, and bronchial tubes.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094a.=pump. An instrument for producing a\\nal-bu men. The white of an egg. [vacuum,\\nal-bu min. A proteid substance, the chief\\nconstituent of white of an egg. [bumen.\\nal-bu min-ate. A basic compound of al-\\nal-bu-mi-nu ri-a. The presence of albu\u00c2\u00ac\\nmin in the urine. [of hydrogen,\\nal de-hyde. Alcohol deprived of two atoms\\na-leu-ce (or ke) mi-a. A deficiency of\\nwhite corpuscles in the blood,\\nal i-ment. Nourishment; food,\\nal ka-li. An electropositive substance, com\u00c2\u00ac\\nbining with an acid to form a neutral salt,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094fixed a. Potassium and sodium hydrate,\\nal ka-line. Having the properties of an\\nal ka-loid. Resembling alkali. [alkali,\\nal-lan to-ic. Relating to the allantois. a.\\ncirculation. The fetal circulation through\\nthe cord and umbilical vessels. [fetus,\\nal-lan to-is. Membrane enveloping the\\na-lu mi-num. A whitish metal, with a\\nlow specific gravity.\\na-mal-ga-ma tion. The art or process of\\nforming an amalgam,\\nam-mo ni-a. Same as ammonium, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a.\\nwater. A watery solution of ammonium,\\nam-mo ni-um. Hypothetic base of am-\\nam-ne si-a. Loss of memory. [monia.\\nam ni-on. Inner embryonic membrane,\\nam-ni-ot ic fluid. The liquor amnii. [crystal,\\na-mor phous. Formless; structureless; non=\\nam-phi-ar-tliro sis. Articulation by fi\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrous tissue or strong ligaments, permit\u00c2\u00ac\\nting slight motion, [pertaining to starch,\\nam-y-la ce-ous (or am y-loid Starch=like;\\nam y-loid. Starch=like. [sugar,\\nam-y-lo-lyt ic. Converting starch into\\nam y-lum. Starch.\\nan-a-e-rob ic. Living without air. \u00e2\u0080\u0094a.\\nbacteria (or an-a-e-roTn-a). Bacteria\\nwhich flourish without air.\\na nal. Pertaining to the anus,\\na-nal o-gous. Conforming or answering\\nto; bearing analogy or resemblance,\\nan-a-sar ca. General dropsy.\\na-nas-to-mo sis. Union or interlacing of ar\u00c2\u00ac\\nteries, veins, or other vessels; inosculation.\\na-nas-to-mot ic.Pei\u00e2\u0080\u0099taining to anastomosis,\\nan-a-tom ic. Pertaining to anatomy,\\nan-a-tom i-cal. Pertaining to anatomy,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094a. guide. A muscular or tendinous guide\\nto a vessel.\\na-nat o-my. The science of organic struc\u00c2\u00ac\\nture. \u00e2\u0080\u0094human a. Anatomy of the human\\nbody, \u00e2\u0080\u0094morbid a. Study of diseased\\nstructure, \u00e2\u0080\u0094visceral a. Study of the\\nviscera, \u00e2\u0080\u0094regional a. Study of the cor\u00c2\u00ac\\nrelated regions of the body, [corpuscles,\\nan-e mi-a. Deficiency of blood and red\\na-nem ic. Pertaining to anemia; bloodless,\\nan-es-the si-a. A state of insensibility,\\nan-es-thet ic. A substance producing anes-\\nan-eu ri-a. Lack of nervous power, [thesia.\\nan eu-rism. Dilatation of an artery,\\nan-hy drous. Destitute of water. [notic.\\nan i-lin. A powerful antiseptic and hyp-\\nan-i-mal cule. A microscopic organism,\\nan-i-mal cu-lum (pi. -la). Same as animal-\\nan kle. Joint between foot and leg. [cule.\\nan-ky-lo sis. Knitting together of two\\nbones or parts of bones; stiffness of a\\nan-ky roid. Hoop=shaped. joint,\\nan nu-lar. Formed like a ring; ring=like.\\na-nom a-lous. Deviatingfromtheordinary.\\na-nom a-ly. That which is anomalous,\\nan-o-rex i-a. Absence or loss of appetite,\\nan-ox-e mi-a. Lack of oxygen in blood,\\nan-te-flex ion. A bending forward,\\nan-te-ver sion. A turning forward,\\nan thrax. A carbuncle; the disease pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduced by the anthrax bacilli. a. spores.\\nSpores of the anthrax bacilli,\\nan-ti cus. Anterior; in front of.\\nan ti-dote. An agent that counteracts ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of a poison. [lie element,\\nan ti-mo-ny. A silver=white, hard, metal-\\nan-ti-sep sis. The prevention of sepsis,\\nan-ti-sep tic. An agent that prevents the\\ngrowth of bacteria,\\nan-ti-tox ic. Opposed to poisoning,\\nan-ti-tox in. A substance formed in the\\nbody that counteracts poison,\\nan-ti-zy-mot ic. Preventive of fermenta\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion or contagion.\\na-nu ri-a. Absence or deficiency of urine,\\na nus. External opening of the rectum,\\na-or ta. The main arterial trunk,\\na-or tic. Pertaining to the aorta,\\nap er-ture. An opening or orifice,\\na pex. Summit or extremity of anything.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0650.jp2"}, "651": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n611\\nap-ne a. Breathlessness; difficult respira-\\nou La tendon,\\nap-o-neu-ro sis. A fibrinous expansion of\\nap-o-neu-rot ic. Pertaining to aponeurosis.\\na. fascia. A deep fascia,\\nap o-plex-y. Paralysis from rupture of a\\ncerebral vessel. [organ as a part of it.\\nap-pen dage. That which is attached to an\\nap-pen-di-ci tis. Inflammation of the ap\u00c2\u00ac\\npendix vermiformis.\\nap-pen dix. An appendage; a prolonga\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. a vermiformis. The worm=like\\nattachment to the cecum,\\nap-po-si tion. The act of fitting together,\\nap-prox i-mate. To cause to approach,\\na qua. Water. [duct,\\naq ue-duct. A canal, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. of Sylvius. Tear=\\na que-ous. Pertaining to water; watery.\\na. humor. A watery substance in the\\nanterior of the eye.\\na-rach noid. Resembling a web; arachnoid\\nmembrane, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. membrane. Middle mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane of the brain and spinal cord.\\nar bor=vi t3e (tree of life). Tree=like figure\\nin a section of cerebellum,\\narch. Term applied to various curved por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions of body. \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. of aorta. Curved part\\nextending from heart to third dorsal ver-\\nar cus. A bow, arch, or ring. [tebra.\\na re-a. Any space with boundaries. [sue.\\na-re o-lse. The interstices in connective tis-\\na-re o-lar. Full of interstices, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. tissue.\\nConnective of cellular tissue,\\nar-e-om e-ter. An instrument for meas\u00c2\u00ac\\nuring specific gravity of fluids. [cine,\\nar-gen tum. Silver, a metal used in medi-\\narm. Upper limb from shoulder to elbow,\\narm pit. Cavity underarm; axillary space,\\nar se-nic. A chemical element of grayish=\\nwhite color, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. acid. A colorless white\\ncrystalline compound,\\nar-se ni-ous ac id. White arsenic,\\nar-te ri-al. Pertaining to an artery, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a\\nblood. Blood after aeration in lungs,\\nar-te-ri-al-i-za tion. Oxygenation of blood,\\nar-te ri-al-ize. To oxygenate the blood,\\nar-te ri-ole. A small artery,\\nar-te-ri tis. Inflammation of an artery,\\nar ter-y. Vessel carrying blood from heart,\\nar-thro di-a. Joint wi th gliding movement,\\nar-thro sis. An articulation; a suture,\\nar-tic u-lar. Pertaining to a joint, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a.\\nla-mel la. Articulation of thin scales or\\nplates of bone.\\nar-tic-u-la tion. A joint or an arthrosis.\\nar-y-te noid.Cup= or ladle=shaped. \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. car\u00c2\u00ac\\ntilage. Certain cartilage of the larynx,\\nas-ci tes. Dropsy of the abdomen,\\na-sep sis. An absence of septic matter or\\nblood=poisoning. [ease germs,\\na-sep tic. Free from septic matter or dis-\\nas-phyx i-a. A condition caused by non\u00c2\u00ac\\noxygenation of the blood,\\nas-phyx i-ate. To bring into asphyxia,\\nas pi-rate. To pump out, as blood or effu\u00c2\u00ac\\nsions from the body. [pumping out.\\nas-pi-ra tion. The act of aspirating or\\nas pi-ra-tor. An instrument for extracting\\nfluid from the cavities of the body,\\nas-sim-i-la tion. The act of absorbing nu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntriment. [debility; weakness,\\nas-the ni-a. A loss of strength general\\nas-then ic. Feeble; without strength,\\nasth ma. Paroxysmal dyspnea with oppres-\\nasth-mat ic. Affected with asthma, [sion.\\nas-trag a-lus. The ankle=bone.\\nas-trin gent. An agent producing contract\u00c2\u00ac\\ning of organic tissues,\\na-tax i-a. Irregularity in functions of or\u00c2\u00ac\\ngans; incoordination of muscular action,\\nath-e-ro ma. (1) A soft encysted tumor.\\n(2) Degeneration of arterial walls,\\nath-e-ro ma-tous. Affected with atheroma,\\nat las. The uppermost vertebra,\\nat-mos-pher ic. Pertaining to the atmos-\\nsphere. \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. pressure. The pressure of\\n15 lbs. per sq. in. exerted at sea=level in\\nall directions by the atmosphere,\\nat om. The ultimate unit of an element,\\nat ro-phy. A wasting of a part from lack\\nof nutrition. [tened; a band or tie.\\nat-tach ment. That which is held or fas-\\nat-ten u-a-ted. Wasted; thinned, [together,\\nat-trac tion Tendency of particles to draw\\nau di-to-ry. Pertaining to the organs of\\nhearing, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. canal. Canal of the ear.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094a. nerves. Nerves of the ear.\\nau ral. Pertaining to the ear.\\nau ri-cle. (1) The external ear. (2) An up\u00c2\u00ac\\nper chamber of the heart,\\nau-ric u-lar. Pertaining to the ear. \u00e2\u0080\u0094a.\\nappendix. The anterior prolongation of\\nthe auricle of the heart,\\nau-ricli-lo-ven-tric u-lar. Pertaining to\\nboth the auricle and ventricle, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. open\u00c2\u00ac\\ning. Opening between auricle and ven\u00c2\u00ac\\ntricle. \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. valve. Valve guarding the;\\nauriculoventricular opening,\\nau ris. The external ear.\\naus-cult To examine by auscultation.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0651.jp2"}, "652": {"fulltext": "612\\nCHAMPION TEXT-HOOK ON EMBALMING\\naus-cul-ta tion. A method of determining\\nthe conditions of an organ by listening to\\nthe sounds produced by it, as the lungs or\\nheart. [by volition; spontaneous,\\nau-to-mat ic. Not affected or controlled\\nau-ton o-mous. Independent; self-govern-\\nau top-sy. Postmortem examination, [ing.\\naux-il i-a-ry. Giving aid or support; sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nsidiary; accessory.\\nav-oir-du-pois Common English system\\nof weight in which 16 ozs. equal a pound.\\nax-il la. The armpit.\\nax il-la-ry. Pertaining to the axilla. a.\\nglands. Lymphatic glands of the axilla,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094a. plexus. The plexus of nerves in the\\naxilla, \u00e2\u0080\u0094a. space. The armpit,\\nax is. (1) The second vertebra. (2) An im\u00c2\u00ac\\naginary line through center of body,\\naz y-gos. Without a fellow, as a muscle or\\nvein. [and veins,\\naz y-gous. Not paired, as certain muscles\\nbac il-lar. Resembling little rods or bacilli.\\nba-cil lus(pZ. -li). A rod=shaped bacterium;\\none of the three general forms of bacteria.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094comma b. (of Koch). A comma=shaped\\nbacterium; the cholera bacillus,\\nbac-te-ri-ol-o gist. One versed in bacteri\u00c2\u00ac\\nology. [organisms,\\nbac-te ri-ol o-cy. The science of micro=\\nbac-te ri-um(i)^. -ri-a). Lowest known form\\nof plant life; micro-organism; microbe,\\nband age. A narrow strip of muslin or\\nother material for binding wounds, frac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntures, etc. \u00e2\u0080\u0094rubber b. A narrow strip of\\nrubber made into a roll for pressing the\\nliquids out of the subcutaneous tissues or\\nvessels of a part. roller b. Same as band\u00c2\u00ac\\nage. Emarck\u00e2\u0080\u0099s b. A rubber webbing used\\nfor same purpose as the rubber,\\nba-rom e-ter. An instrument for measur\u00c2\u00ac\\ning pressure of the atmosphere,\\nbase. (1) The lower part. (2) Chief substance\\nof a mixture. [beneath the epithelium,\\nbase ment mem brane. Delicate membrane\\nba sic. (1) Of a nature of a base. (2) Having\\nproperties opposed to acid,\\nbas i-lar. Pertaining to base, especially of\\nskull. \u00e2\u0080\u0094b. artery. Artery at base of brain,\\nba-sil ic. Any important structure or drug.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094b. vein. The largest vein on the inner\\nside of the arm. [jars or galvanic cells,\\nbat ter-y. A series of connected Leyden\\nbelly. Colloquial term for abdomen.\\nbe-nign Not malignant; mild. b. tumor.\\nOne that does not recur after removal,\\nbe-nig nant. Same as benign,\\nber i-ber-i. An East Indian infectious dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease. [especially the flexor muscle of arm.\\nbi ceps. Muscle with two heads or origins;\\nbi-chlo rid. A chlorid with twice as much\\nchlorin as a protochlorid. b. of mer\u00c2\u00ac\\ncury. Mercuric chlorid; corrosive subli-\\nbi-con cave. Hollowonbothsurfaces.[mate.\\nbi-con vex. Rounded on both surfaces,\\nbi-cus pid. Having two cusps or points.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094b. teeth. Teeth having two cusps. b.\\nvalve. Valve guarding the auriculoven-\\ntricular opening on left side of heart,\\nbi-fur cate. Divided into two branches,\\nbi-fur-ca tion. A dividing into two parts,\\nbi-gas ter. Having two bellies. [sides,\\nbi-lat er-al. Two-sided; pertaining to two\\nbile. The yellow bitter liquid secreted by\\nthe liver. L.=cyst. The gall-bladder.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094b. duct. See biliary duct. b.=pigment.\\nColoring-matter of the bile. \u00e2\u0080\u0094b.-stone.\\nA calcareous concretion in the gall-blad\u00c2\u00ac\\nder and its ducts.\\nbil i-a-ry. Pertaining to the bile. b. duct.\\nA duct communicating with the liver. \u00e2\u0080\u0094b.\\ncalculus. A bile or gall-stone,\\nbil-i-ru bin. The orange pigment of bile,\\nbil-i-ver din. The green pigment of bile,\\nbi-lo bate. Having two lobes,\\nbi na-ry. Compounded of two elements,\\nbi-ol o-gist. One versed in biology, [things,\\nbi-ol o-gy. The science of life and living\\nbi ped. Having tw^o feet,\\nbi-pen ni-form. Having a resemblance to a\\nquill pen, as a muscle. [the urine,\\nblad der. The membranous receptacle of\\nbleach er. A mixture supposed to restore\\nthe normal color,when applied to the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface of a dead body, .[chlorinated lime,\\nbleaching pow der. Disinfectant mixture;\\nbleb. See Bulla.\\nblood. The nutrient fluid which circulates\\nin arteries and veins. b.=cell. A blood-\\ncorpuscle. b.=clot. Acoagulum. b.-cor-\\npuscle. Cellular elements of blood; blood-\\ncells. b.=crystals. Crystals of hematoi-\\ndin. b.=disk. A red blood-corpuscle. b.=\\nfibrin. The nitrogenous proteids which\\ncoagulate in exposed blood. b.=plasma.\\nFluid portion of blood. b.=poisoning.\\nThe absorption of toxins into the blood.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094b.=serum. Fluid constituent of blood.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094b.=vessels. Vessels which carry blood.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0652.jp2"}, "653": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n613\\nblow pipe. A short tube used to direct a\\npencil of flame. [work of the body,\\nbone. The hard tissue forming the frame-\\nbo rax. Sodium diborate; used as an anti-\\nbow el. The intestine. [septic,\\nbrach i-al. Pertaining to the arm. b.\\nartery. A continuation of the axillary\\nartery. b. glands. Lymphatics of the\\narm. b. veins. Those that accompany\\nthe brachial artery within its sheath.[bow.\\nbrach i-um. The arm from shoulder to el-\\nbrain. Contents of cranium, especially the\\ncerebrum. b. fever. Inflammation of\\nthe brain or its membranes; meningitis,\\nbreast. The upper anterior part of the\\ntrunk. b.=bone. The sternum,\\nbrim. An edge or margin. b. of pelvis.\\nBoundary of superior strait of pelvis.\\nBright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease. Disease of the kidneys\\nfirst described by Dr. Bright, of London,\\nbro mate. A salt of bromic acid,\\nbro mid. A basic salt of bromin.\\nbro min. A reddish=brown liquid, very\\npoisonous escharotic, giving off a suflo-\\ncating vapor.\\nbron chi-a. The bronchial tubes that di\u00c2\u00ac\\nvide and subdivide in the lungs,\\nbron chi-al. Pertaining to the bronchi. b.\\ntube. A bronchus. [tubes,\\nbron chi-ole. The most minute bronchial\\nbron-ehi tis. Inflammation of the bron\u00c2\u00ac\\nchial tubes.\\nbron cho-cele. Morbid enlargement of the\\nthyroid gland; goiter. [of trachae.\\nbron chus (pi. -chi). One of main branches\\nbu bo. An inflammatory swelling of a lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatic gland, due to infection,\\nbu-bon ic. Pertaining to bubo. b. plague.\\nA contagious, epidemic disease with fe\u00c2\u00ac\\nver, delirium, and buboes. [mouth\\nbuc ca. The hollow part of the cheek; the\\nbuc cal cavity. Cavity of the mouth,\\nbuc cin-a-tor. A thin, flat muscle of the\\ncheek. [oblongata and pons,\\nbulb. An expansion of a canal or vessel; the\\nbulla. A large bleb or blister; inflated por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of bony external meatus of ear.\\nburn. To cauterize; to decompose by fire;\\nto become inflamed, [force a way through,\\nbur row. To make a hole or furrow; to\\nbur sa. A pouch or sac; a small sac inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed between movable parts. b. mu-co\\nsa. A membranous sac secreting synovial\\nbur sal. Pertaining to a bursa. [fluid,\\nbut tocks. The nates; rumps.\\nc\\nca-chec tic. Characterized by cachexia,\\nca-chex i-a. A depraved condition of nu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrition; malnutrition,\\nca-da ver The dead body; corpse, \u00e2\u0080\u0094c. ri\u00c2\u00ac\\ngidity. Rigidity after death; rigor mortis,\\nca-dav er-ous. Resembling a dead body,\\ncal-ca re-a. Lime.\\ncal-ca re-ous. Having the nature of lime.\\nc. degeneration. A deposit of lime=salts\\ncal-cif ic. Forming lime. [in a part,\\ncal-ci-fi-ca tion. The deposition of lime=\\nsalts in the tissues.\\ncal ci-um. A metal, the basis of lime. c.\\nphosphate. The phosphate of lime,\\ncal cu-lus. A stone=like concretion formed\\nin the body. \u00e2\u0080\u0094arthritic c. A gouty concre\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. \u00e2\u0080\u0094biliary c. A gall=stone. \u00e2\u0080\u0094nephritic\\nc. A stone formed in the kidney, \u00e2\u0080\u0094uri\u00c2\u00ac\\nnary C. A stone=like concretion in urine,\\ncal i-ber. The*internal diameter of a tube,\\ncal-lo sum. The corpus callosum,\\ncallous. Hard; indurate.\\ncaTo-mel. A mercuric chlorid or mild chlo-\\nrid of mercury; a purgative,\\nca-lor ic. Pertaining to heat or its principle,\\ncal-va ri-um. The skullcap,\\ncalx. (1) The heel. (2) Lime or chalk,\\ncamp fever. A synonym of typhus fever,\\ncam phor-a-ted. (1) To impregnate with\\ncamphor. (2) A salt of camphoric acid,\\nca-nal A tube for carrying fluids of the\\nbody, \u00e2\u0080\u0094alimentary c. The whole digest\u00c2\u00ac\\nive tube from the mouth to the anus.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094Ha-ver sian c. One of the numerous\\nchannels for capillary blood=vessels in\\nbone substance. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Hunter\u00e2\u0080\u0099s c. The sheath\\nof the femoral vessels behind Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nligament. nasal c. A canal in the\\nnasal bone for the transmission of the\\nnasal nerves, \u00e2\u0080\u0094spinal c. A canal formed\\nby the vertebrae for the transmission of\\nthe spinal cord. [in a bone,\\ncan-a-lic u-lus. A small canal or tube, as\\ncan-cel li. The divisions of the interior of\\nbone. [duction of epithelial cells,\\ncan cer. A malignant tumor, with the pro-\\ncan cer-ous. Of the nature of a cancer,\\ncan ker. Any ulcerous sore with a tendency\\nto gangrene.\\ncan tha-ris (pi. -i-des). Spanish fly; dried\\nand powdered beetle (Cantharis vesicatorici).\\ncap il-la-ry. A minute blood=vessel, like\\na hair. c. attraction. The force that", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0653.jp2"}, "654": {"fulltext": "614\\nCHAMPION TEXT.BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ncauses fluids to rise in fine tubes or inter\u00c2\u00ac\\nstices. c. circulation. Circulation of\\nblood through the capillaries. c. repul\u00c2\u00ac\\nsion. Repelling the blood from the capil-\\ncap su-lar. Pertaining to a capsule, [laries.\\ncap su-late. To enclose in a capsule,\\ncap sule. A membranous sac enclosing a\\npart. Mal-pi ghi-an c. A membrane en\u00c2\u00ac\\nclosing the Malpighian bodies, \u00e2\u0080\u0094supra\u00c2\u00ac\\nrenal C. A small, flat body on the upper\\ncap ut. The head. [side of the kidney,\\ncar-bo-hy drate. A compound of carbon\\nwith hydrogen and oxygen,\\ncar bo-la-ted. Carbolized.\\ncar-bol ic ac id. Phenol from coal=tar.\\ncar bon. A non=metallic substance, occur\u00c2\u00ac\\nring in the forms of diamond graphite and\\ncharcoal. c. dioxid. Carbonic acid gas.\\ncar-bo-na ceous. Pertaining to or yielding\\ncarbon. [and a base,\\ncar bon-ate. A compound of carbonic acid\\ncar-bon ic. Pertaining to or obtained from\\ncarbon. c. acid. Carbon dioxid, or the\\ngaseous impurity in venous blood. \u00e2\u0080\u0094c.\\noxid. A poisonous gas formed by the com\u00c2\u00ac\\nbustion of charcoal. [closed in a box.\\ncar boy. A large globular glass bottle en-\\ncar-ci-no ma. A cancer, which see.\\ncar di-ac. Pertaining to the heart,\\ncar-di tis. Inflammation of the heart,\\nca ri-es. Ulceration and decay of a bone.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094c. of the spine. Inflammation of the\\nspinal column.\\nca-rot id. Principal artery of neck,\\ncar pal. Pertaining to the carpus or wrist,\\ncar pus. The wrist; the wrist=joint.\\ncar ti-lage. Gristle; a non=vascular, elas\u00c2\u00ac\\ntic tissue, softer than bone, \u00e2\u0080\u0094articular c.\\nThat lining the articular surface of bones,\\ncar-ti-lag i-nous. Of the nature of carti\u00c2\u00ac\\nlage. [for mummies,\\ncar ton-nage. The material used as casing\\ncar-touche An oblong figure, with\\nrounded ends, containing the name of a\\nking, queen, or deity,\\nca se-in. The clotted proteid of milk,\\ncast. A mass of plastic matter having form\\nof the cavity in which it has been molded,\\ncat a-lep-sy. Nervous condition associated\\nwith loss of will and muscular rigidity,\\nca-tarrh Inflammation of a mucous mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane. \u00e2\u0080\u0094epidemic c. Influenza,\\nca-thar tic. A purgative medicine,\\ncath e-ter. A slender tube for introduction\\ninto canals or passages.\\ncau da. A tail, or tai 1=1 ike appendage. c.\\nequina. The fibrous termination of the\\nspinal cord. [like process of the liver,\\ncau date. Having a tail. c. lobe. The tail=\\ncau dex cer e-bri. The crura cerebri,\\ncaus tic. An escharotic.[drug or heated iron,\\ncau ter-ize. To burn or sear with a caustic\\nca va. One of the large veins of the body,\\nca val. Hollow; pertaining to a cave. c.\\nopening. The opening in the diaphragm\\nfor the inferior vena cava,\\ncav ern-ous. Having hollow places, [thing,\\ncav i-ty. A hollow space within a body or\\nce cal. Pertaining to the cecum, [testine.\\nce cum. Blind pouch at head of large in-\\nce li-ac. Pertaining to the abdomen. c.\\nartery. An artery of the belly. c. axis.\\nA branch of the abdominal aorta,\\nce-li tis. Inflammation of abdominal or-\\ncell. A small protoplasmic mass. [gan-s.\\ncel lu-lar. Composed of cells. c.\u00c2\u00bbtissue.\\nAreolar or connective tissue. [sue.\\ncel-lu-li tis. Inflammation of cellular tis-\\ncellu-lose. The predominating element of\\nplant=tissue. [root and neck of a tooth,\\nce-ment The bony substance covering the\\ncen ti-grade. Having 100 degrees. c. ther-\\nmom e-ter. A thermometer with 100 de\u00c2\u00ac\\ngrees as the boiling=point of water and\\nzero as the freezing=point.\\ncen ti-gram. Hundredth part of a gram,\\ncen ti-li-ter. Hundredth part of a liter,\\ncen ti-me-ter. Hundredth part of a meter,\\ncen-trifu-gal. Receding from center,\\ncen-trip e-tal. Tending toward center,\\ncen trum. Center or middle part. c. ten-\\ndinosum. With the tendon in the center\\nce ra. Wax. [or the middle part,\\nce-ra ceous. Of the nature of wax; waxy,\\ncer-e-bel lar. Pertaining to the cerebellum,\\ncer-e-bel lum. The principal organ of the\\ncentral nervous system; the inferior and\\nposterior part of the brain,\\ncer e-bral. Relating to the cerebrum or\\nbrain. c. softening. Softening of brain,\\ncer-e-bro-spi nal. Relating to the brain and\\nspinal cord. c. axis. The brain and cord.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094c. fever, \u00e2\u0080\u0094c. meningitis. Inflammation\\nof the membranes of brain and cord; spot\u00c2\u00ac\\nted fever. c. system. The nervous sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntem, including brain and spinal cord, and\\nnerve=branches given out from them,\\ncer e-brum. The upper and anterior part\\nof the brain, constituting its chief por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion; the seat of thought and will.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0654.jp2"}, "655": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n615\\ncere cloth. A cloth coated or saturated with\\nwax or cerate, used as a wrapping orwind-\\ning=sheet for the dead,\\nce-ru men. The ear=wax.\\ncer vi-cal. Pertaining to the neck,\\ncer vix. The neck, especially the back part,\\nchalk. Carbonate of lime,\\ncham ber. A hollow or cavity. [ulcer,\\nchan cre. The primary or hard syphilitic\\nchan nel. A furrow or groove,\\nchem is-try. The science of molecular and\\natomic structures of bodies,\\nchem ic-al. Pertaining to chemistry. c.\\nelements. That form of matter which can\u00c2\u00ac\\nnot be decomposed by any means known\\nto science. c. analysis. The resolution of\\na compound into its parts or elements, in\u00c2\u00ac\\ncluding quantitative as well as qualita-\\nChemlst. One versed ill chemistry, [tive.\\nChest. The thorax; upper portion of trunk,\\nchi asm. Acrossing; the optic commissure.\\nChlo ral. A colorless crystalline solid. c.\\nhydrate. A hydrochlorate. [radical,\\nchlo rid. A compound of chlorin and a\\nchlo rin. A non=metallic gaseous element,\\nchlo ro-form. A heavy, colorless, volatile\\nliquid compound, used as an anesthetic,\\nchol e-doch. Carrying bile. c. duct. The\\nbile duct that opens into the duodenum,\\nchol er-a. An infectious disease caused by\\nthe presence of the Spirillum choler* Asi\u00c2\u00ac\\natic*. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Asiatic C. A malignant form of\\ncholera; epidemic cholera. c. infantum.\\nSummer complaint. c. morbus. Sporadic\\ncholera.\\ncho ri-on. The outer envelop of the fetus,\\ncho roid. The second or vascular tunic of\\nthe eye. c. coat or membrane. The\\nchoroid. c. plex us. Fold of membrane\\nnear lateral ventricles of brain. [acute.\\nChron ic. Long continued; the reverse of\\nchyle. The nutritive, milky fluid of intes\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinal digestion.\\nchy-lifer-ous. Transmitting chyle, [food,\\nchy-li-fi-ca tion. Chyle=formation from\\nchy-lo-poi-et ic. Chyle=producing. c. or\u00c2\u00ac\\ngans. Chyle=producing organs,\\nchyme. Food that has undergone gastric\\nbut not intestinal digestion. [cicatrix,\\ncic-a-tri cial. Resembling or forming a\\ncic a-trix(j^. -tri-ces). A scar or mark of a\\ncic-a-tri-za tion. Process of healing.[wound\\ncic a-trize. To heal, to promote healing, as\\nof a wound or ulcer.\\ncil i-a (pi of cil i-um). The eyelashes; hair=\\nlike processes of certain cells,\\ncil i-a-ry. Pertaining to the cilia. c. body.\\nThe ciliary muscles and processes. \u00e2\u0080\u0094c.\\nganglion. The ganglion of the apex of the\\norbit. c. muscle. The muscle of accom\u00c2\u00ac\\nmodation of the eye. c. process. Cir\u00c2\u00ac\\ncularly arranged folds of the choroid, con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinuous with the iris in front,\\ncir cle of Willis. An arterial anastomo\u00c2\u00ac\\nsis at base of brain, between terminal\\nbranches of carotid and basilar arteries,\\ncir-cu-la tion. Passage of blood through\\nthe body, \u00e2\u0080\u0094collateral c. Passage of blood\\nthrough secondai\u00e2\u0080\u0099y channels after closing\\nof the principal route. fetal c. That of\\nthe fetus, \u00e2\u0080\u0094portal C. Passage of blood\\nfrom the digestive organs into and\\nthrough the liver and its exit by the\\nhepatic veins, \u00e2\u0080\u0094placental c. Same as\\nfetal, c. \u00e2\u0080\u0094pulmonary c. Passage of blood\\nthrough the lungs for purification, \u00e2\u0080\u0094sys\u00c2\u00ac\\ntemic c. Passage of blood through all the\\ntissues of the body for their nourishment.\\nvi-tel line c. That of carrying oxygen\\nand nutriment to the embryo,\\ncir cu-la-to-ry. Pertaining to the circula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. c. system. The system of vessels\\nthrough which the blood circulates,\\ncir-cum-duc tion. Continuous circular\\nmovement of an extremity,\\ncir cum-flex. Surrounding, as a vessel or\\nnerve; winding. [ing, or winding,\\ncir-cum-flex ion. The act of bending, curv-\\ncir-cum-scribed Clearly defined, as an ab\u00c2\u00ac\\nscess. [tissue of an organ,\\ncir-rho sis. Thickening of the connective\\nclav i-cle. The collar=bone.\\ncla-vic u-lar. Pertaining to the clavicle,\\nclei-do-cos tal. Pertaining to the ribs and\\nclavicle. [and mastoid process,\\nclei-do-mas toid. Pertaining to the clavicle\\nclo sure. A closing or shutting up.\\nclot. See Coagulum.\\nco-ag-u-la-bil i-ty. Producing coagulation,\\nco-ag u-late. To change a liquid, as blood\\nor milk, into a clot or jelly. [ting,\\nco-ag-u-la tion. A clotting; the act of clot-\\nco-ag u-lum. A clot or mass of thickened\\nco-a-lesce Grow or come together, [blood,\\nco-a-les cence. Union of two or more parts,\\nco-ap-ta tion. Adjustment of the edges of\\nfractures or of parts.\\ncoc cus (pi. -ci). A spherical bacterium;\\nsynonym of micrococcus,\\ncoc-cyg e-al. Pertaining to the coccyx.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0655.jp2"}, "656": {"fulltext": "616\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ncoc cyx {pi.- cy-ges). Last bone of the spi\u00c2\u00ac\\nnal column. [ternal ear.\\ncoch le-a. One of the passages of the in-\\nCO-he sion. Act or condition of cohering;\\nco-li tis. Inflammation of colon. [union,\\ncol-lapse Failure of the vital powers.\\ncol lar=bone. The clavicle,\\ncol-lat er-al. Accompany! ng;aiding.--c.cir-\\nculation. See Circulation, Collatkral.\\ncol-lo di-on. A dressing for wounds, made\\nby dissolving guncotton in ether.\\nCO lon. Principal part of the large intestine,\\ncol or. A pigment. c. matter. That which\\ncol umn. A rod or pillar. [imparts color,\\nco ma. An abnormally deep sleep; stupor,\\nco ma-tose. In a condition of coma. [tion.\\ncom-bus tion. Process of burning or oxida-\\ncom ma ba-cillus. A bacillus shaped like a\\ncomma, found in cholera patients.\\ncomTnis-sure. Abridge=like structure unit\u00c2\u00ac\\ning two contiguous similar parts,\\ncom-plex ion. Color or hue and appearance\\nof skin. [ditions.\\ncom-pli-ca*tion. Interaction of morbid con-\\ncom-po-si tion. Constituents of a mixture,\\ncom press. Folded cloths for local pressure,\\ncon cave. Presenting a hollow incurvation.\\nCon cha.The outer ear; the turbinated bone,\\ncon-cre tion. A calculus; an osseous de\u00c2\u00ac\\nposit; abnormal union of adjacent parts,\\ncon dyle. An enlarged and prominent end\\nof a bone, as the femur,\\ncon-fine ment. The period of parturition,\\ncon flu-ent. Running together, as small=\\npox pustules.\\ncon-gen i-tal. Existing from birth; innate,\\ncon-gest ed. Hyperemia; morbidly en\u00c2\u00ac\\ngorged with blood,\\ncon-ges tion. Hyperemia of a part.\\ncon-glom er-ate.Massedtogether,asglands.\\ncon i-cal. Cone=shaped.\\ncon-junc-ti va. Mucous membrane of eye.\\nCO noid. Conic; of form of a cone,\\ncon-stit u-ent. Forming a necessary part.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094c. element. One of the elements of which\\nthe body is composed,\\ncon-sti-tu tion-al diseases. Inherited dis\u00c2\u00ac\\neases; thosethat pervadet he whole system,\\ncon-strict To draw together in one part,\\ncon-ta gion. Communication of disease\\nfrom person to person by direct or indi\u00c2\u00ac\\nrect contact. [(2) Transmitting disease,\\ncon-ta gious. (1) Transmissible by contact,\\ncon-ta gi-um. Septic matter by which con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntagious disease is communicated.\\ncon-tort ed. Twisted. [contagion,\\ncon-tract Todraw together; to acquire by\\ncon-tract ile. Having the power to contract,\\ncon-trac tion. Act of contracting or state\\nof being contracted\\ncon-tuse To bruise. [blunt body,\\ncon-tu sion. A bruise from a blow by a\\ncon-va-les cence. Period of recovery after\\ndisease, [gether toward a common focus,\\ncon-ver gence. An approaching near to-\\ncon-ver gent. Tending to a point, as lines,\\ncon vo-lu-ted. Folded together; intricate,\\ncon-vo-lu tion. A folding upon itself of any\\nany organ. [traction; a spasm or fit.\\ncon-vul sion. A violent involuntary con-\\nco-or di-nate. Harmonious action, as of\\ncop per. A reddish brown metal, [muscles,\\ncop per-as. Sulphate of iron; green vitriol,\\ncor a-coid. Shaped like a crow\u00e2\u0080\u0099s beak. c.\\nprocess. A process of the scapula,\\ncor date. Heart=shaped.\\ncord, um-bil i-cal. The navel cord. [ma.\\nCO ri-um. Deep layer of the cutis; the der-\\ncor ne-a. Transparent front part of eyeball,\\ncor-nic u-la lar-yn gis. Small cartilagin\u00c2\u00ac\\nous nodules of the larynx,\\ncor nu. A horn=shaped process,\\ncor o-na-ry. Encircling, as a vessel or nerve.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094c. arteries. Those supplying the heart\\nsubstancfi. c. sinus. A passage for blood\\ninto right auricle. c. valve. Valve guard\u00c2\u00ac\\ning opening of coronary sinus,\\ncor o-noid. Beak=like.\\ncor por-a. Plural of Corpus.\\ncorpse. A cadaver; a dead body,\\ncor pu-len-cy. Obesity,\\ncor pus. A body; the human body; main\\nor chief portion of an organ. c. cal-lo\\nsum. A hard body uniting the cerebral\\nhemispheres. c. fim-bri-a tum. The lat\u00c2\u00ac\\neral thin edge of the taenia hippocampi,\\ncor pus-cle. A minute body; a cell,\\ncor-re-la tion. Reciprocal relation,\\ncor-rode To eat away gradually, [degrees,\\ncor-ro sion. Eating away of a part by slow\\ncor-ro sive. Having the power of corrod\u00c2\u00ac\\ning. \u00e2\u0080\u0094c. alkali. Alkaline chemicals that\\neat away a part. c. poison. One that\\neats away the mucous membrane when\\ntaken internally. c. sublimate. Bi-\\nchlorid of mercury,\\ncor-ro sives. Agents that corrode,\\ncor tex. Outer layer of an organ, as cortex\\ncos tal. Pertaining to the ribs. [of brain.\\nCor ti-an fibers. Those discovered by Corti.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0656.jp2"}, "657": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n617\\ncor ti-cal. Pertaining to a cortex. c. sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance. Outer or investing layer of organ,\\ncor-y za. Catarrhal inflammation of the\\ncos ta. Rib or rib=like structure. [nose,\\ncos tal. Pertaining to the ribs. \u00e2\u0080\u0094c. spaces.\\nSpaces between the ribs, [and vertebrae,\\ncos-to-ver te-bral. Pertaining to the ribs\\ncot y-loid. Cup=shaped.\\ncra ni-al. Pertaining to the cranium,\\ncra ni-um. The skull!\\ncras-sa-men tum. A clot, as of blood, [cle.\\ncre-a tin. Nitrogenous constituent of mus-\\ncre-ma tion. Burning of the dead body,\\ncre o-sote. An oily liquid obtained from\\nthe distillation of wood=tar.\\ncres-cen tic. Moon=shaped.\\ncrest Upper part of an organ. c. of the\\nilium. Expanded upper border of ilium,\\ncrib ri-form. Shaped like a sieve. c.\\nplate. Perforated plate of ethmoid bone,\\ncri coid. Ring=like. \u00e2\u0080\u0094c. cartilage. Ring=\\nlike cartilage of larynx,\\ncroup. Inflammation of the trachea, with\\nmembranous deposits, [bar pneumonia,\\ncroup ous pneu-mo ni-a. Same as acute lo-\\ncru ra. Plural of crus. [Poupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament,\\ncru ral. Pertaining to the crura. c. arch,\\ncrus. The leg; a leg=like structure. c.\\ncerebelli. Peduncles of cerebellum. c.\\ncerebri. Peduncles of cerebrum,\\ncrypt. A small sac or follicle in skin or\\nmucous membrane. c. of Lie ber-kuhn.\\nThose in small intestine,\\ncrys tal-line. Like a crystal; transparent.\\nc. lens or humor. Transparent lens of eye.\\ncul=de=sac A sac=like cavity or passage\\nwithout an outlet. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Douglas\u00e2\u0080\u0099s c. A pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nlongation of peritoneum into pelvis,\\ncul ture. Propagation of germs in suitable\\nfluids or other media. c. media. Sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance for cultivating bacteria,\\ncu ne-i-form. Wedge=shaped.\\ncu-ta ne-ous. Pertaining to the skin,\\ncu ti-cle. The epidermis or scarf=skin.\\ncu tis. The derma or true skin. c. vera.\\ncusp. Pointed crown of a tooth.[The corium.\\ncy a-nosed. Affected with cyanosis,\\ncy-a-no sis. Blue discoloration of the skin,\\ncy-lin dric-al. Pertaining to or in form of\\ncyr-to sis. Curvature of spine, [a cylinder,\\ncyst. Any membranous sac or vesicle;\\nany abnormal sac containing fluid,\\ncyst ic. (1) Pertaining to a cyst; encysted.\\n(2) Relating to urinary bladder or gall=\\nbladder. c. duct. Duct of gall=bladder.\\nD\\ndac tyl. A digit of the hand or foot,\\ndeath. Cessation of life. molecular d.\\nDeath of individual cells. d.=rate. The\\nannual mortality per 1000. d.=rattle. The\\ngurgling sound in the throat of dying per\u00c2\u00ac\\nsons. somatic d. Death of the whole\\ndec a-gram. Ten grams. [organism,\\ndec a-li-ter. Ten liters, equal 10.567 quarts,\\ndec a-me-ter. Ten meters,\\nde-cay Putrefactive change,\\nde-ceased Dead. [the fetus in utero.\\nde-cid u-a. The membraneous envelop of\\nde-cid u-ous. Shedding; falling off. [grains,\\ndec i-gram. One=tenth of a gram; 1.54 Troy,\\ndec i-li-ter. One=tenth of a liter; 3.38 fluid\\ndec i-met-er. One=tenthoLameter.[ounces.\\nde-cline Gradual decrease or wasting a-\\nde-col-or-a tion. Removing of color, [way.\\nde-com-pose To separate into constituent\\nparts or elements.\\nde-com-po-si tion. The act of separating\\nthe constituent elements of a body,\\ndef-e-ca tion. Evacuation of the bowels,\\nde-fect An imperfection; absence of a part\\nde-fi bri-nate. To free from fibrin.[or organ,\\nde-fi-bri-na tion. The removal of fibrin\\nfrom the blood or lymph. [course,\\nde-flect To turn or bend from a straight\\nde-gen er-ate. To decline in character; be\u00c2\u00ac\\ncome worse or inferior,\\nde-gen-er-a tion. Deterioration in struc\u00c2\u00ac\\nture of a tissue or organ, \u00e2\u0080\u0094amyloid d.\\nStarchy infiltration of tissues, \u00e2\u0080\u0094calcare\u00c2\u00ac\\nous d. Deposit of lime in a part, \u00e2\u0080\u0094col\u00c2\u00ac\\nloid d. Jelly=like disorganization, \u00e2\u0080\u0094fatty\\nd. Conversion of a tissue or organ into fat.\\ndeg-lu-ti tion. Act or power of swallowing,\\nde-hy-dra tion. The removal of constitu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntional water from a salt. [ments.\\nde-jec ta. Discharges from bowels; excre-\\nde-jec tion. (1) Despondency. (2) A dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncharge of fecal matter; excrement,\\ndel-i-ga tion. Application of a ligature,\\nde-lir i-um. Mental aberration due to dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease. d. tremens. Mental aberration due\\nto alcohol poisoning,\\nde-liv e-ry. Parturition; child=birth.\\ndel toid. Delta=shaped; the deltoid muscle..\\nde-men ti-a. Profound mental incapacity,\\nden tate. Toothed; notched. [teeth,\\nden-tic u-late. Furnished with minute\\nden tin. Bony structure of teeth,\\nden toid. Shaped like a tooth.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0657.jp2"}, "658": {"fulltext": "\u00e2\u0096\u00a0618\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nde-nude To lay bare. [offensive odors,\\nde-o dor-ant. An agent that will destroy\\nde-o dor-ize. To free from odor,\\nde-ox y-gen-ate. To deprive of oxygen,\\nde-pend ent. Hanging down; pendent,\\nde-ple tion. Diminishing the fluid of body,\\nde-pos it. A sediment. [process,\\ndep-u-ra tion. Purification; a cleansing\\nder ma (or derm). The true skin,\\nder ma-toid. Like the skin,\\nder mis. Same as derma.\\ndes ic-cant. Drying; a drying agent,\\ndes-ic-ca tion. The process of drying,\\ndes-qua-ma tion. Scaling of cuticle, [sever,\\nde-tach To separate from another; to\\nde-tri tion. Wearing or wasting of a part,\\nde-vel op-ment. Progression toward ma\u00c2\u00ac\\nturity. [normal,\\nde-vi-a tion. A turning aside from the\\ndex ter. Right; on the right side,\\ndex trin. A soluble gummy substance ob\u00c2\u00ac\\ntained from starch.\\ndex trose. A sugar of the glucose group,\\ndi-a-be tes. A disease characterized by an\\nexcessive flow of urine,\\ndi-ag-nose To make a diagnosis,\\ndi-ag-no sis. Recognition or determination\\nof a disease from its symptoms, [an object,\\ndi a-gram. A figure giving the outlines of\\ndi-al y-sis. The separation of parts,\\ndi-am e-ter. A straight line passing through\\nthe center of a body or figure,\\ndi a-phragm. Muscular wall between tho\u00c2\u00ac\\nrax and abdomen. [of bowels,\\ndi-ar-rhe a. Morbidly frequent evacuation\\ndi-ar-rhe al. Of the nature of diarrhea,\\ndi-ar-thro sis. A freely movable articula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. [dilatation of the heart,\\ndi-as to-le. Period of regular expansion or\\ndi-ath e-sis. Constitutional predisposition\\ndi-e-tet ic. Pertaining to diet, [to disease,\\ndif-fer-en-ti-a tion. A specialization of tis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsues, organs, or functions,\\ndif-fuse Scattered or spread about. d.\\ninflammation. Inflammation throughout\\nall tissues of an organ,\\ndi-gas tric. Having two bellies, [or chyle,\\ndi-ges tion. Conversion of food into chyme\\ndi-gest ive. Pertaining to or aiding diges\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 d. organs. Organs in which digestion\\ndig it. A finger or toe. [is accomplished,\\ndig i-tal. Pertaining to the fingers or toes,\\ndi-la-ta tion. Expansion of a vessel or organ,\\ndil u-ent. An agent increasing fluidity.\\n4i-lute\\\\ To weaken.\\ndi-lu tion. A weakening with waterorsome\\ndim-in ish. To lessen, to reduce, [other fluid,\\ndim-i-nu tion. Act of diminishing,\\ndiph-the ri-a. An acute infectious disease\\ncaused by the diphtheretic bacillus,\\ndip-lo-coc cus. A micrococcus whose spher\u00c2\u00ac\\nules are joined two and two. [nial tables,\\ndip lo-e. Cellular bony tissue between cra-\\ndi-plo ic. Pertaining to the diploe.\\ndip-so-ma ni-a. An uncontrollable desire\\nfor spiritous liquors. [a knife or trocar,\\ndi-rect or. A grooved instrument to direct\\ndis-charge A morbid secretion,\\ndis coid. Shaped like a disc,\\ndis-col-or-a tion. A stain; a discolored spot\\nor part. postmortem d. A dark or bluish\\ncolor of the back after death,\\ndis-ease A morbid condition of the body,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094acute d. Marked by rapid onset and\\ncourse, \u00e2\u0080\u0094constitutional d. One that affects\\na system of organs or the whole body,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094chronic d. One that is slow in its course,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094contagious d. One that is communicated\\nby contact, \u00e2\u0080\u0094idiopathic d. Spontaneous;\\none that is not dependent on another,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094infectious d. One that is produced by\\npathogenic germs, \u00e2\u0080\u0094organic d. One due to\\nstructural changes in the organ affected,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094septic d. One due to pyogenic or putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfactive germs within the body, \u00e2\u0080\u0094specific\\nd. One due to a specific virus or poison\\nwithin the body. wool=sorters\u00e2\u0080\u0099d. An\u00c2\u00ac\\nthrax. \u00e2\u0080\u0094zymotic d. A term for the whole\\nclass of germ diseases,\\ndis-in-fect To free from infection,\\ndis-in-fect ant. An agent that will destroy\\ngerms. [matter,\\ndis-in-fec tion Purification from infectious\\ndis-in-fec tor. An apparatus for disinfect\u00c2\u00ac\\ning; one who disinfects. [ponent parts,\\ndis-in-te-gra tion. Act of reducing to com-\\ndis-in-ter Exhume; disentomb,\\ndis-lo-ca tion A displacement of organs\\nor articular surfaces. [ganic structure,\\ndis-or-gan-i-za tion. A destruction of or-\\ndis-sect To separate the parts,\\ndis-sec tion. A separating by cutting of\\nparts of the body. d. wound. A wound\\nreceived by instruments while dissecting,\\ndis-sem i-nate. To scatter. [ease germ,\\ndis-sem-i-na tion. A scattering, as of dis-\\ndis-so-lu tion. Death; process of dissolving,\\ndis-solv ent. A solvent; resolvent,\\ndis tal. Peripheral; from the center. d.\\nend. Farthest from center.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0658.jp2"}, "659": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n619\\ndis-tend To expand; lengthen,\\ndis-til-la tion Vaporization of liquid with\\nsubsequent con den sation.\\ndi-vi sion. To divide; divided into parts,\\ndor mant. Torpid; resembling sleep,\\ndor sal. Pertaining to the back,\\ndor sum. The back; posterior part. d. of\\nthe tongue. Back part of tongue.\\nDoug-las\u00e2\u0080\u0099s cul=de=sac See cul=de=sac.\\ndrachm (or dram). Aweightof sixty grains,\\ndrain age. Gradual removal of liquid from\\na cavity by gravitation through a tube,\\ndrop si-cal. Pertaining to dropsy,\\ndrop sy. Effusion of fluid into the tissues\\nor cavities of body.\\ndrown ing. Suffocation in water or other\\ndrum (of the ear). The tympanum, [liquids,\\nduct. A tube to convey a liquid, \u00e2\u0080\u0094bile d.\\nSee bile duct. cystic d. Excretory duct\\nof gall=bladder. hepatic d. One receiving\\nbile from liver, \u00e2\u0080\u0094lachrymal d. Conveys\\ntears to lachrymal sac. \u00e2\u0080\u0094lymphatic d.\\nConveys lymph to right subclavian vein,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094nasal d. Conveys tears from lachrymal\\nsac. \u00e2\u0080\u0094salivary d. Conveys saliva from\\nsalivary glands. Stenson\u00e2\u0080\u0099sd. Conveyssa-\\nliva secretion of parotid gland to mouth.\\nthoracic d. Conveys chyle to left sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nclavian vein. [sublingual gland,\\nducts of Ri-vi ni-us. Salivary ducts from\\nduc tus. A canal or duct. d. arteriosis.\\nContinuation of pulmonary artery in\\nfetus. d communis choledochus. See\\ncholedoch duct. d. venosus. A fetal\\nblood=vessel that the joins umbilical vein\\nto the ascending vena cava,\\ndu-o-de nal. Pertaining to duodenum,\\ndu-o-de num. First part of small intestine,\\ndu pli-ca-ture. A doubling,\\ndu ral. Relating to the dura. [the brain,\\ndu ra ma ter. The dense hard covering of\\ndy-nam ic. Pertaining to motion as the re\u00c2\u00ac\\nsult of force, [colon with bloody discharges*\\ndys en-ter-y. Inflammation of rectum and\\ndys-pep si-a. Impaired digestion,\\ndys-pne a. Diflicult or labored breathing.\\near. Organ of hearing. e.=drum. See\\ntympanum. e.=wax. See cerumen.\\neb-ul-li tion. Boiling. [travasated blood,\\nec-chy-mo ma. A skin tumor caused byex-\\nec-chy-mo sis. Extravasation of blood into\\nareolar tissue.\\nec-chy-mot ic. Pertaining to ecchymosis.\\nec to-blast. Outside membrane of a cell,\\nec-to-zo a. External parasites. [ease,\\nec-trot ic. Preventing development of dis-\\nec-ze ma. Inflammation of skin with ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nhalation of lymph. [lar tissue,\\ne-de ma. Accumulation of serum in cellu-\\ne-dem a-tous. Relating to edema,\\nef-fete Worn-out; sterile; barren, [nerve,\\nef fer-ent. Conveying from the center, as a\\nef-flo-res cence. Redness of skin; rash,\\nef-fu sion. Extravasation of blood into tis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsues or cavities. [bowels,\\ne-ges ta. Excreta; discharges from the\\ne-las tic. Having elasticity. e. tissue.\\nThat which stretches. [retracting,\\ne-las-tic i-ty. Property of stretching and\\nel bow. Articulation of arm and forearm,\\nel e-ments. The ultimate constituents,\\nel-e-men ta-ry. Pertaining to element,\\nel e-va-tor. A muscle lifting a part,\\ne-lim i-nate. To remove; cast out. [tion.\\ne-lim-i-na tion. Act of casting out; excre-\\ne-ma-ci-a tion. A loss of flesh; leanness,\\nem a-nate. That which proceeds from a\\nbody; to give out, diffuse, shed,\\nem-balm er. One who embalms the dead,\\nem-balm ing. Filling of a body with a pre\u00c2\u00ac\\nservative and disinfectant fluid, \u00e2\u0080\u0094arte\u00c2\u00ac\\nrial e. Filling of all the tissues in which\\nthere are capillaries with fluid. cavity e.\\nFilling of cavities with fluid, \u00e2\u0080\u0094cranial e.\\nFilling of tissues by injecting into the cra\u00c2\u00ac\\nnial cavity. e. fluid. Fluid composed of\\nantiseptics and disinfectants. e.=needle.\\nA hollow=needle used to penetrate the\\nwalls of cavities for cavity embalming,\\nem-balm ment. The act of embalming,\\nem bo-le (or em bo-lus). A blood=clot ob\u00c2\u00ac\\nstructing a vessel.\\nem bo-lism. Obstruction of a blood=vessel\\nby an embolus, \u00e2\u0080\u0094miliary e. A state in\\nwhich many small blood=vessels are the\\nseats of embolism. [month,\\nem bry-o. A fecundated germ up to fourth\\nem i-nence. A protuberance or process,\\ne-mis sion. A sending forth,\\nem-py-e ma. Pus in the pleural cavity,\\ne-mul-si-fl-ca tion. The process of forming\\nan emulsion; last stage of fatty degenera\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. [pending oil in water,\\ne-mul sion. A milky fluid obtained by sus-\\nen-am el. Hard substance envelopi ng crown\\nen-ceph a-lon. The brain tissue, [of tooth,\\nen-cyst ed. Enclosed in a sac or cyst.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0659.jp2"}, "660": {"fulltext": "620\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nen-do-ar-te-ri tis. Inflammation of intima\\nof an artery.\\nen-dem ic. Peculiar to or prevailing in or\\namong some countries or people; circum\u00c2\u00ac\\nscribed. e. disease. Not epidemic, [heart,\\nen-do-car-di tis. Inflammation of lining of\\nen-do-car di-um. The endothelial lining\\nmembrane of the heart,\\nen-do-cra ni-um. The dura mater,\\nen do-derm. Inner germ=layer of embryo,\\nen-dos te-um. The lining membrane of the\\nmedullary cavities of the bones,\\nen-do-the li-al. Pertaining to endothelium,\\nen-do-the li-um. Lining membrane of vas\u00c2\u00ac\\ncular and serous cavities,\\nen er-gy. Power or force of organism,\\nen-gorge To fill with blood,\\nen-gorge ment. Vascular congestion,\\nen-sheathed Within asheath.[phoid fever,\\nen-ter ic fever. Inflammation of bowels; ty-\\nen-ter-i tis. Inflammation of intestines,\\nen-ter-o-co-li tis. Inflammation of small\\nand large intestines,\\nen ter-o-litli. A stone in intestines,\\nen trails. The intestines,\\nen-vel op. To enclose. [envelops,\\nen-vel op-ment. A covering; that which\\nep-i-dem ic. A prevailing disease not con\u00c2\u00ac\\nfined locally.\\nep-i-der mis. Outer layer of skin; cuticle,\\nep-i-gas tric. Pertaining to epigastrium.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094e. region. The epigastrium,\\nep-i-gas tri-um. Region over stomach,\\nep-i-glot tis. A thin cartilaginous plate\\nover the larynx.\\nep i-lep-sy. A nervous disease with loss of\\nconsciousness and tonic and clonic con-\\nep-i-lep tic. Relating to epilepsy, [vulsions.\\nep-i-the li-al. Pertaining to the epitheli\u00c2\u00ac\\num. e. cells. Cells in the epithelium.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094e. tissue. Same as epithelium,\\nep-i-the li-um. External layer of skin and\\nminute layer lining alimentary canal,\\ne-ro sion. An eating away by corrosive\\nagents or ulceration. [ease,\\ne-rup tion. A breaking out, as in skin dis-\\ne-rup tive fevers. Fevers characterized by\\nan eruption. [by infection,\\ner-y-sip e-las. A disease of skin produced\\ne-ry-the ma. A superficial flush or redness\\nof the skin. e. no-do sum. An inflamma\u00c2\u00ac\\ntory form marked by elevated nodules,\\nes char. A dry slough or crust of dead tissue,\\nes-cha-rot ic. Producing an eschar,\\ne-soph-ag e-al. Pertaining to esophagus.\\ne-soph a-gus. Tube leading from pharynx\\nto stomach, through which food is taken,\\nes-sen tial oil. Volatile or distilled oil from\\nodoriferous vegetable substances,\\ne ther. Subtle fluid filling all space,\\neth moid. Like a sieve; sieve=bone.\\ne-ti-o-log i-cal. Pertaining to etiology,\\net-i-ol o-gy. Science of causes of disease.\\nEu-sta chi-an. Pertaining to Eustachian\\ntube or valve. E. canal. A passage in\\ntemporal bone for Eustachian tube. E.\\ntube. Passage from middle ear to pharynx.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094E. valve. A fold of membrane in the\\nright auricle of heart in fetus. [bowels,\\ne-vac-u-a tion. Defecation; emptying the\\ne-ver sion. A turning backward or inside\\ne-vis cer-ate. The act of evisceration, [out.\\ne-vis-cer-a tion. Removal of the viscera,\\nev-o-lu tion. Process of developing from a\\nsimple to a complex, specialized, perfect\\nform. [ing away of a part,\\ne-vul sion. A plucking out; forcible tear-\\nex-ac-er-ba tions. Increased severity of\\nsymptoms.\\nex-co-ri-a tion. Abrasion of epidermis,\\nex ere-ment. The feces,\\nex-cre-men-ti tious. Pertaining to or pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nducing excrement or feces. [body,\\nex-cres cence. An abnormal outgrowth of\\nex-cre ta. Natural discharges of body,\\nex-crete To throw off effete material,\\nex-cre tion. (1) A discharge of waste pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nducts of body. (2) Matter so discharged,\\nex ere-to-ry. Pertaining to excretion. e.\\norgans. Organs by which excretion is car\u00c2\u00ac\\nried on, as skin, lungs, and kidneys,\\nex-ha-la tion. Vapor given off by the body,\\nex-haus tion. Tending to exhaust,\\nex-hu-ma tion. Disinterment of the body,\\nex-hume To disinter,\\nex-pec to-rant. An agent promoting a se\u00c2\u00ac\\ncretion of bronchial mucus,\\nex-pec to-rate. To spit forth, [from chest,\\nex-pec-to-ra tion. Expulsion of secretions\\nex-pel To force out. [lungs; death,\\nex-pi-ra tion. Act of expelling air from\\nex-pul sion. The act of expelling,\\nex-san guine. Without blood. [in blood,\\nex-san gui-nat-ed. Deprived of or deficient\\nex-ten sion. Act or process of extending; a\\nreaching or stretching out; enlargement;\\nincrease of dimensions,\\nex-tir-pa tion. Total removal of an organ\\nor growth by surgical means,\\nex-trav a-sate. Act of extravasation.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0660.jp2"}, "661": {"fulltext": "PDA CTICAL DICTIONAR Y\\n621\\nex-trav-a-sa tion. Effusion of fluid into\\ntissues. [tion.\\nex-trem i-ty. A limb; an end or a termina-\\nex-u date. Product of exudation,\\nex-u-da tion. A morbid oozing out of fluids,\\nex-u ded fi brin. Fibrin that has passed out\\nfrom the blood.\\neye. Organ of vision. e.=ball. Globe of the\\neye. e.=brow. Hair, skin, and tissue of\\nthe eye. e.=lash. Hair of the eyes. e.=\\nlid. Protective covering of the eye. e.=\\nneedle. A small hollow needle used for\\ncranial embalming. e.=process. Insert\u00c2\u00ac\\ning of a needle through eye=socket into\\ncranial cavity. e.=sigbt. Power or sense\\nof sight. e.=teetb. Canine teeth of upper\\njaw.\\nF\\nfac et. A small, plain articulating surface,\\nfa cial. Pertaining to the face. f. nerves.\\nerves that supply face, [acquired power,\\nfac ul-ta-tive. Pertaining to functional or\\nFah ren-heit\u00e2\u0080\u0099s thermometer. One in which\\nthe interval between freezing and boiling\\nis divided into 180 equal parts or degrees,\\nzero being 32\u00c2\u00b0 below the freezing of water.\\nFal-lo -pi-an. Pertaining to following: F.\\ncanal. Same as Fallopian tubes. F. liga\u00c2\u00ac\\nment. The round ligament of uterus. F.\\ntubes. Two passages leading from ovaries\\nto the womb. [sternum by cartilages,\\nfalse ribs. Ribs that do not connect to the\\nfalx. Sickle=shaped. f. cerebelli. A sickle=\\nlike process between the cerebellar lobes.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094f. cerebri. That between cerebral lobes,\\nfar-i-na ceous. Having the nature of far\u00c2\u00ac\\nina; containing or yielding starch,\\nfas ci-a. Fibrous membrane covering mus\u00c2\u00ac\\ncles, arteries, and other tissues, \u00e2\u0080\u0094deep f.\\nStrong fibi\u00e2\u0080\u0099ous layer which lies beneath\\nthe superficial fascia. f. lata. The dense\\nfibrous aponeurosis surrounding thigh,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094superficial f. The layer beneath the skin\\nextending over the whole body. trans-\\nversalis f. The layer beneath the trans-\\nversalis muscle and peritoneum,\\nfas ci-cle. Small bundles of fibers, [fibers,\\nfas-cic u-lus. A bundle, especially of nerve=\\nfat. Yellowish oily substance of adipose\\ntissue. f. cells. Cells containing oil in\\nconnective tissues.\\nfat ty. The nature of fat. f. degeneration.\\nSee Degeneration. \u00e2\u0080\u0094f. tissue. Tissue that\\nfau cal. Pertaining to fauces, [contains fat.\\nfau ces. Throat from mouth to pharynx.\\nfeb rile. Pertaining to fever,\\nfe cal. Pertaining to feces,\\nfe ces. Excrement; dung. [lific.\\nfec un-date. To impregnate; render pro-\\nfem o-ral. Pertaining to femur. f. artery.\\nThe artery in femoral region. f. canal.\\nSee Hunter\u00e2\u0080\u0099s canal. f. ring. Abdom\u00c2\u00ac\\ninal end of femoral canal. f. vein. The\\nvein accompanying femoral artery,\\nfe mur. The thigh=bone.\\nfer ment. A body exciting chemical changes\\nin other matters when brought in contact,\\nfer-men-ta tion. Such changes as are ef\u00c2\u00ac\\nfected exclusively by the vital action of\\nfer rum. Iron. [ferments,\\nfer tile. Prolific. [Peculiar to the fetus,\\nfe tal. Pertaining to fetus. f. circulation,\\nfet id. Having an offensive smell, as putrid\\nfe tor. Stench. [matter,\\nfe tus. Products of conception after fourth\\nmonth of gestation, [sociated symptoms,\\nfe ver. A rise of body temperature with as-\\nfi ber. Filamentary organ or structure,\\nfi bril. A small fiber or filament,\\nfi brin. A nitrogenous proteid coagulating\\nin exposed blood..\\nfi brin-o-gen. The precursor of fibrin.\\nfi-bro=a-re o-lar. Composed of fibrous and\\nareolar tissue. [cartilaginous tissue.\\nfi-bro=car ti-lage. A mixture of fibrous and\\nfi broifl. Having a fibrous structure. f.\\ninfiltration. Filling in or transforming\\ntissue into fiber=like material. [fibers,\\nfi brous. Consisting of or pertaining to\\nfil a-ment. A thread=like structure,\\nfil i-form. Like filament, thread=like.\\nfil let. A loop=shaped bandage,\\nfilm. A thin membrane or skin,\\nfil-tra tion. Process of straining or filtering,\\nfis sion. Reproduction by splitting into two\\nor more equal parts.\\nfis sure. A groove or cleft. f. of Sylvius.\\nThe cleft between anterior and middle\\nlobes on under surface of brain,\\nfis tu-la (or fis tule). An abnormal tube=\\nlike passage in the body giving vent to\\npus or other secretions,\\nflac cid. Soft; flabby. [a large cilium.\\nfla-gel lum (pi. -la). Alash=like appendage;\\nflake. A small flat fragment,\\nflesh tints. Colors to tint the skin; to cover\\nflex. To bend. [spots or discoloration,\\nflexed. Bent or curved,\\nflex-i-bil i-ty. Being flexible,\\nflex ion. Process of bending.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0661.jp2"}, "662": {"fulltext": "622\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nflex or. Muscle that bends or flexes a part,\\nflex ure. The act of bending; a bent part.\\nsigmoid f. The bend i n lower end of colon,\\nfloat er. A dead body which floats on the\\nsurface of water.\\nfloat ing. Free to move about. f. ribs. The\\nfx-ee ribs; the two lower pail\u00e2\u0080\u0099s. f. kidney.\\nA movable or misplaced kidney, [lation.\\nfluc-tu-a tion. A wave=like motion; oscil-\\nflu id. A substance whose molecules move\\nfx-eely upon one another. amnioticf. See\\nliquor amnii. cerebrospinal f Fluid be\u00c2\u00ac\\ntween the arachnoid membrane and pia\\nmater, -f. dram. Equals 56.96 grains of dis\u00c2\u00ac\\ntilled water; eighth part of a fluid ounce,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094embalming f. See embalming fluid.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094f. ounce. Eight fluid drams,\\nflu-id i-ty. State of being fluid,\\nflu o-rid. A binary compound of fluorin.\\nflu o-rin. A gaseous element resembling\\nchlorin in chemical properties,\\nflushing. Act of coloring the surface. f.\\nof the face. Causing sui\u00e2\u0080\u0099face of face to be\\ncolored red or blue while injecting artei\u00e2\u0080\u0099ies.\\nfo cus. Principal seat of a disease; meeting\\npoint of reflected rays,\\nfol li-cle. A small secretory sac or tube,\\nfol li-cles of Lie ber-kuhn. Mucous follicles\\nin small intestine,\\nfol-lic u-lar. Containing follicles,\\nfo mes (pZ.fom i-tes).Any porous substance\\nfood. Aliment. [absorbing contagion,\\nfoot. The organ at the extremity of the leg.\\nfo-ra men (pZ. -mi-na).Apassageoran open\u00c2\u00ac\\ning. f. ovale. Opening between right and\\nleft auricles in fetus. f. magnum. Large\\nopening in base of skull,\\nfore arm. Arm between wrist and elbow,\\nfor eign body. An irritant substance in a\\nwound or cavity.\\nfor mal. An anesthetic and hypnotic,\\nfor-mal de-hyde. See Formic Aldehyde.\\nfor ma-lin. A 40# aqueous solution of for\u00c2\u00ac\\nmic aldehyde, [ful disinfectant properties,\\nfor mic al de-hyde. A gas possessing power-\\nfos sa. A depression, furrow, or sinus.\\nFow ler\u00e2\u0080\u0099s solution. A solution of arsenic,\\nfrac ture. Breaking of a bone,\\nfre num. A fold of membrane acting as a\\ncheck. f. of the tongue. Fold of mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane underneath tongue,\\nfri a-ble. Easily broken down,\\nfric tion. The act of rubbing; attrition,\\nfron tal. Bone of forehead. [liver turns,\\nful crum. Point or pivot about which the\\nfu mi-gate. Act of exposing to disinfectant\\nvapors. [vapors,\\nfu-mi-ga tion. Exposure to disinfectant\\nfu mi-ga-tor. One who or an apparatus that\\nfu ming. Emitting fumes. [fumigates,\\nfunc tion. Normal or special action of a\\nfun da-ment. The base; the anus. [part,\\nfun dus. Rounded end or base of an organ,\\nfu si-ble, That which can be easily fused\\nfu si-form. Spindle=shaped. [or melted,\\nfu sion. Liquefying a solid by heat.\\nG\\ngall. The bile. g.=bladder. A pear=shaped\\nsac in light lobe of liver, reservoir for the\\nbile. g.=cyst. The gallbladder.- g.=ducts.\\nThe ducts conveying bile. g.=stones. Cal-\\ncareous concretions in gall=bladder and\\nits ducts. [quarts,\\ngallon. A standard liquid measure; four\\ngam-boge Gum=resin*obtained fi om Gctr-\\ncinia hanburii. [center,\\ngan gli-on. A semi=independent nervous\\ngan grene. Mortification or death of soft\\ntissue, \u00e2\u0080\u0094senile g. Gangrene of the ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremities in the aged,\\ngas. An aeriform substance,\\ngas e-ous. Of the nature of gas.\\ngas tric. Pertaining to stomach. g. ca\u00c2\u00ac\\ntarrh. A flow produced by irritation of\\ngastric mucous membrane. g. juice.\\nNormal secretion of stomach,\\ngas-tri tis. Inflammation of stomach.\\ngas-tro=en-ter ic. Pei tainingtoboth stom\u00c2\u00ac\\nach and intestines. [ach and bowels.\\ngas-tro=en-ter-i tis. Inflammation of stom-\\ngas-tro=ep-i-plo ic. Pertaining to both\\nstomach and omentum.\\ngas-tro=in-tes ti-nal. Pertaining to stom\u00c2\u00ac\\nach and omenta. g. catarrh. Inflam\u00c2\u00ac\\nmation of mucous membrane of stomach\\ngath er-ing. An abscess. [and intestines,\\ngel a-tin. A nitrogenous pi\u00e2\u0080\u0099inciple obtained\\nby boiling certain animal tissues. g. cul\u00c2\u00ac\\nture. Micro=organisms grown in gelatin\\nsolution. [like,\\ngel-at i-nous. Resembling gelatin; jelly=\\ngen er-ate. To beget; to produce,\\ngen-er-a tion. The begetting of offspring,\\ngen i-tal. Pertaining to organs of genera\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. [a spore,\\ngerm. A microbe or bacterium; an ovum;\\ngerm i-cide. Agent which destroys germs,\\nger mi-nal. Pertaining to a germ, [or germ,\\nger-mi-na tion. The development of a seed.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0662.jp2"}, "663": {"fulltext": "PR A CTICAL DICTIONAR I\\n623\\ngland. A secretory organ; a lymphatic gan\u00c2\u00ac\\nglion. agminate g. In the small intes\u00c2\u00ac\\ntine; Peyer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s patches. axillary g. Lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatics in the armpit. blood g. See\\nductless. ductless g. Without ducts,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094parotid g. A large salivary gland in\\nfront and below the ear. \u00e2\u0080\u0094racemose g.\\nArranged in clusters like grapes, \u00e2\u0080\u0094seba\u00c2\u00ac\\nceous g. In the skin, solitary g. An iso\u00c2\u00ac\\nlated gland of the intestines, sublingual\\ng. Salivary glands in floor of mouth.\\nsubmaxillary g. Salivary glands in\\nfloor of mouth, \u00e2\u0080\u0094thymus g. Situated at\\nroot ot neck in front; disappears before\\nmaturity, \u00e2\u0080\u0094thyroid g. A blood=gland sit\u00c2\u00ac\\nuated in neck over upper end of trachea,\\nglan du-lar. Pertaining to glands,\\ngle noid. A hollow, shallow pit. g. cav\u00c2\u00ac\\nity. In the scapula for articulation with\\nglob u-lar. Shaped like a globe, [humerus,\\nglob ule, or glo bus. A small spherical body,\\nglob u-lin. Albuminous constituent of\\nglos sa. The tongue. [blood=corpuscles.\\nglos sal. Pertaining to tongue,\\nglos-so-ep-i-glot tic. Pertaining to tongue\\nand epiglottis. [and pharynx.\\nglos-so-pha-ryn ge-al.Pertainingto tongue\\nglu cose. Grape=sugar.\\nglu-te al. Pertaining to buttocks. g. re\u00c2\u00ac\\ngion. Region of or around buttocks,\\nglu ten. Nitrogenous element of wheat,\\nglu ti-nous. Viscid; glue=like. [and fats,\\nglyc er-in. The sweetish principle of oils\\ngly CO-gen. Animal starch; found in blood\\nand liver.\\ngoi ter. An enlargement of thyroid gland,\\ngon-or-rhe a. A contagious inflammation\\nwith a purulent discharge from genitals,\\ngon-or-rhe al. Pertaining to gonorrhea,\\ngout. Disease associated with joint inflam\u00c2\u00ac\\nmation, swelling, uric acid m blood, etc.\\ngout y. Pertaining to or of nature of gout.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094g. habit. The peculiar state of body pre\u00c2\u00ac\\ndisposing gout.\\ngrac i-lis. Rectus interims femoris muscle,\\ngram. Unit of measure of metric system;\\n15.43 Troy grains.\\ngran u-lar. Composed of grains or granula\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions. g. tissue. Form of epithelial tissue,\\ngran ule. A spore, -g. layer. One of the\\nretinal layers; subcortical layer of cere\u00c2\u00ac\\nbellum. [granule,\\ngran u-lose. A soluble portion of starch=\\ngrav-i-ta tion. Force with which bodies are\\ndrawn to earth\u00e2\u0080\u0099s center.\\ngrav i-ty. Property of possessing weight,\\ngray mat ter. Cortical substance of brain,\\ngrip. See influenza.\\ngris tle. Cartilage.\\ngris tly. Cartilage=like. [trunk,\\ngroin. A depression between thigh and\\ngullet. The esophagus. [ilis.\\ngum ma. A soft gummy tumor due to syph-\\ngum ma-tous. Resembling a gumma,\\ngut tur-al. Pertaining to the throat.\\nH\\nhair. Hirsute appendage of the skin. h.=\\nbulb. Expanded portion at lower end of\\nhair=root.\u00e2\u0080\u0094h. follicle. A recess lodging the\\nhair y. Characterized by hair.[root of a hair,\\nhallux. The great toe.\\nhal o-gens. The electronegative elements,\\nchlorin, bromin, iodin, and fluorin.\\nhal oid. Any salts of the halogens,\\nham strings. Posterior muscles of thigh,\\nhand. Wrist, palm, and lingers together of\\nupper extremity. h. protector. An anti\u00c2\u00ac\\nseptic ointment for applying to the bands\\nwhen operating. [ing at root of nail,\\nhang nail. A fragment of epidermis hang-\\nhard en-ing compound. A desiccating mix-\\nhead. Upper part of body. [ture.\\nheart. Hollow muscular organ, center of\\ncirculatory system. h. clot. Coagulation\\nof blood in cardiac cavities.\\nheat=stroke. Sunstroke,\\nhec tic. Pertaining to phthisis. h. flush.\\nReddening of cheeks in tuberculosis,\\niiec to-gram. One hundred grams,\\nhec to-li-ter. One hundred liters,\\nhec to-me-ter. One hundred meters, [calcis.\\nheel. Hinder part of foot. h.=bone. The os\\nhe mal. Pertaining to blood or the vascular\\nhe-mat ic. Bloody. [system,\\nhem a-tin. A brown pigment from hemo\u00c2\u00ac\\nglobin. [found in blood,\\nhem a-to-blast. A minute colorless disk\\nhem a-to-cele. A blood tumor,\\nhem a-to-cyst. A blood=cyst.\\nhem a-toid. Blood=like.\\nhem-a-toid in. Same as Bilirubin.\\nhem-a-tol o-gy. The science of the blood,\\nhem-a-to ma. Sam^ as Hematocele.\\nhem-a-to sis. Blood formation,\\nhem-a-tu ri-a. Blood in the urine, [body,\\nhem-i-ple gi-a. Paralysis of one side of\\nhem is-phere. A half of a sphere,\\nhem-o-glo bin. Coloring=matter of red cor-\\nhem-op ty-sis. Spitting of blood, [puscles.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0663.jp2"}, "664": {"fulltext": "624\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nhem or-rhage. A flow of blood from vessels,\\nbem or-rhoids. Small blood tumors in the\\nanal orifice; piles. [rhoids.\\nhem-or-rhoid al. Pertaining to hemor-\\nlie-pat ic. Pertaining to liver. h. artery.\\nOne that supplies the liver. h. cancer.\\nCancer of liver. b. duct. See duct, he\u00c2\u00ac\\npatic. b. lobes. Anatomical division of\\nliver. b. veins. Three veins running\\nfrom liver to the inferior vena cava,\\nbep-a-ti tis. Inflammation of the liver,\\nbep-a-ti-za tion. A conversion into a liver=\\nlike substance.\\nbe-red i-ta-ry. Acquired by inheritance,\\nbe-red i-ty. The influence of parents upon\\noffsprings. [sealed,\\nber-met ic. Impervious to air and fluids;\\nber ni-a. Protrusion of a viscus from its\\nnormal position; rupture. [nature,\\nhet-er-o-ge ne-ous. Differing in kind or\\nbi-a tus. Gap, opening, or chasm,\\nhi-ber-na tion. A sleeping through winter,\\nbi lum of tbe kid ney. Depression in center\\nhinge=joint. See Di arthrosis, [of kidney,\\nbip. Upper part of thigh. b.=bone. The\\nfemur. h.=joint. Articulation of femur\\nand innominate bone,\\nhir-sute Covered with hair; hairy.\\nMs-tol o-gy. Study of intimate structure of\\ntissues. [projections; from atrophy.\\nb.ob nail liver. One marked with nail=like\\nhoTlow=needle. An embalming=needle.\\nbo-mo-ge ne-ous. Having the same nature,\\nhu me-rus. Large bone of the arm.\\nbu mor. Any fluid of the body.\\nHun ter\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ca-nal See Canal, Hunter\u00e2\u0080\u0099s.\\nhy a-loid. Transparent; resembling glass.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094b. membrane. Transparent membrane\\nenclosing vitreous humor,\\nhy dra-ted. Combined with water,\\nhy-dre mi-a. Excess of water in tbe blood,\\nhy-dro-cepb a-lus. A collection of water in\\nhead; dropsy of brain,\\nby-dro-chlo ric. Containing chlorin in\\ncombination with hydrogen. h. acid. A\\ncolorless corrosive compound, exceeding\u00c2\u00ac\\nly soluble in water, being an effective ger\u00c2\u00ac\\nmicide; muriatic acid,\\nhy dro-gen. A light gaseous element; a\\nconstituent of water. Ah. peroxid. A color\u00c2\u00ac\\nless oily fluid used as a disinfectant, \u00e2\u0080\u0094car\u00c2\u00ac\\nbureted h. A compound of hydrogen with\\nhy-dro-tho rax.Dropsy of chest.[carbon,etc.\\nhy gi-ene. The science of health,\\nby-gi-en ic. Pertaining to health.\\nhy oid. Having the form of the Greek letter\\nUpsilon. b. bone. A U=shaped bone at\\nthe base of the tongue,\\nhy-os-cy a-mus. Henbane, [blood in a part,\\nhy-per-e mi-a. Abnormal accumulation of\\nby-per-pla si-a. A hypertrophy of tissue,\\nhy-per-py-rex i-a. Excessive high temper\u00c2\u00ac\\nature. [of a part or organ,\\nby-per tro-phy. Abnormal increase in size\\nhyp no-tism. State of artificial somnambu-\\nhy-po-car di-um. Below the heart, [lence.\\nhyp-o-chon dri-um. Beneath the cartilage;\\nregions of the abdomen at each side of the\\nepigastrium.\\nhyp-o-der mic. Subcutaneous. b. injec\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. Injecting beneath the skin,\\nbyp-o-gas tric. Pertaining to the hypogas-\\ntrium. b. space. Center space in lower\\npart of abdomen. [inal region,\\nhyp-o-gas tri-um. Lower anterior abdom-\\nby-pos ta-sis. Blood settled into dependent\\nparts; sediment.\\nby-po-stat ic. Pertaining to hypostasis. b.\\ncongestion. Settling of blood into a part.\\nI\\nic-terlc. Pertaining to jaundice,\\nic ter-us. Jaundice,\\nic tus. A stroke. i. so lis. Sunstroke,\\nil e-ac. Pertaining to ileum,\\nil-e-o-ce cal. Pertaining to ileum and ce\u00c2\u00ac\\ncum. i. valve. Valve between ileum and\\ncecum. [and colon,\\nil-e-o-co-li tis. Inflammation of ileum\\nil-e-o-colic. Pertaining to ileum and\\nil e-um. Lower of small intestine, [colon,\\nil i-ac. Pertaining to os ilium or region of\\nilium. i. crest. High broadened edge of\\nilium. i. venter. Iliac region of belly.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094i. region. Outer and lower part of ab-\\nil i-um. Hip=bone. [domen.\\nim-bi-bi tion. Absorption of fluids; process\\nim bri-ca-ted. Overlapped, [of imbibing,\\nim-mo-bil i-ty. State of being fixed,\\nim-mer sion. Plunging of body into liquid,\\nim-mune Safe from attack of disease,\\nim-mu ni-ty. Freed from risk of infection,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094active i. That conveyed by recovery\\nfrom infectious disease, \u00e2\u0080\u0094congenital i.\\nThat with which the individual is born,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094moderate i. Those partially immune,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094passive i. That conferred by introduc\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of antitoxins or vaccines,\\nim-pact ed. Wedged in. [wedged in.\\nim-pac -tion. Concussion; state of being", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0664.jp2"}, "665": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n625\\nim-pede To place obstacles In the way.\\nim-per vi-ous. Not permitting a passage,\\nim pli-cate. That which is necessarily in\u00c2\u00ac\\nvolved or implied,\\nim-preg-na tion. Fecundation,\\nim-pres sion. A hollow or depression,\\nim-pure Containing some foreign sub-\\nim-pu ri-ty. Opposite of purity, [stance,\\nim-pu-tres ci-ble. Not liable to putrefac-\\nin-an i-mate. Not animate; dead. [tion.\\nin-a-ni tion. Emptiness; exhaustion from\\nstarvation.\\nin-ar-tic u-late. Not jointed or articulated,\\nin-can-des cent. Luminous from heat,\\nin-cin er-ate. Act of rendering to ashes,\\nin-cin-er-a tion. Cremation; reducing to\\nin-cip i-ent. Beginning. [ashes,\\nin-cised Cut. i. wound. A cleanly cut\\nin-ci sion. Act of cutting into. [wound,\\nin-ci sor. One of the four front teeth in\\nin-ci sure. A slit or notch. [each jaw.\\nin-com-bus ti-ble. Incapable of burning,\\nin-com-pat i-ble. Not being capable of com\u00c2\u00ac\\nbining in solution.\\nin-com pe-tence. Not capable of perform\u00c2\u00ac\\ning the natural functions, [neous mass,\\nin-cor-po-ra tion. Making into a homoge-\\nin cre-ment. Increase or growth,\\nin-cu-ba tion. The period between the in\u00c2\u00ac\\nception of a contagion and the appearance\\nof a disease. [finger of the hand,\\nin cus. Middle bone of ear; index; the first\\nin-dent A shallow depression. [sion.\\nin-den-ta tion. A notch, dent, or depres-\\nin di-ca-tor. The index finger,\\nin-dig e-nous. Native to a place,\\nin-di-ges tion. See Dyspepsia.\\nin-dis-po-si tion. Any slight ailment,\\nin dol. Decomposition product of pancreas,\\nin du-rate. Hardened. [part,\\nin-du-ra tion. Hardening of a tissue or\\nin-ert Slow in motion; possession of in-\\nin-er tia. Sluggishness; inactivity, [ertia.\\nin-e-las tic. Not elastic; incapable of\\nchanging shape.\\nin-farct An obstruction or plug. [bolus,\\nin-farc tion. Plugging of vessel by an em-\\nin-fect To communicate disease germs,\\nin-fec tion. Communication of a disease=\\ngerm; matter containing disease germs,\\nin-fec tious. Of the nature of infection;\\ncontagious.\\nin-fe-cun di-ty. Sterility; barrenness,\\nin-fe ri-or. Lower.\\nin-fil trate. To ooze into interstitial spaces.\\nin-fil-tra tion. A fluid eff usion into an organ\\nor tissue. cal-ca re-ousi. Deposit of lime\\nwithin a tissue. cellular i. An infiltra\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of tissues with round cells, \u00e2\u0080\u0094fatty i.\\nA deposit of fat or oil in the tissues, \u00e2\u0080\u0094pig\u00c2\u00ac\\nmentary i. Deposit of pigments in tissues,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094waxy i. A deposit of a waxy substance,\\nin fin-ite. Immeasurable,\\nin-fin-i-tes i-mal. Infinitely small,\\nin-firm Weak; feeble,\\nin-flame To undergo inflammation,\\nin-flam-ma tion. A morbid condition with\\nhyperemia, pain, heat, swelling, and dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nordered function. \u00e2\u0080\u0094i. of the bowels. That\\naffecting walls of intestines. i. of the\\nkidneys. Acute nephritis,\\nin-fla tion. Distension with air.\\nin-flu-en za. See Grip.\\nin-frac tion. Incomplete fracture of a bone.\\nin-fra=or bit-al. Below the orbit,\\nin-fun-dib u-lum. Funnel=shaped. \u00e2\u0080\u0094i. of\\nthe brain. A mass of gray matter attached\\nto pituitary gland. i. of the kidney. One\\nof primary divisions of pelvis of a kidney.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094i. of the lung. Any of the ultimate ex\u00c2\u00ac\\npansions of a bronchiole,\\nin-fu sion. Slow injection of fluid into a\\nvein; that which is infused,\\nin-fu-so ri-a. A class of protozoa, [as food,\\nin-ges ta. Substances introduced into body\\nin-ges tion. Act of introducing food into\\nbody, as by eating.\\nin-gre di-ent. Any part of a compound,\\nin guen. The groin.\\nin gui-nal. Pertaining to groin. i. canal.\\nA passage from internal to external ab\u00c2\u00ac\\ndominal rings. [vapors,\\nin-ha-la tion. Inbreathing of air or other\\nin-hale To inspire or draw air into lungs,\\nin-hib it. To check or restrain,\\nin-hi-bi tion. Restraint of oi\u00e2\u0080\u0099ganic activity\\nfrom nerve=actions.\\nin-hume To place in the ground, as a body,\\nin-im i-cal. Adverse; incompatible,\\nin-ject Act of injecting,\\nin-jec tion. Forcing of a liquid into a ves\u00c2\u00ac\\nsel or cavity of body. [fluid,\\nin-ject or. An instrument for injection of\\nin let of pelvis. Upper orifice of true pelvis,\\nin-ner-va tion. A discharge of nervous\\nforce; function of the nervous system,\\nin no-cent. Benign; not harmful,\\nin-noc u-ous. See Innoxious.\\nin-nom i-nate. Nameless. \u00e2\u0080\u0094i. artery. Larg\u00c2\u00ac\\nest branch of aorta at arch. i. vein. The\\n47", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0665.jp2"}, "666": {"fulltext": "626\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nbranches formed by junction of internal\\njugulars and subclavian veins,\\nin-nom-i-na tum. The hip=bone.\\nin-nox ious Not harmful; innocent,\\nin-oc-u-la tion. Introduction of specific\\nvirus into system,\\nin-o dor-ous. W ithout odor,\\nin-or-gan ic. Devoid of organized structure,\\nin-os cu-lat-ing. Directly joining, [tomosis.\\nin-os-cu-la tion.U nion of two vessels. Anas-\\nin quest. A judicial inquiry. [insects,\\nin-sec ti-cide. Preparation for destroying\\nin-sen si-ble. Without sense of feeling,\\nin-ser tion. Attachment, as of a muscle.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094i. of a muscle. The more movable attach-\\nin-sid i-ous. Not manifest; hidden, [ment.\\nin-si tu. In a given or natural position,\\nin-sol u-ble. Incapable of solution,\\nin-som ni-a. Inability to sleep,\\nin-spi-ra tion. Inhalation of air into the\\nlungs, \u00e2\u0080\u0094respiratory i. Pertaining to res-\\nin step. Arch of the foot. [piration.\\nin stru-ment. A mechanical tool, \u00e2\u0080\u0094em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalming i. A mechanical tool used in em-\\nin su-lar. Isolated in condition, [balming.\\nin su-late. To isolate. [of susceptibility,\\nin-sus-cep-ti-bil i-ty. Immunity; a want\\nin-tact Left complete or unimpaired,\\nin-teg u-ment. The skin. [tivity.\\nin-ten si-ty. High degree of power or ac-\\nin-ter To place in a grave or tomb,\\nin-ter-ar-tic u-lar. Situated between\\njoints. i. cartilage. Cartilage between\\nin-ter-celTu-lar. Between cells. [joints,\\nin-ter-cos tal. Between the ribs. i. spaces.\\nSpace between ribs.[or intervening within,\\nin-ter-cur rent. Occurring between; added\\nin-ter-me di-ate. Being in amiddle position,\\nin-ter-mit tent. Occurring at intervals.\\ni. fever. A fever with period of apyrexia.\\nin-ter-mus cu-lar. Between muscles, [rinth.\\nin-ter nal. On the inside. i. ear. The laby-\\nin-ter-os se-ous. Between the bones. i.\\ntissue. Tissues between the bones,\\nin-ter-scap u-lar. Between the shoulder=\\nin-ter-space Spaces between. [blades,\\nin ter-sti-ces. Spaces; intervals. [tance.\\nin ter-val. A space or lapse of time or dis-\\nin-tes ti-nal. Pertaining to intestine. i.\\ncanal. Tube leading from mouth to anus,\\nin-tes tine. Digestive tube from stomach to\\nin ti-ma. Innermost coat of a vessel, [anus,\\nin-tra-ab-dom i-nal. Within the abdomen,\\nin-tra-ar-te ri-al. Within the artery,\\nin-tra-va-sa tion. Passage of morbid mat\u00c2\u00ac\\nter into the vessels.[intestine into another,\\nin-tus-sus-cep tion. Slipping of one part of\\nin-va sion. Onset of a disease,\\nin-ver sion. Turning inside out.\\nin-vest To surround or enclose,\\nin-volve Implicate.\\nin-voTun-ta-ry. Independent of will. i.\\nmuscle. One not under control of will,\\ni o-did. A compound of iodin. [element.\\ni O-din. One of the halogens; a non=metallic\\ni-od o-form. A yellow antiseptic compound\\nwith a strong peculiar odor, formed by the\\naction of iodin on alcohol in an alkaline\\nsolution. [iodin and ozone,\\ni-od o-zone. An antiseptic compound of\\ni ris. Colored membrane of anterior part of\\ni-ri tis. Inflammation of the iris, [the eyes,\\nir ri-ta-ble. Easily inflamed or irritated,\\nir-ri-ta-bil i-ty. Susceptible to excitement,\\nir ri-tant. An agent producing irritation.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094i. poison. A poison that causes iri\u00e2\u0080\u0099itation\\nof the mucous membrane,\\nir-ri-ta tion. Excitement; stimulation,\\nis chi-ac, is chi-al. Pertaining to ischium,\\nis chi-um. Seat=bone; inferior part of hip=\\nbone. [bladders of the sturgeon,\\ni sin-glass. A gelatin made from the air=\\ni-so-ther mal. Of equal temperature.\\n-i tis. A suffix meaning inflammation.\\nJ\\njaun dice. A yellow color of skin, due to\\nobstructed excretion of bile,\\njaw. Either of two maxillary bones,\\nje-ju num. Upper of portion of small in\u00c2\u00ac\\ntestine that succeeds the duodenum,\\njoint. An articulation,\\nju gu-lar. Pertaining to throat. j. veins.\\nCertain veins of neck,\\njuice. Any of secretions of the body. gas\u00c2\u00ac\\ntric j. That of the stomach, \u00e2\u0080\u0094intestinal j.\\nThat of intestinal walls, \u00e2\u0080\u0094pancreatic j.\\nThat of the pancreas,\\njunc tion. Joining together,\\njux-ta-po-si tion. In close relationship.\\nK\\nker a-tin. A nitrogenous compound form\u00c2\u00ac\\ning essential ingredients of bony tissue,\\nkid ney. Organ secreting urine,\\nkid neys, Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease of. Certain dis\u00c2\u00ac\\neases described by Dr. Bright,\\nkil o-grani. One thousand grams,\\nkil o-li-ter. One thousand liters.\\nkiTo-me-ter. One thousand meters.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0666.jp2"}, "667": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n627\\nknee. Joint between thigh and leg. k.=cap.\\nThe patella. k =pan. See Knee=cap.\\nknuckles The joints of the phalanges.\\nla bial. Pertaining to lips,\\nla bi-um (pi. -bi-a). The lip. [work,\\nlab o-ra-to-ry. A place for experimental\\nlab y-rinth. The internal ear.\\nlac er-ate. To tear,\\nlac-er-a tion. Mechanical rupture,\\nlach ry-mal. Pertaining to tears. 1. duct\\nor canal. Passage that carries tears from\\neyes to nose. \u00e2\u0080\u00941. gland. Organ that secretes\\nthe tears. \u00e2\u0080\u00941. sac. Upper rounded ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntremity of the lachrymal duct,\\nlach ry-mose. Shedding tears. [milk.\\nlac-to=al-bu min. Albumin as found in\\nlac-to=glob u-lin.Globulin as found in milk,\\nlac tose. Sugar of milk. [tarrhal fever,\\nla grippe (grip). Contagious, epidemic ca-\\nla-mel la. A thin plate or scale. \u00e2\u0080\u00941. of bone.\\nRings around the Haversian canals,\\nlam el-lar. Disposed in lamellas.\\nlam i-na. A thin layer or scale,\\nlar-yn-ge al. Pertaining to larynx,\\nlar-yn-gi tis. Inflammation of larynx,\\nlar ynx. Upper part of windpipe,\\nla tent. Concealed; not manifest. 1.\\nperiod. Time required for incubation of\\nlat er-al. Pertaining to the side, [disease,\\nlay er. A mass of nearly uniform thick\u00c2\u00ac\\nness spread over an area,\\nlead. A bluish=white metal,\\nleak age. Act or process of leaking,\\nlec i-thin. A phosphorized substance found\\nwidely in the body,\\nleg. From knee to ankle=joint.\\nlens. A transparent disc refracting light,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094crystalline 1. See Crystalline.\\nlep ro-sy An endemic chronic malignant\\ndisease. j ury or disease,\\nle sion. Structural tissue change from in-\\nleu co-cyte. A white blood=corpuscle.\\nleu-co-cy-the mi-a. An abnormal increase\\nof the white blood=corpuscles. [cocytes.\\nleu-co-cy-to ma. A tumor containing leu-\\nleu-co sis. Any disease of lymphatics; ab\u00c2\u00ac\\nnormal pallor of skin.\\nleu-ke (orce)mi-a. Fatal blood disease with\\na great increase of white blood=corpuscles.\\nle-va tor. A muscle that elevates a part,\\nlev u-lose. Natural sugar of fruits.\\nLie ber-kiihn\u00e2\u0080\u0099s crypts. See Glands.\\nlife. Power by which an organism exists\\nand exercises its function,\\nlig a-ment A band of fibrous tissue bind\u00c2\u00ac\\ning parts together. [hip=joint.\\nlig-a-men tum te res. Round ligament in\\nli-ga tion. Operation of tying, as of an ar-\\nlig a-ture. Material used for tying, [tery.\\nlime. Calcium oxid.\\nlim pid. Crystal; clear; transparent,\\nline. Unit of length; twelfth of an inch,\\nlin e-a. A line or band. \u00e2\u0080\u00941. alba. White\\nline in middle of abdomen,\\nlin e-ar. Pertaining to linea or a line,\\nlin gual. Shaped like the tongue,\\nlin gu-la. A small lobe of the brain,\\nlint in. Trade=name for compressed ab\u00c2\u00ac\\nsorbent cotton.\\nlip. One of the two fleshy folds surrounding\\norifice of the mouth; border of a wound,\\nlip-o ma. A fatty tumor,\\nliq-ue-fac tion. To render into liquid,\\nliq uid. A substance that flows,\\nliq uor. A liquid solution.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 1. am ni-i. Fluid\\nsurrounding the fetus. \u00e2\u0080\u00941. san guin-is.\\nBlood=plasm. [equal to 1.056 U. S. quarts,\\nli ter. .Unit of capacity in metric system,\\nliv er. Largest glandular organ of body,\\nsecreting bile. fatty 1. One marked with\\nfatty degeneration and infiltration.\\nfloating 1. Movable liver. hobnail 1. See\\nHobnaie Liver. [ashey hue.\\nliv id. Discolored from congestion, of an\\nlo bate. Having lobes,\\nlobe. A rounded division of an organ,\\nlob u-lar. Like a lobe,\\nlob u-la-ted. Composed of lobes,\\nlob ule. A small lobe,\\nlo bus. Lobe. \u00e2\u0080\u00941. cau-da tus, -l.quad-ra\\ntus, -1. Spi-ge li-i. Small lobes of the liver,\\nlo cal-ized. Confined to a certain area,\\nlock jaw. Spasm of muscles of mastication,\\nlo-co-mo tor. Relating to locomotion. \u00e2\u0080\u00941.\\na-tax i-a. An incoordination of muscles\\nof locomotion.\\nlu bri-cate. To cause to slip or glide easy,\\nlu bri-ca-tor. Making smooth or slippery,\\nlum-ba go. Rheumatic pain in loins.\\nlunTbar. Pertaining to loins. [gan.\\nlu men (pi. -mi-na). Cavity of a tubular or-\\nlung. One of two organs of respiration.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00941. fever. Croupous pneumonia. \u00e2\u0080\u00941. tissue.\\nTissue of the lungs.\\nlu nu-la. Semilunar area at root of nails,\\nlymph. A colorless alkaline fluid of lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatics. l.=cell. A lymph leucocyte,\\nlym-phat ic. Pertaining to lymph or lym-", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0667.jp2"}, "668": {"fulltext": "628\\nCHAMPION TEXT;BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nphatics. \u00e2\u0080\u00941. circulation. That of the lym\u00c2\u00ac\\nphatics. 1. duct. See Duct. -1. gland.\\nSee Gland. -1. system. System of lacteals\\nand vessels which carry lymph.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 1 vessel.\\nA tube for collecting lymph,\\nlym-phat ics. Capillary tubes pervading\\nthe body and carrying lymph,\\nlym phoid. Having character of lymph,\\nly sol. A disinfectant from cresol, a product\\nof coal=tar*\\nJW\\nmac er-ate. To reduce to a soft mass by\\nsoaking or digestion. [organism,\\nmac-ro-coc cus. A large unicellular micro=\\nmac-ro-scop ic. Invisible to the naked eye.\\nmac u-la. A spot or small patch,\\nmac u-lar. Pertaining to macula,\\nmac u-la-ted. Spotted. [ism.\\nmag-net ic. Possessing power of magnet-\\nmag net-ism. Power of a magnet to attract\\nor repel other masses,\\nmal a-dy. An illness or disease,\\nmalar. Pertaining to clieek=bone.\\nma-la ri-al. Pertaining to malaria. m.\\nfever. Periodic fever of malaria,\\nma-lig nant. Virulent; fatal. m. cholera.\\nAsiatic cholera. m. edema. Edematous\\nanthrax. m. pustule. A small circum\u00c2\u00ac\\nscribed, inflamed elevation of cuticle; pus\u00c2\u00ac\\ntular anthrax. m. vesicle. See Anthrax.\\nmal-le o-lar. Pertaining to malleolus.\\nmal-le O-lus. A hammer=head=shaped pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ncess of bone one on either side of the\\nankle=joint. [tion.\\nmal-nu-tri tion. Poor or abnormal nutri-\\nmal-o dor-ous. Having a disagreeable\\nsmell; obnoxious. [stase in barley,\\nmalt ose. Sugar derived from action of dia-\\nmam ma. The breast.\\nmam mal. An animal, the female of which\\nhas mammas.\\nmam-mali-a. Animals that nourish their\\nyoung by milk=secreting glands,\\ntnam ma-ry. Pertaining to mammas. m.\\ngland. The milk=secreting gland,\\nmam-mil la. A nipple.\\nmam mil-la-ted.Furnishedwithround=like\\nprotuberances or wart=like projections,\\nman di-ble. The lower jaw.\\nman-dib u-la. Pertaining to lower jaw.\\nma ni-a. Delirium or madness. m. a po tu.\\nSee Delirium Tremens. [part,\\nman i-kin. A model of a human being or a\\nma-nu bri-um First bone of sternum,\\nma nus. The hand.\\nma-ras mus. A wasting or emaciation,\\nmar gin-al. Pertaining to or at border of.\\nmar row. Fatty substance in cavity of long\\nbones. [mastication,\\nmas-se ter. A strong facial muscle aiding\\nmas-ti-ca tion. Process of chewing,\\nmas toid. Shaped like a nipple. m. pro\u00c2\u00ac\\ncess. At lower part of mastoid portion of\\nma-te ri-al. See Matter, [temporal bone,\\nma-te ri-es mor bi. Specific causes of dis-\\nma-ter nal. Pertaining to a mother, [eases,\\nmat ter. Physical substance; pus.\\nma-ture Ripe; fully developed,\\nmax-ilia. Bone of either jaw.\\nmax il-la-ry. Pertaining to jaws,\\nmax i-mum. The largest quantity,\\nmay ol. A preservative compound,\\nmea sles. A contagious disease of children;\\nrubeola. [tory or urethral meatus,\\nme-a tus. A passage; an opening, as audi-\\nme-chan ic-al. Pertaining to mechanics,\\nme di-an, me di-al. Middle or mesial. m.\\nline. Middle line of body. m. nerve. A\\nbranch of brachial plexus. [num.\\nme-di-as-ti nal. Pertaining to mediasti-\\nme-di-as-ti nmn. Septum of thoracic cav-\\nme di-ate. Indirect. [ity.\\nme di-um. That in which anything lives;\\nsurrounding conditions,\\nme-dulla. Fatty substance or marrow in\\nvarious cavities. m. oblongata. En\u00c2\u00ac\\nlarged portion of spinal cord in cranium,\\nmed ul-la-ry. Pertaining to the medulla.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094m. canal. Hollow interior of long bones.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094m. membrane. The endostium. [eyelids.\\nMei-bo mi-an glands. Glands in margins of\\nmel-a-no sis. An abnormal deposit of black\\nmatter in various parts of the body,\\nmel-a-not ic. About melanosis. [urine,\\nmel-a-nu ri-a. Presence of dark pigment in\\nmel-as ma. Any discoloration of skin. m.\\nsuprarenalis. Ecchymosis of Addison\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nmem ber. Any limb of the body, [disease,\\nmem-bra na. A membrane. m. tym pa-na.\\nThe ear=drum.\\nmem brane. A thin enveloping or lining\\nsubstance, \u00e2\u0080\u0094choroid m. Middle coat of\\neye. \u00e2\u0080\u0094arachnoid m. Middle covering of\\nbrain and cord, \u00e2\u0080\u0094false m. An unnatural\\nmembrane. medullary m. That which\\nlines cavities of long bones; endostium.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094mucous m. That which lines the canals\\nthat have external openings, \u00e2\u0080\u0094sclerotic\\nm. Outer coat of eye. \u00e2\u0080\u0094serous m. That\\nwhich lines vessels and serous sacs.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0668.jp2"}, "669": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n629\\nmenTbra-nous. Like a membrane. \u00e2\u0080\u0094m.\\ncroup. Diphtheria.\\nme-nin ges. Covering of brain and cord,\\nmen-in-gi tis. Inflammation of meninges,\\nmen stru-um. A solvent,\\nmen tal. Pertaining to mind,\\nmen tum. The chin; under=jaw.\\nmer-cu ric. Pertaining to or containing\\nmercury as a bivalent. m. chlorid. Bi-\\nchlorid of mercury; corrosive sublimate,\\nmer cu-ry. Hydrargyrum; a white, heavy\\nliquid metal.\\nmes-en-ter ic. Pertaining to mesenteries,\\nmes-en-te-ri tis. Inflammation of mesen\u00c2\u00ac\\nteries. [small intestine,\\nmes en-ter-y. Peritoneal attachment of\\nmes o-blast. The mesoderm, which see.\\nmes-o-ce cum. Process of peritoneum at\u00c2\u00ac\\ntached to cecum.\\nmes-o-co lon. Mesentery of the colon,\\nmes o-derm. Middle germ=layer of the em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbryo. [tached to rectum,\\nmes-o-rec tum. Process of peritoneum at-\\nmet-ab o-lism. Change in the intimate con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndition of cells, constructive or destructive,\\nmet-a-car pal. Pertaining to metacarpus,\\nmet-a-car pus. Bones of palm of hand,\\nmet-allic ir rl-tants. Metals that produce\\nirritation. m. poisons. Metals that pro\u00c2\u00ac\\nduce poisonous effects.\\nmet-a-mor pho-sis. A passing from one\\nform or shape to another,\\nmet-a-tar sal. Pertaining to metatarsus.\\nme t-a-tar sus. Bones of arch of foot,\\nme ter. Unit of measure of metric system,\\n39.37 inches.\\nmeth yl al co-hol. Carbonal or wood spirit;\\ncolorless liquid distilled from wood,\\nmet ric sys tem. A system of weights and\\nmeasures having the meter as its base,\\nmi-as ma. A noxious, morbific exhalation\\nfrom putrescent matter; malaria,\\nmi-as-mat ic. Pertaining to miasma,\\nmi erobe. A microscopic organism; espe\u00c2\u00ac\\ncially a bacteria; a micro=organism.\\nmi-cro bic. Pertaining to microbe,\\nmi-cro-coc cus. Spherical micro=organism.\\nmi eron. One-millionth part of a meter.\\nmi-cro=or gan-ism. A minute living body,\\nas a microbe or bacterium,\\nmi cro-scope. An instrument for examin\u00c2\u00ac\\ning minute objects. [scope,\\nmi-cro-scop ic. Pertaining to the micro-\\nmid riff. The diaphragm,\\nmi gra-to-ry. Moving from one place to\\nanother. m. cells. Cells that move from\\nplace to place.\\nmil i-a-ry. Like millet seed.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 m. aneurism.\\nVery small aneurism in arteries. m. dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nease. Disease of sweat=glands. m. glands.\\nSweat=glands.\\nmilk. Secretion of mammary gland. m.\\nsugar. Sweet principle of milk; lactose.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094m. teeth. Temporary or first teeth,\\nmilli-gram One=thousandthpartof agram.\\nmil li-li-ter. One=tliousandth part of a liter,\\nmirii-me-ter. One=thousandth part of a\\nmeter. [pound found in nature,\\nmin er-al. Any inorganic homogenous com-\\nmis-car riage. The expulsion of fetus be\u00c2\u00ac\\nfore natural time of delivery,\\nmis ci-ble. Capable of being mixed,\\nmis tu-ra. A liquid mixture; a potion,\\nmi tral. Miter=like. m. valve. Left auric-\\nulo=ventricular valve of heart,\\nmo bile. Movable.\\nmo-bil i-ty Property of being easily moved,\\nmo dus op-er-an di. Mode of operating,\\nmolar. Pertaining to a mole or mass. m.\\nteeth. Back grinding teeth, [turn to dust,\\nmold er, mould er. To decay gradually and\\nmo-lec u-lar. Pertaining to molecules. m.\\ndeath. Disintegration of a part. m. vi\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrations. The smaller vibrations,\\nmol e-cule. Smallest quantity of a sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance that may exist and preserve the\\ncharacteristic qualities. [vis.\\nmons Ven er-is. Eminence on female pel-\\nmor bid. Pertaining to disease. m. anat\u00c2\u00ac\\nomy. See Anatomy.\\nmor-bific. Causing disease,\\nmor bus. A disease, as cholera morbus,\\nmorgue. A dead=house.\\nmor i-bund. Dying; in a dying state, fum.\\nmor phin.Principal narcotic alkaloid of opi-\\nmor-phol o-gy. Science of organic forms,\\nmors. Death.\\nmor tal. Liable to death; deadly, [mortal,\\nmor-tal i-ty. Death=rate; state of being\\nmor tu-a-ry. Relating to the dead; morgue,\\nmo tile. Capable of spontaneous motion,\\nmo tor. Applied to muscles and nerves\\nmoving apart. m. fiber. The fiber of\\nmotor nerves. m. nerves. Those that\\nmove apart. m. oculi. Third cranial\\nnerve which supplies most of the muscles\\nmo to-ry. Pertaining to motor, [of the eye.\\nmouth. Cavity at entrance of alimentary\\ncanal; an orifice,\\nmove ments. Motion or action.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0669.jp2"}, "670": {"fulltext": "630\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nmu ein. An albuminoid constituent of mu\u00c2\u00ac\\ncus. [rimal sac.\\nmu co-cele. A mucus tumor; enlarged lac-\\nmu coid. Resembling mucus or mucous\\ntissue. [cus and membrane,\\nmu-co-mem bra-nous. Composed of mu-\\nmu-co sa. A mucous membrane,\\nmu cous. Having nature of mucus. m.=\\nmembrane. See Membrane, [membrane,\\nmu cus. Viscid liquid secretion of mucous\\nmum-mi-fi-ca tion. Desiccation of a tissue\\nso that it resembles a mummy in color and\\nmum mi-fy. To make a m ummy of .[textu re.\\nmum my. The desiccated body; anciently\\nembalmed body. m.=cloth. The linen or\\ncloth in which the mummy is enwrapped,\\nmumps. An acute infectious disease of the\\nmu ral. Pertaining to wall, [parotid gland,\\nmu-ri-at ic acid. A mineral acid,\\nmjir mur, re-spir a-to-ry. A low sound\\nheard in auscultation of lungs.\\nmus Cle. Organic contractile tissue, the\\nmeans of animal motion. m.=corpuscles.\\nThose in plasma. m.^plasma. Liquid ex\u00c2\u00ac\\npressed from fresh muscle, \u00e2\u0080\u0094striated m.\\nStriped; under control of the will,\\nmus cu-lar. Pertaining to muscle. m. coat.\\nMiddle coat of walls of arteries and veins.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094m. fibers. Fibers comprising muscle.\\nm. sense. Sensation that accompanies\\nmuscular action. [cles and skin.\\nmus-cu-lo-cu-ta ne-ous.Pertainingtomus-\\nmus-cu-lo-phren ic. Pertaining to dia\u00c2\u00ac\\nphragm. [muscle and membrane,\\nmus-cu-lo-mem bra-nous. Composed of\\nmus cu-lus. A muscle,\\nmy-co sis. Presence of parasitic fungi in\\nbody, as well as disease caused by them,\\nmy el-in. Medullary sheath of a nerve,\\nmy-el-i tis. Inflammation of spinal cord,\\nmy el-oid. Marrow=like; medullary,\\nmy-i tis. Inflammation of a muscle,\\nmy-o-car di-um. Muscle mass of heart,\\nmy-o-de mi-a. Fatty degeneration of mus-\\ncle=tissue. [cle=fibers; sarcolemma.\\nmy-o-lem ma.Thin membrane around mus-\\nmy oid. Resembling muscular tissue,\\nmy on. A hypothetical muscular unit; a\\nmy-on o-sus. A disease of muscles, [muscle,\\nmy-op a-thy. Any disease of a muscle,\\nmy-o-si tis. Inflammation of muscle tissue,\\nmy o-spasm. Spasmodic contraction of\\nmuscles.\\nIN\\nnail. Horny lamina at end of finger or toe.\\nnape. Back part of neck,\\nnaph tha. Crude petroleum,\\nnar-cot ic. A hypnotic allaying pain,\\nna res. Openings into nose,\\nna sal. Pertaining to nose. n. duct. Tear=\\nduct. n. fossae. Nasal passages. n.tube.\\nA tube for injecting the respiratory tract,\\nna tal. Relating to the nates,\\nna tes. The buttocks; gluteal region of body,\\nna tri-um Sodium(fromwhichsymbolNa.).\\nna tron. Native sodium carbonate,\\nnau se-a. Sickness at stomach,\\nnau se-ous. Producing nausea; disgusting,\\nna vel. Depression or scar on abdomen\\nwhere umbilical cord was attached; um\u00c2\u00ac\\nbilicus.\\nna-vic u-lar. Bone on upper row of carpus,\\nneck. Part of body between head and trunk,\\nnec-ro-bi-o sis Molecular death of a part,\\nnec ro-sco-py. Scientific examination of a\\ndead body; autopsy, [tification; gangrene,\\nnec-ro sis. Death of part of the body; mor-\\nnec-rot ic. Pertaining to necrosis,\\nnee dle. Pointed instrument for punctur\u00c2\u00ac\\ning. cardiac=n. Needle for pumping out\\nblood from heart. embalming=n. Needle\\nfor aspirating and injecting cavities.\\nn.=forceps. Forceps for pulling the needle\\nin sewing. hollow=n. See Embalming=\\nNeedle. \u00e2\u0080\u0094n. process. An operation for\\ninjecting fluid direct into cranial cavity,\\nneph ri-a. Bright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease,\\nneph-ri tis. Inflammation of kidneys,\\nneph roid. Kidney=like.\\nnerve. A bundle of nerve=fibers outside the\\nnervous system. n.=cell. An irregular\\nnucleated cell in nerve=matter. n.=cen-\\nter. A group of nerve=cells. n.=current.\\nCurrent that passes through nerves that\\nmake impressions on brain. n.=fiber.\\nOne of essential thread=like units com\u00c2\u00ac\\nposing a nerve. -n.=fibril. An extremely\\nfine nerve=fiber. n.=impulse. Impulse\\npropagated along a stimulated nerve.\\nmotor=n. One containing chiefly motor=\\nfibers. n. plexus. A group of nerves.\\nsympathetic n. One of system distributed\\nto blood=vessels and viscera, \u00e2\u0080\u0094vasomotor\\nn. A nerve controlling caliber of blood=\\nvessels.\\nnerv ous. Pertaining to or full of nerves.\\nn. system. Nerves of the body taken to-\\nneu ral. Pertaining to nerves. [gether.\\nneu-ri tis. Inflammation of a nerve,\\nneu-ral gi-a. Pain in nerve.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0670.jp2"}, "671": {"fulltext": "PR A CTICAL DICTIONAR 3\\n631\\nneu tral. Possessing neither acid nor basic\\nproperties. [tive.\\nneu tral-ize. To render inactive or nega-\\nne vus. A birth=mark.\\nni dus. A nest; a cluster,\\nnid u-lus. Deep origin of a nerve,\\nnip ple. Conic elevation in center of mam*\\nmary gland.\\nni ter. Saltpeter; nitrate of potash,\\nni tric acid. A mineral acid,\\nni trate. A salt of nitric acid,\\nni trite. A salt of nitrous acid,\\nni tro-gen. A colorless, non=metallic, gas\u00c2\u00ac\\neous element; a main constituent of air.\\nni-trog e-nous. Containing nitrogen,\\nnode. A hard swelling on a tendon or bone*\\nnod ule. A small knob or excrescence.\\nnon=med ul-la-ted. Notmedullated; unpro\u00c2\u00ac\\nvided with medullary sheath.\\nnon=stri a-tsd. Not stri ped. [ease=producing.\\nnon=path-o-gen ic. Not pathogenic; notdis-\\nnon=vas cu-lar. Not vascular. n. tissue.\\nTissue without blood=vessels.\\nnor mal. According to rule or type,\\nnose. The organ of smell,\\nnos-ol o-gy. The science of disease,\\nnos tril. A naris.\\nnos-tal gi-a. Home=sickness.\\nnotch. An indention; a hollow. in-ter-\\nver te-bral n. Any one of depressions of\\nvertebral pedicles,\\nnoxious. Harmful; poisonous,\\nnoz zle. Projecting spout for discharging,\\nnu cle-ate. Having nuclei,\\nnu cle-a-ted cells. Cells with nuclei,\\nnu cle-in. Nitrogenous constituent of cell=\\nnuclei. [nucleus,\\nnu-cle o-lus. A small granule in interior of\\nnu cle-us (pi.- cle-i). Essential part of atyp\u00c2\u00ac\\nical cell and controlling center of its acti-\\nnu-tri tious. Yielding nourishment, [vity.\\nnu tri-ent. A nutritious substance. n. ves\u00c2\u00ac\\nsels. Those that carry nutrition,\\nnu tri-ment. Anything that nourishes,\\nnu-tri tion. Process of assimilating food.\\nO\\nob-cor date. Heart-shaped,\\nob-duc tion. A post-mortem examination,\\no-bese Extremely fat; corpulent,\\no-bes i-ty. Fatness; corpulency,\\no-bit u-a-ry. Pertaining to death,\\nob-lique Slanting, as a muscle,\\nob-lit-er-a tion. Extinction; blotting out.\\nob-lon-ga ta. The medulla oblongata.\\nob-stet/rics. Science of care of women dur\u00c2\u00ac\\ning pregnancy and child=birth.\\nob-struct To close up or interfere. [ing.\\nob-struc tion. Blocking of a canal or open-\\nob tu-ra-tor. Thatwhich obstructs a cavity.\\nOC-cip i-tal. Pertaining to the occiput.\\nOC ci-put. Lower back part of the head,\\noc-clude To block up or close,\\noc-clu sion. Blocking up of an opening or\\ncanal, as of a vessel,\\noc-cult Hidden; secret.\\nOC u-lar. Pertaining to the eyes. [ments.\\noc-u-lo-mo tion. Pertaining to eye=move-\\noc u-lus. The eye.\\no-don toid. Resembling a tooth. o. proc\u00c2\u00ac\\ness. Tooth=like process of axis,\\no dor. A scent, smell, or perfume,\\no dor-ant. Odorous,\\no-dor-ifer-ous. Yielding an odor,\\no dor-less. Without odor,\\noil. A greasy liquid not miscible with water,\\ncomposed of glyceryl and fatty acid. \u00e2\u0080\u0094o.\\nof cedar. A volatile oil from the leaves of\\nJuniperus Virginiana used as an antisep\u00c2\u00ac\\ntic. \u00e2\u0080\u0094o. of lavender. Volatile oil from\\nlavender flowers. o. of turpentine. Spir\u00c2\u00ac\\nits of turpentine; a volatile oil from the\\nconcrete oleorism of pinus palustris and\\nother species. o. of vitriol. Sulphuric\\nacid. [boiled oil.\\noiled silk. Silk made water=proof with\\noils, es-sen tial. Volatile oils distilled from\\ndifferent odoriferous vegetable substances,\\no-le-ag i-nous. Having nature of oil. [base,\\no le-ate. A compound of oleic acid and a\\no-le-cra non. Large process forming head\\nof ulna. [illuminating gas.\\no-le fl-ant gas. Ethylene; a constituent of\\no le-in. A colorless, oily compound, the\\nchief constituent of fatty oils,\\no le-um. See Oil.\\nol-fac tion. The sense of smell,\\nol-fac to-ry. Pertaining to olfaction. o.\\nbulb. Bulbous section of olfactory nerve,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094o. center. Brain=center governing sense\\nof smell, \u00e2\u0080\u0094o. nerve. Nerve of smell.\\nO-li va. Olivary body of brain,\\nol iv-a-ry body. The oliva, situated behind\\nanterior pyramid of the oblongata,\\no-men tal. Pertaining to the omentum,\\no -men-ti tis. Inflammation of omentum.\\n0 -men tum. A fold of peritoneum connect\u00c2\u00ac\\ning abdominal viscera with stomach.\\ngreat o. Fold falling from great curvature\\nof stomach over intestines and returning", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0671.jp2"}, "672": {"fulltext": "632\\nCHAMPION TEXT-HOOK ON EMBALMING\\nto be attached to transverse colon, \u00e2\u0080\u0094les\u00c2\u00ac\\nser 0. Double fold passing from lesser curv\u00c2\u00ac\\nature of stomach to transverse fissure of\\nooze. To transude. [liver.\\nO-paque Not transparent; impervious to\\nlight. [tion.\\nop er-a-tor. One that performs an opera-\\noph-thalTni-a. Inflammation of conjunc-\\noph-thal mic. Pertaining to the eye. Ltiva.\\no pi-ate. Pertaining to opium; an opium\\npreparation.\\no pi-fim. Inspissated juice of poppy,\\nop-o-bal sam. Balsam of Mecca,\\nop tic. Pertaining to vision or its organs,\\nop ti-cal. Pertaining to optics,\\nor-bic u-lar. Circular; spheric,\\nor bit. Bony cavity for eyeball, [function,\\nor gan. Any part of body having a special\\nor-gan ic. Pertaining to or having organs,\\nor gan-ism. A living organized being,\\no-ri-en-ta tion. The location of one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s posi\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion in a given environment,\\nor i-gin. The beginning or source. 0. of a\\nmuscle. The beginning or source; the fixed\\nattachment of a muscle. [combined,\\no-ro-phar ynx. The mouth and pharynx\\nos (pi. o ra). A mouth,\\nos (pi. os sa). A bone. o. calcis. The heel=\\nbone, calcaneum. \u00e2\u0080\u0094o. innominatum. The\\nhip=bone. \u00e2\u0080\u0094o. hyoides. The ischium. o.\\npubis. The pubis. [branes.\\nos mose. Diffusion of fluids through mem-\\nos-mot ic. Pertaining to osmosis,\\nos sa. Plural of os.\\nos se-ous. Bony; resembling bone.\\nOS si-cles. The small bones of the ear.\\nOS-sif iC. Generating bone,\\nos-si-fi-ca tion. The formation of bone,\\nos si-fy. To change into bone,\\nos-tal gi-a. Pain in bone,\\nos te-in. The gelatinous principle of bone,\\nos-te-i tis. Inflammation of the bone,\\nos-te-og e-ny. Development and formation\\nos te-on. Bone. [of bone,\\nos-te-o-ne-cro sis. Necrosis of bone,\\nos-te-ot o-my. Incision of bone,\\nos ti-um. Mouth of a tubular passage,\\no to-liths. Ear=stones.\\no-tos te-on. An ear=stone; otolith,\\nounce. Twelfth part of troy and sixteenth\\nof avoirdupois pounds,\\no-va ri-an. Pertaining to ovaries. o. drop\u00c2\u00ac\\nsy. Dropsy of ovary. \u00e2\u0080\u0094o. tumor. A tumor\\nof ovary. [producing the ova.\\no va-ry. Organ of generation in female\\nov en. An apparatus for sterilization,\\no vi-ducts. Small tube on each side of\\no void. Egg=shaped. [utero.\\no vule. The unimpregnated ovum,\\no vum (pi. o va). Egg. [ous compound,\\nox-al ic acid. A white, crystalline, poison-\\nox id. Any binary combination of oxygen,\\nox-i-da tion. Conversion into an oxygen,\\nox y-gen. One of the gaseous elements.\\nox _y.gen-a tion. Saturation with oxygen,\\no zone. An allatropie form of oxygen used\\nas an antiseptic and oxidizing agent.\\nP\\npab u-lum. Food; anything nutritious,\\npach-e mi-a. Thickening of the blood,\\npal ate. Roof of the mouth and floor of\\nnose. p. bone. Bone helping form outer\\nwall of nose, roof of mouth, and floor of\\norbits, \u00e2\u0080\u0094hard p. Bony palate adjacent to\\ngums, \u00e2\u0080\u0094soft p. Soft posterior part of\\npale. Wanting in color; pallid. [palate,\\npal li-ate. To mitigate; to relieve.\\n1 pallid. Paleness; lacking color,\\npalm. Inner side of hand,\\npal mar. Pertaining to palm. p. arch. Ar\u00c2\u00ac\\nterial arch in palm. [stance of fat.\\npal mit-in. The solid, crystallizable sub-\\npal pa-ble. That which may be perceived\\nby palpitation.\\npal pate. To explore with the hand,\\npal-pa tion. Exploration with the hand,\\npal-pi-ta tion. Violent pulsation, as of\\nheart. [sation.\\npal sy. Paralysis; weakening or loss of sen-\\npan cre-as. A racemose gland in abdomen;\\nsweetbread.\\npan-cre-at ic. Pertaining to the pancreas.\\np juice. Fluid secreted by pancreas. p.\\nduct. The canal that conveys the pancre\u00c2\u00ac\\natic juice to the intestines, [pieor pustule,\\npa-pil la. A small conic eminence; a pim-\\npap il-la-ry. Pertaining to tongue; having\\npapillas. p. layer. External layer of true\\npap u-la. Small elevation of the skin. [skin,\\npar af-fin. A white waxy crystalline sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance. [tary motion,\\npar-al y-sis. Loss of sensation or volun-\\npar-a-ple gi-a. Paralysis of lower half of\\nbody. [other organism,\\npar a-site. An organism that inhabits an-\\npar-a-sit ic. Having nature of a parasite,\\npar-en chy-ma. Soft cellular tissue; con\u00c2\u00ac\\nnective tissue. [but not sensation,\\npar e-sis. Partial paralysis affecting motion", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0672.jp2"}, "673": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n633*.\\npar-es-the si-a. Same as Paresis.\\npa-ri e-tal. Pertaining to a wall. [ity.\\npa-ri e-tes (pi. of pa ri-es). Walls of a cav-\\npar-ot id. Near the ear. -p. gland. Sali\u00c2\u00ac\\nvary gland in front of ear. [mumps,\\npar-o-ti tis. Inflammation of parotidgland;\\npar ox-ysm. Period of increase or crisis of\\na disease.\\npar-tu-ri tion. Actof giving birth to young,\\npas sage. A channel; act of passing from\\none place to another,\\npas sive. Not active; submissive,\\npas til, pas-tille Tablet or lozenge; having\\na round, oblong,square,or triangular form,\\npatch. An irregular spot or area,\\npa-tel la. The knee=cap.\\npath o-gene. A bacterium or microscopic\\norganism found in infectious disease,\\nwhich is supposed to cause it.\\npath-o-gen ic. Causing disease. p. bac\u00c2\u00ac\\nteria. One that causes disease,\\npath-o-log i-cal. Pertaining to pathology,\\npa-thol o-gy. The science of disease,\\npa tient. Sick person; one under treatment,\\npec-ti-ne al. Pertaining to pubic bones,\\npec to-ral. Pertaining to the breast,\\nped al. Pertaining to the feet,\\nped i-cle. Stalk or attachment of a tumor,\\nped-un cle. The supporting part,\\npel vic. Pertaining to pelvis. p. cavity.\\nBasin=like cavity at lower end of trunk,\\npel vis. Bony basin of the trunk,\\npen du-lous. Hanging or dropping,\\npen e-trate. To enter beyond the surface,\\npen ni-form. Shaped like a feather,\\npep sin. Digestive principle of gastric j nice,\\npep tic. Pertaining to or promotive of di\u00c2\u00ac\\ngestion. p. gland. Gland that secretes\\ngastric juice.\\npep tone. An albuminoid produced by ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of pepsin.\\nper co-late. (1) To filter; strain. (2) That\\nwhich has percolated,\\nper-co-la tion. The process of filtration,\\nper co-la-tor. A filterer.\\nper fo-rans. Penetrating;perforating; deep\\nflex or muscles of the fingers,\\nper fo-rate. To pierce with holes.\\nperTo-ra-ting. Making an opening or pene\u00c2\u00ac\\ntration. p. arteries. Those passing\\nthrough interosseous spaces or muscles,\\nper-fo-ra tion. An opening or penetration,\\nper-i-ar-te-ri tis. Inflammation of outer\\nsheath of arteries. [nucleus,\\nper i-blast. Protoplasm around the cell\\nper-i-car di-al (or ac). Pertaining to peri\u00c2\u00ac\\ncardium. p. sac. Sac enclosing heart,\\nper-i-car-di tis. Inflammation of pericar\u00c2\u00ac\\ndium. [ing heart,\\nper-i-car di-um. Serous membrane enclos-\\nper-i-chon dri-um.Membrane around carti-\\nper-i-cra ni-um. Periosteum of skull, [lage.\\nper-i-mys i-uin. Membranous sheath of\\nmuscles. Tan us to genitals,\\nper-i-ne um. Space between thighs from\\npe ri-od. An interval of time. [um.\\nper-i-os-ti tis. Inflammation of perioste-\\nper-i-os te-um. Fibrovascular membrane\\nthat covers and nourishes bone,\\nper-i-o tlc. Surrounding the inner ear.\\nper-iph er-al. Pertaining to periphery. \u00e2\u0080\u0094p.\\ncirculation. Circulation in outer surface\\nof body. [line,\\nper-iph er-y. Circumference or boundary\\nper-i-phle-bi tis. Inflammation of outer\\ncoat of a vein.\\nper i-plast. Matrix of a part or organ,\\nper-i-stal sis. Worm=like motion of boweis.\\nper-i-stal tic. Pertaining to peristalsis. p.\\nmovement. Same as peristalsis,\\nper-is-tro ma. Villous coat of intestines,\\nper-i-sys to-le. Interval between systole\\nand diastole.\\nper-i-to-ne al. Pertaining to peritoneum.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094p. cavity. Cavity within peritoneum.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094p. sac. Serous sac in abdominal cavity,\\nper-i-to-ne um. Serous membrane lining\\nthe abdomen. [neum.\\nper-i-to-ni tis. Inflammation of perito-\\nper-i-vas cu-lar. Around the vessels,\\nper-o-ne al. Pertaining to fibula,\\nper-o-ne um. The fibula. [oxygen,\\nper-ox id. Anoxid with highest amount of\\nper-spi-ra tion. (1) Secretion and excre\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of liquid from skin; sweating. (2).\\nThe liquid fluid so secreted; sweat,\\npe-tech i-ae. Small spots of ecchymosis be\u00c2\u00ac\\nneath the epidermis.\\npet rous. Resembling bone. p. bone.\\nLower portion of temporal bone,\\npha-lan ges (pi. of pha lanx). Bones of fin\u00c2\u00ac\\ngers and toes. [the mouth.\\nphaPynx. Musculomembranous sac behind\\nphe nol. Carbonic acid,\\nphe-nom en-on. (1) Uncommon occurrence.\\n(2) A symptom. [a vein,\\nphleb-i tis Inflammation of inner coat of\\nphlegm. (1) Watery humor. (2) Mucus,\\nfrom bronchi.\\nphos phate. A salt of phosphoric acid.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0673.jp2"}, "674": {"fulltext": "634\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nphos pho-rus. A non=metal, one of the ele\u00c2\u00ac\\nments in bone and. nerve=tissue.\\nphthi sis. Pulmonary tuberculosis, [purge,\\nphys ic Science of medicine; medicine; a\\nphys ic-al. Pertaining to physics or the\\nbody. ol \u00c2\u00b0gy-\\nphys-i-o-log i-cal. Pertaining to physi-\\nphys-i-ol o-gy The science of the functions\\nof the body, [ing the brain and spinal cord,\\npi ama ter. Innermost membrane invest-\\npic ro-mel. A bitter substance in the bile,\\npig ment. An organic coloring=matter.\\npig men-ta-ry. Pertaining to pigment,\\npi la-ry. Pertaining to the hair,\\npillar of the fau ces. One of the mucous\\nfolds on each side of the throat. [randi.\\npi-lo-car pin. Active principal in jabo-\\npi lose (or pilous). Hairy; covered with\\npilus. A hair. [soft hairs,\\npim ple. A small pustule or blotch,\\npin e-al. Shaped like a pine=cone. p.\\nbody or gland. The small, reddish, vascu\u00c2\u00ac\\nlar body in back part of the third ven-\\npi ni-form. Conical. [tricle.\\npint. Eighth part of a gallon; weight, 7,000\\ngrains. [carpus,\\npi si-form bone. A small circular bone of\\npit of the stom ach. The part of the abdo\u00c2\u00ac\\nmen just below the sternum,\\npit u-i-ta-ry. Secreting mucus; pertaining\\nto phlegm, -p. body or gland. A small\\nreddish body in sella turcica,\\npla-cen ta. The flat-round, spongy body\\nforming organ of intuition for fetus; after-\\npla-cen tal. Pertaining to placenta, [birth,\\nplague. A contagious malignant epidemic\\nplan ta. The sole of the foot. [disease,\\nplan tar. Pertaining to sole of foot. p.\\narch. Arterial arch in sole of foot,\\nplas ma. Fluid part of blood and lymph,\\npledg et. A small wad of cotton or lymph,\\npleth o-ra. Abnormal fullness of blood=\\nvessels. [the lungs,\\npleu ra. A serous membrane enveloping\\npleu ral. Pertaining to pleura. \u00e2\u0080\u0094p. sacs.\\nPleurae. p. cavities. Cavities of pleurae,\\npleu ri-sy, pleu-ri tis. Inflammation of the\\npleu-rit ic. Pertaining to pleurisy, [pleura,\\nplex us. A network of nerves and veins,\\npneu-mauic. Pertaining to gaseous fluids,\\npneu-mo-gas tric. Pertaining to lungs and\\nstomach.\\npneu-mo ni-a. Inflammation of lungs,\\npneu-mo-per-i-car-di tis. Inflammation of\\npericardium attended with gas.\\npneu-mo-per-i-car di-um. An effusion of\\ngas into pericardial sac.\\npneu-mo-tho rax. Gas or air in pleural sac.\\npock. A small pustule of smallpox. p.\\nmarked. Marked with pits or scars of\\nsmallpox.\\npoi son. A venomous or toxic agent,\\npol lex (pi. -li-ces The thumb or great toe.\\npol-lu tion. Defilement; uncleanness,\\npol-y-he mi-a. Abnormal increase of blood,\\npo mum Ad-a mi. A prominence in front of\\nneck, due to thyroid cartilage; Adam\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\napple.\\npons. A process or bridge of tissue connect\u00c2\u00ac\\ning two parts. \u00e2\u0080\u0094p. va-ro li-i. Connecting\\nbrain with spinal cord.\\npop-li-te al. Pertaining to the ham. p.\\nspace. Space behind knee=joint. [joint,\\npop-li-te us. Ham or hinder=part of knee=\\npore. A small opening in skin,\\npor ta. A gate; the hilus of an organ,\\npor tal. Pertaining to portal vein. p. cir\u00c2\u00ac\\nculation. See page 188 body of book. p.\\nvein. Vein carrying blood from liver,\\npos-te ri-or. Behind. p. nares. Opening\\nof nose into larynx.\\npost=mor tem. After death. \u00e2\u0080\u0094p. contrac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. Contraction of arteries after death.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094p. discoloration. The color resulting\\nfrom settling of blood into dependent\\nparts. p. examination. Examination of\\nbody after death; autopsy. p. rigidity.\\nRigor mortis. p. staining. Staining due\\nto transuded hemoglobin near surface or\\nin skin.\\npot ash. A white solid deliquescent com\u00c2\u00ac\\npound having a strong alkaline reaction\\nand actively caustic. [ment.\\npo-tas si-um. A bluish=white metallic ele-\\npo-to-ma ni-a. Same as Dipsomania.\\npouch. A sac=like part,\\npound. A variable unit of weight or mass.\\nPou part\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament. A thickened band of\\nfascia that extends from upper anterior\\npart of hip=bone over the vessel of thigh\\nto pubis.\\npre-cip i-tant. Any agent, as a reagent,\\nthat when added to a solution causes a\\nprecipitation of one or more constituents,\\npre-cip i-tate. A substance separated by\\nprecipitation.\\npre-cor di-a. Epigastric region, including\\nthe thoracic organs in front of the heart,\\npre-cor di-al. Pertaining to the precordia.\\nI pre-dis-po-si tion. A natural tendency.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0674.jp2"}, "675": {"fulltext": "PR A CTTCAL DICTIONARY\\n635\\npreg nan-cy. Condition of being with child,\\npre-hen sile. Fitted for grasping,\\npre-hen sion. The act of grasping,\\npre-ma-ture Occurring before the proper\\ntime. p. burial. Burial before life is ex\u00c2\u00ac\\ntinct. [being preserved,\\npres-er-va tion. Act of preserving; state of\\npre-serv a-tive. Tending to keep from de\u00c2\u00ac\\ncay. p. solution. A solution for preser-\\npre-vent ive. Warding off. [vation.\\npri ma-ry. First in origin. p. arteries.\\nThe larger or first in their course,\\nprin ceps. A main artery. [anything,\\nprin ci-ple. Essence or primary quality of\\nproc ess. A prolongation or prominence of\\na part, \u00e2\u0080\u0094coracoid p. A beak=shaped proc\u00c2\u00ac\\ness of the scapula.\\npro-cre-a tion. Reproduction; generation,\\npro-fun da. A deep=seated artery,\\nprog-no sis. Prediction of course and end\\nof disease. [part,\\npro-lapse pro-lap sus. A falling down of a\\npro-lif-er-a tion.Cell=generation; reproduc-\\nprop-a-ga tion. Act of multiplying, [tion.\\nproper soil. A soil that will produce,\\npro-phy-lac tic. Pertaining to prophylaxis,\\npro-phy-lax is. Prevention of disease,\\npros tate gland. A gland at neck of bladder\\nin the male. [an organ,\\npro te-id. An albuminoid constituent of\\npro te-in. A compound obtained from pro-\\nteids. [proteids.\\npro-te-o-lyt ic. Causing the splitting up of\\npro to-plasm, pro-to-plas ma. The viscid,\\ncontractile, semi=liquid substance, form\u00c2\u00ac\\ning principle portion of animal and veg\u00c2\u00ac\\netable cells; germinal matter.[protoplasm.\\npro-to-plas mic. Of or pertaining to or like\\npro to-plast. Embryonic cell; protoplasm,\\npro-trude To push out or extend forth,\\npro-tu ber-ance. A projecting part; prom\u00c2\u00ac\\ninence.\\nprox i-mate (or prox i-mal). Nearest. p.\\nprinciple. An ultimate element of a com\u00c2\u00ac\\npound substance. [juice.\\nprune=juice spu tum. The color of prune\\nprus sic acid. Hydrocyanic acid,\\npso as. Loins; a muscle of the loins,\\npter y-goid. Resembling a wing. -p. proc\u00c2\u00ac\\ness. Wing=like process on each side of\\nsphenoid bone. 1\\npter-y-go-pal a-tine. Pertaining to ptery\u00c2\u00ac\\ngoid process and palate bone,\\npto ma-in. A putrefactive animal alkaloid,\\npty a-lin. An amylolitic ferment of saliva.\\npty a-lism. Excessive secretion of saliva,\\npu ber-ty. Age of capability of reproduc\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. [bone,\\npu bes. Anterior portion of innominate\\npu bic. Pertaining to pubes. p. arch.\\nArch formed by junction of pubic bones,\\npu bis. A pubic bone,\\npu dic. Pertaining to the genitals,\\npu-er per-al. Pertaining to child=bearing.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094p. fever. Child=bed fever,\\npul mo-na-ry. Pertaining to the lungs.\\np. circulation. Purifying circulation of\\nblood. p. tuberculosis. Consumption of\\npul-mon ic. Pertaining to lungs. [lungs,\\npul-mo-ni tis. Inflammation of lungs.[tion.\\npul-sa tion. A beating or throbbing sensa-\\npulse. Expansive impulse of arteries. p.\\nbeat. Same as Pulse. p. rate. Number\\nof beats per minute. [strument.\\npunc ture. A wound made by a pointed in-\\npun gent. Acrid; penetrating,\\npu pil Round aperture in the iris,\\npurge. To purify or cleanse by carrying\\noff through external opening of body,\\npurg ing. Act of purifying or cleansing,\\npu ri-form. Having the nature of pus.\\npur pu-ra. Hemorrhages in true skin,\\npu ru-lent- Having the character of pus.\\npus. Fluid product of suppuration,\\npus tu-lant. Causing pustules; an irritant\\nthat causes pustules,\\npus tule. A small purulent papule,\\npu-tre-fac tion. Act or process of putrefy\u00c2\u00ac\\ning; decomposition of animal or vegetable\\nmatter.\\npu-tre-fac tive. Of or pertaining to putre\u00c2\u00ac\\nfaction; liable to decay; production of\\nputrefaction. p. bacteria. The miero=\\norganisms which cause putrefaction,\\npu tre-fy. To cause to decompose or decay\\nwith fetid odor, render putrid; to become\\nfetid from decay; rot. [to decay,\\npu-tres cent. Becoming putrid; beginning\\npu-tres ci-ble. Liable to decay,\\npu trid. Showing putrefaction; rotten; be\u00c2\u00ac\\ning in a state of putrefaction,\\npu-trid i-ty. That which has become pu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntrid; corruption.\\npy-e mi-a Poisonous infection of the blood,\\ndue to absorption of vitiated pus or putrid\\nanimal secretions into the circulation;\\nblood=poisoning.\\npy-lor ic. Pertaining to pylorus. p. ori\u00c2\u00ac\\nfice. The pylorus. p. valve. Valve closing\\npyloric opening.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0675.jp2"}, "676": {"fulltext": "636\\nCHAMPION TEXPBOOK ON EMBALMING\\npy-lo rus. Opening between stomach and\\nsmall intestine; adjoining portion of\\nstomach. [tained in pus.\\npy-o-cy a-nin. Blue or violet pigment con-\\npy oid. Resembling pus.\\npy-o sis. Suppuration. [gan.\\npyr a-mid. Any conical eminence of an or-\\npy-ret ic. Affected with or relating to fever,\\npy-rex i-a. Abnormal condition of high\\nbodily temperature; fever or feverishness;\\na paroxysm of fever,\\npyr i-form. Pear=shaped.\\npy-ro sis. Chronic catarrh of the stomach,\\npy-u ri-a. Passing of urine containing pus.\\nQ\\nquack. One who practices quackery,\\nquack er-y. Medical charlatanism,\\nquad rate. Square. q. lobule. A small\\nlobe of liver.\\nquad-ra tus. Square or four=sided.\\nquad ri-ceps muscle. A large muscle of the\\nquart. Fourth part of a gallon. [thigh.\\nR\\nrabid. Affected with rabies or hydrophobia,\\nrac e-mose. Resembling a bunch of grapes.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094r. glands. Glands resembling bunches of\\ngrapes in structure,\\nra di-al. Pertaining to the radius,\\nra di-a-ting. Diverging from the center,\\nra-di-a tion. Condition of diverging from a\\nrad i-cal. Belonging to the root. [center,\\nrad i-cle. Primary root or stem; initial\\nfibril of a nerve; beginning of a vein,\\nra di-us. Small bone of arm.\\nra dix. Root or root=lilce part,\\nrag sort ers\u00e2\u0080\u0099 disease. Anthrax. [a part,\\nram-i-fi-ca tion. Branching of an organ or\\nram i-fy. Branch=shaped; to divide and\\nsubdivide into branches or subdivisions,\\nra mose. Having many branches; branch-\\nra mus. A branch of an organ. [ing.\\nran cid. Fetid or sour, as fat.\\nrash. An eruption of the skin. [acid,\\nrats bane. Common name for arsenious\\nre-ac tion. Responsive action; the action\\nof a reagent.\\nre-a gent. Anything producing a reaction,\\nre-cep-tac u-lum. A receiving vesicle or\\ncavity. r. chyli. Inferior expanded por\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of chyle duct. [R. Take,\\nrec i-pe. The caption of a prescription,\\nrec tal. Pertaining to the rectum,\\nrec tum. Lower part of the large intestine.\\nrec tus. In a straight line; name of certain\\nmuscles. r. muscle. A muscle that ele\u00c2\u00ac\\nvates or turns a part.\\nre-cum bent. Reclining. [to health,\\nre-cu-per-a tion. Convalescence; returning\\nre-cur rence. A return,\\nte-cur rent. Returning at intervals,\\nre-duce To decompose. [tion.\\nre-duclion. Restoration to a normal situa-\\nre-du pli-cate. To repeat again and again;\\nre-fine To make fine or pure, [to multiply,\\nre flex. Turned or thrown back; pertaining\\nto or produced by reflex action. r. action.\\nAn involuntary action from nerve=stimu-\\nre flux. Flowing back; returning. [lus.\\nreins. The kidney or region of kidney,\\nre gion. A certain part or division of body,\\nre gions of the ab-do men. See Text.\\nre gion-al. Pertaining to a region. r. anat\u00c2\u00ac\\nomy. Study of correlated regions of body,\\nre-gur gi-tate. To throw or pour back;\\ncause to surge back. [slacken,\\nre-lax To make loose; to become loose;\\nre-lax-a tion. Morbid looseness of an organ\\nor part. [disease,\\nrem e-dy. An agent used in treatment of\\nre nal. Pertaining to the kidneys,\\nren i-form. Shaped like a kidney,\\nren in. A substance found in the kidney,\\nren net. An infusion of the inner coat of a\\ncalf\u00e2\u0080\u0099s stomach.\\nren nin. A gastric ferment curdling milk,\\nren o-vate. To make as good as new; to\\nmake thoroughly clean; purify,\\nre-ple tion. Condition of being full,\\nre-pro-duce To bring forth offspring,\\nres er-voir. A receptacle for liquids. r. of\\nthe thymus. A receptacle in thymus gland,\\nres-pi-ra tion. Inspiration and expiration\\nof air by the lungs.\\nre-spir a-to-ry. Pertaining to respiration.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094r. organs. The lungs and certain mus\u00c2\u00ac\\ncles: r. tract. The passage from mouth\\nand nose to air=cells.\\nres ti-form. Rope=like; twisted,\\nre-stor a-tive. A remedy restoring health\\nand strength. [phyxiated person,\\nre-sus-ci-ta tion. Bringing to life of an as-\\nretch. To strain at vomiting. [growth,\\nre-tar-da tion. Delay in development or\\nre te. A network or decussation. r. mu-\\ncosum. A thin layer on under side of epi\u00c2\u00ac\\ndermis containing coloring=matter.\\nre-tic u-lar. In the form of network; full\\nof interstices. r. tissue. Adenoid tissue.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0676.jp2"}, "677": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n637\\nre-tic u-late. Network=like.\\nre ti-form. Net=shaped. [optic nerve,\\nretl-na. Internal coat of eye; expansion of\\nret-i-nac u-lum. Band holding back a part,\\nret i-nal. Pertaining to retina. [ward,\\nre-tract ile. Capable of being drawn back-\\nre-trac tion. Shortening; drawing back\u00c2\u00ac\\nward.\\nre tro-. A prefix meaning backward or be\u00c2\u00ac\\nhind. [ward,\\nre-tro-flec tion. A bending or flexing back-\\nret ro-grade. Receding or going backward,\\nrham nose. A carbohydrate from various\\nglucosids.\\nrhi nal. Pertaining to or belonging to nose,\\nrib. One of the bones enclosing the chest,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094false r. One of the five lower ribs not\\nattached directly to sternum, \u00e2\u0080\u0094floating r.\\nOne of last two ribs, \u00e2\u0080\u0094true r. One of the\\nseven upper ribs attached to sternum.\\nrice=wat er e-vac-u-a tions. Stools having\\nthe appearance of rice=water.\\nrigid. Stiff immobile,\\nri-gid i-ty. Stiffness; immobility,\\nrig or. Coldness; stiffness; rigidity. r.\\nmortis. The rigidity after death,\\nring. A circular opening.\\nrod=bac-te ri-a. Bacteria shaped like rods,\\nrods. Rod=like bodies of the retina.\\nRoent genrays. A recently discovered form\\nof radiant energy that is sent out when\\nthe cathode rays of a Crooke\u00e2\u0080\u0099s tube strike\\nupon the opposite walls of the tube or\\nupon any object in the tube; discovered\\nby Prof. Roentgen, of Wurzburg,\\nroller band age. A long muslin or flannel\\nstrip for bandaging.\\nroot. Base of an organ or its place of origin,\\nros trum. A projection or ridge,\\nrot. Decay; decomposition,\\nro ta-ry. Turning,\\nro-ta tion. Turning on the axis,\\nro-ta tor. A muscle turning a part,\\nround lig-a-ment. See Ligament.\\nru-be o-la. Measles.\\nru-di-men ta-ry. Undeveloped; not formed,\\nrump. End of backbone; the buttocks.\\nsab u-lous. Gritty, li ke sand, said especially\\nof particles found in pineal body and ad\u00c2\u00ac\\njacent regions of the brain; sandy, said of\\nan abnormal sediment in urine,\\nsa-bur ra. Foul uses of the stomach,\\nsa-bur ral. Pertaining to saburra.\\nsac. A membranous pouch. [pouch,\\nsac cate. Sac=shaped; having a sac, bag, or\\nsac cha-roid. Resembling sugar,\\nsac cha-rose. Cane sugar,\\nsac cu-la-ted. Formed into a series of sac=\\nlike expansions; dilated and restricted al\u00c2\u00ac\\nternately; encysted. [sacrum,\\nsa cral. Pertaining to or situated near the\\nsa cra me di-a. Middle sacral artery,\\nsa crum. Large triangular bone above the\\ncoccyx. [saw=like seam,\\nsag it-tal. Arrow=shaped. s. suture. A\\nsal. Balt.\\nsal ic-yl-ate. A salt of salicylic acid,\\nsaline. Salty; containing salt,\\nsa-li va. Secretion of salivary glands,\\nsail-va-ry. Pertaining to saliva. s. glands.\\nGlands that secrete saliva. s. ducts. Ca\u00c2\u00ac\\nnals that convey saliva to mouth,\\nsal-i-va tion. An excessive flow of saliva,\\nsalt. (1) Any union of a base with an acid;\\n(2) Chlorid of sodium,\\nsalt-pe ter. Potassium nitrate; nitre,\\nsalve. An ointment. [from chyle,\\nsan-gui-fi-ca tion. Formation of blood\\nsan guine. Bloody; hopeful; cheerful,\\nsanl-ta-ry. Pertaining to health. s. sci\u00c2\u00ac\\nence. Science of cleansing and making\\nhealthy.\\nsan-i-ta tion. Act of making healthy\\nsa-phe na. A name given to two large veins\\nof the leg.\\nsa-phe nous. Pertaining to saphena.\\nsa-pon-i-fi-Ca tion. A conversion into soap,\\nsap-ro-gen ic. Pus=forming. [ter.\\nsap-rog e-nous. Arising in decaying mat-\\nsap ro-pliyte. A plant deriving its sub\u00c2\u00ac\\nstance from dead organic matter,\\nsap-ro-phyt ic. Pertaining to a saprophyte,\\nsar-co-lem ma. A delicate membrane sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nrounding muscle fiber, [connective tissue,\\nsar-co ma. A tumor of modified embryonic\\nsar-to ri-us. The longest muscle in body;\\ntailor\u00e2\u0080\u0099s muscle that aids in flexing knee,\\nsat el-lite Vein accompanying an artery,\\nsat u-rate. To fill to excess,\\nsat-u-ra tion. Condition of holding in solu\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of a solid capable of being contained,\\nscab. Crust formed over a wound or ulcer,\\nsca bi-es. The itch; a contagious, parasitic\\nskin=disease.\\nscale. A small lamina of detached cuticle\\nor bone.\\nsca-le nus. A muscle of the neck,\\nscalp. Integument covering cranium.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0677.jp2"}, "678": {"fulltext": "638\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nscaph oid. Boat=shaped; hollowed out.\\ns. bone. A bone of carpus and tarsus.\\nscap U-la. A large flat triangular bone of\\nshoulder. [ease with scarlet eruption,\\nscar-la-ti na. An epidemic contagious dis-\\nscar let fever. Same as Scarlatina.\\nScar pa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle. A triangular space in\\nupper front part of thigh,\\nsci-at ic, Pertaining to ischium or hip=bone.\\nscir rhus. A hard form of carcinoma,\\nscle ra. Outer membrane of eyeball,\\nscle ral- Pertaining to tl\\\\e sclera,\\nscle-ri tis. Inflammation of the sclera,\\nscle-ro sis. Morbid thickening of a tissue,\\nscle-rot ic. Hard; indurated,\\nscrof u-la. Tubercular disease of lymphat\u00c2\u00ac\\nics; chronic adenitis,\\nscro tal. Pertaining to scrotum,\\nscro tum. Sac containing testes, [weight,\\nscru ple. Twenty grains apothecaries\\nscurf. Exfoliated cuticle of scalp,\\nscu ti-form. Having form of a shield,\\nseam. A suture.\\nse-ba ceous. Pertaining to or appearing like\\nfat. s. glands. Glands in the corium of\\nthe skin secreting sebum, [baceous glands,\\nse bum. Fatty matter secreted by the se-\\nse-cre ta. Substance secreted by a gland,\\nse-cre tion. Functions of glands and fol\u00c2\u00ac\\nlicles; substance secreted,\\nse-cre to-ry. Performing secretion,\\nsec tion. A division by cutting,\\nsed a-tive. Soothing,\\nsed en-ta-ry. Occupied in sitting,\\nsed i-ment. Matter settled from a liquid,\\nseg ment. A small piece; section; lobe,\\nseg ment-al. Pertainiug to segment,\\nsel la. A saddle=shaped body. s. turcica.\\nThe pituitary fossa,\\nse men. Fecundating fluid of male,\\nsem i. Half.\\nsem-i-lu nar. Crescent=shaped. s. valves.\\nValves at pulmonary and aortic openings,\\nsem-i-mem bra-nous. Partially membran\u00c2\u00ac\\nous; a muscle of the thigh,\\nsem i-nal. Pertaining to the semen,\\nse nile. Aged; pertaining to senility. s.\\ngangrene. A gangrene of extremities in\\nthe aged. [becility.\\nse-nil i-ty. Weakening of old age or im-\\nsen-sa tion. Corporeal feeling,\\nsen si-tive. Capable of feeling; easily af\u00c2\u00ac\\nfected by outside influences,\\nsense. The perceptive faculty.\\nsens or=gran-ules. Sensorium; a common\\ncenter of sensation.\\nsen-so ri-al. Pertaining to the sensorium.\\nsen-so ri-um. A common center of sensa-\\nsen sor-y. Pertaining to sensation, [tion.\\nsep sis. Putrefaction; septicemia,\\nsep tic. Relating to putrefaction,\\nsep-tic-e mi-a, sept-e mi-a. A morbid con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndition from absorption of septic products,\\nsep-to-py-e mi-a. Combined septicemia\\nand pyemia.\\nsep-to-py-e mic. Pertaining to septopye-\\nsep tum. Dividing membrane or wall. [mia.\\nse quel, se-que la. A supervening disease,\\nser-al-bu min. Albumin of the blood,\\nse ries. An order or arrangement of one\\nafter another according to some law or rule,\\nse-ro-fi brin-ous. Composed of serum and\\nfibrin. s. membrane. A membrane com\u00c2\u00ac\\nposed of serum and fibrin,\\nse rous. Having nature of serum. blood=s.\\nWhey; serum of milk. s. albumin. (Same\\nas Seralbumin. s. globulin. Same as Fi-\\nbrinoplastin. s. cavities. Cavities of\\nthe serous sacs. s. membrane. That which\\nsecretes serous fluids. s. sacs. The serous\\nmembranes.\\nser ra-ted. Notched like a saw.\\nse rum. Fluid constituent of blood,\\nses a-moid. Resembling a grain, s. bones.\\nSmall bones developed in tendons,\\nsex. The state or condition of being either\\nsex u-al. Pertaining to sex. [maleor female,\\nshaft. A long and cylindrical body or part,\\nshank. Popular name for the tibia or shin,\\nsheath. Covering; an investing substance,\\nshin. The anterior edge of the tibia.\\nshin=bone. The tibia.\\nship=fever. Typhus fever,\\nshock. A sudden or violent sensation; a\\nstroke; prostration of bodily functions,\\nshoul der. Part of trunk between neck and\\nfree portion of arm. -s.=blade, s.=bone.\\nThe scapula.\\nshred. A small, irregular or jagged strip\\ntorn or cut off; fragment or particle,\\nshred dy. Consisting of or characterized by\\nsigh. A long, deep inspiration. [shreds,\\nsight. The faculty of vision,\\nsig moid. Shaped like Greek letter S. -s.\\nflexure. Lower part of colon,\\nsil i-ca. Silicon dioxid.\\nsil i-con. Non=metallic element.[substance.\\nsim ple. Not compound; consisting of one\\nsim-u-la tion. Counterfeiting disease,\\nsin ci-put. Anterior and upper partof head.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0678.jp2"}, "679": {"fulltext": "PR A CTICA L DICTIONAR Y\\n639\\nsin is-ter. Pertaining to the left; left,\\nsin u-ous. Wavy; winding,\\nsi nus. A hollow, cavity, recess, or pocket;\\na large channel containing venous blood;\\na cavity within a bone. s. venosus. A dil\u00c2\u00ac\\natation of the termination of venous chan\u00c2\u00ac\\nnels, forming a separate chamber,\\nskel e-ton. The frame=work of the body,\\ncomposed of bone and cartilage,\\nskin. The membranous external invest\u00c2\u00ac\\nment of an animal; the integument.\\ntrue s. Cutis or derma. -s.=slip. Slipping\\nof the cuticle.\\nskull. Bony frame=work of head; cranium,\\nskull cap. The sinciput; calvarium,\\nslough. To cast off, as dead from living\\ntissue; shed; to separate or fall away;\\ndead tissue separated and thrown off from\\nthe living parts; a scab,\\nsmall pox. An acute, specific, infectious\\ndisease, resulting from a specific morbid\\npoison. [perceived; the olfactory sense,\\nsmell. Sense by means of which odors are\\nsneezing. An explosive expulsion of air\\nthrough the nasal passages and mouth,\\nsnoring. Breathing through the nose and\\nopen mouth with a hoarse rough noise,\\nsock et. The concavity of an articulation,\\nso da. A white alkaline compound; sodium\\ncarbonate; sal soda.\\nso di-um. A silver=white alkaline metallic\\nelement. s. chlorid. Common salt,\\nsoft. Not bony or cartilaginous. s. palate.\\nSoft posterior portion of the mouth,\\nsof ten-ing. Making or becoming soft; mor\u00c2\u00ac\\nbid degeneration or softening of a part,\\nso lar plex us. A large plexus of nervous\\nsystem found in front of spine,\\nsole. Bottom surface of foot, [tending foot,\\nso-le us. A muscle of calf that assists in ex-\\nsol i-ta-ry. Not in a cluster; single; sepa\u00c2\u00ac\\nrate. s. glands. Scattered lymphoid fol\u00c2\u00ac\\nlicles in walls of small intestines,\\nsol-u-bil i-ty. State of being soluble,\\nsol u-ble. Capable of being dissolved; dis\u00c2\u00ac\\nsoluble.\\nso-lu tion. Diffusion of a solid in a liquid,\\nsol vent. Having power of dissolving; a\\nliquid capable of dissolving substances.\\nSO-mat ic. Pertaining to body; physical;\\ncorporeal. \u00e2\u0080\u0094s. death. Death of entirebody.\\nSO-por-if iC. Medicine that produces deep\\nsleep.\\nsore. An ulcer, chafe, or wound; painful,\\nsound. Sensation produced through organ\\nof hearing; having all organs or faculties\\nintact. [tart,\\nsour. Opposite of sweet to the taste; acid;\\nspace. Inclosed or partially inclosed part\\nspas-mod ic. Pertaining tospasm. [of body,\\nspe-cif ic. Distinctly or plainly set forth;\\nspecific; having some distinct medicinal\\nor pathological property. \u00e2\u0080\u0094s. gravity.\\nThe weight of a substance compared with\\nwater. [Suspensory cord of testis,\\nsper-mat ic. Pertaining to semen. s. cord,\\nsphe noid. (1) Cuneiform; wedge=shaped.\\n(2) One of the small cranial bones at an-\\nsphere. A globe. [terior base of skull,\\nspher i-cal. Like a sphere,\\nsphe roid. A solid resembling a sphere,\\nsphinc ter. A muscle constricting an ori\u00c2\u00ac\\nfice. s. ani. Muscle constricting the anus,\\nspic u-la. A small spike=shaped fragment\\nof bone. [ments of bone,\\nspic u-la-ted. Full of spike=shaped frag-\\nSpi-ge li-an lobe. A lobe of the liver pro\u00c2\u00ac\\njecting backwai d.\\nspi nal. Pertaining to spine. s. canal.\\nHollow within vertebral column. s.\\ncolumn. Back=bone. s. marrow. Spinal\\ncord. -s. nerves. Nerves given off from\\nspine. The vertebral column, [spinal cord,\\nspi ral. In the form of a corkscrew.\\nSpi-rillum {pi. spi-ril la). A spiral=formed\\nbacterium. s. cholerse Asiatic\u00c2\u00ae. Bacteri\u00c2\u00ac\\num that causes cholera. [substance,\\nspirit. An alcoholic solution of volatile\\nsplanch non. The viscera; the entrails,\\nsplanch nic. Pertaining to the viscera,\\nspleen. Largest ductless gland in body,\\nsplen ic. Pertaining to the spleen,\\nsplen-i-za tion. Becoming like the spleen,\\nsplint. A support for ends of a fractured\\nspon gi-form. Similar to a sponge, [bone,\\nspon gy. Porous; like a sponge,\\nspore. Reproductive organ of a cryptogam;\\nany germ or reproductive element less\\norganized than a true cell,\\nspon-ta ne-ous. Taking place without aid\\nor volition.\\nspo-rad ic. Scattered; occurring in isolated\\ncases, -s. cholera. Cholera morbus,\\nspo-ro-gen ic, spo-rog e-nous. Producing\\nspores; producing by means of spores,\\nspot ted fever. Cerebrospinal meningitis,\\nsprain. A violent straining of ligaments,\\nspray. Liquor vaporized by a strong air\\nspu tum. Expectorated matter, [current,\\nsqua ma. A scale or lamina.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0679.jp2"}, "680": {"fulltext": "640\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nsqua mous. Scaly,\\nsta bi-le. Not moving; permanent,\\nstage. A period of disease,\\nstag nate. To cease motion,\\nstag-na tion. Cessation of motion,\\nstain. A dye; a discoloration,\\nstanch. To check or stop a flow,\\nstand ard. An established rule or model,\\nstarch. Amylum.\\nsta sis. Stagnation of the blood current,\\nste-ap sin. An unorganized ferment con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntained in pancreatic juice.\\nSte ar-in. A compound of stearic acid and\\nglyceryl found in the harder animal fats.\\nStench. An ill=smell; an offensive odor,\\nsten-osed Narrowed; contracted,\\nsten-o sis. A narrowing or constriction.\\nSten son\u00e2\u0080\u0099s duct. See Duct.\\nsterile. Barren^ not fertile,\\nster-il-i-za tion. Destruction of germs by\\nheat or a disinfectant. [tive.\\nster il-ize. To render sterile or unproduc-\\nster il-i-zer. Instrument for sterilization,\\nster nal. Pertaining to the sternum,\\nsteth o-scope. A tube for conveying sounds\\nin auscultation. [activity.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0Stim u-lantJ*An agent increasing functional\\nstim u-lus. Anything exciting an organ,\\nstitch. A sharp laminating pain; to sew.\\nstD ma. The mouth.\\n.sto-ma-ti tis. Inflammation of the mouth,\\nstom ach. Chief digestive organ of body,\\nstool. Evacuation of the bowels.\\nstran\u00c2\u00a3u-la-ted. Constricted to such degree\\nas to have its circulation cut off. s. her\u00c2\u00ac\\nnia. Irreducible hernia.\\nStran-gu-la tion. Act of strangulating; the\\nstate of being strangulated,\\nstrat i-fied. Arranged in layers.\\nStrat i-form. Formed into layers,\\nstra tum. A sheet or layer of tissue char\u00c2\u00ac\\nacterized by some special form or arrange\u00c2\u00ac\\nment of structure. s. corneum. Outer\\nepidermic layer. s. granulosum. Gran\u00c2\u00ac\\nular layer of the retina,\\nstrep-to-coc cus. A curved or twisted chain\\nof micrococci.\\nstri ate. Marked with furrows,\\nstric ture. A contraction of a duct or tube,\\nstroke. A popular name for apoplexy,\\nstro ma. Foundation tissue of an organ,\\nstructure. An organ; composition of an\\nstru ma. Scrofula. [organ,\\nstrych ni-a. An alkaloid of mix vomica.\\nsty li-form. Resembling stylus.\\nsub-a-rach noid. Beneath arachnoid coat\\nof brain. \u00e2\u0080\u0094s. space. Space beneath arach\u00c2\u00ac\\nnoid coat of brain.\\nsub-cla vi-an. Under the collar=bone.\\nsub-cu-ta ne-ous. Beneath the skin,\\nsub-di-vi sion. After the first division,\\nsub-ja cent. Next to.\\nsub ject. A body for dissection. [self,\\nsub-jec tive. Internal; pertaining to one\u00e2\u0080\u0099s\\nsub-lin gual. Beneath the tongue. s.\\ngland. Gland beneath tongue,\\nsub-max il-la-ry. Beneath the lower jaw.\\nsub-mer sion. State of being submerged,\\nsub-mu cous. Beneath mucous membrane,\\nsub-per-i-to-ne al. Beneath peritoneum,\\nsub-serv i-ent. Acting in interest of an-\\nsu dor. Sweat; perspiration. [other,\\nsu-dor-if er-ous. Producing sweat. s.\\nglands. Sweat=glands.\\nsuf-fo-ca tion. A stoppage of respiration,\\nsul ca-ted. Grooved; furrowed, [volutions,\\nsul ci of brain. Depressions between con-\\nsul phate. A salt of sulphuric acid. of\\naluminum. Aluminum and sulphuric\\nacid combined. [an element,\\nsulphid. A combination of sulphur with\\nsul phur. Brimstone.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0sul phu-ret-ed hy dro-gen. Sulphur and\\nhydrogen combined; a.gas.\\nsul-phu ric. Combined with sulphur. s.\\nacid. One of the mineral acids,\\nsu per-. A prefix denoting upon or above,\\nsu-per-fi cial. Near or confined to the sur\u00c2\u00ac\\nface. s. fascia. A fibro=areolar tissue just\\nsu-pe ri-or. The upper, [beneath the skin,\\nsu pi-na-ted. Turned upon the back,\\nsu-pi-na tion. A turning of the palm up\u00c2\u00ac\\nward; the attitude of lying upon the bed.\\nsu pi-na-tor. A muscle that supinates.\\nsup-ple-men tal air. Air remaining in\\nlungs after a normal expiration,\\nsup-pres sion. Concealment; retention,\\nsun stroke. A sudden cerebral disturbance\\ndue to excessive heat, usually of the sun.\\nsum mer complaint. The cholera of infants,\\nsup-pu-ra tion. The formation of pus.\\nsu pra-. A prefix, above, beyond, or upon,\\nsu-pra-or bit-al. Above orbit of the eye.\\nsu-pra-re nal. Above the kidney. s. body\\nor capsule. A gland=like organ of un\u00c2\u00ac\\nknown function situated upon the kidney,\\nsu ral. Pertaining to calf of leg.\\nsur face. Exterior or face of body, [fluenced.\\nsus-cep-ti-bil i-ty. State of being easily in-\\nsus-cep ti-ble. Sensitive to an influence.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0680.jp2"}, "681": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n641\\nsus-pend ed an-i-ma tion. Temporary ces\u00c2\u00ac\\nsation of vital functions,\\nsu ture. Junction of cranial bones; seam,\\nsweat. Secretion of sweat-glands. s. ducts.\\nCanals leading from sweat=glands to pores.\\ns.=glands. Sudoriferous glands,\\nsweet bread. The pancreas,\\nswelling. Tumefaction; enlarging.\\nSyl vi-us, fissure of. Fissure between an\u00c2\u00ac\\nterior and middle lobes of cerebrum,\\nsym-pa-thet ic system. Series of ganglions\\nand nerves dominating the viscera and in\u00c2\u00ac\\nvoluntary muscles.\\nsym phy-sis. A junction of bones. s. pu\u00c2\u00ac\\nbis. A junction of pubic bones,\\nsyn-ar-thro sis. Immovable articulation,\\nsyn-chon-dro sis. Union by intervening\\nsyn co-pe. Swooningor fainting, [cartilage,\\nsyn-o vi-a. Lubricating fluid of a synovial\\nmembrane.\\nsyn-o vi-al. Pertaining to synovia. s.\\nmembrane. Sac containing synovia within\\na joint. [uniting elements,\\nsyn che-sis. A formation of a compound by\\nsyn-thet ic. Pertaining to systhesis. [ease,\\nsyph i-lis. A specific i nfectious venereal dis-\\nsyr inge. Instrument for injecting fluids,\\nsys tem. Methodic arrangement of parts;\\nsys-te-mat ic. Methodic, [animal economy,\\nsys-tem ic. Pertaining to a system. \u00e2\u0080\u0094s. cir\u00c2\u00ac\\nculation. Entire circulation of body,\\nsys to-le. Contraction of heart and arteries.\\nT\\nta ble. A layer or plate of bone. t. of the\\nskull. Internal and external plates of the\\ntache. A spot or coloration. [bone,\\ntac tile. Pertaining to sense of touch,\\ntail. The caudal extremity,\\ntam pon. A plug of lint or cotton,\\ntap ping. Removing water or other fluid\\ntar sal. Pertaining to tarsus, [from cavities,\\ntar sus. The instep. [rymal Gland.\\ntear=duct. See Duct. t.=gland. See Lach-\\ntears. The secretion of the lachrymal gland,\\nteeth. Organs of mastication,\\nteg u-ment. Relating to the skin,\\ntem per-a-ture. Degree of intensity of heat,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094normal t. Temperature of a body in a\\nstate of health.\\ntem-po-ro-max il-la-ry. Pertaining to tem\u00c2\u00ac\\nporal and inferior maxillary bones,\\nten di-nous. Pertaining to a tendon,\\nten do, ten don. A white, fibrous tissue, the\\nattachment of muscles. t. of A-chll lcs.\\nLarge tendon of heel,\\nten sion. Act of stretching,\\nten sor. A muscle making a part tense,\\ntep id. Warm; about blood heat,\\nte res. A round muscle. t. lig a-ment.\\nRound ligament of hip=joint.\\ntes tes. Glandular bodies in scrotum,\\ntet a-nus A disease produced by bacillus\\ntetani; lockjaw. t. ne-o-na-to ri-um.\\nA spasmodic disease of infants,\\ntet-ra-coc cus. A micrococcus occurring in\\nclusters forming groups of four,\\nther-mom e-ter. An instrument for meas\u00c2\u00ac\\nuring intensity of heat. cen ti-grade t.\\nSee Centigrade. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Fah ren-heit t. One in\\nwhich the interval between freezing and\\nboiling points is divided into 180 degrees,\\nthe zero point being 32 degrees below freez\u00c2\u00ac\\ning of water.\\nthigh. Upper part of lower extremity. \u00e2\u0080\u00941.=\\nbone. Bone of the thigh; femur,\\ntho-rac ic. Pert aining to thorax. t. aorta.\\nDescending aorta within chest. t. vis\u00c2\u00ac\\ncera. Viscera within thorax,\\nthroat. Anterior part of neck,\\nthrom-bo sis. Formation of a thrombus,\\nthrom bus. A blood=clot in a vessel at point\\nof obstruction.\\nthumb. The inner digit of hand or foot,\\nthy mils. Gland u lar organ at base o f tongue,\\nthy roid. Scutiform or shield=shaped. t.\\nbody. A ductless glandular body at upper\\npart of trachea. t. cartilage. Largest\\nlaryngeal cartilage.\\ntib i-a. Inner and larger bone of the leg.\\ntinc ture. Alcoholic solution of medicinal\\nsubstance.\\ntis sue. An aggregation of similar cells and\\nfibers forming adistinctstructure. a-re\\n0-lar t. A form of connective tissue made\\nup of cells and delicate elastic fibers in\u00c2\u00ac\\nterlacing. ad i-pose t. Connective tissue\\nwith flat cells lodged in the meshes. car-\\nti-lag i-nous t. Cartilage, \u00e2\u0080\u0094connective t.\\nGeneral name for all tissues of body that\\nsupport essential elements or parenchy\u00c2\u00ac\\nma. ep-i-the li-al t. Epithelium. \u00e2\u0080\u0094fi-\\nl:ro-a-re o-lar t. Tissue made up of fibrous\\nand areolar tissue. mus cu-lar t. Muscle.\\nner-voust. See Nerve. \u00e2\u0080\u0094os se-oust. See\\ntoe. A digit of the foot. [Bone.\\ntongue. Organ of taste and speech,\\nton ic. Relating to tone. t. contraction.\\nA continuous contraction. [fauces,\\nton sil. A glandular organ on each side of", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0681.jp2"}, "682": {"fulltext": "642\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\ntor cu-lar He-roph i-li. A cavity before in\u00c2\u00ac\\nternal occipital protuberance for venous\\nsinuses. [inactive,\\ntor pid. Affected with torpor; benumbed;\\ntor sion. A twisting,\\ntor tu-ous. Crooked,\\ntouch. The tactile sense; palpation,\\ntox-e mi-a. A poisoned state of blood,\\ntox ic. Poisonous,\\ntox-i-co-gen ic. Producing poison,\\ntox-ifer-ous. Carrying poison,\\ntox in. Any toxic ptomain.\\ntra che-a. The windpipe,\\ntract. A disti net more or less defined region\\nusually much longer than broad; a course,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094alimentary t. Alimentary canal extend\u00c2\u00ac\\ning from mouth to anus, \u00e2\u0080\u0094digestive t.\\nSee Alimentary Tract.\\ntrac tion. A drawing or pulling, [syncope,\\ntrance. A form of catalepsy; protracted\\ntrans-fu sion. A transfer of blood into the\\ntransient. Temporary. [veins,\\ntrans-lu cent. Partly transparent,\\ntrans-mi-gra tion. Passage of cells through\\na membranous septum,\\ntrans-mis sion. Transfer of a disease,\\ntran-spi-ra tion. Act of passing fluid, va\u00c2\u00ac\\npor, or gas, through a membrane,\\ntran-su-da tion. Anoozingof fluid through\\nskin and other tissues,\\ntran-sude To ooze through,\\ntrans-ver-sa lis. A structure that 1 ies across\\nanother. t. fascia Fascia that passes\\nacross abdomen beneath the muscles,\\nt. colli. Muscle of back part of neck,\\ntrans-verse Lying across. [row.\\ntra-pe zi-um. First bone of second carpal\\ntrau ma. A wound; an injury,\\ntrau-mat ic. Pertaining to a wound,\\ntrau ma-tism. Condition of one suffering\\nfrom injury, [sides and with three angles,\\ntri an-gle. Space bounded by three lines or\\ntri ceps. Three=lieaded muscle of the arm.\\ntri-chi na. A genus of nematode worms,\\ntri-cus pid. Three pointed. t. valve Valve\\nbetween right auricle and ventricle,\\ntroch le-a. A pulley=like process. [ities.\\ntrunk. Body except head, neck, and extrem-\\ntryp sin. A proteolytic ferment contained\\nin pancreatic juice.\\ntryp-sin o-gen. A granular substance con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntained in cells of pancreas,\\ntube. A pipe=like structure or instrument.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094air t. The bronchial tube,\\ntu ber-cle. A small eminence; a small nod\u00c2\u00ac\\nule of granular cells constituting the con\u00c2\u00ac\\ndition called tuberculosis,\\ntu-ber cu-lar. Pertaining to or containing\\ntubercule. t. bacilli. The bacilli that\\ncause tuberculosis. t. men-in-gi tis. Men\u00c2\u00ac\\ningitis caused by tubercular bacilli,\\ntu-ber-cu-lo sis. Infectious disease due to\\npresence of tubercular bacilli; consump-\\ntu bule. A minute tube. [tion.\\ntu-me-fac tion. A swelling of a part,\\ntu mor. A swelling; abnormal enlargement.\\nbenign t. One that is not malignant,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094cystic t. One made up of cysts. en\u00c2\u00ac\\ncysted t. Having cysts, \u00e2\u0080\u0094fibroid t. A\\nfibroma. malignant t. One that even\u00c2\u00ac\\ntually destroys life. ovarian t. A tumor\\nconnected with the ovary,\\ntu ni -ca. An enveloping or lining mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane. t. ad-ven-ti ti-a. Outer coat of an\\nartery. t. in ti-ma. Inner coat of an ar\u00c2\u00ac\\ntery. t. me di-a. Middle coat of an artery,\\ntur bi-nal. Turbinated bones,\\ntur bi-na-ted. Top=shaped. [of an organ,\\ntur-ges cence. A swelling or enlargement\\ntur gid. Unnaturally distended, as by con-\\ntym-pan ic. Drum=like.[tainedairor liquid,\\ntym pa-num. Themiddle=ear cavity, [form,\\ntype. A representative or characteristic\\nty phoid. Resembling typhus; an infectious\\nfever marked by great prostration,\\nty phus fever. An epidemic contagious\\ntyp i-cal. Characteristic. [fever.\\nLJ\\nul cer. Suppuration upon a free surface;\\nan open sore.\\nul-cer-a tion. Process of ulcer=formation.\\nul na. Large bone of forearm,\\nul nar. Relating to the ulna,\\nul ti-mate. Farthest or most remote,\\num-bil ic-al. Pertaining to umbilicus. u.\\narteries. Arteries of umbilical cord. u.\\ncord. See Cord, Umbilical. \u00e2\u0080\u0094u. region.\\nRegion around umbilicus. \u00e2\u0080\u0094u. vein. Vein\\nof umbilical cord.\\num-bi-li cus. The navel. [sensibility,\\nun-con scious-ness. State of being without\\nunc tion. Act of anointing; anointment.\\nunc tu-ous. Greasy,\\nun guent. An ointment,\\nu-ni-cel lu-lar. Having but one cell,\\nu-ni-lat er-al. Affecting but one side,\\nun-stri a-ted. Not stripfed. u. muscular\\nfiber. Involuntary muscular fiber.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0682.jp2"}, "683": {"fulltext": "PRACTICAL DICTIONARY\\n643\\nup per ex-trem\u00e2\u0080\u0099i-ties. Organs of tact and\\nprehension; arms. [umbilicus,\\nu ra-chus. A fibrous cord from bladder to\\nu re-a. Chief solid constituent of urine,\\nur-e mi-a. Toxic condition of blood from\\naccumulation of urea,\\nur-e mic. Due to or marked by uremia,\\nu-re ter. Tube carrying urine from kidney\\nto bladder.\\nu-re thra. Excretory canal of bladder,\\nu ric. Pertaining to urine. \u00e2\u0080\u0094u. acid. White,\\ntasteless, almost insoluble compound\\nfound in urine and elsewhere,\\nu ri-na-ry. Pertaining to urine. u. canal.\\nCanal including ureter, bladder, and ure-\\nu rine. Excretion of the kidneys. [thra.\\nu-ri-nif e-rous. Carrying urine. u. tu\u00c2\u00ac\\nbules. Minute canals in renal substance,\\nu ter-ine. Pertaining to the uterus,\\nu te-rus. The womb. [palate,\\nu vu-la. Pendent fleshy portion of the soft\\n\\\\I\\nvac-ci-na tion. Inoculation with vaccine\\nvirus to protect against smallpox,\\nvac cine. Lymph from a cowpox vesicle,\\nvac-cin i-a. Cowpox.\\nvac u-um. A space exhausted of air.\\nva-gi na. Canal from vulva to uterus,\\nvag i-nal. Pertaining to vagina,\\nvalve. A fold across a canal or opening ob\u00c2\u00ac\\nstructing passage in one direction,\\nval vu-lse con-ni-vent es. Folds of mucous\\nmembrane in the small intestine,\\nvalv u-lar. Pertaining to a valve,\\nva por. Gaseous form of a substance,\\nvar i-cose. Swollen; knotted. v. veins.\\nKnotted veins usually in lower extremi-\\nva-ri o-la. Smallpox. [ties,\\nva ri-o-loid. Slight form of smallpox modi\u00c2\u00ac\\nfied by vaccination,\\nvas C pl- va sa). A vessel or duct,\\nva sa brev i-a. Short vessels. v. va-so\\nrum. Vessels of a vessel; minute blood=\\nvessels that supply coats of other vessels,\\nvas cu-lar. Pertaining to vessels or ducts,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094v. system. Entire arrangement of ves\u00c2\u00ac\\nsels for the circulation of fluids of body,\\nvas-cu-lar i-ty. Quality of being vascular,\\nvas-o-mo tor. Producing movement in the\\nwalls of vessels. [growth,\\nveg-e-ta tion. Morbid; having fungous\\nvein. A vessel returning blood to heart,\\nve lum. A veil or veiLlike structure.\\nve na. A vein. v. portae. Portal vein. v.\\ncava. Oneof the largest veins (superior and\\ninferior) that enter the right auricle,\\nve nse com i-tes. Two veins accompanying\\nan artery.\\nve nous. Pertaining to a vein. v. conges\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion. An excessive amount of venous\\nblood in small vessels of surface. \u00e2\u0080\u0094v.\\nvalves. Valves in veins of extremities that\\nprevent blood from flowing backward,\\nven ter. The abdomen or belly. v. of the\\nilium. The iliac region. [Region of belly,\\nven tral. Pertaining to belly. v. region,\\nven tri-cle. (1) A small belly=like cavity.\\n(2) Upper right and left cavities of heart,\\nven ules. Little veins,\\nver mi-form. Worm=like. v. appendix.\\nA worm=shaped tube opening into cecum,\\nver te-bra (pl. -brae). A bony segment of\\nspinal column.\\nver te-bral. Pertaining to a vertebra. v.\\ncolumn. Spinal column; back=bone.\\nver tex. Crown or top of head,\\nver ti-cal. In a perpendicular line,\\nve-si ca. The bladder. [der.\\nves i-cal. Pertaining to or supplying blad-\\nves-i-ca tion. Production of a blister,\\nve-sic u-lar. Pertaining to vesicals.\\nves sel. A tube conveying fluids of body,\\nvi -a-ble. Capable of maintaining life,\\nvi-bra tion. A swinging back and forth,\\nvi-ca ri-ous. Taking place of another; as\u00c2\u00ac\\nsumption of function of an organ by an\u00c2\u00ac\\nother.\\nvillus pl -li). One of numerous minute\\nvascular projections from mucous mem\u00c2\u00ac\\nbrane of intestines,\\nvir u-lence. Noxiousness; malignity,\\nvir u-lent. Having nature of a poison,\\nvi rus. A morbid product; a pathogenic mi\u00c2\u00ac\\ncrobe.\\nvis ce-ra. Contents of cavities of body,\\nvis cer-al. Pertaining to viscera. v. anat\u00c2\u00ac\\nomy. Anatomy of the viscera,\\nvis-cid. A gummy substance produced in\\nviscous fermentation,\\nvis cus (pl vis ce-ra). Any organ enclosed\\nwithin one of the great cavities of body,\\nvi sion. Sight.\\nvis u-al. Pertaining to vision,\\nvi ta. Life.\\nvi tal. Pertaining to life. v. functions.\\nThose upon which life depends. v. or\u00c2\u00ac\\ngans. Throat, lungs, brain, and all other\\nessential organs to life.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0683.jp2"}, "684": {"fulltext": "644\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nvi-tal i-ty. Vital principle of life,\\nvi tals. Organs essential to life,\\nvi-tel lus. Protoplasmic contents of ovum\\nthat feed developing embryo,\\nvit re-ous. Glass=like. v. humor. A trans\u00c2\u00ac\\nparent jelly=like tissue filling ball of eye.\\nvo cal. Pertaining to voice. v. cords. Small\\ncords at glottis. [vocal cords,\\nvoice. Sound produced by vibration of the\\nvol a-tile. Readily evaporating,\\nvo-li tion. The power of willing.\\nvoTun-ta-ry. Under control of the will.\\nV. muscle. A muscle under control of will,\\nvol vu-lus. A twisting of an intestine,\\nvo mer. Thin plate of bone between nostrils,\\nvom it. To eject from stomach through\\nmouth. [organs,\\nvul va. External opening of female genital\\n1A 1\\nwaist. Narrow portion of trunk above hips,\\nwalls. Sides of any cavity or vesicle,\\nwaste material. Excretions of the body,\\nwhite of the eye. The conjunctiva.\\nWillis, circle Of. Circle formed by arteries\\nat base of brain to equalize pressure,\\nwind pipe. Tube leading from pharynx to\\nthe air=cells; trachea,\\nwomb. See Uterus. [sutures.\\nWor mi-an bones. Small bones in cranial\\nwound. Break in continuity of soft parts,\\nwrist. The carpus. w.=joint. Joint of the\\ncarpus and forearm.\\nX\\nxan-thic. Yellow.\\nxan thin. A white crystalline compound\\ncontained in blood, urine, and other secre\u00c2\u00ac\\ntions. [the skin,\\nxan-tho-der ma. A morbid yellowness of\\nxiph oid. Sword=like. x. appendix. Third\\nand last piece of sternum.\\nX-rays. Popular name for Roentgen rays.\\nY\\nyawn-ing. Deep inspiration; gaping,\\nyel-low fe ver. An epidemic disease of hot\\nmoist regions.\\ny=lig a-ment. Ileofemoral ligament.\\nZ\\nzyg-o-mat ic. Pertaining to cheek=bone.\\nzy-mot ic. Relating to fermentation. z.\\ndiseases. Any epidemic, endemic, or con\u00c2\u00ac\\ntagious disease, produced by some morbific\\nprinciple acting on system like a ferment,\\nzy mo-gen. A substance that develops by\\ninternal changes, without apparent de\u00c2\u00ac\\ncomposition, into a chemical ferment or\\nenzyme.\\nADDENDA.\\nal-bu mose. A first product of the splitting\\nof proteids by enzymes,\\na-me ba. A genus of rhizopods. [ba.\\nam-e boid. Having movements of an ame-\\nam id. A compound derived from ammo\u00c2\u00ac\\nnia by substitution of an acid radicle for\\nhydrogen.\\nam-pho-ter ic. Having power of altering\\nboth red and blue test=paper.\\nam yl-um. Starch; a valuable nutrient,\\nben zene, ben zol. A liquid hydrocarbon\\ncar-bam id. Urea. [from coal=tar.\\ncho-les ter-in. A monatomic alcohol, found\\nin blood, nerve=tissue, and bile,\\ndel-i-ques cent. Diquefying from absorp\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of atmospheric moisture,\\ndi as-tase. A nitrogenous ferment of malt,\\ne-las tin. Main constituent of yellow elas\u00c2\u00ac\\ntic tissue.\\nen zym. An unorganized, hydrolytic fer-\\neth yi-ene- Bicarbureted hydrogen, [ment.\\nfi-bro ma. A tumor of fibrous tissue,\\nfi-brin-o-plas tin. See Paraglobulin.\\nglu co-side. A body containing glucose\\nwith some organic principle,\\nhy-dra tion. Impregnating a substance\\nwith water. [water,\\nhy-dro-lyt ic. Producing decomposition of\\nke tone. A compound of carbonic oxid with\\ntwo univalent hydrocarbons,\\nmalt ose. A sugar derived from action of\\ndiastase on barley.\\nnu-cle-o=aI-bu min. A nuclein from cell=\\nprotoplasm.\\nnu-cle-o=pro te-id. A nuclein having a\\nrelatively large amount of albumin,\\npar-a-glob u-lin. A native proteid from\\nblood=serum.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0684.jp2"}, "685": {"fulltext": "I\\nGENERAL INDEX.\\n/A\\nAbbott, observations of, 503, 504.\\nAbdomen, 00.\\nContents of, 43.\\nRegions of the, 109.\\nEpigastric (or epigastrium), 109, 110.\\nHypochondriac (or hypochondrium),\\nleft, 109, 110.\\nRight, 109.\\nHypogastric, 109, 111.\\nInguinal, left, 109, 111.\\nRight, 111.\\nLumbar, left, 109, 111.\\nRight, 109, 110.\\nUmbilical, 109, 110.\\nAbdominal cavity, the, 92, 303.\\nContents, position of, 305.\\nOpenings, 109.\\nOrgans requiring special treatment, 306.\\nRegions, its,.303.\\nTo inject the, 306.\\nViscera, 109.\\nAbsorbents, the, 61.\\nSkin, the, 61.\\nLymphatic system, the, 67.\\nAcetabulum, the, 26.\\nAdam\u00e2\u0080\u0099s apple, 83.\\nAdipocere, 270, 272.\\nAir=passages, asphyxia from mechanical\\nobstructions of, 549.\\nAlbumin, 210.\\nAlbuminoids, 210.\\nAlimentary canal, the, 89.\\nAllan on formaldehyde, 519.\\nAmerican Public Health Association, ex\u00c2\u00ac\\nperiments by committee on disinfectants\\nof, 510.\\nAmmonia, 216.\\nAmylopsin, 212.\\nAnatomy, morbid, 335.\\nVisceral, 70.\\nAncient and modern embalming, 217.\\nAncient embalming, 220.\\nAnthrax spores, Koch\u00e2\u0080\u0099s experiments upon,\\n502.\\nAntiseptics, 507.\\nAntiseptics and disinfectants, 507.\\nApnoea, asphyxia, 257.\\nApoplectic habit, the, 431.\\nAppendix auriculae, 126.\\nVermiformis, 109, 111.\\nArachnoid, the, 77.\\nArbor vitae, the, 80.\\nArsenic, poisoning by, 460.\\nArterial anastimoses, 133.\\nEmbalming, 281.\\nArtery or arteries, 132.\\nAnastomotica inagna, 159.\\nAorta, 110, 11, 38, 12, 99.\\nAbdominal, 109, 138, 160.\\nArch, 138.\\nArtery or arteries\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nAorta\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nThoracic, 138, 160.\\nArteriae receptaculi, 157.\\nAuricular, posterior, 140.\\nAxillary, 158.\\nBasilar, 157.\\nBrachial, 159, 287.\\nBronchial, 86, 87, 60.\\nCarotid, common, 139, 290.\\nExternal, 140.\\nInternal, 140.\\nCeliac axis, 110, 160.\\nCerebral, anterior, 140, 157.\\nMiddle, 140, 157.\\nPosterior, 157.\\nChoroid, anterior, 157.\\nCircle of Willis, 158.\\nCircumflex, external, 173.\\nInternal, 173.\\nCoats, their, 133.\\nCommunicating, posterior, 157.\\nCoronary, 138.\\nDorsalis pedis, 174.\\nEpigastric, deep, 164.\\nSuperficial, 164.\\nEsophageal, 92, 160.\\nFacial, 140.\\nFemoral, 164, 288.\\nGastric, 112, 160.\\nGastroepiploic, left, 112.\\nRight, 112.\\nGluteal, 163.\\nHemorrhoidal, middle, 163.\\nHepatic, 116, 160.\\nIliac, 56.\\nCircumflex, deep, 164.\\nCommon, 162.\\nExternal, 163.\\nInternal, 162.\\nAnterior trunk, 162.\\nPosterior trunk, 163.\\nSuperficial, 63,164.\\nIliolumbar, 163.\\nInnominate, 139.\\nIntercostals, 160.\\nLarge trunks, the, 132.\\nLingual, 145.\\nLumbar, 162.\\nMammary, internal, 158.\\nMaxillary, internal, 140.\\nMediastinal, posterior, 160.\\nMeningeal, anterior, 157.\\nMesenteric, inferior, 162.\\nSuperior, 162.\\nMuscular branches, 173.\\nObturator, 163.\\nOccipital, 140.\\nOpthalmic, 157.\\nOvarian, 162.\\nPalmar arch, deep, 159.\\nSuperficial, 159.\\n645", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0685.jp2"}, "686": {"fulltext": "646\\nCHAMPION TEXTtBQQK ON EMBALMING\\nArtery or arteries\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continuad.\\nPancreatico=duodenal, inferior, 118.\\nSuperior, 78.\\nPerforating, 173.\\nPericardiac, 160.\\nPharyngeal, ascending, 140.\\nPhrenic, 160.\\nInferior, 119.\\nPlantar, external, 174.\\nInternal, 174.\\nPopliteal, 173.\\nProfunda femoris, 173.\\nPudic, deep external, 173.\\nInternal, 163.\\nSuperficial external, 173.\\nPulmonary, 87,186.\\nPyloric, 112.\\nRadial, 159, 292.\\nRenal, 119,162.\\nSacral, 162.\\nLateral, 163.\\nSacra media, 56, 62.\\nSciatic, 163.\\nSpermatics, 162.\\nSplenic, 160.\\nSubclavian, 157.\\nLeft, 157.\\nRight, 157.\\nSuprarenal, 119,162.\\nSuprascapular, 158.\\nTemporal, 140.\\nThyroid axis, 158.\\nInferior, 158.\\nSuperior, 140.\\nTibial, anterior, 174, 295.\\nPosterior, 174, 294.\\nTransversalis colli, 158.\\nTympanic, 157.\\nUlnar, 159.\\nUmbilical or hypogastric, 195.\\nUterine, 163.\\nVaginal, 163.\\nVesical, inferior, 163.\\nMiddle, 163.\\nSuperior, 162.\\nVertebral, 157.\\nArtificial respiration, Howard\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method\\nof, 545.\\nAsphyxia, 257.\\nAsphyxia from\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nAdvancing coma, 549.\\nBreathing noxious gases, 549.\\nDrowning, 550.\\nLightning stroke or electricity, 550.\\nMechanical obstruction of the air=pas-\\nsages, 549.\\nPoisons or anesthetics, 549.\\nAssyrians, embalming among the, 234.\\nAuditory canal, or meatus, 202.\\nAuthor, portrait of, frontispiece.\\nAxillary space, the, 60.\\nAztecs, methods of the, 235.\\nB\\nBabylonians, methods of the, 97.\\nBacillus, bacilli, 488.\\nAnthrax, 377, 490.\\nCadaveris, 372, 491.\\nComma, 368.\\nDiptheria, 384.\\nPestis, bubonicse,\\nTetani, 375.\\nBaci llu s\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nTubercular, 495.\\nTuberculosis, 358, 490.\\nTyphi abdominalis, 492.\\nTyphoid, 351.\\nBacteria, their forms and growth, 486.\\nIn air, water, and earth, 492.\\nNon=pathogenic, 491, 494.\\nPathogenic, 491, 494.\\nBacteriology, history of, 481.\\nBarlow on Asiatic cholera, 368.\\nBehring, experiments of Dr., 504.\\nBile, 113.\\nBilirubin, 213.\\nBiliverdin, 213.\\nDiscoloration caused by, 327.\\nBladder, 119, 111, 122.\\nBlood, 124,129, 213.\\nArterial, 275.\\nCause of the arteries being empty after\\ndeath, 279.\\nCharacteristics and changes, its, 275,\\nCirculation of, 130, 276.\\nCirculation not destroyed by tapping the\\nheart, 322.\\nCoagulation of, 214, 276.\\nComposition of, 129, 275.\\nCorpuscles, 129.\\nCrystals, 130.\\nPlasma, the, 54.\\nSerum, 124.\\nRemoval of the, 315.\\nBasilic vein, through the, 320.\\nFemoral vein, through the, 320.\\nHeart direct, from the, 315.\\nJugular vein, through the, 321.\\nMethods, the, 315, 319.\\nReasons for its removal, 315.\\nVenous, 275.\\nBlood=vessels, the, 132.\\nBodies, transportation of, 526.\\nBody, its composition and chemistry, 206.\\nChemical constituents, the, 206.\\nChief chemical compounds, 207.\\nWeight of the different parts, 206.\\nBone or bones,\\nAnkle=joint, the, 26.\\nArticulations, 27.\\nAtlas, 8.\\nAxis, 25.\\nCarpus, the, 26.\\nClassification of, 5.\\nClavicle, 26.\\nCoccyx, 25.\\nComposition of the, 6.\\nCranial cavity, the, 8.\\nDevelopment of, 7.\\nDistribution of the, 4.\\nElbow, the, 26.\\nExtremities, the, 25.\\nFemur, the, 26.\\nFlat, the, 5.\\nFoot, the, 27.\\nFresh or living, 6.\\nGeneral description of the, 4.\\nHand, the, 26.\\nHaversian canals, 7.\\nHead, of the, 8.\\nCranial cavity, the, 8.\\nSkull and face, of the, 8.\\nSkull=bones, the, 8.\\nHip=bones, 25.\\nHumerus, 26.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0686.jp2"}, "687": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX\\n647\\nBone or bones\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nIlinm, 59.\\nInjury and repair of, 7.\\nInnominata, t he, 25.\\nIrregular, the, 5.\\nJoints, the, 27.\\nStructures, 27.\\nArticular lamella, 27.\\nCartilage, 28.\\nFibro=cartilage, 28.\\nSynovial membrane, 28.\\nLigaments, the, 28.\\nKneecap, 26.\\nKneejoint, the, 26.\\nLacunae, the, 7.\\nLigaments, 27.\\nLong, the, 5.\\nLower extremities, of the, 25.\\nMetacarpal, 26.\\nMetatarsus, the, 27.\\nNumber of, 4.\\nPatella, 26.\\nPhalanges, 26, 27.\\nPubic arch, 25.\\nRadius, 26.\\nRibs, the, 25.\\nSacrum, 25.\\nScapula, the, 26.\\nSesamoid, 27.\\nShort, the, 5.\\nShoulder, the, 26.\\nShoulder=blade, 26.\\nShoulder=joint, the, 26.\\nSkull, the, 8.\\nSkull and face, 8.\\nSpinal column, the, 8.\\nSternum, 25.\\nStructure of the, 6.\\nSutures, cranial, 27.\\nTarsus, the, 27.\\nThigh=bone, 26.\\nTibia, the, 21.\\nTrunk, the, 8.\\nUlna, 26.\\nUpper extremities, of the, 26.\\nWormian, 27.\\nWrist=joint, 26.\\nBrachial artery and basilic vein, the, 287.\\nBrain, the, 77, 78.\\nArbor=vitae, the, 76.\\nCerebellum, the, 79.\\nCerebrum, the, 79.\\nCorpus collosum, the, 75.\\nFalx cerebelli, the, 76.\\nMedulla oblongata, the, 80.\\nPons variolii, the, 80.\\nWeight of, 29.\\nBristowe, case of obstinate constipation re\u00c2\u00ac\\nported by, 414.\\nBronchi, the, 86.\\nBronchioles, 86.\\nBronchocele, 119.\\nBuchner, experiments of, 497.\\nC\\nCapillaries, the, 132,133, 137.\\nPulmonary, 187.\\nCapsules, suprarenal, the, 109, 110, 119.\\nCarbohydrates, 208.\\nCarbonic acid, poisoning by, 464.\\nOxid, poisoning by, 465.\\nCartilage or cartilages, 28.\\nCartonnage, the, 227.\\nCasein, 215.\\nCauda equina, the, 76.\\nCavity embalming, 296.\\nCecum, 114.\\nCerebellum, the, 75.\\nCerebro spinal system, 77.\\nCerebrum, the, 75.\\nChanges of death, 264.\\nChannels of infection, 496.\\nCheeks, 89, 92.\\nChelins, case of obstinate constipation re\u00c2\u00ac\\nported by, 414.\\nChemical compounds of the body, chief,\\n207.\\nBile, 213.\\nBlood, 213.\\nCarbohydrates, 208.\\nFats, 207.\\nGastric juice, 211.\\nMilk, 214.\\nPancreatic juice, 212.\\nProteins, 209.\\nSaliva, 210.\\nUrea, 214.\\nChemical constituents, the, 206.\\nChest, the, 84.\\nCholera spirillum, 368.\\nChyle, 69.\\nChyme, 113.\\nCirculation of blood, 130.\\nArteries of the systemic, 138.\\nFetal, the, 193.\\nOrgans of, 123.\\nPlacental, 196.\\nPulmonary or lesser, 186, 276.\\nSystemic, the, 123.\\nVeins of the systemic, 175.\\nCirculatory system, the, 123.\\nCoal gas, poisoning by, 466.\\nCocci or microcci, 488.\\nColon, the, 110, 111, 115.\\nComa, 260.\\nComa bacillus, 368.\\nCompendium of practical questions and\\nanswers, 559.\\nConsumption, to prevent the dissemination\\nof, 536.\\nContagion, infection and, 495.\\nContents, table of, V.\\nCoracoid process, the, 58.\\nCornea, the, 199.\\nCorpus collossum, the, 75.\\nCorrosive poisons, 455.\\nSublimate, 503.\\nCranial cavity, the, 73.\\nNerves, the, 81.\\nCranium, the, 74.\\nCricoid cartilage, 92.\\nCrural rings, 109.\\nCrypts of Lieberkuhn, 113\\nCuticle, 61.\\nCutis, vera, 62.\\nD\\nDavaine, discoveries of, 484.\\nSepticemia, on, 383.\\nDeath: its modes, signs, and changes, 256.\\nApnea, 257.\\nAsphyxia, 257.\\nCessation of respiration, 262.\\nCessation of the heart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s action, 261.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0687.jp2"}, "688": {"fulltext": "648\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nDeath: its modes, signs, and changes\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nContinued.\\nChanges of, 264.\\nComa, 260.\\nCooling of the body, 264.\\nHypostasis, or postmortem discolora\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, 264.\\nLoss of vitality, 263.\\nPostmortem discoloration, 264, 326.\\nStaining, 265.\\nRigor mortis, 265.\\nSigns of, 261.\\nSummary of the signs of, 267.\\nSyncope, 257.\\nDeodorants, 499, 505.\\nDerma, 62.\\nDextrin, 209.\\nDiaphragm, the, 59.\\nDictionary of scientific and medical terms,\\na practical, 607.\\nDigestion, 91.\\nFluids of, 90.\\nDigestive organs, the, 89.\\nDiscolorations and their removal, 323.\\nBleachers and fluids not effective, 327.\\nBrownish or greenish spots, 326.\\nBruises or ecchymoses, 320.\\nCaused by biliverdin, 327.\\nEcchymoses, 326.\\nFlushing of the face, 325.\\nGreenish spots, 326.\\nHypostasis, 264, 325.\\nIce=mixture, the, 328.\\nPost=mortem discoloration, 264, 326.\\nStaining, 325.\\nVenous congestion, to remove, 323.\\nDisinfectants, 508.\\nDiseases, morbid anatomy and treatment\\nof special, 335.\\nAccidental causes, death from, 442.\\nAccidents, railroad and other, 448.\\nAir passages and chest, diseases of, 398.\\nOther diseases of, 410.\\nAlcoholism, acute, 469.\\nChronic, 468.\\nAlimentary canal, other diseases of, 421.\\nAnemia of the lungs, 408.\\nAnthrax, splenic fever, 376.\\nApoplexy, cerebral hemorrhage, 429.\\nAppendicitis, 411.\\nAppendix vermiformis, inflammation of\\nthe, 411.\\nAsiatic cholera, 368.\\nAsphyxia, 451.\\nBladder, diseases of, 426.\\nBlood, diseases affecting the, 383.\\nBlood poison, 383.\\nBright\u00e2\u0080\u0099s disease, 422.\\nAcute, 422.\\nCirrhotic, 423.\\nWaxy, 422.\\nBronchitis, 410.\\nBubonic plague, 373.\\nCamp fever, 355.\\nCancer, 432.\\nCancer of the stomach, 432.\\nOf the liver, 434.\\nCancerous and constitutional diseases,\\n432.\\nCatarrh, intestinal, 418.\\nCerebral hemorrhage, 429.\\nCerebrospinal meningitis, 363.\\nChild bed or puerperal fever, 394.\\nDiseases, morbid anatomy and treatment\\nof special\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nCholera, Asiatic, 368.\\nInfantum, 416.\\nMorbus, 420.\\nSporadic, 420.\\nColitis, 421.\\nConstipation, obstinate, 413.\\nConsumption, tuberculosis, 358, 495.\\nContagious, infectious and, 345, 366.\\nDelirium tremens, 475.\\nDiabetes, sugar in the urine, 425.\\nDiphtheria, 348.\\nDropsy, 437.\\nDrowned cases, 445.\\nFloater,\u00e2\u0080\u009d 446.\\nDysentery, flux, 414.\\nElectricity, lightning and, 447.\\nEnteritis, 421.\\nEntero=colitis, 421.\\nErysipelas, 387.\\nFlux, dysentery, 414.\\nFreezing, death by, 452.\\nGangrene, mortification, 476.\\nGangrene of the lungs, 401.\\nGastritis, 44.\\nGunshot wounds, 450.\\nHeart, valvular diseases of, 343.\\nHeai\u00e2\u0080\u0099t and blood=vessels, of the, 340.\\nHernia or rupture, 416.\\nHospital fever, 355.\\nHypostatic congestion of the lungs, 407.\\nInflammation of the\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nAppendix vermiformis, 441.\\nBowels, 421.\\nKidneys, 425.\\nPericardium, 404.\\nPeritoneum, 369.\\nPleura, 402.\\nInfectious and contagious, 366.\\nIntestinal catarrh, 418.\\nJail fever, 355.\\nJaundice, 416.\\nOf the new born, 471.\\nKidney and bladder, diseases of, 422.\\nInflammation of the, 425.\\nLaryngitis, 410.\\nLeukemia, 391.\\nLightning and electricity, 447\\nLockjaw (tetanus), 375.\\nLungs, anemia of the, 408.\\nGangrene of, 401.\\nHypostatic congestion of, 407.\\nSyphilitic diseases of, 380.\\nLung fever, 398.\\nMeasles, 357.\\nMeningitis, cerebrospinal, 363.\\nMiscellaneous, 468.\\nMorphin or opium poisoning, 458.\\nMortification, 476.\\nMother and fetus in utero, death of,\\n473.\\nMutilation, cases of, 448.\\nNephritis\u00e2\u0080\u0094inflammation of kidney, 425.\\nNerves, diseases of the, 427.\\nObstinate constipation, 413.\\nOpium or morphin poisoning, 458.\\nParalysis, 427.\\nPericarditis, 404.\\nPeritonitis, 396.\\nPleurisy\u00e2\u0080\u0094pleuritis, 402.\\nPneumonia\u00e2\u0080\u0094lung fever, 398.\\nAcute or croupous, 398.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0688.jp2"}, "689": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX\\n649\\nDiseases, morbid anatomy and treatment\\nof special\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nPneumonia\u00e2\u0080\u00941 ung fever\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nHypostatic, 407.\\nPoison, death from, 454.\\nArsenic, 460.\\nCarbonic acid, 464.\\nOxid, 465.\\nCoal gas, 466.\\nCorrosive, 455.\\nIrritant, 456.\\nMercury, 461.\\nAcute, 461.\\nChronic, 463.\\nNeurotic, 457.\\nOpium and morphin, 458.\\nPostmortem cases, 442.\\nPuerperal or child=bed fever, 394.\\nPurpura, 389.\\nPyemia, 385.\\nRag=sorters\u00e2\u0080\u0099 disease, 376.\\nRailroad and other accidents, 448.\\nRheumatism, 440.\\nRupture, or hernia, 416.\\nScarlatina\u00e2\u0080\u0094scarlet fever, 345.\\nScrofula, 362.\\nSepticemia, or septemia, 383.\\nShip fever, 355.\\nSmallpox, 366.\\nSenile gangrene, 476.\\nSenility or old age, 474.\\nSplenic fever, 376.\\nSplenization, 407.\\nSporadic cholera, 420.\\nSpotted fever, 363.\\nStomach, cancer of the, 432.\\nSunstroke, 477.\\nSyphilis, 379.\\nSyphilitic disease of the lungs, 380.\\nSugar in the urine, 425.\\nTuberculosis\u00e2\u0080\u0094consumption, 358.\\nTumors\u00e2\u0080\u0094malignant\u00e2\u0080\u0094cancers, 432.\\nBenign, 436.\\nTyphoid fever, 351.\\nTyphus fever, 355.\\nTetanus\u00e2\u0080\u0094lockjaw, 375.\\nNeonatorum, 375.\\nUrine, sugar in the, 425.\\nValvular diseases of the heart, 342.\\nWool=sorters\u00e2\u0080\u0099 disease, 376.\\nYellow fever, 351.\\nDiodorus on Egyptian methods, 224, 225,\\n227.\\nDisinfection and its effects, 499.\\nOf rooms and their contents, 513.\\nOf the embalmer, 537.\\nDisinfectants, 499, 508.\\nDuct or ducts\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nArteriosus, 71.\\nBiliary, 117.\\nCystic, 117.\\nHepatic, 117.\\nLymphatic, 69.\\nPancreatic, 114,118.\\nRivinus, of, 89.\\nStenson\u00e2\u0080\u0099s, 89.\\nThoracic, 69,109, 110.\\nWharton\u00e2\u0080\u0099s, 89.\\nDuctus arteriosus, 196.\\nVenosus, 196.\\nDuctus communis choledochus, 114,117,118.\\nDuodenum, 39.\\nDura mater, the, 73.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2E\\nEar, the, 202.\\nExternal, 202.\\nInternal, 203.\\nMiddle, 203.\\nEichhorst, Asiatic cholera case reported\\nby, 369.\\nEmbalming, ancient and modern, 218.\\nAncient methods, 220.\\nEarly Christians, among, 236.\\nEgyptian methods, 221.\\nCartonnage, the. 227.\\nClasses of embalming, 230.\\nCosts of, 227, 231.\\nIncising the body, 225.\\nIngredients used, 226.\\nIntestines, 229.\\nMedical fraternity, embalmersof the,\\n223.\\nMummy wrappings, the, 22/.\\nParaschistes, the, 225.\\nReasons for embalming, 222.\\nRemoving the brain, 224.\\nSarcophagi, the, 229.\\nScribe, the, 225.\\nSelecting the pattern, 223.\\nStranger, found dead, 231.\\nTreatment of the viscera, 226.\\nJewish methods, 231.\\nEmbalming the poor, 233.\\nIn the time of Christ, 233.\\nLike those of Egypt, 232.\\nRomans and other nations, of the, 234.\\nAssyrians, the, 234.\\nBabylonians, the, 234.\\nEthiopians, the, 234.\\nGreeks, the, 234.\\nGuanches, the, 234.\\nPersians, the, 234.\\nScythians, the, 234.\\nWestern hemisphere, on the, 235.\\nAztecs, the, 235.\\nIndians, North American, 235.\\nPeruvians, among early, 235.\\nRoyal Incas, 98.\\nArterial, 281.\\nBrachial artery and basilic vein, the,\\n287.\\nCommon carotid artery and internal\\njugular vein, the, 290.\\nDistinguish the artery, to, 282.\\nFemoral artery and vein, the, 288.\\nInjection of fluid, the, 284.\\nRadial artery, the, 292.\\nSecond injection, a, 285.\\nSelection of the artery, 281.\\nTibial arteries, the posterior and ante\u00c2\u00ac\\nrior, 294.\\nCavity, 296.\\nNecessity for, 296.\\nSterilizing effete matter, 296.\\nAbdominal cavity, the, 303.\\nContents, position of its, 305.\\nOrgans, requiring special treatment,\\n306.\\nRegions, its, 303.\\nThoracic cavity, the, 294.\\nGases in the pleune and pericardium,\\n303.\\nInject the pleural sacs, to, 300.\\nFluid into the lung cavities, to, 302.\\nLocation and contents, its, 298.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0689.jp2"}, "690": {"fulltext": "\u00e2\u0082\u00ac50\\nCHAMPION TEXT*BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nEmbalming* ancient afld modern\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ConVd.\\nCavity\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nStomach, the, 308.\\nContraction, its, 309.\\nDilitation, its, 308.\\nCranial, 310.\\nBarnes process, the, 311.\\nOperation, the, 310.\\nEmbalmment through soft tissues on\\noutside of skeleton, 313.\\nOperation, the, 313.\\nEye process, the, 310.\\nOperation, the, 310.\\nNasal process, the, 312.\\nOperation, the, 312.\\nFluid, circulation of, 279.\\nInstruments, their use and care, 129.\\n.Modern, 257.\\nBailie. Dr. Mathew, 239.\\nBoudet process, M., 240.\\nBrooks, Joshua, 239.\\nBrunetti, 244.\\nChaussier\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method. Dr., 243.\\nEngland, but little practised in, 247.\\nFalcony, M., 242.\\nFlorentine process, the, 246.\\nFranchini\u00e2\u0080\u0099s process, M., 240.\\nFranciola\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method, 243.\\nGannal, Jean Nicholas, 240.\\nGannel, Dr., 241.\\nGerman process, 246.\\nHunter, Dr. William, 238.\\nHunterian method, the, 239.\\nHunter, John, 239.\\nMarini, Dr. Efisio, 246.\\nRuysch, Dr. Frederic, 237.\\nSheldon, Dr., 239.\\nSucquen, M., 242.\\nTscheirnoff\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method, Dr., 245.\\nHp-to-date, 250.\\nHolmes, Dr. Thomas, \u00e2\u0080\u009cfather of em\u00c2\u00ac\\nbalming,\u00e2\u0080\u009d 251.\\nMcCurdy, Prof. Chas. W., quotation\\nfrom, 250.\\nPreservation as a reason, 251.\\nSanitation as a reason, 251.\\nThorough embalmment, necessity for,\\n253.\\nAppearance after thorough embalm\u00c2\u00ac\\nment, 255.\\nCondition, appearance, and disease,\\n254.\\nEnamel, 91.\\nEndocardium, the, 125.\\nEndosteum, 7.\\nEndothelium, the, 64, 137.\\nEpidermis, 61.\\nEpiglottis, 84.\\nEpithelium, 137.\\nEsophagus, the, 89, 92.\\nEustachian tubes, 203.\\nValve, 126, 195.\\nEye, 198.\\nChambers of, 206.\\nChoroid, the, 199.\\nChrystalline lens, 201.\\nCornea, the, 199.\\nEyeball, the, 198.\\nEyelashes, the, 202.\\nEyelids, the, 201.\\nHumor, aqueous, 200.\\nVitreous, 200.\\nIris, the, 199.\\nEye\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nLachrymal apparatus, the, 201.\\nGland, the, 201.\\nMembranes, the, 199.\\nRetina, the, 200.\\nSclerotic, the, 199.\\nTunics, the, 199.\\nEye process, the, 310.\\nF\\nFalk cerebri, the, 75, 76.\\nFasciae, 40.\\nDeep, 57.\\nSuperficial, 40, 65.\\nTransversalis, 92.\\nFasciculi, 37, 39.\\nFats, 207.\\nFauces, pillars of the, 89.\\nFermentation, 491.\\nFetal circulation, 193.\\nFibers of Cortf, 204.\\nFibrils (filaments), 37.\\nFibro=areolar tissue, 40, 64.\\nFibro=cartilage, 28.\\nFibrous membranes, 40.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cFloater,\u00e2\u0080\u009d 446.\\nFlugge on disinfection, 514.\\nFluid, circulation of, 279.\\nFollicles of Lieberkuhn, 113.\\nForamen magnum, to inject through the,\\n311.\\nForamen ovale, 195.\\nFormaldehyde gas, 503, 516, 518.\\nAllan on, 519.\\nFormalin distillation, 522.\\nFrenum of the tongue, 91.\\nFumigation, 505.\\nFundus, the, 112.\\nFuneral directing, hints on, 541.\\nG\\nGallbladder, 109, 118.\\nGanglions, 71, 75.\\nGases: their production and elimination,\\n329.\\nHow eliminated, 330.\\nPleura and pericardium, 303.\\nWhat they are, 329.\\nWhere found, 329.\\nGeneral Baggage Agents\u00e2\u0080\u0099 Association, ac\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion of, 526.\\nGeneral Index, 645.\\nGeneral Miscellany, 539.\\nGeppert, experiments of, 504.\\nGland or Glands\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nBrunner\u00e2\u0080\u0099s, 113.\\nDuctless, 118.\\nDuodenal, 113.\\nGastric, the, 113.\\nLachrymal, 2ul.\\nLiver, 89, 109, 110, 115.\\nLymphatic, 69.\\nMammary, 215.\\nMeibomian, 202.\\nPeptic, the, 113.\\nSalivary, the, 89.\\nParotid, 89.\\nSublingual, 89.\\nSubmaxillary, 89.\\nSebaceous, 66.\\nSolitary, 113.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0690.jp2"}, "691": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX\\n651\\nGland or glands\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nSudoriferous, 63.\\nSweat, 63.\\nThymus, the, 119.\\nThyroid, 85, 119.\\nGlobulin, 210.\\nGlosso=epiglothic ligament, 91.\\nGlottis, 84.\\nGlycogen, 209.\\nGryphius on ancient embalming, 224.\\nGullet, 92, 300.\\nH\\nHair, the, 65.\\nFollicles, 68.\\nPapilla, 66.\\nHaversian canals, 7.\\nHealth boards, 400.\\nHeart and blood, the, 124.\\nHeart and veins, valves of the, 147.\\nHeart, the, 124, 299.\\nAuricle, left, 125, 127.\\nRight, 125, 126.\\nCapacity, its, 129.\\nCavities, its, 125.\\nCirculation not destroyed bv tapping the,\\n322.\\nDescription and location, 50.\\nDirect from the, 315.\\nEndocardium, the, 125.\\nMovements and sounds, its, 128.\\nPericardium, the, 125.\\nVentricle, left, 124, 125,127.\\nRight, 124, 125, 126.\\nWeight and size, 125.\\nHemoglobin, 210.\\nHenle on bacteria, 486.\\nHepatic lobules. 117.\\nHerodotus on Egyptian methods, 222, 223,\\n227.\\nHints on funeral directing, 541.\\nHistory of bacteriology, 481.-\\nHoffman, demonstrations of, 405.\\nHolmes, Dr. Thomas, 251.\\nHoward\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method of artificial respiration,\\n545.\\nHuman body, the, 206.\\nHydrochloric acid, 211.\\nHypostasis, 264.\\nI\\nIce mixture, 328.\\nIliac fossa, 114, 115.\\nVenter, 92.\\nIllustrations, list of, xxv.\\nImmunity, susceptibility and, 497.\\nIncising the body, 225.\\nIndex, general, 645.\\nInfection and contagion, 495.\\nChannels of, 496.\\nSusceptibility and immunity, 497.\\nInject fluid into the lung cavities, to, 302.\\nPleural sacs, the, 300.\\nInjecting arteries, 281.\\nInjection, arterial, 281.\\nCavity, 296.\\nOf fluids, the, 284.\\nSecond, a, 285.\\nInstruments, their selection and care, 555.\\nSelecting, 557.\\nSterilizing, 556.\\nIntestinal juice, 113.\\nIntestines\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nLarge, 89, 109, 115.\\nAppendix vermiformis, 109,115.\\nCecum, 111, 114.\\nColon, 110, 115.\\nRectum, 115.\\nSigmoid flexure, 115.\\nSmall, 89, 109, 110, 111, 113.\\nDuodenum, 109, 113.\\nIleum, 110, 113, 114.\\nJejunum, 110, 113, 114.\\nTreatment of the, 229.\\nJ\\nJaws, 89, 91.\\nJejunum, 110, 113, 114.\\nK.\\nKidney or kidneys, 109, 110, 119, 215.\\nKifcher, Athanasius, theory of, 241.\\nKitasato on antiseptics, 374.\\nKlein, experiments of, 502.\\nKoch, researches of concerning Asiatic\\ncholera, 368.\\nExperiments upon anthrax spores, 502.\\nL\\nLabyrinth, the, 203.\\nLacteals, the, 68.\\nLactose, 209, 215.\\nLacunae, the, 7.\\nLange, Christian, on bacteria, 481.\\nLarynx, the, 83.\\nLeeuwenhoeck, Antony Van, discoveries\\nof, 481.\\nLens, crystalline, 201.\\nLeucocytes, 214, 275.\\nLigaments, the, 28.\\nLigamentum teres, 116.\\nGlosso=epiglottis, 91.\\nPou part\u00e2\u0080\u0099s, 28.\\nLiebrich, experiments of, 504.\\nLips, 89, 92.\\nLiver, the, 89, 109, 110,115.\\nLock=jaw, or tetanus, 315.\\nLoen, discoveries of, 519.\\nLungs, the, 86, 187.\\nStructure of, 87.\\nCavities, to inject fluid into the, 302.\\nLunula, the, 67.\\nLymphatics, the, 67, 68.\\nLymphatic system, the, 67.\\nDucts, the, 67.\\nGlands, the, 67.\\nLymph, the, 69.\\nm\\nMaltose, 209.\\nMastication, 91.\\nMatrix, the, 67.\\nMcCurdy, Chas. W., quotation from, 250.\\nMediastinum, the, 88.\\nMedulla oblongata, the, 80.\\nMedullary canal, 5.\\nMenenges, the, 73.\\nMembrane, mucous, 64.\\nMercury, poisoning by, 461.\\nMesentery or mesenteries, 109,121.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0691.jp2"}, "692": {"fulltext": "652\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nMicrococcus or micrococci, 488.\\nPneumoniae crouposae, 398.\\nMicro=organisms, 483.\\nMilk. 2J5.\\nMiscellaneous diseases, 468.\\nMiscellany, general, 539.\\nModes of death, 256.\\nMorbid anatomy and treatment of special\\ndiseases (see also diseases), 335.\\nAccidental causes, death from, 442.\\nAir=passages and chest, diseases of the,\\n398.\\nBlood, diseases affecting the, 383.\\nDigestive system, diseases of the, 411.\\nInfectious and contagious diseases, 345,\\n366.\\nKidneys and bladder, diseases of, 422.\\nMiscellaneous diseases, 468.\\nNerves, diseases of the, 427.\\nPoison, death from, 454.\\nVascular system, diseases affecting the,\\n337.\\nMorphin or opium poisoning, 458.\\nMouth, 82, 89.\\nMucus, 64, 86.\\nMummy wrappings, the, 227.\\nMuscle or muscles, 37.\\nAdductor Longus, the, 59.\\nAponeurosis, 40.\\nArrangement of, 36.\\nAttachment of, 39.\\nInsertion, 39.\\nOrigin, 39.\\nBiceps, the, 58.\\nClassification, 39.\\nComposition, 37.\\nContractility, 38.\\nDevelopment of the, 57.\\nDiaphragm, the, 59.\\nFasciae, 48.\\nDeep, 57.\\nSuperficial, 40.\\nKinds of, 38.\\nInvoluntary, 38.\\nVoluntary, 38.\\nModification of, 37.\\nMuscular.sense, 57.\\nNumber of, 58.\\nPlasma, 38.\\nPsoas, 92.\\nQuadratus, 92.\\nScarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle, 60.\\nSartorius, the, 59.\\nSternocleidomastoid, the, 58.\\nTendons, the, 39.\\nWonders of the, 57.\\nMyers, Dr., letter on disinfecting a body\\nfor shipment, 533.\\nN\\nNails, the, 66.\\nLunula, the, 67.\\nMatrix, the. 66.\\nNarcotic poisoning, rules for restoring\\nfrom, 546.\\nNational conference of the State Boards of\\nHealth, action of, 526.\\nNatural breathing, to restore, 546.\\nNecrosis, 195.\\nNeedham\u00e2\u0080\u0099s doctrine of spontaneous gener\u00c2\u00ac\\nation, 484.\\nNeedle processes, so=called, 310.\\nBarnes process, the, 311.\\nEye process, the, 310.\\nForamen magnum, to inject through, 31L\\nNasal process, the, 312.\\nNerve=current, 72.\\nSensations, 22.\\nNerves, the, 71.\\nCardiac, the, 76.\\nCranial, the, 81.\\nVasomotor, the, 73, 76.\\nNervous system, the, 71.\\nGanglions, the, 74.\\nTissue, 71.\\nNose, 82, 204.\\nNovy on formalin distillation, 522.\\nNovy\u00e2\u0080\u0099s Formaldehyde gas generator, 523.\\nO\\nOdontoid process, 25.\\nOmentum or omenta, the, 109, 111, 121.\\nOrgans of special senses, 198.\\nHearing, 202.\\nSight, 198.\\nSmelling, 204.\\nTaste and touch, 204.\\nOsier on cerebro spinal meningitis, 363.\\nOn apoplexy, 429.\\nOpium or morphin poisoning, 458.\\nOsteology, 4.\\nOtoliths, 204.\\nOxanam on bacteriology, 483.\\nIP\\nPalate, hard and soft, 89.\\nPancreas, 89, 109, 111, 121.\\nPancreatic juice, 113, 118,212.\\nPapilla or papillae, 66, 91.\\nParasites, 490.\\nParenchyma, the, 83.\\nPasteur, discoveries of, 484.\\nPeacock, case of obstinate constipation re\u00c2\u00ac\\nported by, 414.\\nPelvic cavity, the, 121, 306.\\nPepton, 210, 214.\\nPerimysium, internal, 37.\\nExternal, 37.\\nPericardium, 125, 299.\\nPeriosteum, 6.\\nPeritoneal sacs, 121.\\nPeritoneum, 120.\\nPeyer\u00e2\u0080\u0099s patches, 113.\\nPharynx, the, 83, 89, 92.\\nPia mater, the, 77.\\nPlacenta, 194.\\nPlacental circulation, 194.\\nPlasma, 214.\\nPlenciz, observation of, 483.\\nPleurae and pericardium, gases in the, 303.\\nPleurae, the, 88, 299.\\nPlural sacs, to inject the, 300.\\nPlutarch on Egyptian methods, 229.\\nPoison, death from, 454.\\nPollender, discoveries of, 484.\\nPons Variolii, the, 75, 76.\\nPopliteal space, the, 60.\\nPorphyry on Egyptian methods, 229.\\nPortal system of veins, 188.\\nVein, 188.\\nPostmortem cases, 442\\nWounds, 552.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0692.jp2"}, "693": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX\\n653\\nPoupart\u00e2\u0080\u0099s ligament, 109.\\nPreface to revised edition, iii.\\nTo first edition, v.\\nPrescott\u00e2\u0080\u0099s \u00e2\u0080\u009cConquest of Peru,\u00e2\u0080\u009d from,235.\\nPreservation as a reason for embalming,\\n251.\\nProteids, 210.\\nProteins, 209.\\nPubic arch, 25.\\nPulmonary circulation, 180.\\nArteries, the, 180.\\nCapillaries, the, 187.\\nVeins, the, 186.\\nPulse=beat, 129.\\nPurging and its treatment, 331.\\nStomach, from the, 331.\\nTreatment, 332.\\nLungs, from the, 332.\\nTreatment, 333.\\nPutrefaction, 267, 269, 500.\\nIts modifications and peculiarities, 209.\\nPyloric orifice, 112.\\nPylorus, the, 112.\\nQ\\nQuestions and Answers, A Compendium\\nof Practical, 559.\\nAnatomy and physiology, 501.\\nArteries, 579.\\nBones, muscles, etc., 561.\\nCirculatory system, the, 574.\\nDigestion, organs of, 571.\\nNervous system, 566.\\nRespiratory organs, 569.\\nVeins, 583.\\nVisceral anatomy, 564.\\nEmbalming, 585.\\nSanitation and disinfection, 601.\\nre\\nRaising and injecting arteries, 281.\\nBrachial artery and basilic vein, the, 287.\\nCommon carotid artery and internal\\njugular vein, 290.\\nFemoral artery and vein, the, 288.\\nRadial artery, the, 292.\\nPosterior and anterior tibial arteries, the\\n294.\\nReceptaculum chyli, 109, 110.\\nRectum, the, 115.\\nRespiration, the organs of, 82.\\nHoward\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method of art ificial, 545.\\nRestore natural breathing, treatment to,\\n540.\\nTo imitate the movements of breathing,\\n547.\\nTo adjust the patient\u00e2\u0080\u0099s position, 547.\\nTo excite inspiration, 547.\\nTo maintain a free entrance of air into\\nthe windpipe, 546.\\nResuscitation, 545.\\nApparently dead, directions for restoring\\nthe, 546.\\nArtificial respiration, Howard\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method\\nof, 545.\\nAsphyxia from advancing coma or from\\nnarcotics and anesthetics, 549.\\nBreathing noxious gases, 549.\\nDrowning, from, 550.\\nHoward\u00e2\u0080\u0099s method of artificial respira\u00c2\u00ac\\ntion, 545.\\nRes uc i tat i o n \u00e2\u0080\u0094Con tinued.\\nMechanical obstruction of the air=pas-\\nsages, from, 549.\\nNarcotics or anesthetics, 546.\\nLightningstrokeorelectricity, suspended\\nanimation from, 550.\\nNatural breathing has been restored,\\ntreatment after, 548.\\nDrowning or other suffocation or nar\u00c2\u00ac\\ncotic poisoning, treatment to restore\\nfrom, 546.\\nIf from apoplexy or sunstroke, 548.\\nIntense cold, 548.\\nIntoxication, 548.\\nTo induce circulation and warmth, 548.\\nRules of the Royal Humane Society, 546.\\nSyncope, treatment for, 549.\\nRete mucosum, 63.\\nRetina, the, 200.\\nRichardson, Dr. B. W., quotation from, 247.\\nRules of the Royal Humane Society, 546.\\nSaliva, the, 90, 210.\\nSamazurier, case of obstinate constipation\\nreported by, 414.\\nSanitation and disinfection, 479.\\nAs a reason for embalming, 252.\\nSaprophytes, 499.\\nScarpa\u00e2\u0080\u0099s triangle, 28, 60.\\nSchroeder, experiments of, 485.\\nSchulze, investigations of, 485.\\nSchwann, experiments of, 485.\\nSebaceous glands, 66.\\nSelina on alkaloids, 552.\\nSinus or sinuses, 136.\\nBase of the skull, of the, 177\\nCavernous, 177.\\nCircular, 177.\\nDura Mater, of the, 176.\\nLateral, 177.\\nLongitudinal, inferior, 177.\\nSuperior, 176.\\nOccipital, 177.\\nPetrosal, inferior, 177.\\nSuperior, 177.\\nStraight, 177.\\nTransverse, 177.\\nSchering\u00e2\u0080\u0099s pastilles, to disinfect with, 521.\\nShipping rules, the, 527.\\nComments upon the, 530.\\nSigmoid flexure, 115.\\nSigns of death, 261.\\nSummary of the, 257.\\nSkin, the, 61, 205.\\nCorium, derma, cutis vera, 62.\\nCuticle, epidermis, scarf=skin, 61.\\nCutis vera, 62.\\nDerma, 62.\\nEpidermis, 61.\\nHair, 60.\\nNails, 66.\\nRete mucosum, 63.\\nScarf=skin, 61.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009cSkin slip,\u00e2\u0080\u009d 63, 273.\\nIts cause, 273.\\nIts prevention. 274.\\nSolar plexus, 109, 110.\\nSpallanzani, experiments of, 484.\\nSpecial diseases, treatment of, 335.\\nSpecial senses, organs of, 198.\\nSpermatic vessels, 109, 111.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0693.jp2"}, "694": {"fulltext": "654\\nCHAMPION TEXT-BOOK ON EMBALMING\\nSphincter ani, 115.\\nSpinal cord, 8, 125.\\nSpirillum or spirilla, 868.\\nCholerse Asiaticse, 868.\\nSpleen, the, 109,110, 118.\\nSpores, 487.\\nStarch, 209.\\nSterilizing instruments, 556.\\nEffete matter, 296.\\nStilla on Asiatic cholera, 370.\\nStomach, the, 89, 109, 110, 111, 112, 308.\\nContraction, its, 309.\\nDilitation, its, 308.\\nStumpell on tuburcular meningitis, 360.\\nSudoriferous glands, 639.\\nSulphur fumes (sulphur dioxid 516.\\nSunnyside, quotation from, 247.\\nSuprarenal capsules, the, 109.\\nSusceptibility and immunity, 497.\\nSweat glands, 63.\\nSylvester, method of respiration, 546.\\nSympathetic system, 77.\\nSymphisis pubis, 25.\\nSyncope, 257, 549.\\nSynovia, 28.\\nSynovial membrade, 28.\\nT\\nTeeth, the, 89, 91.\\nTendons, the, 37.\\nTetanus or lockjaw, 375.\\nNeonatorum, 375.\\nThoracic cavity, the, 288.\\nTo remove gases from the, 160.\\nThorax, 25, 59.\\nThoracic duct, 69, 109, 110.\\nThymus, 119.\\nThyroid, gland, the, 85, 119.\\nTissue or tissues, 40.\\nAdipose or fatty, 65.\\nAreolar, 37, 65.\\nFibro=areolar, 40, 64.\\nCellular, 37, 64.\\nConnective, 64, 65.\\nSubcutaneous, 64.\\nTongue, the, 89, 91, 92, 204.\\nTouch, 204, 205.\\nTrachea, or windpipe, the, 84, 300.\\nTransportation of bodies, 528.\\nTrypsin, 212.\\nTransversalis fascia, 92.\\nTonsils, 84.\\nTympanum, the, 202.\\nTyndal, Prof., investigations of, 485.\\nU\\nUmbilical cord, 196.\\nUrea, 215.\\nUreter or ureters, 109, 111, 120.\\nUrine, the, 120, 215.\\nUterus, 109, 111.\\nUvula, 89.\\nVan Leeuwenhoeck, Antony, discoveries\\nof, 481.\\nValves of the heart, 127.\\nVan Dusch, experiments of, 485.\\nVasa Vasorum, 133.\\nVena Portee, 193.\\nVein or veins, 135.\\nAuricular, posterior, 176.\\nAxillary, 181.\\nAzygos, 110, 182.\\nLeft lower (minor), 182.\\nLeft upper (minimus), 182.\\nRight (major), 182.\\nBasilic, 180, 280.\\nMedian, 188.\\nBronchial, 85, 182.\\nCardiac, 185.\\nCephalic, median, 180.\\nCerebral, 176.\\nSuperficial, 186.\\nDeep, 136, 176.\\nDigital, 180.\\nDiploe, of the, 176.\\nExternal, of the, 175.\\nFacial, 175.\\nFemoral, 184.\\nGastrics, 193.\\nHead and neck, of the, 175.\\nHepatic, 185.\\nIliac, common, 184.\\nExternal, 184.\\nInternal, 184.\\nInnominate, 181.\\nIntercostal, superior, 182.\\nJugular, anterior, 179.\\nExternal, 178.\\nInternal, 179, 290.\\nPosterior, 178.\\nKinds of, 136.\\nLower extremity, of the, 182.\\nDeep, 184.\\nLumbar, 185.\\nMammary, internal, 182.\\nMaxillaiy, external, 175.\\nMedian, 180.\\nMediastinal, 182.\\nMesenteric, 42.\\nInferior, 188.\\nSuperior, 193.\\nNeck, of the, 178.\\nOccipital, 176.\\nPalmar, deep, 181.\\nPhrenic, 185.\\nPlan tars, 184.\\nPopliteal, 184.\\nPortal, 188.\\nPortal system, 188.\\nPulmonary, 186.\\nRadial, 180.\\nRenal, left, 119, 185.\\nSaphenus, external, 183.\\nInternal, 183.\\nSpermatic, 185.\\nSpinal, 182.\\nSplenic, 193.\\nSubclavian, 181.\\nSuperficial or peripheral, 136, 179.\\nSuprarenal 119.185.\\nSystemic, the, 175.\\nTemporal, 175.\\nThorax, of the, 182.\\nThyroid, inferior, 182.\\nTibials, anterior, 184.\\nPosterior, 184.\\nTemporo=maxillary, 175.\\nUlnar, anterior, 179.\\nCommon, 179.\\nPosterior. 179.\\nUmbilical* 196.", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0694.jp2"}, "695": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX\\n655\\nVein or veins\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Continued.\\nUpper extremities, of the, 179.\\nDeep, 180.\\nVena cava, inferior, 109,110,185, 300.\\nSuperior, 181, 300.\\nVertebral, 179.\\nVena azygos, the, 87.\\nminor, 92.\\nVenae comites, 136.\\nVenous valves, 135.\\nAnastimosis, 135.\\nCoats, 135.\\nVermiform appendix, 115w\\nVertebrae, 8.\\nVillus or villi, the, 68, 113.\\nVisceral anatomy, 70.\\nVocal cords, 84.\\nViscera, treatment of, 226.\\nVon Dusch, experiments of, 485.\\nVon Hoffman, discovery of formaldehyde^.\\n519.\\n1A/\\nWatson on septicemia. 383.\\nWindpipe, the, 84.", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0695.jp2"}, "696": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0696.jp2"}, "697": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0697.jp2"}, "698": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0698.jp2"}, "699": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0699.jp2"}, "700": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3959", "width": "2507", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0700.jp2"}, "701": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3973", "width": "2575", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0701.jp2"}, "702": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4082", "width": "2479", "jp2-path": "championtextbook00myer_0_0702.jp2"}}